Siemens FI01 en

© Siemens 2020
Process Automation
Products for
Process
Instrumentation
Catalog Edition
FI 01 2021 www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation
© Siemens 2020
Related catalogs
Catalogs for SIMATIC ST PCS 7 T
Process Automation SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System
Vol. 2: Technology components
www.siemens.com/pa-catalogs PDF (E86060-K4678-A141-A5-7600)
Process Automation MP 20 SIMATIC ST 70

Display Recorders Products for
SIREC D Totally Integrated Automation
PDF (E86060-K6020-E101-A5-7600) PDF (E86060-K4670-A101-B7-7600)
Process Automation MP 31 SIMATIC ST 70 N

SIPART Controllers and Software Products for
Totally Integrated Automation
PDF (E86060-K6031-A100-B7-7600) PDF (E86060-K4670-A151-B1-7600)
Process Automation WT 10 Industrial Communication IK PI

Products for Weighing Technology SIMATIC NET
PDF (E86060-K6410-A101-A7-7600) E86060-K6710-A101-B8-7600
Process Automation AP 01 SITOP KT 10.1

Process Analytical Instruments SITOP
Power supply
PDF (E86060-K3501-A101-B4-7600) E86060-D4001-A510-D8
Process Automation AP 11 SIMATIC Ident ID 10

Components for Continuous Emission Monitoring Industrial Identification Systems
PDF (E86060-K3511-A100-B4-7600) E86060-K8310-A101-B1-7600
SIMATIC ST PCS 7 SITRAIN

SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System Digital Industry Academy
Vol. 1: System components
E86060-K4678-A111-C6-7600 www.siemens.com/sitrain
SIMATIC ST PCS 7 AO Industry Mall

SIMATIC PCS 7 Information and Ordering Platform
Process Control System on the Internet:
Vol. 3: Add-ons for SIMATIC PCS 7
PDF (E86060-K4678-A121-B5-7600) www.siemens.com/industrymall
Contact
Your personal contact can be found in our
Contacts Database at:
www.siemens.com/automation-contact
© Siemens 2020
Products for Process Instrumentation

Process Automation
Pressure Measurement
1
Temperature Measurement
2
Flow Measurement
3
Level Measurement
4
Catalog FI 01 · 2021
Supersedes: Positioners
5
Catalog FI 01· 2018
Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates of

this catalog:
www.siemens.com/industrymall
and as PDF at the following address:
Process Protection
6
www.siemens.com/fi01
For comfortable, fast and error free product selection you

will get support in our PIA Life Cycle Portal:
www.siemens.com/pia-portal Supplementary Components
7
Please contact your local Siemens branch.
© Siemens AG 2020
Digitalization and Communication

8
Services for Process Instrumentation

9
Appendix
10
The products and systems described in

this catalog are manufactured/distributed
under application of a certified quality
management system in accordance with
DIN EN ISO 9001.
© Siemens 2020
+RZWRRSWLPL]HSURFHVVHV
ZLWKRXUDXWRPDWLRQDQG
LQVWUXPHQWDWLRQSRUWIROLR
+LJKTXDOLW\SURFHVVHVDUHFUXFLDOLQWKHSURFHVVLQGXVWU\2QO\WKHQGR\RXJHW
WKHUHTXLUHGUHVXOWV$QGLWLVRQO\WKHQWKDWSODQWVZRUNHIILFLHQWO\DQGWKHUHIRUH
SURGXFWLYHO\
3URFHVVLQVWUXPHQWDWLRQDQGDQDO\WLFVDVZHOODVZHLJKLQJWHFKQRORJ\DOOSOD\D
FUXFLDOUROHKHUH7KH\PHDVXUHDQDO\]HUHJXODWHDQGFRQWUROLQGXVWULDOSURFHVVHV
DQGWKXVFRQWULEXWHWRLQFUHDVLQJWKHHIILFLHQF\RISURFHVVSODQWVDQGLPSURYLQJ
WKHLUSURGXFWTXDOLW\
%HQHILWIURPWKHYHUVDWLOLW\RIRXUKROLVWLFVROXWLRQVIRU\RXUSURFHVVWDVNV²
ZLWKLQWHJUDWHGVROXWLRQVIURPDVLQJOHVRXUFH%HQHILWIURPWKHRSHQQHVVRI
WKHV\VWHPV$QGIURPFRQVWDQWLQQRYDWLRQDQGFRPSUHKHQVLYHVHUYLFHV
3URFHVV :HLJKLQJ 3URFHVV 'LJLWDOL]DWLRQ 6HUYLFHV

,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ 7HFKQRORJ\ $QDO\WLFV
3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ
3UHVVXUH0HDVXUHPHQW
7HPSHUDWXUH0HDVXUHPHQW
)ORZ0HDVXUHPHQW
/HYHO0HDVXUHPHQW
3RVLWLRQHUV
3URFHVV0RQLWRULQJ
$GGLWLRQDO&RPSRQHQWV
:HLJKLQJ7HFKQRORJ\VHH&DWDORJ:7
3URFHVV$QDO\WLFVVHH&DWDORJ$3
'LJLWDOL]DWLRQ
6,26
&2026
6,75$16,4
1$085
6HUYLFHV
,QGXVWU\6HUYLFHV
5HPRWH6HUYLFHV
3DUWQHUV
2 Siemens FI 01 · 2021
© Siemens 2020
,QWKHDUHDVRISURFHVVLQVWUXPHQWDWLRQDQGSURFHVV
DQDO\WLFVDVZHOODVZHLJKLQJDQGGRVLQJV\VWHPVRXUPDLQ
IRFXVLVRQWKHSURFHVVLQGXVWULHVVXFKDVWKHFKHPLFDOV
RLODQGJDVDQGK\GURFDUERQSURFHVVLQJZDWHUDQGZDVWH
ZDWHUSKDUPDFHXWLFDOVPLQLQJDJJUHJDWHVFHPHQWSXOS
DQGSDSHUIRRGDQGEHYHUDJHDQGVKLSEXLOGLQJLQGXVWULHV
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 3
© Siemens 2020
3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ
+RZWRLQFUHDVHSURFHVVHIILFLHQF\
DQGSURGXFWTXDOLW\
,QILHOGLQVWUXPHQWDWLRQPD[LPXPSUHFLVLRQDQGDEVROXWHO\UHOLDEOH
PHDVXUHPHQWUHVXOWVDUHNH\2QO\WKHQFDQ\RXLQFUHDVHWKHHIILFLHQF\
RI\RXUSURFHVVSODQWVDQGLPSURYHWKHLUSURGXFWTXDOLW\:KHWKHU
\RX·UHGHDOLQJZLWKSUHVVXUHWHPSHUDWXUHIORZRUOHYHOZHRIIHU\RX
DJOREDOO\XQLTXHUDQJHRIWUDQVPLWWHUVIRUILHOGLQVWUXPHQWDWLRQ2XU
FRPSUHKHQVLYHSRUWIROLRDOVRLQFOXGHVZHLJKLQJDQGEDWFKLQJV\VWHPV
SQHXPDWLFYDOYHSRVLWLRQHUVSURFHVVFRQWUROOHUVDQGSURFHVVUHFRUGHUV
© Siemens 2020
© Siemens 2020
3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ_3UHVVXUH0HDVXUHPHQW
3UHVVXUHPHDVXUHPHQW
ZLWKRXWDQ\´LIVµDQG´EXWVµ
6,75$163
6,75$163LVDFRPSOHWHUDQJHRIPHDVXUHPHQWLQVWUXPHQWVIRUPHDVXULQJ
UHODWLYHSUHVVXUHGLIIHUHQWLDOSUHVVXUHDQGDEVROXWHSUHVVXUH,QDGGLWLRQ
WRKLJKPHDVXULQJDFFXUDF\DQGUXJJHGQHVVWKHPRGXODUV\VWHPIHDWXUHV
VXSHUERSHUDWLQJFRQYHQLHQFHDQGIXQFWLRQDOLW\DVZHOODVDSHUIHFWVDIHW\
FRQFHSW
6,75$1
6,75$163²WKHILUVWSUHVVXUHWUDQVPLWWHU
IR
RUUHP
IRUUHPRWHFRPPLVVLRQLQJRIIXQFWLRQDOVDIHW\
7LPH
7LPHDQGHIIRUWVDYLQJVGXHWRUHPRWHFRPPLVVLRQLQJ
RI6,/
RI6,/GHYLFHV
'HYH
'HYHORSHGLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKH,(&VWDQGDUG
IRUX
IRUXVHLQ6,/
5HGX
5HGXFHGUHVSRQVHWLPHLQFUHDVHVSURFHVVHIILFLHQF\
E\VS
E\VSHHGLQJXSWKHFRQWUROV\VWHP·VUHVSRQVH
WRFK
WRFKDQJLQJSURFHVVFRQGLWLRQV
5HDG\
5HDG\IRUSODQWGLJLWDOL]DWLRQZLWKWKH+$57SUHVVXUH
WUDQV
WUDQVPLWWHUGDWDORJJLQJIXQFWLRQVDQGHYHQWFRQWURO
GHOLYH
GHOLYHUXVHUVLQGHSWKFRQWURODQGDQDO\VLV
8VHU
8VHUIULHQGO\GLVSOD\GXHWRFOHDUGLVSOD\DQGGLDJQRVWLF
LFRQV
LFRQVLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWK1$0851(
0DLQ
0DLQWHQDQFHFRVWUHGXFWLRQGXHWRSURRIWHVWLQWHUYDO
XSWR
XSWR\HDUV
7KHW
7KHWUDQVPLWWHULV)0DSSURYHG
© Siemens 2020
6,75$163
'HYLDWLRQVIURPWKHFKDUDFWHULVWLF
FXUYHRIOHVVWKDQRIWKH
FDOLEUDWHGPHDVXULQJUDQJHIRU
GLIIHUHQWSUHVVXUHDQGOHYHO
UHTXLUHPHQWV
'HVLJQRIWKHPHDVXULQJFHOOVDOORZV
IRUXVHZLWKPHGLDWHPSHUDWXUHVRI
XSWR&HYHQZLWKRXWWKHXVHRI
DUHPRWHVHDOV\VWHP
)DVWVWHSUHVSRQVHWLPH 7 RI
RQO\PVHQVXUHVSODQWVDIHW\LQ
FULWLFDODSSOLFDWLRQV
*UDSKLFVHQDEOHGGLVSOD\VKRZV
FXUYHDQGWUHQGGLDJUDPVIRUJRDO
RULHQWHGSURFHVVPRQLWRULQJ
© Siemens 2020
3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ_3UHVVXUH0HDVXUHPHQW
6,75$163
6LQJOHUDQJHWUDQVPLWWHUIRU
UHODWLYHDEVROXWHDQGK\GURVWDWLF
SUHVVXUH
3UHVVXUHVHQVRUV6WDLQOHVVVWHHO
VHQVRUV 6,75$163DQG6,75$16
3 DVZHOODVVHQVRUVZLWK
FHUDPLFPHPEUDQH 6,75$163
6,75$16/+/+ &RQYHUVLRQRIPHDVXUHGSUHVVXUH 6,75$163FRPSDFW
6XLWDEOHIRUDSSOLFDWLRQVUDQJLQJ LQWRHLWKHU²P$RU²9 $QDORJWUDQVPLWWHUIRUDEVROXWH
IURPGULQNLQJZDWHURUZDVWHZDWHU VLJQDO DQGUHODWLYHSUHVVXUH
WRFRUURVLYHOLTXLGVWKDQNVWR +\JLHQLFGHVLJQLQDFFRUGDQFH
VWDLQOHVVVWHHOHQFORVXUH ZLWK(+('*)'$DQG*03
5XJJHGVXEPHUVLEOHVHQVRUVIRU UHFRPPHQGDWLRQV
K\GURVWDWLFOHYHOPHDVXUHPHQW 6WDLQOHVVVWHHOSURFHVVFRQQHFWLRQV
,QVWDOODWLRQSRVVLEOHLQSLSHVZLWK DQGHQFORVXUH
µLQQHUGLDPHWHU 0HDVXUHPHQWGHYLDWLRQ
© Siemens 2020
6,75$163
0RUHWKDQGLIIHUHQWSURFHVV
FRQQHFWLRQYDULDQWVRIIHUWKHKLJKHVW
GHJUHHRIIOH[LELOLW\
9HUVDWLOHFRPPXQLFDWLRQFRQQHFWLRQ
YLD+$57SURWRFRO352),%863$
RU)281'$7,21)LHOGEXV
)XOILOOV(+('*)'$DQG$
UHTXLUHPHQWV
0D[LPXPPHDVXUHPHQWGHYLDWLRQ
RI
&DQEHFRPELQHGZLWKIOXVK
PRXQWHGDEVROXWHRUUHODWLYH
SUHVVXUHPHDVXULQJFHOOV
© Siemens 2020
3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ_7HPSHUDWXUH0HDVXUHPHQW
%HFDXVHHYHU\GHJUHHPDWWHUV
6,75$167
6,75$167SURGXFWVDUHWKHWHPSHUDWXUHPHDVXUHPHQWSURIHVVLRQDOVHYHQLQ
H[WUHPHFRQGLWLRQV:KHWKHUXVHGLQKRWFROGRUKD]DUGRXVHQYLURQPHQWV²
WKHFRPPXQLFDWLYH6,75$167PHHWVDOOH[SHFWDWLRQV$QGZKHWKHU\RX·UH
ORRNLQJIRUVHQVRUVRUWUDQVPLWWHUVIRUKHDGUDLORUILHOGPRXQWLQJ²DOODUH
DYDLODEOHLQGLYLGXDOO\RUDVFRPSOHWHPHDVXULQJSRLQWV2XUFRVWHIIHFWLYH
6,75$167WUDQVPLWWHUVRIIHUKLJKSUHFLVLRQLQHYHU\DSSOLFDWLRQDQGDUHTXLFN
DQGHDV\WRFRQQHFWWRWKHUPRFRXSOHVRUUHVLVWDQFHWKHUPRPHWHUV7KH
6,0$7,&3'0LQWHOOLJHQWVRIWZDUHSDFNDJHSHUPLWVSDUDPHWHUL]DWLRQLQMXVW
PLQXWHVDQGLQSXWHUURUVDUHDYRLGHG
6,75$1
6,75$1676²WHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRUVIRUSLSHVDQG
1676²
YHVVHOV
V²IURPVLP
YHVVHOV²IURPVLPSOHDSSOLFDWLRQVWRVROXWLRQVIRU
KDUVKH
HQYLURQPHQ
KDUVKHQYLURQPHQWV
0RGXODUV\VWHPZLWKWKHUPRZHOOPDGHRIWXEXODURU
0RGX XODUV\VWHP
EDUVW RFNPDWHULD
EDUVWRFNPDWHULDOH[WHQVLRQFRQQHFWLRQKHDGDQG
RSWLR QDOWUDQVPL
RSWLRQDOWUDQVPLWWHURUGLVSOD\
9HUVLRQIRULQWULQVLFVDIHW\IODPHSURRIDQGQRQVSDUNLQJ
9HUVLR
RQIRULQWULQ
DUHDY
YDLODEOH
DUHDYDLODEOH
10 Siemens FI 01 · 2021
© Siemens 2020
7UDQVPLWWHUVIRUKHDGPRXQWLQJ 7UDQVPLWWHUVIRUUDLOPRXQWLQJ
6,75$167+
3WVLQJOHLQSXWWUDQVPLWWHU
'LDJQRVWLFV/(' 6,75$1675
6XSSRUWVIRXUZLUH3W 8QLYHUVDODQGVLQJOHLQSXW
²P$ WUDQVPLWWHU
/RZFRVWDQGFRPSDFW 'LDJQRVWLFV/('
6XSSRUWVIRXUZLUH57'7&P9DQG
6,75$167+ UHVLVWDQFHV
8QLYHUVDOGXDOLQSXWWUDQVPLWWHU 6XSSRUWV&DOOHQGDUYDQ'XVHQ
+RWEDFNXSIXQFWLRQ +$576,/ ,(&
'LDJQRVWLFV/(' ²P$
6XSSRUWVWZRIRXUZLUH57'7&P9
DQGUHVLVWDQFHV
6XSSRUWV&DOOHQGDUYDQ'XVHQ 6,75$1675
+$576,/ ,(& 8QLYHUVDOGXDOLQSXWWUDQVPLWWHU
,QWHUIDFHIRUORFDO+0, +RWEDFNXSIXQFWLRQ
'LDJQRVWLFV/('
6XSSRUWVWZRIRXUZLUH57'7&P9
6,75$167+ DQGUHVLVWDQFHV
6,75$167+ )LHOGEXVWUDQVPLWWHU 6XSSRUWV&DOOHQGDUYDQ'XVHQ
8QLYHUVDOVLQJOHLQSXWWUDQVPLWWHU )RU352),%863$RU)281'$7,21 +$576,/ ,(&
'LDJQRVWLFV/(' )LHOGEXV
6XSSRUWVIRXUZLUH57'7&P9DQG &RQILJXUDEOHZLWK6,0$7,&3'0 3$
UHVLVWDQFHV RU$06 ))
6XSSRUWV&DOOHQGDUYDQ'XVHQ ([WHQVLYHGLDJQRVWLFVDQGVLPXODWLRQ
+$576,/ ,(& IXQFWLRQV
²P$ 7UDQVPLVVLRQRILPSRUWDQWGHYLFH
,QWHUIDFHIRUORFDO+0, DQGSURFHVVGDWDYLDWKHEXVFDEOH
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 11
© Siemens 2020
3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ_7HPSHUDWXUH0HDVXUHPHQW
6,75$1676WHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRUV
7UDQVPLWWHUVIRUILHOGLQVWDOODWLRQ
6,75$1676
)RUPXOWLSOHDSSOLFDWLRQV
6XSSOLHGZLWKGLUHFWO\LQVWDOOHGFDEOH
6,75$167)ZLWK7+ $7(;DQG,(&(;DSSURYDOVFDQEH 6,75$1676FRPSDFWGHVLJQ
,3GHJUHHRISURWHFWLRQ RSHUDWHGLQ=RQH )RUPXOWLSOHDSSOLFDWLRQV
8VHGZKHUHWKHUHLVH[FHVVLYHKHDW :LGHUDQJHRIRSWLRQVWKDQNVWR &RPSDFWGHVLJQZLWKGLUHFWO\
RUYLEUDWLRQDWWKHPHDVXULQJSRLQW PRGXODUSULQFLSOH LQVWDOOHGIL[HGFRQQHFWLRQ
3$))FRPPXQLFDWLRQ 0/HPRHWF
$7(;DQG,(&(;DSSURYDOV
FDQEHRSHUDWHGLQ=RQH
:LGHUDQJHRIRSWLRQVWKDQNV
WRPRGXODUSULQFLSOH
6,75$167) 6,75$1676
6WDLQOHVVVWHHORUDOXPLQXP &ODPSRQWHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRU
HQFORVXUH 'HVLJQPHHWV(+('*UHFRPPHQ
7HPSHUDWXUHILHOGWUDQVPLWWHU GDWLRQVDQGLVWKHUHIRUHVXLWDEOHIRU 6,75$16767KHUPRZHOO
IRUPXOWLSOHDSSOLFDWLRQV XVHLQWKHIRRGDQGEHYHUDJHDQG :LGHUDQJHRIOHQJWKVDQGPDWHULDOV
&RQILJXUDEOHYLDORFDOGLVSOD\ SKDUPDFHXWLFDOLQGXVWULHV &RPSUHKHQVLYHFRYHUDJHRI
)XOOUHGXQGDQF\YLDKRWEDFNXS 5HSODFHDEOHPHDVXULQJLQVHUWV DSSOLFDWLRQV
IXQFWLRQ 7) &XVWRPHUVSHFLILFRSWLRQVDUH
6,/FHUWLILHG SRVVLEOH
+$57 +LJKVWDELOLW\E\KLJKTXDOLW\
²P$ PDWHULDOV
&RPELQHGW\SHVRISURWHFWLRQ &RPSUHKHQVLYHPDWHULDODQG
DYDLODEOHHJ([G([L TXDOLW\FRQWUROVDYDLODEOH
12 Siemens FI 01 · 2021
© Siemens 2020
7UDQVPLWWHUVIRUILEHURSWLF
WHPSHUDWXUHPHDVXUHPHQW
6,75$1672
)LEHURSWLFWHPSHUDWXUHWUDQVPLWWHU
'LDPHWHURIVHQVRUPHDVXULQJSUREH
PP
8SWRPHDVXULQJSRLQWVSHU
VHQVRUPHDVXULQJSUREH
6LPSOHDQGORZFRVWLQVWDOODWLRQ
WKDQNVWRUROOHGVHQVRUPHDVXULQJ
SUREH
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 13
© Siemens 2020
3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ_)ORZ0HDVXUHPHQW
(YHU\WKLQJIORZV
6,75$16)
:KHWKHUPHDVXULQJJDVHVOLTXLGVRUVWHDP²FKRRVLQJWKHULJKW
IORZPHWHULVGHFLVLYHIRUSURGXFWLYLW\7KLVLVZKHUHWKH6,75$16)
OLQHFRPHVLQ2XUSRUWIROLRFRQWDLQVWKHILWWLQJIORZPHWHUIRU
HYHU\DSSOLFDWLRQDQGPHGLXPZLWKILYHGLIIHUHQWIORZWHFKQRORJLHV
DYDLODEOHWRVXLWDZLGHUDQJHRIRSHUDWLQJFRQGLWLRQV&RULROLV
HOHFWURPDJQHWLFXOWUDVRQLFYRUWH[DQGGLIIHUHQWLDOSUHVVXUH
7UDQVPLWWHU6,75$16)&7&RULROLVIORZPHWHUVROXWLRQ
7UDQVPLWW
)XOOFRQW
)XOOFRQWURODQGSDUDPHWHUL]DWLRQYLDWKHFRQWUROV\VWHP
'LUHFWLQ
'LUHFWLQWHJUDWLRQLQWR6,0$7,&67,$3RUWDODQG3&6
&RULROLVW
&RULROLVWHFKQRORJ\PRGXOIRU(763
6HOHFWLRQ
6HOHFWLRQYLD7,$6HOHFWRU VHFXUHVHDV\LQWHJUDWLRQLQ6,0$7,&
)DVWGLJL
)DVWGLJLWDOVLJQDOWRVHQVRUZLWKPVXSGDWHUDWH
)XOODGYD
)XOODGYDQFHGWUDQVPLWWHUIXQFWLRQDOLW\YLDDXWRPDWLRQFRQWURO
2YHU352
2YHU352),1(7WKHPHDVXUHGDWDDUHWUDQVPLWWHGWRWKHDXWRPDWLRQ
LQUHDOWL
LQUHDOWLPH
)XOOKD]D
)XOOKD]DUGRXVDUHDVROXWLRQVZLWKXVHRI6,75$16,EDUULHU
$GYDQFH
$GYDQFHGEDWFKFRQWUROLQWHJUDWHG
$GYDQFHGIUDFWLRQPHDVXUHPHQWV
$GYDQFH
,QWHJUDWL
,QWHJUDWLRQIXQFWLRQEORFVDYDLODEOHIRUDOO6LHPHQVDXWRPDWLRQV\VWHPV
14 Siemens FI 01 · 2021
© Siemens 2020
)&7DGYDQJHG
IXOOUDQJHWUDQVPLWWHU
$YDLODEOHDVFRPSDFWUHPRWHILHOG 6,75$16)&6ORZIORZ
PRXQWDQGUHPRWHZDOOPRXQWLQJ 6LQJOHWXEHLQVL]HVIURP',WR
6,75$16)& HQFORVXUHV ',ZLWKDZLGHVHOHFWLRQRIDYDLO
&RULROLVPDVVIORZPHWHUV6,75$16)& 0XOWL,2FKDQQHOVIUHHO\ DEOHFRQQHFWLRQV
PXOWLYDULDEOHGHYLFHVPHDVXUHWKH FRQILJXUDEOHDQGSURJUDPPDEOH +LJKSHUIRUPDQFHDFFXUDF\
GLUHFWPDVVIORZUDWHRIOLTXLGVDQG )XOOSDFNDJHRIFRPPXQLFDWLRQ RQPDVVIORZDQGGRZQWRNJP
JDVHVLQDOPRVWDQ\DSSOLFDWLRQ +$57352),%863$DQG'30RGEXV GHQVLW\
7KH\GHOLYHUUHOLDEOHDQGUHSHDWDEOH $GYDQFHGODUJHVL]HJUDSKLFDOGLVSOD\ $YDLODEOHZLWKEURDGUDQJHRIWUDQV
LQIRUPDWLRQRQPDVVIORZYROXPH LQFOXGLQJWUHQGFXUYHDQGPXOWLOHYHO PLWWHU)&7)&7DQG)&7
IORZWHPSHUDWXUHGHQVLW\DQG GLVSOD\YLHZV '1GHVLJQZLWKVWDQGVSUHVVXUH
FRQFHQWUDWLRQ HJ%UL[RU3ODWR ,QWHJUDWHGGDWDORJJHULGHDO UDWHVXSWREDU
IRUGLDJQRVWLFVRQDGYDQFHG ,GHDOIRUDEURDGUDQJHRIORZIORZ
7KH\DUHDYDLODEOHLQVHQVRUVL]HV DSSOLFDWLRQV DSSOLFDWLRQVZLWKLQWKHDXWRPRWLYH
'1WRPPZLWKGLIIHUHQW $GYDQFHGGLDJQRVWLFIXQFWLRQDOLW\ FKHPLFDOVDQGIRRGDQGEHYHUDJH
IORZPHWHUWUDQVPLWWHUYHUVLRQVWR %XLOGLQSURJUDPPDEOHVHWWLQJVIRU LQGXVWULHV
IXOILOOUHTXLUHPHQWVIRUKLJKSHUIRU RSWLPL]LQJSXOVDWLQJIORZDQG (DV\LQVWDOODWLRQXVLQJDSOXJDQG
PDQFHLQRLODQGJDVFKHPLFDOVIRRG DHUDWHGIORZ SOD\LQWHUIDFH
DQGEHYHUDJHSKDUPDFHXWLFDOVDQG ,QWHJUDWHGXQLTXHIUDFWLRQV 2SWLPDOK\JLHQHVDIHW\DQG&,3
DXWRPRWLYHDSSOLFDWLRQV WDEOHVIRUFRQFHQWUDWLRQ FOHDQDELOLW\IRUWKHIRRGDQGEHYHU
PHDVXUHPHQWV DJHLQGXVWU\DVZHOODVSKDUPDFHXWL
)XOOUDQJHRIGLJLWDOWUDQVPLWWHUV %XLOGLQEDWFKFRQWUROOHUIRUWZR FDODSSOLFDWLRQVWKDQNVWRVLQJOH
7KHXQLIRUPVHQVRUDQGWUDQVPLWWHU VWDJHEDWFKDSSOLFDWLRQV WXEHFRQVWUXFWLRQZLWKRXWLQWHUQDO
SODWIRUPRIIHUVVROXWLRQVIRUVL]HV ZHOGVUHGXFWLRQVRUIORZVSOLWWHUV
IURP'LWR'1PPZLWK
WKUHHGLIIHUHQWWUDQVPLWWHUV
6,75$16)&6
,QQRYDWLYHDQGXVHUIULHQGO\WUDQVPLW
WHUV)&7)&7RU)&7ZLWK
DXGLWWUDLOVWUHQGFXUYHVGDWDORJJHU
DQGDGYDQFHGGLDJQRVWLFIXQFWLRQDOLWLHV 6,75$16)&6
'XDOVSOLWIORZGHVLJQLQVL]HVIURP 'XDOVSOLWIORZGHVLJQLQVL]HV
)&7VLQJOHGLJLWDOFKDQQHO '1WR'1LQGLIIHUHQW '1WR'1
WUDQVPLWWHU YHUVLRQVZHWWHGPDWHULDOLQ$,6, 0DUNHW·VPRVWFRPSDFWGHVLJQ
)XOOPXOWLSDUDPHWHU0RGEXVRXWSXW DVZHOODVQLFNHODOOR\ $YDLODEOHZLWKDOOFRPPRQSURFHVV
LGHDOIRU3/&LQWHJUDWLRQ 5HPRWHRUFRPSDFWPRXQWHG FRQQHFWLRQVLQFOXGLQJDYDULHW\RI
5REXVWDOXPLQXPKRXVLQJPRXQWHG $YDLODEOHZLWKEURDGUDQJHRIWUDQV VDQLWDU\FRPPRQFRQQHFWLRQV
GLUHFWO\RQWKHGLIIHUHQWVHQVRUVIRU PLWWHU)&7)&7DQG)&7 $YDLODEOHZLWKEURDGUDQJHRIWUDQV
PRVWVHQVRUVL]HV 6ROLGSHUIRUPDQFHZLWKPDVVIORZ PLWWHU)&7)&7DQG)&7
6PDOOLQVL]HLGHDOIRUVNLGVDQG DFFXUDF\RIRUDQGGHQVLW\ +LJKSHUIRUPDQFHDFFXUDF\
FRPSDFWPDFKLQHV DFFXUDF\RIGRZQWRNJPó RQPDVVIORZDQGGRZQWRNJP
)XOOSHUIRUPDQFHLQDFRVWHIILFLHQW 5REXVWIUDPHDQGKRXVLQJLVRODWHV GHQVLW\
VROXWLRQ IURPH[WHUQDOYLEUDWLRQVFUHDWLQJ ,GHDOIRU2(0VNLGVPDFKLQH
DQLGHDOPHDVXUHPHQWLQGLIILFXOW EXLOGHUPDULQHDQGVDQLWDU\
HQYLURQPHQW DSSOLFDWLRQV
,GHDOIRUWKHFKHPLFDOSHWURFKHPLFDO
DQGRLODQGJDVLQGXVWU\
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 15
© Siemens 2020
6,75$16)0
HOHFWURPDJQHWLFIORZPHWHUV
7KHWDVNRIDQHOHFWURPDJQHWLF
IORZPHWHUIURPWKH6,75$16)0
SURGXFWIDPLO\LVWRPHDVXUHIORZ
YROXPHRIHOHFWULFDOO\FRQGXFWLQJ
IOXLGVVXFKDVZDWHUFKHPLFDOVIRRG
DQGEHYHUDJHVOXUULHVVOXGJHSDSHU
VWRFNDQGPLQLQJVOXUULHVZLWK
PDJQHWLFSDUWLFOHV +LJKSRZHUHG$&PHWHUV
75$160$* '1WR'1
6SHFLDOO\GHVLJQHGIRUKHDY\PLQLQJ
VOXUULHVZLWKRUZLWKRXWPDJQHWLF
SDUWLFOHVDVZHOO
$OVRVXLWDEOHIRUWKHPRVWGLIILFXOW
DSSOLFDWLRQVLQWKHSXOSDQGSDSHU
LQGXVWU\
/RZFRQGXFWLYHPHGLDV6FP
%DWWHU\RSHUDWHGZDWHUPHWHUV 6FPGHSHQGLQJRQPHGLXP
0$*0$*&7 1RPRYDEOHSDUWV
'1WR'1 6WDEOH]HURSRLQWSXOVHGDOWHUQDWLQJ
%DWWHU\OLIHWLPHXSWR\HDUV ILHOGIRUDFFXUDWHIORZVLJQDODQG
0RGXODUSXOVHG'&PHWHUV ,3 1(0$3 HQFORVXUHDQG H[FHOOHQWVLJQDOVWUHQJWK
6,75$16)00$* '1WR'1 VHQVRUSDLQWLQJLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWK 6PDUW3/8*FRQFHSW
)XOOWUDQVPLWWHUSURJUDPLQFOXGHV ,62FODVV&0FRUURVLYLW\IRU &RPSUHKHQVLYHVHOIGLDJQRVWLFV
0$*0$*0$*, EXULDODQGVXEPHUJHGDSSOLFDWLRQV
FRPSDFWRUUHPRWHPRXQWHG (DV\LQVWDOODWLRQZLWKRXWVWUDLJKW
0XOWLSOH,2DVVWDQGDUGDQGFRP LQOHWRXWOHW
PXQLFDWLRQPRGXOHV352),%863$'3 5LFKDGGRQFRPPXQLFDWLRQPRG
'HYLFH1HW)281'$7,21)LHOGEXV XOHV0RGEXV578HQFRGHUFDUG
+$57DQG0RGEXV578DUHDYDLODEOH *8076PRGXOH
0$*:VHQVRUIRUZDWHUDQG
ZDVWHZDWHUDSSOLFDWLRQV
0$*3VHQVRUIRUSURFHVV 0$*ZLWK*8076PRGXOH
LQGXVWULHVDQGWKHKDUVKUHTXLUH 5LFKGDWDWUDQVPLVVLRQSURWRFROV 7KUHDGHG6,75$16)0
PHQWVLQWKHFKHPLFDOLQGXVWU\ VXSSRUWHGE\*PRGXOH606 0DNLQJHQJLQHHULQJDQGGHVLJQ
0$*3DVTXLFNVKLSYDULDQW VHFXUHGHPDLODQGVHFXUHG)73 HYHQVLPSOHU
DYDLODEOH %XLOWLQ5HPRWH4XDOLILFDWLRQ 0HDVXULQJDQGPRQLWRULQJVPDOODQG
0$*0$*+7VHQVRU &HUWLILFDWHHQDEOHVFRPSUHKHQVLYH PHGLXPIORZV5REXVWVWDLQOHVVVWHHO
IRUJHQHUDOSURFHVVLQGXVWULHV GHYLFHGLDJQRVWLFVDQGRIIVLWHDXGLWV GHVLJQ WKUHDGHGµµµµ
0$*+7VHQVRUIRU &RQILJXUDEOHDQDORJLQSXWIRUH[WHU *HQHUDWLRQRIWZRSURFHVVYDOXHV
JHQHUDOSURFHVVLQGXVWULHV QDOUDWLRPHWULFSUHVVXUHWUDQVPLWWHU VLPXOWDQHRXVIORZDQGWHPSHUDWXUH
0$*)VHQVRUIRUIRRGDQG LQSDUDOOHOZLWKIORZPHDVXUHPHQW PHDVXUHPHQW
EHYHUDJHDQGSKDUPDFHXWLFDO LQVROXWLRQ RU²P$DODUP 'RVLQJIXQFWLRQZLWKH[WHUQDOFRQWURO
LQGXVWULHV VLJQDOLQSXWIRUH[WHUQDOWDPSHUDQG LQSXW
IORRGLQJGHWHFWRU )RXURSWLFDOEXWWRQVHDV\ORFDO
0$*FORFNV\QFKURQL]DWLRQ RSHUDWLRQLQWKHILHOGZLWKJORYHV
ZLWK,QWHUQHW173VHUYHUIHDWXULQJ SRVVLEOH
$GMXVWDEOHWLPH]RQHVHWWLQJHQVXUHV 7KHGLVSOD\FDQEHHOHFWURQLFDOO\
PHDVXUHPHQWGDWDLVDOZD\V URWDWHGLQVWHSV
DFFXUDWHO\WLPHVWDPSHG %LGLUHFWLRQDOPHDVXUHPHQW
6LQJOH606V\QFKURQL]HVWKHGDWD ,QWHJUDWLRQLQPDQ\VWDQGDUGDSSOLFD
WUDQVPLVVLRQWLPHIRUDOO0$* WLRQVSRVVLEOHDVWKHUHDUHWZR
GHYLFHVLQILHOG LQGLYLGXDOO\FRQILJXUDEOHRXWSXWV
5HDOWLPH606QRWLILFDWLRQIRU SXOVHIUHTXHQF\DODUPDQGDQDORJ
0$*DODUPV RXWSXW
7RWDODQGSDUWLDOYROXPHFRXQWHUV
WRWUDFNIORZUDWHV
,2/LQNFRPPXQLFDWLRQDYDLODEOH
IRU'FHOOH[WHUQDOEDWWHU\SDFN
16 Siemens FI 01 · 2021
© Siemens 2020
6,75$16)6LQOLQHXOWUDVRQLF
IORZPHWHUV
2XUXOWUDVRQLFIORZPHWHUVGHOLYHU
H[WUHPHO\DFFXUDWHUHVXOWVIRUDZLGH
UDQJHRIFRQGXFWLYLWLHVYLVFRVLWLHV
WHPSHUDWXUHVGHQVLWLHVDQGSUHVVXUHV
7KLVPDNHVWKHPDQRSWLPDOFKRLFHIRU RU
PHDVXULQJKRPRJHQRXVFRQGXFWLYH
DQGQRQFRQGXFWLYHOLTXLGVZLWKLQD
ZLGHYDULHW\RISURFHVVLQGXVWU\ 6,75$16)86DQG)8(
DSSOLFDWLRQV )RUWKHXWLOLW\LQGXVWU\WKHWUDFN
)86DQG)8(DUHGHVLJQHG
6,75$16)66212.,7 WRPHDVXUHZDWHUIORZLQGLVWULFW
7KH6212.,7V\VWHPLVGHVLJQHG KHDWLQJSODQWVORFDOQHWZRUNV
IRULQOLQHUHWURILWWLQJRQH[LVWLQJ ERLOHUVWDWLRQVVXEVWDWLRQVDQG
ZDWHUSLSHOLQHVXSWR'1 RWKHUJHQHUDOZDWHUDSSOLFDWLRQV
DVDRUWUDFNIORZPHWHU $OVRVXLWDEOHIRUFKLOOHUSODQWV
)RUXVHZLWKWKHGHGLFDWHG LQFOXGLQJJO\FROPL[HVZLWKRXW
6,75$16)86WUDQVPLWWHU XSWR W\SHDSSURYDO
'1 RUEDWWHU\SRZHUHG)86 &XVWRG\WUDQVIHUDSSURYDOVIRU
WUDQVPLWWHU XSWR'1 GLVWULFWKHDWLQJFXVWRG\WUDQVIHU
7KHXQLTXHGHVLJQHQDEOHVLQVWDOOD DSSOLFDWLRQV 0,'0, 6L]HV
6,75$16)662126212 WLRQRQHPSW\SLSHVRUSLSHVXQGHU UDQJHIURP'1WR'1
6XLWDEOHIRUZDWHUDSSOLFDWLRQV SUHVVXUHZLWKRXWSURFHVVVKXWGRZQ %DWWHU\RUPDLQVSRZHUHQDEOHV
LQVL]HV'1WR'1 5REXVWYHUVLRQFDQEHEXULHGDQG LQVWDOODWLRQZKHUHQHHGHG%DWWHU\
$YDLODEOHDVRUSDWKV\VWHPVLQ ZLWKVWDQGVFRQVWDQWIORRGLQJ OLIHWLPHXSWR\HDUV
FRPELQDWLRQZLWK6,75$16)86 2XWVWDQGLQJDFFXUDF\WKHELJJHU ,GHDOIRUHQHUJ\PHWHULQJWRJHWKHU
WUDQVPLWWHU WKHSLSHWKHPRUHDFFXUDWHWKH ZLWKWKH6,75$16)8(HQHUJ\
2SWLRQEHWZHHQPLOGVWHHODQG UHVXOW FDOFXODWRU
VWDLQOHVVVWHHORQUHTXHVW :LWKKHDWPHWHUW\SHDSSURYDO
6HQVRUVFDQEHH[FKDQJHGZLWKRXW 0,'0,
LQWHUUXSWLQJRSHUDWLRQ

Siemens FI 01 · 2021 17
© Siemens 2020
6,75$16)6FODPSRQXOWUDVRQLF 6,75$16)3GLIIHUHQWLDOSUHVVXUH
IORZPHWHUV IORZPHDVXUHPHQW
7KHH[WHUQDOO\PRXQWHGVHQVRUVRI 7KH6,75$16)3SURGXFWOLQHRIIHUVD
6,75$16)6FODPSRQXOWUDVRQLF FRPSOHWHVROXWLRQIRUGLIIHUHQWLDO
IORZPHWHUVDUHTXLFNO\DQGHDVLO\ SUHVVXUHIORZPHDVXUHPHQWV6,75$16
LQVWDOOHGRQWKHRXWVLGHRIDSLSHPDN )3DVZHOODVWKH6,75$16)36
LQJWKHPWKHSHUIHFWFKRLFHIRUH[LVW ERWKDUHVXLWDEOHIRUDYDVWUDQJHRI
LQJDSSOLFDWLRQVRUZKHUHFRUURVLYH GLIIHUHQWDSSOLFDWLRQVXQGHUYDULRXV
WR[LFRUKLJKSUHVVXUHIOXLGVUXOHRXW SURFHVVFRQGLWLRQVDQGSDUDPHWHUV
WKHRSWLRQRIFXWWLQJWKHSLSH7KH
FRVWHIILFLHQWWHFKQRORJ\SURYLGHV
KLJKO\DFFXUDWHPHDVXUHPHQWRI
OLTXLGVLQSLSHVUDQJLQJIURP'1WR
'1LQVL]H
6,75$16)6
&RVWHIILFLHQWV\VWHPRIIHULQJ
WKHPRVWFRPPRQO\UHTXLUHG
PHDVXUHPHQWIXQFWLRQV 6,75$16)36)3
&RQVLVWHQWO\KLJKDFFXUDF\RIRI )OH[LEOHPRXQWLQJ
IORZUDWHDQGUHSHDWDELOLW\LQ 2QHSUHVVXUHWUDQVPLWWHUIRUDOO
DFFRUGDQFHZLWK,62 DSSOLFDWLRQV
(QKDQFHG]HURVWDELOLW\UHVXOWVLQ 6LQJOHVRXUFHVXSSOLHUIRUWKHKROH
6,75$16)6 PLQLPDOQHHGWRVHWD]HURSRLQW PHDVXULQJSRLQW
'LJLWDOO\EDVHGV\VWHPIHDWXULQJ :LGH%HDPWUDQVLWWLPHWHFKQRORJ\ 3UHPRXQWHGIORZPHWHUGHOLYHUHG
PDUNHWOHDGLQJDFFXUDF\RIWR DOORZVIRUPHDVXUHPHQWRIYLUWXDOO\ LQ´RQHER[µ
RIIORZUDWH DQ\OLTXLGHYHQWKRVHZLWKKLJK (DV\WUDFHDELOLW\WKURXJKRXWWKH
%HVWLQFODVV+]GDWDXSGDWH OHYHOVRIDHUDWLRQRUVXVSHQGHG RUGHULQJSURFHVV
UDWHUHOLDEO\GHWHFWVHYHQWKH VROLGV 'LUHFWWHFKQLFDOIHHGEDFNDQG
VPDOOHVWFKDQJHVLQIORZ /DUJHJUDSKLFDOGLVSOD\ZLWKLQWXLWLYH SRVVLELOLW\WRRUGHU
:LGH%HDPWUDQVLWWLPHWHFKQRORJ\ QDYLJDWLRQPXOWLSOHVHWXSZL]DUGV
DOORZVIRUPHDVXUHPHQWRIYLUWXDOO\ DQGSDWHQWHGSLSHFRQILJXUDWLRQ
DQ\OLTXLGHYHQWKRVHZLWKKLJK PHQX
OHYHOVRIDHUDWLRQRUVXVSHQGHG 6HQVRU)ODVKPLFUR6'FDUGVWRUHVDOO
VROLGV RSHUDWLRQDOGDWDIRUHDV\GHYLFH
/DUJHJUDSKLFDOGLVSOD\ZLWKLQWXLWLYH WUDQVIHUDQGVHUYLFLQJ
QDYLJDWLRQPXOWLSOHVHWXSZL]DUGV 6XLWDEOHIRUPXOWLSOHVHFWRUVUHTXLU
DQGSDWHQWHGSLSHFRQILJXUDWLRQ LQJEXGJHWFRQVFLRXVOLTXLGIORZ
PHQX LQVWUXPHQWDWLRQLQFOXGLQJZDWHU
6HQVRU)ODVKPLFUR6'FDUGVWRUHVDOO DQGZDVWHZDWHUSRZHU+9$&DQG
RSHUDWLRQDOGDWDIRUHDV\GHYLFH FKHPLFDOLQGXVWULHV
WUDQVIHUDQGVHUYLFLQJ
$SSOLFDWLRQH[DPSOHVLQFOXGHUDZ
DQGSRWDEOHZDWHUHIIOXHQWGLVWULFW
KHDWLQJDQGFRROLQJK\GURHOHFWULF
LW\DQGQXFOHDUIHHGZDWHU 'LIIHUHQWLDOSUHVVXUHIORZPHWHUV
6,75$16)2
8QLYHUVDOIORZPHDVXUHPHQWIRU
OLTXLGVJDVHVDQGYDSRUV
$OZD\VSURYLGHDFFXUDWHUHVXOWVHYHQ
ZLWKODUJHERUHVKLJKWHPSHUDWXUH
DQGH[WUHPHSUHVVXUH
18 Siemens FI 01 · 2021
© Siemens 2020
6,75$16);
$FFXUDWHPHDVXUHPHQWRIVWHDP
JDVDQGERWKFRQGXFWLYHDQG
QRQFRQGXFWLYHOLTXLGV
$YDLODEOHLQVL]HV'1WR'1
PP
,QWHJUDWHGSUHVVXUHDQGWHPSHUDWXUH
FRPSHQVDWLRQIRUORZHULQVWDOODWLRQ
FRVWVDQGLQFUHDVHGDFFXUDF\
,QWHJUDWHGUHGXFWLRQRIQRPLQDO
GLDPHWHUUHVXOWVLQDODUJHWXUQGRZQ
UDWLRUHGXFLQJLQVWDOODWLRQFRVWVDQG
SRWHQWLDOIRUOHDNDJH
3URYLGHVUHGXQGDQWVWRUDJHRIDOO
FDOLEUDWLRQDQGFRQILJXUDWLRQGDWD
ZLWKLQWKHGLVSOD\PHPRU\DQGWKH
HOHFWURQLFVPRGXOH
'HVLJQHGIURPWKHJURXQGXSWREH
IXOO\FRPSOLDQWZLWKWKH,(&
6,/VDIHW\VWDQGDUG
&RVWHIILFLHQWHQHUJ\FDOFXODWLRQ
LQFOXGLQJQHWKHDWPHDVXUHPHQW
5HPRWHYHUVLRQDYDLODEOHZLWKFDEOH
OHQJWKXSWRP

Siemens FI 01 · 2021 19
© Siemens 2020
3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ_/HYHO0HDVXUHPHQW
$OZD\VRQWKHOHYHO
,QGLVSHQVDEOHLQQXPHURXVDSSOLFDWLRQVLQWKHSURFHVVLQGXVWULHV
:KHWKHUSRLQWOHYHOGHWHFWLRQRUFRQWLQXRXVOHYHOPHDVXUHPHQW
RXUFRPSUHKHQVLYHRIIHULQJKDVWKHULJKWVROXWLRQIRU\RXUDSSOLFDWLRQ
6,75$16/5
6,75$16/5VHULHV²
5
IRUKDVVOHI
I
IRUKDVVOHIUHHOHYHOPHDVXUHPHQW
&RPSDFW*+]UDGDUWUDQVPLWWHUIRUOLTXLGV
&RPSDFW
DQGVROLGV V
DQGVROLGVDSSOLFDWLRQV
)HDWXULQJ%OXHWRRWKZLUHOHVVWHFKQRORJ\IRU
)HDWXULQJJ
HDV\DQG
HDV\DQGTXLFNVHWXSZLWK6LHPHQV6,75$16
PRELOH ,4
4
PRELOH,4$SS
,GHDOIRUFKHPLFDOVWRUDJHYHVVHOVEXONVROLGV
,GHDOIRUFF
K RSSHUV
KRSSHUVSURGXFHGZDWHUDQGGULOOLQJPXG
20 Siemens FI 01 · 2021
© Siemens 2020
&RQWLQXRXVOHYHOPHDVXUHPHQW
&RQWLQXRXVOHYHOPHDVXUHPHQWFRQ
VWDQWO\PRQLWRUVG\QDPLFSURFHVVHV
7KHPHDVXUHPHQWVDUHWUDQVPLWWHG
DVDQDQDORJVLJQDORUGLJLWDOYDOXH
:HRIIHUDZLGHUDQJHRIWUDQVPLWWHUV
EDVHGRQDYDULHW\RIWHFKQRORJLHV
LQFOXGLQJXOWUDVRQLFUDGDUJXLGHG
ZDYHUDGDUFDSDFLWDQFHJUDYLPHWULF
DQGK\GURVWDWLF
3URFHVVLQWHOOLJHQFH 6,75$16/5
7KHVLJQDOSURFHVVLQJWHFKQRORJLHV ZLUH*+]SXOVHUDGDUOHYHO
GLIIHUHQWLDWHEHWZHHQWKHWUXHHFKR WUDQVPLWWHUXSWRDUDQJHRIP
IURPWKHPDWHULDODQGIDOVHHFKRHV )RUOLTXLGVDQGVOXUULHVLQVWRUDJH
IURPREVWUXFWLRQVRUHOHFWULFDOQRLVH 5DGDUOHYHOPHDVXUHPHQWZLWK DQGSURFHVVYHVVHOVZLWKKLJK
7KHVRSKLVWLFDWHGVRIWZDUHLVVXSSRUW LQWHOOLJHQWVLJQDOSURFHVVLQJ WHPSHUDWXUHVDQGSUHVVXUHV
HGE\ILHOGGDWDJDLQHGIURPPRUH 1RQFRQWDFWLQJDQG +RUQV)($+($DQG3/$DQWHQQD
WKDQDPLOOLRQDSSOLFDWLRQV7KLVLQ ORZPDLQWHQDQFH RSWLRQVRIIHUYHUVDWLOLW\RQILHOG
GHSWKNQRZOHGJHDQGH[SHULHQFH 0LFURZDYHVUHTXLUHQRFDUULHU DSSOLFDWLRQV
LVEXLOWLQWRWKHVRIWZDUH·VDGYDQFHG PHGLXPIRUSUHFLVHPHDVXUHPHQWV
DOJRULWKPVWRSURYLGHLQWHOOLJHQW HYHQXQGHUKDUVKSURFHVV
SURFHVVLQJRIHFKRSURILOHV7KHUHVXOW FRQGLWLRQV
LVDUHSHDWDEOHIDVWDQGUHOLDEOH +LJKSHUIRUPDQFHDQGHDV\
PHDVXUHPHQW LPSOHPHQWDWLRQXVLQJMXVWDIHZ
SDUDPHWHUHQWULHV
6,75$16/5
ZLUH*+]SXOVHUDGDUOHYHO
WUDQVPLWWHUIRUOLTXLGVZLWKDUDQJH
6,75$16/5² RIXSWRP
7KHZRUOG·VILUVW*+]OHYHO ,GHDOIRUSURFHVVYHVVHOVZLWK
WUDQVPLWWHU WXUEXOHQFHDQGKHDY\GHSRVLWDV
ZLUH*+])0&:IRUUDQJHVXS ZHOODVZLWKKLJKWHPSHUDWXUHVDQG
WRP IW SUHVVXUHVZLWKDUDQJHRIXSWRP
9HU\QDUURZGHJUHHEHDPDQJOH
ZLWKµOHQVDQWHQQD
$LPLQJIODQJHVZLWKSXUJHHDV\WR
LQVWDOO
3URFHVV,QWHOOLJHQFHLQWHJUDWHGDQG
SOXJDQGSOD\SHUIRUPDQFH
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 21
© Siemens 2020
8OWUDVRQLFOHYHOPHDVXUHPHQW &RQWLQXRXVFDSDFLWDQFH
2XUPDUNHWOHDGLQJXOWUDVRQLFOHYHO 2XUXQLTXHLQYHUVHIUHTXHQF\VKLIW
PHDVXUHPHQWLVDQH[WUHPHO\FRVW DSSURDFKWRFDSDFLWDQFHWHFKQRORJ\
HIIHFWLYHVROXWLRQ7KHVHOIFOHDQLQJ HQVXUHVDFFXUDWHUHOLDEOHDQGUHSHDW
IDFHPDNHVLWVXLWDEOHIRUKDUVK DEOHPHDVXUHPHQWVHYHQLQGXVW\
HQYLURQPHQWDOFRQGLWLRQV7KHQRQ /HYHOFRQWUROOHUV WXUEXOHQWDQGYDSRURXVHQYLURQPHQWV
FRQWDFWLQJWHFKQRORJ\LVXVHGLQ 2XUSURGXFWSRUWIROLRRIOHYHOFRQWURO RULQVLWXDWLRQVZLWKSURGXFWEXLOGXS
QXPHURXVLQGXVWULHVWRPRQLWRU OHUVIHDWXUHLQWXLWLYHQDYLJDWLRQYLDWKH %HFDXVHHYHQDVPDOOOHYHOFKDQJH
OLTXLGVEXONVROLGVDQGVOXUULHV ORFDOXVHULQWHUIDFHDQGDUHLGHDOIRU FUHDWHVDODUJHFKDQJHLQIUHTXHQF\
DSSOLFDWLRQVLQDOOLQGXVWULHV:KHWKHU RXULQVWUXPHQWVSURYLGHEHWWHUUHVR
\RXQHHGWKHZRUOG·VKLJKHVWDFFXUDF\ OXWLRQDQGFRQVLVWHQWO\RXWSHUIRUP
LQ\RXURSHQFKDQQHOVUXJJHGZHW FRQYHQWLRQDOGHYLFHV:LWKVSHFLDO
ZHOOSXPSFRQWURORUGXDOSRLQW IHDWXUHVVXFKDV$FWLYH6KLHOGWHFK
PRQLWRULQJ6LHPHQVXOWUDVRQLFVKDV QRORJ\WKH\SURWHFWWKHPHDVXUHPHQW
\RXFRYHUHG IURPWKHHIIHFWVRIPRLVWXUHYDSRUV
IRDPWHPSHUDWXUHDQGSUHVVXUH
YDULDWLRQVDQGEXLOGXS7RJHWKHUZLWK
WKHPRGXODUSUREHRSWLRQVDYDLODEOH
RQYDULRXVPRGHOVWKH\RIIHUSUDFWLFDO
VROXWLRQVWRDZLGHYDULHW\RIFRQWLQ
XRXVOHYHODQGLQWHUIDFHDSSOLFDWLRQV
6,75$163UREH/8
&RVWHIIHFWLYHFRPSDFWLQWHOOLJHQW
OHYHOVROXWLRQIRUOLTXLGFKHPLFDO
LQYHQWRU\PRQLWRULQJVPDOOSURFHVV
YHVVHOVDQGOHYHOPRQLWRULQJPHDVXUH
PHQWLQWKHHQYLURQPHQWDOLQGXVWU\
(FKRPD[WUDQVGXFHUV
)XOO\HQFDSVXODWHGUREXVWXOWUDVRQLF
WUDQVGXFHUVIRUXVHZLWK6LHPHQV
XOWUDVRQLFFRQWUROOHUV
9DULRXVDSSURYDOVIRUXVHLQ
KD]DUGRXVDSSOLFDWLRQV 6,75$16/&
6HOIFOHDQLQJIDFHIRUKDUVK ,GHDOIRUVWDQGDUGDQGLQGXVWULDO
DSSOLFDWLRQVZLWKEXLOGXS DSSOLFDWLRQVLQWKHFKHPLFDOV
K\GURFDUERQSURFHVVLQJIRRG
DQGEHYHUDJHPLQLQJDJJUHJDWH
DQGFHPHQWLQGXVWULHV
22 Siemens FI 01 · 2021
© Siemens 2020
6,75$16/*VHULHV
*XLGHGZDYHUDGDU
6,75$16/*JXLGHGZDYHUDGDU
WUDQVPLWWHUIRUDUDQJHRIFRQWDFW
OHYHODQGLQWHUIDFHDSSOLFDWLRQVIURP
JHQHUDOWRKDUVKFRQGLWLRQVDQG
HYHU\WKLQJLQEHWZHHQ/LWWOHWRQR
FRQILJXUDWLRQ\RX·OOEHRSHUDWLRQDOLQ
PLQXWHVVDYLQJ\RXWLPHDQGPRQH\ 6,75$16/*
)RUXVHLQK\JLHQLFDQGFRUURVLYH
DSSOLFDWLRQV
([WUHPHSURFHVVFRQGLWLRQVGRQ·W
VWDQGDFKDQFHDQGWKHVHWUDQVPLWWHUV
IHDWXUH6,/RSWLRQVIRUDSSOLFDWLRQV
6,75$16/*
UHTXLULQJIXQFWLRQDOVDIHW\$GYDQFHG
+LJKO\IOH[LEOHVROXWLRQIRUOLTXLG
GLDJQRVWLFVLQFOXGLQJWUHQGLQJ
OHYHODQGLQWHUIDFHDSSOLFDWLRQV
SURILOHVDQGHYHQWORJJLQJJLYH\RX
([WUHPHO\YHUVDWLOHIRUPDQ\
WKHGDWD\RXQHHGDWHYHU\VWHSRI
DSSOLFDWLRQV
\RXUSURFHVV5DSLGUHVSRQVHWLPHV
DQGDGYDQFHGHFKRSURFHVVLQJGHOLYHU
DFFXUDWHDQGUHOLDEOHUHDGLQJVRYHU
6,75$16/*
WKHIXOODSSOLFDWLRQUDQJHHYHQLQ
,GHDOIRUPHDVXULQJWKHOHYHOLQ
VPDOOFRQWDLQHUVDQGLQORZGLHOHFWULF
PHGLXPUDQJHVROLGVDSSOLFDWLRQV
FRQVWDQWPDWHULDO$QGZLWKILHOG
LQFOXGLQJJUDLQVSODVWLFVDQG
UHSODFHDEOHDQGDGMXVWDEOHSUREHV
FHPHQW
LI\RXUSURFHVVFKDQJHV\RXUPHD
VXUHPHQWGHYLFHFDQWRR
6,75$16/*
2IIHUVFRQILJXUDWLRQRSWLRQVIRU
H[WUHPHFRQGLWLRQVLQFOXGLQJKLJK
WHPSHUDWXUHDQGKLJKSUHVVXUH
DSSOLFDWLRQV
$OOYHUVLRQVLQFOXGH
$XWRPDWLFEXLOGXSDGMXVWPHQW
5HPRWHGLVSOD\DQGHOHFWURQLFV
RSWLRQV
PPDFFXUDF\
%DFNOLJKWZLWKIXOOJUDSKLFGLVSOD\
WRSRUVLGHPRXQWDEOH
6,/DSSURYDORSWLRQV
)LHOGUHSODFHDEOHSUREHV
4XLFNVHWXSZL]DUGV
86%VHUYLFHSRUWRSWLRQ
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 23
© Siemens 2020
+\GURVWDWLF
/RZFRVWOHYHOPHDVXUHPHQWIRUGLUHFW
PRXQWLQJRUPRXQWLQJZLWKUHPRWH
VHDOVRQWDQNVDQGYHVVHOV
3RLQWOHYHOGHWHFWLRQ
:HRIIHU\RXDFRPSUHKHQVLYHSRUW
IROLRIRUH[WUHPHO\UHOLDEOHDQGSUHFLVH
SRLQWOHYHOGHWHFWLRQ2XUZLGHVHOHF
WLRQLQFOXGHVXOWUDVRQLFURWDWLQJDQG
YLEUDWLQJOHYHOVZLWFKHVDVZHOODV
5)FDSDFLWDQFHVZLWFKHVZLWKLQYHUVH
IUHTXHQF\VKLIWWHFKQRORJ\WKDWDUH
FRVWHIIHFWLYHDQGVXLWDEOHIRUSRLQW
6,75$16/+DQG6,75$163'6,,, OHYHOLQWHUIDFHGHWHFWLRQGU\UXQDQG
6XLWDEOHIRUDZLGHUDQJHRI VDIHW\EDFNXSDSSOLFDWLRQVLQFOXGLQJ 6,75$16/36
DSSOLFDWLRQVLQWKHFKHPLFDODQG EXONVROLGVOLTXLGVDQGVOXUULHV 5RWDU\SDGGOHVZLWFKWKDWGHWHFWV
SHWURFKHPLFDOLQGXVWULHV VROLGVZLWKGHQVLWLHVDVORZDVJO
+LJKO\UHVLVWDQWWRH[WUHPHFKHPLFDO 0RWRUSURWHFWLRQ
DQGPHFKDQLFDOORDGVDVZHOODV 9LEUDWLQJURWDU\SDGGOH 6,/FHUWLILFDWLRQIRUEHVWLQFODVV
HOHFWURPDJQHWLFLQWHUIHUHQFH (VSHFLDOO\VXLWDEOHIRUORZEXON UHOLDELOLW\DQGSHUIRUPDQFH
GHQVLW\DSSOLFDWLRQV 2SWLRQVIRUIDLOVDIHURWDWLRQ
,GHDOIRUXVHLQKDUVKDQGDEUDVLYH PRQLWRULQJDQGDODUPLQJ
*UDYLPHWULF VHHFDWDORJ:7 HQYLURQPHQWVWKDQNVWRWKHLU
*UDYLPHWULFOHYHOPHDVXUHPHQWZLWK UXJJHGGHVLJQ
6,:$5(;ZHLJKLQJWHFKQRORJ\RIIHUV )RUGHWHFWLQJKLJKORZDQGGH
KLJKO\SUHFLVHPHDVXUHPHQWZLWKRXW PDQGOHYHOVLQVROLGVOLTXLGVDQG
PDWHULDOFRQWDFWLQGHSHQGHQWRI VOXUU\DSSOLFDWLRQV
PHGLXPWHPSHUDWXUHWDQNVKDSH $ZLGHYDULHW\RIFRQILJXUDWLRQ
EXLOWLQSDUWVRUPDWHULDOFKDUDFWHULVWLFV RSWLRQVPDNHVWKHPVXLWDEOHIRUDQ\
HQYLURQPHQW
6LPSOHWRXVHZLWKQRFRPSOLFDWHG
VHWXSRUFRQILJXUDWLRQ
6WDLQOHVVVWHHODOXPLQXPDQG
SODVWLFHQFORVXUHRSWLRQVDQGKLJK
JUDGHVWHHOSURFHVVFRQQHFWLRQV
SURYLGHH[FHSWLRQDOUHVLVWDQFHWR
PHFKDQLFDOIRUFHVDORQJVHUYLFH
OLIHDQGORZFRVWRIRZQHUVKLS 6,75$16/9/DQG/9/
2SWLRQVIRU6,/UHGXQGDQW6,/ 9LEUDWLQJOHYHOVZLWFKHVIRUOLTXLG
DQGVOXUU\DSSOLFDWLRQVLQFOXGLQJ
KLJKORZDQGGHPDQGOHYHODODUPV
DQGSXPSSURWHFWLRQ
:LGHDSSOLFDWLRQUDQJHLQFOXGLQJ
KLJKWHPSHUDWXUHVDQGSUHVVXUHV
6,:$5(;:3 VHHFDWDORJ:7 K\JLHQLFYHUVLRQVODUJHYDULHW\RI
7HFKQRORJ\PRGXOHIRUWKH6,0$7,& HQFORVXUHPDWHULDOV6,/UHGXQGDQW
(763GLVWULEXWHG,2V\VWHP 6,/RSWLRQVDQGUHPRWHWHVWLQJ
)RUOHYHOPHDVXUHPHQWVLQVLORVDQG
EXQNHUVFRQYHQLHQWDQGVHDPOHVV
LQWHJUDWLRQRISODWIRUPVFDOHVGLUHFWO\
LQWRWKHDXWRPDWLRQHQYLURQPHQW
24 Siemens FI 01 · 2021
© Siemens 2020
5)&DSDFLWDQFH
3RLQWHN5)FDSDFLWDQFHSRLQWOHYHO
VZLWFKHVPHDVXUHLQWHUIDFHVVROLGV
OLTXLGVVOXUULHVDQGIRDP7KHLQYHUVH
IUHTXHQF\VKLIWWHFKQRORJ\SURYLGHV
DFFXUDWHDQGUHOLDEOHPHDVXUHPHQW
UHVXOWVHYHQLQGXVW\WXUEXOHQWDQG
YDSRURXVHQYLURQPHQWVRULQDSSOLFD
WLRQVZLWKSURGXFWEXLOGXS6PDOO
FKDQJHVLQOHYHOFUHDWHODUJHFKDQJHV
6,75$16/96/96DQG LQIUHTXHQF\&RQVHTXHQWO\3RLQWHN
/96 GHYLFHVKDYHJUHDWHUVHQVLWLYLW\DQG
9LEUDWLQJOHYHOVZLWFKHVWKDWGHWHFW FRQVLVWHQWO\RXWSHUIRUPFRQYHQWLRQDO
VROLGVZLWKGHQVLWLHVDVORZDVJO GHYLFHV:LWKWKHLUUXJJHGDOXPLQXPRU
%HVWLQFODVVVHQVLWLYLW\GHWHFWLRQ FKHPLFDOO\UHVLVWLYHSODVWLFHQFORVXUHV
$ELOLW\WRKDQGOHDQGPRQLWRU DQGZLGHYDULHW\RISURFHVVFRQQHFWLRQV
EXLOGXS 6LHPHQV3RLQWHNVZLWFKHVDUHFRP
2SWLRQVWRGHWHFWVROLGVLQWHUIDFH SDWLEOHZLWKPRVWDSSOLFDWLRQV 3RLQWHN&/6DQG&/6
ZLWKLQDOLTXLG 6XLWDEOHIRUOHYHOGHWHFWLRQLQ
GHPDQGLQJFRQGLWLRQVZLWKKLJK
SUHVVXUHVDQGWHPSHUDWXUHV
6XLWDEOHIRUDJJUHVVLYHDSSOLFDWLRQV
LQFOXGLQJYHU\KLJKWHPSHUDWXUHV
DQGSUHVVXUHV
6,/RSWLRQV
6PDUW352),%86YHUVLRQVZLWK
GLJLWDOGLVSOD\
5HPRWHRSHUDWLRQYLD352),%86
IRUVWDWXVDQGIXQFWLRQWHVWLQJ
5HPRWHGHWHFWLRQRIEXLOGXSDQG
PRQLWRULQJRIRWKHUSURFHVV
3RLQWHN8/68OWUDVRQLF 3RLQWHN&/6 FRQGLWLRQFKDQJHV
1RQFRQWDFWLQJXOWUDVRQLFOHYHO 6XLWDEOHIRUOHYHOGHWHFWLRQLQ
VZLWFKZLWKWZRVZLWFKSRLQWV FRQVWULFWHGVSDFHV
,GHDOIRUVWLFN\PDWHULDOVDQGDQ 6HQVJXDUGSURWHFWLRQRISUREHIRU
HIIHFWLYHVROXWLRQIRUEXONVROLGV KDUVKDQGDEUDVLYHHQYLURQPHQWV
OLTXLGVDQGVOXUULHV DQGFKHPLFDOO\UHVLVWLYHSUREH
W\SHVDYDLODEOH
&RPSDFWZLUHRUZLUHVZLWFK
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 25
© Siemens 2020
3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ_3RVLWLRQHUV
$OZD\VLQSROHSRVLWLRQ
6,3$573RVLWLRQHUV
$VWKHLQWHUIDFHEHWZHHQFRQWUROV\VWHPDQGYDOYHVSRVLWLRQHUVSOD\DQ
LPSRUWDQWUROHLQHQVXULQJUHOLDELOLW\DQGRSWLPDOSHUIRUPDQFHLQSURFHVVSODQWV
DURXQGWKHZRUOG2XUSURYHQSRUWIROLRZLWKWKH6,3$5736SUHFLVHO\FRQWUROV
WKHHQWLUHUDQJHRIYDOYHVDQGPDVWHUVHYHQVSHFLDOWDVNVZLWKDEVROXWHUHOLDELOLW\
,QDGGLWLRQZHKDYHQRZLQWURGXFHGRXUQHZ6,3$5736²WRSUHFLVHO\PHHW\RXU
DSSOLFDWLRQUHTXLUHPHQWV
6,3$5736²HDV\WR
6,3$5736²HDV\WRXVHIDVWLQ
FRPPLVVLRQLQJDQGVLP
FRPPLVVLRQLQJDQGVLPSO\UREXVW
2QHSXVKLQLWLDOL]DWLRQ
2QHSXVKLQLWLDOL]DWLRQIDVWFRPPLVVLRQ
LQJDWWKHSXVKRIDEX
LQJDWWKHSXVKRIDEXWWRQ
$SSOLFDWLRQSDUDPHWHUW
$SSOLFDWLRQSDUDPHWHUWRVHOHFWGLIIHUHQW
PRGHVRIYDOYHSRVLWLRQ
PRGHVRIYDOYHSRVLWLRQLQJHJH[DFWIDVW
RQRIIRUERRVWHU
,QWHUQDOQRQFRQWDFWLQ
,QWHUQDOQRQFRQWDFWLQJVHQVRU
QRQZHDULQJDQGYLEUD
QRQZHDULQJDQGYLEUDWLRQUHVLVWDQW
1RQFRUURVLYHVRXQGD
1RQFRUURVLYHVRXQGDEVRUEHUIRUXVH
LQKDUVKHQYLURQPHQWV
3ODLQWH[WGLVSOD\ZLWK
3ODLQWH[WGLVSOD\ZLWKVWDWXVLFRQVLQ
DFFRUGDQFHZLWK1$0
DFFRUGDQFHZLWK1$0851(DQG
IRXURSHUDWLRQEXWWRQ
IRXURSHUDWLRQEXWWRQV
26 Siemens FI 01 · 2021
© Siemens 2020
6,3$5736²PRUHIXQFWLRQV
PRUHSRVVLELOLWLHV
7KH6,3$5736FRPHVZLWKDQH[WHQ
VLYHUDQJHRIIXQFWLRQVDQGGLDJQRVWLF
FDSDELOLWLHVZKLFKZHLPSURYHGHYHQ
IXUWKHU
2SWLRQDOSUHVVXUHVHQVRUVLPSURYHG
YDOYHGLDJQRVWLFVDQGSDUDPHWHU
PRQLWRULQJ
5HDG\IRUGLJLWDOL]DWLRQ)DVWDQG
SUHGLFWLYHGHWHUPLQDWLRQRIYDOYH
PDLQWHQDQFHUHTXLUHPHQWVXVLQJ
WKHYDOYHPRQLWRULQJDSS
5HJXODUSDUWLDOVWURNHWHVWVHQVXUHG 3RVLWLRQHUZLWKUHPRWHFRQWURO
6,3$5736²WKHDOODURXQG PRYHPHQWRIHPHUJHQF\VKXWGRZQ HOHFWURQLFV
SRVLWLRQHU (6' YDOYHVDQGRWKHURSHQFORVH 6XLWDEOHIRUXVHLQHQYLURQPHQWDO
7KH6,3$5736KDVJURZQWREHFRPH YDOYHVLQWKHHYHQWRIDQHPHUJHQF\ FRQGLWLRQVZLWKKLJKHQHUJ\
WKHPRVWZLGHO\XVHGSRVLWLRQHUIRU )DLOLQ3ODFHWKHYDOYHUHPDLQVLQLWV UDGLDWLRQ
OLQHDUDQGSDUWWXUQDFWXDWRUV,WLV ODVWSRVLWLRQXSRQORVVRIHOHFWULFDO
FRQVWUXFWHGWRPHHWDZLGHYDULHW\RI DQGRUSQHXPDWLFSRZHU
UHTXLUHPHQWV )DLO6DIHWKHYDOYHPRYHVWRWKH
3RO\FDUERQDWHDOXPLQXPRU VDIHW\SRVLWLRQDOVRVXLWDEOHIRU6,/
VWDLQOHVVVWHHOHQFORVXUH DSSOLFDWLRQV
/VWDLQOHVVVWHHOHQFORVXUHIRU 9DOYHSHUIRPDQFHWHVWV 937
QHDUVKRUHRIIVKRUHDVZHOODVRLO LPPHGLDWHRQVLWHDVVHVVPHQWRI
DQGJDVDSSOLFDWLRQVLQKD]DUGRXV YDOYHPDLQWHQDQFHUHTXLUHPHQWV
DUHDV
([GH[SORVLRQSURRIYHUVLRQ
&RPPXQLFDWLRQYLD352),%863$
)281'$7,21)LHOGEXVRU+$57
,QWHJUDWHGERRVWHURSWLRQIRUTXLFN
FRQWURORIODUJHGULYHV
/RZRSHUDWLQJFRVWVWKDQNVWR 3RVLWLRQHUZLWKYDULRXVH[WHUQDO
PLQLPDODLUFRQVXPSWLRQ SRVLWLRQWUDQVPLWWHUV
(DVLHUDFFHVVWRSRVLWLRQHUIRUYDOYHV
DWQRWHDVLO\DFFHVVLEOHORFDWLRQV
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 27
© Siemens 2020
3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ_3URFHVV0RQLWRULQJ
(DUO\GHWHFWLRQ
SURWHFWV\RXUSURFHVV
3URFHVVSURWHFWLRQGHYLFHVFDQEHXVHGDVHDUO\ZDUQLQJV\VWHPVWRDYRLG
FRVWO\LQWHUUXSWLRQVDQGEUHDNGRZQVRIHTXLSPHQW7KH\GHWHFWIORZ
SUREOHPVEORFNDJHVVFUHHQIDXOWVPDFKLQHU\VORZGRZQVRUEXUVWILOWHU
EDJV7KHLUUXJJHGFRQVWUXFWLRQPDNHVWKHPLPSHUYLRXVWRGXVWGLUW
EXLOGXSDQGPRLVWXUH
6
6,75$16$6²DFRXVWLFVHQVRUXVHGIRUVROLGV
IIORZGHWHFWLRQIHDWXULQJDFRPSDFWVWDLQOHVVVWHHO
FFRQVWUXFWLRQIRUKDUVKHQYLURQPHQWVDQGQRQLQYDVLYH
P
PRXQWLQJ
'HWHFWLRQRIKLJKIUHTXHQF\DFRXVWLFHPLVVLRQVIURP
IULFWLRQRUWKHLPSDFWRIGXVWSRZGHUVJUDQXODWHVDQG
RWKHUVROLGV
6LJQDOLQJRIIORZQRIORZRUKLJKORZIORZ
&RPSDWLEOHZLWK6,75$16&8ZKLFKSURFHVVHVVLJQDOV
IURPWKHVHQVRU
3URYLVLRQRIUHOD\DQGDQDORJRXWSXWVIRUFRQQHFWLRQLQWR
DSURFHVVRUGLUHFWFRQQHFWLRQWRD3/&DQDORJRXWSXW
28 Siemens FI 01 · 2021
© Siemens 2020
$FRXVWLFVHQVRUV
1RQLQYDVLYHDFRXVWLFVHQVRUVGHWHFW
LQDXGLEOHKLJKIUHTXHQF\DFRXVWLF
HPLVVLRQVJHQHUDWHGE\IULFWLRQDQG
LPSDFWFDXVHGE\PDWHULDOVLQPRWLRQ 3URFHVVFRQWUROOHUV
VHHFDWDORJ03
6,3$57'5FRQWUROOHUVDUHRXWVWDQGLQJ
WKDQNVWRWKHLUH[WUHPHUHOLDELOLW\DQG
HDVHRIXVH9DULRXVVRIWZDUHSDFNDJHV
DUHDYDLODEOHWRPDNHWKHLUKDQGOLQJ
HDV\DQGLQWXLWLYHDQGWRH[WHQGWKHLU
VFRSHRIDSSOLFDWLRQ7KHVWDQGDUGYHU
VLRQDOUHDG\RIIHUVFRPSUHKHQVLYHFRQ
WUROOHUKDUGZDUHWKDWFDQEHXSJUDGHG
TXLFNO\DQGHDVLO\IRUVSHFLILFDSSOLFD
WLRQVE\PHDQVRIDODUJHQXPEHURI
RSWLRQDOLQSXWDQGRXWSXWPRGXOHV
3OXJLQPRGXOHVIRUFRPPXQLFDWLRQV
6,75$16 '$
6,75$16'$ RYHU5656RU352),%86'3
$FRXVWLFDQDO\]HUIRUWKHFRQGLWLRQ DUHDOVRDYDLODEOH
PRQLWRULQJRIRVFLOODWLQJGLVSODFH
PHQWSXPSV
6LPXOWDQHRXVDQGFRQWLQXRXVPRQL
WRULQJRIXSWRIRXULQGHSHQGHQW 0LOOWURQLFV0)$S
GHOLYHU\YDOYHV 3ODQWSURWHFWLRQWKURXJKWKHGHWHF
(DV\V\VWHPRSHUDWLRQDQGFRQILJX WLRQRIDEVHQFHRIPRWLRQDVZHOODV
UDWLRQHLWKHUORFDOO\E\/&'DQG XQGHUVSHHGRURYHUVSHHGFRQGLWLRQV
NH\ERDUGRUYLD352),%86'33$ 3UREHVXVDEOHLQKD]DUGRXVKLJK
WHPSHUDWXUHDQGKDUVKFRQGLWLRQV
WKDQNVWRWKHLUVXSHULRUGHVLJQ
0RWLRQVHQVRUV :LWK063RU;33SUREHV
1RQFRQWDFWLQJPRWLRQVHQVRUVGHWHFW
FKDQJHVLQPRWLRQDQGVSHHGRI 3URFHVVUHFRUGHUV
FRQYH\LQJUHFLSURFDWLQJDQGURWDWLQJ VHHFDWDORJ03
PDFKLQHU\ 6,5(&'DQGGLVSOD\
UHFRUGHUVDUHXVHGIRUFRQWLQXRXV
PRQLWRULQJRISURFHVVTXDQWLWLHVSODQW
PDLQWHQDQFHSURFHVVRSWLPL]DWLRQRU
WURXEOHVKRRWLQJ2XUFRPSOHWHUDQJHRI
SURFHVVUHFRUGHUVRIIHUVVWDWHRIWKHDUW
VROXWLRQVIRUWKHPRVWGHPDQGLQJ
UHTXLUHPHQWV
6,75$16:0
)RUGHWHFWLQJWKHDEVHQFHRU
6,75$16:00)$ SUHVHQFHRIPRWLRQRIURWDWLQJ
0RWLRQIDLOXUHDODUP 0)$ UHFLSURFDWLQJDQGFRQYH\LQJ
GLIIHUHQWLDOVSHHGGHWHFWLRQ '6' HTXLSPHQW
DQGQRQFRQWDFWLQJWDFKRPHWHU +HDY\GXW\DODUPVZLWFK
1&7
0XOWLSOHDODUPLQJSRZHUHGE\
UHOD\VIRURYHUVSHHGRUXQGHU
VSHHGFRQGLWLRQVIURPWKHVHQVRUV
,QWXLWLYHSURJUDPPLQJWKDQNVWR
DVLPSOHPHQXVWUXFWXUHDORQJZLWK
DQRQERDUGGLVSOD\DQGSXVK
EXWWRQV
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 29
© Siemens 2020
3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ_$GGLWLRQDO&RPSRQHQWV
([SDQGDV\RXJR
,QWHJUDWHGFRPPXQLFDWLRQGRZQWRWKHILHOGOHYHOLVEHFRPLQJDQLQFUHDVLQJO\
LPSRUWDQWIDFWRUIRUWKHVXFFHVVRIRXUFXVWRPHUV$YDLODELOLW\RIWKHLQVWUX
PHQWVLQDXWRPDWLRQVROXWLRQVDWDOOWLPHVLVQHFHVVDU\WRJDWKHULQIRUPDWLRQ
DERXWWKHVWDWHRIWKHSODQWIURPH[LVWLQJGDWDDQGWRGHULYHWKHFRUUHFW
PDLQWHQDQFHPHDVXUHVZLWKUHJDUGWRWLPHDQGVFRSH7KLVLVQRWDSUREOHP
ZLWKRXUPRGHUQVROXWLRQV(YHQSURYHQSODQWVWKDWKDYHEHHQUXQQLQJIRU
PDQ\\HDUVFDQEHH[SDQGHGZLWKDVPDOOLQYHVWPHQWLQVXFKDZD\WKDWWKH
PRVWLPSRUWDQWGDWDLVDYDLODEOH²QRWRQO\ORFDOO\EXWZLWKVHFXUHZRUOGZLGH
DFFHVVLIUHTXLUHG
6,0$7,&&578&²7KHFRPSDFWUHPRWH
WHUPLQDOXQLWVPRQLWRUUHPRWHPHDVXULQJSRLQWVHYHQ
LQORFDWLRQV
LQORFDWLRQ
LQORFDWLRQVZKHUHQRSRZHUVXSSO\H[LVWV
(DV\FRQ I
(DV\FRQILJXUDWLRQXVLQJDZHEEURZVHULQVWHDGRI
SURJUDP P
SURJUDPPLQJ
)OH[LEOHSRZHUVXSSO\IURPEDWWHULHVVRODUHQHUJ\
)OH[LEOHS
RU9'
'
RU9'&
(QHUJ\RR
(QHUJ\RSWLPL]HGRSHUDWLRQDQGLQWHJUDWHGHQHUJ\
PDQDJHP P
PDQDJHPHQWIRUFRQQHFWHGDQDORJDQGGLJLWDOVHQVRUV
6HFXUH FR
6HFXUHFRPPXQLFDWLRQ 7HOH&RQWURO%DVLFSURWRFRO
6,1$87 67
6
6,1$8767'13DQG,(& YLDWKHLQWH
JUDWHG 80
JUDWHG8076PRGHP 578& RUYLD/$1SRUW
578
578& LQDGGLWLRQWRD6&$/$1&(6RU6&$/$1&(0
([WHQGHG G
([WHQGHGWHPSHUDWXUHUDQJHIURP²&WR&DV
ZHOODVD Q
ZHOODVDQRSWLRQDOHQFORVXUHPHHWLQJWKH,3VWDQGDUG
30 Siemens FI 01 · 2021
© Siemens 2020
:LUHOHVV+$57FRPSRQHQWV
:LUHOHVV+$57HQDEOHVWKHLQWHJUD
WLRQRIPHDVXULQJSRLQWVWKDWFRXOG
QRWEHLPSOHPHQWHGEHIRUHGXHWR
WKHRSHUDWLQJHQYLURQPHQWRUIRU
HFRQRPLFUHDVRQV,QDGGLWLRQWR
WKH6,75$167)WUDQVPLWWHUV
IRUWHPSHUDWXUHPHDVXUHPHQW
DQG6,75$163IRUSUHVVXUH
PHDVXUHPHQWWKH6,75$16$:
DQG6,75$16$::LUHOHVV+$57
DGDSWHUVLQWHJUDWHLQVWUXPHQWVZLWK
+$57FDSDELOLW\DVZHOODVDQDORJ
6,75$165' GHYLFHVWKDWGRQRWVXSSRUW+$57
5HPRWHGLVSOD\IRUWRP$ FRPPXQLFDWLRQ$FFHVVWRGLDJQRVWLF
DQG+$57GHYLFHV GDWDFDQEHLPSOHPHQWHGZLWKWKHVH
(DV\WRXVHEDVLFFRQILJXUDWLRQRI DGDSWHUVDWORZFRVWVLQPRVWFDVHV
5HPRWHGLJLWDOGLVSOD\ +$57LQVWUXPHQWVXVLQJ+$57 HVSHFLDOO\ZKHQWKHFRQWUROV\VWHP
7KHXQLYHUVDOUHPRWHGLJLWDOGLVSOD\V FRPPDQGV GRHVQRWVXSSRUWLQWHJUDWHG+$57
DOORZUHPRWHGLVSOD\RIDQGDFFHVVWR (DVHRIXVHWKURXJKWKHEDFNOLW FRPPXQLFDWLRQ
PHDVXUHPHQWGDWDIURPDFRQYHQLHQW EXWWRQPHQXGULYHQGLVSOD\DQG
ORFDWLRQ2XUDGYDQFHGUDQJHRI IOH[LEOHPRXQWLQJRSWLRQV
UHPRWHGLVSOD\VLQFOXGHRSWLRQVIRU
SXPSFRQWUROZLWKFRPPXQLFDWLRQV
LQFOXGLQJ+$57DQG0RGEXV578ZLWK
IOH[LEOHRXWSXWRSWLRQV
5$16 $:
6,75$16$:
6,75$165' 6,75$165'DQG5' &RQQHFWLRQRSWLRQRIXSWRIRXU
/RRSSRZHUHGGLVSOD\ 8QLYHUVDODQGIXOOIHDWXUHGYHUVLRQV +$57GHYLFHVLQPXOWLGURSPRGH
6XLWDEOHIRUOHYHOIORZSUHVVXUH ,GHDOIRUIORZUDWHWRWDODQGFRQWURO 6XSSRUWRI²P$GHYLFHVZLWKRXW
WHPSHUDWXUHDQGZHLJKLQJ DSSOLFDWLRQVDVZHOODVIRUXVHZLWK +$57
DSSOLFDWLRQV PRVWILHOGGHYLFHV 3RZHUVXSSO\RIWKHFRQQHFWHGILHOG
&DQEHXVHGLQDODUJHYDULHW\ 'DWDORJJHGDQGGLVSOD\HGRQWKH GHYLFHYLDDQLQWHJUDWHGEDWWHU\
RIHQYLURQPHQWV ORZKLJK 3&ZLWKWKHIUHH5'VRIWZDUH
WHPSHUDWXUHVKD]DUGRXVDUHDV 6XQOLJKWUHDGDEOHGLVSOD\
6LPSOHVHWXSDQGLQVWDOODWLRQ 6WDQGDUGVHULDOFRPPXQLFDWLRQV ,(3%/LQN31,2
RXWSXW 0RGEXV578 &DQFRQVWLWXWHWKHJDWHZD\EHWZHHQ
3XPSDOWHUQDWLRQFRQWURO 352),1(7DQG352),%86
OLQHDUL]DWLRQDQGVTXDUHURRWDQG )URPWKH,2FRQWUROOHUYLHZSRLQWDOO
PDWKIXQFWLRQV '3VODYHVDUHWUHDWHGOLNH,2GHYLFHV
ZLWKD352),1(7LQWHUIDFH
8VHDVDGDWDUHFRUGVURXWHUIRUWKH
SDUDPHWHUDVVLJQPHQWRIILHOG
GHYLFHVYLD6,0$7,&3'0 3URFHVV
'HYLFH0DQDJHU LQDOOSODQWVZLWK
352),%86'3
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 31
© Siemens 2020
'LJLWDOL]DWLRQ_3URFHVV2YHUYLHZ
'LJLWDOL]H\RXUSURFHVV
)URPGHVLJQDQGFRPPLVVLRQLQJWRRSHUDWLRQVDQGSHUIRUPDQFHPRQLWRULQJ²
6LHPHQVSURYLGHVWKHVRIWZDUHWRROVDQGVHUYLFHVIRUWKHGLJLWDOL]DWLRQRI
HYHU\SKDVHRIDSODQWֆVOLIHF\FOH(QGWRHQGGLJLWDOL]DWLRQIURPDVLQJOHVRXUFH
RSWLPL]HVSODQWRSHUDWLRQVWRUHGXFHGRZQWLPHDQGPD[LPL]HFRVWHIILFLHQF\
6LHPHQV 3URFHVVDQG3ODQW'HVLJQ (QJLQHHULQJDQG&RPPLVVLRQLQJ 2SHUDWLRQ 6HUYLFH

$SSVDQG
6RIWZDUH 6HUYLFHVIRU
3URFHVV
3'006 3,$/LIHF\FOH 6,0$7,&3'0 6,75$16,4$SSV 3HUIRUPDQFHEDVHGVHUYLFHV ,QGXVWULHV
&2026 'LJLWDOSURGXFWGDWD 'DWDPDWUL[FRGH 6,0$7,&3'006 /LIHF\FOH6HUYLFH&RQWUDFWV
,QYHQWRU\
6,0,7 6LPXODWLRQ 'LJLWDOWZLQ &DOLEUDWLRQPDQDJHPHQW
%DVHOLQH6HUYLFHV
6,75$16/LEUDU\ ([SHUWV\VWHPV
6,75$16,4$SSV
7,$ &RQWURO
5HGXFHWLPHWRPDQXIDFWXULQJ 5HGXFHFRVWDQGHIIRUW ,PSURYHSHUIRUPDQFH 5HGXFHPDLQWHQDQFH 3HUIRUPDQFH
UHGXFHXQSODQQHGGRZQWLPH DQGVHUYLFHFRVWV
$QDO\WLFV
9DOYH0RQLWRULQJ
'LJLWDOSURGXFWGDWD 'LJLWDOWZLQSURFHVVDQDO\WLFVDQGH[SHUWV\VWHPV

'LJLWDO3URGXFW7ZLQ 'LJLWDO3HUIRUPDQFH7ZLQ
6,75$16&&
6,75$160XOWLVHQVRUDQG,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ
6LHPHQVVXSSRUWV\RXUGLJLWDOL]DWLRQ 3URFHVVDQGSODQWGHVLJQ
RYHUWKHHQWLUHOLIHF\FOH ,QRUGHUWRVXSSRUW\RXZKLOH
'XULQJHDFKRIWKHPDLQVWHSVRIWKH GHVLJQLQJWKHSODQW6LHPHQV
OLIHF\FOHRIDSODQW6LHPHQVVXSSRUWV ,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQSURYLGHV\RXZLWK
\RXZLWKDVHWRIVRIWZDUHWRROVDSSV DPSOHLQIRUPDWLRQYLDLWV3,$3RUWDO
DQGVHUYLFHVLQRUGHUWRLPSURYHWKH ZZZSLDSRUWDODXWRPDWLRQVLHPHQV
XSWLPHDQGSHUIRUPDQFHRI\RXUSODQW FRP :KHQXVLQJHQJLQHHULQJWRROV
ZKLOHUHGXFLQJ\RXUPDLQWHQDQFHDQG OLNH&2026DOOGLJLWDOSURGXFWGDWD
VHUYLFHFRVWV FDQEHLPSRUWHGGLUHFWO\$QGLI\RX
DUHXVLQJ6,0,7WRWUDLQ\RXUVWDIIWKH
SURFHVVLQVWUXPHQWDWLRQLVFHUWDLQO\
LQFOXGHGZLWKVLPXODWLRQREMHFWV
32 Siemens FI 01 · 2021
© Siemens 2020
(QJLQHHULQJ
:KHQXVLQJVWDWHRIWKHDUWSURFHVV
DXWRPDWLRQOLNH3&6HQJLQHHULQJ
LVPDGHHDV\ZLWKWKH6,0$7,&3&6
,QGXVWU\/LEUDU\DQGHVSHFLDOO\WKH
6,75$16/LEUDU\IRU)LHOG,QVWUXPHQWV
+HUHWKHIDFHSODWHVSURYLGHWKHIXOO
SRWHQWLDORIWKHLQVWUXPHQWDWLRQ
&RPPLVVLRQLQJDQGRSHUDWLRQ 6HUYLFH
1HZSODQWVXVXDOO\KDYHFRPPXQLFD ,QWKHIXWXUHPRQLWRULQJRISODQW
WLRQGRZQWRWKHILHOGOHYHOZLWK+$57 DVVHWVYLD6LHPHQV$SSVVXFKDV
352),%86RU352),1(7HQVXULQJ 6,75$166$0,4²6PDUW$VVHW
WUDQVSDUHQF\RIVHFRQGDU\GDWDRIWKH 0DQDJHPHQWZLOODOORZWKHSODQW
ILHOGGHYLFHV6WDQGDORQHRULQWHJUDW RSHUDWRUWRSLQSRLQWVHUYLFHQHHGV
HGSDUDPHWHUL]DWLRQWRROVOLNH6,0$7,& DQGWRPDNHSODQWPDLQWHQDQFHPRUH
3'0DUHDEOHWRDFFHVVRUIRUZDUGWKLV HIILFLHQWWKXVUHGXFLQJFRVWVDQG
GDWDIRUIXUWKHUSURFHVVLQJLQDSSV LQFUHDVLQJXSWLPH,QDGGLWLRQPDQ\
ZLWKQRGLVUXSWLRQWRSODQWRSHUDWLRQV VXSSRUWVHUYLFHVDUHDYDLODEOHVXFKDV
7KH\DOORZDQXSORDGRUGRZQORDGRI 45FRGHVRQHDFK3,GHYLFHZKLFK
SDUDPHWHUDVVLJQPHQWVGXULQJFRP DOORZ\RXWRHDVLO\GRZQORDGWKH
PLVVLRQLQJRIILHOGGHYLFHVEDVHGRQ VSHFLILFLQIRUPDWLRQRIDQLQVWUXPHQW
DQDOZD\VV\QFKURQL]HGFHQWUDOGDWD RQVLWH
EDVHDQGNQRZQQHWZRUNWRSRORJ\
&RQWDFWRXUH[SHUWVGLUHFWO\IRUDVVLV
WDQFHZLWKGDWDWURXEOHVKRRWLQJDQG
RWKHUVHUYLFHV
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 33
© Siemens 2020
'LJLWDOL]DWLRQ_6,26
2QOLQHVXSSRUWIRUFXVWRPHUVZLWK
6,26DQGWKHLQGXVWU\VXSSRUWDSS
$FFHVVWRDFFXUDWHLQIRUPDWLRQLVDKXJHDVVHWLQWKHILHOG6LHPHQV,QGXVWU\2QOLQH
6XSSRUW 6,26 SURYLGHVXSWRGDWHLQIRUPDWLRQDERXWVSHFLILFSURGXFWVTXLFNO\DQG
HDVLO\$YDLODEOHLQWKHRQOLQHSRUWDORULQWKHGRZQORDGDEOHVPDUWSKRQHDSSIRU
PD[LPXPFRQYHQLHQFH
,QGXVWU\6XSSRUW$SS
'RZQORDGDQGLQVWDOOWKHDSSRQ
\RXUVPDUWSKRQH
6FDQWKH45FRGHRIDQ\GHYLFHLQ
WKHILHOG
$FFHVVFRPSUHKHQVLYHLQIRUPDWLRQ
LQFOXGLQJGHYLFHVSHFLILFLQIRUPD
WLRQOLNHKDQGERRNV0DQXDOV)$4
SURGXFWQRWHV
6XEPLWDVXSSRUWUHTXHVWDQGZH
ZLOOFRQWDFW\RXZLWKLQZRUNLQJ
KRXUV HYHQTXLFNHUZLWKDSUHPLXP
6,26 3RUWDO
6,263RUWDO VHUYLFHFRQWDFW
KUVDGD\GD\VD\HDU²WKLV
SRUWDOSURYLGHVFRPSUHKHQVLYHLQIRUPD
WLRQRQWKHHQWLUHSRUWIROLRRI6LHPHQV
IRUSURFHVVDQGGLVFUHWHLQGXVWULHV
)LQGLQIRUPDWLRQRQDXWRPDWLRQ
FRPPXQLFDWLRQDQGSURFHVVLQVWUX
PHQWDWLRQXQGHU
3URGXFWVXSSRUWKDQGERRNVPDQX
DOV)$4SURGXFWQRWHVFHUWLILFDWHV
6HUYLFHVWKHVHUYLFHSRUWIROLR
6XSSRUWUHTXHVWKHOS²MXVWVWDWH
\RXULVVXHDQGZHZLOOFRQWDFW\RX
ZLWKLQZRUNLQJKRXUV
0\VXSSRUWDFWLYDWHQRWLILFDWLRQV
DFFRUGLQJWR\RXUQHHGV
34 Siemens FI 01 · 2021
© Siemens 2020
'LJLWDOL]DWLRQ_&2026
,QWHJUDWHGWRROVIRU
HQJLQHHULQJHIILFLHQF\
(PSRZHU\RXUGDWD&OHYHULQWHJUDWHGWRROVDQGVROXWLRQVVXFKDV&2026DQG
6,0,7OHW\RXWDNHFRQWURO²DQGJUHDWO\LQFUHDVHWKHHIILFLHQF\RISURFHVVLQJ
DQGPDQXIDFWXULQJSODQWV
6,0,7
7KHVLPXODWLRQSODWIRUP6,0,7HQDEOHV
FRPSUHKHQVLYHWHVWVRIDXWRPDWLRQ
DSSOLFDWLRQVDQGSURYLGHVDUHDOLVWLF
WUDLQLQJHQYLURQPHQWIRURSHUDWRUV
HYHQEHIRUHWKHUHDOVWDUWXS7KLV
6,75$16 FUHDWHVRSSRUWXQLWLHVIRUSURFHVV
)LHOG'HYLFHV RSWLPL]DWLRQDQGNQRZKRZUHWHQWLRQ
ZKLFKUHVXOWVLQUHGXFHGFRPPLVVLRQ
&2026 3,$/LIHF\FOH3RUWDO
LQJWLPHDQGVLJQLILFDQWO\VKRUWHQHG
WLPHWRPDUNHW
3,$/LIHF\FOH3RUWDO &2026 6,75$16/LEUDU\

7KLVSRUWDOKHOSV\RXVHOHFWVL]HDQG &2026LVWKHHQJLQHHULQJWRROIURP (DV\XVHRIGHYLFHVSHFLILFIXQFWLRQV
FRQILJXUH\RXULGHDOSLHFHRILQVWUX 6LHPHQVIRUWKHHQWLUHOLIHF\FOHRI\RXU DQGGDWDIURPGHYLFHVRIWKH
PHQWDWLRQ SODQW:LWKWKHGLUHFWLQWHJUDWLRQRI 6,75$16DQG6,3$57SURGXFWIDPL
RXU3,$/LIHF\FOH3RUWDOZHJXDUDQWHH OLHVVXFKDVGRVLQJRUWRWDOL]HUIXQF
,QWHUIDFHVWR&2026DQGH[SRUWVWR WKHVHDPOHVVLQWHJUDWLRQRIRXUILHOG WLRQVLQVROXWLRQVZLWK6,0$7,&3&6
WKHRQOLQHRUGHULQJSRUWDORI6LHPHQV GHYLFHVLQWKHHQJLQHHULQJHQYLURQ /LEUDU\ZLWKGHYLFHVSHFLILFIXQFWLRQ
WKH,QGXVWU\0DOO PDOOLQGXVWU\ PHQW:HFDQRIIHUILHOGGHYLFHVEHVW EORFNVEORFNV\PEROVDQGIDFHSODWHV
VLHPHQVFRP VXLWHGWR\RXUSURFHVVHVSURSHUWLHV )XOO\FRPSDWLEOHZLWK6,0$7,&3&6
DQGPHDVXULQJUHTXLUHPHQWV 6WDQGDUG$GYDQFHG3URFHVV/LEUDU\
<RXDUHDEOHWRWUDFNWKHOLIHF\FOHRI $3/ WKURXJKWKHHQWLUHOLIHF\FOH
\RXULQVWUXPHQWVHHZDUUDQW\DQG IURPHQJLQHHULQJWRUXQQLQJRIWKH
H[WHQGHGH[FKDQJHRSWLRQLQIRUPD SODQW
WLRQDVZHOODGGLWLRQDOLQIRUPDWLRQ
VXFKDVIDFWRU\FHUWLILFDWHV HJIRU
FDOLEUDWLRQRUYDOLGDWLRQ
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 35
© Siemens 2020
'LJLWDOL]DWLRQ_6,75$16,4
6,75$16,4 SITRANS IQ
2XUGLJLWDOILHOGGHYLFHSODWIRUP
IRUSHUIRUPDQFHHIILFLHQF\DQG
OHVVGRZQWLPHDFURVVWKHOLIHF\FOH
FIELD
DEVICE
APPS
6,75$16ILHOGGHYLFHV
7KHIXOOSRUWIROLRRIIORZWHPSHUDWXUH
SUHVVXUHDQGOHYHODVZHOODVZHLJKLQJ
DQGSQHXPDWLFYDOYHSRVLWLRQHUVLVZHOO
HVWDEOLVKHGLQPDQ\LQGXVWULHV5HOLDEOH
DQGDFFXUDWHWKH\PHDVXUHWKHSUL CONNECTIVITY
4*."5*$1%..4 4*53"/4$$ 356D ((
PDU\PHDVXUHPHQWYDOXHDQGRIWHQ #MVFUPPUI
SURYLGHVHFRQGDU\GDWDZKLFKDOORZV
\RXWRDVVHVVHJWKHVWDWXVRIDYDOYH
0XOWLVHQVRUVZLOOLQIXWXUHDOVRGHWHFW
DGGLWLRQDOQRQF\FOLFLQIRUPDWLRQOLNH SITRANS Positioner Level Measurement Temperature
YLEUDWLRQWHPSHUDWXUHRUPDJQHWLVP FIELD
IRUH[DPSOH6RPHLQVWUXPHQWVVXFK
DEVICES
DVWKH0$*HYHQVHQGWKHLUGDWD Flow Measurement Weighing Pressure
GLUHFWO\XVLQJPRELOHQHWZRUNV
&RQQHFWLYLW\GRZQWRWKHILHOGGHYLFHV
LVQRWJLYHQLQWKHPDMRULW\RIWKH 6,75$16,4$SSV
EURZQILHOGSODQWV7KHUHIRUHFRQQHF 'DWDFRQQHFWLYLW\YLD6,0$7,&3'0
WLYLW\HOHPHQWVZLOODOORZ\RXWRDFFHVV 0DLQWHQDQFH6WDWLRQRU6,75$16
WKHVWUDQGHGGDWDEHORZWRWKHFODVVLF &&DOORZV\RXWRFROOHFWVWUDQGHG
QRQWUDQVSDUHQW,2PRGXOHVRIROGHU GDWDIURPWKHILHOG%XWGHULYLQJYDOXH
DXWRPDWLRQV\VWHPV6,75$16&& IURPWKHGDWDUHFRJQL]LQJSDWWHUQVRU
ZLOOLQIXWXUHDOORZWRDFFHVVWKHVH HYHQSUHGLFWSRWHQWLDOIDLOXUHVLVD
VWUDQGHG+$57GDWD FKDOOHQJH
$QGODVWEXWQRWOHDVWWKH5HPRWH :LWKFRFUHDWLQJFXVWRPHUV6LHPHQV 'LJLWDO6HUYLFHV

7HUPLQDO8QLW578FZLOOFROOHFW LVGHYHORSLQJDSSVWKDWVXSSRUW\RXLQ ,IWKHDSSGHWHFWVDQLVVXHDQH[SHUWLV
PHDVXUHPHQWGDWDIURPKLJKO\GLVWULE PRQLWRULQJ\RXUSODQW7KHVHDSSV HDVLO\DYDLODEOHWRVXSSRUW\RX7KH\
XWHGUHPRWHPHDVXUHPHQWVDQG SURYLGHOLIHOLVWVLQIRUP\RXZKHQ DUHUHDG\WRUHPRWHO\DQDO\]HWKHGDWD
VHQGLWYLDHQFU\SWHGHPDLOWRD GHYLFHVKDYHEHHQFKDQJHG7KH\ WRJHWKHUZLWK\RXUSODQWRSHUDWRUVDQG
6,75$16VHUYH,4²WKDWIRUZDUGVWKH YLVXDOL]HSDWWHUQVPRQLWRUOLPLWV VHUYLFHVWDII$QGLIUHTXHVWHGWKH\
FROOHFWHGPHDVXUHPHQWGDWDLQWR HJZHDU DQGPXFKPRUH DUHUHDG\WRVXSSRUW\RXZLWKIXUWKHU
6&$'$6\VWHPVRU$33V VHUYLFHV
36 Siemens FI 01 · 2021
© Siemens 2020
'LJLWDOL]DWLRQ_1$085
1$0852SHQ$UFKLWHFWXUHZLOOHQDEOH
QHZEXVLQHVVFDVHVLQ052DSSOLFDWLRQV
7KHRSHQDUFKLWHFWXUHDQGVHFRQGFRPPXQLFDWLRQFKDQQHODOORZLQQRYDWLYHVROXWLRQV
IRUQHZDQGH[LVWLQJSODQWVWREHLPSOHPHQWHGTXLFNO\ZKLOHOHDYLQJWKHSURFHVV
FRQWUROFRUHXQDIIHFWHG
0XOWLVHQVRUVDVSDUWRIWKH
PRQLWRULQJDQGRSWLPL]DWLRQ
*HWDFFHVVWRFRQGLWLRQGDWD 7KHPXOWLVHQVRUVPHDVXUHLQGLUHFW
ZLWK´6HFRQG'DWD&KDQQHOµ YDOXHVVXFKDVYLEUDWLRQDQGRWKHU
7KH\XVXDOO\PRQLWRUWKHVWDWHRI
RSHQVWDQGDUGFRPPXQLFDWLRQ VHOHFWHGDVVHWVDQGDUHRXWVLGHWKH
QRLQIOXHQFHRQFRUHSURFHVV FRUHDXWRPDWLRQS\UDPLG%\UHFRJQL]
IRUJUHHQILHOGDQGEURZQILHOG LQJGHYLDWLRQVRIWKHPDFKLQHVYDOYHV
LQGHSHQGHQWRI'&6OLIHF\FOH DQGWKHSODQWLWVHOILQGDLO\RSHUDWLRQ
VWDWHRIWKHDUWVHFXULW\ PXOWLVHQVRUVDUHDEOHWRSUHGLFWSRWHQ
53
6/( WLDOIDLOXUHVRUQHFHVVDU\PDLQWHQDQFH
0(
&2
RIWKHSODQWLQWLPH7KLVOHDGVWR
5(
35
EHWWHUSODQQLQJRIWKHPDLQWHQDQFH
2&
([S
SURFHVVDQGDUHGXFWLRQLQXQSODQQHG
(6
HUW VKXWGRZQV
V WLRQHQW
6&
HUD
2S DJHP RSHQ
21
Q
0D
VHFXUHG ,QIRUPDWLRQPRGHODQGVHFXULW\
75
2/
,WLVDEVROXWHO\HVVHQWLDOZKLOHFROOHFW
$SS
V LQJGDWDIURPWKHSODQWWKDWWKH
DXWRPDWLRQDQGSURFHVVFRQWUROUH
Q PDLQXQWRXFKHG7KHVHFXULW\PXVWEH
DWLR
6(& RP
21 $XW LQFRUSRUDWHGE\GHVLJQ/LNHZLVHDQ\
'' LQVLJKWVDQGSRVVLEOHRSWLPL]DWLRQ
$7$
&+ PHDVXUHVDUHUHYLHZHGE\H[SHUWVDQG
$1
1( WKHSODQWRSHUDWRUEHIRUHEHLQJIHG
/
EDFNLQWRWKHDXWRPDWLRQ²LWLVDOZD\V
O
HYH WKHSODQWRSHUDWRUZKRLVLQFRQWURO
LHOG/
)
$SSV
6LHPHQVLVGHYHORSLQJLWVDSSVZLWKLQ
3URFHVVLQVWUXPHQWDWLRQDVSDUW 3URFHVVLQVWUXPHQWDWLRQDV WKHIUDPHZRUNRI'LJLWDOL]DWLRQ(QWHU
RIFRUHSURFHVVFRQWURO SDUWRIPRQLWRULQJDQGRSWLPL]DWLRQ SULVH/DEVHQVXULQJDFRQVLVWHQW
7KHLQVWUXPHQWDWLRQLVWKHVRXUFH 7KHFRUHSURFHVVLQVWUXPHQWDWLRQ IUDPHZRUNRIVWDWHRIWKHDUWIXQFWLRQ
RIDOOLQIRUPDWLRQWRUXQ\RXUSODQW PHDVXUHVWKHFULWLFDOYDOXHVWRUXQ DOLW\IRUDOO6LHPHQVDSSV
HIILFLHQWO\DQGVDIHO\,QVWUXPHQWV \RXUDSSOLFDWLRQOLNHHJIORZ
DUH\RXUH\HVDQGHDUVLQWKHSODQW WHPSHUDWXUHSUHVVXUHOHYHO%XW $VRXUDXWRPDWLRQZRUNVVHDPOHVVO\
7REULQJWKLVLQIRUPDWLRQWRWKHDXWR DOVRWKHLUVHFRQGDU\.3,VFRQWDLQ ZLWKDOOLQVWUXPHQWDWLRQDYDLODEOHRQ
PDWLRQV\VWHPV3,UXQVRQPDQ\ YDOXDEOHLQIRUPDWLRQRQHJWKH WKHPDUNHWDSSVOLNH9DOYH0RQLWRULQJ
GLIIHUHQWFRPPXQLFDWLRQVWDQGDUGV GHJUDGDWLRQRIYDOYHVRUWHPSHUDWXUHV DQG6,75$166$0,4²6PDUW$VVHW
IURPYHU\FRVWHIIHFWLYHWRP$ RIWKHWUDQVPLWWHUHOHFWURQLFV 0DQDJHPHQWFRYHU\RXUHQWLUHLQ
RQO\GHYLFHVWR+$57FRPPXQLFDWLRQ VWDOOHGEDVH WKRXJKZHZRXOGSUHIHU
352),%86DQGLQIXWXUHDOVR352),1(7 \RXZRXOGFKRRVH6LHPHQVLQWKHILUVW
GHYLFHV SODFH
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 37
© Siemens 2020
6HUYLFHV_,QGXVWU\6HUYLFHV
2XUVHUYLFHVVXSSRUW\RX
7RWKULYHLQWRGD\ֆVFRPSHWLWLYHPDUNHWVLQGXVWULDOFRPSDQLHVPXVWH[WUDFWPD[LPXP
YDOXHIURPWKHLUDVVHWV2XUH[WHQVLYHUDQJHRIVHUYLFHVSURYLGHFXVWRPHUVZLWKWKH
WRROVDQGNQRZOHGJHWKH\QHHGWRPLQLPL]HOLIHF\FOHFRVWVZKLOHLQFUHDVLQJSHUIRU
PDQFH7KDQNVWRRXUGHGLFDWHGVHUYLFHSHRSOHDOODURXQGWKHZRUOGZHFDQGHOLYHU
WKHVHUYLFHV\RXQHHGWDLORUHGWRWKHLQGLYLGXDOFKDOOHQJHVRI\RXULQGXVWU\
7KH,QGXVWU\6HUYLFHVSRUWIROLRLQFOXGHVFRUUHFWLYHSUHYHQWLYHSUHGLFWLYH
VHUYLFHV²DVZHOODV'LJLWDO,QGXVWU\6HUYLFHV²WKURXJKWKHHQWLUHOLIHF\FOH
RISURGXFWVPDFKLQHVDQGSODQWV:KHWKHUPDNLQJV\VWHPVWDWHVWUDQVSDU
HQWRUUHOLDEO\PRQLWRULQJPDFKLQHVDQGSODQWVZKLOHDOVRSURWHFWLQJWKHP
ZLWKVHFXULW\FRQFHSWV6LHPHQV,QGXVWU\6HUYLFHVHQDEOHV\RXUPDFKLQHV
DQGSODQWVWRSHUIRUPDWWKHLUEHVW
38 Siemens FI 01 · 2021
© Siemens 2020
6HUYLFHV_,QGXVWU\6HUYLFHV
,QGXVWU\6HUYLFHVIRU
SURFHVVLQVWUXPHQWDWLRQ
,QWKHSURFHVVLQGXVWULHVFRPPXQLFDWLRQZLWKILHOGGHYLFHVLVNH\WRPDQDJLQJFRVWV
ZKLOHHQVXULQJVDIHW\VHFXULW\DQGTXDOLW\7KHFRPSUHKHQVLYHDQGPRGXODUUDQJH
RI,QGXVWU\6HUYLFHVIRU3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQIURP6LHPHQVSURYLGHVYDOXDEOH
WRROVIRURSWLPL]LQJRSHUDWLRQVDQGSURWHFWLQJWKHORQJWHUPYLDELOLW\RI\RXUSODQW
&RPPLVVLRQLQJ 0DLQWHQDQFH
)LHOG
&DOLEUDWLRQ 5HPRWH 6HUYLFHV 0RGHUQL]D
6HUYLFHV 6HUYLFHV 0DLQWHQDQFH
6HUYLFHV
WLRQ6HUYLFHV
/LIHF\FOH
6HUYLFHV
6XSSRUW &RQVXOWLQJ 0DLQWHQDQFH
&RQWUDFW
6HUYLFHV
,QYHQWRU\ /LIHF\FOH 0DQDJHG

6XSSRUW
%DVHOLQH ,QIRUPDWLRQ 6\VWHP 7UDLQLQJ
6HUYLFHV
6HUYLFHV 6HUYLFHV 6HUYLFHV 6XSSRUW &RQVXOWLQJ
6HUYLFHV 6HUYLFHV
0DQDJHG6HUYLFH&RQWUDFW
6/$.3,)XOILOPHQW
6SDUH3DUWV 5HSDLUV 6HUYLFH3HUIRUPDQFH
/RJLVWLFV 'HOLYHU\
6SDUH3DUW 5HSDLU
6HUYLFHV 6HUYLFHV
$VVHW ([WHQGHG 6SDUH
5HSDLU
2SWLPL]DWLRQ ([FKDQJH 3DUWV
6HUYLFHV
6HUYLFHV 2SWLRQ 6HUYLFHV
&RPPLVVLRQLQJDQGPDLQWHQDQFH 6XSSRUWDQGFRQVXOWLQJ 6SDUHSDUWVDQGUHSDLUV

&RPPLVVLRQLQJDQGPDLQWDLQLQJILHOG 6LHPHQV·,QYHQWRU\%DVHOLQH6HUYLFHV $VVHW2SWLPL]DWLRQ6HUYLFHVWDNHD
LQVWUXPHQWVLVWLPHFRQVXPLQJODERU DQG/LIHF\FOH,QIRUPDWLRQ6HUYLFHV VWUXFWXUHGV\VWHPDWLFDSSURDFKWRWKH
LQWHQVLYHDQG²GHSHQGLQJRQZKHWKHU SURYLGHFRQYHQLHQWDQGSRZHUIXO FRPSUHKHQVLYHRSWLPL]DWLRQRI\RXU
LW·VSHUIRUPHGLQVLGHRURXWVLGHH[SOR SRUWIROLRHOHPHQWVIRU\RXULQVWDOOHG VXSSO\RIVSDUHSDUWV:LWKWKH([WHQGHG
VLRQULVN]RQHV²LQYROYHVDVXEVWDQWLDO EDVH:HRIIHUDFRPSUHKHQVLYHWUDLQ ([FKDQJH2SWLRQ\RXFDQSURWHFWDQ\
RXWOD\,QDGGLWLRQWKHHYHUJURZLQJ LQJSURJUDPIRUGHVLJQRSHUDWLRQDQG 6LHPHQVSURFHVVLQVWUXPHQWDWLRQ
GHPDQGVIRU,7VHFXULW\SOD\DQLQ PDLQWHQDQFHSHUVRQQHOWKDWFDQWDNH SURGXFWV\RXRUGHUIURPXQIRUHVHHDEOH
FUHDVLQJO\LPSRUWDQWUROH2XUUDQJH SODFHHLWKHUDWWKH6LHPHQV7UDLQLQJ UHSDLUFRVWV
RIRQVLWHVHUYLFHVSODWIRUPEDVHG &HQWHURURQ\RXUSUHPLVHV0DQDJHG
UHPRWHVHUYLFHVDQGFRPSUHKHQVLYH 6\VWHP6HUYLFHVDUHIRFXVHGRQWKH /LIHF\FOHVHUYLFHVFRQWUDFWV
FDOLEUDWLRQVHUYLFHVVXSSRUW\RXLQDOO HIILFLHQWFHQWUDOO\FRRUGLQDWHGSUR $PRGXODUOLIHF\FOHVHUYLFHVFRQWUDFWLV
\RXUDFWLYLWLHVIURPHQJLQHHULQJDQG FHVVLQJRIFRPSOH[VXSSRUWUHTXHVWV FRPSRVHGRIGHILQHGVHUYLFHHOHPHQWV
FRPPLVVLRQLQJWRPDLQWHQDQFH 7KH\QRWRQO\PDNHDOOVHUYLFHDQG DQGFRQWUDFWVSHFLILFSDUDPHWHUV
VXSSRUWDFWLYLWLHVWUDQVSDUHQWWKH\ /RQJWHUPLQYHVWPHQWSURWHFWLRQDQG
DOVRVLJQLILFDQWO\UHGXFHVHUYLFHWLPH WKHDVVXUDQFHRIVHUYLFHDELOLW\DUHWKH
HVVHQWLDOEHQHILWVRIDFRQWUDFW
VROXWLRQ
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 39
© Siemens 2020
6HUYLFHV_5HPRWH6HUYLFHV
5HPRWHO\DVVLVWHGE\H[SHUWV²
LQUHDOWLPHDQGZKHUHYHU\RXDUH
2XU5HPRWH6HUYLFHVIRU3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQHQVXUHRSWLPDOUHDFWLYHVXSSRUWIRUDOO
WKHILHOGGHYLFHVXVHG5HPRWHDFFHVVLVYLD6LHPHQV·RZQ,7LQIUDVWUXFWXUH F563 FRPPRQ
5HPRWH6HUYLFH3ODWIRUP 2XURIIHULQJJXDUDQWHHVVPRRWKFRPPLVVLRQLQJUDSLGWURXEOH
VKRRWLQJDQGFRPSUHKHQVLYHFRQVXOWLQJUHODWHGWR\RXUILHOGGHYLFHVFRQWUROORRSVDQGSODQW
RIO
+$57
%OXHWRRWK
011010101101011101
PRGHP
,QWHUQHW/7( ,QWHUQHW
1HWZRUN0RGXOH 931YLDF563
011010101101011101 011010101101011101
HART
0RELOH:LIL+RWVSRW
+$57 HJ6PDUWSKRQH
%OXHWRRWK
PRGHP
011010101101011101
6LHPHQVH[SHUWV
LQFOQGDQGUG/HYHO
7HFKQLFDO6XSSRUW
)LHOG6HUYLFHV *XHVW:L)L
IRU&XVWRPHUV
0DLQWHQDQFH &RPPLVLRQLQJ <RXUEHQHILW

0DLQWHQDQFHLVJHQHUDOO\FRYHUHG 6HUYLFH7DEOHW3&6,3,;6' 5HOLDEOHDFFHVVWR\RXUSURFHVV
E\LQVSHFWLRQDQGPDLQWHQDQFH 6LHPHQVFRPPRQ5HPRWH6HUYLFH LQVWUXPHQWDWLRQ
V HUYLFHVDFFRUGLQJWR',1 3ODWIRUP F563 6DIHDFFHVVHLWKHUDWWKHGHYLFH
² VXFKDVLQVSHFWLQJWKHILHOG +LJKSHUIRUPDQFHLQGXVWU\WDEOHW GLUHFWO\RUIURPWKHILUVWUHPRWH,2
LQVWUXPHQW·VFRQGLWLRQIRUD 3&V )DVWDQGZRUOGZLGHDYDLODELOLW\RI
WUDQVSDUHQWYLHZRIWKHV\VWHP 'HVLJQHGIRUXVHLQKDUVKLQGXVWULDO H[SHUWNQRZKRZGLUHFWO\IURPWKH
VWDWXVDQGLPSOHPHQWDWLRQRI HQYLURQPHQWV SURGXFWPDQXIDFWXUHU
SUHYHQWLYHPHDVXUHV $7(;DSSURYDOIRU=RQHDQG=RQH 7HFKQLFDODVVLVWDQFHDOVRGXULQJWKH
&RQILJXUHGZLWKDOOQHFHVVDU\ FRQILJXUDWLRQFRPPLVVLRQLQJDQG
3DUDPHWHUL]DWLRQ VHUYLFHDSSOLFDWLRQVIRU6LHPHQVDQG PDLQWHQDQFHSKDVHV
6,0$7,&3URFHVV'HYLFH0DQDJHU DOOFRPPRQIRUHLJQGHYLFHV
3URIHVVLRQDOVRIWZDUHIRUSDUDPHWHU $FFHVVYLD+$57%OXHWRRWK0RGHPRU
DVVLJQPHQWYLVXDOL]DWLRQRUHUURU +$5786%FDEOH
WUDFLQJIRUHYHU\NLQGRILQVWUXPHQWD $JUDGXDWHGVHFXULW\DQGDFFHVV
WLRQ²HLWKHUIURP6LHPHQVRUDQ\ FRQFHSWVHFXUHDQGPRQLWRUHG
RWKHUVXSSOLHU FRPPXQLFDWLRQ
7KHVDPHXVDELOLW\²QRPDWWHUZKHWK $EVHQFHRIIHHGEDFNHIIHFWVWKDQNV
HU\RXDFFHVVWKHGHYLFHRQVLWHRU WRWKHVHSDUDWLRQRIWKHGLIIHUHQW
UHPRWHO\IURPWKHHQJLQHHULQJVWDWLRQ QHWZRUNV '0= &RPSDWLELOLW\ZLWK
,QXVHZRUOGZLGHIRUPRUHWKDQD JHQHUDOLQGXVWULDOVHFXULW\FRQFHSWV
GHFDGH FHUWLILFDWLRQXQGHU,62&(57
40 Siemens FI 01 · 2021
© Siemens 2020
6HUYLFHV_3DUWQHUV
$SSURYHGDQGFHUWLILHGSDUWQHUV²
QHDU\RX
6LHPHQVSDUWQHUVVWDQGIRUSURYHQH[SHUWLVHDQGH[FHOOHQWFXVWRPHUVXSSRUW7KH
FRPSDQLHVZHDFFHSWDVSDUWQHUVKDYHSURYHQWKHLUFDSDELOLWLHVDQGEHHQFHUWLILHG
LQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKULJRURXVVWDQGDUGV$WWKHVDPHWLPHZHVXSSRUWRXUSDUWQHUV
ZLWKWKHVDPHFULWHULDZHDSSO\WRWKHWUDLQLQJRIRXURZQHPSOR\HHV
6HUYLFHSDUWQHUDUUDQJHPHQW HQW 3DUWQHUUHTXLUHPHQWV

JHP 3D
UUDQ UWQ
UD H
&ORVHWRFXVWRPHUV H U 2QO\6HUYLFH3URYLGHUIRU6LHPHQV
UW Q
UH
,PSURYHUHJLRQDOFRYHUDJH ,QYRLFLQJYLD6LHPHQV
T
SD
XLU
0HHWFXVWRPHUUHTXLUHPHQWV 4XDOLILHGVWDIIDQGWHFKQLFDOO\ZHOOHTXLSSHG
LF H
HP
3URGXFWDQGDSSOLFDWLRQNQRZKRZ
6 HU Y
H
Q WV
6SDUHVWRFN
Approved
Service
PRWLRQ
Partner
&RQ
SUR
0DUNHWDZDUHQHVV SURPRWLRQ &RQWLQXRXVEXVLQHVVGHYHORSPHQW

WLQX
RX

VV
6LHPHQV%UDQGUHFRJQLWLRQ $JUHHRQVWUDWHJ\DQGJURZWKSODQ
VE
H
HQ
$SSURYHG6HUYLFH3DUWQHUFHUWLILFDWH &RQWLQXRXVTXDOLILFDWLRQGHYHORSPHQW
X
VLQ
DU HV
3DUWQHU)LQGHU7RROLQLQWHUQHW DZ VG 5HDGLQHVVWRLQYHVWLQWRROLQJ IDFLOLWLHV
NHW HYH
3DUWRIPDUNHWLQJFDPSDLJQV 0DU ORSPHQW &RQGXFWUHJXODUUHYLHZV RUGHUV.3,V
LQFOPDWHULDOV 6KDUHDQGH[FKDQJHNQRZKRZ
5ROHRISDUWQHUV 6LHPHQVGHOLYHUVTXDOLW\ <RXUEHQHILWV

$FWDVDFRPSHWHQWVHUYLFHGHOLYHU\ %DVHGRQVKDUHGLQWHUHVW &RPSHWHQWVHUYLFHGHOLYHU\
RQEHKDOIRI6LHPHQV 6LHPHQVDQGSDUWQHU &ORVHWRFXVWRPHUV
5HJLRQDORQVLWHVXSSRUW 3DUWQHUVDWWHQG6LHPHQVWUDLQLQJ VKRUWUHDFWLRQWLPH
%ULQJH[SHUWLVHDQGVHUYLFH SURJUDPVRQDUHJXODUEDVLV )DVWDFFHVVWRFULWLFDOVSDUHV
FDSDELOLW\ %XLOGRQH[LVWLQJORQJWHUPUHODWLRQ SDUWQHUVWRFN
7RJHWKHUZLWK6LHPHQVVHFXUH VKLSVEHWZHHQ6LHPHQVDQGSDUWQHUV ,QFUHDVHGIOH[LELOLW\
RQJRLQJGHYHORSPHQWRIQHZ $QH[WHQVLYHFHUWLILFDWLRQSURFHVV 3DUWQHUVW\SLFDOO\HQMR\DKLJK
VHUYLFHRIIHULQJV HQVXUHVWKDW6LHPHQVUHTXLUHPHQWV GHJUHHRIUHJLRQDODFFHSWDQFH
:LQQHZVHUYLFHFXVWRPHUV IRUFRPSHWHQFHSURILOHDQGWRROLQJ
DUHPDLQWDLQHG
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 41
© Siemens 2020
42 Siemens FI 01 · 2021
1
© Siemens 2020
1/3 Product overview Pressure transmitters for applications

with advanced requirements (Advanced)
Single-range transmitters for general SITRANS P320/420
applications 1/86 Technical description
1/6 SITRANS P200 for gauge and abs. pressure Technical specifications, ordering data,
1/12 SITRANS P210 for gauge pressure dimensional drawings
1/17 SITRANS P220 for gauge pressure 1/91 - for gauge pressure (pressure series)
Transmitter for hydrostatic level 1/100 - for gauge pressure (differential presssure
1/23 - SITRANS LH100 series)
1/28 - SITRANS LH300
1/109 - for gauge and absolute pressure,
1/34 SITRANS P Compact for gauge and ab-
flush-mounted diaphragm
solute pressure
1/121 - for absolute pressure (pressure series)
Pressure transmitters 1/129 - for absolute pressure (differential press-
for food, pharmaceuticals and sure series)
biotechnology 1/138 - for differential pressure and flow
1/43 SITRANS P300 for gauge and abs. pressure 1/152 - for level
1/65 SITRANS P300 Accessories/Spare parts SITRANS P DS III
1/66 SITRANS P300 - Factory-mounting of 1/166 Technical description
valve manifolds on transmitters Technical specifications, ordering data,
dimensional drawings
Pressure transmitters
1/173 - for gauge pressure
for gauge pressure for the
1/183 - for gauge and absolute pressure with
paper industry front-flush diaphragm
SITRANS P300 and DS III for gauge 1/196 - for absolute pressure (from gauge
pressure with PMC connection pressure series)
1/68 Technical description 1/206 - for absolute pressure
Technical specifications, ordering data, (from differential pressure series)
dimensional drawings 1/217 - for differential pressure and flow
1/73 - SITRANS P DS III with PMC connection
1/233 - for level
1/79 - SITRANS P300 with PMC connection
1/247 Accessories/Spare parts
1/253 Factory-mounting of valve manifolds
on transmitters
SITRANS P410
1/257 Technical description
Technical specifications, ordering data,
1/263 - for gauge pressure
1/275 - for differential pressure and flow
Pressure transmitters for applications

with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
Technical specifications, ordering data,
1/297 - for differential pressure and flow
1/310 - for level
1/321 Factory-mounting of valve manifolds
on transmitters
Siemens FI 01 · 2021
1
© Siemens 2020
Remote seals Fittings

for pressure transmitters 1/470 Technical description
SITRANS P320/420 1/471 Selection aid
1/324 Technical description Shut-off valves for gauge and absolute
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design pressure transmitters
1/338 - with flexible capillary 1/473 - Shut-off valves to DIN 16270,
Diaphragm seals of flange design DIN 16271 and DIN 16272
1/345 - with flexible capillary 1/475 - Angle adapter
1/353 - mounted directly on transmitter 1/476 - Shut-off valves/Double shut-off valves
1/360 - mounted directly and with capillary 1/478 - Accessories for shut-off
Diaphragm seal, screwed design valves/double shut-off valves
1/367 - mounted directly or/and with capillary Shut-off valves for differential pressure
1/372 Quick-release diaphragm seals transmitters
1/377 Miniature diaphragm seals 1/479 - 2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds DN 5
1/379 Inline seals in sandwich design 1/482 - Multiway cocks PN 100
1/385 Quick-release inline seals 1/484 - 3-way and 5-way valve manifolds DN 5
1/390 Flushing rings for diaphragm seals 1/487 - 3-way valve manifold DN 8
1/395 Measuring setups 1/490 - Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8
1/396 - with remote seals 1/492 - Valve manifold combination DN 8
1/398 - without remote seals 1/494 - 2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds
for protective box
SITRANS P300, P DS III, P410, P500
1/498 - 3- and 5-spindle valve manifold for
vertical angular diff. pressure lines
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design
1/501 - Low-pressure multiway cock
1/414 - with flexible capillary
1/503 Accessories
Diaphragm seals of flange design
1/420 - with flexible capillary
1/427 - mounted directly on transmitter
1/432 - mounted directly and with capillary
Diaphragm seal, screwed design
1/438 - mounted directly or/and with capillary
1/442 Quick-release diaphragm seals
1/448 Miniature diaphragm seals
1/450 Inline seals in sandwich design
1/455 Quick-release inline seals
1/459 Flushing rings for diaphragm seals
1/464 Measuring setups
1/465 - with remote seals
1/467 - without remote seals
You can download all instructions,

catalogs and certificates for SITRANS P
free of charge at the following Internet
address: www.siemens.com/sitransp
© Siemens 2020
Product overview
■ Overview
1
Application Description Software for
parameteriza-
tion
SITRANS P Single-range transmitters for general applications
Two or three-wire transmitters SITRANS P200 1/6 –
for measuring gauge and • Single-range transmitters for gauge and absolute
absolute pressure pressure
• Ceramic measuring cell
• For general applications
SITRANS P210 1/12 –
• Single-range transmitters for gauge pressure
• Stainless steal measuring cell
• For low-pressure applications
SITRANS P220 1/17 –
• Single-range transmitters for gauge pressure
• Stainless steel measuring cell, fully welded
• For high-pressure applications and refrigeration
technology
Two-wire transmitter for mea- SITRANS LH100 1/23 –
suring hydrostatic levels • For measuring liquid levels in wells, tanks, channels,
dams etc.
• With ceramic diaphragm, Ø 23.4 mm
Two-wire transmitter for mea- SITRANS LH300 1/28 –
suring hydrostatic levels • For measuring liquid levels in wells, tanks, channels,
dams etc.
• With ceramic diaphragm, Ø 30 mm
• Suitable for small measuring ranges
Transmitters for gauge and SITRANS P Compact 1/34 –
absolute pressure for food, • Single-range transmitters in two-wire system
pharmaceuticals and biotech-
nology • Hygiene-based design with various aseptic connec-
tions according to EHEDG, FDA and GMP recom-
mendations.
SITRANS P · Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology

Two-wire transmitters for mea- SITRANS P300 1/43 SIMATIC PDM
suring gauge and absolute • Hygiene-based design according to EHEDG, 3A,
pressure FDA and GMP
• Parameterization using 3 buttons and communica-
tion over HART, PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
• Standard process connection G½", ½-NPT and
front-flush process connections available
• Measuring range adjustment 100 : 1
Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on 1/66 –

SITRANS P300 transmitters
• Simplified assembly
• With pressure test
• Stainless steel valve manifolds
SITRANS P · Transmitters for gauge pressure for the paper industry

Two-wire transmitters for mea- SITRANS P300 and SITRANS P DS III with 1/68 SIMATIC PDM
suring gauge pressure PMC connection for the paper industry
• Measuring range adjustment 100 : 1
• Process connections for the paper industry
• Parameterization using 3 buttons and HART,
PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/3

© Siemens 2020
Product overview
1 Application Description Software for

parameteriza-
tion
SITRANS P Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
Two-wire transmitters for mea- SITRANS P320/P420 1/86 SIMATIC PDM
suring: • Measuring accuracy:
• Gauge pressure, - SITRANS P320: 0.065 %
• Absolute pressure, - SITRANS P420 0.04 %
• Differential pressure and • Fast step response time of up to 105 ms
• Flow or • Developed according to IEC 61508,
SIL2/3 applications
• Level
• SIL validation remotely
• Diagnostics according to Namur NE107
• 4-key operation
Two-wire transmitters for SITRANS P DS III 1/166 SIMATIC PDM
measuring: • Measuring accuracy up to 0.065 %
• Gauge pressure, • Measuring range adjustment: 100 : 1
• Absolute pressure, • Parameterization using:
• Differential pressure and - 3 buttons and HART for
• Flow or SITRANS P DS III HART
- 3 buttons and PROFIBUS PA for
• Level SITRANS P DS III PA series
- 3 buttons and FOUNDATION Fieldbus for
SITRANS P DS III FF series
• Available ex stock
Factory mounting of valve manifolds on gauge, 1/253 –
absolute or differential pressure transmitters
SITRANS P DS III
Two-wire transmitters for mea- SITRANS P410 1/257 SIMATIC PDM

suring: • Measuring accuracy up to 0.04 %
• Gauge pressure, • Measuring range adjustment 100 : 1
• Differential pressure and • Parameterization using:
• Flow - 3 buttons and HART for SITRANS P410 HART
- 3 buttons and PROFIBUS PA for
SITRANS P410 PA
- 3 buttons and FOUNDATION Fieldbus for SI-
TRANS P410 FF
Factory mounting of valve manifolds on gauge, –
absolute or differential pressure transmitters
SITRANS P410
• Factory valve block mounting for SITRANS P410 is
possible. Depending on the available P410 variants,
please see the configuration options for
SITRANS P DS III (page 1/253).
SITRANS P - Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
Two-wire transmitters for SITRANS P500 1/297 SIMATIC PDM
measuring: • Measuring accuracy up to 0.03 %
• Differential pressure • Measuring range adjustment: 200 :1
• Volume flow • High measuring accuracy
• Mass flow • Very fast response time
• Level • Extremely good long-term stability
• Volume • Parameterization using 3 buttons or HART
• Mass
Factory-mounting of manifolds on differential 1/321 –

pressure transmitters SITRANS P500
1/4 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Product overview
Application Description Software for

1
parameteriza-
tion
Remote seals for transmitters SITRANS P
Remote seals for measuring Remote seals for SITRANS P320/420 1/324 –
viscous, corrosive or fibrous Remote seals for SITRANS P300, P DS III, P410, P500 1/401
media (as well as media at
extreme temperatures) • Remote seals in sandwich and flange designs
• Quick-release remote seals for the food industry
• Wide range of diaphragm materials and fill fluid
available
Fittings
Shutting off the lines for the Shut-off fittings and valve manifolds available in steel, 1/470 –
medium and differential pres- brass or stainless steel
sure Valve manifolds available for the various process
Mounting of transmitter on connections of the SITRANS P transmitters
valve manifold or shut-off fitting
As accessory for fittings are available:

• Oval flange 1/503
• Adapters 1/504
• Connection glands 1/505
• Connection parts G½ 1/506
• Water traps 1/507
• Sealing rings to EN 837-1 1/507
• Pressure surge reducers 1/508
• Primary shut-off valves 1/509
• Compensation vessels 1/511
• Connection parts 1/512
■ Supplied product documentation on DVD and safety instructions

The scope of delivery of the Siemens products for process instrumentation includes a multilingual instruction sheet with
safety instructions as well as a uniform mini DVD – Process Instrumentation and Weighing Systems.
This DVD contains the most important manuals and certificates for the Siemens process instrumentation and
weighing technology portfolio. The delivery may also contain product-specific or order-specific printed materials.
For additional information, refer to the Annex on page 10/3.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/5

© Siemens 2020
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS P200 for gauge and absolute pressure
1 ■ Overview ■ Design
Device structure without explosion protection
The pressure transmitter consists of a piezoresistive measuring
cell with a diaphragm installed in a stainless steel enclosure. It
can be used with a connector per EN 175301-803-A (IP65), a
device plug M12 (IP67), a cable (IP67) or a Quickon cable quick
screw connection (IP67) connected electrically. The output sig-
nal is between 4 and 20 mA or 0 and 10 V.
Device structure with explosion protection
can be used with a connector per EN 175301-803-A (IP65) or a
device plug M12 (IP67) connected electrically. The output signal
is between 4 and 20 mA.
■ Function
The pressure transmitter measures the gauge and absolute
pressure of liquids and gases as well as the level of liquids.
The SITRANS P200 pressure transmitter measures the gauge
and absolute pressure of liquids, gases and vapors. Mode of operation
• Ceramic measuring cell
• Gauge and absolute measuring ranges 1 to 60 bar (15 to
1000 psi) U
• For general applications const.
U
■ Benefits p I I0, UB
• High measuring accuracy

• Rugged stainless steel enclosure
• High overload withstand capability
• For aggressive and non-aggressive media
SITRANS P200 pressure transmitters (7MF1565-...), functional diagram
• For measuring the pressure of liquids, gases and vapors
The ceramic measuring cell has a thick-film resistance bridge to
• Compact design
which the operating pressure p is transmitted through a ceramic
diaphragm.
■ Application The voltage output from the measuring cell is converted by an
The SITRANS P200 pressure transmitter for gauge and absolute amplifier into an output current of 4 to 20 mA or an output voltage
pressure is used in the following industrial areas: of 0 to 10 V DC.
• Mechanical engineering The output current and voltage are linearly proportional to the in-
• Shipbuilding put pressure.
• Power engineering
• Chemical industry
• Water supply
1/6 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
■ Technical specifications
1
Application Electromagnetic compatibility • acc. IEC 61326-1/-2/-3
Gauge and absolute pressure Liquids, gases and vapors • acc. NAMUR NE21, only for
measurement ATEX versions and with a max.
measuring deviation 1 %
Mode of operation
Design
Measuring principle Piezo-resistive measuring cell
(ceramic diaphragm) Weight Approx. 0.090 kg (0.198 lb)
Measured variable Gauge and absolute pressure Process connections See dimension drawings
Inputs Electrical connections • Connector per
EN 175301-803-A Form A with
Measuring range cable inlet M16x1.5 or ½-14 NPT
• Gauge pressure or Pg 11
- Metric 1 … 60 bar (15 … 870 psi) • Device plug M12
- US measuring range 15 … 1000 psi
• 2 or 3-wire (0.5 mm2) cable
• Absolute pressure (  5.4 mm)
- Metric 0.6 … 16 bar a
- US measuring range (10 … 232 psi apsi a) • Quickon cable quick screw con-
10 … 300 psi a nection
Output Wetted parts materials
Current signal 4 ... 20 mA • Measuring cell AI2O3 - 96 %

• Load (UB - 10 V)/0.02 A • Process connection Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404
(SST 316 L)
• Auxiliary power UB DC 7 ... 33 V (10 ... 30 V for Ex)
• Gasket • FPM (Standard)
Voltage signal 0 ... 10 V DC
• Neoprene
• Load  10 k
• Perbunan
• Auxiliary power UB 12 ... 33 V DC
• EPDM
• Power consumption < 7 mA at 10 k
Non-wetted parts materials
Ratiometric output 0 ... 90 %
• Enclosure Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404
• Load  10 k (SST 316 L)
• Auxiliary power UB 5 V DC 10 % • Rack Plastic
• Power consumption < 7 mA at 10 k
• Cables PVC
Characteristic curve Linear rising
Certificates and approvals
Measuring accuracy
Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
Error in measurement at limit setting • Typical: 0.25 % of measuring equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
incl. hysteresis and reproducibility span (PED 2014/68/EU) with requirements of article 4,
• Maximum: 0.5 % of measuring paragraph 3 (sound engineering
span practice)
Step response time T99 < 5 ms Lloyd‘s Register of Shipping (LR)1) 12/20010
Long-term stability Germanischer Lloyd (GL)1) GL19740 11 HH00

• Lower range value and measuring 0.25 % of measuring span/year American Bureau of Shipping ABS_11_HG 789392_PDA
span (ABS)1)
Influence of ambient temperature Bureau Veritas (BV)1) BV 271007A0 BV
• Lower range value and measuring 0.25 %/10 K of measuring span Det Norske Veritas (DNV)1) A 12553
span
Drinking water approval (ACS)1) ACS 15 ACC NY 360
• Influence of power supply 0.005 %/V
EAC1) № TC RU C-DE.ГБ05.В.00732
Operating conditions OC НАНИО «ЦСВЭ»
Process temperature with gasket Underwriters Laboratories (UL)1)
made of:
• for USA and Canada UL 20110217 - E34453
• FPM (Standard) -15 ... +125 °C (+5 ... +257 °F)
• worldwide IEC UL DK 21845
• Neoprene -35 ... +100 °C (-31 ... +212 °F)
Explosion protection
• Perbunan -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
• EPDM -40 ... +125 °C (-40 ... +257 °F), Intrinsic safety "i" (only with current Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb
usable for drinking water output) Ex II 1/2 D Ex ia IIIC T125 °C
Da/Db
Ambient temperature -25 ... +85 °C (-13 ... +185 °F)
Storage temperature -50 ... +100 °C (-58 ... +212 °F) EC type-examination certificate SEV 10 ATEX 0146
Degree of protection (to EN 60529) • IP 65 with connector per Connection to certified intrinsically- Ui  30 V DC; Ii  100 mA;
EN 175301-803-A safe resistive circuits with maxi- Pi  0.75 W
mum values:
• IP 67 with device plug M12
• IP 67 with cable Effective internal inductance and Li = 0 nH; Ci = 0 nF
• IP 67 with cable quick screw capacity for versions with plugs per
connection EN 175301-803-A and M12
1) For variants with output signal 0 ... 5 V and ratiometric output available
soon.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/7

© Siemens 2020
1
■ Selection and ordering data Article No. Order code
SITRANS P 200 pressure transmitters for pressure and absolute pressure for general applications 7M F 1 5 6 5 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Characteristic curve deviation typ. 0.25 %
Wetted parts materials: Ceramic and stainless steel + sealing material
Non-wetted parts materials: stainless steel
Click on the Article No. for the online configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Measuring range Overload limit Burst pressure
Min. Max.
For gauge pressure
0 ... 1 bar (0 ... 14.5 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 2.5 bar (36.26 psi) > 2.5 bar (> 36.3 psi) 3 BA
0 ... 1.6 bar (0 ... 23.2 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 4 bar (58.02 psi) > 4 bar (> 58.0 psi) 3 BB
0 ... 2.5 bar (0 ... 36.3 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 6.25 bar (90.65 psi) > 6.25 bar (> 90.7 psi) 3 BD
0 ... 4 bar (0 ... 58.0 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 10 bar (145 psi) > 10 bar (> 145 psi) 3BE
0 ... 6 bar (0 ... 87.0 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 15 bar (217 psi) > 15 bar (> 217 psi) 3 BG
0 ... 10 bar (0 ... 145 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 25 bar (362 psi) > 25 bar (> 362 psi) 3 CA
0 ... 16 bar (0 ... 232 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 40 bar (580 psi) > 40 bar (> 580 psi) 3 CB
0 ... 25 bar (0 ... 363 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 62.5 bar (906 psi) > 62.5 bar (> 906 psi) 3 CD
0 ... 40 bar (0 ... 580 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 100 bar (1450 psi) > 100 bar (> 1450 psi) 3CE
0 ... 60 bar (0 ... 870 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 150 bar (2175 psi) > 150 bar (> 2175 psi) 3 CG
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Measuring range: ... up to... bar (psi) 9 AA H1Y
For absolute pressure
0 ... 0.6 bar a (0 ... 8.7 psi a) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 2.5 bar a (36.26 psi a) > 2.5 bar a (> 36.3 psi a) 5 AG
0 ... 1 bar a (0 ... 14.5 psi a) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 2.5 bar a (36.26 psi a) > 2.5 bar a (> 36.3 psi a) 5 BA
0 ... 1.6 bar a (0 ... 23.2 psi a) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 4 bar a (58.02 psi a) > 4 bar a (> 58.0 psi a) 5 BB
0 ... 2.5 bar a (0 ... 36.3 psi a) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 6.25 bar a (90.65 psi a) > 6.25 bar a (> 90.7 psi a) 5 BD
0 ... 4 bar a (0 ... 58.0 psi a) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 10 bar a (145 psi a) > 10 bar a (> 145 psi a) 5BE
0 ... 6 bar a (0 ... 87.0 psi a) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 15 bar a (217 psi a) > 15 bar a (> 217 psi a) 5 BG
0 ... 10 bar a (0 ... 145 psi) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 25 bar a (362 psi a) > 25 bar a (> 362 psi a) 5 CA
0 ... 16 bar a (0 ... 232 psi) 0 bar a (0 psi a) 40 bar a (580 psi a) > 40 bar a (> 580 psi a) 5 CB
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Measuring range: ... up to ... mbar a (psi a) 9 AA H2Y
Measuring ranges for gauge pressure
0 ... 15 psi -14.5 psi 35 psi > 35 psi 4 BB
3 ... 15 psi -14.5 psi 35 psi > 35 psi 4 BC
0 ... 20 psi -14.5 psi 50 psi > 50 psi 4 BD
0 ... 30 psi -14.5 psi 80 psi > 80 psi 4BE
0 ... 60 psi -14.5 psi 140 psi > 140 psi 4BF
0 ... 100 psi -14.5 psi 200 psi > 200 psi 4 BG
0 ... 150 psi -14.5 psi 350 psi > 350 psi 4 CA
0 ... 200 psi -14.5 psi 550 psi > 550 psi 4 CB
0 ... 300 psi -14.5 psi 800 psi > 800 psi 4 CD
0 ... 500 psi -14.5 psi 1400 psi > 1400 psi 4CE
0 ... 750 psi -14.5 psi 2000 psi > 2000 psi 4CF
0 ... 1000 psi -14.5 psi 2000 psi > 2000 psi 4 CG
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Measuring range: ... up to ... psi 9 AA H1Y
Measuring ranges for absolute pressure
0 ... 10 psi a 0 psi a 35 psi a > 35 psi a 6 AG
0 ... 15 psi a 0 psi a 35 psi a > 35 psi a 6 BA
0 ... 20 psi a 0 psi a 50 psi a > 50 psi a 6 BB
0 ... 30 psi a 0 psi a 80 psi a > 80 psi a 6 BD
0 ... 60 psi a 0 psi a 140 psi a > 140 psi a 6BE
0 ... 100 psi a 0 psi a 200 psi a > 200 psi a 6 BG
0 ... 150 psi a 0 psi a 350 psi a > 350 psi a 6 CA
0 ... 200 psi a 0 psi a 550 psi a > 550 psi a 6 CB
0 ... 300 psi a 0 psi a 800 psi a > 800 psi a 6 CC
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Measuring range: ... up to ... psi a 9 AA H2Y
1/8 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020

1
SITRANS P 200 pressure transmitters for pressure and absolute pressure for general applications 7M F 1 5 6 5 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Accuracy typ. 0.25 %
Wetted parts materials: Ceramic and stainless steel + sealing material
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA; two-wire system; power supply 7 ... 33 V DC (10 ... 30 V DC for ATEX versions) 0
0 ... 10 V; three-wire system; power supply 12 ... 33 V DC 10
0 ... 5 V; 3-wire system; auxiliary power 7 ... 33 V DC 20
Ratiometric 10 ... 90 %; 3-wire system; auxiliary power 5 V DC ± 10 % 30
Explosion protection (only 4 ... 20 mA)
None 0
With explosion protection Ex ia IIC T4 1
Electrical connection
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread M16 (with coupling) 1
Device plug M12 per IEC 61076-2-101 2
Connection via fixed mounted cable, 2 m (not for type of protection "Intrinsic safety i") 0 3
Quickon cable quick screw connection PG9 (not for type of protection "Intrinsic safety i") 0 4
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread 1/2"-14 NPT (with coupling) 5
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread PG11 (with cou- 6
pling)
Fixed mounted cable, length 5 m 0 7
Special version 9 N1Y
Process connection
G½" male per EN 837-1 (½" BSP male) (standard for metric pressure ranges mbar, bar) A
G½" male thread and G1/8" female thread B
G¼" male per EN 837-1 (¼" BSP male) C
7/16"-20 UNF male D
¼"-18 NPT male (standard for pressure ranges inH2O and psi) E
¼"-18 NPT female F
½"-14 NPT male G
½"-14 NPT female H
7/16"-20 UNF female J
M20x1.5 male P
G1/4" to DIN 3852 Form E Q
G1/2" to DIN 3852 Form E R
Special version Z P1Y
Sealing material between sensor and enclosure
Viton (FPM, standard) A
Neoprene (CR) B
Perbunan (NBR) C
EPDM D
Special version Z Q1Y
Version
Standard version 1
Further designs
Supplement the Article No. with "-Z" and add Order code.
Quality test certificate, 5-point factory calibration (IEC 60770-2) C11
Oxygen version, free of oil and degreased, max. operating pressure 60 bar, max. temperature of medium E10
+85 °C (only in conjunction with the sealing material Viton between sensor and enclosure and not with
explosion protection version)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/9

© Siemens 2020
1 ■ Dimensional drawings
nGGGGGGGGQ
36 (1.42)
10.7 (0.42)
51 (2.0)
(0.9)
(0.6)
(1.0)
23
25
16
M12x1/Fixcon M16x1.5
or
1/2-14 NPT M20 x 1.5 G1/2 G1/4
25.5 (1.0)
max. 30 Nm max. 20 Nm
30.2 (1.19)
24 (0.94) nGGGGGGGQ
Cable gland
(0.8)
with cable
20
G1/8
G1/2
SITRANS P200, electrical connections, dimensions in mm (inch)
max. 30 Nm
nGGGGGQ
(0.8)
20
1/2-14 NPT
max. 30 Nm
(1.2)
(0.9)
30
23
(0.8)
20
1/2-14 NPT 1/4-18 NPT

1/4-18 NPT
max. 20 Nm
nGGGGGG
(1.0)
25
(0.6)
16
7/16-20 UNF
7/16-20 UNF
max. 20 Nm
QGuGGGG
SITRANS P200, process connections, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/10 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
■ Schematics
1
Connection: 1 (+), Connection: 1 (+UB),
1+ IO + 2 (-) 1+ + 2 (-),
UO
1 1
2- RL UB
IO Output current 3 3+ RL UB 3 (+UO)
2 2
RL Load UO Output voltage
2- RL Load
UB Power supply
UB Power supply
Connection with current output and connector per EN 175301 Connection with voltage output, ratiometric output and plug according to
EN 175301
Connection: 1 (+),
1+ IO + 3 (-) Connection: 1 (+UB),
3 UB IO Output current
1+ UO + 3 (-),
RL
1 3- 4 3 UB 4 (+UO)
RL Load RL
1 4+ UO Output voltage
UB Power supply
RL Load
3- UB Power supply
Connection with current output and device plug M12x1

Connection with voltage output, ratiometric output and device plug M12x1
Connection: br (brown),
br IO + gn (green) Connection: br (+UB, brown),
UB IO Output current
br UO + gn (+UO, green),
gn
RL UB ws (-, white)
UB Power supply gn
RL UO Output voltage
RL Load
UB Power supply
ws RL Load
Connection with current output and cable

Connection with voltage output, ratiometric output and cable
1
Connection: 1 (+),
1+ 1
IO + 2 (-) Connection: 1 (+UB),
UB 1+ + 3 (-),
2- RL IO Output current UO
2+ UB 2 (+UO)
RL Load RL
2 UB Power supply UO Output voltage
2 3 3- RL Load
UB Power supply
Connection with current output and Quickon cable quick screw connec-
tion Connection with voltage output, ratiometric output and Quickon fast
cable termination
Version with explosion protection: 4 ... 20 mA

The grounding connection is conductively bonded to the trans-
mitter enclosure
Connection: 1 (+), Connection: 1 (+),

1+ 2 (-) 1+ IO + 3 (-),
IO +
1
UB
4 3 UB 4( )
2- RL IO Output current RL
2 1 3- IO Output current
RL Load
RL Load
UB Power supply 4
UB Power supply
Connection with current output and connector per EN 175301 (Ex) Connection with current output and device plug M12x1 (Ex)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/11

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P210 for gauge pressure
1 ■ Overview ■ Design
■ Function
The pressure transmitter measures the gauge pressure of liquids
and gases as well as the level of liquids.
The pressure transmitter SITRANS P210 measures the gauge
pressure of liquids, gases and vapors. Mode of operation
• Stainless steal measuring cell
• Measuring ranges 100 to 600 mbar (1.45 to 8.7 psi) relative
• For low-pressure applications U
const.
■ Benefits p
U
I I0, UB
• For measuring the pressure of liquids, gases and vapors SITRANS P210 pressure transmitters (7MF1566-...), functional diagram
• Compact design
The stainless steel measuring cell has a thin-film resistance
bridge to which the operating pressure p is transmitted through
■ Application a stainless steel diaphragm.
The pressure transmitter SITRANS P210 for gauge pressure is The voltage output from the measuring cell is converted by an
used in the following industrial areas: amplifier into an output current of 4 to 20 mA or an output voltage
• Mechanical engineering of 0 to 10 V DC.
• Shipbuilding The output current and voltage are linearly proportional to the in-
• Power engineering put pressure.
• Water supply
1/12 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
Application Design
Gauge measurement Liquids, gases and vapors Weight Approx. 0.090 kg (0.198 lb)
Mode of operation Process connections See dimension drawings
Measuring principle Piezoresistive measuring cell Electrical connections • Connector per
(stainless steel diaphragm) EN 175301-803-A Form A with
cable inlet M16x1.5 or ½-14 NPT
Measured variable Gauge pressure or Pg 11
Inputs • Device plug M12
Measuring range • 2 or 3-wire (0.5 mm2) cable
(  5.4 mm)
• Gauge pressure 100 … 600 mbar
(1.5 … 8.7 psi) • Quickon cable quick screw con-
nection
Output
Wetted parts materials
Current signal 4 ... 20 mA
• Measuring cell Stainless steel, mat.-No. 1.4435
• Load (UB - 10 V)/0.02 A
• Process connection Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404
• Auxiliary power UB DC 7 ... 33 V (10 ... 30 V for Ex) (SST 316 L)
Voltage signal 0 ... 10 V DC • Gasket • FPM (Standard)
• Load  10 k • Neoprene
• Auxiliary power UB 12 ... 33 V DC • Perbunan
• Power consumption < 7 mA at 10 k • EPDM
Ratiometric output 0 ... 90 % Non-wetted parts materials
• Load  10 k • Enclosure Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404
• Auxiliary power UB 5 V DC 10 % (SST 316 L)
• Power consumption < 7 mA at 10 k • Rack Plastic
Characteristic curve Linear rising • cables PVC
Measuring accuracy Certificates and approvals
Error in measurement at limit setting • Typical: 0.25 % of measuring Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
incl. hysteresis and reproducibility span equipment directive uids of fluid group 1;
• Maximum: 0.5 % of measuring (PED 2014/68/EU) meets requirements as per article
span 4, paragraph 3 (good engineering
practice)
Step response time T99 < 5 ms
Lloyd‘s Register of Shipping (LR)1) 12/20010
Long-term stability
• Lower range value and measuring 0.25 % of measuring span/year Germanischer Lloyd (GL)1) GL19740 11 HH00
span American Bureau of Shipping ABS_11_HG 789392_PDA
Influence of ambient temperature (ABS)1)
• Lower range value and measuring • 0.25 %/10 K of measuring span Bureau Veritas (BV)1) BV 271007A0 BV
span • 0.5 %/10K of measuring span Det Norske Veritas (DNV)1) A 12553
for a measuring range
Drinking water approval (ACS)1) ACS 15 ACC NY 360
100 … 400 mbar
• Influence of power supply 0.005 %/V EAC1) № TC RU C-DE.ГБ05.В.00732
OC НАНИО «ЦСВЭ»
Operating conditions
Underwriters Laboratories (UL)1)
Process temperature with gasket
made of: • for USA and Canada UL 20110217 - E34453
• FPM (Standard) -15 ... +125 °C (+5 ... +257 °F) • worldwide IEC UL DK 21845
• Neoprene -35 ... +100 °C (-31 ... +212 °F) Explosion protection
• Perbunan -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F) Intrinsic safety "i" Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb
(only with current output) Ex II 1/2 D Ex ia IIIC T125 °C
• EPDM -40 ... +125 °C (-40 ... +257 °F),
usable for drinking water Da/Db
Ambient temperature -25 ... +85 °C (-13 ... +185 °F) EC type-examination certificate SEV 10 ATEX 0146
Storage temperature -50 ... +100 °C (-58 ... +212 °F) Connection to certified intrinsically- Ui  30 V DC; Ii  100 mA;
safe resistive circuits with maxi- Pi  0.75 W
Degree of protection (to EN 60529) • IP 65 with connector per mum values:
EN 175301-803-A
• IP 67 with device plug M12 Effective internal inductance and Li = 0 nH; Ci = 0 nF
capacity for versions with plugs per
• IP 67 with cable EN 175301-803-A and M12
• IP 67 with cable quick screw
connection 1) For variants with output signal 0 ... 5 V and ratiometric output available
soon.
Electromagnetic compatibility • acc. IEC 61326-1/-2/-3
• acc. NAMUR NE21, only for
ATEX versions and with a max.
measuring deviation 1 %
Mounting position upright
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/13

© Siemens 2020
1
SITRANS P 210 pressure transmitters for gauge pressure for low pressure applications 7M F 1 5 6 6 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel + sealing material
min. max.
For gauge pressure
0...100 mbar (1.45 psi) -400 mbar (-5.8 psi) 400 mbar (5.8 psi) 1 bar (14.5 psi) 3 AA
0...160 mbar (2.32 psi) -400 mbar (-5.8 psi) 400 mbar (5.8 psi) 1 bar (14.5 psi) 3 AB
0...250 mbar (3.63 psi) -800 mbar (-11.6 psi) 1000 mbar (14.5 psi) 2 bar (29.0 psi) 3 AC
0...400 mbar (5.8 psi) -800 mbar (-11.6 psi) 1000 mbar (14.5 psi) 2 bar (29.0 psi) 3 AD
0...600 mbar (8.7 psi) -1000 mbar (-14.5 psi) 2000 mbar (29.0 psi) 3 bar (43.5 psi) 3 AG
Other version, add Order code and plain text: 9 AA H1Y
Measuring range: ... up to ... mbar (psi)
Output signal
None 0
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread M16 (with coupling) 1
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread 1/2"-14 NPT (with coupling) 5
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread PG11 (with coupling) 6
Process connection
7/16"-20 UNF male D
¼"-18 NPT male (standard for pressure ranges inH2O and psi) E
¼"-18 NPT female F
½"-14 NPT male G
½"-14 NPT female H
M20x1.5 male P
Sealing material between sensor and enclosure
Viton (FPM, standard) A
Neoprene (CR) B
Perbunan (NBR) C
EPDM D
Version
Standard version 1
Further designs
1/14 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
■ Dimensional drawings
1
nGGGGGGGGQ
36 (1.42)
10.7 (0.42)
51 (2.0)
(0.9)
(0.6)
(1.0)
23
25
16
or
1/2-14 NPT M20 x 1.5 G1/2 G1/4
25.5 (1.0)
30.2 (1.19)
24 (0.94) nGGGGGGGQ
Cable gland
(0.8)
with cable
20
G1/8
G1/2
max. 30 Nm
nGGGGGQ
(0.8)
20
1/2-14 NPT
max. 30 Nm
(1.2)
(0.9)
30
23
(0.8)
20
1/2-14 NPT 1/4-18 NPT

1/4-18 NPT
max. 20 Nm
nGGGGGG
(1.0)
25
(0.6)
16
7/16-20 UNF
7/16-20 UNF
max. 20 Nm
QGuGGGG
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/15

© Siemens 2020
1 ■ Schematics
1+ IO + 2 (-) 1+ + 2 (-),
UO
1 1
2- RL UB
2 2
2- RL Load
UB Power supply
UB Power supply
EN 175301
Connection: 1 (+),
1+ UO + 3 (-),
RL
1 3- 4 3 UB 4 (+UO)
RL Load RL
UB Power supply
RL Load
3- UB Power supply

gn
RL UB ws (-, white)
UB Power supply gn
RL Load
UB Power supply
ws RL Load

1
Connection: 1 (+),
1+ 1
UB 1+ + 3 (-),
2+ UB 2 (+UO)
RL Load RL
2 3 3- RL Load
UB Power supply
Connection with current output and Quickon cable quick screw connec-
tion Connection with voltage output, ratiometric output and Quickon
fast cable termination

mitter enclosure

1+ 2 (-) 1+ IO + 3 (-),
IO +
1
UB
4 3 UB 4( )
RL Load
RL Load
UB Power supply 4
UB Power supply
1/16 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
■ Overview ■ Design
1
■ Function
The pressure transmitter measures the gauge pressure of liquids
and gases as well as the level of liquids.
The pressure transmitter SITRANS P220 measures the gauge
pressure of liquids, gases and vapors. Mode of operation
• Stainless steel measuring cell, fully welded
• Measuring ranges 2.5 to 1000 bar (36.3 to 14500 psi) relative
• For high-pressure applications and refrigeration technology U
division const.
U
■ Benefits p I I0, UB

SITRANS P220 pressure transmitters (7MF1567-...), functional diagram
• For measuring the pressure of liquids, gases and vapors
The stainless steel measuring cell has a thick-film resistance
• Compact design
bridge to which the operating pressure p is transmitted through
• Gasket-less a stainless steel diaphragm.
The voltage output from the measuring cell is converted by an
■ Application amplifier into an output current of 4 to 20 mA or an output voltage
The pressure transmitter SITRANS P220 for gauge pressure is of 0 to 10 V DC.
used in the following industrial areas: The output current and voltage are linearly proportional to the in-
• Mechanical engineering put pressure.
• Shipbuilding
• Water supply
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/17

© Siemens 2020
1 ■ Technical specifications
Application Design
Gauge pressure measurement Liquids, gases and vapors Weight Approx. 0.090 kg (0.198 lb)
Mode of operation Process connections See dimension drawings
Electrical connections • Connector per
Measuring principle Piezoresistive measuring cell EN 175301-803-A Form A with
(stainless steel diaphragm) cable inlet M16x1.5 or ½-14 NPT
Measured variable Gauge pressure or Pg 11
Inputs • Device plug M12
• 2 or 3-wire (0.5 mm2)
Measuring range cable (  5.4 mm)
• Gauge pressure • Quickon cable quick screw con-
- Metric 2.5 … 1000 bar nection
(36 … 14500 psi) Wetted parts materials
- US measuring range 30… 14500 psi • Measuring cell Stainless steel, mat.-No. 1.4016
Output • Process connection Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404
Current signal 4 ... 20 mA (SST 316 L)
• Load (UB - 10 V)/0.02 A
• Enclosure Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404
• Auxiliary power UB DC 7 ... 33 V (10 ... 30 V for Ex) (SST 316 L)
Voltage signal 0 ... 10 V DC • Rack Plastic
• Load  10 k • cables PVC
• Auxiliary power UB 12 ... 33 V DC Certificates and approvals
• Power consumption < 7 mA at 10 k Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
Ratiometric output 0 ... 90 % (PED 2014/68/EU) with requirements of article 4,
• Load  10 k paragraph 3 (sound engineering
practice)
• Auxiliary power UB 5 V DC 10 % Lloyd‘s Register of Shipping (LR)1) 12/20010
• Power consumption < 7 mA at 10 k Germanischer Lloyd (GL)1) GL19740 11 HH00
Characteristic curve Linear rising American Bureau of Shipping ABS_11_HG 789392_PDA
Measuring accuracy (ABS)1)
Bureau Veritas (BV)1) BV 271007A0 BV
Error in measurement at limit setting • Typical: 0.25 % of measuring
incl. hysteresis and reproducibility span Det Norske Veritas (DNV)1) A 12553
• Maximum: 0.5 % of measuring Drinking water approval (ACS)1) ACS 15 ACC NY 360
span EAC1) № TC RU C-DE.ГБ05.В.00732
Step response time T99 < 5 ms OC НАНИО «ЦСВЭ»
CRN2) 0F18659.5C
Long-term stability
Underwriters Laboratories (UL)1)
• Lower range value and measuring 0.25 % of measuring span/year
span • for USA and Canada UL 20110217 - E34453
Influence of ambient temperature • worldwide IEC UL DK 21845
• Lower range value and measuring 0.25 %/10 K of measuring span
span Intrinsic safety "i" Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb
(only with current output) Ex II 1/2 D Ex ia IIIC
• Influence of power supply 0.005 %/V T125 °C Da/Db
Operating conditions EC type-examination certificate SEV 10 ATEX 0146
• Process temperature -40 ... +120 °C (-40 ... +248 °F) Connection to certified intrinsically- Ui  30 V DC; Ii  100 mA;
safe resistive circuits with maxi- Pi  0.75 W
• Ambient temperature -25 ... +85 °C (-13 ... +185 °F) mum values:
• Storage temperature -50 ... +100 °C (-58 ... +212 °F) Effective internal inductance and Li = 0 nH; Ci = 0 nF
• Degree of protection (to EN 60529) • IP 65 with connector per capacity for versions with plugs per
EN 175301-803-A EN 175301-803-A and M12
• IP 67 with device plug M12 CSA2) 70006348
• IP 67 with cable Class I, Division I,
Groups A, B, C and D;
• IP 67 with cable quick screw
connection Class II, Division 1,
Groups E, F and G,
Electromagnetic compatibility • acc. IEC 61326-1/-2/-3 Class III
• acc. NAMUR NE21, only for Class I, Division 2,
ATEX versions and with a max. Groups A, B, C and D;
measuring deviation 1 % Class II, Division 2,
Groups F and G,
Class III
A/Ex ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb
A/Ex ia IIIC T125°C Da/Db
1) For variants with output signal 0 ... 5 V and ratiometric output available soon.
2) See ordering data for available versions.
1/18 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
SITRANS P 220 pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, high-pressure and refrigeration 7M F 1 5 6 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 A 07 7 7 7
applications, fully-welded version
Wetted parts materials: stainless steel
Mini- Max.
mum
For gauge pressure
0 ... 2.5 bar (0 ... 36.3 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 6.25 bar (90.7 psi) 25 bar (363 psi) 3 BD
0 ... 4 bar (0 ... 58 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 10 bar (145 psi) 40 bar (870 psi) 3BE
0 ... 6 bar (0 ... 87 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 15 bar (217 psi) 60 bar (522 psi) 3 BG
0 ... 10 bar (0 ... 145 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 25 bar (362 psi) 60 bar (870 psi) 3 CA
0 ... 16 bar (0 ... 232 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 40 bar (580 psi) 96 bar (1392 psi) 3 CB
0 ... 25 bar (0 ... 363 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 62.5 bar (906 psi) 150 bar (2176 psi) 3 CD
0 ... 40 bar (0 ... 580 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 100 bar (1450 psi) 240 bar (3481 psi) 3CE
0 ... 60 bar (0 ... 870 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 150 bar (2175 psi) 360 bar (5221 psi) 3 CG
0 ... 100 bar (0 ... 1450 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 250 bar (3625 psi) 600 bar (8702 psi) 3 DA
0 ... 160 bar (0 ... 2320 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 400 bar (5801 psi) 960 bar (13924 psi) 3 DB
0 ... 250 bar (0 ... 3625 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 625 bar (9064 psi) 1500 bar (21756 psi) 3 DD
0 ... 400 bar (0 ... 5801 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 1000 bar (14503 psi) 2400 bar (34809 psi) 3DE
0 ... 600 bar (0 ... 8702 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 1500 bar (21755 psi) 3600 bar (52200 psi) 3 DG
0 ... 1000 bar (0 ... 14500 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 1500 bar (21755 psi) 5000 bar (72520 psi) 3 EA
Other version, add Order code and plain text: 9 AA H1Y
Measuring range: ... up to... bar (psi)
Measuring ranges for gauge pressure
0 ... 30 psi -14.5 psi 75 psi 360 psi  4BE
0 ... 60 psi -14.5 psi 150 psi 580 psi  4BF
0 ... 100 psi -14.5 psi 250 psi 580 psi  4 BG
0 ... 150 psi -14.5 psi 375 psi 870 psi  4 CA
0 ... 200 psi -14.5 psi 500 psi 1390 psi  4 CB
0 ... 300 psi -14.5 psi 750 psi 2170 psi  4 CD
0 ... 500 psi -14.5 psi 1250 psi 3481 psi  4CE
0 ... 750 psi -14.5 psi 1875 psi 5220 psi  4CF
0 ... 1000 psi -14.5 psi 2500 psi 5220 psi  4 CG
0 ... 1500 psi -14.5 psi 3750 psi 8700 psi  4 DA
0 ... 2000 psi -14.5 psi 5000 psi 13920 psi  4 DB
0 ... 3000 psi -14.5 psi 7500 psi 21750 psi  4 DD
0 ... 5000 psi -14.5 psi 12500 psi 34800 psi  4DE
0 ... 6000 psi -14.5 psi 15000 psi 34800 psi  4DF
0 ... 8700 psi -14.5 psi 21755 psi 52200 psi  4 DG
0 ... 14500 psi -14.5 psi 21755 psi 72520 psi 4 EA
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Measuring range: ... up to ... psi 9 AA H1Y
Output signal
None 0
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread M16 (with coupling)  1
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread 1/2"-14 NPT (with coupling)  5
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread PG11 (with coupling)  6
 Order code E21 required for complete configuration with CRN and cCSAus Ex approval.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/19

© Siemens 2020
1 ■ Selection and ordering data Article No. Order code
SITRANS P 220 pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, high-pressure and refrigeration 7M F 1 5 6 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 A 7 7 7 7
applications, fully-welded version
Wetted parts materials: stainless steel
Process connection
7/16"-20 UNF male D
¼"-18 NPT male (standard for pressure ranges inH2O and psi)  E
¼"-18 NPT female F
½"-14 NPT male G
½"-14 NPT female (Only for measuring ranges  60 bar (870 psi)) H
M20x1.5 male P
Version
Standard version  1
Further designs
(not possible for measuring ranges > 0 ... 600 bar/0 ... 8 702 psi)
Oxygen version, free of oil and degreased (not in conjunction with explosion protection version) E10
With CRN and cCSAus Ex approval (only for measuring ranges 0 ... 30 psi bis 0 ... 8 700 psi) E21
 Order code E21 required for complete configuration with CRN andcCSAus Ex approval..
1/20 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
nGGGGGGGGQ
36 (1.42)
10.7 (0.42)
51 (2.0)
(0.9)
(0.6)
(1.0)
23
25
16
or
1/2-14 NPT M20 x 1.5 G1/2 G1/4
25.5 (1.0)
36 (1.42)
24 (0.94) nGGGGGGGQ
Cable gland
(0.8)
Quickon with or without cable
20
G1/8
G1/2
max. 30 Nm
nGGGGGQ
(0.8)
20
1/2-14 NPT
max. 30 Nm
(1.2)
(0.9)
30
23
(0.8)
20
1/2-14 NPT 1/4-18 NPT

1/4-18 NPT
max. 20 Nm
nGGGGGG
(1.0)
25
(0.6)
16
7/16-20 UNF
7/16-20 UNF
max. 20 Nm
QGuGGGG
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/21

© Siemens 2020
1 ■ Schematics
1+ IO + 2 (-) 1+ + 2 (-),
UO
1 1
2- RL UB
2 2
2- RL Load
UB Power supply
UB Power supply
EN 175301
Connection: 1 (+),
1+ UO + 3 (-),
RL
1 3- 4 3 UB 4 (+UO)
RL Load RL
UB Power supply
RL Load
3- UB Power supply

gn
RL UB ws (-, white)
UB Power supply gn
RL Load
UB Power supply
ws RL Load

1
Connection: 1 (+),
1+ 1
UB 1+ + 3 (-),
2+ UB 2 (+UO)
RL Load RL
2 3 3- RL Load
UB Power supply
Connection with current output and cable quick screw connection Quick-
on Connection with voltage output, ratiometric output and Quickon
fast cable termination

mitter enclosure

1+ 2 (-) 1+ IO + 3 (-),
IO +
1
UB
4 3 UB 4( )
RL Load
RL Load
UB Power supply 4
UB Power supply
1/22 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS LH100 Transmitter for hydrostatic level
■ Overview ■ Function
1
1
U
const.
5
U
EM 2
p I
The pressure transmitter SITRANS LH100 is a submersible sen-

sor for hydrostatic level measurement. 3
4
The pressure transmitter measures the liquid levels in tanks,
containers, channels and dams. The SITRANS LH100 pressure
transmitters are available for various measuring ranges and with 1 Sensor 4 Protective conductor connection/
explosion protection as an option. 2 Connection for auxiliary Equipotential bonding
power supply 5 Diaphragm
A junction box and a cable hanger are available as accessories 3 Vent pipe with humidity filter
for simple installation.
■ Benefits SITRANS LH100 pressure transmitter, mode of operation and connection

diagram
• Compact design On one side of the sensor (1), the diaphragm (5) is exposed to
• Simple installation the hydrostatic pressure which is proportional to the submersion
• Small error in measurement (0.3 %) depth. This pressure is compared with atmospheric pressure.
Pressure compensation is carried out using the vent pipe (3) in
• Degree of protection IP68 the connecting cable. The vent pipe is equipped with a humidity
filter which prevents the build-up of condenstation in the vent
■ Application pipe.
SITRANS LH100 pressure transmitters are used in the following The hydrostatic pressure of the liquid column acts on the dia-
branches, for example: phragm of the sensor and transmits the pressure to the Wheat-
• Shipbuilding stone resistance bridge in the sensor.
• Water/waste water supply The output voltage of the sensor is applied to the electronic cir-
cuit where it is converted into an output current of 4 to 20 mA.
• For use in unpressurized/open vessels and wells
The protective conductor connection/equipotential bonding (4)
■ Design is connected to the enclosure.
The pressure transmitter has a built-in ceramic sensor which is

equipped with a Wheatstone resistance bridge.
■ Integration
It is generally recommended that the connecting cable of the
These pressure transmitters are equipped with an electronic cir-
SITRANS LH100 transmitter is connected to the cable box,
cuit fitted together with the sensor in a stainless steel enclosure.
which can be ordered separately, and secured with the anchor-
In addition, the connecting cable contains a vent pipe which is
ing clamp, also available separately. The junction box has to be
equipped with a humidity filter to prevent the build-up of conden-
installed near the measuring point.
sation.
If the medium is anything other than water, it is also necessary to
The diaphragm is protected against external influences by a
check compatibility with the specified materials of the transmit-
protective cap.
ter.
The sensor, the electronics and the connecting cable are
housed in an enclosure with small dimensions.
Venting pipe
The pressure transmitter is temperature-compensated for a wide
temperature range.
To measured- To trans-
value mitter
processing 7MF1572
Junction box 7MF1572-8AA, open, schematic diagram
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/23

© Siemens 2020
Pressure transmitter SITRANS LH100 (submersible sensor)
Mode of operation
Measuring principle piezo-resistive
Input
Measured variable Hydrostatic level
Measuring range Max. permissible operating pressure
• 0 ... 3 mH2O (0 ... 9 ftH2O) • 1.5 bar (21.8 psi) (corresponds to
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
30 mH2O (90 ftH2O))
50 mH2O (150 ftH2O))
• 0 ... 0.3 bar • 1.5 bar
• 0 ... 0.4 bar • 1.5 bar
• 0 ... 0.5 bar • 1.5 bar
• 0 ... 0.6 bar • 1.5 bar
• 0 ... 1 bar • 3.0 bar
• 0 ... 2 bar • 5.0 bar
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA
Measuring accuracy According to IEC 60770-1
Measuring point setup, generally with junction box 7MF1572-8AA and
7MF1572-8AB cable hanger Error in measurement at limit setting 0.3% of upper range value (typical)
including hysteresis and reproducibil-
ity
Measuring range
• 0 ... 3 mH2O 0.5 % of upper range value (typical)
(0 ... 9 ftH2O bzw. 0 ... 0.3 bar) 1.0% of upper range value (maxi-
mum)
• For all other measuring ranges 0.3 % of upper range value (typical)
0.6% of upper range value (maxi-
mum)
Influence of ambient temperature
Measuring range Zero and span
• 3 mH2O (9 ftH2O or 0.3 bar) 0.5 %/10 K of upper range value
• 4 ... 6 mH2O 0.45 %/10 K of upper range value
(12 ... 18 ftH2O or 0.4…0.6 bar)
•  6 mH2O 0.3 %/10 K of upper range value
(  18 ftH2O or  0.6 bar)
Long-term stability
Measuring range Zero and span
• 3 mH2O (9 ftH2O or 0.3 bar) 0.4 % of upper range value/year
• 4 ... 6 mH2O 0.25% of upper range value/year
(12 ... 18 ftH2O or 0.4…0.6 bar)
•  6 mH2O 0.2 % of upper range value/year
(  18 ftH2O or  0.6 bar)
Ambient conditions
• Process temperature -10 ... +80 °C (14 ... 176 °F)
• Storage temperature -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
Degree of protection according to IP68
IEC 60529
1/24 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Design Junction box
1
Weight Application for connecting the transmitter cable
• Pressure transmitter  0.2 kg (  0.44 lb) Design
• Cable; maximum cable length 100 m 0.025 kg/m ( 0.015 lb/ft)
(330 ft) Weight 0.2 kg (0.44 lb)
Electrical connection Cable with 3 conductors, vent pipe Electrical connection 2 x 3-way (28 to 18 AWG)
and integrated humidity filter Cable entry 2 x Pg 9
Material Enclosure material polycarbonate
• Seal diaphragm Al2O3 ceramic, 96%
• Enclosure Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L Vent valve for atmospheric pressure
• Gasket FPM (standard) Operating conditions
EPDM (optional) Degree of protection according to IP65
• Connecting cable PE-HD (standard) IEC 60529
PE-LD (in the case of versions with Cable hanger
EPDM seal, suitable for drinking
water) Application for mounting the transmitter
Auxiliary power Design
Terminal voltage on pressure transmit- 10 ... 33 V DC Weight 0.16 kg (0.35 lb)
ter UB 10 ... 30 V DC for transmitter with Material Galvanized steel, polyamide
intrinsic safety explosion protection
Drinking water approval (ACS) 15 ACC NY 360
EAC № TC RU C-DE.ГБ05.В.00732
OC НАНИО «ЦСВЭ»
Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 2014-11-17 - E344532
The transmitter is not subject to the
pressure equipment directive (PED
2014/68/EU)
• Intrinsic safety "i" IECEx SEV 14.0003
SEV 14 ATEX 0109
- Marking II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
• EAC Ex TC RU C-DE.AA87.B.00324
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/25

© Siemens 2020
1 Selection and ordering data Article No. Order code Selection and ordering data Article No. Order code
Pressure transmitter 7 MF 1 5 7 2 - 77A77 777 Pressure transmitter 7 MF 1 5 7 2 - 77A77 777
SITRANS LH100 (submersible sensor) SITRANS LH100 (submersible sensor)
For measurement of the hydrostatic For measurement of the hydrostatic
level through submersion, level through submersion,
two-wire system, 4…20 mA, enclosure two-wire system, 4…20 mA, enclosure
material mat. no. 1.4404 (316L), mea- material mat. no. 1.4404 (316L), mea-
suring cell Al2O3 ceramic, suring cell Al2O3 ceramic,
with permanently mounted PE cable with permanently mounted PE cable
Click on the Article No. for the online Sealing material between sensor and
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle enclosure
Portal. • FPM (Standard) 1
Measuring range Cable length • EPDM (for drinking water applica- 2
0 ... 3 mH2O1) 10 m 1C tions)
0 ... 4 mH2O 10 m 1D Explosion protection
0 ... 5 mH2O 10 m 1E • without 0
0 ... 6 mH2O 10 m 1F • With ATEX II1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga and 1
0 ... 10 mH2O 20 m 1H IECEx Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
0 ... 20 mH2O 30 m 1K Additional versions Order code
0 ... 9 ftH2O1) 33 ft 2C Quality test certificate, 5-point factory C11
0 ... 12 ftH2O 33 ft 2D calibration (IEC 60770-2), add "-Z" to
0 ... 15 ftH2O 33 ft 2E article no. and add order code.
0 ... 18 ftH2O 33 ft 2F Indication of measuring range (only at Y01
0 ... 30 ftH2O 66 ft 2H special cable lengths) in
0 ... 60 ftH2O 98 ft 2K "... to ... mH2O" or "... to ... ftH2O"
or "... to ... bar"
0 ... 0.3 bar1) 10 m 3C
Accessories/spare parts Article No.
0 ... 0.4 bar 10 m 3D
0 ... 0.5 bar 10 m 3E Junction box 7MF1572-8AA
0 ... 0.6 bar 10 m 3F for connecting the transmitter cable
0 ... 1 bar 20 m 3H
Cable hanger 7MF1572-8AB
0 ... 2 bar 30 m 3K
for securing the pressure transmitter
Special versions:
Measuring ranges for special versions Protective caps as spare parts 7MF1572-8AD
between (10-pack)
0 ... 3 mH2O and 0 ... 30 mH2O or Humidity filters as spare parts 7MF1572-8AE
0 ... 9 ftH2O and 0 ... 100 ftH2O or (10-pack)
0 ... 0.3 bar and 0 ... 3 bar possible. 1) Approvals pending.
Special cable lenght/Special measur- 9A H. .
ing range +
Please add „-Z" to Article No. and Y01
specify Order code and plain text.
Note: Indication of measuring range
Y01 is always necessary.
For evaluation of the maximum possible
cable length following data have to be
regarded:
Transmitter:
Ci = 0 µF, Li = 0 µH
Cable:
Ck = 0.19 nF per meter cable
Lk = 1.5 µH per meter cable
The maximum permitted data of the
transmitter’s power supply have to be
considered!
3 m (10 ft) H1A
5 m (16 ft) H1B
7 m (23 ft) H1C
10 m (33 ft) H1D
15 m (49 ft) H1E
20 m (66 ft) H1F
25 m (82 ft) H1G
30 m (98 ft) H1H
40 m (131 ft) H1J
50 m (164 ft) H1K
60 m (198 ft)1) H1L
70 m (231 ft)1) H1M
80 m (264 ft)1) H1N
90 m (297 ft)1) H1P
100 m (330 ft)1) H1Q
1/26 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
■ Dimensional drawings ■ More information

1
Establishing the measuring range for water as
~116.3 (4.58)
Ø23.4
1 2 3 process medium
(0.92)
6 5 4
1 Cable, sheat Ø 4.8 (0.19) (black, PE)

2 - (green)
3 + (brown)
4 Protective conductor connection/Equipotential bonding (white)
5 Vent pipe with humidity filter Ø 1 (0.04) (inner diameter)
6 Protective cap with 4 x Ø 2.5 (0.10) holes (black, PPE) H r
SITRANS LH100 pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)
52 (2.05) 37 (1.46)
17
3 (0.07)
(1.2)
1
30
Calculation of the measuring range:

p=xgxH
2
86 (3.39)
86 (3.39)
with:
 = density of medium
g = local acceleration due to gravity
H = maximum level
Example:
(1.2)
30
Medium: Water,  = 1 000 kg/m3

17 Acceleration due to gravity: 9.81 m/s2
64 (2.52) (0.07) Lower range value: 0 m
Maximum level: 6.0 m
1
Cable length: 10 m
Fastening hole
2 Vent valve Calculation:
3 Cable gland Pg 9, cable diameter 4 ... 8 mm (0.16 ... 0.31) p = 1 000 kg/m3 x 9.81 m/s2 x 6.0 m
p = 58 860 N/m2
Junction box, dimensions in mm (inch) p = 589 mbar
Transmitter to be ordered:
19 7MF1572-1FA10
(0.75) Plus, if required, junction box 7MF1572-8AA and cable hanger
7MF1572-8AB
190 (7.5)
48 (1.9)
Cable hanger, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/27

© Siemens 2020
1 ■ Overview ■ Function
1
U
const.
5
U
EM 2
p I
3
4
1 Sensor 4 Protective conductor connection/

2 Connection for auxiliary Equipotential bonding
power supply 5 Diaphragm
3 Vent pipe with humidity filter
The pressure transmitter SITRANS LH300 is a submersible sen- SITRANS LH300 pressure transmitter, mode of operation and connection
sor for hydrostatic level measurement with cap made of PPE diagram
(left), stainless steel (mid) and ETFE (right). On one side of the sensor (1), the diaphragm (5) is exposed to
The pressure transmitter measures the liquid levels in tanks, the hydrostatic pressure which is proportional to the submersion
containers, channels and dams. The SITRANS LH300 pressure depth. This pressure is compared with atmospheric pressure.
transmitters are available for various measuring ranges and with Pressure compensation is carried out using the vent pipe (3) in
explosion protection as an option. the connecting cable. The vent pipe is equipped with a humidity
filter which prevents the build-up of condensation in the vent
A junction box and a cable hanger are available as accessories pipe.
for simple installation.
The hydrostatic pressure of the liquid column acts on the dia-
phragm of the sensor and transmits the pressure to the Wheat-
■ Benefits stone resistance bridge in the sensor.
• Compact design
The output voltage of the sensor is applied to the electronic cir-
• Simple installation cuit where it is converted into an output current of 4 to 20 mA.
• Small error in measurement (0.15 % typical) The protective conductor connection/equipotential bonding (4)
• Degree of protection IP68 is connected to the enclosure.
■ Application ■ Integration
SITRANS LH300 pressure transmitters are used in the following It is generally recommended that the connecting cable of the
branches, for example: SITRANS LH300 transmitter is connected to the cable box,
• Shipbuilding which can be ordered separately, and secured with an anchor-
ing clamp, also available separately. The cable plug is to be in-
• Water/waste water supply stalled near the measuring point, but outside the medium.
• Drinking water facilities
Likewise, in the case of media other than water the compatibility
• For use in unpressurized/open vessels and wells with the specified materials of the transmitter, cable and seal
• Desalination plants must be checked.
■ Design Venting pipe
The pressure transmitter has a built-in ceramic sensor which is

equipped with a Wheatstone resistance bridge.
These pressure transmitters are equipped with an electronic cir-
cuit fitted together with the sensor in a stainless steel enclosure.
In addition, the connecting cable contains a vent pipe which is
equipped with a humidity filter to prevent the build-up of conden-
sation.
The diaphragm is protected against external influences by a To measured- To trans-
protective cap. value mitter
processing 7MF1575
The sensor, the electronics and the connecting cable are
housed in an enclosure with small dimensions.
Junction box 7MF1575-8AA, open, schematic diagram
The pressure transmitter is temperature-compensated for a wide
temperature range.
1/28 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
Pressure transmitter SITRANS LH300 (submersible sensor)
Mode of operation
Measuring principle Piezo-resistive
Input
Measured variable Hydrostatic level
Measuring range Max. permissible operating pressure
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
• 0 ... 4 mH2O (0 ... 12 ftH2O) • 2 bar (29 psi) (corresponds to
20 mH2O (60 ftH2O))
20 mH2O (60 ftH2O))
20 mH2O (60 ftH2O))
• 0 ... 10 mH2O (0 ... 30 ftH2O) • 5 bar (72.5 psi) (corresponds to
50 mH2O (150 ftH2O))
100 mH2O (300 ftH2O))
200 mH2O (600 ftH2O))
Special measuring ranges
• Up to 100 mH2O (300 ftH2O) • 20 bar (290 psi) (corresponds to
200 mH2O (600 ftH2O))
• Up to 160 mH2O (480 ftH2O) • 24 bar (348 psi) (corresponds to
Measuring point setup, generally with junction box 7MF1575-8AA and 240 mH2O (720 ftH2O))
7MF1575-8AB cable hanger Measuring range
• 0 ... 0.1 bar • 1.5 bar
• 0 ... 0.2 bar • 1.5 bar
• 0 ... 0.3 bar • 1.5 bar
• 0 ... 0.4 bar • 2 bar
• 0 ... 0.5 bar • 2 bar
• 0 ... 0.6 bar • 2 bar
• 0 ... 1 bar • 5 bar
• 0 ... 2 bar • 10 bar
• 0 ... 4 bar • 20 bar
Special measuring range
• Up to 10 bar • 20 bar
• Up to 16 bar • 24 bar
Output
Measuring accuracy According to IEC 60770-1
Error in measurement at limit setting  0.15 % of upper range value (typi-
including hysteresis and reproducibility cal)
 0.3 % of upper range value (maxi-
mum)
Influence of ambient temperature  0.05 %/10 K of upper range value
(zero and span)
Long-term stability  0.15 % of upper range value/year
(zero and span)
Ambient conditions
• Process temperature -10 ... +80 °C (14 ... 176 °F)
Degree of protection according to IP68
IEC 60529
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/29

© Siemens 2020
1 Design Junction box
Weight Application For connecting the transmitter cable
• Pressure transmitter  0.4 kg (  0.88 lb) Design
• Cable 0.08 kg/m ( 0.059 lb/ft)
Weight 0.2 kg (0.44 lb)
Maximal freely suspended length 300 m (990 ft)
Electrical connection 2 x 3-way (28 to 18 AWG)
Electrical connection Cable with 2 conductors, vent pipe
and integrated humidity filters Cable entry 2 x PG 13.5
Material Enclosure material Polycarbonate
• Seal diaphragm Al2O3 ceramic, 99.6 % Vent valve for atmospheric pressure
• Enclosure Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
and 1.4539/904L (sea water applica- Operating conditions
tions) respectively Degree of protection according to IP65
• Gasket FPM (standard) IEC 60529
EPDM (optional) Cable hanger
• Connecting cable PE (standard/drinking water applica-
tions) Application For mounting the transmitter
FEP (for aggressive media) Design
• Cap Stainless steel, PPE or ETFE Weight 0.16 kg (0.35 lb)
Auxiliary power Material Galvanized steel, polyamide
Terminal voltage on pressure trans- 10 ... 33 V DC for transmitter without Terminal area For cable with a diameter of
mitter UB explosion protection 5.5 ... 9.5 mm
10 ... 30 V DC for transmitter with
intrinsic safety explosion protection
Drinking water approval (ACS) 17 ACC NY 055
EAC TC N RU Д-DE.ГА02.B.05092
Underwriters Laboratories (UL) ML File No. E344532, issued
2017-08-17
Shipbuilding approval (LR) LR_18/20074
Shipbuilding approval (DNV/GL) TAA00000CE
Shipbuilding approval (BV) 56926/A0 BV
Shipbuilding approval (ABS) HG1881314_P
Shipbuilding approval (RINA) ELE067319XG
Pressure equipment directive The transmitter is not subject to the
pressure equipment directive
(PED 2014/68/EU)
• ATEX SEV 16 ATEX 0121
• IEC Ex IEC Ex SEV 16.0003
• EAC Ex TC RU C-DE.AA87.B.00324
• Intrinsic safety "i"
- Marking II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
1/30 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Selection and ordering data Article Order Selection and ordering data Article Order
1
No. code No. code
Pressure transmitter 7MF 1 5 7 5 - Pressure transmitter 7MF 1 5 7 5 -
77777 777 77777 777
For hydrostatic level measurement,
submersible transmitter, two-wire connection, PE cable for general purpose and drinking
4 … 20 mA, enclosure material see Order water applications
option, measuring cell Al2O3 ceramics Special cable length 9X H. .
(99.6 % purity), with fixed mounted cable, Please add „-Z" to Article No. and specify +
material of protective cap at PE cable: Order code and plain text: Y01
PPE (colour black) Y01: Cable length ..........
material of protective cap at FEP cable:
PPE (colour white) 3 m (10 ft) H1A
Note: junction box and cable hanger have to 5 m (16 ft) H1B
be ordered separately. 7 m (23 ft) H1C
Click on the Article No. for the online con- 10 m (33 ft) H1D
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. 15 m (50ft) H1E
Measuring range Cable length 20 m (65 ft) H1F
(PE cable) 25 m (80 ft) H1G
0 ... 1 mH2O 5m 1A 30 m (100 ft) H1H
0 ... 2 mH2O 5m 1B 40 m (130 ft) H1J
0 ... 3 mH2O 10 m 1C 50 m (160 ft) H1K
0 ... 4 mH2O 10 m 1D 60 m (200 ft) H1L
0 ... 5 mH2O 10 m 1E 70 m (230 ft) H1M
0 ... 6 mH2O 10 m 1F 80 m (265 ft) H1N
0 ... 10 mH2O 20 m 1H 90 m (295 ft) H1P
0 ... 20 mH2O 30 m 1K 100 m (330 ft) H1Q
0 ... 40 mH2O 50 m 1L 125 m (410 ft) H1R
0 ... 3 ftH2O 5 m ( 15 ft) 2A 150 m (495 ft) H1S
0 ... 6 ftH2O 5 m (15 ft) 2B 175 m (575 ft) H1T
0 ... 9 ftH2O 10 m (30 ft) 2C 200 m (650 ft) H1U
0 ... 12 ftH2O 10 m (30 ft) 2D 225 m (740 ft) H1V
0 ... 15 ftH2O 10 m (30 ft) 2E 250 m (820 ft) H 1W
0 ... 18 ftH2O 10 m (30 ft) 2F 275 m (900 ft) H1X
0 ... 30 ftH2O 20 m (60 ft) 2H 300 m (990 ft) H2A
0 ... 60 ftH2O 30 m (90 ft) 2K 350 m (1150 ft) H2B
0 ... 120 ftH2O 50 m (150 ft) 2L 400 m (1320 ft) H2C
0 ... 0.1 bar 5m 3A 450 m (1480 ft) H2D
0 ... 0.2 bar 5m 3B 500 m (1650 ft) H2E
0 ... 0.3 bar 10 m 3C 550 m (1815 ft) H2F
0 ... 0.4 bar 10 m 3D 600 m (1980 ft) H2G
0 ... 0.5 bar 10 m 3E 650 m (2145 ft) H2H
0 ... 0.6 bar 10 m 3F 700 m (2310 ft) H2J
0 ... 1 bar 20 m 3H 750 m (2475 ft) H2K
0 ... 2 bar 30 m 3K 800 m (2640 ft) H2L
0 ... 4 bar 50 m 3L 850 m (2800 ft) H2M
Special versions: 900 m (2970 ft) H2N
Measuring ranges for special versions 950 m (3135 ft) H2P
between 1000 m (3300 ft) H2Q
0 ... 1 mH2O and 0 ... 160 mH2O or Other special cable length 9X H1Y
0 ... 3 ftH2O and 0 ... 530 ftH2O or Please add „-Z" to Article No. and specify +
0 ... 0.1 bar and 0 ... 16 bar possible. Order codes and plain text: Y01
H1Y: Cable length ..........
Y01: Measuring range ..........
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/31

© Siemens 2020
1 Selection and ordering data Article Order Selection and ordering data Article Order
No. code No. code
Pressure transmitter 7MF 1 5 7 5 - Pressure transmitter 7MF 1 5 7 5 -
77777 777 77777 777
FEP cable for aggressive media Enclosure Material of
material protective cap
Special cable length 9X H. .
Please add „-Z" to Article No. and specify + Stainless steel 316L Protective capability A
Order code and plain text: Y01 (1.4404) made of PPE (recom-
Y01: Cable length .......... mended for PE cable)
Stainless steel 316L Protective cap made B
3 m (10 ft) H5A (1.4404) of ETFE (standard with
5 m (16 ft) H5B FEP cable)
7 m (23 ft) H5C Stainless steel 316L Stainless steel 316L C
10 m (33 ft) H5D (1.4404) (1.4404)
15 m (50ft) H5E Stainless steel 904L Protective cap PPE D
(1.4539) for sea water
20 m (65 ft) H5F applications
25 m (80 ft) H5G Stainless steel 904L Protective cap ETFE E
30 m (100 ft) H5H (1.4539) for sea water
40 m (130 ft) H5J applications
50 m (160 ft) H5K Stainless steel 904L Stainless steel 904L F
(1.4539) for seawater (1.4539) for seawater
60 m (200 ft) H5L applications applications
70 m (230 ft) H5M
Sealing material between sensor and
80 m (265 ft) H5N enclosure
90 m (295 ft) H5P FPM (Standard) 1
100 m (330 ft) H5Q EPDM (for drinking water) 2
125 m (410 ft) H5R Explosion protection
150 m (495 ft) H5S without 0
175 m (575 ft) H5T With ATEX II1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga, 1
200 m (650 ft) H5U IECEx Ex ia IIC T4 Ga and EAC Ex (only pos-
225 m (740 ft) H5V sible for cable length 300 m (990 ft)
250 m (820 ft) H 5W Additional versions Order code
275 m (900 ft) H5X Quality test certificate, 5-point factory calibra- C11
300 m (990 ft) H6A tion (IEC 60770-2)
350 m (1150 ft) H6B
Accessories/spare parts Article No.
400 m (1320 ft) H6C
Junction box 7MF1575-8AA
450 m (1480 ft) H6D
500 m (1650 ft) H6E Cable hanger 7MF1575-8AB
550 m (1815 ft) H6F Protective caps, PPE, as spare part 7MF1575-8AD
600 m (1980 ft) H6G (10-pack)
650 m (2145 ft) H6H Protective caps, ETFE, as spare part 7MF1575-8AE
700 m (2310 ft) H6J (10-pack)
750 m (2475 ft) H6K Humidity filters as spare part 7MF1575-8AF
800 m (2640 ft) H6L (10-pack)
850 m (2800 ft) H6M Protective cap, stainless steel 316L 7MF1575-8AG
900 m (2970 ft) H6N (1.4404) for waste water applications
950 m (3135 ft) H6P Protective cap, stainless steel 904L 7MF1575-8AH
1000 m (3300 ft) H6Q (1.4539) for sea water applications
Other special cable length 9X H5Y
Please add „-Z" to Article No. and specify +
Order codes and plain text: Y01
H1Y: Cable length ..........
Y01: Measuring range ..........
1/32 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
19
(0.75)
Sensor with protective cap (PPE, ETFE)
1 2 3
~161 (6.34)
Ø30 (1.18)
190 (7.5)
Ø26.5
(1.04)
6
10.5 (0.41) 5 4
Sensor with protective cap (stainless steel)

1 2 3
~169 (6.65)
Ø30 (1.18)
Ø26.5
(1.04)
7 48 (1.9)
18.2 (0.72) 5 4
Cable hanger, dimensions in mm (inch)

1 Cable, sheat Ø 8.3 (0.33)
2 - (blue) ■ More information
3 + (brown)
Determination of the measuring range for medium water
4 Protective conductor connection/Equipotential bonding (black)
5 Vent pipe with humidity filter Ø 1 (0.04) (inner diameter)
6 Protective cap (PPE or PTFE) with 4 x Ø 2.5 (0.10) holes
7 Protective cap (stainless steel) with 4 x Ø 5 (0.20) holes
SITRANS LH300 pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)
52 (2.05) 37 (1.46)
17
3 (0.07)
(1.2)
1
30
H r
2
98 (3.86)
86 (3.39)
Calculation of the measuring range:

p=xgxH
(1.2)
30
with:
17  = density of medium
64 (2.52) (0.07)
g = local acceleration due to gravity
H = maximum level
1 Fastening hole
Example:
2 Vent valve
3 Cable gland Pg 13.5, cable diameter 6 ... 12 (0.23 ... 0.47)
Medium: Water,  = 1 000 kg/m3
Acceleration due to gravity: 9.81 m/s2
Lower range value: 0 m
Junction box, dimensions in mm (inch) Maximum level: 6.0 m
Cable length: 10 m
Calculation:
p = 1 000 kg/m3 x 9.81 m/s2 x 6.0 m
p = 58 860 N/m2
p = 589 mbar
Transmitter to be ordered:
7MF1575-1FA10
Plus, if required, junction box 7MF1575-8AA and cable hanger
7MF1575-8AB
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/33

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P Compact for gauge and absolute pressure
1 ■ Overview ■ Application
The SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitter is designed for
the special requirements of the food, pharmaceutical and bio-
technology industries.
The use of high-grade materials guarantees compliance with hy-
giene regulations.
The SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitter is available in
many versions. Exact adaptation of the pressure transmitter to
conditions at the place of use is thus possible
■ Design
The electronics is potted to protect it against moisture, corrosive
atmospheres and vibration.
Notes on operating the pressure transmitter
Compensation of internal atmospheric pressure
Compensation of the internal atmospheric pressure of the
SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitters is performed as fol-
lows:
• in the plug versions by means of the screwed gland (IP65)
• in the field enclosures by means of an integral sintered filter
(IP65) or a vented cable (IP67)
The SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitter is designed for • in versions with cable outlet by means of a vented cable (IP67)
the special requirements of the food, pharmaceutical and bio-
technology industries. In the absolute pressure range there is no need for compensa-
tion with respect to atmospheric pressure.
The use of high-grade materials guarantees compliance with hy-
giene regulations. Note: These degrees of protection are only achieved under the
following conditions:
Particular value has been placed on a high surface quality. The
system can be electropolished in addition. • if the pressure transmitter is installed correctly
A further important feature is the hygiene-based design of the • if the screwed glands are securely tightened
process connection by means of various aseptic connections. • if the cable diameters agree with the nominal diameters of the
gaskets in the enclosure
The completely welded stainless steel enclosure can be de-
signed up to degree of protection IP67. Note: The integral EMC measures are only effective if the earth
connection is made correctly.
Using appropriate thermal decouplers, the SITRANS P Compact
pressure transmitter can be used for process temperatures up to CE marking
200 °C (392 °F). The CE marking of the pressure transmitter certifies compliance
with the guidelines of the European Council (9/336/EC), the EMC
■ Benefits law (13.11.1992), as well as the applicable generic standards.
• Measuring ranges from 0 to 160 mbar (0 to 2.32 psi) to 0 to Interference-free operation in systems and plants is achieved
40 bar (0 to 580 psi) only if the specifications for shielding, earthing, cable routing
• Linearity error including hysteresis < +0.2 % of the end value and electrical isolation are observed during installation and as-
sembly.
• Piezo-resistive measurement system, vacuum-proof and over-
load-proof Hazardous areas
• Hygiene-based design according to EHEDG, FDA and GMP Note: Electrical equipment in hazardous areas must only be in-
recommendations stalled and operated by trained personnel.
• Material and surface quality according to hygiene require-
Modifications to units and connections result in cancellation of
ments
the explosion protection and guarantee.
• Wetted parts made of stainless steel; completely welded
With intrinsically-safe circuits, make sure that equipotential
• Signal output 4 to 20 mA (0 to 20 mA as option) bonding exists throughout the complete cabling inside and out-
• Stainless steel enclosure with degree of protection IP65 (IP67 side of the hazardous area. The limits specified in the ATEX ap-
as option) proval must be observed.
• Process temperature up to 200 °C (392 °F)
• Explosion protection II 2G Ex [ib] IIC T6 to ATEX
• Easy and safe to clean
1/34 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
■ Function Operating conditions

1
Installation conditions
The process pressure acts on a piezo-resistive semiconductor
measuring bridge through a remote seal and a transmission liq- • Mounting position Any, vertical as standard
uid. The pressure transmitter converts the pressure values into a Ambient conditions
load-independent current. • Ambient temperature -10 ... +70 °C (14 ... 158 °F)
A compensation network makes the output signal largely inde- • Storage temperature -10 ... +90 °C (14 ... 194 °F)
pendent of the ambient temperature. As a result of a specially
• Process temperature Max. 200 °C (392 °F), depending
adapted remote seal connection with minimized volume, the in- on design
fluence of the process temperature on the output signal is
greatly reduced compared to a conventional screw connection. Vacuum-resistant 0 mbar (0 psi) absolute at max.
50 °C. Higher process tempera-
The pressure transmitters can be powered with a non-regulated tures on request.
DC voltage of 10 to 30 V. Output signals common to measuring • Degree of protection (to EN 60529) IP65, optional IP67
technology are available.
• Electromagnetic Compatibility
■ Technical specifications - Emitted interference To EN 50081 Part 1, issue 1993

(residential and industrial areas).
Pressure transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology The unit has no own emissions.
Mode of operation - Noise immunity to EN 50082 Part 2, issue March
1995 (industrial areas)
Measuring principle piezo-resistive
Design
Input
Weight (without remote seal)
Measured variable gauge or absolute pressure
• Field enclosure  460 G ( 1.01 (lb)
Measuring range 0 ... 160 mbar (0 ... 2.32 psi) • Enclosure with plug  200 g ( 0.44 lb)
...
0 ... 40 bar (0 ... 580 psi) Enclosure
Output • Designs • Field enclosure IP65 or IP67,
with screwed gland
Output signal
• Angled plug DIN 43650, IP65
• 2-wire system 4 ... 20 mA
• Cable connection, IP67
• Three-wire system 0 ... 20 mA • Device plug M12, IP65
Measuring accuracy Acc. to IEC 60770-1 • Material Stainless steel, mat.
Error in measurement at limit setting  0.2 % of upper range value no. 1.4404/316L/1.4305
incl. hysteresis and reproducibility Material of union nut Polyamide (with electrical con-
Adjustment accuracy   0.2 % of upper range value nection using plug or cable)
Electronics unit potted with silicone
Step response time < 20 ms
Internal ventilation for measuring
Influence of ambient temperature ranges < 16 bar (< 232 psi),
On the enclosure through enclosure thread or con-
nection cable depending on
• Zero point < 0.2 %/10 K of upper range design
value
Process connection
• Measuring span < 0.2 %/10 K of upper range
• Versions See ordering data
value
• Material of coupling Stainless steel, mat.
On the process connection (remote Zero error (depends on design) no. 1.4404/316L
seals)
Power supply
• Flange remote seal
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10 ... 30 V DC
- DN 25 / 1" 4.8 mbar/10 K (0.069 psi/10 K)
Rated voltage 24 V DC
- DN 32 / 1¼" 2.3 mbar/10 K (0.033 psi/10 K)
- DN 40 / 1½" 1.6 mbar/10 K (0.023 psi/10 K)
Classification according to pressure
- DN 50 / 2" 0.6 mbar/10 K (0.009 psi/10 K) equipment directive
(PED 2014/68/EU)
• Inline seal
• For 7MF8010-1... For gases of fluid group 1 and
- DN 25 / 1" 9.5 mbar/10 K (0.14 psi/10 K) (with diaphragm seal) liquids of fluid group 1; complies
- DN 32 / 1¼" 4.1 mbar/10 K (0.06 psi/10 K) with requirements of article 4,
paragraph 3 (sound engineering
- DN 40 / 1½" 3.9 mbar/10 K (0.05 psi/10 K) practice)
- DN 50 / 2" 3.9 mbar/10 K (0.05 psi/10 K) • For 7MF8010-2... For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
The zero error specified for the process connection should be consid- (with inline seal) uids of fluid group 1; complies
ered as a guideline for a standard design. We will produce a detailed with the requirements of article 4,
system calculation on request. Systems with reduced remote seal errors paragraph 1 (appendix 1);
are available on request. assigned to category III, confor-
mity evaluation module H by the
TÜV Nord
• Intrinsic safety "i" TÜV 03 ATEX 2099 X
- Marking Ex II 2G Ex ib IIC T6
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/35

© Siemens 2020
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code
SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 - SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 -
mitters for pressure and absolute mitters for pressure and absolute
pressure with diaphragm flush at front pressure with diaphragm flush at front
2-wire system 1 7777 - 7777 777 2-wire system 1 7777 - 7777 777
Process temperature up to 140 °C (284 °F) Process temperature up to 140 °C (284 °F)
Accuracy: 0.2 % of upper range value Accuracy: 0.2 % of upper range value
Output 4 ... 20 mA Output 4 ... 20 mA
Click on the Article No. for the online Diaphragm seal
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle with aseptic connection
Portal. Aseptic screwed gland to DIN 11864-1,
Diaphragm seal form A, with slotted union nut
with quick-release clamp • 1 inch PM
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with • 1½ inch PN
slotted union nut • 2 inch PP
• DN 25 AD • 2½ inch PQ
• DN 32 AE Aseptic screwed gland to
• DN 40 AF DIN 11864-1, form A
• DN 50 AG with threaded socket
• DN 65 AH • 1 inch QM
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with • 1½ inch QN
threaded socket • 2 inch QP
• DN 25 BD • 2½ inch QQ
• DN 32 BE Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• DN 40 BF with slotted union nut1)
• DN 50 BG • DN 25 RD
• DN 65 BH • DN 32 RE
Clamp connection to DIN 32676 • DN 40 RF
• DN 25 CD • DN 50 RG
• DN 40 CF Aseptic screwed NEUMO
with threaded socket1)
• DN 50 CG
• DN 25 SD
Clamp connection to ISO 2852
• DN 32 SE
• 1 inch DM
• DN 40 SF
• 1½ inch DN
• DN 50 SG
• 2 inch DP
Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• 2½ inch DQ with clamp connection, form R1)
IDF standard with slotted union nut • DN 25 TD
• 1 inch EM • DN 32 TE
• 1½ inch EN • DN 40 TF
• 2 inch EP • DN 50 TG
IDF standard with threaded socket Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• 1 inch FM with clamp connection, form V1)
• 1½ inch FN • DN 25 UD
• 2 inch FP • DN 32 UE
SMS standard with slotted union nut • DN 40 UF
• 1 inch GM • DN 50 UG
• 1½ inch GN Male thread DIN 3852 Form A
• 2 inch GP • G½", min. meas. span 1.6 bar (23.2 psi) XA
SMS standard with threaded socket • G¾", min. meas. span 1 bar (14.5 psi) XB
• 1 inch HM • G1", min. meas. span 0.4 bar (5.8 psi) XC
• 1½ inch HN • G1½", min. meas. span 0.25 bar XD
• 2 inch HP (3.63 psi)
DRD flange, without welding-type flange • G2", min. meas. span 0.16 bar XE
• DN 50, PN 40 JH (2.32 psi)
Varivent connection (Tuchenhagen) Special version ZA J1Y
• D = 50, for Varivent enclosure DN 25 KF (add Order code and plain text)
and 1 inch Filling liquid
• D = 68, for Varivent enclosure KL Food oil, FDA-listed 3
DN 40 ... DN 125 and 1½ ... 6 inch Special version 9 L1Y
Special version ZA J1Y (add Order code and plain text)
(add Order code and plain text)
Output signal
Filling liquid 4 ... 20 mA 1
Food oil, FDA-listed 3
Special version 9 L1Y Special version 9 M1 Y
(add Order code and plain text) (add Order code and plain text)
1) Please specify as well:
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA 1 Connections for pipes: R01, R02 or R03, see table "Further designs" on
next page
Special version 9 M1 Y
1/36 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code
1
pressure with diaphragm flush at front pressure with diaphragm flush at front
Enclosure design (stainless steel mat. Measured range Overload
No. 1.4404/316L) / electr. connection pressure
Enclosure with angled plug to 1 (continued)
DIN 43650, IP65
-1 ... +9 bar 60 bar GA
Enclosure with device plug M12, IP65, 2 (-14.5 ... +130.5 psi) (870 psi)
union nut made of polyamide -1 ... +15 bar 60 bar GB
Enclosure with device plug M12, IP65, 3 (-14.5 ... +217.6 psi) (870 psi)
union nut made of stainless steel 0 ... 1 bar a 3 bar a HA
Stainless steel field enclosure (small) 4 (0 ... 14.5 psi a) (43.5 psi a)
with cable gland, IP65 0 ... 1.6 bar a 10 bar HB
(0 ... 23.2 psi a) (145 psi)
Stainless steel field enclosure (small) 5 0 ... 2.5 bar a 10 bar a HC
with cable gland, IP67 (0 ... 36.3 psi a) (145 psi a)
Internal ventilation for measuring ranges
< 16 bar (< 232 psi) 0 ... 4 bar a 10 bar a HD
(0 ... 58 psi a) (145 psi a)
Measured range Overload pressure 0 ... 6 bar a 60 bar a HE
0 ... 160 mbar 1 bar BB (0 ... 87 psi a) (870 psi a)
(0 ... 2.32 psi) (14.5 psi)
0 ... 10 bar a 60 bar a JA
0 ... 250 mbar 1 bar BC (0 ... 145 psi a) (870 psi a)
(0 ... 3.63 psi) (14.5 psi)
0 ... 400 mbar 3 bar BD Special version ZA P1Y
(0 ... 5.8 psi) (43.5 psi) (add Order code and plain text)
0 ... 600 mbar 3 bar BE Explosion protection
(0 ... 8.7 psi) (43.5 psi) without 1
0 ... 1 bar 3 bar CA with, to ATEX 100a, II 2 G, Ex ib IIC T6 2
(0 ... 14.5 psi) (43.5 psi)
Further designs Order code
0 ... 1.6 bar 10 bar CB
(0 ... 23.2 psi) (145 psi) Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
0 ... 2.5 bar 10 bar CC Order code
(0 ... 36.3 psi) (145 psi) Hygiene version P01
0 ... 4 bar 20 bar CD Roughness of process connection:
(0 ... 58 psi) (290 psi) Foil Ra < 0.8 µm (3.15·10-8 inch);
0 ... 6 bar 60 bar CE Welded seams Ra < 1.5 µm
(0 ... 87 psi) (870 psi) (5.9·10-8 inch)
0 ... 10 bar 60 bar DA Integral cooling element K01
(0 ... 145 psi) (870 psi) Process temperature max. 200 °C
0 ... 16 bar 60 bar DB (392 °F) instead of 140 °C (284 °F)
(0 ... 232 psi) (870 psi)
0 ... 25 bar 60 bar DC Connections for pipe
(0 ... 363 psi) (870 psi) Pipes to DIN 11850 R01
0 ... 40 bar 100 bar DD ISO pipes to DIN 2463 R02
(0 ... 580 psi) (1450 psi) Pipes to O. D. Tubing "BS 4825 Part 1" R03
-160 ... 0 mbar 1 bar EB Certificates
(-2.32 ... 0 psi) (14.5 psi) Quality test certificate, 5-point factory C11
-250 ... 0 bar 1 bar EC calibration (IEC 60770-2)
(-3.73 ... 0 psi) (14.5 psi) C12
Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1
-400 ... 0 bar 3 bar ED
(-5.8 ... 0 psi) (43.5 psi) Use of FDA-listed remote seal filling C17
liquids certified by factory certificate
-600 ... 0 bar 3 bar EE according to EN 10204-2.2
(-8.7 ... 0 psi) (43.5 psi)
-1 ... 0 bar 3 bar FA Roughness depth measurement Ra C18
(-14.5 ... 0 psi) (43.5 psi) certified by tactory certificate according
to EN 10204-3.1
-1 ... 0.6 bar 10 bar FB
(-14.5 ... 8.7 psi) (145 psi) Certification to EHEDG for inline seals C19
-1 ... 1.5 bar 10 bar FC with aseptic screwed gland to DIN 11864
(-14.5 ... 21.8 psi) (145 psi)
-1 ... 3 bar 20 bar FD
(-14.5 ... 43.5 psi) (290 psi)
-1 ... 5 bar 20 bar FE
(-14.5 ... 72.5 psi) (290 psi)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/37

© Siemens 2020
pressure with inline seal pressure with inline seal
Click on the Article No. for the online Inline seal with aseptic connection
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Aseptic screwed gland to
Portal. DIN 11864-1, form A
Inline seal (screwed gland at both with threaded socket
ends) with quick-release clamps • 1 inch QM
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with • 1½ inch QN
threaded socket • 2 inch QP
• DN 25 AD Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• DN 32 AE with threaded socket1)
• DN 40 AF • DN 25 SD
• DN 50 AG • DN 32 SE
• DN 65 AH • DN 40 SF
Clamp connection to DIN 32676 • DN 50 SG
• DN 25 CD • DN 65 SH
• DN 32 CE Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• DN 40 CF with clamp connection, form R1)
• DN 50 CG • DN 25 TD
• DN 65 CH • DN 32 TE
Clamp connection to ISO 28521) • DN 40 TF
• 1 inch DM • DN 50 TG
• 1½ inch DN Aseptic screwed gland SÜDMO
with threaded socket W 501 1)
• 2 inch DP
• 1 inch VM
• 2½ inch DQ
• 1½ inch VN
Special version ZA J1Y
(add Order code and plain text) • 2 inch VP
Aseptic screwed gland SÜDMO
Filling liquid with clamp connection W 601 1)
Food oil, FDA-listed 3 • 1 inch WM
Special version 9 L1Y • 1½ inch WN
• 2 inch WP
Output signal Special version ZA J1Y
4 ... 20 mA 1 (add Order code and plain text)
Special version 9 M1 Y Filling liquid
(add Order code and plain text) Food oil, FDA-listed 3
1) Medicinal white oil 2
Please note the internal diameter of the pipe. Please specify pipe classes
(see "Further designs") Special version 9 L1Y
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA 1
Special version 9 M1 Y
1) Please specify as well:
Connections for pipes: R01, R02 or R03, see table "Further designs" on next
page
1/38 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
pressure with inline seal pressure with inline seal
Enclosure design (stainless steel mat. Measured range Overload pressure
No. 1.4404/316L) / electr. connection (continued)
Enclosure with angled plug to 1
DIN 43650, IP65, union nut made of poly- -1 ... 9 bar 60 bar GA
amide (-14.5 ... 130.5 psi) (870 psi)
Enclosure with device plug M12, IP65, -1 ... 15 bar 60 bar GB
2 (-14.5 ... 217.6 psi) (870 psi)
union nut made of polyamide
Enclosure with device plug M12, IP65, 3 0 ... 1 bar a 3 bar a HA
union nut made of stainless steel (0 ... 14.5 psi a) (43.5 psi a)
Stainless steel field enclosure (small) 4 0 ... 1.6 bar a 10 bar HB
with cable gland, IP65 (0 ... 23.2 psi a) (145 psi)
0 ... 2.5 bar a 10 bar a HC
Stainless steel field enclosure (small) 5 (0 ... 36.3 psi a) (145 psi a)
with cable gland, IP67 0 ... 4 bar a 10 bar a HD
Internal ventilation for measuring ranges (0 ... 58 psi a) (145 psi a)
< 16 bar (< 232 psi)
0 ... 6 bar a 60 bar a HE
Measured range Overload pressure (0 ... 87 psi a) (870 psi a)
0 ... 160 mbar 1 bar BB 0 ... 10 bar a 60 bar a JA
(0 ... 2.32 psi) (14.5 psi) (0 ... 145 psi a) (870 psi a)
0 ... 250 mbar 1 bar BC
(0 ... 3.63 psi) (14.5 psi) Special version ZA P1Y
0 ... 400 mbar 3 bar BD (add Order code and plain text)
(0 ... 5.8 psi) (43.5 psi) Explosion protection
0 ... 600 mbar 3 bar BE without 1
(0 ... 8.7 psi) (43.5 psi) with, to ATEX 100a, II 2 G, Ex ib IIC T6 2
0 ... 1 bar 3 bar CA Further designs Order code
(0 ... 14.5 psi) (43.5 psi)
0 ... 1.6 bar 10 bar CB Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
(0 ... 23.2 psi) (145 psi) Order code
0 ... 2.5 bar 10 bar CC Hygiene version P01
(0 ... 36.3 psi) (145 psi) Roughness of process connection:
0 ... 4 bar 20 bar CD Foil Ra < 0.8 µm (3.15·10-8 inch);
(0 ... 58 psi) (290 psi) Welded seams Ra < 1.5 µm
0 ... 6 bar 60 bar CE (5.9·10-8 inch)
(0 ... 87 psi) (870 psi) Integral cooling element K01
0 ... 10 bar 60 bar DA Process temperature max. 200 °C
(0 ... 145 psi) (870 psi) (392 °F) instead of 140 °C (284 °F)
0 ... 16 bar 60 bar DB Connections for pipe
(0 ... 232 psi) (870 psi)
Pipes to DIN 11850 R01
0 ... 25 bar 60 bar DC
(0 ... 363 psi) (870 psi) ISO pipes to ISO 2463 R02
0 ... 40 bar 100 bar DD Pipes to O. D. Tubing "BS 4825 Part 1" R03
(0 ... 580 psi) (1450 psi) Certificates
-160 ... 0 mbar 1 bar EB Quality test certificate, 5-point factory C11
(-2.32 ... 0 psi) (14.5 psi) calibration (IEC 60770-2)
-250 ... 0 bar 1 bar EC Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 C12
(-3.73 ... 0 psi) (14.5 psi) Use of FDA-listed remote seal filling C17
-400 ... 0 bar 3 bar ED liquids certified by factory certificate
(-5.8 ... 0 psi) (43.5 psi) according to EN 10204-2.2
-600 ... 0 bar 3 bar EE
Roughness depth measurement Ra C18
(-8.7 ... 0 psi) (43.5 psi)
certified by tactory certificate according
-1 ... 0 bar 3 bar FA to EN 10204-3.1
(-14.5 ... 0 psi) (43.5 psi)
-1 ... 0.6 bar 10 bar FB Certification to EHEDG for inline seals C19
(-14.5 ... 8.7 psi) (145 psi) with aseptic screwed gland to DIN 11864
-1 ... 1.5 bar 10 bar FC
(-14.5 ... 21.8 psi) (145 psi)
-1 ... 3 bar 20 bar FD
(-14.5 ... 43.5 psi) (290 psi)
-1 ... 5 bar 20 bar FE
(-14.5 ... 72.5 psi) (290 psi)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/39

© Siemens 2020
Enclosure
Field enclosure Angled plug to Cable connection Round plug with

stainless steel DIN 43 650 Degree of protection IP67 screw connection M12
Degree of protection IP65 Degree of protection IP65 (cable ventilation) Degree of protection IP65
IP67 as alternative
»8 (0.3)
39 (1.53) For cable diam.
ø 50 For cable diam.
(diam. 1.97) 4.5 ... 10 (0.18 ... 0.39) 4 ... 10 (0.18 ... 0.39)
» 50 (1.97)
38.5 (1.52)
(0.9)
22.5
9 (0.35)
» 132 (5.2)
124.5 (4.9)
107.5 (4.23)
30 (1.18)
94 (3.7)
74.5 (2.93)
74.5 (2.93)
74.5 (2.93)
74.5 (2.93)
Thermal decoupler
for process temperature
up to 200 °C (392 °F)
27 (1.06) 27 (1.06) 27 (1.06) 27 (1.06)
SITRANS P Compact, dimenclosureensions in mm (inch)

Process connections
Diaphragm seal with quick-release clamp
IDF standard with slotted union nut
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with slotted union nut DN PN H G inch
mm (inch) (IDF thread)
H
DN PN H G
mm (inch) 1" 40 21 (0.83) 1"
H
25 40 24 (0.95) Rd. 52 x 1/6" 1½" 40 13.5 (0.53) 1½"

G
G
32 40 24 (0.95) Rd. 58 x 1/6" 2" 25 15 (0.59) 2"
40 40 24 (0.95) Rd. 65 x 1/6"
50 25 25.1 (0.99) Rd. 78 x 1/6" IDF standard with threaded socket
65 25 28.6 (1.13) Rd. 95 x 1/6" DN PN H G inch
mm (inch) (IDF thread)
H
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with threaded socket 1" 40 21 (0.83) 1"
DN PN H G G 1½" 40 13.5 (0.53) 1½"

mm (inch) 2" 25 15 (0.59) 2"
H
25 40 - Rd. 52 x 1/6"
G SMS standard with slotted union nut
32 40 20 (0.79) Rd. 58 x 1/6"
DN PN H G
40 40 20 (0.79) Rd. 65 x 1/6"
mm (inch)
H
50 25 20 (0.79) Rd. 78 x 1/6"

1" 40 16 (0.63) Rd 40 x 1.6"
65 25 22 (0.87) Rd. 95 x 1/6" G 1½" 40 16 (0.63) Rd 60 x 1.6"
Clamp connection to DIN 32676 2" 25 16 (0.63) Rd 70 x 1.6"
DN PN H D
SMS standard with threaded socket
mm (inch) mm (inch)
H
DN PN H G
25 16 14 (0.55) 50.5 (2)
mm (inch)
D
H
40 16 14 (0.55) 50.5 (2)

1" 40 16 (0.63) Rd 40 x 1.6"
50 16 14 (0.55) 64 (2.52) G 1½" 40 20 (0.79) Rd 60 x 1.6"
Clamp connection to ISO 2852 2" 25 20 (0.79) Rd 70 x 1.6"
DN PN H D
DRD flange, without welding-type flange
mm (inch) mm (inch)
H
DN PN H D
1" 16 14 (0.55) 50.5 (2)
mm (inch) mm (inch)
D
1½" 16 12 (0.47) 50.5 (2)
H
50 40 16.7 (0.66) 65.5 (2.58)

2" 16 14 (0.55) 64 (2.52) D
2½" 16 14 (0.55) 77.5 (3.05)
1/40 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Varivent connection Male thread DIN 3852, form A

1
DN PN H D G d dM h1 h2 SW
H mm (inch) mm (inch) SW mm mm mm mm mm
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
25 25 19 (0.75) 50 (1.97)
h1
D G½A 26 17.5 27 14 27
h2
40 ... 25/10 19 (0.75) 68 (2.68) (1.02) (0.69) (1.06) (0.55) (1.06)
125 dM
G¾A 32 22.6 31 16 32
Diaphragm seal with aseptic connection G (1.26) (0.89) (1.22) (0.63) (1.26)
Aseptic screwed gland to DIN 11864-1, form A, with slotted union d G1A 39 27 33 18 51
nut (1.54) (1.06) (1.30) (0.71) (2.01)
DN PN H G G1½A 55 40 40 22 55
mm (inch) (2.17) (1.57) (1.57) (0.87) (2.17)
H
1" 40 20 (0.79) Rd 52 x 1/6" G2A 68 51 42 24 70

G (2.68) (2.00) (1.65) (0.94) (2.76)
1½" 40 20 (0.79) Rd 58 x 1/6"
2" 25 20 (0.79) Rd 65 x 1/6" Inline seal (screwed gland at both ends) with quick-release
clamps
2½" 25 20 (0.79) Rd 78 x 1/6"
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with threaded socket
Aseptic screwed gland to DIN 11864-1, form A, with threaded DN PN L G
socket mm (inch)
G
DN PN H G 25 40 110 (4.33) Rd 52 x 1/6"
mm (inch) L
32 40 110 (4.33) Rd 58 x 1/6"
H
1" 40 15 (0.59) Rd 52 x 1/6"

G 40 40 110 (4.33) Rd 65 x 1/6"
1½" 40 15 (0.59) Rd 58 x 1/6"
50 25 110 (4.33) Rd 78 x 1/6"
2" 25 15 (0.59) Rd 65 x 1/6"
65 25 110 (4.33) Rd 95 x 1/6"
2½" 25 15 (0.59) Rd 78 x 1/6"
Clamp connection to DIN 32676
Aseptic screwed NEUMO BioConnect with slotted union nut
DN PN L D
DN PN H G mm (inch) mm (inch)
G
mm (inch)
25 16 110 (4.33) 50.5 (2)
H
25 16 15 (0.59) M 42 x 2 L
32 16 110 (4.33) 50.5 (2)
G 32 16 15 (0.59) M 52 x 2
40 16 110 (4.33) 50.5 (2)
40 16 15 (0.59) M 56 x 2
50 16 110 (4.33) 64 (2.52)
50 16 15 (0.59) M 68 x 2
65 10 110 (4.33) 91 (3.58)
Aseptic screwed NEUMO BioConnect with threaded socket
Clamp connection to ISO 2852
DN PN H G
mm (inch) DN PN L D
mm (inch) mm (inch)
H
25 16 20 (0.79) M 42 x 2
G 1" 16 110 (4.33) 50.5 (2)
32 16 20 (0.79) M 52 x 2 L
1½" 16 110 (4.33) 50.5 (2)
40 16 20 (0.79) M 56 x 2
2" 16 110 (4.33) 64 (2.52)
50 16 20 (0.79) M 68 x 2
2½" 16 110 (4.33) 91 (3.58)
Aseptic screwed NEUMO BioConnect with clamp connection, Inline seal with aseptic connection
form R
Aseptic screwed gland to DIN 11864-1, form A, with threaded
DN PN H D socket
mm (inch) mm (inch)
DN PN L G
H
25 40 20 (0.79) 50.5 (2) mm (inch)

D
G
32 40 20 (0.79) 50.5 (2) 1" 40 110 (4.33) Rd 52 x 1/6"

40 40 20 (0.79) 64 (2.52) L
1½" 40 110 (4.33) Rd 65 x 1/6"
50 25 20 (0.79) 77.4 (3.05) 2" 25 110 (4.33) Rd 78 x 1/6"
Aseptic screwed NEUMO BioConnect with clamp connection, Aseptic screwed NEUMO BioConnect with threaded socket
form V
DN PN L G
DN PN H D mm (inch)
mm (inch) mm (inch)
G
25 16 110 (4.33) M 42 x 2
H
25 40 15 (0.59) 50.5 (2) L

D 32 16 110 (4.33) M 52 x 2
32 40 15 (0.59) 50.5 (2)
40 16 110 (4.33) M 56 x 2
40 40 15 (0.59) 64 (2.52)
50 16 110 (4.33) M 68 x 2
50 25 15 (0.59) 77.4 (3.05)
65 16 110 (4.33) M 90 x 3
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/41

© Siemens 2020
1 Aseptic screwed NEUMO BioConnect with clamp connection,
form R
DN PN L D
mm (inch) mm (inch)
G
25 16 110 (4.33) 50.4 (2)

L
32 16 110 (4.33) 50.4 (2)
40 16 110 (4.33) 64 (2.52)
50 16 110 (4.33) 77.4 (3.05)
Aseptic screwed gland SÜDMO with threaded socket W 501

DN PN L G
mm (inch)
G
1" 25 110 (4.33) Rd 44 x 1/6"

L
1½" 25 110 (4.33) Rd 58 x 1/6"
2" 20 110 (4.33) Rd 78 x 1/6"
Aseptic screwed gland SÜDMO with threaded socket W 601

DN PN L D
mm (inch) mm (inch)
G
1" 16 110 (4.33) 50.5 (2)

L
1½" 16 110 (4.33) 64 (2.52)
2" 16 110 (4.33) 77.5 (3.05)
■ Schematics
Field enclosure Angled plug Cable connection Round plug
0V
4 black
0V
Two-wire brown
system yellow
24 V green
24 V 1 brown 2 white
SITRANS P Compact, connection diagram
1/42 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
■ Overview
1
The SITRANS P300 is a digital pressure transmitter for relative It can be used for the following measurement types:
and absolute pressure. The conventional thread versions are • Gauge pressure
available as process connections, as are flush-mounted ver-
sions. A large number of the flush-mounted versions are suitable • Absolute pressure
for food and pharmaceutical applications, and satisfy the With appropriate parameter settings, it can also be used for the
EHEDG and 3A hygiene requirements. following additional measurement types:
The output signal is a load-independent direct current from 4 to • Level
20 mA or a PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION signal, which is lin- • Volume
early proportional to the input pressure. Communication is via
HART protocol or PROFIBUS PA interface. Convenient buttons • Mass
for easy local operation of the basic settings of the pressure The "intrinsically-safe" Ex version of the transmitter can be in-
transmitter. stalled in hazardous areas (zone 1). The transmitters are pro-
The SITRANS P300 has a single-chamber stainless steel enclo- vided with an EC type examination certificate and comply with
sure. The pressure transmitter is approved with "intrinsically the respective harmonized European standards of ATEX.
safe" type of protection. It can be used in zone 1 or zone 0. Gauge pressure
■ Benefits This variant measures aggressive, non-aggressive and hazard-

ous gases, vapors and liquids.
• High quality and service life
The smallest measuring span is 0.01 bar (0.15 psi), the largest
• High reliability even under extreme chemical and mechanical is 400 bar (5802 psi).
loads
• Extensive diagnosis and simulation functions Level
• Minimum conformity error With appropriate parameter settings, the gauge pressure variant
measures the level of aggressive, non-aggressive and hazard-
• Small long-term drift
ous liquids.
• Wetted parts made of high-grade materials (such as stainless
steel, Hastelloy) For measuring the level in an open container you require one de-
vice; for measuring the level in a closed container, you require
• Measuring range 0.008 bar to 400 bar (0.1 psi to 5802 psi) two devices and a process control system.
Absolute pressure
• Parameterization over control keys and HART or
PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus This variant measures the absolute pressure of aggressive, non-
aggressive and hazardous gases, vapors and liquids.
■ Application The smallest measuring span is 0.008 bar a (0.12 psi a), the
largest is 30 bar a (435 psi a).
The pressure transmitter is available in versions for gauge pres-
sure and for absolute pressure. The output signal is always a
load-independent direct current from 4 to 20 mA or a
PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbussignal, which is linearly
proportional to the input pressure. The pressure transmitter mea-
sures aggressive, non-aggressive and hazardous gases, as well
as vapors and liquids.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/43

© Siemens 2020
1 ■ Design ■ Function
The device comprises: Operation of electronics with HART communication
• Electronics
• Enclosure 9
8
• Measuring cell 0.0.0.0.0
M
00
10
1
2 3 4 5
μC IA, UH
5
7
HART interface
4
EEPROM
6
Electronics
1 6
EEPROM
Sensor
3
1 Display 2 pe Measuring cell
2 Process connection
3 Cable gland
1 Measuring cell sensor
4 Nameplate 2 Instrument amplifier
5 Screw cover 3 Analog-to-digital converter
4 Microcontroller
5 Digital-to-analog converter
Perspective view of SITRANS P300 6 One non-volatile memory each in the measuring cell and
electronics
The enclosure has a screw-on lid (5) and, depending on the ver- 7 HART interface
sion, is with or without an inspection window. The electrical ter- 8 Three input keys (local operation)
minal enclosure, the buttons for operation of the device are lo- 9 Digital display
cated under this lid and, depending on the version, the display. 10 Diode circuit and connection for external ammeter
The connections for the auxiliary power UH and the shield are in IA Output current
the terminal enclosure. The cable gland is mounted on the side UH Power supply
of the enclosure. The measuring cell with the process connec- Pe Input variable
tion (2) is located on the bottom of the enclosure. The measuring
cell with the process connection may differ from the one shown
in the diagram, depending on the device version. Function diagram of electronics
Example of attached measuring points sign The input pressure is converted into an electrical signal by the
sensor (1). This signal is amplified by the measuring amplifier (2)
Y01 or Y02 and digitalized in an analog-to-digital converter (3). The digital
= max. 27 char. .... to .... mbar signal is analyzed in a microcontroller (4) and corrected accord-
Y15 = max. 16 char. ing to linearity and thermal characteristics. In a digital-to-analog
Measuring point number (TAG No.)
converter (5) it is then converted into the output current of 4 to
Y99 = max. 10 char. 1234
Y16 = max. 27 char. Measuring point text 20 mA. A diode circuit provides reverse polarity protection. You
can make an uninterrupted current measurement with a low-ohm
ammeter at the connection (10). The data specific to the measur-
ing cell, the electronic data and parameter settings are stored in
two non-volatile memories (6). The first memory is linked to the
measuring cell, the second to the electronics.
The buttons (8) can be used to call up individual functions, so-
called modes. If you have a device with a display (9), you can
use this to track mode settings and other messages. The basic
mode settings can be changed with a computer via the HART
modem (7).
1/44 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Operation of electronics with PROFIBUS PA Operation of electronics with FOUNDATION Fieldbus 1
communication communication
9 9
8 8
0.0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0.0
M 00 M
00
2 3 4 5 7 2 3 4 5 7
PA FF
μC μC
interface interface
Foundation Fieldbus
Power supply Power supply
PROFIBUS-PA
10 10
PROFIBUS DP
Power Power
EEPROM supply EEPROM supply
6 unit 6 unit
Coup- Coup-
ler ler
Electronics Electronics
11
Bus-
1 6 12 Master 1 6
EEPROM
EEPROM
Sensor Sensor
pe
pe
Measuring cell Measuring cell
1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys 1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys
2 Instrument amplifier (local operation) 2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display 3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display
4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply 4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply
5 Electrical isolation 11 DP/PA coupler or link 5 Electrical isolation
6 One non-volatile memory 12 Bus master 6 One non-volatile memory pe Input variable
each in the measuring cell each in the measuring cell
and electronics pe Input variable and electronics
7 PROFIBUS-PA interface 7 FF interface
Function diagram of electronics Function diagram of electronics

The input pressure is converted into an electrical signal by the The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
sensor (1). This signal is amplified by the measuring amplifier (2) "Function diagram of electronics") amplified by the measuring
and digitalized in an analog-to-digital converter (3). The digital amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3).
signal is analyzed in a microcontroller (4) and corrected accord- The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its lin-
ing to linearity and thermal characteristics. It is then made avail- earity and temperature response corrected, and provided on the
able at the PROFIBUS PA over an electrically isolated FOUNDATION Fieldbus through an electrically isolated
PROFIBUS PA interface (7). The data specific to the measuring FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface (7).
cell, the electronic data and parameter settings are stored in two The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
non-volatile memories (6). The first memory is linked to the mea- the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
suring cell, the second to the electronics. (6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other
The buttons (8) can be used to call up individual functions, so- to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec-
called modes. If you have a device with a display (9), you can tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from
use this to track mode settings and other messages. The basic each other.
mode settings (12) can be changed with a computer over the Using the three input buttons (8) you can parameterize the pres-
bus master. sure transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input but-
tons can also be used to control the view of the results, the error
messages and the operating modes on the display (9).
The results with status values and diagnostic values are trans-
ferred by cyclic data transmission on the FOUNDATION Field-
bus. Parameterization data and error messages are transferred
by acyclic data transmission. Special software such as National
Instruments Configurator is required for this.
Mode of operation of the measuring cells
The process connections available include the following:
• G½
• ½-14 NPT
• Flush-mounted diaphragm:
- Flanges to EN
- Flanges to ASME
- NuG and pharmaceutical connections
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/45

© Siemens 2020
1 Measuring cell for gauge pressure Measuring cell for gauge pressure, front-flush diaphragm
1
1
6
5
5
2 2
4
1 Reference pressure
3 2 Measuring cell
4 Seal diaphragm 1 Reference pressure
5 Filling liquid 2 Measuring cell
6 Relative pressure sensor 3 Seal diaphragm
pe pe Pressure as input 4 Filling liquid
variable 5 Relative pressure sensor 3
pe Pressure as input variable
Measuring cell for gauge pressure, function diagram
pe
The input pressure (pe) is transferred to the gauge pressure sen-
sor (6) via the seal diaphragm (4) and the filling liquid (5), dis-
Measuring cell for gauge pressure, front-flush diaphragm, function
placing its measuring diaphragm. The displacement changes diagram
the resistance value of the four piezo resistors in the measuring
diaphragm in a bridge circuit. The change in the resistance The input pressure (pe) is transferred to the gauge pressure sen-
causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the input pres- sor (6) via the seal diaphragm (4) and the filling liquid (5), dis-
sure. placing its measuring diaphragm. The displacement changes
the resistance value of the four piezo resistors in the measuring
Transmitters with measuring spans  63 bar (  926.1 psi) mea- diaphragm in a bridge circuit. The change in the resistance
sure the input pressure compared to atmospheric, transmitters causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the input pres-
with measuring spans of  160 bar ( 2352 psi) compared to a sure.
vacuum.
Transmitters with measuring spans  63 bar ( 926.1 psi) mea-
Measuring cell for absolute pressure sure the input pressure compared to atmospheric, transmitters
with measuring spans of  160 bar ( 2352 psi) compared to a
vacuum.
Measuring cell for absolute pressure, front-flush diaphragm
1
5
3 4
1 Measuring cell
2 2 Process connection
3 Seal diaphragm 3
4 Filling liquid
5 Absolute pressure sensor
pe Pressure as input
pe variable
1 Measuring cell
2 Seal diaphragm
Measuring cell for absolute pressure, function diagram 3 Filling liquid
4 Absolute pressure sensor
The input pressure (pe) is transferred to the absolute pressure
pe Pressure as input variable 2
sensor (5) via the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4),
displacing its measuring diaphragm. The displacement
changes the resistance value of the four piezo resistors in the pe
measuring diaphragm in a bridge circuit. The change in the re-
sistance causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the input
Measuring cell for absolute pressure, front-flush diaphragm, function
pressure. diagram
1/46 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
The input pressure (pe) is transferred to the absolute pressure Adjustable parameters on SITRANS P300 with HART 1
sensor (5) via the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4), communication
displacing its measuring diaphragm. The displacement
Parameters Input keys HART
changes the resistance value of the four piezo resistors in the communication
measuring diaphragm in a bridge circuit. The change in the re-
sistance causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the input Lower range value x x
pressure. Upper range value x x
Parameterization Electrical damping x x
Depending on the version, there are a range of options for pa- Lower range value without applica- x x
rameterizing the pressure transmitter and for setting or scanning tion of a pressure ("Blind setting")
the parameters. Upper range value without applica- x x
tion of a pressure ("Blind setting")
Parameterization using the input buttons (local operation)
Zero adjustment x x
With the input buttons you can easily set the most important pa-
rameters without any additional equipment. Current transmitter x x
Fault current x x
Parameterization using HART communication
Disabling of buttons, write protection x x1)
Parameterization using HART communication is performed with
a HART communicator or a PC. Type of dimension and actual x x
dimension
Input of characteristic x
+ Freely-programmable LCD x
Diagnostic functions x
SITRANS P 230 ... 1100 Ω Power supply 1) Cancel apart from write protection
transmitter
Diagnostic functions for SITRANS P300 with HART
HART communication
communicator
• Zero correction display
• Event counter
• Limit transmitter
Communication between a HART communicator and a pressure
transmitter • Saturation alarm
When parameterizing with the HART communicator, the connec- • Slave pointer
tion is made directly to the 2-wire cable. • Simulation functions
• Maintenance timer
+ Available physical units of display for SITRANS P300 with HART
communication
-
Table style: Technical specifications 2
SITRANS P 230 ... 500 Ω Power supply
transmitter Physical variable Physical dimensions
PC or Pressure (setting can also be Pa, MPa, kPa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,
HART laptop made in the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4 °C),
modem mmH2O, ftH2O (20 °C), inHg, mmHg
USB/RS 232 Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in

Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon,
lmp. gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel
HART communication between a PC communicator and a pressure liquid
transmitter Mass g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz
When parameterizing with a PC, the connection is made through Temperature K, °C, °F, °R
a HART modem.
Miscellaneous %, mA
The signals needed for communication in conformity with the
HART 5.x or 6.x protocols are superimposed on the output cur-
rent using the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) method.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/47

© Siemens 2020
1 Parameterization through PROFIBUS PA interface Physical dimensions available for the display
Fully digital communication through PROFIBUS PA, profile 3.0, is Physical variable Physical dimensions
particularly user-friendly. The PROFIBUS connects the Pressure (setting can also MPa, kPa, Pa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,
SITRANS P300 PA to a process control system, e.g. be made in the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, mmH2O, mmH2O (4 °C),
SIMATIC PSC 7. Communication is possible even in a potentially inH2O, inH20 (4 °C), ftH2O (20 °C), mmHg,
explosive environment. inHg
For parameterization through PROFIBUS you need suitable soft- Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in, yd
ware, e.g. SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager). Mass g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz
Parameterization through FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon, lmp.
gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel liquid
Fully digital communication through FOUNDATION Fieldbus is
particularly user-friendly. Through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus volume flow m3/s, m3/min, m3/h, m3/d, l/s, l/min, l/h, l/ d,
the P300 is connected to a process control system. Communica- Ml/d, ft3/s, ft3/min, ft3/h, ft3/d, US gallon/s,
tion is possible even in a potentially explosive environment. US gallon/min, US gallon/h, US gallon/d,
bbl/s, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/d
For parameterization through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus you Mass flow g/s, g/min, g/h, g/d, kg/s, kg/min, kg/h,
need suitable software, e.g. National Instruments Configurator. kg/d, t/s, t/min, t/h, /t/d, lb/s, lb/min, lb/h,
lb/d, STon/s, STon/min, STon/h, STon/d,
Adjustable parameters for SITRANS P300 with PROFIBUS PA
LTon/s, LTon/min, LTon/h, LTon/d
and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Total mass flow t, kg, g, lb, oz, LTon, STon
Adjustable parameters Input PROFIBUS PA and
keys FOUNDATION Temperature K, °C, °F, °R
Fieldbus interface
Miscellaneous %
Electrical damping x x
Hygiene version
Zero adjustment (correction of posi- x x
tion) In the case of the SITRANS P300 with 7MF812.-... front-flush di-
Buttons and/or function disabling x x
aphragm, selected connections comply with the requirements of
the EHEDG or 3A. You will find further details in the order form.
Source of measured-value display x x Please note in particular that the seal materials used must com-
Physical dimension of display x x ply with the requirements of 3A. Similarly, the filling liquids used
must be FDA-compliant.
Position of decimal point x x
Bus address x x
Adjustment of characteristic x x
Freely-programmable LCD x
Diagnostic functions for SITRANS P300 with PROFIBUS PA and

FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• Event counter
• Slave pointer
• Simulation functions
• Display of zero correction
• Saturation alarm
1/48 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
Gauge pressure input
Measured variable
Measuring span (infinitely adjustable) or nominal measuring HART PROFIBUS PA/
range, max. operating pressure (in accordance with FOUNDATION
2014/68/EU Pressure Equipment Directive) and max. test Fieldbus
pressure (pursuant to DIN 16086)
Measuring span Nominal measur- Max. operating Max. perm.
(for oxygen measurement, max. 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi ing range pressure MAWP test pressure
and 60 °C (140 °F) ambient temperature/temperature of (PS)
medium)
8.3 ... 250 mbar 250 mbar 4 bar 6 bar
0.83 ... 25 kPa 25 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.12 ... 3.6 psi 3.6 psi 58 psi 87 psi
0.01 ... 1 bar 1 bar 4 bar 6 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 100 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.15 ... 14.5 psi 14.5 psi 58 psi 87 psi
0.04 ... 4 bar 4 bar 7 bar 10 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 400 kPa 0.7 MPa 1 MPa
0.58 ... 58 psi 58 psi 102 psi 145 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 16 bar 21 bar 32 bar
16 ... 1600 kPa 1600 kPa 2.1 MPa 3.2 MPa
2.3 ... 232 psi 232 psi 305 psi 464 psi
0.63 ... 63 bar 63 bar 67 bar 100 bar
63 ... 6300 kPa 6300 kPa 6.7 MPa 10 MPa
9.1 ... 914 psi 914 psi 972 psi 1450 psi
1.6 ... 160 bar 160 bar 167 bar 250 bar
0.16 ... 16 MPa 16 MPa 16.7 MPa 2.5 MPa
23 ... 2321 psi 2321 psi 2422 psi 3626 psi
4 ... 400 bar 400 bar 400 bar 600 bar
0.4 ... 40 kPa 40 kPa 40 MPa 60 MPa
58 ... 5802 psi 5802 psi 5802 psi 8700 psi
Lower measuring limit
(for 250mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi measuring cells, the lower mea-
suring limit is 750 mbar a/75 kPa a/10.8 psi a. The measuring
cell is vacuum-resistant up to 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a.)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
Upper measuring limit 100 % of max. measuring span
(for oxygen measurement max. 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi
and 60 ° (140 °F) ambient temperature/temperature of medium)
Absolute pressure input
Measured variable Absolute pressure
ing range pressure MAWP test pressure
(PS)
8.34 ... 250 mbar a 250 mbar a 1.5 bar a 6 bar a
0.83 ... 25 kPa a 25 kPa a 150 kPa a 600 kPa a
3.35 ... 100 inH2O a 100 inH2O a 21.8 psi a 87 psi a
0.13 ... 3.63 psi a
4.33 ... 130 kPa a 130 kPa a 260 kPa a 1 MPa a
17.42 ... 522.4 inH2O a 525 inH2O 37.7 psi a 145 psi a
0.63 ... 18.86 psi a
0.17 ... 5 bar a 5000 mbar a 10 bar a 30 bar a
17 ... 500 kPa a 500 kPa a 1 MPa a 3 MPa a
2.43 ... 72,5 psi a 72.5 psi a 145 psi a 435 psi a
1 ... 30 bar a 30 bar a 45 bar a 100 bar a
0.1 ... 3 MPa a 3 MPa a 4.5 MPa a 10 MPa a
14.6 ... 435 psi a 435 psi a 653 psi a 1450 psi a
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/49

© Siemens 2020
1 SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure
• Measuring cell with silicone oil 0 mbar a/0 kPa a /0 psi a
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid
- for temperature of medium -20 °C <  +60 °C 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
(-4 °F <  +140 °F)
- for temperature of medium 30 mbar a + 20 mbar a . (- 60 °C)/°C
60 °C <  +100 °C (max. 85 °C for measuring cell 30 bar) 3 kPa a + 2 kPa a . (- 60 °C)/°C
(140 °F <  +212 °F (max. 185 °F for meas. cell 435 psi)) 0.44 psi a + 0.29 psi a . (- 140 °F)/°F
(for oxygen measurement max. 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi und 60 °C (140 °F)
ambient temperature/temperature of medium)
Lower range value Between the measuring limits (fully adjustable)
Input of gauge pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
Measured variable Gauge pressure, front-flush
range, max. permissible operating pressure and max. test FOUNDATION
pressure Fieldbus
(PS)
0.01 ... 1 bar 1 bar 4 bar 6 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 100 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.15 ... 14.5 psi 14.5 psi 58 psi 87 psi)
0.04 ... 4 bar 4 bar 7 bar 10 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 400 kPa 0.7 MPa 1 MPa
0.58 ... 58 psi 58 psi 102 psi 145 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 16 bar 21 bar 32 bar
16 ... 1600 kPa 1600 kPa 2.1 MPa 3.2 MPa
2.3 ... 232 psi 232 psi 305 psi 464 psi
0.63 ... 63 bar 63 bar 67 bar 100 bar
63 ... 6300 kPa 6300 kPa 6.7 MPa 10 MPa
9.1 ... 914 psi 914 psi 972 psi 1450 psi
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
• Measuring cell with Neobee 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. measuring span
Input of absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
Measured variable Absolute pressure, front-flush
range and max. permissible test pressure FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
(PS)
43 ... 1300 mbar a 1300 mbar a 2.6 bar a 10 bar a
17 ... 525 inH2O a 525 inH2O a 37.7 psi a 145 psi a
160 ... 5000 mbar a 5000 mbar a 10 bar a 30 bar a
2.32 ... 72.5 psi a 72.5 psi a 145 psi a 435 psi a
Depending on the process connection, the measuring span may differ from these values
Lower measuring limit 0 mbar a/0 kPa a/0 psi a
Output HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION
Fieldbus signal
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
Protection against polarity reversal Protected against short-circuit and polarity reversal.
Each connection against the other with max. supply voltage.
Electrical damping (step width 0.1 s) Set to 2 s (0 ... 100 s)
1/50 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
Measuring accuracy for gauge pressure According to IEC 60770-1
Reference conditions • Increasing characteristic
• Lower range value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Stainless steel seal diaphragm
• Measuring cell with silicone oil
• Room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span or nominal measuring range
Error in measurement at limit setting incl. hysteresis and
reproducibility
• Linear characteristic
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi r  1.25 :  0.075 %
1.25 < r  30 :  (0.008  r + 0.065) %
- 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi r5:  0.075 %
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi 5 < r  100 :  (0.005  r + 0.05) %
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
- 400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi r3:  0.075 %
3 < r  10 :  (0.0029  r + 0.071) %
10 < r  100 :  (0.005  r + 0.05) %
(in percent per 28 °C (50 °F))
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.16  r + 0.1) %
• 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi  (0.07  r + 0.08) %
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
Long-term stability (temperature change ±30 °C (±54 °F))
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.25  r) % per year
• 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi  (0.25  r) % in 5 years
• 16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi  (0.125  r) % in 5 years
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
Effect of mounting position  0.05 mbar/0.005 kPa/0.000725 psi per 10° inclination
(zero point correction is possible with position error compensation)
Effect of auxiliary power supply 0.005 % per 1 V
(in percent per change in voltage)
Measuring value resolution for PROFIBUS PA and 3  10-5 of the nominal measuring range
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/51

© Siemens 2020
Measuring accuracy for absolute pressure According to IEC 60770-1
reproducibility
- r  10  0.1 %
- 10 < r  30  0.2 %
• 250 mbar a/25 kPa a/3.6 psi a  (0.15  r + 0.1) %
• 1300 mbar a/130 kPa a/18.8 psi a  (0.08  r + 0.16) %
5 bar a/500 kPa a/72.5 psi a
30 bar a/3000 kPa a/435 psi a
Long-term stability (temperature change ±30 °C (±54 °F))  (0.25  r) % in 5 years
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change in angle)  0.05 mbar/0.005 kPa/0.000725 psi per 10° inclination
Measuring value resolution for PROFIBUS PA and 3  10-5 of the rated nominal measuring range
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Measuring accuracy for gauge and absolute pressure, According to IEC 60770-1
with front-flush diaphragm
reproducibility
• Linear characteristic Gauge pressure, with front-flush Absolute pressure, with front-flush
diaphragm diaphragm
- r5  0.075 % -
- 5 < r  100  (0.005  r + 0.05) % -

- r  10 -  0.2 %
- 10 < r  30 -  0.4 %
Influence of ambient temperature  (0.08  r + 0.16) %  (0.16  r + 0.24) %
(as percentage per 28 °C (50 °F))
Effect of temperature of medium
(in pressure per temperature change)
• Temperature difference between temperature of medium 3 mbar/0.3 kPa/0.04 psi per 10 K
and ambient temperature
Long-term stability (temperature change ±30 °C (±54 °F)) (0.25 . r) % in 5 years
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change in angle) 0.4 mbar/0.04 kPa/0.006 per 10° inclination
Measuring value resolution for PROFIBUS PA and 3  10-5 of the nominal measuring range
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
1/52 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
Ambient temperature Observe the temperature class in areas subject to explosion hazard.
• Measuring cell with silicone oil -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Measuring cell with Neobee oil (FDA-compliant, with flush- -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F)
mounted diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with inert liquid -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Display readable -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
(for Neobee: -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F))
(for temperature oil: -10 ... + 85 °C (14 ... +165 °F))
Climatic class
Condensation Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %
Condensation permissible, suitable for use in the tropics
Degree of protection
• according to EN 60529 IP65, IP68
• according to NEMA 250 IP65, IP68, Type 4X, enclosure cleaning, resistant to lyes, steam to 150 °C (302 °F)
Electromagnetic Compatibility
• Emitted interference and interference immunity Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
Medium conditions
Temperature of medium
• Measuring cell with silicone oil (FDA-compliant, with flush- -40 ... +150 °C (-40 ... +302 °F)
mounted diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with Neobee oil "Measuring cell with Neobee -10 ... +150 °C (-14 ... +302 °F)
oil (FDA-compliant, with flush-mounted diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil, with temperature decoupler -40 ... +200 °C (-40 ... +392 °F)
(only for gauge pressure version with flush-mounted dia-
phragm)
• Measuring cell with Neobee oil, with temperature decoupler -10 ... +200 °C (14 ... +392 °F)
(only for gauge pressure
version with flush-mounted diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with high-temperature oil (only for gauge pres- -10 ... +250 °C (14 ... 482 °F)
sure version with flush-mounted diaphragm)
Design (standard version)
Weight (without options) Approx. 800 g (1.8 lb)
Enclosure material Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4301/304
Material of parts in contact with the medium
• Connection shank Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819
• Oval flange Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819
• Measuring cell filling • Silicone oil
• Inert filling liquid
Process connection • G½B to EN 837-1
• Female thread ½-14 NPT
• Oval flange PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi) with fastening thread:
-7/16 -20 UNF to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
- M10 as per DIN 19213
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/53

© Siemens 2020
Design (version with front-flush diaphragm)
Weight (without options) approx. 1 ... 13 kg (2.2 ... 29 lb)
• Process connection Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
• Measuring cell filling • Silicone oil
• Inert filling liquid
• FDA compliant fill fluid (Neobee oil)
Process connection • Flanges as per EN and ASME
• F&B and pharmaceutical flanges
Surface quality touched-by-media Ra-values  0.8 µm (32 µ-inch)/welds Ra)  1.6 µm (64 µ-inch)
(Process connections acc. to 3A; Ra-values  0.8 µm (32 µ-inch)/welds Ra  0.8 µm
(32 µ-inch)
Power supply UH HART PROFIBUS PA/FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 42 V DC
for intrinsically safe operation:
10.5 ... 30 V DC
Power supply - Supplied though bus
Separate supply voltage - Not necessary
Bus voltage
• Without Ex - 9 ... 32 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ... 24 V
Current consumption
• Max. basic current - 12.5 mA
• Start-up current  basic current - Yes
• Max. fault current in the event of a fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) available - Yes
1/54 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
Certificates and approvals HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Classification according to PED 2014/68/EU For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of
Article 4, paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Water, waste water Pending
Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 05 ATEX 2048
• Marking II1/2 G Ex ia llC/llB T4/T5/T6 Ga/Gb
• Permissible ambient temperature
- Temperature class T4 -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with
peak values: peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, FISCO supply unit:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300  Ui = 17.5 V, Ii = 380 mA, Pi = 5.32 W
Linear barrier:
Ui = 24 V, Ii = 250 mA, Pi = 1.2 W
• Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF Ci = 1.1 nF
• Effective internal inductance: Li = 0.4 mH Li  7 H
Explosion protection to FM for USA and Canada (cFMUS)
• Identification (DIP) or (IS); (NI) Certificate of Compliance 3025099
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC
T4 ... T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Identification (DIP) or (IS) Certificate of Compliance 3025099C
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC 4 ... T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
Dust explosion protection for zone 20/21/22 PTB 05 ATEX 2048
• Marking II 1 D Ex ia lllC T120 °C Da
II 1/2 D Ex ia lllC T120 °C Da/Db
II 2 D Ex ib lllC T120 °C Db
(in the case of mineral glass windows only -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F))
(in the case of mineral glass windows only-20 ... +70 °C (-4 ... +158 °F))
• Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW Ui = 24 V, Ii = 380 mA, Pi = 5.32 mW
• Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF Ci = 5 nF
• Effective internal inductance: Li = 0.4 H Li = 10 H
Type of protection Ex nA/nL/ic (Zone 2) PTB 05 ATEX 2048
• Marking II 2/3 G Ex ic llC/llB T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
II 2/3 G Ex nA llC T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
• Ex nA/nL connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with
peak values: Um = 45 V peak values: Um = 32 V
• Ex ic connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with
peak values: Ui = 45 V peak values:Ui = 32 V
• Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF Ci = 5 nF
• Effective internal inductance: Li = 0.4 mH Li = 20 H
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/55

© Siemens 2020
1 HART Communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus
communication
HART communication 230 ... 1100 
Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input,
Protocol HART Version 5.x 1 function block PID
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM • Analog input
PROFIBUS PA communication - Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling
Simultaneous communication with 4 ic process variables characteristic
master class 2 (max.) - Electrical damping, adjustable 0 ... 100 s
The address can be set using Configuration tool or - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked
local operation within the device with a bridge)
(standard setting Address 126)
- Failure mode parameterizable (last good
Cyclic data usage value, substitute value, incorrect
value)
• Output byte 5 (one measured value) or
10 (two measured values) - Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warn-
ing limit and one alarm limit
• Input byte 0.1 or 2 (totalizer mode and respectively
reset function for dosing)
- Square-rooted characteristic Yes
• Internal preprocessing for flow measurement
Device profile PROFIBUS PA Profile for Pro- • PID Standard FOUNDATION Field-
cess Control Devices Version bus function block
3.0, class B
• Physical block 1 resource block
Function blocks 2
Transducer blocks 1 transducer block Pressure with
• Analog input calibration, 1 transducer block
LCD
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling
ic process variables characteristic • Pressure transducer block
- Electrical damping adjustable 0 … 100 s - Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
- Simulation function Input /Output
- Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
- Failure function parameterizable (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect - Simulation function: Measured Constant value or over parame-
value) pressure value, sensor tem- terizable ramp function
perature and electronics tem-
- Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warn-
perature
respectively
• Register (totalizer) Can be reset, preset, optional
direction of counting, simulation
function of register output
- Failure mode parameterizable (summation
with last good value, continuous
summation, summation with
incorrect value)
- Limit monitoring One upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
tively
• Physical block 1
Transducer blocks 2
• Pressure transducer block
- Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
- Specification of a container Max. 30 nodes
characteristic with
- Simulation function for mea- Constant value or over parame-
sured pressure value and sen- terizable ramp function
sor temperature
1/56 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
1
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for rela- SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for rela-
tive and absolute pressure, single-chamber mea- tive and absolute pressure, single-chamber mea-
suring enclosure, rating plate inscription in English suring enclosure, rating plate inscription in English
4 ... 20 mA/HART 7MF 8 0 2 3 - 4 ... 20 mA/HART 7MF 8 0 2 3 -
PROFIBUS PA 7MF 8 0 2 4 - PROFIBUS PA 7MF 8 0 2 4 -
FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 8 0 2 5 - FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 8 0 2 5 -
Click on the Article No. for the online configura- 77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
tion in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Display
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning • Without display, with keys, closed lid 1
Silicone oil normal 1 • With display and keys, closed lid11) 2
Inert liquid Cleanliness level 2 to 3 • With display and keys, lid with polycarbonate disc 4
DIN 25410
• (setting on HART devices: mA,
Measuring span (min. ... max.) with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
8.3 ... 250 mbar (0.12 ... 3.63 psi) A equipment: pressure units)11)
0.01 ... 1 bar (0.145 ... 14.5 psi) B • With display and keys (setting acc. to specifica- 5
0.04 ... 4 bar (0.58 ... 58 psi) C tions, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with
0.16 ...16 bar (2.32 ... 232 psi) D polycarbonate disc11)
0.63 ... 63 bar (9.14 ... 914 psi) E • With display and keys, lid with glass pane (setting 6
1.6 ... 160 bar (23.2 ... 2320 psi) F on HART devices: mA, with
4 ... 400 bar (58 ... 5802 psi) G PROFIBUS and FOUNDATION Fieldbus equip-
ment: pressure units)11)
8.34 ... 250 mbar a (0.13 ... 3.63 psi a) Q • With display and keys (setting acc. to specifica- 7
43.34 ... 1300 mbar a (0.63 ... 18.86 psi a) S tions, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with
0.17 ... 5 bar a (2.43 ... 72.5 psi a) T glass pane11)
1 ... 30 bar a (14.6 ... 435 psi a) U Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Wetted parts materials A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
Seal diaphragm Measuring cell
1) When also ordering the quality test certificate (factory calibration) accord-
Stainless steel Stainless steel A ing to IEC 60770-2 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals:
Hastelloy Stainless steel B Order this certificate only together with the remote seals.
Hastelloy Hastelloy C The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
2) If the inspection certificate 3.1 is ordered for the transmitter with mounted
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with Y
process connector "female thread ½-14 NPT" diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the respective
(recommended version)1) 2) 3) 4) 5) remote seals.
3) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
Process connection must be included with the transmitter order number, for example
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0 7MF802.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1 4) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
• Stainless steel oval flange with process connec- is silicone oil.
tion (Oval flange has no female thread) 6) 5) Remote seal for direct mounting only available in combination with pro-
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 cess connection ½-14 NPT.
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 6) M10 fastening thread:
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3 Max. measuring span 160 bar (2320 psi)
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 4 7/16-20 UNF and M12 fastening thread:
Max. measuring span 400 bar (5802 psi)
• Male thread M20 x 1.5 5 7) Only available together with electrical connection option A
• Male thread ½ -14 NPT 6
8) Only available together with electrical connection options B, C or G.
Non-wetted parts materials 9) Only together with HART electronics.
• Stainless steel, deep-drawn and electrolytically 4 10) Without
polished cable gland.
11) Display cannot be turned.
Version
• Standard versions 1
• None A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
• Zone 20/21/227) C
• Ex nA/nL (Zone 2)8) E
• with FM "intrinsic safety" (cFMUS) M
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (polyamide)9) A
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (metal) B
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (stainless steel) C
• Device plug M12 (stainless steel), G
without cable socket)
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT metal thread 10) H
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT stainless steel thread J
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/57

© Siemens 2020
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for relative SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for relative
and absolute pressure with front-flush mem- and absolute pressure with front-flush mem-
brane, single-chamber measuring enclosure, rat- brane, single-chamber measuring enclosure, rat-
ing plate inscription in English ing plate inscription in English
4 ... 20 mA/HART 7MF 8 1 2 3 - 4 ... 20 mA/HART 7MF 8 1 2 3 -
PROFIBUS PA 7MF 8 1 2 4 - PROFIBUS PA 7MF 8 1 2 4 -
FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 8 1 2 5 - FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 8 1 2 5 -
tion in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Display
Silicone oil normal 1 2
• With display and keys, closed lid7)
Inert liquid 3
• With display and keys, lid with polycarbonate disc 4
FDA compliant fill fluid
• Neobee oil normal 4 (setting on HART devices: mA, with PROFIBUS PA
and FOUNDATION Fieldbus equipment: pressure
Measuring span (min. ... max.) units)7)
0.01 ... 1 bar (0.15 ... 14.5 psi) B • With display and keys (setting acc. to specifica- 5
0.04 ... 4 bar (0.58 ... 58 psi) C tions, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with
0.16 ... 16 bar (2.32 ... 232 psi) D polycarbonate disc7)
0.63 ... 63 bar (9.14 ... 914 psi) E • With display and keys, lid with glass pane (setting 6
43.34 ... 1300 mbar a1) (0.63 ... 18.86 psi a)1) S on HART devices: mA, with PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus equipment: pressure
0.17 ... 5 bar a1) (2.43 ... 72.5 psi a)1) T
units)7)
1 ... 30 bar a1) (14.6 ... 435 psi a)1) U
• With display and keys (setting acc. to specifica- 7
Wetted parts materials tions, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with
Seal diaphragm Measuring cell glass pane7)
Stainless steel Stainless steel A Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components"
Hastelloy2) Stainless steel B
A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
Process connection
1) Not with temperature decoupler P00, not for process connections R01,
• Flange version with Order code M.., N.., R.. or Q.. 7
R02, R04, R10 and R11, and can only be ordered in conjunction with sili-
(see "Further designs")
cone oil.
Non-wetted parts materials 2) Only available for flanges with options M.., N.. and Q..
• Stainless steel, deep-drawn and electrolytically 4 3) Only together with electrical connection option A.
polished 4) Only available together with electrical connection options B, C or G.
Version 5) Only together with HART electronics.
• Standard versions 1 6) Without cable gland.
Explosion protection 7) Display cannot be turned.
• None A
• Zone 20/21/223) C
• with FM "intrinsic safety" (cFMUS) M
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (polyamide)5) A
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (metal) B
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (stainless steel) C
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT metal thread 6) H
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT stainless steel thread 6) J
1/58 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Further designs HART PA FF Further designs HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Article No. and Add "-Z" to Article No. and
specify Order code. specify Order code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting A02    Sanitary process connection according
bracket (2 shackles, 4 nuts, 4 U-plates, DIN 11851 (Dairy connection with slotted
1 angle) made of: union nut)
made completely of stainless steel, for wall or • DN 50, PN 25 N04   
pipe mounting • DN 80, PN 25 N06   
Cable socket for device plugs M12 Tri-Clamp connection according
• Stainless steel A51    DIN 32676/ISO 2852
Rating plate inscription 3A compliant6)
(instead of English) • DN 50/2", PN 16 N14   
• German B10    • DN 65/2.5", PN 10 N15   
• French B12    • Clamp 2" ISO 2852 PN 16 N22   
• Spanish B13    • Clamp 3" ISO 2852 PN 16 N23   
• Italian B14    Varivent connection
3A and EHEDG compliant6)
English rating plate B21   
• Type N = 68 for Varivent enclosure N28   
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi DN 40 ... 125 and 1½" ... 6", PN 40
Quality test certificate, 5-point C11    Temperature decoupler up to 200 °C7) P00   
factory calibration (IEC 60770-2)1)
for front-flush diaphragm version
Inspection certificate2) C12   
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 Sanitary process connection to DRD
• DN 50, PN 40 M32   
Factory certificate C14   
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 SMS threaded socket
• 2" M73   
Degree of protection IP65/IP68 D12    • 2½" M74   
(only for M20x1.5 and ½-14 NPT)
• 3" M75   
Degree of protection IP6k9k D46   
(only for M20x1.5) Sanitary process connection to NEUMO
Bio-Connect screw connection
CRN approval Canada E22    3A and EHEDG compliant6)
(Canadian Registration Number) • DN 50, PN 16 Q05   
Export approval Korea E11    • DN 65, PN 16 Q06   
• DN 80, PN 16 Q07   
Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80   
(Russia) • DN 100, PN 16 Q08   
• DN 2", PN 16 Q13   
Ex Approval Ex ia/ib NEPSI E55   
• DN 2½", PN 16 Q14   
Only for SITRANS P300 with front-flush • DN 3", PN 16 Q15   
diaphragm (7MF81..-...) • DN 4", PN 16 Q16   
Flange to EN 1092-1, Form B1 Sanitary process connection to NEUMO
• DN 25, PN 403) M11    Bio-Connect S flange connection
• DN 40, PN 40 M13    • DN 2", PN 16 Q72   
• DN 40, PN 100 M23   
• DN 50, PN 16 M04   
• DN 50, PN 40 M14   
• DN 80, PN 16 M06   
• DN 80, PN 40 M16   
Flanges to ASME B16.5
• 1", class 1504) M40   
• 1½", class 150 M41   
• 2", class 150 M42   
• 3", class 150 M43   
• 4", class 150 M44   
• 1", class 3004) M45   
• 1½", class 300 M46   
• 2", class 300 M47   
• 3", class 300 M48   
• 4", class 300 M49   
Threaded connector to DIN 3852-2, form A,
thread to ISO 228
• G ¾"-A, front-flush4) R01   
• G 1"-A, front-flush4) R02   
• G 2"-A, front-flush R04   
Tank connection5)
Sealing is included in delivery
• TG 52/50, PN 40 R10   
• TG 52/150, PN 40 R11   
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/59

© Siemens 2020
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs HART PA FF Additional data HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Article No. and Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
specify Order code. Order code(s) and plain text.
Aseptic threaded socket to DIN 11864-1 Form A Measuring range to be set Y01  8)
3A compliant6) Specify in plain text (max. 5 characters):
• DN 50, PN 25 N33    Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
• DN 65, PN 25 N34    Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
• DN 80, PN 25 N35    device variable (measuring point descrip-
• DN 100, PN 25 N36    tion)
Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
Aseptic flange with notch to DIN 11864-2 Y15: ...........................................
Form A
3A compliant6) Measuring point text (entry in device vari- Y16   
• DN 50, PN 16 N43    able)
• DN 65, PN 16 N44    Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
Y16: ...........................................
• DN 80, PN 16 N45   
• DN 100, PN 16 N46    Entry of HART TAG Y17 
Aseptic flange with groove to DIN 11864-2 Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
Form A Y17: ...........................................
3A compliant6) Setting of the display in pressure units Y21   
• DN 50, PN 16 N43 +    Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
P11 Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
• DN 65, PN 16 N44 +    Note: The following pressure units can be
P11 selected:
• DN 80, PN 16 N45 +    bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
P11 mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
• DN 100, PN 16 N46 +    kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
P11 *) ref. temperature 20 °C
Aseptic clamp with groove to DIN 11864-3 Setting of the display in non- Y22 + 
FormA pressure units9) Y01
3A compliant6) Specify in plain text:
• DN 50, PN 25 N53    Y22: ..... up to ..... l, m3, m, USg, ...
(specification of measuring range in
• DN 65, PN 25 N54    pressure units "Y01" is essential, unit with
• DN 80, PN 16 N55    max. 5 characters)
• DN 100, PN 16 N56   
Preset bus address Y25  
(possible between 1 ... 126)
Specify in plain text:
Y25: .....................
Factory mounting of valve manifolds, see accessories.
Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21, Y22 and Y25 can be factory preset
 = available
Ordering example
Item line: 7MF8023-1DB24-1AB7-Z
B line: A02 + Y01 + Y21
C line: Y01: 1 ... 10 bar (14.5 ... 145 psi)
C line: Y21: bar (psi)
ing to IEC 60770-2 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals:
Order this certificate only together with the remote seals.
The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the respective
remote seals.
3) Special seal in Viton included in the scope of delivery
(FKM; temperature range -20 ... +200 °C (-4 ... +392 °F))
4) Cannot be combined with Order code P00. Can only be ordered with sili-
cone oil measuring cell filling.
5) The weldable socket can be ordered under accessories.
6) 3A compliance ensured only when 3A compliant sealing rings are used.
7) Conformity according to 3A and EHEDG. The maximum permissible tem-
peratures of the medium depend on the respective cell fillings (see
medium conditions).
8) Measuring accuracies for PROFIBUS PA transmitters with Option Y01 are
calculated in the same way as for HART devices.
9) Preset values can only be changed over SIMATIC PDM.
1/60 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
ø 91 (3.58)
approx. 66 (2.6)
approx. 28 (1.1)
approx. 78 (3.07)
H1 = approx. 120 (4.72)
H2 = approx. 80 (3.15)
SITRANS P300, with oval flange, dimensions in mm (inch)
Ø approx. 66 (2.6)

approx.
(1.1)
28
approx. 69 (2.72)
approx. 125 (4.92)
approx. 118 (4.65)

90 (3.54)
82
°
approx. 41 (1.61)
approx. 105 (4.13)
Ø 50...60 (1.97...2.36)
approx. 131 (5.16)
72 (2.83)
90 (3.54)
SITRANS P300, process connection M20 x 1.5, with mounted mounting bracket, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/61

© Siemens 2020
1
Ø 91 (3.58)
66 (2.6)
26 (1.02)
69 (2.72)
H1 = approx. 120 (4.72)
4)
26,5 (1.0
Temperature decoupler
50 (1.97)
H2 = approx. 49 (1.93)
°
82
SITRANS P300, front-flush, dimensions in mm (inch)

The diagram shows a SITRANS P300 with an example of a
flange. In this drawing the height is subdivided into H1 and H2.
H1 = Height of the SITRANS P300 up to a defined cross-section
H2 = Height of the flange up to this defined cross-section
Only the height H2 is indicated in the dimensions of the flanges.
1/62 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Flanges according to EN and ASME NuG and pharmaceutical connections 1
Flange according to EN Connections to DIN
EN 1092-1 DIN 11851 (milk pipe union with slotted union nut)
Order DN PN D H2 Order DN PN D H2
code code
H2
M11 25 40 115 mm (4.5") Approx. N04 50 25 92 mm (3.6") Approx.
H2
M13 40 40 150 mm (5.9") 52 mm (2") N06 80 25 127 mm (5.0") 52 mm (2")
D
M23 40 100 170 mm (6.7")
D
M04 50 16 165 mm (6.5")
M14 50 40 165 mm (6.5")
M06 80 16 200 mm (7.9") Tri-Clamp nach DIN 32676
M16 80 40 200 mm (7.9") Order DN PN D H2
code
Flanges according to ASME
H2
N14 50 16 64 mm (2.5") Approx.
ASME B16.5 52 mm (2")
N15 65 10 91 mm (3.6")
Order DN PN D H2
code
H2
M40 1" 150 110 mm (4.3") Approx. D

M41 1½" 150 130 mm (5.1") 52 mm (2")
D Other connections
M42 2" 150 150 mm (5.9")
M43 3" 150 190 mm (7.5") Varivent connection
M44 4" 150 230 mm (9.1") Order DN PN D H2
M46 1½" 300 155 mm (6.1") code
M47 2" 300 165 mm (6.5") N28 40 ... 125 40 84 mm Approx.
H2
M48 3" 300 210 mm (8.1") (3.3") 52 mm (2")

M49 4" 300 255 mm (10.0")
D
Sanitary process connection to DRD

Order DN PN D H2
code
H2
M32 50 40 105 mm (4.1") Approx.

52 mm (2")
D
Sanitary process screw connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect

Order DN PN D H2
code
Q05 50 16 82 mm (3.2") Approx.
H2
Q06 65 16 105 mm (4.1") 52 mm (2")

Q07 80 16 115 mm (4.5")
Q08 100 16 145 mm (5.7")
D Q13 2" 16 82 mm (3.2")
Q14 2½" 16 105 mm (4.1")
Q15 3" 16 105 mm (4.1")
Q16 4" 16 145 mm (5.7")
Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect S flange

connection
Order DN PN D H2
code
H2
Q72 2" 16 125 mm (4.9") Approx.

52 mm (2")
D
Threaded connection G¾", G1" and G2" acc. to DIN 3852

Order DN PN D H2
code
R01 ¾" 60 37 mm (1.5") Approx.
H2
45 mm
(1.8")
R02 1" 60 48 mm (1.9") Approx.
D 47 mm
(1.9")
R04 2" 60 78 mm (3.1") Approx.
52 mm (2")
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/63

© Siemens 2020
1 Tank connection TG 52/50 and TG52/150
Order DN PN D H2
code
R10 25 40 63 mm (2.5") Approx.
H2
63 mm
(2.5")
R11 25 40 63 mm (2.5") Approx.
D 170 mm
(6.7")
SMS threaded socket

Order DN PN D H2
code
M73 2" 25 70 x 1/6 mm Approx.
H2
M74 2½" 25 85 x 1/6 mm 52 mm (2")

M75 3" 25 98 x 1/6 mm
D
Aseptic threaded socket to DIN 11864-1 Form A

Order DN PN D H2
code
N33 50 25 78 x 1/6" Approx.
N34 65 25 95 x 1/6" 52 mm (2")
H2
N35 80 25 110 x ¼"

N36 100 25 130 x ¼"
Aseptic flange with notch to DIN 11864-2 Form A

Order DN PN D H2
code
H2
N43 50 16 94 Approx.
N44 65 16 113 52 mm (2")
N45 80 16 133
D
N46 100 16 159
Aseptic flange with groove to DIN 11864-2 Form A

Order DN PN D H2
code
N43 + 50 16 94 Approx.
H2
P11 52 mm (2")
N44 + 65 16 113
D P11
N45 + 80 16 133
P11
N46 + 100 16 159
P11
Aseptic clamp with groove to DIN 11864-3 Form A

Order DN PN D H2
code
N53 50 25 77.5 Approx.
H2
N54 65 25 91 52 mm (2")
N55 80 16 106
N56 100 16 130
D
1/64 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P300 Accessories/Spare parts
1
Spare parts / Accessories Documentation
Mounting bracket and fastening parts kit The entire documentation is available for
made of stainless steel 7MF8997-1AA download free-of-charge in various languages
at: http://www.siemens.com/
Lid without window processinstrumentation/documentation
gasket not included 7MF8997-1BA
Compact operating instructions
Lid with glass window • English, German, Spanish, French, Italian, A5E03434657
gasket not included 7MF8997-1BD Dutch
NBR enclosure sealing 7MF8997-1BG Certificates (order only via SAP)
instead of Internet download
Measuring point label
unlabeled 7MF8997-1CA • hard copy (to order) A5E03252406
Cable gland • on DVD (to order) A5E03252407
• metal 7MF8997-1EA HART modem
• plastic (blue) 7MF8997-1EB
with USB interface 7MF4997-1DB
Weldable sockets for PMC connection
Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
• PMC Style Standard: Thread 1½" 7MF4997-2HA
• PMC Style Minibolt: front-flush 1" 7MF4997-2HB
Gaskets for PMC connection
(packing unit = 5 units)
• PTFE seal for PMC Style Standard: 7MF4997-2HC
Thread 1½"
• Gasket made of Viton for PMC Style Minibolt: 7MF4997-2HD
front-flush 1"
Weldable socket for TG 52/50 and
TG 52/150 connection
• TG 52/50 connection 7MF4997-2HE
• TG5 2/150 connection 7MF4997-2HF
Seals for TG 52/50 and TG 52/150 made of 7MF4997-2HG
silicone
Seals for flange connection with front-flush
diaphragm
Material FKM (Viton); temperature range:
-20 ... +200 °C (-4 ... +392 °F), 10 units
• DN 25, PN 40 (M11) 7MF4997-2HH
• 1", class 150 (M40) 7MF4997-2HK
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/65

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P300 - Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on transmitters
1 ■ Overview ■ Selection and Ordering data
The SITRANS P300 transmitter for gauge and absolute pressure 7MF9011-4FA valve manifold on gauge and absolute
can be delivered factory-fitted with the following valve manifolds: pressure transmitters
• 7MF9011-4EA and 7MF9011-4FA valve manifolds for gauge Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmitter Order
pressure and absolute pressure transmitters and add Order codes code
SITRANS P300 T03
■ Design 7MF802.-...1.-...
With process connection
The 7MF9011-4EA valve manifolds are sealed with PTFE gas- female thread ½-14 NPT
kets between the transmitter and the valve manifold as standard. in-sealed with PTFE sealing tape
Soft iron, stainless steel and copper gaskets are also available Delivery including high-pressure test certi-
for sealing purposes if preferred. fied by factory certificate according to
EN 10204-2.2
The 7MF9011-4FA valve manifolds are sealed with PTFE sealing
tape between the transmitter and the valve manifold. Further designs:
The complete unit is checked for leaks under pressure after as- Delivery includes mounting brackets and A02
mounting clips made of stainless steel
sembly (air pressure 6 bar (87 psi)) and certified with a factory
(instead of the mounting bracket supplied
certificate according to EN 10204 - 2.2. with the transmitter)
All valve manifolds should preferably be secured with the corre- Inspection certificate according to EN C12
sponding mounting brackets. The transmitters are mounted on 10204-3.1 supplied for transmitters and
the valve manifold and not on the unit itself. mounted valve manifold
If you order a mounting bracket when choosing the option "Fac- 7MF9011-4EA valve manifold on gauge and absolute
tory mounting of valve manifolds", you will receive a mounting pressure transmitters
bracket for the valve manifold instead of a bracket for mounting Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmitter Order
the transmitter. and add Order codes code
If you order an inspection certificate 3.1 to EN 10204 after SITRANS P300 T02
choosing the option "Factory mounting of valve manifolds", a 7MF802.-...0.-...
separate certificate is provided for the transmitter and for the with process connection
valve manifold. collar G½ A to EN 837-1
with gasket made of PTFE between valve
manifold and transmitter
Alternative sealing material:
• Soft iron A70
• Stainless steel, Mat. No. 14571 A71
• copper A72
Delivery including high-pressure test certi-
fied by factory certificate according to
EN 10204-2.2
Further designs:
Delivery includes mounting brackets and A02
with the transmitter)
Inspection certificate according to EN C12
10204-3.1 supplied for transmitters and
mounted valve manifold
1/66 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P300 - Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on transmitters
1
Valve manifolds mounted on SITRANS P300
270 (10.6)
270 (10.6)
195 (7.7)
160 (6.3)
7MF9011-4EA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and abso- 7MF9011-4EA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and abso-
lute pressure transmitters lute pressure transmitters, dimensions in mm (inch)
270 (10.6)
270 (10.6)
180 (7.1)
160 (6.3)
7MF9011-4FA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and absolute 7MF9011-4FA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and absolute
pressure transmitters pressure transmitters, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/67

© Siemens 2020
for gauge pressure for the paper industry
SITRANS P DS III and P300 with PMC connection - Technical description
1 ■ Overview ■ Benefits
• High reliability even under extreme chemical and mechanical
loads, e.g. abrasion.
• For aggressive and non-aggressive gases, vapors and liquids
• Extensive diagnosis and simulation functions
• Minimum conformity error
• Small long-term drift
• Wetted parts made of Hastelloy
• Infinitely adjustable measuring spans from 0.03 bar to 16 bar
(0.43 psi to 232 psi) for DS III with HART interface
• Nominal measuring range from 1 bar to 16 bar
(14.5 psi to 232 psi) for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
(0.43 psi to 232 psi) for SITRANS P300 with HART interface
• Nominal measuring range from 1 bar to 16 bar
(14.5 psi to 232 psi) for SITRANS P300 with PROFIBUS PA in-
terface
• Parameterization over control keys and HART Communica-
tion, or over PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus inter-
face (DS III only).
■ Application
The pressure transmitters of the DS III series, can be used in in-
dustrial areas with extreme chemical and mechanical loads.
Electromagnetic compatibility in the range 10 kHz to 1 GHz
makes the DS III pressure transmitters suitable for locations with
high electromagnetic emissions.
Pressure transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and
The SITRANS P300 and DS III pressure transmitters have been "Explosion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive at-
fitted with special process connections for the paper industry. mospheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The pressure transmitters are
With the two process connection threads 1½" and 1" flush at the provided with an EC type examination certificate and comply
front, the SITRANS P300 and DS III transmitters can be used for with the corresponding harmonized European standards
all processes in the paper industry. (ATEX).
SITRANS P300 and SITRANS PDS III series pressure transmit- Pressure transmitters with the type of protection "Intrinsic safety"
ters are digital pressure transmitters featuring extensive user- for use in zone 0 may be operated with power supply units of cat-
friendliness and high accuracy. The parameterization is per- egory "ia" and "ib".
formed using control keys via HART, PROFIBUS-PA or
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface.
mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of
Extensive functionality enables the pressure transmitter to be highly viscous substances.
precisely adapted to the plant’s requirements. Operation is very
The pressure transmitter can be operated locally over 3 control
simple in spite of the numerous setting options.
keys or programmed externally over HART or over
Transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and "Explo- PROFIBUS-PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface (only DS III).
sion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive atmo-
spheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The transmitters are provided with SITRANS P, DS III series
an EC type examination certificate and comply with the corre- Measured variable: Gauge pressure of aggressive and non-ag-
sponding harmonized European standards (ATEX). gressive gases, vapors and liquids.
Various versions of the pressure transmitters are available for Measuring span (infinitely adjustable)
measuring:
For DS III with HART: 0.03 ... 16 bar (0.433 ... 232 psi)
• Gauge pressure
• Level Nominal measuring range
• Mass level For DS III with PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus:
1 ... 16 bar (14.5 ... 232 psi)
• Volume level
SITRANS P300
Measuring span (infinitely adjustable)
For DS III with HART: 0.03 ... 16 bar (0.433 ... 232 psi)
Nominal measuring range
For DS III with PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus:
1 ... 16 bar (14.5 ... 232 psi)
1/68 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
■ Design Example for an attached measuring point label 1

SITRANS P DS III Y01 or Y02
= max. 27 char. .... to .... mbar
Y15 = max. 16 char.
1 Measuring point number (TAG No.)
Y99 = max. 10 char. 1234
Y16 = max. 27 char. Measuring point text
2
SITRANS P300
The device comprises:
8
• Electronics
1 Plastic cover: access to
the input keys • Enclosure
2 Screw cover with • Measuring cell
viewing pane
3 Display
3 1
4 Locking screw 7
6 Measuring point label 5
6
7 Nameplate 4
8 Inlet with cable gland
4
Device front view, SITRANS P DS III

The transmitter consists of various components depending on
the order. The possible versions are listed in the ordering infor- 3
mation. The components described below are the same for all 1 Display 2
transmitters.
The rating plate (7, Figure "Device front view) with the Article No. 3 Cable gland
is located on the side of the enclosure. The specified number to-
4 Nameplate
gether with the ordering information provide details on the op-
tional design details and on the possible measuring range 5 Screw cover
(physical properties of built-in sensor element).
The approval label is located on the opposite side. Perspective view of the SITRANS P300
The enclosure is made of die-cast aluminium or stainless steel The enclosure has a screw-on lid (5) and, depending on the ver-
precision casting. A round cover is screwed on at the front and sion, is with or without an inspection window. The electrical ter-
rear of the enclosure. The front cover (2) can be fitted with a minal enclosure, the buttons for operation of the device are lo-
viewing pane so that the measured values can be read directly cated under this lid and, depending on the version, the display.
on the display. The inlet (8) for the electrical connection is lo- The connections for the auxiliary power UH and the shield are in
cated either on the left or right side. The unused opening on the the terminal enclosure. The cable gland is on the side of the en-
opposite side is sealed by a blanking plug. The protective earth closure. The measuring cell with the process connection (2) is lo-
connection is located on the rear of the enclosure. cated on the bottom of the enclosure. The measuring cell with
the process connection may differ from the one shown in the di-
The electrical connections for the power supply and screen are agram, depending on the device version.
accessible by unscrewing the rear cover. The bottom part of the
enclosure contains the measuring cell with process connection
(5). The measuring cell is prevented from rotating by a locking
screw (4). As the result of this modular design, the measuring
cell and the electronics can be replaced separately from each
other. The set parameter data are retained.
At the top of the enclosure is a plastic cover (1), which hides the
input keys.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/69

© Siemens 2020
1 ■ Function
Operation of electronics with HART communication Operation of electronics with PROFIBUS PA
communication
9
8
0.0.0.0.0 9
M 8
00 0.0.0.0.0
M 00
10
2 3 4 5
μC IA, UH 2 3 4 5 7
PA
μC
7 interface
Power supply
PROFIBUS-PA
HART interface 10
PROFIBUS DP
Power
EEPROM supply
EEPROM
6 6 unit
Coup-
Electronics ler
1 6 Electronics
11
Bus-
EEPROM
1 6 12 Master
EEPROM
Sensor
Sensor
pe Measuring cell
pe
Measuring cell
2 Instrument amplifier
3 Analog-to-digital converter 1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys
4 Microcontroller 2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
5 Digital-to-analog converter 3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display
6 One non-volatile memory each in the measuring cell and 4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply
electronics 5 Electrical isolation 11 DP/PA coupler or link
7 HART interface 6 One non-volatile memory 12 Bus master
8 Three input keys (local operation) each in the measuring cell
9 Digital display and electronics pe Input variable
10 Diode circuit and connection for external ammeter 7 PROFIBUS-PA interface
IA Output current
UH Power supply
Function diagram of electronics
Pe Input variable
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
"Function diagram of electronics") is amplified by the measuring
Function diagram of electronics amplifier(2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3).
The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its lin-
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure earity and temperature response corrected, and provided on the
"Function diagram of electronics") is amplified by the measuring PROFIBUS PA through an electrically isolated PA interface (7).
amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3).
The digital information is evaluated in a microcontroller, its linear- The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
ity and temperature response corrected, and converted in a dig- the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
ital-to-analog converter (5) into an output current of 4 to 20 mA. (6). The first memory is linked with the measuring cell, the sec-
ond with the electronics. This modular design means that the
The diode circuit (10) protects against incorrect polarity. electronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and from one another.
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories Using the three input buttons (8) you can parameterize the pres-
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other sure transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input but-
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec- tons can also be used to control the view of the results, the error
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from messages and the operating modes on the display (9).
each other.
Using the 3 input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure ferred by cyclic data transmission on the PROFIBUS PA. Param-
transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input buttons can eterization data and error messages are transferred by acyclic
also be used to control the view of the results, the error mes- data transmission. Special software such as SIMATIC PDM is re-
sages and the operating modes on the display (9). quired for this.
The HART modem (7) permits parameterization using a protocol
according to the HART specification.
The pressure transmitters with measuring measuring spans 
63 bar (914 psi) measure the input pressure compared to atmo-
sphere, the transmitters with measuring measuring spans
160 bar (2320 psi) measure compared to vacuum.
1/70 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Operation of electronics with FOUNDATION Fieldbus Mode of operation of the measuring cell 1
communication Measuring cell for gauge pressure with front-flush diaphragm
9
8
0.0.0.0.0
M
00
5
2 3 4 5 7 4
FF
μC 1 1 Measuring cell
interface
Foundation Fieldbus
Power supply 2 Process connection
10 3 Seal diaphragm
Power 4 Filling liquid
EEPROM supply 5 Silicon pressure sensor
6 unit pe Pressure as input variable
Coup-
ler 2
Electronics 3
pe
1 6
Measuring cell for gauge pressure, with front-flush diaphragm for paper
EEPROM
industry, function diagram

Sensor The pressure pe is applied through the process connection (2,
Figure "Measuring cell for gauge pressure, with front-flush dia-
pe phragm for paper industry, function diagram) to the measuring
Measuring cell cell (1). This pressure is subsequently transmitted further
through the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4) to the sil-
icon pressure sensor (5) whose measuring diaphragm is then
1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys flexed. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors fit-
2 Instrument amplifier (local operation) ted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in resis-
3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display tance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the abso-
4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply lute pressure.
5 Electrical isolation
6 One non-volatile memory pe Input variable Parameterization
each in the measuring cell Depending on the version, there are a range of options for pa-
and electronics rameterizing the pressure transmitter and for setting or scanning
7 FF interface the parameters.
Parameterization using the input buttons (local operation)
Function diagram of electronics With the input buttons you can easily set the most important pa-
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure rameters without any additional equipment.
"Function diagram of electronics") is amplified by the measuring Parameterization using HART
amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3). Parameterization using HART is performed with a HART Com-
The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its lin- municator or a PC.
earity and temperature response corrected, and provided on the
FOUNDATION Fieldbus through an electrically isolated
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface (7). +
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other
transmitter
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec-
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from HART
each other. communicator
Using the three input buttons (8) you can parameterize the pres-
sure transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input but-
tons can also be used to control the view of the results, the error Communication between a HART Communicator and a pressure transmitter
messages and the operating modes on the display (9).
When parameterizing with the HART Communicator, the connec-
The results with status values and diagnostic values are trans- tion is made directly to the 2-wire cable.
ferred by cyclic data transmission on the
FOUNDATION Fieldbus. Parameterization data and error mes-
sages are transferred by acyclic data transmission. Special soft- +
ware such as National Instruments Configurator is required for -
this.
transmitter
PC or
HART laptop
modem
USB/RS 232
HART communication between a PC communicator and a pressure

transmitter
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/71

© Siemens 2020
1 When parameterizing with a PC, the connection is made through Parameterization through PROFIBUS PA interface
a HART modem.
Fully digital communication through PROFIBUS PA, profile 3.0, is
The signals needed for communication in conformity with the particularly user-friendly. The PROFIBUS connects the DS III PA
HART 5.x or 6.x protocols are superimposed on the output cur- to a process control system, e.g. SIMATIC PSC 7. Communica-
rent using the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) method. tion is possible even in a potentially explosive environment.
Adjustable parameter DS III with HART and P300 with HART For parameterization through PROFIBUS you need suitable soft-
ware, e.g. SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager).
communication Parameterization through FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
Lower range value x x Fully digital communication through FOUNDATION Fieldbus is
Upper range value x x particularly user-friendly. Through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus
the DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus is connected to a process
Electrical damping x x
control system. Communication is possible even in a potentially
Lower range value without applica- x x explosive environment.
For parameterization through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus you
Upper range value without applica- x x need suitable software, e.g. National Instruments Configurator.
Zero adjustment x x Adjustable parameters for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus, and P300 with PROFIBUS PA and
current transmitter x x
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Fault current x x
Adjustable parameters Input keys PROFIBUS PA
Disabling of buttons, write protection x x1) and FOUNDA-
Type of dimension and actual dimen- x x TION Fieldbus
sion interface
Characteristic (linear) x x Electrical damping x x
Input of characteristic x Zero adjustment (correction of posi- x x

tion)
Buttons and/or function disabling x x
Source of measured-value display x x
1) Cancel apart from write protection Physical dimension of display x x
Diagnostic functions for DS III with HART and P300 with HART Position of decimal point x x
• Zero correction display Bus address x x
• Event counter Adjustment of characteristic x x
• Slave pointer
• Maintenance timer Diagnostic functions for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus, and P300 with PROFIBUS PA and
Available physical units of display for DS III with HART and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
P300 with HART
• Event counter
Physical variable Physical dimensions • Slave pointer
Pressure (setting can also be Pa, MPa, kPa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, • Maintenance timer
made in the factory) psi, g/cm2, kg/cm2, inH2O, inH2O
(4 °C), mmH2O, ftH2O (20 °C), • Simulation functions
inHg, mmHg • Display of zero correction
Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in • Limit transmitter
Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon, • Saturation alarm
liquid Physical dimensions available for the display
Mass g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz Physical variable Physical dimensions
Temperature K, °C, °F, °R Pressure (setting can also be MPa, hPa, kPa, Pa, bar, mbar, torr,
made in the factory) atm, psi, g/cm2, kg/cm2, mmH2O,
Miscellaneous %, mA
mmH2O (4 °C), inH2O, inH20 (
4 °C), ftH2O, mmHg, inHg
Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in, yd
Mass g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz
Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon,
liquid
Temperature K, °C, °F, °R
Miscellaneous %
1/72 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III with PMC connection
1
SITRANS P, DS III series for gauge pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
Input
Measured variable Gauge pressure
range, max. operating pressure and max. test pressure FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
Measuring span Nominal measuring Max. operating pres- Max. perm.
range sure MAWP (PS) test pressure
0.01 ... 1 bar 1 bar 4 bar 6 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 100 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.15 ... 14.5 psi 14.5 psi 58 psi 87 psi
0.04 ... 4 bar 4 bar 7 bar 10 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 400 kPa 0.7 MPa 1 MPa
0.58 ... 58 psi 58 psi 102 psi 145 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 16 bar 21 bar 32 bar
16 ... 1600 kPa 1600 kPa 2.1 MPa 3.2 MPa
2.3 ... 232 psi 232 psi 305 psi 464 psi
Lower measuring limit 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
(For PMC-Style Minibolt no measuring span < 500 mbar
adjustable)
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. measuring span
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus signal
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA -
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or -
optionally set to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART communication RB  (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in , -
UH: Power supply in V
• With HART communication RB = 230 ... 500  (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100  (HART-Communicator)
Protection against polarity reversal Protected against short-circuit and polarity reversal. Each connection against the
other with max. supply voltage.
Measuring accuracy Acc. to IEC 60770-1
(All error data refer always refer to the set span) • Lower range value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Silicone oil filling
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span or nom. pressure range
Error in measurement at limit setting incl.
hysteresis and reproducibility
- r5  0.075 %
- 5 < r  100  (0.005  r + 0.05) %
Influence of ambient temperature (in percent per 28 °C (50 °F))  (0.08  r + 0.16) %
Measuring value resolution for PROFIBUS PA and 3  10-5 of nominal measuring range
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/73

© Siemens 2020
1 SITRANS P, DS III series for gauge pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
HART PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
• according to EN 60529 IP66 (optional IP66/IP68)
• according to NEMA 250 Type 4X
Temperature of medium -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F)
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %
- Emitted interference and interference immunity Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
Design
Weight (without options)  1.5 kg ( 3.3 lb)
Enclosure material Low-copper die-cast aluminum, GD-AlSi12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat.
no. 1.4408
• Gasket (standard) PTFE flat gasket
• O-ring (minibolt) FPM (Viton) or optionally: FFPM or NBR
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid
Process connection (standard) Flush-mounted, 1½", PMC Standard design
Process connection (minibolt) Flush-mounted, 1", minibolt design
Power supply UH
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC -
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-safe mode
Power supply - Supplied through bus
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
Current consumption
• Basic current (max.) - 12.5 mA
• Max. current in event of fault - 15.5 mA
article 4, paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
1/74 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
.
HART communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus

1
communication
HART communication 230 ... 1100 
The address can be set using Configuration tool or local opera- - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked
tion (standard setting within the device with a bridge)
address 126)
• Output byte 5 (one measured value) or value)
• Input byte 0, 1, or 2 (register operating ing limit and one alarm limit
mode and reset function for respectively
metering) - Square-rooted characteristic Yes
Internal preprocessing for flow measurement
3.0, class B • Physical block 1 resource block
Function blocks 2 Transducer blocks 1 transducer block Pressure with
LCD
- Electrical damping, adjustable 0 ... 100 s - Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
- Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warn- perature
respectively
incorrect value)
tively
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
for flow measurement
- Gradual volume suppression Parameterizable
and implementation point of
square-root extraction
sor temperature
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/75

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for gauge 7MF 4 1 3 3 - SITRANS P pressure transmitter for gauge
pressure, with PMC connection pressure, with PMC connection
77777 - 7777
series DS III with HART DS III with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF 4 1 3 4 -
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 4 1 3 5 -
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 77777 - 7777
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell- ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
cleaning
Silicone oil normal 1 Measuring cell filling Meas. cell cleaning
Inert liquid grease-free to 3 Silicone oil normal 1
cleanliness level 2 Inert liquid grease-free to 3
cleanliness level 2
Measuring span (min. ... max.)
0.01 ... 1 bar1) (0.15 ... 14.5 psi)1) B
1 bar1) (14.5 psi)1) B
0.04 ... 4 bar (0.58 ... 58 psi) C
4 bar (58 psi) C
0.1.6 ... 16 bar (2.32 ... 232 psi) D
16 bar (232 psi) D
Seal diaphragm Connection shank
Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Process connection Process connection2)
• PMC Style Standard: Thread 1½" 2 • PMC Style Standard: Thread 1½" 2
• PMC Style Minibolt: front-flush 1" (not with mini- 3 • PMC Style Minibolt: front-flush 1" (minimum mea- 3
mum measuring span: 500 mbar (7.25 psi) - ver- suring span: 500 mbar (7.25 psi), not available
sion "B") with
Non-wetted parts materials 1-bar-measuring cell (Option B))
• Enclosure made of die-cast aluminium 0 Non-wetted parts materials
• Enclosure stainless steel precision casting 3 • Enclosure made of die-cast aluminium 0
Version • Enclosure stainless steel precision casting 3
• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1 Version
setting for pressure unit: bar • Standard version, German plate inscription, 1
• International version, English plate inscription, 2 setting for pressure unit: bar
setting for pressure unit: bar • International version, English plate inscription, 2
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3 setting for pressure unit: bar
setting for pressure unit: Pascal • Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3
All versions include DVD with compact operating setting for pressure unit: Pascal
instructions in various EU languages. All versions include DVD with compact operating
Explosion protection instructions in various EU languages.
• None A Explosion protection
• With ATEX, Type of protection: • None A
- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B • With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Explosion-proof (Ex d)" 2) D - "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
- „Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"3) E - "Explosion-proof (Ex d)" 3) D
• FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)4) F - „Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"4) E
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection: • FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)5) F
- "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof (is + xp)"3)4) NC
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
• Female thread M20 x 1.5 B Electrical connection / cable entry
• Female thread ½-14 NPT C • Female thread M20 x 1.5 B
• Device plugs M12 (stainless steel)5) 6) F • Female thread ½-14 NPT C
• Device plugs M12 (stainless steel)6) 7) F
Display
• Without display 0 Display
• Without visible display (display concealed, 1 • Without display 0
setting: mA) • Without visible display (display concealed, 1
• With visible display (setting: mA) 6 setting: bar)
• With customer-specific display (setting as spec- 7 • With visible display (setting: bar) 6
ified, Order code "Y21" required) • With customer-specific display (setting as spec- 7
ified, Order code "Y21" required)
Included in delivery of the device:
Included in delivery of the device: • Quick-start guide
• Quick-start guide • Sealing ring
• Sealing ring
1) Only with "PMC Style Standard"process connection
1) Only with "PMC Style Standard" process connection 2) Sealing is included in delivery.
2) Without cable gland, with blanking plug 3) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
3) Configurations with device plugs M12 are only available in Ex ic. 4) Configurations with device plugs M12 are only available in Ex ic.
4) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to 5) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
NEC 500/505. NEC 500/505
5) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F. 6) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
6) M12 delivered without cable socket 7) M12 delivered without cable socket
1/76 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
code. Order code(s) and plain text.
Device plugs Measuring range to be set Y01  1)
• Angled A32  Specify in plain text (max. 5 characters):
• Han 8D (metal, gray) A33  Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
M12 cable sockets (metal (CuZn)) A50    Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
device variable (measuring point descrip-
Rating plate inscription tion)
(instead of German) Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
• English B11    Y15: ...........................................
• French B12    Measuring point text (entry in device vari- Y16   
• Spanish B13    able)
• Italian B14    Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
• Cyrillic (russian) B16    Y16: ...........................................
English rating plate B21    Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 

Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
Y17: ...........................................
Quality test certificate, 5-point C11    Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21   
factory calibration (IEC 60770-2) units
Inspection certificate C12    Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note:
Factory certificate C14    The following pressure units can be selected:
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
"Functional safety (SIL2)" certificate acc. C20  kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
to IEC 61508 *) ref. temperature 20 °C
"Functional safety (SIL2/3)" certificate acc. C23  Setting of pressure indication in non- Y22 + 
to IEC 61508 pressure units2) Y01
PED for Russia with initial calibration mark C99    Specify in plain text:
Y22: ..... up to ..... l, m3, m, USg, ...
Setting of the upper saturation limit of the D05    (specification of measuring range in pressure
output signal to 22.0 mA units "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5 char-
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12    acters)
(only for M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT) Preset bus address Y25  
Export approval Korea E11    possible between 1 and 126
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E551)    Y25: ...........
NEPSI (China)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..) Only "Y01" and "Y21" can be factory preset
Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" E561)     = available
to NEPSI (China) ordering example
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..) Item line: 7MF4133-1DB20-1AB7-Z
Ex protection "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E571)    B line: C11 + Y01 + Y21
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..) C line: Y01: 1 ... 10 bar (14.5 ... 145 psi)
Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone 2" E581)    C line: Y21: bar (psi)
to NEPSI (China) 1) Measuring accuracies for PROFIBUS PA transmitters with Option Y01 are
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..) calculated in the same way as for HART devices.
Mounting 2) Preset values can only be changed over SIMATIC PDM.
• Weldable sockets for standard 1½" P01   
threaded connection
• Weldable socket for minibolt connection 1" P02   
(incl. screw 5/16-18 UNC-2B and washer)
1) When the additional ex option is selected, the ATEX marking on the device
is omitted. Only the Ex option selected via the Z option is marked.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/77

© Siemens 2020
15 143 (5.6) 4
(0.94)
(0.6) 74 (2.9) 53 (2.1) 29 (1.14) 84 (3.31)
24
1
50 (1.97)
5
H1 = approx. 130 (5.12)

Ø80 (3.15)
3 6
2
min. 90 (3.54) 2)
Space for rotation

of enclosure
7
H2
1 Electronics side, local display
4 Cover over buttons
(longer overall length for cover with inspection window)1)
5 Blanking plug
2 Connection side 1)
6 Safety catch (only for "flameproof enclosure" type

3 Electrical connection: of protection; not shown in the drawing)
• M20 x 1,5 screw gland
7 Process connection: PMC standard
• ½-14 NPT screw gland
• M12 device plug
1)
In addition, allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) for the thread length
2)
92 mm (3.62 inch) minimum distance for rotating with indicator
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, with PMC connection, dimensions in mm (inch)
The diagram shows a SITRANS P DS III with an example of a
PMC Style standard
DN PN D H2
H1 = Height of the SITRANS P DS III up to a defined cross-sec-
tion 40.9 mm (1.6") approx.
36.8 mm
H2
H2 = Height of the flange up to this defined cross-section (1.4")

D
Ø 33,4 (1.31)
M44 x 1,25
Ø 26,7 (1.05)
Ø 8 (0.3)
(0.82)
20,9
PMC Style minibolt

25,4 (1)
17,8 (0.7)
DN PN D H2
Ø 36,6 (1.44)
Ø 58,9 (2.32) 26.3 mm (1.0") approx.
33.1 mm
1) (1.3")
H2
1) O-ring surface
(bore hole Ø 8 mm (0.3“) without burr)
PMC Style Standard (left) and PMC Style Minibolt (right) weldable
sockets, dimensions in mm (inch)
Material: Stainless steel, Mat. No. 1.4404/316L
1/78 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P300 with PMC connection
1
SITRANS P300 for gauge pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
Input
Measured variable Gauge pressure (front-flush)
range and max. permissible test pressuree FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
0.01 ... 1 bar 1 bar 4 bar 6 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 100 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.15 ... 14.5 psi 14.5 psi 58 psi 87 psi
0.04 ... 4 bar 4 bar 7 bar 10 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 400 kPa 0.7 MPa 1 MPa
0.58 ... 58 psi 58 psi 102 psi 145 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 16 bar 21 bar 32 bar
16 ... 1600 kPa 1600 kPa 2.1 MPa 3.2 MPa
2.3 ... 232 psi 232 psi 305 psi 464 psi
Lower measuring limit 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
(For PMC-Style Minibolt no measuring span < 500 mbar
adjustable)
Load
• Without HART communication RB  (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in , -
• With HART communication RB = 230 ... 500  (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100  (HART Communica-
tor)
Error in measurement at limit setting incl. hysteresis and repro-
ducibility
Linear characteristic
- r5  0.075 %
- 5 < r  100  (0.005  r + 0.05) %
Influence of ambient temperature  (0.08  r + 0.16) %
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/79

© Siemens 2020
1 SITRANS P300 for gauge pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
Climatic class
Condensation Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %
• according to EN 60529 IP65, IP68
• according to NEMA 250 Type 4X, enclosure cleaning, resistant to lyes, steam to 150 °C (302 °F)
Medium conditions
Design
Weight (without options) Approx. 1 kg (2.2 lb)
• Seal diaphragm Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819
• Measuring cell filling Silicone oil
Surface quality touched-by-media Ra-values  0.8 µm (32 µ inch)/welds Ra  1.6 µm (64 µ inch)
Power supply UH HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 42 V DC
for intrinsically safe operation:
10.5 ... 30 V DC
Power supply Supplied through bus
Bus voltage
• Without Ex - 9 ... 32 V
Current consumption
• Max. basic current - 12.5 mA
• Max. fault current in the event of a fault - 15.5 mA
1/80 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P300 for gauge pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
1
Article 4, paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 05 ATEX 2048
Marking II 1/2 G Ex ia llC/llB T4/T5/T6 Ga/Gb
Permissible ambient temperature
• Temperature class T4 -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, FISCO supply unit:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300  Ui = 17.5 V, Ii = 380 mA,
Pi = 5.32 W
Linear barrier:
Ui = 24 V, Ii = 250 mA, Pi = 1.2 W
Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF Ci = 1.1 nF
Effective internal inductance: Li = 0.4 mH Li  7 H
Explosion protection to FM for USA and Canada (cFMUS)
• Identification (DIP) or (IS); (NI) Certificate of Compliance 3025099
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC
T4 ... T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Identification (DIP) or (IS) Certificate of Compliance 3025099C
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC 4 ... T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/81

© Siemens 2020
1 HART communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus
communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
PROFIBUS PA communication - Adaptation to customer- Yes, linearly rising or falling
Simultaneous communication with 4 specific process variables characteristic
The address can be set using Configuration tool - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked
Local operation within the device with a bridge)
(standard setting Address 126) - Failure mode parameterizable (last good
value)
• Output byte One measured value: 5 bytes
- Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warn-
Two measured values: 10 bytes ing limit and one alarm limit
• Input byte Register operating mode: respectively
1 bytes - Square-rooted characteristic Yes
Reset function due to metering. for flow measurement
1 bytes
• PID Standard FOUNDATION Field-
Device profile PROFIBUS PA Profile for Pro- bus function block
cess Control Devices
• Physical block 1 resource block
Version 3.0, class B
Transducer blocks 1 transducer block Pressure with
Function blocks 2
calibration, 1 transducer block
• Analog input LCD
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Linearly rising or falling charac- • Pressure transducer block
ic process variables teristic
- Electrical damping 0 ... 100 s adjustable two pressures
- Simulation function Input /Output - Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
- Limit monitoring One upper and lower warning - Simulation function: Measured Constant value or over parame-
limit and one alarm limit respec- pressure value, sensor tem- terizable ramp function
tively perature and electronics tem-
perature
• Register (totalizer) Can be reset and preset
Optional direction of counting
Simulation function of the regis-
ter output
tively
Transducer blocks 2
characteristic with
- Characteristic curve Linear
- Simulation function Available
• Transducer block "Electronic
temperature"
Simulation function Available
1/82 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters with PMC SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters with PMC
connection, single-chamber measuring enclosure, connection, single-chamber measuring enclosure,
rating plate inscription in English rating plate inscription in English
with 4 ... 20 mA / HART 7MF 8 1 2 3 - with 4 ... 20 mA / HART 7MF 8 1 2 3 -
with PROFIBUS PA 7MF 8 1 2 4 - with PROFIBUS PA 7MF 8 1 2 4 -
with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 8 1 2 5 - with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 8 1 2 5 -
Display
Silicone oil normal 1 • With display and keys, closed lid 7) 2
Inert liquid Cleanliness level 2 to 3
DIN 25410 • With display and keys, lid with polycarbonate disc 4
(setting on HART devices: mA, with PROFIBUS PA
Measuring span and FOUNDATION Fieldbus equipment: pressure
1 bar1) (14.5 psi) B units)7)
4 bar (58 psi) C • With display and keys (setting acc. to specifica- 5
16 bar (232 psi) D tions, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with
polycarbonate disc 7)
• With display and keys, lid with glass pane (setting 6
Seal diaphragm Measuring cell on HART devices: mA, with PROFIBUS PA and
Hastelloy Stainless steel B FOUNDATION Fieldbus equipment: pressure
unit)7)
Process connection • With display (setting acc. to specifications, Order 7
• PMC Style Standard: Thread 1½" 2 code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with glass pan-
• PMC Style Minibolt: front-flush 1" (minimum mea- 3 el7)
suring span: 500 mbar (7.25 psi), not available
with 1-bar-measuring cell (Option B)) Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Non-wetted parts materials Included in delivery of the device:

• Quick-start guide
• Stainless steel, deep-drawn and electrolytically 4 • Sealing ring
polished
1) Only with "Standard" process connection"
Version
2) Not in conjunction with electrical connection option A.
• Standard versions 1 3) Only available together with electrical connection options B, C or G.
Explosion protection 4) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
• None A NEC 500/505.
5) Only together with HART electronics.
6) Without cable gland.
- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B 7) Display cannot be turned.
• Zone 20/21/222) C
- "Intrinsic Safe (is)" (planned)4) M
Electrical connection/cable entry
• Screwed gland M20 x .5 (polyamide)5) A
• Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 (metal) B
• Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 (stainless steel) C
• ½-14 NPT metal thread6) H
• ½-14 NPT stainless steel thread6) J
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/83

© Siemens 2020
Add "-Z" to Article No. and Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
specify Order code. Order code(s) and plain text.
Cable socket for device plugs M12 Measuring range to be set Y01  1)
• Stainless steel A51    Specify in plain text (max. 5 characters):
Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
Rating plate inscription
(instead of English) Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
• German B10    device variable (measuring point descrip-
tion)
• French B12   
• Spanish B13    Y15: ...........................................
• Italian B14   
Measuring point text (entry in device vari- Y16   
English rating plate B21    able)
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi Max. 27 char., specify in plain text: Y16: ......
Quality test certificate, 5-point C11    Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 
factory calibration (IEC 60770-2) Max. 8 char., specify in plain text: Y17: .........
Inspection certificate C12    Setting of pressure indication in Y21   
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 pressure units
Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
Factory certificate C14    Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 Note: The following pressure units can
Setting of the upper saturation limit of the D05    be selected:
output signal to 22.0 mA bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
Degree of protection IP65/IP68 D12    kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
(only for M20x1.5 and ½-14 NPT) *) ref. temperature 20 °C
Mounting Setting of pressure indication in non-pres- Y22 + 
• Weldable sockets for standard 1½" P01    sure units2) Y01
threaded connection Specify in plain text:
• Weldable socket for minibolt connection 1" P02    Y22: ..... up to ..... l, m3, m, USg, ...
(incl. screw 5/16-18 UNC-2B and washer) (specification of measuring range in pressure
units "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5 char-
acters)
possible between 1 and 126
Specify in plain text: Y25: .....................
Only "Y01" and "Y21" can be factory preset
 = available
1/84 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
Ø 91 (3.58)
66 (2.6)
26 (1.02)
69 (2.72)
H1 = approx. 120 (4.72)
4)
26,5 (1.0
H 2 = approx. 36,8 (1.4)
°
82
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, with PMC connection, dimensions in mm (inch)
The diagram shows a SITRANS P300 with an example of a
PMC Style Standard
DN PN D H2
40.4 mm (1.6") Approx.
H2 = Height of the flange up to this defined cross-section 36.8 mm
H2
(1.4’’)
Ø 33,4 (1.31) D
M44 x 1,25
Ø 26,7 (1.05)
Ø 8 (0.3)
(0.82)
20,9
25,4 (1)
17,8 (0.7)
PMC Style Mini bolt

Ø 36,6 (1.44) DN PN D H2
Ø 58,9 (2.32)
26.3 mm (1.0") Approx.
1) 33.1 mm
(1.3’’)
H2
1) O-ring surface
(bore hole Ø 8 mm (0.3“) without burr)
PMC Style Standard (left) and PMC Style Minibolt (right) weldable sock-
ets, dimensions in mm (inch)
Material: Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404 / 316L
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/85

© Siemens 2020
for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P320/P420
Technical description
1 ■ Overview ■ Benefits
• Diagnostic functions in accordance with NAMUR
recommendation NE107
• SIL devices developed according to IEC 61508
• SIL validation on the device or remotely with SIMATIC PDM
• Reduction of internal inductance for Ex applications to LI = 0
• Step response time for pressure type T63 = 105 ms and for
differential pressure type 135 ms.
• Minimal conformity error
• Very low temperature influence
• Very good long-term stability
loads
• For corrosive and non-corrosive gases, vapors and liquids
• Extensive diagnostics and simulation functions
• Separate replacement of measuring cell and electronics
SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitters are digital pressure without recalibration
transmitters featuring extensive user-friendliness and high accu-
racy. The parameter assignment is performed using input but- • Wetted parts made of high-grade materials (e.g., stainless
tons or the HART interface. steel, alloy, gold, Monel, tantalum)
The comprehensive functionality makes for precise adjustment (0.15 psi to 10153 psi)
of the pressure transmitter to the requirements of the plant. Op-
eration is very user-friendly in spite of the numerous setting op- • Convenient parameterization over 4 input buttons and HART
tions. interface
Due to their advanced diagnostic functionalities according to
NAMUR NE107, the SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitters ■ Application
are very suitable for use in chemical plants. Thanks to the ad- SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitters can be used in in-
vanced diagnostic functions and the process value storage, the dustrial areas with extreme chemical and mechanical loads.
SITRANS P420 is "Ready for Digitalization".
The pressure transmitters can be used in zone 1 or zone 0 with
The "Remote Safety Handling" function saves customers signifi- the corresponding Ex approval.
cant amounts of time and money, because the SIL function can
be switched on and validated remotely via SIMATIC PDM. This The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
eliminates travel times and on-site operation via the local display mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of
or keyboard. highly viscous substances.
Parameter assignment using the HART protocol is very easy and The pressure transmitter can be operated locally over 4 input
quick thanks to the innovative EDD with integrated Quick Start buttons or programmed externally over HART interface.
wizard. Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure
The transmitters can be equipped with various types of remote Measured variable:
seals for special applications such as the measurement of highly
viscous substances. • Gauge pressure of corrosive and non-corrosive gases, vapors
and liquids.
SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitters are available in vari-
ous versions for measuring: Measuring span (infinitely adjustable)
• Gauge pressure • For SITRANS P320/P420 with HART: 0.01 bar to 700 bar
(0.15 psi to 10153 psi)
• Absolute pressure
• Differential pressure There are two series:
• Level • Gauge pressure series
• Volume flow • Differential pressure series
• Mass flow Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure
Measured variable:
• Absolute pressure of corrosive and non-corrosive gases,
vapors and liquids.
• For SITRANS P320/P420 with HART: 8.3 mbar a to 100 bar a
(0.12 to 1450 psi a)
There are two series:
• Gauge pressure series
• Differential pressure series
1/86 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow Pressure transmitters for level 1
Measured variables: Measured variable:
• Differential pressure • Level of corrosive and non-corrosive liquids in open and
• Small positive or negative overpressure closed vessels.
• Flow q ~ p (together with a primary differential pressure Measuring span (infinitely adjustable)
transducer (see section "Flow meters")) • For SITRANS P320/P420 with HART: 25 mbar to 5 bar
Measuring span (infinitely adjustable) (0.363 to 72.5 psi)
• For SITRANS P320/P420 with HART: 1 mbar to 30 bar Type of the mounting flange:
(0.0145 to 435 psi) • EN 1092-1 flanges
• ASME B16.5 flanges
• J.I.S. flanges
• Diverse range of sealing surface forms available
■ Design
Depending on the customer-specific order, the device comprises different parts.
9
1
11
8 2 15
10
3 14
7
13
4 12
1 Cover over buttons and nameplate with general information 9 Locking screw for the cover over the buttons
2 Cover (front) with glass pane (optional) 10 Cover (rear) for electrical terminal compartment
3 Display (optional) 11 Electrical terminal compartment
4 Safety catch (front) 12 Safety catch (back)
5 Locking screw for locking the enclosure 13 Ground terminal
6 Process connection 14 Nameplate with information on the remote seal
7 Approval label with approval information 15 Blanking plug

8 Cable inlet, optionally with cable gland
Device front view

• The electronics enclosure is made of die cast aluminum or • The electrical terminal compartment (11) for the auxiliary
precision cast stainless steel. power and shield is accessible when you remove the back
• The enclosure has a removable circular cover at the front and cover (10).
the back. • The measuring cell with process connection (6) is located in
• Depending on the device version, the front cover (2) may be the bottom part of the enclosure.
designed as an inspection window. The measuring cell is prevented from rotating by a locking
screw (5).
• The cable inlet (8) to the electrical terminal compartment is at
the side; either the left or right-hand one can be used. The • Thanks to the modular design of the pressure transmitter, the
unused opening is closed with a blanking plug (15). measuring cell and application electronics or terminal
compartment can be replaced if required.
• The ground terminal (13) is located on the side.
• The cover over buttons (1), under which there are 4 buttons, is
located on the upper face of the enclosure. The nameplate
with general information is located on the cover over the
buttons.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/87

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1 Nameplates
Nameplate
The nameplate with the article no. and other important information, such as design details and technical data, is located on the cover
over the buttons.
2
1 3
12
11
10
9 4
8
7
6 5
1 Article number 7 Permitted ambient temperature for the

hazardous area of the
2 Firmware and hardware identification corresponding temperature class
3 QR code to the mobile website 8 Maximum allowable operating pressure /

with device-specific information maximum allowable test pressure
4 Conformity with country-specific directives 9 Minimum/maximum measuring span
5 Note operating instructions, 10 Material: connection, diaphragm, O-ring, oil

certificates and approvals
11 Serial number
6 Protection class
12 Order supplement (options, order code)
Approval label with approval information

The approval label with approval information is located on the front of the enclosure.
II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T4/T5/T6 Ga
1 2 3 4 5
1 Characteristics of the hazardous area
2 Type of protection
3 Group (gas, dust)
4 Maximum surface temperature (temperature class)
5 Device protection level
1/88 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Measuring point label 1
The measuring point label is located under the front cover.
ID number of the special design

Measuring span (Y01; max. 5 characters) (max. 10 characters)
Y15 (max. 32 characters)

Y16 (max. 32 characters)
Nameplate with information on the remote seals

The nameplate with information on the remote seals is located on
the back of the enclosure.
5 6
7
1
2
9 8 10 11
4
1 Diaphragm seals of sandwich type 7 Nominal diameter/pressure: 4 inch, 50 mm tube length, CLASS 600
2 Article number 8 Filling liquid: Food grade oil (FDA-compliant)
3 Order supplement (options, order code) 9 Wetted materials: Diaphragm duplex, 1.4462
4 Serial number 10 QR code to mobile website with device-specific information
5 Operating temperature 11 Assembly and manufacturing location
6 Vacuum pressure service: No, oxygen ≤ 60 °C; ≤ 50 bar
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/89

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1 ■ Function
Adjustable parameters and diagnostics
SITRANS P320/P420 with HART communication
Parameters Input buttons SITRANS P320 SITRANS P420
Application, measure- x x x
ment type
Lower range value/ x x x
upper range value
Lower range value/ x x x
upper range value
Electrical damping x x x
Zero adjustment x x x
Fault current x x x
Saturation limits x x x
Scaling of the display x x x
Characteristic selec- x x x
tion
Temperature unit x x x
Key lock x x x
Change user pin x x x
Functional safety x x x
Loop test x x x
Start view x x x
Pressure reference x x x
Reset x x x
Diagnostics and
trend log
Min/Max pointer x x
Limit monitoring 2 2
Event counter (over- 2 2
flow/underflow)
Trend log 2, max.
1 500 values
Diagnostic log x x
Parameters x
change log
Available physical units of display for SITRANS P320/P420

Physical variable Physical dimensions
Pressure (setting can also be made in Pa, MPa, kPa, hPa, bar, mbar, psi,
the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, kgf/cm2, inH2O,
inH2O (4 °C), ftH2O, mmH2O,
mmH2O (4 °C), mH2O (4 °C), mmHg,
inHg, atm, torr
Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in
Volumes (fill level) m³, l, hl, in³, ft³, yd³, gal, gal (UK), bu,
bbl, bbl (US), SCF, Nm³, NI
Volume (flow) m³/sec, m³/h, m³/d, l/sec, l/min, l/h,
MI/d, ft³/sec, ft³/h, ft³/d, SCF/min,
SCF/h, NI/h, Nm³/hgal/sec, gal/min,
gal/h, gal/d, Mgal/d, gal (UK))/sec,
gal (UK)/min, gal (UK)/h, gal (UK)/d,
bbl/sec, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/d,
Mass (flow) Kg/sec, kg/min, kg/h, kg/d, g/sec,
g/min, g/h, t/min, t/h, t/d, lb/sec,
lb/min, lb/h, lb/d, ton/min, ton/h,
ton/d, ton (UK)/h, ton (UK)/d
Temperature °C, °F
Miscellaneous %, mA, free text max. 12 characters
For more device information and technical specifications, refer

to the individual device versions.
1/90 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge pressure (pressure series)
1
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for gauge pressure (pressure series)
Input
Measuring span (infinitely adjustable) or measuring Measuring span Max. permissible operating pres- Maximum permissible test pres-
range, max. permissible operating pressure (in sure MAWP (PS) sure
accordance with Pressure Equipment Directive
2014/68/EU) and max. test pressure (pursuant to 8.3 ... 250 mbar 4 bar 6 bar
DIN 16086) (for oxygen measurement, max. 0.83 ... 25 kPa 0.4 MPa 0.6 MPa
100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi and 60 °C (140 °F) ambient 0.12 … 3.6 psi 58 psi 87 psi
temperature/temperature of medium)
0.01 ... 1 bar 6 bar 9 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 0.6 MPa 0.9 MPa
0.15 … 14.5 psi 87 psi 130 psi
0.04 ... 4 bar 20 bar 30 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 2 MPa 3 MPa
0.58 … 58 psi 290 psi 435 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 45 bar 70 bar
0.016 ... 1.6 MPa 4.5 MPa 7 MPa
2.3 … 232 psi 652 psi 1015 psi
0.63 ... 63 bar 80 bar 120 bar
0.063 ... 6.3 MPa 8 MPa 12 MPa
9.1 … 914 psi 1160 psi 1740 psi
1.6 ... 160 bar 240 bar 360 bar
0.16 ... 16 MPa 24 MPa 36 MPa
23 … 2321 psi 3481 psi 5221 psi
4 ... 400 bar 400 bar 600 bar
0.4 ... 40 MPa 40 MPa 60 MPa
58 … 5802 psi 5802 psi 8702 psi
7 ... 700 bar 800 bar 800 bar
0.7 ... 70 MPa 80 MPa 80 MPa
102 … 10153 psi 11603 psi 11603 psi
Measuring limits
• Low measuring limit For 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi measuring cells, the lower measuring limit is 750 mbar a/75 kPa a/10.8 psi
a. The measuring cell is vacuum-resistant up to 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a.
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
- Measuring cell with inert oil 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
- Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
• Upper measuring limit 100% of the max. measuring span (for oxygen measurement max. 100 bar/10 MPa/ 1450 psi and 60 °C
(140 °F) ambient temperature/temperature of medium)
• Lower range value Between the measuring limits (infinitely adjustable)
Output HART
• Low saturation limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.8 mA
• High saturation limit (infinitely adjustable) 22.8 mA, factory-set to 20.5 mA or optionally 22.0 mA
• Ripple (without HART communication) Ipp  0.5% of max. output current
Adjustable damping 0 … 100 s, continuously adjustable over remote operation
0 … 100 s, in increments of 0.1 s, adjustable over display
• Current transmitter 3.55 … 22.8 mA
• Failure signal 3.55 … 22.8 mA (factory preset to 3.55 mA)
Load Resistor R []
• Without HART communication R = (UH - 10.5 V)/22.8 mA,
• With HART communication R = 230 … 1100  (HART communicator (handheld))
R = 230 … 500  (SIMATIC PDM)
Characteristic curve • Linearly increasing or linearly decreasing
• Linear increase or decrease or according to the square root (only for differential pressure and flow)
Physical bus -
Polarity-independent -
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/91

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for gauge pressure (pressure series)
Measuring accuracy
Reference conditions • According to EN 60770-1
• Rising characteristic curve
• Seal diaphragm stainless steel
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling
Conformity error at limit point setting, including hys-
teresis and repeatability
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span and nominal measuring range
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi r  1.25:  0.075% (SITRANS P320)
 0.065% (SITRANS P420)
1.25 < r  30:  (0.008 · r + 0.055)%
- 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi r  5:  0.065% (SITRANS P320)
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi  0.04% (SITRANS P420)
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 psi 5 < r  100:  (0.004 · r + 0.045)%
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
- 400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi r  3:  0.075% (SITRANS P320)
700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi 3 < r  100:  (0.005 · r + 0.05)% (SITRANS P320)
r  5:  0.075% (SITRANS P420)
5 < r  100:  (0.005 · r + 0.05)% (SITRANS P420)
in % per 28 °C (50 °F)
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.16 · r + 0.1)%
• 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi  (0.05 · r + 0.1)%
• 4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi  (0.025 · r + 0.125)%
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
• 700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi  (0.08 · r + 0.16)%
Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F)
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.25 · r)% per year
• 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi In 5 years  (0.25 · r)%
In 10 years  (0.35 · r)%
• 4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi In 5 years  (0.125 · r)%
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi In 10 years  (0.15 · r)%
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
• 700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi In 5 years  (0.25 · r)%
In 10 years  (0.35 · r)%
Step response time T63 (without electrical damping)  0.105 s
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change  0.05 mbar/0.005 kPa/0.000725 psi per 10° incline
of angle) (zero point correction is possible with position error compensation)
Effect of auxiliary power (in % per voltage change) 0.005% per 1 V
1/92 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
• Measuring cell with inert oil
- 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
- 160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi
• Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil -10 ... +100 °C (14 ... +212 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature/enclosure Observe the temperature class in areas subject to explosion hazard.
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Measuring cell with inert oil for gauge pressure -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
measuring cells:
1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi
- Measuring cell with inert oil -40 … +85 °C (-40 … +185 °F)
- Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil -10 ... +85°C (14 ... +185°F)
- Display -20 … +80 °C (-4 … +176 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F) (with FDA-compliant oil: -20 ... + 85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F))
• Climatic class in accordance with IEC 60721-3-4 4K4H
• Degree of protection
- According to IEC 60529 IP66, IP68
- According to NEMA 250 Type 4X
• Electromagnetic compatibility
- Emitted interference and interference immunity According to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
Design
Weight Approx. 2.3 kg (5.07 lb) with aluminum enclosure
Approx. 4.2 kg (9.25 lb) for stainless steel enclosure
Material
• Wetted parts materials
- Process connection Stainless steel, material no. 1.4404/316L or Alloy C22, material no. 2.4602
- Oval flange Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
- Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, material no. 1.4404/316L or Alloy C276, material no. 2.4819
• Non-wetted parts materials
- Electronics enclosure • Low-copper die-cast aluminum GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat. no. 1.4409/ CF-3M
• Standard: Powder coating with polyurethane
Option: 2 coats: Coat 1: epoxy-based; coat 2: Polyurethane
• Stainless steel type plate (1.4404/316L)
- Mounting bracket Electrogalvanized steel or stainless steel
Process connection • Connection shank G1/2A according to DIN EN 837-1
• Male thread M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT
• Oval flange (PN 160 (MWP 2320 psi g)) with fastening screw thread:
- 7/16-20 UNF according to EN 61518
- M10 according to DIN 19213
Electrical connection Cable entry via the following screwed glands:
• M20 x 1.5
• ½-14 NPT
• Device plug Han 7D/Han 8D1)
• Device plug M12
Displays and controls
Keys 4 keys for operation directly on the device
Display • With or without integrated display (optional)
• Cover with inspection window (optional)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/93

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for gauge pressure (pressure series)
Auxiliary power UH
Terminal voltage on pressure transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically safe mode
Ripple USS  0.2 V (47 … 125 Hz)
Noise Ueff  1.2 mV (0.5 … 10 kHz)
Auxiliary power –
Separate supply voltage –
Classification according to pressure equipment For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of article 4,
directive (PED 2014/68/EU) paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Drinking water
• WRAS (England) No.: 1903094 (option E83)
• ACS (France) No.: 18 ACC LY 277 (option E85)
• NSF (USA) No.: 20180920-MH61350 (option E84)
CRN (Canada) No.: 0F9863.5C (option E60)
Explosion protection acc. to NEPSI (China) No.: GYJ19.1058X (option E27)
Explosion protection acc. to INMETRO (Brazil) No.: BRA-18-GE-0035X (option E25)
- Marking II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
-40 ... +55 °C (-40 ... +131 °F) temperature class T6
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F) temperature class T4
- Connection To certified intrinsically safe circuits with peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance Li = 0.24 H/Ci = 3.29 nF
• Flameproof enclosure "d"
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/db IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
- Connection To a circuit with the operating values:
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
• Dust explosion protection for zones 21, 22
- Marking Ex II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C Db
Ex II 3D Ex tc IIIC T120 °C Dc
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
- Permissible temperature of measuring medium -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
- Max. surface temperature 120 °C (248 °F)
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
• Dust explosion protection for zones 20, 21, 22
- Marking Ex II 1D Ex ia IIIC T120 °C Da
Ex II 2D Ex ib IIIC T120 °C Db
- Connection To certified intrinsically safe circuits with the peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
1/94 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
• Type of protection for Zone 2
- Marking Ex II 3G Ex ec IIC T4/T6 Gc
- Permissible ambient temperature "ec" -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) temperature class T4
- "ec" connection To a circuit with the operating values:
Un = 10.5 to 30 V, 4 ... 20 mA
• Explosion protection acc. to FM Available soon
- Marking (XP/DIP) or IS; NI; S CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4 ... T6: CL I, DIV 2,
GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Explosion protection according to CSA Available soon
- Marking (XP/DIP) or (IS) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4 ... T6: CL I, DIV 2,
NAMUR recommendations
• NE 06 Standardized Electrical Signals and Questions Relating to Engineering Technology
• NE 21 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) of Industrial Process and Laboratory Control Equipment
• NE 23 Extra Low Voltage Circuits with Safe Separation
• NE 43 Standardization of the Signal Level for the Failure Information of Digital Transmitters
• NE 53 Software and Hardware of Field Devices and Signal Processing Devices with Digital Electronics
• NE 80 The Application of the Pressure Equipment Directive to Process Control Devices
• NE 105 Specifications for Integrating Fieldbus Devices in Engineering Tools for Field Devices
• NE 107 Self-Monitoring and Diagnosis of Field Devices
• NE 131 NAMUR Standard Device - Field Devices for Standard Applications
1) Han 8D is identical to Han 8U.
HART communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
Protocol HART 7
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/95

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1 ■ Selection and ordering data
Article No.
Pressure transmitters for gauge pressure (pressure series)
SITRANS P320 7 MF 0 3 0 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 7 MF 0 4 0 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Click on the Article no. for the online configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Communication
HART, 4 ... 20 mA 0
Measuring cell filling
Silicone oil 1
Inert liquid 3
Neobee oil 4
Maximum measuring span
250 mbar (3.6 psi) F
1000 mbar (14.5 psi) J
4000 mbar (58 psi) N
16 bar (232 psi) Q
63 bar (914 psi) T
160 bar (2321 psi) V
400 bar (5802 psi) W
700 bar (10153 psi) X
Process connection
Male thread M20 x 1.5 B
Male thread G½ (DIN EN 837-1) D
Female thread ½-14 NPT E
Male thread ½-14 NPT F
Oval flange, mounting thread: 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) G
Oval flange, mounting thread: M10 (DIN 19213) H
Oval flange, mounting thread: M12 (DIN 19213) J
Version for diaphragm seal pressure U
Wetted parts materials: Process connection, seal diaphragm
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404, stainless steel 316L/1.4404 0
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404, alloy C276/2.4819 1
Alloy C22/2.4602, alloy C276/2.4819 2
Die-cast aluminum 1
Stainless steel precision casting CF3M/1.4409 similar to 316L 2
Enclosure
Dual chamber device 5
Type of protection
Without Ex A
Intrinsic safety B
Flameproof enclosure C
Flameproof enclosure, intrinsic safety D
Dust protection by enclosure Zone 21/22 (DIP), increased safety Zone 2 L
Dust protection by enclosure Zone 20/21/22 (DIP), increased safety Zone 2 M
Combination of options B, C and L (zone model) S
Combination of options B, C and M (zone model, Class DCable gland must be ordered separately as option (Axx)ivision) T
Electrical connections/cable entries
Thread for cable gland: Cable gland must be ordered separately as option (Axx)
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 F
• 2 x ½-14 NPT M
Local operation/display
Without display (cover closed) 0
With display (cover closed) 1
With display (cover with glass pane) 2
1/96 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
■ Selection and ordering data

1
Options Order code Options Order code
Append "-Z" to Article No., add order code and plain Append "-Z" to Article No., add order code and plain
text or entry from drop-down list. text or entry from drop-down list.
Cable glands included Device options
Plastic A00 PDF file with device settings D10
Metal A01 Double layer coating (epoxy resin and polyurethane) D20
120 m of enclosure and cover
Stainless steel A02
FVMQ enclosure sealing D21
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404 A03
IP66/IP68 degree of protection (not for device plugs D30
CMP, for XP devices A10 M12 and Han )
CAPRI ADE 4F, CuZn, cable inner diameter 7 ... 12 mm, A11 TAG label empty D40
cable outer diameter 10 ... 16 mm
Without labeling of the measuring range on the TAG D41
CAPRI ADE 4F, stainless steel, cable inner diameter A12 label
7 ... 12 mm, cable outer diameter 10 ... 16 mm
Stainless steel Ex plate 1.4404/316L D42
Device plug Han mounted left Overvoltage protection up to 6 kV (external) D71
Device plug Han 7D (plastic, straight) A30 Adhesive labels on transport packaging (supplied by D90
Device plug Han 7D (plastic, angled) A31 customer)
Device plug Han 7D (metal, straight) A32 General approval without Ex approval
Device plug Han 7D (metal, angled) A33 Worldwide (CE, RCM) except EAC, FM, CSA, KCC E00
Device plug Han 8D (plastic, straight) A34 Worldwide (CE, RCM, EAC, FM, CSA, KCC) E01
CSA (USA and Canada) E06
Device plug Han 8D (plastic, angled) A35
EAC E07
Device plug Han 8D (metal, straight) A36
FM E08
Device plug Han 8D (metal, angled) A37
KCC E09
Cable socket included
Export approval CPA (China) E12
Plastic, for device plug Han 7D and Han 8D A40
Explosion protection approvals
Metal, for device plug Han 7D and Han 8D A41
ATEX (Europe) E20
Device plug M12 mounted left
CSA (USA and Canada) E21
Stainless steel, without cable socket A62
FM (USA and Canada) E22
Stainless steel, with cable socket A63
IECEx (Worldwide) E23
Cable entry/connector mounting
EACEx (GOST-R, -K, -B) E24
2x sealing plugs M20 x 1.5, IP66/68 installed on both A90 INMETRO (Brazil) E25
sides
KCs (Korea) E26
2x sealing plugs ½-14 NPT, IP66/68 installed on both A91
sides NEPSI (China) E27
Cable gland/connector mounted left A97 PESO (India) E28
Cable gland/connector mounted on right A99 UKR Sepro (Ukraine) E30
Nameplate labeling ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (Worldwide) E47

(standard labeling: English, unit bar) CSA (Canada) and FM (USA) E48
German (bar) B11 ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (Worldwide) + CSA (Canada) E49
French (bar) B12 and FM (USA)
Marine approvals
Spanish (bar) B13
DNV-GL (Det Norske Veritas/Germanischer Lloyd) E50
Italian (bar) B14
LR (Lloyds Register) E51
Chinese (bar) B15
BV (Bureau Veritas) E52
Russian (bar) B16
ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) E53
English (psi) B20
RMR (Russian Maritime Register) E55
English (Pa) B30
KR (Korean Register of Shipping) E56
Chinese (Pa) B35
RINA (Registro Italiano Navale) E57
Certificates
CCS (China Classification Society) E58
Quality test certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11
(IEC 60770-2) Country-specific approvals
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - Material of pres- C12 CRN approval Canada (Canadian Registration Number) E60
surized and wetted parts Special approvals
Factory certificate - NACE (MR 0103-2012 and MR C13 Oxygen application (with inert liquid, max. 100 bar E80
0175-2009)) (1 450 psi) at 60° C (140 °F))
Factory certificate (EN 10204-2.2) - Wetted parts C14 Dual seal E81
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of pres- C15 WRC / WRAS (drinking water); E83
surized and wetted parts only with pressure cap O-rings made of EPDM
Certificates for functional safety NSF61 (drinking water) E84
Functional safety (IEC 61508) - SIL2/3 C20 ACS (drinking water) E85
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/97

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1 Options Order code Options Order code
Mounting bracket Device settings
Steel, galvanized H01 Measuring span Y01
Lower range value (max. 5 characters),
Stainless steel 1.4301/304 H02 upper range value (max. 5 characters),
Stainless steel 1.4404/316L H03 unit [mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...],
example: -0.5 ... 10.5 psi
Flange connections with flange EN 1092-1
Input field 1 and input field 2: max. 5 characters and
With flange adapter G½ Form B1 numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
• DN 25 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J80 matically converted to dot).
• DN 50 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J81 Drop-down list: Pa, MPa, kPa, hPa, bar, mbar, psi,
• DN 80 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J82 g/cm2, kg/cm2, kgf/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4°C), ftH2O,
mmH2O, mmH2O (4°C), mH2O (4°C), mmHg, inHg, atm,
With siphon G½ Form B1 torr
• DN 25 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J83 TAG Y15
• DN 50 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J84 (on stainless steel plate and device parameters,
• DN 80 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J85 max. 32 characters)
• DN 25 PN 100, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J86 Input field: Free text, max. 32 characters
Process flanges, gaskets (instead of standard gas- Measuring point description Y16
kets FKM (FPM)) (on stainless steel plate and device parameters,
Seal (EN 837-1) material Fe (soft iron) K60 max. 32 characters)
Input field: Free text, max. 32 characters
Seal (EN 837-1) material 1.4571 K61
TAG short Y17
Seal (EN 837-1) material Cu K62 (device parameters, max. 8 characters)
Process connection Input field: Free text, max. 8 characters
Process connection male thread G½, bore hole 11 mm K80 Local display Y21
[Pressure, Percent], reference [None, Absolute, Rela-
Shut-off valves, valve manifolds
tive], example: Pressure gauge
With mounted valve manifold 7MF9011-4EA, T02 Drop-down list: Percent, pressure unit, pressure unit
process connection at transmitter G½ shank, PTFE seal- abs., pressure unit gauge
ing ring and pressure test certified in in factory certifi-
cate (EN 10204-2.2) Local display Y22
Scaling with standard units
With mounted valve manifold 7MF9011-4FA, process T03 [m3/s, l/s, m, inch, ...], example 1 ... 5 m
connection at transmitter female thread ½-14 NPT, seal-
ing tape. With PTFE sealing ring and pressure test certi- Input field 1 and input field 2: max. 5 characters and
fied in factory certificate (EN 10204-2.2) numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
matically converted to dot).
With mounted valve manifold 7MF9411-5AA, process T05 Drop-down list: m, cm, mm, in, ft, m3, l, hl, in3, ft3, yd3,
connection at transmitter oval flange with PTFE gasket, gal, gal (UK), bu, bbl, bbl (US), SCF, Nm3, Nl.
steel mounting screws, pressure test certified in factory
certificate (EN 10204-2.2) Local display Y23
Scaling with user-specific units (max. 12 characters),
With mounted valve manifold 7MF9411-5AA, process T06
example 1 ... 5 m
connection at transmitter oval flange with PTFE gasket,
stainless steel mounting screws, pressure test certified Input field 1 and input field 2: max. 5 characters and
in factory certificate (EN 10204-2.2) numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
Input field 3: Free text, max. 8 characters
Saturation limits instead of 3.8 ... 20.5 mA, Y30
example: 3.8 ... 22.0 mA
Drop-down list 1: 3.9, 4
Fault current instead of 3.6 mA [22.5 mA, 22.8 mA] Y31
Drop-down list: 3.75; 21.75; 22.5; 22.6
Damping in seconds instead of 2 s (0.0 ... 100.0 s) Y32
Input field: max. 4 characters and numbers only; deci-
mal places as dot (comma is automatically converted to
dot); min. value = 0; max. value = 100.
ID number of special version Y99
Input field: max. 4 characters and only natural numbers
from 0 … 9999
1/98 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)
3 4
146 (5.75) 51 (2.01)
27 (1.06)
5
2.6 74 (2.9) 61 (2.4) 24 (0.94) 27 (1.06) 84 (3.31)
1 (0.1)
52 (2.05)
6
Ø 81 (3.19)
117 (4.61)
158 (6.22)
3
7
183 (7.2)
237 (9.33)
9
SW 36
68 (2.68)
approx. 32
120 (4.72)
(1.26)
72 (2.8)
Space for
rotation of
enclosure
min. 92 (3.62) Ø 50 ... 60 105 (4.13)

(1.97 ... 2.36)
123 (4.84)
1 Electronics side, local display 5 Cover over buttons and nameplate

(longer overall length for cover with glass pane)1) with general information
6 Blanking plug
2 Connection side
7 Safety catch
3 Electrical connection:
(only for "flameproof enclosure" type of protection)
• M20 x 1,53) screw gland
8 Process connection: G½B connection pin or oval flange
• Han 7D/Han 8D2) 3) device plug 9 Mounting bracket (optional)
• M12 device plug2) 3
4 Harting adapter
1)
In addition, allow approx. 22 mm (0.87 inch) for the thread length when removing the covers
2)
Not with "flameproof enclosure" type of protection
3)
Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [is + XP]"
SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitter for gauge pressure (pressure series), dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/99

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge pressure (differential pressure series)
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for gauge pressure (differential pressure series)
Input
range and maximum operating pressure (pursuant to sure MAWP (PS) sure
Pressure Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU)
1 ... 20 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
0.1 ... 2 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
0.4019 … 8.037 inH2O 2320 psi 3481 psi
1 ... 60 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
0.1 ... 6 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
0.4019 … 24.11 inH2O 2320 psi 3481 psi
2.5 ... 250 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
0.2 ... 25 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
1.005 … 100.5 inH2O 2320 psi 3481 psi
6 ... 600 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
0.6 ... 60 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
2.41 … 241.1 inH2O 2320 psi 3481 psi
16 ... 1600 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
1.6 ... 160 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
6.43 … 643 inH2O 2320 psi 3481 psi
50 ... 5000 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
5 ... 500 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
20.09 … 2009 inH2O 2320 psi 3481 psi
0.3 ... 30 bar 160 bar 240 bar
0.03 ... 3 MPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
4.35 … 435 psi 2320 psi 3481 psi
5 ... 100 bar 160 bar 240 bar
0.5 ... 10 MPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
76.9 … 1450 psi 2320 psi 3481 psi
Measuring limits
• Low measuring limit
Output HART
• Failure signal 3.55 … 22.8 mA
R = 230 … 500  (SIMATIC PDM)
Physical bus -
1/100 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Measuring accuracy
Reference conditions • According to EN 60770-1 • Seal diaphragm stainless steel
• Rising characteristic curve • Measuring cell with silicone oil filling
• Lower range value 0 bar/kPa/psi • Room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span and nominal measuring range
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/8.031 inH2O r  5:  0.075%
5 < r  20:  (0.005 · r + 0.05)%
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/24.09 inH2O r  5:  0.075%
5 < r  60:  (0.005 · r + 0.05)%
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi r  5:  0.065% (SITRANS P320)
600 mbar/60 kPa/240.9 inH2O  0.04% (SITRANS P420)
1600 mbar/160 kPa/642.4 inH2O 5 < r  100:  (0.004 · r + 0.045) %
5000 mbar/500 kPa/2008 inH2O
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
• 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi r < 10: = 0.1%
10 < r < 30: = 0.2%
as % per 28 °C (50 °F))
• 20 mbar/2 kPa/8.031 inH2O  (0.15 · r + 0.1)%
• 60 mbar/6 kPa/24.09 inH2O  (0.075 · r + 0.1)%
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.025 · r + 0.125)% (SITRANS P320)
600 mbar/60 kPa/240.9 inH2O
1600 mbar/160 kPa/642.4 inH2O
5000 mbar/500 kPa/2008 inH2O
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.025 · r + 0.0625)% (SITRANS P420)
5000 mbar/500 kPa/2008 inH2O
• 600 mbar/60 kPa/240.9 inH2O  (0.0125 · r + 0.0625)% (SITRANS P420)
1600 mbar/160 kPa/642.4 inH2O
• 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi 0.08 · r + 0.16%
Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F))
• 20 mbar/2 kPa/8.031 inH2O  (0.2 · r)% per year
• 60 mbar/6 kPa/24.09 inH2O In 5 years  (0.25 · r)%
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi In 5 years  (0.125 · r)%
600 mbar/60 kPa/240.9 inH2O In 10 years  (0.15 · r)%
1600 mbar/160 kPa/642.4 inH2O
5000 mbar/500 kPa/2008 inH2O
In 10 years  (0.35 · r)%
Step response time T63 (without electrical damping)
• 20 mbar/2 kPa/8.031 inH2O Approx. 0.160 s
• 60 mbar/6 kPa/24.09 inH2O Approx. 0.150 s
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi Approx. 0.135 s
600 mbar/60 kPa/240.9 inH2O
1600 mbar/160 kPa/642.4 inH2O
5000 mbar/500 kPa/2008 inH2O
• 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi Approx. 0.145 s
of angle) (zero offset is possible with position error compensation)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F)
- Measuring cell 30 bar (435 psi) -20 … +100 °C (-4 … +212 °F)
• Measuring cell with inert oil -20 … +100 °C (-4 … +212 °F)
• In conjunction with dust explosion protection -40 … +85 °C (-4 … +185 °F)
Ambient conditions
- Display -20 … +80 °C (-4 … +176 °F)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/101

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for gauge pressure (differential pressure series)
Design
Approx. 5.8 kg (12.7 lb) with stainless steel enclosure
Material
- Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L, Alloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819, Monel, mat. no. 2.4360, tantalum or
gold
- Process flanges and sealing plugs Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4408 to PN 160, mat. no. 1.4571/316Ti for PN 420, Alloy C22, 2.4602 or Monel,
mat. no. 2.4360
- O-ring FPM (Viton) or optionally: PTFE, FEP, FEPM and NBR
- Pressure flange screws Stainless steel ISO 3506-1 A4-70
- Mounting bracket Steel, electrogalvanized steel, or stainless steel
Process connection ¼-18 NPT female thread and flat connection with 7/16-20 UNF fastening screw thread in accordance
with EN 61518 or M10 fastening screw thread in accordance with DIN 19213 (M12 for PN 420 (MWP
6092 psi))
Electrical connection Screw terminals
Cable entry via the following screwed glands:
• M20 x 1.5
• ½-14 NPT
• Device plug M12
Auxiliary power UH
Ripple USS  0.2 V (47 … 125 Hz)
Auxiliary power –
Drinking water
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
1/102 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Un = 10.5 to 30 V, 4 ... 20 mA
HART communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
Protocol HART 7
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/103

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Article No.
Pressure transmitters for gauge pressure (differential pressure series)
SITRANS P320 7 MF 0 3 1 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 7 MF 0 4 1 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Communication
HART, 4 ... 20 mA 0
Silicone oil 1
Inert filling liquid 3
20 mbar (8.037 inH2O) B
60 mbar (24.11 inH2O) D
250 mbar (1005 inH2O) G
600 mbar (241.1 inH2O) H
1 600 mbar (643 inH2O) M
5000 mbar (2009 inH2O) P
30 bar (435 psi) R
Process connection
Oval flange, mounting thread: 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) L
Oval flange, mounting thread: M10 (PN 160), (DIN 19213) M
Oval flange, mounting thread: 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) with lateral ventilation N
Oval flange, mounting thread: M10 (PN 160) (DIN 19213) with lateral ventilation P
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404, stainless steel 316L/1.4404, process flange stainless steel 316/1.4408 0
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404, alloy C276/2.4819, process flange stainless steel 316/1.4408 1
Alloy C22/2.4602, alloy C276/2.4819, process flange stainless steel 316/1.4408 2
Tantalum/tantalum, process flange stainless steel 316/1.4408 4
(not in combination with maximum measuring span 20 mbar (0.29 psi) and 60 mbar (0.87 psi))
Monel 00/2.4360, Monel 400/2.4360, process flange stainless steel 316/1.4408 6
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404, gold-plated, process flange stainless steel 316/1.4408 8
Die-cast aluminum 1
Enclosure
Type of protection
Without Ex A
Intrinsic safety B
Combination of options B, C and M (zone model, Class Division) T
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 F
• 2 x ½-14 NPT M
1/104 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420

1
Stainless steel A02
Device plug Han mounted left
Overvoltage protection up to 6 kV (external) D71
Device plug Han 7D (plastic, straight) A30
Adhesive labels on transport packaging (supplied by D90
Device plug Han 8D (plastic, angled) A35 CSA (USA and Canada) E06
Device plug Han 8D (metal, straight) A36 EAC E07
Device plug Han 8D (metal, angled) A37 FM E08
Cable socket included KCC E09
Plastic, for device plug Han 7D and Han 8D A40 Export approval CPA (China) E12
Metal, for device plug Han 7D and Han 8D A41 Explosion protection approvals
Device plug M12 mounted left ATEX (Europe) E20
Stainless steel, without cable socket A62 CSA (USA and Canada) E21
Stainless steel, with cable socket A63 FM (USA and Canada) E22
Cable entry/connector mounting IECEx (Worldwide) E23
2x sealing plugs M20 x 1.5, IP66/68 installed on both A90 EACEx (GOST-R, -K, -B) E24
sides
INMETRO (Brazil) E25
sides KCs (Korea) E26
Cable gland/connector mounted left A97 NEPSI (China) E27
Cable gland/connector mounted on right A99 PESO (India) E28
Nameplate labeling UKR Sepro (Ukraine) E30
(standard labeling: English, unit bar)
ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (Worldwide) E47
German (bar) B11
CSA (Canada) and FM (USA) E48
French (bar) B12
ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (Worldwide) + CSA (Canada) E49
Spanish (bar) B13 and FM (USA)
Italian (bar) B14 Marine approvals
Chinese (bar) B15 DNV-GL (Det Norske Veritas/Germanischer Lloyd) E50
Russian (bar) B16 LR (Lloyds Register) E51
English (psi) B20 BV (Bureau Veritas) E52
English (Pa) B30 ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) E53
Chinese (Pa) B35 RMR (Russian Maritime Register) E55
Certificates KR (Korean Register of Shipping) E56
Quality test certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11 RINA (Registro Italiano Navale) E57
(IEC 60770-2)
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - Material of pres- C12
surized and wetted parts Country-specific approvals
Factory certificate - NACE (MR 0103-2012 and MR C13 CRN approval Canada (Canadian Registration Number) E60
0175-2009))
Factory certificate (EN 10204-2.2) - Wetted parts C14
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of pres- C15
surized and wetted parts
Certificates for functional safety
Functional safety (IEC 61508) - SIL2/3 C20
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/105

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Special approvals Process flange options
Oxygen application (with inert liquid, max. 100 bar E80 Process flanges for vertical differential pressure lines K81
(1 450 psi) at 60° C (140 °F)) (half process flange)
Dual seal E81 Process flanges (+) - side front K82
WRC / WRAS (drinking water); E83 Process flange screws, process flange nuts, K83
only with pressure cap O-rings made of EPDM material Monel 400/2.4360
NSF61 (drinking water) E84 Valve ¼-18 NPT, material same as process flanges K84
ACS (drinking water) E85 Valve mounted on the side, measured medium: Gas K85
Mounting bracket Oval flange enclosed, gasket PTFE + mounting screws K86
Steel, galvanized H01 Valve manifolds
Stainless steel 1.4301/304 H02 With mounted valve manifold (3-way) 7MF9411-5BA, U01
PTFE sealing rings, chrome-plated steel screws and
Stainless steel 1.4404/316L H03 pressure test certified in factory certificate
Process flanges; screw plug with vent valve (EN 10204-2.2)
Welded in on right J08 With mounted valve manifold (3-way) 7MF9411-5BA, U02
PTFE sealing rings, stainless steel screws and pressure
Welded in on left J09 test certified in factory certificate (EN 10204-2.2)
Glued in on right J10 With mounted valve manifold (5-way) 7MF9411-5CA, U03
Glued in on left J11
pressure test certified in factory certificate
Flange connections with flange EN 1092-1 (EN 10204-2.2)
Form B1 With mounted valve manifold (5-way) 7MF9411-5CA, U04
• DN 25 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J70 PTFE sealing rings, stainless steel screws and pressure
test certified in factory certificate (EN 10204-2.2)
• DN 50 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J71
Form C
Flange connection options
Flange connection and temperature extension J76
Flange connection with epoxy resin coating J77
Process flanges; special materials
Reserved for 7MF7: without process flanges, without K00
screws, without gaskets
Process flange material alloy C22/2.4602 K01
Process flange material Monel 400/2.4360 K02
Process connection material PVDF, on the side ½- K05
14 NPT
Process flanges/process connection material PVDF, K06
flange on the side EN 1092-1 Form B1 DN 25 PN 40,
MAWP 4 bar
MAWP 4 bar
Process flanges; process connection option
Process flange with process connection G½ welded on K20
Process connection NAM (ASTAVA) K21
Process flanges chambered with gaskets
1x chambered, graphite K40
1x chambered, PTFE K41
Process flanges, gaskets (instead of standard gas-
kets FKM (FPM))
O-ring, process flanges, PTFE K50
O-ring, process flanges, FEP (with silicone core, K51
approved for food)
O-ring, process flanges, FFKM (FFPM) K52
O-ring, process flanges, NBR K53
O-ring, process flanges, EPDM K54
1/106 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Options Order code
1
Append "-Z" to Article No., add order code and plain
text or entry from drop-down list.
Device settings
Measuring span Y01
upper range value (max. 5 characters),
unit [mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...],
example: -0.5 ... 10.5 psi
numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
Drop-down list: Pa, MPa, kPa, hPa, bar, mbar, psi,
g/cm2, kg/cm2, kgf/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4°C), ftH2O,
torr
TAG Y15
(on stainless steel plate and device parameters,
max. 32 characters)
Measuring point description Y16
max. 32 characters)
TAG short Y17
(device parameters, max. 8 characters)
Local display Y21
Drop-down list: Percent, pressure unit, pressure unit
abs., pressure unit gauge
Local display Y22
[m3/s, l/s, m, inch, ...], example 1 ... 5 m
Drop-down list: m, cm, mm, in, ft, m3, l, hl, in3, ft3, yd3,
gal, gal (UK), bu, bbl, bbl (US), SCF, Nm3, Nl.
Local display Y23
example 1 ... 5 m
example: 3.8 ... 22.0 mA
Drop-down list: 3.75; 21.75; 22.5; 22.6
from 0 … 9999
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/107

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)
3 4
2.6 146 (5.75) 5

(0.1) 72 (2.83) 27 (1.06)
61 (2.4) 27 (1.06) 84 (3.31)
1
52 (2.05)
6
Ø 81 (3.19)
139 (5.47)
172 (6.77)
3
2 7
8
273 (10.75)
12 min. 92 (3.6)
Space for rotation of
enclosure
134 (5.28)
101 (3.98)
11 10
52 (2.05)
1.97 ... 2.36
Ø 50 ... 60
68 (2.7)
72 (2.83) 120 (4.7)
105 (4.1)
1 Electronics side, local display 6 Blanking plug

(longer overall length for cover with glass pane)1) Safety catch
7
2 Connection side (only for "flameproof enclosure" type of protection)
3 Electrical connection: 8 Lateral ventilation for liquid measurement (Standard)
• M20 x 1,53) screw gland 9 Lateral ventilation for gas measurement (order option K85)
• ½-14 NPT screw gland 10 Mounting bracket (optional)
• Han 7D/Han 8D2) 3) device plug
• M12 device plug2) 3 11 Sealing plug with valve (optional)
4 Harting adapter 12 Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (IEC 61518)
5 Cover over buttons and nameplate with general information
1)
2)
3)
SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitter for relative pressure (differential pressure series), dimensions in mm (inch)
1/108 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
for gauge and absolute pressure, flush-mounted diaphragm
1
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for gauge and absolute pressure, with flush-mounted diaphragm
Input of gauge pressure, with flush-mounted dia-
phragm
range, max. operating pressure and max. test pressure MAWP (PS) sure
sure
0.01 ... 1 bar Refer to the information on the nameplate of the pressure transmitter
1 ... 100 kPa and the data on the mounting flange1)
0.15 … 14.5 psi
0.04 ... 4 bar
4 ... 400 kPa
0.58 … 58 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar
0.016 ... 1.6 MPa
2.3 … 232 psi
0.6 ... 63 bar
0.063 ... 6.3 MPa
9.1 … 914 psi
Measuring limits
• Upper measuring limit 100% of max. measuring span
Input of absolute pressure, with flush-mounted
diaphragm
range, max. operating pressure and max. test pressure MAWP (PS) sure
sure
43 … 1300 mbar a Refer to the information on the nameplate of the pressure transmitter
4.3 ... 130 kPa a and the data on the mounting flange1)
17 … 525 inH2O a
166 … 5000 mbar a
16.6 ... 500 kPa a
2.41 … 72.5 psi a
1 … 30 bar a
0.1 ... 3 MPa a
14.5 … 435 psi a
Depending on the process connection, the measuring span may differ from these values.
Measuring limits
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 0 bar a/0 kPa a/0 psi a
Lower range value Between the measuring limits (infinitely adjustable)
Output HART
R = 230 … 500  (SIMATIC PDM)
Physical bus -
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/109

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for gauge and absolute pressure, with flush-mounted diaphragm
Gauge pressure measuring accuracy,
with flush-mounted diaphragm
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = maximum measuring span/set measuring span or nominal measuring range
- 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi r  5:  0.075%
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi 5 < r  100:  (0.005 · r + 0.05)%
in % per 28 °C (50 °F)
• 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi  (0.08 · r + 0.16)%
Influence of the temperature of medium
(in pressure per temperature unit)
• Temperature difference between 3 mbar/0.3 kPa/0.04 psi per 10 K
temperature of medium and ambient temperature
• 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi In 5 years  (0.25 · r)%
• 16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi In 5 years  (0.125 · r)%
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change 0.4 mbar/0.04 kPa/0.006 per 10° incline
Absolute pressure measuring accuracy with flush
diaphragm
- All measuring cells r  10:  0.2%
10 < r  30:  0.4%
in % per 28 °C (50 °F)
• All measuring cells  (0.16 · r + 0.24)%
Influence of the temperature of medium
(in pressure per temperature unit)
• Temperature difference between 3 mbar/0.3 kPa/0.04 psi per 10 K
temperature of medium and ambient temperature
• All measuring cells In 5 years  (0.25 · r)%
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change 0.4 mbar/0.04 kPa/0.006 per 10° incline
1/110 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Temperature of medium2)
-40 … +200 °C (-40 … +392 °F) with cooling extension
• Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil -10 … +150 °C (14 … +302 °F)
Ambient conditions
- Measuring cell with inert oil 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
(different pressure classes) 4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi
63 bar/6.3 MPa/914 ps
- Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil -10 ... +85°C (14 ... +185°F)
- Display -20 … +80 °C (-4 … +176 °F)
Design
Weight (pressure transmitter without mounting
flange)
Material
- Process connection Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
Process connection • Flanges according to EN and ASME
• BioConnect/BioControl
• PMC style
• M20 x 1.5
• ½-14 NPT
• Device plug M12
Auxiliary power UH
Ripple Uss  0.2 V (47 … 125 Hz)
Auxiliary power –
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/111

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for gauge and absolute pressure, with flush-mounted diaphragm
Drinking water
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Un = 10.5 to 30 V, 4 ... 20 mA
1/112 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
1) The MAWP value of the pressure transmitter can be lower than the PN value of the mounting flange and vice versa.
To determine the maximum permissible operating pressure and the maximum permissible test pressure, use the lowest value as reference.
2) Observe the temperature limits in the process connection standards (e.g. DIN 32676 and DIN 11851) for the maximum temperature of medium for flush-
mounted process connections.
HART communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
Protocol HART 7
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/113

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Article No.
Pressure transmitter for gauge and absolute pressure, with flush-mounted diaphragm
SITRANS P320 for gauge pressure 7 MF 0 3 0 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 for gauge pressure 7 MF 0 4 0 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P320 for absolute pressure 7 MF 0 3 2 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 for absolute pressure 7 MF 0 4 2 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Communication
HART, 4 ... 20 mA 0
Silicone oil 1
Neobee oil 4
1000 mbar (14.5 psi) 0 J
4000 mbar (58 psi) 0 N
16 bar (232 psi) 0 Q
63 bar (914 psi) 0 T
1 300 mbar a (18.9 psi a) 2 L
5000 mbar a (72.5 psi a) 2 P
30 bar a (435 psi a) 2 R
Process connection
Flush-mounted diaphragm K
Alloy C22/2.4602, alloy C276/2.4819 2
Die-cast aluminum 1
Enclosure
Type of protection
Without Ex A
Intrinsic safety B
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 F
• 2 x ½-14 NPT M
1/114 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420

1
Stainless steel A02
sides
NEPSI (China) E27
Cable gland/connector mounted left A97
PESO (India) E28
Cable gland/connector mounted on right A99
UKR Sepro (Ukraine) E30
Nameplate labeling
(standard labeling: English, unit bar) ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (Worldwide) E47
German (bar) B11 CSA (Canada) and FM (USA) E48
French (bar) B12 ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (Worldwide) + CSA (Canada) E49
and FM (USA)
Spanish (bar) B13
Marine approvals
Italian (bar) B14
DNV-GL (Det Norske Veritas/Germanischer Lloyd) E50
Chinese (bar) B15
LR (Lloyds Register) E51
Russian (bar) B16
BV (Bureau Veritas) E52
English (psi) B20
ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) E53
English (Pa) B30
RMR (Russian Maritime Register) E55
Chinese (Pa) B35
KR (Korean Register of Shipping) E56
Certificates
Quality test certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11
(IEC 60770-2) CCS (China Classification Society) E58
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - Material of pres- C12 Country-specific approvals
CRN approval Canada (Canadian Registration Number) E60
Factory certificate - NACE (MR 0103-2012 and MR C13
0175-2009))
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/115

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Special approvals Sanitary connections manufacturer-specific
Oxygen application (with inert liquid, max. 100 bar E80 Varivent type N for pipes DN 40 ... DN 125 PN 40 P06
(1 450 psi) at 60° C (140 °F))
Sanitary connections special design
Dual seal E81
Tank connection
WRC / WRAS (drinking water); E83 • TG 52/50 PN 40 with seal Q00
only with pressure cap O-rings made of EPDM
• TG 52/150 PN 40 with seal Q01
NSF61 (drinking water) E84
DRD flange D = 65 mm DN 50 PN 40 Q15
ACS (drinking water) E85
SMS socket
3A (hygiene) E86 • with thread 2" PN 25 Q28
EHEDG (hygiene) E87 • with thread 2 ½" PN 25 Q29
• with thread 3" PN 25 Q30
kets FKM (FPM)) Weldable sockets for tank connection
Seal (EN 837-1) material Fe (soft iron) K60 Weldable piece for TG52/50 Q90
Seal (EN 837-1) material 1.4571 K61 Weldable piece for TG52/150 Q91
Seal (EN 837-1) material Cu K62 Connections for the paper industry
Process connection Process connection PMC Style Standard R00
Process connection male thread G½, bore hole 11 mm K80 Process connection PMC Style Minibolt R01
Flanges according to DIN EN 1092-1 Form B1 and Weldable sockets for PMC Style Standard R02
ASME standard B16.5
Weldable sockets for PMC Style Minibolt R03
EN 1092-1 Form B1
Threaded connection
• DN 50 PN 16 M03
• DN 80 PN 16 M05 Male thread G¾-A DIN 3852 R11
• DN 25 PN 40 M10 Male thread G1-A DIN 3852 R12
• DN 40 PN 40 M12
Male thread G2-A DIN 3852 R14
• DN 50 PN 40 M13
• DN 80 PN 40 M15 Special options front-flush
• DN 40 PN 100 M22 Temperature decoupler (media temperature up to R85
200 °C)
ASME B16.5
• 1" Class 150 RF M30 Mating connector including seal R90
• 1 ½" Class 150 RF M31
• 2" Class 150 RF M32
• 3" Class 150 RF M33
• 4" Class 150 RF M34
• 1 ½" Class 300 RF M36
• 2" Class 300 RF M37
• 3" Class 300 RF M38
• 4" Class 300 RF M39
Sanitary connections in accordance with the stan-
dard
Sanitary flange DIN 11851
• with slotted union nut DN 50 PN 25 N03
• with slotted union nut DN 80 PN 25 N05
Tri-Clamp
• DIN 32676 DN 50 PN 16 N14
• DIN 32676 DN 65 PN 10 N15
• ISO 2852 2" PN 40 N22
• ISO 2852 3" PN 40 N23
Aseptic threaded socket
• DIN 11864-1 Form A DN 50 PN 25 N33
• DIN 11864-1 Form A DN 65 PN 25 N34
• DIN 11864-1 Form A DN 80 PN 25 N35
• DIN 11864-1 Form A DN100 PN 25 N36
Aseptic flange with notch
• DIN 11864-2 Form A DN 50 PN 16 N43
• DIN 11864-2 Form A DN 65 PN 16 N44
• DIN 11864-2 Form A DN 80 PN 16 N45
• DIN 11864-2 Form A DN100 PN 16 N46
Aseptic clamp with groove
• DIN 11864-3 Form A DN 50 PN 25 N53
• DIN 11864-3 Form A DN 65 PN 25 N54
• DIN 11864-3 Form A DN 80 PN 16 N55
• DIN 11864-3 Form A DN100 PN 16 N56
1/116 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Options Order code
1
Device settings
Measuring span Y01
example: -0.5 ... 10.5 psi
torr
TAG Y15
max. 32 characters)
max. 32 characters)
TAG short Y17
Local display Y21
Local display Y22
Local display Y23
example 1 ... 5 m
example: 3.8 ... 22.0 mA
Drop-down list: 3.75; 21.75; 22.5; 22.6
from 0 … 9999
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/117

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
2.6 146 (5.74)
52 (2.04) (1.06)
4
(0.1)
27
74 (2.9) 61 (2.4) 27 84 (3.31)
(1.06)
1
5
H1 = approx. 138 (5.43)

3
6
2
50 (1.97)
rotation of enclosure
H 2 = approx.
55 (2.17)
7
Space for
min. 92 (3.6)

2 Connection side 5 Blanking plug
3 Electrical connection: 6 Safety catch
• M20 x 1,53) screw gland (only for "flameproof enclosure" type of protection)
• ½-14 NPT screw gland 7 Process connection
1) In addition, allow approx. 22 mm (0.87 inch) for the thread length when removing the covers
2) Not with "flameproof enclosure" type of protection
3) Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [is + XP]"
SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitter, with flush-mounted diaphragm, dimensions in mm (inch)

This figure consists of a SITRANS P320/P420 with an example flange.
In this figure, the height is divided into H1 and H2.
H1 = Height of the SITRANS P320P420 up to a defined cross-section
1/118 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Flanges according to EN and ASME Other connections 1
Flange according to EN Varivent connection
EN 1092-1 Order DN PN D H2
code
Order DN PN D H2
code P06 40 ... 125 40 84 mm (3.3") Approx.
H2
52 mm (2")
H2
M03 50 16 165 mm (6.5") Approx.

52 mm (2")
M05 80 16 200 mm (7.9") D
D
M10 25 40 115 mm (4.5")
M12 40 40 150 mm (5.9") Sanitary process connection according to DRD
M13 50 40 165 mm (6.5") Order DN PN D H2
M15 80 40 200 mm (7.9") code
Q15 65 40 105 mm (4.1") Approx.
H2
M22 40 100 170 mm (6.7")
52 mm (2")
Flanges according to ASME
D
ASME B16.5
Order DN Clas D H2
code s Threaded connection G¾", G1" and G2" acc. to DIN 3852
H2
M30 1" 150 110 mm (4.3") Approx. Order DN PN D H2

D 52 mm (2") code
M31 1½" 150 125 mm (4.9")
R11 ¾" 60 37 mm (1.5") Approx.
H2
M32 2" 150 150 mm (5.9") 45 mm (1.8")
M33 3" 150 190 mm (7.5") R12 1" 60 48 mm (1.9") Approx.
D 47 mm (1.9")
M34 4" 150 230 mm (9.1")
M36 1½" 300 155 mm (6.1") R14 2" 60 78 mm (3.1") Approx.
52 mm (2")
M37 2" 300 165 mm (6.5")
M38 3" 300 210 mm (8.1") Tank connection TG 52/50 and TG52/150
M39 4" 300 255 mm (10.0") Order DN PN D H2

code
NuG and pharmaceutical connections Q00 25 40 63 mm (2.5") Approx.
63 mm (2.5")
H2
Connections to DIN
Q01 25 40 63 mm (2.5") Approx.
DIN 11851 (milk pipe union with slotted union nut) 170 mm
(6.7")
Order DN PN D H2 D
code
N03 50 25 92 mm (3.6") Approx. SMS threaded socket
H2
52 mm (2")
N05 80 25 127 mm (5.0") Order DN PN D H2
code
D Q28 2" 25 70 x 1/6 mm Approx.
H2
52 mm (2.1")
Q29 2½" 25 85 x 1/6 mm
TriClamp according to DIN 32676 Q30 3" 25 98 x 1/6 mm
D
Order DN PN D H2
code
N14 50 16 64 mm (2.5") Approx.
H2
52 mm (2")
N15 65 16 91 mm (3.6")
N22 2" 16 64 mm (2.5") Approx.
52 mm (2")
N23 3" 10 91 mm (3.6")
D
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/119

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1 Aseptic threaded socket according to DIN 11864-1 Form A
Order DN PN D H2
code
N33 50 25 78 x 1/6" Approx.
52 mm (2.1")
H2
N34 65 25 95 x 1/6"
N35 80 25 110 x ¼"
N36 100 25 130 x ¼"
D
Aseptic flange with notch to DIN 11864-2 Form A

Order DN PN D H2
code
H2
N43 50 16 94 (3.7'') Approx.

52 mm (2.1")
N44 65 16 113 (4.4'')
D N45 80 16 133 (5.2'')

N46 100 16 159 (6.3'')
Aseptic clamp with groove according to DIN 11864-3 Form A

Order DN PN D H2
code
N53 50 25 77.5 (3.1'') Approx.
52 mm (2.1")
H2
N54 65 25 91 (3.6'')
N55 80 16 106 (4.2'')
N56 100 16 130 (5.1'')
D
Process connection PMC Style Standard

Order DN PN D H2
code
R00 - - 40.9 mm (1.6") Approx.
H2
36.8 mm
(1.4")
Process connection PMC Style Minibolt

Order DN PN D H2
code
R01 - - 26.3 mm (1.0") Approx.
33.1 mm
H2
(1.3")
1/120 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
for absolute pressure (pressure series)
1
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for absolute pressure (pressure series)
Input
range, max. permissible operating pressure (in sure MAWP (PS) sure
accordance with Pressure Equipment Directive
2014/68/EU) and max. test pressure (pursuant to 8.3 … 250 mbar a 4 bar a 6 bar a
DIN 16086) 0.83 ... 25 kPa a 0.4 MPa a 0.6 MPa a
3.3 … 100.5 inH2O a 58 psi a 87 psi a
43 … 1300 mbar a 6.6 bar a 10 bar a
4.3 ... 130 kPa a 0.66 MPa a 1 MPa a
17.3 … 522 inH2O a 95 psi a 145 psi a
166 … 5000 mbar a 20 bar a 30 bar a
16.6 ... 500 kPa a 2 MPa a 3 MPa a
2.41 … 72.5 psi a 290 psi a 435 psi a
1 … 30 bar a 65 bar a 100 bar a
0.1 ... 3 MPa a 6.5 MPa a 10 MPa a
14.5 … 435 psi a 942 psi a 1450 psi a
5.3 … 160 bar a 240 bar 380 bar a
0.53 ... 16 MPa a 24 MPa 38 MPa a
77 … 2321 psi a 3481 psi 5511 psi a
13.3 … 400 bar a 400 bar a 600 bar a
1.3 ... 40 MPa a 40 MPa a 60 MPa a
192 … 5802 psi a 5802 psi a 8702 psi a
23.3 … 700 bar a 800 bar a 800 bar a
2.3 ... 70 MPa a 80 MPa a 80 MPa a
337 … 10153 psi a 11603 psi a 11603 psi a
Measuring limits
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 0 mbar a/kPa a/psi a
- Measuring cell with inert oil For temperature of medium -20-°C < ϑ  +60 °C (-4 °F < ϑ  +140 °F) 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
For temperature of medium 60 °C < ϑ  +100 °C (max. 85 °C for mea- 30 mbar a + 20 mbar a · (ϑ -
suring cell 30 bar) (140 °F < ϑ  +212 °F (max. 185 °F for measuring 60 °C)/°C
cell 435 psi)) 3 kPa a + 2 kPa a · (ϑ - 60 °C)/°C
0.44 psi a + 0.29 psi a · (ϑ -
140 °F)/°F
Output HART
• Failure signal 3.55 … 22.8 mA (factory preset to 3.55 mA)
R = 230 … 500  (SIMATIC PDM)
Physical bus -
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/121

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for absolute pressure (pressure series)
Measuring accuracy
• Linear characteristic (all measuring cells)
- r  10  0.1%
- 10 < r  30  0.2%
(in % per 28 °C (50 °F))
• 250 mbar a/25 kPa a/3.6 psi a  (0.15 · r + 0.1)%
• 1300 mbar a/130 kPa a/18.8 psi a  (0.08 · r + 0.16)%
160 bar a/16 MPa a/2321 psi a
Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F) In 5 years  (0.25 · r)%
Step response time T63 (without electrical damping) Approx. 0.105 s
• Measuring cell with inert filling fluid -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
Ambient conditions
- Measuring cell with inert filling fluid -40 … +85 °C (-40 … +185 °F)
- Display -20 … +80 °C (-4 … +176 °F)
1/122 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for absolute pressure (pressure series)
1
Design
Approx. 4.2 kg (9.25 lb) for stainless steel enclosure
Material
- Process connection Stainless steel, material no. 1.4404/316L or Alloy C22, material no. 2.4602
- Oval flange Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
- Mounting bracket Electrogalvanized steel or stainless steel
Process connection • Connection shank G1/2A according to DIN EN 837-1
• M20 x 1.5
• ½-14 NPT
• Device plug M12
Auxiliary power UH
Ripple USS  0.2 V (47 … 125 Hz)
Auxiliary power –
Drinking water
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/123

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for absolute pressure (pressure series)
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Un = 10.5 to 30 V, 4 ... 20 mA
HART communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
Protocol HART 7
1/124 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420

1
Article No.
Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure (pressure series)
SITRANS P320 7 MF 0 3 2 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 7 MF 0 4 2 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Communication
HART, 4 ... 20 mA 0
Silicone oil 1
IInert filling liquid 3
250 mbar a (100.5 inH2O a) F
1 300 mbar a (522 inH2O a) L
5000 mbar a (72.5 psi a) P
30 bar a (435 psi a) R
160 bar a (2 321 psi a) V
400 bar a (5 802 psi a) W
700 bar a (10153 psi a) X
Process connection
Male thread M20 x 1.5 B
Male thread G½ (DIN EN 837-1) D
Female thread ½-14 NPT E
Male thread ½-14 NPT F
Oval flange, mounting thread: 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) G
Oval flange, mounting thread: M10 (DIN 19213) H
Oval flange, mounting thread: M12 (DIN 19213) J
Version for diaphragm seal pressure U
Alloy C22/2.4602, alloy C276/2.4819 2
Die-cast aluminum 1
Enclosure
Type of protection
Without Ex A
Intrinsic safety B
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 F
• 2 x ½-14 NPT M
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/125

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Stainless steel A02
2x sealing plugs M20 x 1.5, IP66/68 installed on both sides A90 EACEx (GOST-R, -K, -B) E24
2x sealing plugs ½-14 NPT, IP66/68 installed on both sides A91 INMETRO (Brazil) E25
Cable gland/connector mounted left A97 KCs (Korea) E26
Cable gland/connector mounted on right A99 NEPSI (China) E27
Nameplate labeling PESO (India) E28
UKR Sepro (Ukraine) E30
German (bar) B11
French (bar) B12
Spanish (bar) B13
Italian (bar) B14 and FM (USA)
Chinese (bar) B15 Marine approvals
Russian (bar) B16 DNV-GL (Det Norske Veritas/Germanischer Lloyd) E50
English (psi) B20 LR (Lloyds Register) E51
English (Pa) B30 BV (Bureau Veritas) E52
Chinese (Pa) B35 ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) E53
Certificates RMR (Russian Maritime Register) E55
Quality test certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11 KR (Korean Register of Shipping) E56
(IEC 60770-2)
surized and wetted parts CCS (China Classification Society) E58
Factory certificate - NACE (MR 0103-2012 and MR C13 Country-specific approvals
0175-2009))
CRN approval Canada (Canadian Registration Number) E60
1/126 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Special approvals Device settings
Oxygen application (with inert liquid, max. 100 bar E80 Measuring span Y01
(1 450 psi) at 60° C (140 °F)) Lower range value (max. 5 characters),
Dual seal E81 unit [mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...],
WRC / WRAS (drinking water); E83 example: -0.5 ... 10.5 psi
only with pressure cap O-rings made of EPDM Input field 1 and input field 2: max. 5 characters and
NSF61 (drinking water) E84 numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
ACS (drinking water) E85 Drop-down list: Pa, MPa, kPa, hPa, bar, mbar, psi,
Mounting bracket g/cm2, kg/cm2, kgf/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4°C), ftH2O,
Steel, galvanized H01 torr
Stainless steel 1.4301/304 H02 TAG Y15
Stainless steel 1.4404/316L H03
max. 32 characters)
Flange connections with flange EN 1092-1 Input field: Free text, max. 32 characters
With flange adapter G½ Form B1 Measuring point description Y16
• DN 25 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J80 (on stainless steel plate and device parameters,
• DN 50 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J81 max. 32 characters)
With siphon G½ Form B1 TAG short Y17
• DN 25 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J83 (device parameters, max. 8 characters)
• DN 80 PN 40, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J85 Local display Y21
• DN 25 PN 100, stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti J86 [Pressure, Percent], reference [None, Absolute, Rela-
kets FKM (FPM)) Drop-down list: Percent, pressure unit, pressure unit
Seal (EN 837-1) material Fe (soft iron) K60
Local display Y22
Seal (EN 837-1) material 1.4571 K61 Scaling with standard units
Seal (EN 837-1) material Cu K62 [m3/s, l/s, m, inch, ...], example 1 ... 5 m
Process connection numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
Process connection male thread G½, bore hole 11 mm K80 matically converted to dot).
Shut-off valves, valve manifolds Drop-down list: m, cm, mm, in, ft, m3, l, hl, in3, ft3, yd3,
With mounted valve manifold 7MF9011-4EA, T02
process connection at transmitter G½ shank, PTFE seal- Local display Y23
ing ring and pressure test certified in in factory certifi- Scaling with user-specific units (max. 12 characters),
cate (EN 10204-2.2) example 1 ... 5 m
With mounted valve manifold 7MF9011-4FA, process T03 numbers only; decimal places as dot (comma is auto-
connection at transmitter female thread ½-14 NPT, seal- matically converted to dot).
ing tape. With PTFE sealing ring and pressure test certi-
fied in factory certificate (EN 10204-2.2) Input field 3: Free text, max. 8 characters
With mounted valve manifold 7MF9411-5AA, process T05 Saturation limits instead of 3.8 ... 20.5 mA, Y30
connection at transmitter oval flange with PTFE gasket, example: 3.8 ... 22.0 mA
steel mounting screws, pressure test certified in factory Drop-down list 1: 3.9, 4
certificate (EN 10204-2.2)
With mounted valve manifold 7MF9411-5AA, process T06
connection at transmitter oval flange with PTFE gasket, Fault current instead of 3.6 mA [22.5 mA, 22.8 mA] Y31
stainless steel mounting screws, pressure test certified Drop-down list: 3.75; 21.75; 22.5; 22.6
in factory certificate (EN 10204-2.2)
from 0 … 9999
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/127

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)
3 4
146 (5.75) 51 (2.01)
27 (1.06)
5
2.6 74 (2.9) 61 (2.4) 24 (0.94) 27 (1.06) 84 (3.31)
1 (0.1)
52 (2.05)
6
Ø 81 (3.19)
117 (4.61)
158 (6.22)
3
7
183 (7.2)
237 (9.33)
9
SW 36
68 (2.68)
approx. 32
120 (4.72)
(1.26)
72 (2.8)
Space for
rotation of
enclosure
min. 92 (3.62) Ø 50 ... 60 105 (4.13)

(1.97 ... 2.36)
123 (4.84)

6 Blanking plug
2 Connection side
7 Safety catch
8 Process connection: G½B connection pin or oval flange
• Han 7D/Han 8D2) 3) device plug 9 Mounting bracket (optional)
4 Harting adapter
1)
2)
3)
SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitter for absolute pressure (pressure series), dimensions in mm (inch)
1/128 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
for absolute pressure (differential pressure series)
1
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for absolute pressure (differential pressure series)
Input
Measuring span (infinitely adjustable) and maximum Measuring span Max. permissible operating pres- Maximum permissible test pres-
operating pressure (pursuant to Pressure Equipment sure MAWP (PS) sure
Directive 2014/68/EU)
8.3 … 250 mbar a 160 bar a 240 bar a
0.83 ... 25 kPa a 16 MPa a 24 MPa a
3.3 … 100.5 inH2O a 2320 psi a 3481 psi a
43 … 1300 mbar a 160 bar a 240 bar a
4.3 ... 130 kPa a 16 MPa a 24 MPa a
17.3 … 522 inH2O a 2320 psi a 3481 psi a
166 … 5000 mbar a 160 bar a 240 bar a
16.6 ... 500 kPa a 16 MPa a 24 MPa a
2.41 … 72.5 psi a 2320 psi a 3481 psi a
1 … 30 bar a 160 bar a 240 bar a
0.1 ... 3 MPa a 16 MPa a 24 MPa a
14.5 … 435 psi a 2320 psi a 3481 psi a
5 … 100 bar a 160 bar a 240 bar a
0.5 ... 10 MPa a 16 MPa a 24 MPa a
76.9 … 1450 psi a 2320 psi a 3481 psi a
Measuring limits
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 0 mbar a/kPa a/psi a
- Measuring cell with inert liquid For temperature of medium -20-°C < ϑ  +60 °C (-4 °F < ϑ  +140 °F) 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
For temperature of medium 60 °C < ϑ  +100 °C (max. 85 °C for mea- 30 mbar a + 20 mbar a · (ϑ -
suring cell 30 bar) (140 °F < ϑ  +212 °F (max. 185 °F for measuring 60 °C)/°C
cell 435 psi)) 3 kPa a + 2 kPa a · (ϑ - 60 °C)/°C
0.44 psi a + 0.29 psi a · (ϑ -
140 °F)/°F
Output HART
R = 230 … 500  (SIMATIC PDM)
Physical bus -
Measuring accuracy
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/129

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for absolute pressure (differential pressure series)
• Linear characteristic (all measuring cells)
- r  10  0.1%
- 10 < r  30  0.2%
(in % per 28 °C (50 °F))
• 250 mbar a/25 kPa a/3.6 psi a  (0.15 · r + 0.1)%
• 1300 mbar a/130 kPa a/18.8 psi a  (0.08 · r + 0.16)%
Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F) In 5 years  (0.25 · r)%
Step response time T63 (without electrical damping)
• 250 mbar a/25 kPa a/3.6 psi a Approx. 0.195 s
• 1300 mbar a/130 kPa a/18.8 psi a Approx. 0.145 s
of angle) (zero offset is possible with position error compensation)
Ambient conditions
- Display -20 … +80 °C (-4 … +176 °F)
• Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F); with FDA-compliant oil: -20 ... + 85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F))
Design
Material
gold
mat. no. 2.4360
Process connection ¼-18 NPT female thread and flat connection with 7/16-20 UNF fastening screw thread in accordance with
EN 61518 or M10 fastening screw thread in accordance with DIN 19213 (M12 for PN 420 (MWP
6092 psi))
• M20 x 1.5
• ½-14 NPT
• Device plug M12
1/130 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for absolute pressure (differential pressure series)
1
Auxiliary power UH
Ripple USS  0.2 V (47 … 125 Hz)
Auxiliary power –
Drinking water
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/131

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for absolute pressure (differential pressure series)
Un = 10.5 to 30 V, 4 ... 20 mA
HART communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
Protocol HART 7
1/132 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420

1
Article No.
Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure (differential pressure series)
SITRANS P320 7 MF 0 3 3 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 7 MF 0 4 3 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Communication
HART, 4 ... 20 mA 0
Silicone oil 1
250 mbar a (100.5 inH2O a) G
1 300 mbar a (522 inH2O a) L
5000 mbar a (72.5 psi a) P
30 bar a (435 psi a) R
100 bar a (1450 psi a) U
Process connection
Oval flange, mounting thread: 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) Q
Oval flange, mounting thread: M10 (DIN 19213) R
Oval flange, mounting thread: 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) with lateral ventilation S
Oval flange, mounting thread: M10 (DIN 19213) with lateral ventilation T
Version for diaphragm seal with mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) V
Version for diaphragm seal with mounting thread M10 (DIN 19213) W
Die-cast aluminum 1
Enclosure
Type of protection
Without Ex A
Intrinsic safety B
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 F
• 2 x ½-14 NPT M
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/133

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Stainless steel A02
sides
German (bar) B11
French (bar) B12
(IEC 60770-2)
0175-2009))
1/134 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Form C
14 NPT
MAWP 4 bar
MAWP 4 bar
kets FKM (FPM))
approved for food)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/135

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1 Options Order code
Device settings
Measuring span Y01
example: -0.5 ... 10.5 psi
torr
TAG Y15
max. 32 characters)
max. 32 characters)
TAG short Y17
Local display Y21
Local display Y22
Local display Y23
example 1 ... 5 m
example: 3.8 ... 22.0 mA
Drop-down list: 3.75; 21.75; 22.5; 22.6
from 0 … 9999
1/136 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)
3 4
2.6 146 (5.75) 5

(0.1) 72 (2.83) 27 (1.06)
61 (2.4) 27 (1.06) 84 (3.31)
1
52 (2.05)
6
Ø 81 (3.19)
139 (5.47)
172 (6.77)
3
2 7
8
273 (10.75)
12 min. 92 (3.6)
enclosure
134 (5.28)
101 (3.98)
11 10
52 (2.05)
1.97 ... 2.36
Ø 50 ... 60
68 (2.7)
72 (2.83) 120 (4.7)
105 (4.1)

7
1)
2)
3)
SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitter for absolute pressure (differential pressure series), dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/137

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
for differential pressure and flow
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for differential pressure and flow
Input
Measured variable Differential pressure and flow
1 ... 20 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
0.1 ... 2 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
0.4019 … 8.037 inH2O 2320 psi 3481 psi
1 ... 60 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
0.1 ... 6 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
0.4019 … 24.11 inH2O 2320 psi 3481 psi
2.5 ... 250 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
0.2 ... 25 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
1.005 … 100.5 inH2O 2320 psi 3481 psi
6 ... 600 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
0.6 ... 60 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
2.41 … 241.1 inH2O 2320 psi 3481 psi
16 ... 1600 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
1.6 ... 160 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
6.43 … 643 inH2O 2320 psi 3481 psi
50 ... 5000 mbar 160 bar 240 bar
5 ... 500 kPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
20.09 … 2009 inH2O 2320 psi 3481 psi
0.3 ... 30 bar 160 bar 240 bar
0.03 ... 3 MPa 16 MPa 24 MPa
4.35 … 435 psi 2320 psi 3481 psi
2.5 ... 250 mbar 420 bar 630 bar
0.25 ... 25 kPa 42 MPa 63 MPa
1.005 … 100.5 inH2O 6092 psi 9137 psi
6 ... 600 mbar 420 bar 630 bar
0.6 ... 60 kPa 42 MPa 63 MPa
2.41 … 241.1 inH2O 6092 psi 9137 psi
16 ... 1600 mbar 420 bar 630 bar
1.6 ... 160 kPa 42 MPa 63 MPa
6.43 … 643 inH2O 6092 psi 9137 psi
50 ... 5000 mbar 420 bar 630 bar
5 ... 500 kPa 42 MPa 63 MPa
20.09 … 2009 inH2O 6092 psi 9137 psi
0.3 ... 30 bar 420 bar 630 bar
0.03 ... 3 MPa 42 MPa 63 MPa
4.35 … 435 psi 6092 psi 9137 psi
Measuring limits
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -100% of the maximum measuring span (-33% for measuring cell 30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi PN 420) or
30 mbar a /3 kPa a /0.44 psi a
- Measuring cell with inert liquid
For temperature of medium -20 °C < ϑ  +60 °C (-4 °F < ϑ  +140 °F) -100% of maximum measuring
range or
For temperature of medium 60 °C < ϑ  +100 °C (max. 85 °C for mea- -100% of maximum measuring
suring cell 30 bar with PN 420) (140 °F < ϑ  +212 °F (max. 185 °F for range or
measuring cell 435 psi)) 30 mbar a /3 kPa a /0.44 psi a
30 mbar a + 20 mbar a · (ϑ -
60 °C)/°C 3 kPa a + 2 kPa a · (ϑ -
60 °C)/°C0.44 psi a + 0.29 psi a
· (ϑ - 140 °F)/°F
- Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil For temperature of medium -10 °C < ϑ  +100 °C (-14 °F < ϑ -100% of maximum measuring
 +212 °F) range or
1/138 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Output HART
R = 230 … 500  (SIMATIC PDM)
Physical bus -
Measuring accuracy
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi r  5:  0.075%
5 < r  20:  (0.005 · r + 0.05)%
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi r  5:  0.075%
5 < r  60:  (0.005 · r + 0.05)%
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r  100:  (0.004 · r + 0.045)% (SITRANS P320)
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi (PN 160) r  5:  0.04% (SITRANS P420)
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r  100:  (0.004 · r + 0.045)% (SITRANS P420)
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi (PN 420) r  5:  0.065% (SITRANS P420)
• Square-rooted characteristic (flow > 50%)
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi r  5:  0.075%
5 < r  20:  (0.005 · r + 0.05)%
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi r  5:  0.075%
5 < r  60:  (0.005 · r + 0.05)%
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi  0.04% (SITRANS P420)
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi 5 < r  100:  (0.004 · r + 0.045)%
• Square-rooted characteristic (flow 25 ... 50%)
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi r  5:  0.15%
5 < r  20:  (0.01 · r + 0.1)%
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi r  5:  0.15%
5 < r  60:  (0.01 · r + 0.1)%
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi  0.08% (SITRANS P420)
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi 5 < r  100:  (0.008 · r + 0.09)%
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/139

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for differential pressure and flow
Influence of ambient temperature (in % per 28 °C
(50 °F))
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi  (0.15 · r + 0.1)%
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi  (0.075 · r + 0.1)%
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi  (0.025 · r + 0.125)% (SITRANS P320)
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
Effect of static pressure
• on the lower range value Zero-point correction is possible with position error compensation
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi  (0.3 · r)% per 70 bar (SITRANS P320)
 (0.2 · r)% per 70 bar (SITRANS P420)
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi  (0.1 · r)% per 70 bar
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
- 5 bar/500 kPa/72.5 psi  (0.15 · r)% per 70 bar
• on the measuring span
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi  0.2% per 70 bar
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi  0.1% per 70 bar
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
Long-term stability at ±30 °C (±54 °F) Static pressure max. 70 bar/7 MPa/1015 psi
• 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi  (0.2 · r)% per year
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi In 10 years  (0.15 · r)%
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
In 10 years  (0.35 · r)%
Step response time T63 (without electrical damping
for pressure rating PN 1600)
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change  0.7 mbar/0.07 kPa/0.028 inH2O per 10° incline (zero point correction is possible with position error
of angle) compensation)
1/140 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
• Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil -10 … +100 °C (14 … +212 °F)
Ambient conditions
- Measuring cell with inert oil -40 … +85 °C (-40… +185 °F)
- Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil -10 … +85 °C (14 … +185 °F)
- Display -20 … +80 °C (-4 … +176 °F)
Design
Material
gold
mat. no. 2.4360
Process connection ¼-18 NPT female thread and flat connection with 7/16-20 UNF fastening screw thread in accordance with
EN 61518 or M10 fastening screw thread in accordance with DIN 19213 (M12 for PN 420 (MWP
6092 psi))
• M20 x 1.5
• ½-14 NPT
• Device plug M12
Auxiliary power UH
Ripple USS  0.2 V (47 … 125 Hz)
Auxiliary power –
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/141

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for differential pressure and flow
For flow only
For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; fulfills the basic safety requirements as per article
3, paragraph 1 (appendix 1); classified as category III, module H conformity evaluation by TÜV Nord
Drinking water
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Un = 10.5 to 30 V, 4 ... 20 mA
1/142 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
HART communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
Protocol HART 7
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/143

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Article No.
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)
SITRANS P320 7 MF 0 3 4 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 7 MF 0 4 4 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Communication
HART, 4 ... 20 mA 0
Silicone oil 1
Inert liquid 3
Neobee oil 4
20 mbar (8.037 inH2O) B
60 mbar (24.11 inH2O) D
250 mbar (100.5 inH2O) G
600 mbar (241.1 inH2O) H
1 600 mbar (643 inH2O) M
5000 mbar (2009 inH2O) P
30 bar (435 psi) R
Process connection
Oval flange, mounting thread: M10 (PN 160) (DIN 19213) M
Version for diaphragm seal (level and capillary) with mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) X
Die-cast aluminum 1
Enclosure
Type of protection
Without Ex A
Intrinsic safety B
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 F
• 2 x ½-14 NPT M
1/144 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Article No.
1
SITRANS P320 7 MF 0 3 4 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 7 MF 0 4 4 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/145

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1 Article No.
SITRANS P320 7 MF 0 3 5 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 7 MF 0 4 5 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Communication
HART, 4 ... 20 mA 0
Silicone oil 1
Inert liquid 3
Neobee oil 4
250 mbar (100.5 inH2O) G
600 mbar (241.1 inH2O) H
1 600 mbar (643 inH2O) M
5000 mbar (2009 inH2O) P
30 bar (435 psi) R
Process connection
Oval flange, mounting thread: M12 (PN 420) (DIN 19213) M
Version for diaphragm seal (level and capillary) with mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518) X
Die-cast aluminum 1
Enclosure
Type of protection
Without Ex A
Intrinsic safety B
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 F
• 2 x ½-14 NPT M
1/146 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420

1
Stainless steel A02
Increase of pressure stage from PN 420 to PN 500 D50
Device plug Han 7D (plastic, straight) A30 (tested according to IEC 61010. Only permissible for
Device plug Han 7D (plastic, angled) A31 media of fluid group 2 acc. to DGRL. Not suitable for use
with hazardous media.))
Device plug Han 7D (metal, straight) A32
Device plug Han 7D (metal, angled) A33
Device plug Han 8D (plastic, straight) A34 customer)
Device plug Han 8D (plastic, angled) A35 General approval without Ex approval
Device plug Han 8D (metal, straight) A36 Worldwide (CE, RCM) except EAC, FM, CSA, KCC E00
Device plug Han 8D (metal, angled) A37 Worldwide (CE, RCM, EAC, FM, CSA, KCC) E01
Cable socket included CSA (USA and Canada) E06
Plastic, for device plug Han 7D and Han 8D A40 EAC E07
Metal, for device plug Han 7D and Han 8D A41 FM E08
Device plug M12 mounted left KCC E09
Stainless steel, without cable socket A62 Export approval CPA (China) E12
Stainless steel, with cable socket A63 Explosion protection approvals
Cable entry/connector mounting ATEX (Europe) E20
2x sealing plugs M20 x 1.5, IP66/68 installed on both A90 CSA (USA and Canada) E21
sides
FM (USA and Canada) E22
sides IECEx (Worldwide) E23
Cable gland/connector mounted left A97 EACEx (GOST-R, -K, -B) E24
Cable gland/connector mounted on right A99 INMETRO (Brazil) E25
Nameplate labeling KCs (Korea) E26

(standard labeling: English, unit bar) NEPSI (China) E27
German (bar) B11 PESO (India) E28
French (bar) B12 UKR Sepro (Ukraine) E30
Spanish (bar) B13 ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (Worldwide) E47
Italian (bar) B14 CSA (Canada) and FM (USA) E48
Chinese (bar) B15 ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (Worldwide) + CSA (Canada) E49
Russian (bar) B16 and FM (USA)
English (psi) B20 Marine approvals
English (Pa) B30 DNV-GL (Det Norske Veritas/Germanischer Lloyd) E50
Chinese (Pa) B35 LR (Lloyds Register) E51
Certificates BV (Bureau Veritas) E52
Quality test certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11 ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) E53
(IEC 60770-2) RMR (Russian Maritime Register) E55
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - Material of pres- C12 KR (Korean Register of Shipping) E56
Factory certificate - NACE (MR 0103-2012 and MR C13
0175-2009)) CCS (China Classification Society) E58
Factory certificate (EN 10204-2.2) - Wetted parts C14 Country-specific approvals
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of pres- C15 CRN approval Canada (Canadian Registration Number) E60
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/147

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Form C
14 NPT
MAWP 4 bar
MAWP 4 bar
kets FKM (FPM))
approved for food)
1/148 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Options Order code
1
Device settings
Measuring span Y01
example: -0.5 ... 10.5 psi
torr
Square-rooted characteristic [VSLN2, MSLN2], Y02
example: VSLN2
Drop-down list: VSLN2, MSLN2
TAG Y15
max. 32 characters)
max. 32 characters)
TAG short Y17
Local display Y21
Local display Y22
[m3/s, l/s, m, inch, ...], example 1 ... . 5 m³/s
gal, gal (UK), bu, bbl, bbl (US), SCF, Nm3, Nl, m3/sec,
m3/h, m3/d, l/sec, l/min, l/h, Ml/d, ft3/sec, ft3/h, ft3/d,
SCF/min, SCF/h, Nl/h, Nm3/h, gal/sec, gal/min, gal/h,
gal/d, Mgal/d, gal (UK)/sec, gal (UK)/min, gal (UK)/h, gal
(UK)/d, bbl/sec, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/d, kg/sec, kg/min,
kg/h, kg/d, g/sec, g/min, g/h, t/min, t/h, t/d, lb/sec,
lb/min, lb/h, lb/d, ton/min, ton/h, ton/d, ton (UK)/h, ton
(UK)/d.
Local display Y23
example 1 ... 5 m
example: 3.8 ... 22.0 mA
Drop-down list: 3.75; 21.75; 22.5; 22.6
from 0 … 9999
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/149

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)
3 4
2.6 146 (5.75) 5

(0.1) 72 (2.83) 27 (1.06)
61 (2.4) 27 (1.06) 84 (3.31)
1
52 (2.05)
6
Ø 81 (3.19)
139 (5.47)
172 (6.77)
3
2 7
8
273 (10.75)
12 min. 92 (3.6)
enclosure
134 (5.28)
101 (3.98)
11 10
52 (2.05)
1.97 ... 2.36
Ø 50 ... 60
68 (2.7)
72 (2.83) 120 (4.7)
105 (4.1)

7
1)
2)
3)
SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitter for differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/150 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
2.6 146 (5.75) 5
(1.06)
27
(0.1) 61 (2.4) approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67) 27 (1.06) 84 (3.31) 6
1
52(2.05)
Ø 81 (3.19)
135 (5.31)
3 4 3
approx. 224 (8.82) 6)

2
min. 92 (3.6) 7
8
Space for rotation

of enclosure
approx. 85 (3.35) 5)
8
60 (2.36) 4) approx. 85 (3.35)

65 (2.56)

(longer overall length for cover with inspection window)1) with general information
6 Blanking plug
2 Connection side
7 Safety catch
8 Sealing plug with valve (option)
• Han 7D/Han 8D2) 3) device plug 9 Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (IEC 61518)
4 Harting adapter
1)
2)
3)
4)
74 mm (2.9 inch) for PN ≥ 420 (MAWP ≥ 6092 psi)
5)
6)
SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitter for differential pressure and flow with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines (option "K81"),
dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/151

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for level
Input
Measured variable Level
25 ... 250 mbar See "Mounting flange"
2.5 ... 25 kPa
10 … 100.5 inH2O
25 ... 600 mbar
2.5 ... 60 kPa
10 … 241 inH2O
53 ... 1600 mbar
5.3 ... 160 kPa
21 … 643 inH2O
166 ... 5000 mbar
16.6 ... 500 kPa
2.41 … 72.5 psi
Measuring limits
- Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -100% of max. measuring range or 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a depending on the mounting flange
- Measuring cell with inert oil -100% of max. measuring range or 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a depending on the mounting flange
- Measuring cell with FDA-compliant oil -100% of max. measuring range or 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
Output HART
R = 230 … 500  (SIMATIC PDM)
Physical bus -
Measuring accuracy
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi r  5:  0.125%
- 600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi
- 1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi 5 < r  10:  (0.007 · r + 0.09)%
- 5 bar/500 kPa/72.5 psi
1/152 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
1
in % per 28 °C (50 °F)
• SITRANS P320  (0.025 · r + 0.125)%
- 1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
- 5 bar/500 kPa/72.5 psi
• SITRANS P420  (0.025 · r + 0.0625)%
- 5 bar/500 kPa/72.5 psi
- 600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi  (0.125 · r + 0.0625)%
- 1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
Effect of static pressure
• on the lower range value
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi  (0.3 · r)% per nominal pressure
- 600 mbar/60 kPa/8.70 psi  (0.15 · r)% per nominal pressure
1.6 bar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kPa/72.52 psi
• on the measuring span  (0.1 · r)% per nominal pressure
• all measuring cells In 5 years  (0.25 · r)% static pressure max. 70 bar/7 MPa/1015 psi
Step response time T63 (without electrical damping) Depending on the installed remote seal
Influence of mounting position Depends on the fill fluid in the mounting flange
Measuring cell with silicone oil filling • High-pressure side: See "Mounting flange"
• Low-pressure side: -40 … +100 °C (-40 … +212 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature/enclosure Always consider the assignment of max. permissible operating temperature to max. permissible operat-
ing pressure of the respective flange connection.
- Display -20 … +80 °C (-4 … +176 °F)
Vibration resistance
• Reference conditions Specifications apply to devices without mounting bracket
• General operating conditions
- Oscillations (sine) IEC 60068-2-6 10 ... 58 Hz, 0.3 mm (0.01 inch)
58 ... 500 Hz, 20 m/s² (65.62 ft/s²)
1 octave/min
5 cycles/axis
- Continuous shocks (half-sine) IEC 60068-2-27 250 m/s² (820 ft/s²)
6 ms
2000 shocks/axis
- Noise (digitally controlled) IEC 60068-2-64 10 ... 200 Hz; 1 (m/s²)²/Hz (3.28 (ft/s²)²/Hz)
200 ... 500 Hz; 0.3 (m/s²)²/Hz (0.98 (ft/s²)²/Hz)
4 hours/axle
• Operating conditions for marine applications
- IEC 60068-2-6 2 ... 25 Hz, 1.6 mm (0.06 inch)
- DNVGL-CG-0339, clause 6 25 ... 100 Hz, 40 m/s² (131.23 ft/s²)
- Lloyd’s Register Test Specification Number 1, sec-
tion 12. 1 octave/min
- Bureau Veritas Pt C, Ch 3, Sec 6, Table 1, No 7
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/153

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for level
Design
Weight
• According to EN (pressure transmitter with mount-
ing flange, without tube)
• According to ASME (pressure transmitter with
mounting flange, without tube)
Material
- High-pressure side Seal diaphragm of mounting Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L, Monel 400, mat. no. 2.4360,
flange Alloy B2, mat. no. 2.4617, Alloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819, Alloy C22,
mat. no. 2.4602, tantalum, PTFE, PFA, ECTFE
Sealing surface Smooth according to EN 1092-1, form B1 or ASME B16.5
RF 125 … 250 AA for stainless steel 316L, EN 2092-1 form B2 or
ASME B16.5 RFSF for the remaining materials
- Sealing material in the process flanges For standard applications Viton
For underpressure applications Copper
on the mounting flange
- Low-pressure side Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
Process flanges Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4408/316
Process flanges screw Stainless steel ISO 3506-1 A4-70
O-ring FPM (Viton)
Pressure flange screws Stainless steel ISO 3506-1 A4-70
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil
• Mounting flange fill fluid Silicone oil or other material
Process connection
• High-pressure side Flange according to EN and ASME
• Low-pressure side ¼-18 NPT female thread and flat connection with M10 fastening screw thread in accordance with
DIN 19213 (M12 for PN 420 (MWP 6092 psi)) or 7/16-20 UNF in accordance with EN 61518
• M20 x 1.5
• ½-14 NPT
• Device plug M12
Auxiliary power UH
Ripple USS  0.2 V (47 … 125 Hz)
Auxiliary power –
1/154 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
1
Drinking water
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
- Marking Ex II 1D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C Da
Ex II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C Db
Un = 10.5 to 45 V, 4 ... 20 mA
- Marking Ex II 2D Ex ib IIIC T120 °C Db
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 101 mA, Pi = 760 mW
Ui = 29 V, Ii = 110 mA, Pi = 800 mW
Un = 10.5 to 30 V, 4 ... 20 mA
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/155

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
1 SITRANS P320 / SITRANS P420 for level
HART communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
Protocol HART 7
Mounting flange
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure
• Acc. to EN 1092-1
- DN 80 PN 40
- DN100 PN 16, PN 40
• According to ASME B16.5
- 3 inch Class 150, class 300
1/156 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
for level

1
Article No.
Pressure transmitters for level
SITRANS P320 7 MF 0 3 6 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
SITRANS P420 7 MF 0 4 6 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7
Communication
HART, 4 ... 20 mA 0
Silicone oil 1
250 mbar (100.5 inH2O) G
600 mbar (241 inH2O) H
1 600 mbar (643 inH2O) M
5000 mbar (72.5 psi) P
Process connection
Version for diaphragm seal with mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF (IEC 61518): V
Remote seal 7MF0814 must be ordered separately.
Die-cast aluminum 1
Enclosure
Type of protection
Without Ex A
Intrinsic safety B
• 2 x M20 x 1.5 F
• 2 x ½-14 NPT M
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/157

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
Stainless steel A02
sides
German (bar) B11
French (bar) B12
(IEC 60770-2)
0175-2009))
1/158 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
Options Order code
1
Special approvals
Oxygen application (with inert liquid, max. 100 bar E80
(1 450 psi) at 60° C (140 °F))
Dual seal E81
WRC / WRAS (drinking water); E83
only with pressure cap O-rings made of EPDM
NSF61 (drinking water) E84
ACS (drinking water) E85
Device settings
Measuring span Y01
example: -0.5 ... 10.5 psi
torr
TAG Y15
max. 32 characters)
max. 32 characters)
TAG short Y17
Local display Y21
Local display Y22
Local display Y23
example 1 ... 5 m
example: 3.8 ... 22.0 mA
Drop-down list: 3.75; 21.75; 22.5; 22.6
from 0 … 9999
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/159

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order
code code
Diaphragm seal 7MF 0 8 1 4 - Diaphragm seal 7MF 0 8 1 4 -
Flange type design, direct connected to a 777 0 3 - 0 777 777 Flange type design, direct connected to a 777 0 3 - 0 777 777
SITRANS P transmitter for level SITRANS P transmitter for level
7MF03../7MF04.. (order separately) 7MF03../7MF04.. (order separately)
Scope of delivery: 1 off Scope of delivery: 1 off
Click on the Article No. for the online con- Filling liquid
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Silicone oil M5 A
Connecting standard EN 1092-1 Silicone oil M50 B
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure High-temperature oil C
DN 40 PN 10/16/25/40 0 DD Halocarbon oil D
PN 63/100 0DF Food-grade oil (FDA listed) E
PN 160 0 DG Other version, add Order code and plain Z P1Y
text:
DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40 0 ED Filling liquid: ...
PN 63/100 0EE
PN 160 0EF
Stainless steel 316L
DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40 0 GD
• Without coating A
PN 100 0GF
• With PFA coating D
DN 100 PN 10/16 0 HB • With PTFE coating E0
PN 25/40 0 HD • With ECTFFE coating F
DN 125 PN 16 0 JB Monel 400, 2.4360 G
PN 40 0 JD Hastelloy C276, 2.4819 J
Tantalum K
Connecting standard ASME B16.5
Titanium, 3.7035 L0
Nickel 201 M0
1½ inch class 150 1 LA
Diaphragm Duplex, 1.4462 Q
class 300 1 LB
Diaphragm plus flange Duplex, 1.4462 R
class 400/600 1 LD
Stainless steel 316L with gold coating S0
class 900/1500 1LF
Hastelloy C4, 2.4610 U0
2 inch class 150 1 MA Hastelloy C22, 2.4602 V0
class 300 1 MB Z 8 Q1Y
Other version
class 400/600 1 MD
Add Order code and plain text
class 900/1500 1MF
Extension length
3 inch class 150 1 PA
• without 0
class 300 1 PB
• 50 mm (2") 1
class 600 1 PD
• 100 mm (4") 2
class 1500 1PF
• 150 mm (6") 3
4 inch class 150 1 QA • 200 mm (8") 4
class 300 1 QB • 250 mm (10") 5
class 400 1 QD Z 8 Q1Y
Other version
class 1500 1QF Add Order code and plain text
5 inch class 150 1 RA
class 300 1 RB
class 400 1 RC
Connecting standard J.I.S.
DN 50 10K 2ES
20k 2ET
50K 2 EU
DN 80 10K 2GS
20k 2GT
50K 2 GU
DN 100 10K 2HS
20k 2HT
50K 2 HU
Other version 9 AA H1Y
1/160 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order
1
code code
Flange type design, direct connected to a 777 0 3 - 0 777 777 Flange type design, direct connected to a 777 0 3 - 0 777 777
SITRANS P transmitter for level SITRANS P transmitter for level
7MF03../7MF04.. (order separately) 7MF03../7MF04.. (order separately)
Customer-specific extension length • Wetted parts Tantalum
Wetted parts stainless steel without coating Range Standard length
Range Standard length 20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") K1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") A1
(0.79 ... 1.97") 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") K2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") A2
(2.01 ... 3.94") 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") K3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") A3
(3.98 ... 5.91") 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") K4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") A4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") A5
(7.91 ... 9.84")
Wetted parts stainless steel with ECTFE
coating
Range Standard length
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") F1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") F2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") F3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") F4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") F5
(7.91 ... 9.84")
Wetted parts stainless steel with PFA coating
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") D1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") D2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") D3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") D4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") D5
(7.91 ... 9.84")
• Wetted parts Monel 400
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") G1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") G2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") G3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") G4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
• Wetted parts Hastelloy C276
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") J1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") J2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") J3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") J4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/161

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
Further designs Further designs
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Factory certificates Remote seal connection
Quality test certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11 Elongated pipe, S05
(IEC 60770-2) 150 mm (5.9 inch) instead of 100 mm (3.9 inch)
Elongated pipe, S06
Inspection certificate according to EN 10204-3.1 for C12 200 mm (7.9 inch) instead of 100 mm (3.9 inch)
main body and diaphragm
Customer-specific tube length
Manufacturer code according to NACE (MR 0103-2012 C13
and MR 0175-2009) (only in combination with wetted Customer-specific tube length (specify in plain text) Y44
parts made of stainless steel 316 L and Hastelloy)
Specification of process conditions1)
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - C15
PMI test of pressurized and wetted parts Ambient temperature range
• -10 ... +50 °C (14 ... +122 °F) preset D66
Factory certificate on the FDA listing of the oil accord- C17
ing to EN 10204-2.2 • -40 ... +50 °C (-40 ... +122 °F) D67
• -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F) D68
Factory certificate functional safety (SIL2/3), suitability C20
of devices for use according to IEC 61508 and IEC Process temperature min. ... °C/(°F)/max. ... °C/(°F) Y50
61511 (contains SIL declaration of conformity)
1) See also "Specification of process conditions for selection and ordering
Accessories data", page 1/337.
Spark arrestor (for differential pressure and level D62
transmitter)
Low-temperature version (for Silicon Oil M50 only) D67
Negative pressure services
Negative pressure service (for differential pressure D83
transmitters)
Extended negative pressure services (for differential D88
pressure transmitters)
General product approvals without explosion proof
approvals
Oil-and grease-free cleaned version (for O2-appl. E80
including certificate EN10204-2.2
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil max. temperature
60 °C and max. pressure 50 bar)
Oil-and grease-free cleaned version (not for O2-appl. E87
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil)
Sealing surface
Sealing surface smooth, form B2/EN1092-1 resp. M50
RFSF/ANSI B16.5 (wetted parts 316L only)
Sealing surface groove to EN1092-1, form D M54
(instead of sealing surface B1, wetted parts 316L only)
Sealing surface RJF (groove) to ASME B16.5 M64
(instead of sealing surface RF 125...250AA, wetted
parts 316L only)
Sealing surface with tongue to EN1092-1, form C
(wetted parts 316L only)
• DN 40 M71
• DN 50 M72
• DN 80 M73
• DN 100 M74
• DN 125 M75
Sealing surface with spigot to EN1092-1, form E
• DN 40 M77
• DN 50 M78
• DN 80 M79
• DN 100 M80
• DN 125 M81
Sealing surface with recess to EN1092-1, form F
• DN 50 M84
• DN 80 M85
• DN 100 M86
• DN 125 M87
1/162 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
1
2
27 84 (3.31)
29 146 (5.75)
(1.06)
(1.14) 74 (2.31) 61 (2.4)
3
5
6
4
Ø 81 (3.19)
172 (6.77)
1
135 (5.31)
Ø d5
Ø d4
ØD
Øk
rotation of enclosure
min. 92 (3.62)
7
54 (2.13) 108 (4.25)
9
Space for
n x d2
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)

b f
1 8
3 Blanking plug
4 Safety catch
5 Connection side
6 Electronics side, local display

(longer overall length for cover with glass pane)1)
7 Locking screw
8 Harting adapter
9 Process connection of low pressure side ¼-18 NPT (IEC 61518)
1)
In addition, allow approx. 22 mm (0.87 inch)
for the thread length when removing the covers
2)
3)
SITRANS P320/P420 pressure transmitter for level, including mounting flange, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/163

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
1 Connection to EN 1092-1
Nominal Nominal b D d2 d4 d5 dM dM f k n L
diameter pressure with without
tube tube
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
DN 40 PN 10/16/ 16 150 18 88 38 30 42 2 110 4 0, 50, 100,
25/40 150 or 200
PN 63/100 24 170 22 88 38 30 42 2 125 4
PN 160 26 170 22 88 38 30 42 2 125 4
DN 50 PN 10/16/ 18 165 18 102 48.3 40 51 2 125 4
25/40
PN 63/100 26 195 26 102 48.3 40 51 2 145 4
PN 160 28 195 26 102 48.3 40 51 2 145 4
DN 80 PN 10/16/ 22 200 18 138 76 65 85 2 160 8
25/40
PN 100 30 230 26 138 76 65 85 2 180 8
DN 100 PN 10/16 18 220 18 158 94 85 85 2 180 8
PN 25/40 22 235 22 162 94 85 85 2 190 8
DN 125 PN 16 20 250 18 188 127 85 116 2 210 8
PN 40 24 270 26 188 127 85 116 2 220 8
Connection according to ASME B16.5

tube tube
lb/sq.in. inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
1½ inch 150 0.63 (15.9) 4.92 (125) 0.63 (15.9) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.08 (2) 3.87 (98.4) 4 0, 2, 3.94,
5.94 or
300 0.75 (19.1) 6.10 (155) 0.87 (22.2) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.08 (2) 4.5 (114.3) 4 7.87
400/600 0.88 (22.3) 6.10 (155) 0.87 (22.2) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.28 (7) 4.5 (114.3) 4 (0, 50,
100, 150 or
900/1500 1.25 (31.8) 7.09 (180) 1.13 (28.6) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.28 (7) 4.87 (123.8) 4 200)
2 inch 150 0.69 (17.5) 5.91 (150) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.08 (2) 4.75 (120.7) 4
300 0.81 (20.7) 6.5 (165) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.08 (2) 5 (127) 8
400/600 1.00 (25.4) 6.5 (165) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.28 (7) 5 (127) 8
900/1500 1.5 (38.1) 8.46 (215) 1.00 (25.4) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.28 (7) 6.5 (165.1) 8
3 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 7.48 (190) 0.75 (19.1) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 6 (152.4) 4
300 1.06 (27) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22.2) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 6.63 (168.3) 8
600 1.23 (31.8) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22.2) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 6.63 (168.3) 8
1500 1.88 (47.7) 10.43 (265) 1.25 (31.8) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 8 (203.2) 8
4 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 9.06 (230) 0.75 (19.1) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 7.5 (190.5) 8
300 1.19 (30.2) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 7.87 (200) 8
400 1.38 (35) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 7.87 (200) 8
1500 2.13 (54) 12.20 (310) 1.37 (34.9) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 9.5 (241.3) 8
5 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.08 (2) 8.5 (215.9) 8
300 1.31 (33.4) 11.02 (280) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.08 (2) 9.25 (235) 8
400 1.50 (38.1) 11.02 (280) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.28 (7) 9.25 (235) 8
1/164 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
for level
Process connection according to J.I.S 1
tube tube
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
DN 50 10K 14 (0.55) 155 (6.10) 19 (0.75) 96 (3.78) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 120 (4.72) 4 0, 50, 100,
150 or 200
20K 16 (0.63) 165 (6.50) 19 (0.75) 96 (3.78) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 120 (4.72) 8
(0, 2, 3.94,
40K 26 (1.02) 165 (6.50) 19 (0.75) 105 (4.13) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 130 (5.12) 8 5.94 or
DN 80 10K 16 (0.63) 185 (7.28) 19 (0.75) 126 (4.96) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 150 (5.91) 8 7.87)
20K 20 (0.79) 200 (7.87) 23 (0.91) 132 (5.20) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 160 (6.30) 8
40K 32 (1.26) 210 (8.27) 23 (0.91) 140 (5.51) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 170 (6.30) 8
DN 100 10K 16 (0.63) 210 (8.27) 19 (0.75) 151 (5.94) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 175 (6.89) 8
20K 22 (0.87) 225 (8.86) 23 (0.91) 160 (6.30) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 185 (7.28) 8
40K 36 (1.42) 250 (9.84) 25 (0.98) 165 (6.50) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 205 (8.07) 8
d: Internal diameter of seal according to DIN 2690

dM: Effective diaphragm diameter
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/165

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1 ■ Overview
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters are digital pressure • Infinitely adjustable measuring spans from 0.01 bar to 700 bar
transmitters featuring extensive user-friendliness and high accu- (0.15 psi to 10153 psi) for DS III with HART interface
racy. The parameterization is performed using control keys or via • Nominal measuring range from 1 bar to 700 bar
HART, PROFIBUS-PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface. (14.5 psi to 10153 psi) for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and
Extensive functionality enables the pressure transmitter to be FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
precisely adapted to the plant’s requirements. Operation is very • High measuring accuracy
simple in spite of the numerous setting options. • Parameterization over control keys and HART or PROFIBUS
Transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and "Explo- PA, or FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface.
sion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive atmo-
spheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The transmitters are provided with
an EC type examination certificate and comply with the corre-
■ Application
sponding harmonized European standards (ATEX). The pressure transmitters of the DS III series, can be used in in-
dustrial areas with extreme chemical and mechanical loads.
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re- Electromagnetic compatibility in the range 10 kHz to 1 GHz
mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of makes the DS III pressure transmitters suitable for locations with
highly viscous substances. high electromagnetic emissions.
Various versions of the DS III pressure transmitters are available Pressure transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and
for measuring: "Explosion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive at-
• Gauge pressure mospheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The pressure transmitters are
• Absolute pressure provided with an EC type examination certificate and comply
with the corresponding harmonized European standards
• Differential pressure (ATEX).
• Level
Pressure transmitters with the type of protection "Intrinsic safety"
• Volume level for use in zone 0 may be operated with power supply units of cat-
• Mass level egory "ia" and "ib".
• Volume flow The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
• Mass flow mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of
highly viscous substances.
■ Benefits The pressure transmitter can be programmed locally using the 3
• High quality and service life control buttons or externally via HART or PROFIBUS PA or
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface.
loads
• Extensive diagnosis and simulation functions
• Separate replacement of measuring cell and electronics with-
out recalibration
• Minimum conformity error
• Good long-term stability
• Wetted parts made of high-grade materials (e.g. stainless
steel, Hastelloy, gold, Monel, tantalum)
1/166 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure
■ Design
1
Measured variable: Gauge pressure of aggressive and non-ag-
gressive gases, vapors and liquids.
1
for DS III with HART: 0.01 bar to 700 bar (0.15 psi to 10153 psi)
Nominal measuring range 2
for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus:
1 bar to 700 bar (14.5 psi to 10153 psi)
Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure
8
Measured variable: Absolute pressure of aggressive and non-
aggressive gases, vapors and liquids. 1 Plastic cover: access to
the input keys
2 Screw cover with
for DS III with HART: 8.3 mbar a ... 100 bar a (0.12 ... 1450 psi a) viewing pane
3 Display 3
for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus: 4 Locking screw
7
250 mbar a ... 100 bar a (3.6 ... 1450 psi a) 5 Process connection
There are two series: 6 Measuring point label
6
• Gauge pressure series 7 Nameplate
• Differential pressure series 8 Inlet with cable gland
4
5
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow
Measured variables: Front view
• Differential pressure The transmitter consists of various components depending on
• Small positive or negative pressure the order. The possible versions are listed in the ordering infor-
mation. The components described below are the same for all
• Flow q ~ p (together with a primary differential pressure de-
transmitters.
vice (see Chapter "Flow Meters"))
The rating plate (7, Figure "Front view") with the Article No. is located
on the side of the enclosure. The specified number together with the
for DS III with HART: 1 mbar ... 30 bar (0.0145 ... 435 psi)
ordering information provide details on the optional design details
Nominal measuring range and on the possible measuring range (physical properties of built-in
for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus: sensor element).
20 mbar ... 30 bar (0.29 ... 435 psi)
The approval label is located on the opposite side.
Pressure transmitters for level The enclosure is made of die-cast aluminium or stainless steel
Measured variable: Level of aggressive and non-aggressive liq- precision casting. A round cover (6) is screwed on at the front
uids in open and closed vessels. and rear of the enclosure. The front cover can be fitted with a
viewing pane so that the measured values can be read directly
Measuring span (infinitely adjustable) on the display. The inlet (8) for the electrical connection is lo-
for DS III with HART: 25 mbar ... 5 bar (0.363 ... 72.5 psi) cated either on the left or right side. The unused opening on the
Nominal measuring range opposite side is sealed by a blanking plug. The protective earth
for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus: connection is located on the rear of the enclosure.
250 mbar ... 5 bar (3.63 ... 72.5 psi) The electrical connections for the power supply and screen are
Nominal diameter of the mounting flange accessible by unscrewing the rear cover. The bottom part of the
• DN 80 or DN 100 (5). The measuring cell is prevented from rotating by a locking
• 3 inch or 4 inch screw (4). As the result of this modular design, the measuring
In the case of level measurements in open containers, the low-
pressure connection of the measuring cell remains open (mea-
surement "compared to atmospheric"). At the top of the enclosure is a plastic cover (1), which hides the
input keys.
In the case of measurements in closed containers, the lower-
pressure connection has to be connected to the container in or- Example for an attached measuring point label
der to compensate the static pressure.
The wetted parts are made from a variety of materials, depend- Y01 or Y02
ing on the degree of corrosion resistance required. = max. 27 char. .... to .... mbar
Y15 = max. 16 char.
Y99 = max. 10 char. 1234
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/167

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1 ■ Function
Operation of electronics with HART communication Operation of electronics with PROFIBUS PA communication
9 9
8 8
0.0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0.0
M M
00 00
10
2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 7
μC IA, UH PA
μC
interface
Power supply
PROFIBUS-PA
7
10
HART interface
PROFIBUS DP
Power
EEPROM supply
6 unit
EEPROM Coup-
6
ler
11
1 6 Bus-
1 6 12 Master
EEPROM
EEPROM
Sensor Sensor
pe Measuring cell pe
Measuring cell

2 Instrument amplifier 1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys
3 Analog-to-digital converter 2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
4 Microcontroller 3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display
5 Digital-to-analog converter 4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply
6 One non-volatile memory each in the measuring cell and 5 Electrical isolation 11 DP/PA coupler or link
electronics 6 One non-volatile memory 12 Bus master
7 HART interface each in the measuring cell
8 Three input keys (local operation) and electronics pe Input variable
9 Digital display 7 PROFIBUS-PA interface
10 Diode circuit and connection for external ammeter
IA Output current
UH Power supply
Pe Input variable The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
"Function diagram of the electronics") is amplified by the mea-
suring amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital con-
Function diagram of electronics verter (3). The digital information is evaluated in the microcon-
troller, its linearity and temperature response corrected, and
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure provided on the PROFIBUS PA through an electrically isolated
"Function diagram of the electronics") is amplified by the mea- PA interface (7).
verter (3). The digital information is evaluated in a microcontrol- The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
ler, its linearity and temperature response corrected, and the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
converted in a digital-to-analog converter (5) into an output cur- (6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other
rent of 4 to 20 mA. to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec-
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from
The diode circuit (10) protects against incorrect polarity. each other.
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and Using the three input buttons (8) you can parameterize the pres-
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories sure transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input but-
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other tons can also be used to control the view of the results, the error
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec- messages and the operating modes on the display (9).
each other. The results with status values and diagnostic values are trans-
ferred by cyclic data transmission on the PROFIBUS PA. Para-
Using the 3 input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure meterization data and error messages are transferred by acyclic
transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input buttons can data transmission. Special software such as SIMATIC PDM is re-
also be used to control the view of the results, the error mes- quired for this.
sages and the operating modes on the display (9).
The pressure transmitters with measuring spans  63 bar mea-
sure the input pressure compared to atmosphere, transmitters
with measuring spans  160 bar compared to vacuum.
1/168 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
Operation of electronics with FOUNDATION Fieldbus com- Mode of operation of the measuring cells 1
munication
Measuring cell for gauge pressure
9
8
0.0.0.0.0
M
00
5
2 3 4 5 7 4
FF
μC interface 3
Foundation Fieldbus
1 1 Measuring cell
Power supply
10
3 Seal diaphragm
Power
supply 4 Filling liquid
EEPROM
6 unit 5 Silicon pressure sensor
Coup-
ler
2
Electronics
pe
1 6
EEPROM

Sensor
The pressure pe is applied through the process connection (2,
Figure "Measuring cell for gauge pressure, function diagram) to
pe the measuring cell (1). This pressure is subsequently transmitted
Measuring cell further through the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4) to
the silicon pressure sensor (5) whose measuring diaphragm is
then flexed. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resis-
1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys
2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
tors fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in re-
3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display
sistance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the ab-
4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply solute pressure.
5 Electrical isolation Measuring cell for gauge pressure with front-flush diaphragm
6 One non-volatile memory pe Input variable
each in the measuring cell
and electronics
7 FF interface

5
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure 4
"Function diagram of electronics") is amplified by the measuring
amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3). 1 1 Measuring cell
The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its lin- 2 Process connection
earity and temperature response corrected, and provided on the 3 Seal diaphragm
FOUNDATION Fieldbus through an electrically isolated 4 Filling liquid
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface (7). 5 Silicon pressure sensor
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
2
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other 3
pe
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec-
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from Measuring cell for gauge pressure, with front-flush diaphragm for paper
each other. industry, function diagram
Using the three input buttons (8) you can parameterize the pres- The pressure pe is applied through the process connection (2,
sure transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input but- Figure "Measuring cell for gauge pressure, with front-flush dia-
tons can also be used to control the view of the results, the error phragm for paper industry, function diagram") to the measuring
messages and the operating modes on the display (9). cell (1). This pressure is subsequently transmitted further
The results with status values and diagnostic values are trans- through the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4) to the sil-
ferred by cyclic data transmission on the FOUNDATION icon pressure sensor (5) whose measuring diaphragm is then
Fieldbus. Parameterization data and error messages are trans- flexed. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors fit-
ferred by acyclic data transmission. Special software such as ted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in resis-
National Instruments Configurator is required for this. tance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the abso-
lute pressure.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/169

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1 Measuring cell for absolute pressure from gauge pressure series Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow
2 3 4
1 Seal diaphragm
5 2 O-ring
4 3 Overload diaphragm
1 4 Silicon pressure sensor
3 1 - +
1 Measuring cell 5 Process flange
1 5
2 Process connection 6 Body of measuring cell
3 Seal diaphragm 7 Filling liquid
4 Filling liquid 7 6
5 Silicon absolute pressure
sensor
pe Absolute pressure as input Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow, function diagram
2 variable
pe The differential pressure is transmitted through the seal dia-
phragms (1, Figure "Measuring cell for differential pressure and
flow, function diagram") and the filling liquid (7) to the silicon
Measuring cell for absolute pressure from the pressure series, function pressure sensor (4).
diagram
The absolute pressure pe is transmitted through the seal dia- The measuring diaphragm is flexed by the applied differential
phragm (3, Figure "Measuring cell for absolute pressure from pressure. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors
pressure series, gauge pressure, function diagram ") and the fill- fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in resis-
ing liquid (4) to the silicon absolute pressure sensor (5) whose tance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the
measuring diaphragm is then flexed. This changes the resis- differential pressure.
tance of the four piezo-resistors fitted in the diaphragm in a An overload diaphragm is installed to provide protection from
bridge circuit. This change in resistance results in a bridge out- overloads. If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload di-
put voltage proportional to the absolute pressure. aphragm (3) is flexed until the seal diaphragm rests on the body
Measuring cell for absolute pressure from differential pressure of the measuring cell (6), thus protecting the silicon pressure
series sensor from overloads.
Measuring cell for level
2 3 4 1 Reference vacuum
2 Overload diaphragm 3 4 5 6 7
3 Silicon pressure sensor
4 O-ring 2
5 5 Process flange 8
1 pe 6 Seal diaphragm +
6 7 Body of measuring cell -
8 Filling liquid
pe Absolute pressure as 1 10
8 7 input variable 9
1 Flange with tube 6 Silicon pressure sensor

Measuring cell for absolute pressure from differential pressure series, 2 Seal diaphragm on mounting 7 O-ring
function diagram flange 8 Process flange
3 Seal diaphragm 9 Filling liquid
The input pressure pe is transmitted through the seal diaphragm
4 Body of measuring cell 10 Capillary with filling liquid
(6, Figure "Measuring cell for absolute pressure from differential
5 Overload diaphragm of mounting flange
pressure series, function diagram") and the filling liquid (8) to the
silicon pressure sensor (3).
The difference in pressure between the input pressure pe and Measuring cell for level, function diagram
the reference vacuum (1) on the low-pressure side of the mea- The input pressure (hydrostatic pressure) acts hydraulically on
suring cell flexes the measuring diaphragm. This changes the the measuring cell through the seal diaphragm on the mounting
resistance of the four piezo-resistors fitted in the diaphragm in a flange (2, Figure "Measuring cell for level, function diagram").
bridge circuit. This change in resistance results in a bridge out- This differential pressure is subsequently transmitted further
put voltage proportional to the absolute pressure. through the measuring cell (3) and the filling liquid (9) to the sil-
An overload diaphragm is installed to provide protection from icon pressure sensor (6) whose measuring diaphragm is then
overloads. If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload di- flexed.
aphragm (2) is flexed until the seal diaphragm rests on the body This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors fitted in
of the measuring cell (7), thus protecting the silicon pressure the diaphragm in a bridge circuit.
sensor from overloads.
This change in resistance results in a bridge output voltage pro-
portional to the differential pressure.
An overload diaphragm is installed to provide protection from
overloads. If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload di-
aphragm (5) is flexed until the seal diaphragm rests on the body
of the measuring cell (4), thus protecting the silicon pressure
1/170 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
Parameterization DS III Diagnostic functions for DS III with HART 1
Depending on the version, there are a range of options for pa- • Zero correction display
rameterizing the pressure transmitter and for setting or scanning • Event counter
the parameters. • Limit transmitter
Parameterization using the input buttons (local operation) • Saturation alarm
With the input buttons you can easily set the most important pa- • Slave pointer
rameters without any additional equipment. • Simulation functions
Parameterization using HART • Maintenance timer
Parameterization using HART is performed with a HART Com- Available physical units of display for DS III with HART
municator or a PC.
Table style: Technical specifications 2
+
Pressure (setting can also be Pa, MPa, kPa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,
made in the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4 °C),
SITRANS P 230 ... 1100 Ω Power supply mmH2O, ftH2O (20 °C), inHg, mmHg
transmitter Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in
HART Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon, lmp.
communicator gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel liquid
volume flow m3/d, m3/h, m3/s, l/min, l/s, ft3/d, ft3/min,
Communication between a HART Communicator and a pressure transmitter ft3/s, US gallon/min, US gallon/s
When parameterizing with the HART Communicator, the connec- Mass flow t/d, t/h, t/min, kg/d, kg/h, kg/min, kg/s,
tion is made directly to the 2-wire cable. g/d, g/h, g/min, g/s, lb/d, lb/h, lb/min, lb/s,
LTon/d, LTon/h, STon/d, STon/h, STon/min
+
-
Miscellaneous %, mA
SITRANS P 230 ... 500 Ω Power supply Parameterization through PROFIBUS PA interface
transmitter Fully digital communication through PROFIBUS PA, profile 3.0, is
PC or particularly user-friendly. Through the PROFIBUS the DS III with
HART laptop
PROFIBUS PA is connected to a process control system, e. g.
modem
SIMATIC PSC 7. Communication is possible even in a potentially
explosive environment.
USB/RS 232
For parameterization through PROFIBUS you need suitable soft-
transmitter
Parameterization through FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
When parameterizing with a PC, the connection is made through Fully digital communication through FOUNDATION Fieldbus is
a HART modem. particularly user-friendly. Through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus
the DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus is connected to a process
The signals needed for communication in conformity with the control system. Communication is possible even in a potentially
HART 5.x or 6.x protocols are superimposed on the output cur- explosive environment.
rent using the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) method.
For parameterization through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus you
Adjustable parameters, DS III with HART need suitable software, e.g. National Instruments Configurator.
Parameters Input keys HART Adjustable parameters for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and
(DS III HART) communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Lower range value x x
Upper range value x x
Parameters Input PROFIBUS PA and
Electrical damping x x keys FOUNDATION Field-
Lower range value without applica- x x bus interface
Upper range value without applica- x x Electrical damping x x
tion of a pressure ("Blind setting") Zero adjustment (correction of posi- x x
Zero adjustment x x tion)
Current transmitter x x Buttons and/or function disabling x x
Fault current x x
Source of measured-value display x x
Disabling of buttons, write protec- x x1)
tion Physical dimension of display x x
Type of dimension and actual x x Position of decimal point x x
dimension
Characteristic (linear / square- x2) x2) Bus address x x
rooted) Adjustment of characteristic x x
Freely-programmable LCD x Input of characteristic x
Diagnostic functions x Freely-programmable LCD x
1) Cancel apart from write protection Diagnostics functions x
2) Only differential pressure
U Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/171

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1 Diagnostic functions for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• Event counter
• Slave pointer
Physical dimensions available for the display
Pressure (setting can also be MPa, kPa, Pa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,
made in the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, mmH2O, mmH2O (4 °C),
inH2O, inH20 (4 °C), ftH2O (20 °C),
mmHg, inHg
Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon, lmp.
volume flow m3/s, m3/min, m3/h, m3/d, l/s, l/min, l/h, l/
d, Ml/d, ft3/s, ft3/min, ft3/h, ft3/d, US gal-
lon/s, US gallon/min, US gallon/h, US gal-
lon/d, bbl/s, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/d
Mass flow g/s, g/min, g/h, g/d, kg/s, kg/min, kg/h,
kg/d, t/s, t/min, t/h, /t/d, lb/s, lb/min, lb/h,
Miscellaneous %
1/172 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge pressure
1
SITRANS P, DS III series for gauge pressure
Input
Measuring span (fully adjustable) or nominal measuring range, HART PROFIBUS PA/
max. operating pressure (in accordance with 2014/68/EU FOUNDATION
Pressure Equipment Directive) and max. test pressure (pursu- Fieldbus
ant to DIN 16086)
(for oxygen measurement, max. 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi and range sure MAWP (PS) test pressure
60 °C (140 °F) ambient temperature/temperature of medium)
8.3 ... 250 mbar 250 mbar 4 bar 6 bar
0.83 ... 25 kPa 25 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.12 ... 3.6 psi 3.6 psi 58 psi 87 psi
0.01 ... 1 bar 1 bar 4 bar 6 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 100 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.15 ... 14.5 psi 14.5 psi 58 psi 87 psi
0.04 ... 4 bar 4 bar 7 bar 10 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 400 kPa 0.7 MPa 1 MPa
0.58 ... 58 psi 58 psi 102 psi 145 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 16 bar 21 bar 32 bar
16 ... 1600 kPa 1600 kPa 2.1 MPa 3.2 MPa
2.3 ... 232 psi 232 psi 305 psi 464 psi
0.63 ... 63 bar 63 bar 67 bar 100 bar
63 ... 6300 kPa 6300 kPa 6.7 MPa 10 MPa
9.1 ... 914 psi 914 psi 972 psi 1450 psi
1.6 ... 160 bar 160 bar 167 bar 250 bar
0.16 ... 16 MPa 16 MPa 16.7 MPa 25 MPa
23 ... 2321 psi 2321 psi 2422 psi 3626 psi
4 ... 400 bar 400 bar 400 bar 600 bar
0.4 ... 40 MPa 40 MPa 40 MPa 60 MPa
58 ... 5802 psi 5802 psi 5802 psi 8702 psi
7 ... 700 bar 700 bar 800 bar 800 bar
0.7 ... 70 MPa 70 MPa 80 MPa 80 MPa
102 ... 10153 psi 10153 psi 11603 psi 11603 psi
(for 250mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi measuring cells, the lower mea-
suring limit is 750 mbar a/75 kPa a/10.8 psi a. The measuring
cell is vacuum-resistant upt to 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a.)
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. measuring span (max. 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi for oxygen measure-
ment) ambient temperature/temperature of medium 60 °C (140 °F)
Output HART PROFIBUS PA/FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION
Fieldbus signal
Load
• Without HART RB  (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in , -
• With HART RB = 230 ... 500  (SIMATIC PDM) bzw. -
RB = 230 ... 1100  (HART-Communicator)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/173

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge pressure
1 SITRANS P, DS III series for gauge pressure
reproducibility
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi r  1.25 :  0.065 %
1.25 < r  30 :  (0.008  r + 0.055) %
- 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi r5:  0.065 %
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi 5 < r  100 :  (0.004  r + 0.045) %
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
- 400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi r3:  0.075 %
700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi 3 < r  10 :  (0.0029  r + 0.071) %
10 < r  100 :  (0.005  r + 0.05) %
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.16  r + 0.1) %
• 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi  (0.05  r + 0.1) %
• 4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi  (0.025  r + 0.125) %
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
• 700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi  (0.08  r + 0.16) %
Long-term stability (temperature change  30 °C ( 54 °F))
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
• 700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi  (0.25  r) % in 5 years
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
1/174 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge pressure
SITRANS P, DS III series for gauge pressure
1
- 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- 160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi
• Measuring cell with Neobee fill fluid (FDA-compliant) -10 ... +100 °C (+14 ... +212 °F)
• In conjunction with dust explosion protection -20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature (silicone oil and inert oil)
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Display readable -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Ambient temperature (Neobee fill fluid)
- Transmitter -10 ... +85 °C (+14 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %/Condensation permissible, suitable for use in the tropics
Design
Weight (without options) Die-cast aluminum:  2.0 kg ( 4.4 lb)
Stainless steel precision casting:  4.6 kg ( 10.1 lb)
Enclosure material Low-copper die-cast aluminum, GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel precision casting,
mat. no. 1.4408
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid (maximum value with oxygen measurement pressure
100 bar (1450 psi) at 60 °C (140 °F))
Process connection Connection shank G½B to DIN EN 837-1, female thread ½ -14 NPT or oval flange
(PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)) to DIN 19213 with mounting thread M10 or 7/16-20 UNF
to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
Material of mounting bracket
• Steel Sheet-steel, Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated
• Stainless steel 304 Sheet stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4301 (SS 304)
• Stainless steel 316L Sheet stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404 (SS 316L)
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
Current consumption
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/175

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge pressure
1 SITRANS P, DS III series for gauge pressure HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4/T5/T6 Ga/Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T5;
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with FISCO supply unit:
peak values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300  Uo = 24 V, Io = 174 mA, Po = 1 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
• Explosion-proof "d" PTB 99 ATEX 1160
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex d IIC T4/T6 Gb
- Connection To circuits with values: To circuits with values:
UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
• Dust explosion protection for zone 20 PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking Ex II 1 D Ex ta IIIC T120°C Da
Ex II 1/2 D Ex ta/tb IIIC T120°C Da/Db
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300  Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1 W
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22 PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking Ex II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T120°C Db
UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; Pmax = 1.2 W UH = 9 ... 32 V DC; Pmax = 1 W
• Type of protection "n" (zone 2) PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X
- Marking Ex II 2/3 G Ex nA IIC T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ic IIC T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
- Connection (Ex nA) Um = 45 V Um = 32 V
- Connections (Ex ic) To circuits with values: FISCO supply unit ic:
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
• Explosion protection acc. to FM Certificate of Compliance 3008490
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS); (NI) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC
T4...T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Explosion protection to CSA Certificate of Compliance 1153651
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4...T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
1/176 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge pressure
1
communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
tion (standard setting address within the device with a bridge)
126)
Device profile PROFIBUS PA Profile for Pro- • PID Standard FOUNDATION
cess Control Devices Version Fieldbus function block
LCD
two pressures
respectively
incorrect value)
tively
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
sor temperature
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/177

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge pressure
Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure, 7MF 4 0 3 3 - Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure, 7MF 4 0 3 3 -
SITRANS P DS III with HART SITRANS P DS III with HART
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Explosion protection
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • None A
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell clean- • With ATEX, Type of protection:
ing - "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
Silicone oil normal 1 - "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"8) D
Inert liquid 1) grease-free to 3 - "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" P
cleanliness level 2 (Ex ia + Ex d)"9)
FDA compliant fill fluid2) - "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"10) E
• Neobee oil normal 4 - "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure R
and dust explosion protection (Ex ia + Ex d +
Measuring span (min. ... max.) Zone 1D/2D)"9)11)
8.3 ... 250 mbar (0.12 ... 3.6 psi) A • FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)12) F
0.01 ... 1 bar (0.15 ... 14.5 psi) B • FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + S
0.04 ... 4 bar (0.58 ... 58 psi) C Zone 1D/2D9)11)12)
0.16 ... 16 bar (2.32 ... 232 psi) D • With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
0.63 ... 63 bar (9.14 ... 914 psi) E - "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof NC
1.6 ... 160 bar (23.2 ... 2320 psi) F (is + xp)"8)12)
4.0 ... 400 bar (58.0 ... 5802 psi) G Electrical connection / cable entry
7.0 ... 700 bar (102.0 ...10153 psi) J • Screwed gland M20 x1 .5 B
Wetted parts materials • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
Seal diaphragm Process connection • Device plug Han 7D (plastic enclosure) incl. D
mating connector13)
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
• Device plugs M12 (stainless steel)13)14) F
Hastelloy Hastelloy C Display
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with Y1 • Without display 0
process connector "female thread ½-14 NPT" • Without visible display 1
(recommended version) 3) 4) 5) 6) (display concealed, setting: mA)
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction Y0 • With visible display (setting: mA) 6
with process connector "G½B connection
shank"" 3) 4) 5) 6) • with customer-specific display (setting as 7
specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required)
Process connection
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0 Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1 A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
• Stainless steel oval flange with process con-
1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
nection (Oval flange has no female thread)
2) Available for measuring ranges 1 ... 63 bar.
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3 Order this certificate only together with the remote seals.
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 4 The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
• Male thread M20 x 1.5 5 4) If the inspection certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with mounted
• Male thread ½ -14 NPT 6 diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the respective
remote seals.
Non-wetted parts materials 5) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
• Enclosure made of die-cast aluminium 0 must be included with the transmitter order number, for example
• Enclosure stainless steel precision casting7) 3 7MF403.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
6) The standard measuring cell filling of configurations with remote seals (Y)
Version is silicone oil.
• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1 7) Not in conjunction with Electrical connection "Device plug Han 7D".
setting for pressure unit: bar 8) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
9) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug
• International version, English plate inscription, 2
10) Configurations with device plugs Han and M12 are only available in Ex ic.
setting for pressure unit: bar
11) Only in connection with IP66.
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3
12) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
setting for pressure unit: Pascal
All versions include DVD with compact operat- NEC 500/505.
13) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B or E.
ing instructions in various EU languages. 14) M12 delivered without cable socket
1/178 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge pressure
1
Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure
SITRANS P DS III with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF 4 0 3 4 - SITRANS P DS III with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF 4 0 3 4 -
SITRANS P DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 4 0 3 5 - SITRANS P DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 4 0 3 5 -
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell clean- A
ing • None
Silicone oil normal 1 • With ATEX, Type of protection:
Inert liquid1) grease-free to 3 - "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
cleanliness level 2 - "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"8) D
FDA compliant fill fluid2) - "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" P
• Neobee oil normal 4 (Ex ia + Ex d)"9)
Nominal measuring range - "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"10) E
250 mbar (3.6 psi) A - "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
dust explosion protection (Ex ia + Ex d +
1 bar (14.5 psi) B Zone 1D/2D)"9) 11)
4 bar (58 psi) C • FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)12) F
16 bar (232 psi) D
63 bar (914 psi) E • FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + S
Zone 1D/2D9)11)12)
160 bar (2320 psi) F
400 bar (5802 psi) G • With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
700 bar (10153 psi) J - "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof NC
(is + xp)"8)12)
Seal diaphragm Process connection
• Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
Stainless steel Stainless steel A • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
Hastelloy Stainless steel B • Device plugs M12 (stainless steel)13)14) F
Hastelloy Hastelloy C
Display
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with Y1
process connector "female thread ½-14 NPT" • Without display 0
(recommended version) 3) 4) 5) 6) • Without visible display (display concealed, 1
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction Y0 setting: bar)
with process connector • With visible display (setting: bar) 6
"G½B connection shank"" 3) 4) 5) 6) • with customer-specific display (setting as spec- 7
Process connection ified, Order code "Y21" required)
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0 A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
• Stainless steel oval flange with process connec- 2) Available for measuring ranges 1 ... 63 bar.
tion (Oval flange has no female thread) 7) 3) When also ordering the quality test certificate (factory calibration) accord-
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 ing to IEC 60770-2 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals:
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 Order this certificate only together with the remote seals.
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3 The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
4) If the inspection certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with mounted
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 4
• Male thread M20 x 1.5 5
remote seals.
• Male thread ½ -14 NPT 6 5) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
Non-wetted parts materials must be included with the transmitter order number, for example
7MF403.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
• Enclosure made of die-cast aluminium 0 6) The standard measuring cell filling of configurations with remote seals (Y)
• Enclosure stainless steel precision casting 3 is silicone oil.
7) M10 fastening thread:
Version
Max. measuring span 160 bar (2320 psi) 7/16-20 UNF and M12 fastening
• Standard version, German label inscription, 1 thread: Max. measuring span 400 bar (5802 psi)
setting of pressure unit: bar 8) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
• International version, English label inscription, 2 9) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
setting of pressure unit: psi 10) Configurations with device plugs Han and M12 are only available in Ex ic.
• Chinese version, English label inscription, 3 11) Only in connection with IP66.
setting of pressure unit: kPa 12) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
All versions include DVD with compact operating NEC 500/505.
instructions in various EU languages. 13) M12 delivered without cable socket.
14) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/179

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge pressure
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code. code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting CRN approval Canada E226)   
bracket (1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, 2 x U- (Canadian Registration Number)
washer or 1 x bracket, 2 x nut, 2 x U-
washer) made of: Dual seal E24   
• Steel A01    Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia) E257)   
• Stainless steel 304 A02    to INMETRO (Brazil)
• Stainless steel 316L A03    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Device plugs1)
"Flameproof" explosion protection E267)   
• Han 7D (metal) A30  according to INMETRO (Brazil)
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• Angled A32 
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia E287)  
• Han 8D (metal) A33  + Ex d) to INMETRO (Brazil)
Cable sockets for device plugs M12 A50    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.P..)
(metal (CuZn))
Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex ia) E457)   
(instead of German) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• English B11    Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex d) E467)   
• French B12    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• Spanish B13    Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E57)   
• Italian B14    NEPSI (China)
• Cyrillic (russian) B16    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
English rating plate B21    Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" E567)   
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi to NEPSI (China)
Quality test certificate, 5-point factory C11    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
calibration (IEC 60770-2)2) Ex protection "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E577)   
Inspection certificate3) C12    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and E587)   
Factory certificate C14    „Zone 2" to NEPSI (China)
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15    "Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" E707)   
PMI test of parts in contact with medium explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
Functional safety (SIL2) C20  (only for transmitter
Devices suitable for use according to 7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80   
conformity declaration (Russia)
Functional safety (PROFIsafe) C214)  (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Certificate and PROFIsafe protocol Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81   
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23  (Russia)
Devices suitable for use according to (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according E82   
conformity declaration to EAC Ex (Russia)
PED for Russia with initial calibration C99    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
mark
Ex-protection Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D E83   
Setting of the upper saturation limit of D05  according to EAC Ex (Russia)
the output signal to 22.0 mA (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07    Two coats of lacquer on enclosure and G10   
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009) cover (PU on epoxy)
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12    Transient protector 6 kV (lightning pro- J01   
(only for M20x1.5 and ½-14 NPT) tection)
Supplied with oval flange D37    Process connection Astava J06   
(1 item), PTFE packing and screws in
thread of oval flange
Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59   
device (848699 + 810634) included
Use in or on zone 1D/2D5) E01   
(only together with type of protection
"Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)" and IP66)
Oxygen application E10   
(In the case of oxygen measurement and
inert liquid max. 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60°C
(140 °F))
Export approval Korea E11   
1/180 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge pressure
1
Marine approvals Measuring range to be set Y01  1)
• Det Norske Veritas S10    Specify in plain text (max. 5 characters):
Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL) Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
• Lloyds Register (LR) S11    Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y152)   
device variable (measuring point
• French marine classification society S12    description)
Bureau Veritas (BV)
• American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14    Y15: ...........................................
• Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16    Measuring point text (entry in device Y16   
variable)
• Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17   
1) Device plug Han IP65 Y16: ...........................................
2) When also ordering the quality test certificate (factory calibration) accord- Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 
Order this certificate only together with the remote seals. Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here. Y17: ...........................................
3) If the inspection certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with mounted Setting of pressure indication in pres- Y21   
diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the respective sure units
remote seals. Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
4) Profisafe transmitters can only be operated with the S7 F Systems V6.1 Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
configuration software in combination with S7-400H Note:
5) Option does not contain gas explosion protection; only dust explosion pro- The following pressure units can be
tection: Use in or at Zone 1D/2D. selected:
6) Cannot be ordered with remote seal. bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
7) When the additional ex option is selected, the ATEX marking on the device mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
is omitted. Only the Ex option selected via the Z option is marked. kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
*) ref. temperature 20 °C
Setting of pressure indication in Y22 + 
non-pressure units3) Y01
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
(specification of measuring range in pres-
sure units "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5
characters)
Y25: .....................
Damping adjustment in seconds Y30   
(0 ... 100 s)
Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21, Y22, Y25 and D05 can be factory preset
 = available
Ordering example
Item line: 7MF4033-1EA00-1AA7-Z
B line: A01 + Y01 + Y21
C line: Y01: 10 ... 20 bar (145 ... 290 psi)

2) If you do not wish to have any text engraved for Y15, then do not make any
further text entries as "Y15:".
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/181

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge pressure
15 143 (5.6) 54 (2.13) 5
(0.94)
(0.6) 74 (2.9) 53 (2.1) 27 approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67) 29 (1.14) 84 (3.31)
24
1 (1.1)
50 (1.97)
2 6
Ø80 (3.15)
117 (4.61)
3 4 3 7
176 (6.93)
237 (9.33)
9
171 (6.7)
SW 36
68 (2.68)
8
120 (4.72)
approx. 40
72 (2.8)
(1.6)
Space for rotation

of enclosure
min. 90 (3.54) 4) Ø50 ... 60 105 (4.13)
(1.97 ... 2.36)
123 (4.84)
1 Electronic side, digital display 5 Protective cover over keys

(longer overall length for cover with window)1) 6 Blanking plug
2 Terminal side1) 7 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection
3 Electrical connection: "Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or Screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 8 Process connection: Connection shank G½B or Oval flange
Han 7D/8D device plug2) 3)
9 Mounting bracket (option)
4 Harting adapter
1)
Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
2)
Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
3)
Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [IS + XP]"
4)
Minimum distance for rotating
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/182 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
for gauge/absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
1
SITRANS P DS III series for gauge and absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
Input of gauge pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
Measured variable Gauge pressure, front-flush
Measuring span (continuously adjustable) or nominal mea- HART PROFIBUS PA/
suring range, max. operating pressure and max. test pres- FOUNDATION
sure Fieldbus
(PS)
0.01 ... 1 bar 1 bar 4 bar 6 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 100 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.15 ... 14.5 psi 14.5 psi 58 psi 87 psi)
0.04 ... 4 bar 4 bar 7 bar 10 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 400 kPa 0.7 MPa 1 MPa
0.58 ... 58 psi 58 psi 102 psi 145 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 16 bar 21 bar 32 bar
16 ... 1600 kPa 1600 kPa 2.1 MPa 3.2 MPa
2.3 ... 232 psi 232 psi 305 psi 464 psi
0.63 ... 63 bar 63 bar 67 bar 100 bar
63 ... 6300 kPa 6300 kPa 6.7MPa 10 MPa
9.1 ... 914 psi 914 psi 972 psi 1450 psi
• Measuring cell with Neobee 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psi a
Input of absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
Measured variable Absolute pressure, front-flush
Measuring span (continuously adjustable) or nominal mea- HART PROFIBUS PA/
suring range, max. operating pressure and max. test pres- FOUNDATION
sure Fieldbus
(PS)
17 ... 525 inH2O a 525 inH2O a 37.7 psi a 145 psi a
Depending on the process connection, the measuring span may differ from these values
Lower measuring limit 0 mbar a/0 kPa a/0 psi a
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDA-
TION Fieldbus signal
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or option- -
ally set to 22.0 mA
Load
• With HART RB = 230 ... 500  (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100  (HART Communicator)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/183

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1 SITRANS P DS III series for gauge and absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
• Linear characteristic Gauge pressure, front-flush Absolute pressure, front-flush
- r5  0.075 % -
- 5 < r  100  (0.005  r + 0.05) % -

- r  10 -  0.2 %
- 10 < r  30 -  0.4 %
Influence of ambient temperature (in percent per 28 °C (50 °F))  (0.08  r + 0.16) %  (0.16  r + 0.24) %
Effect of ambient temperature
(in pressure per temperature change)
• Temperature difference between medium 3 mbar/0.3 kPa/0.04 psi per 10 K
temperature and ambient temperature
Long-term stability (temperature change  30 °C ( 54 °F))  (0.25 . r) % in 5 years
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change in angle) 0.4 mbar/0.04 kPa/0.006 per 10° inclination
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• Measuring cell with Neobee oil (with front-flush diaphragm) -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F)
• Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
(in the case of Neobee: -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185/°F))
(for high temperature oil: -10 ... + 85 °C (14 ... 185 °F))
Climatic class
• Condensation Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %
Medium conditions The max. medium temperature of the front-flush process connections is to be taken
into account in accordance with the relevant connection standards (e. g. DIN 32676,
DIN 11851 etc.).
• Measuring cell with silicone oil (with front-flush diaphragm) -40 ... +150 °C (-40 ... +302 °F)
• Measuring cell with Neobee oil (with front-flush diaphragm) -10 ... +150 °C (14 ... 302 °F)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil, with temperature decoupler -40 ... +200 °C (-40 ... +392 °F)
(only for gauge pressure version with front-flush diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with Neobee oil, with temp. decoupler (only -10 ... +200 °C (14 ... 392 °F)
for gauge pressure version with flush-mounted diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
• Measuring cell with high-temperature oil (only for gauge -10 ... +250 °C (14 ... 482 °F)
pressure version with front-flush diaphragm)
1/184 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
SITRANS P DS III series for gauge and absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
1
Design
no. 1.4408
Wetted parts materials Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819
Process connection • Flanges as per EN and ASME
Surface quality touched-by-media Ra-values  0.8 µm (32 µ-inch)/welds Ra)  1.6 µm (64 µ-inch)
(Process connections acc. to 3A; Ra-values  0.8 µm (32 µ-inch)/welds Ra)  0.8 µm
(32 µ-inch)
Separate supply voltage - No
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
Current consumption
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/185

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1 SITRANS P DS III series for gauge and absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300  Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V
DC DC
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22 Ex II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T120°C Db
- Marking Ex II 2 D IP65 T 120 °C
DC; Pmax = 1.2 W DC;
Pmax = 1 W
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4...T6; CL I, DIV
2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
Hygiene version
In the case of SITRANS P DSIII with 7MF413x front-flush diaphragm, selected connections comply with the requirements of EHEDG.
1/186 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1
communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
The address can be set using Configuration tool or local - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked
operation (standard setting within the device with a bridge)
address 126)
LCD
two pressures
respectively
incorrect value)
tively
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
sor temperature
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/187

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
Pressure transmitter for gauge and absolute 7MF 4 1 3 3 - Pressure transmitter for gauge and absolute 7MF 4 1 3 3 -
pressure, front-flush diaphragm, pressure, front-flush diaphragm,
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
SITRANS P DS III HART SITRANS P DS III HART
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Display
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • Without display 0
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning • Without visible display 1
Silicone oil normal 1 (display concealed, setting: mA)
Inert liquid 3 • With visible display (setting: mA) 6
FDA compliant fill fluid • With customer-specific display 7
• Neobee oil normal 4 (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22"
Measuring span (min. ... max.) required)
0.01 ... 1 bar (0.15 ... 14.5 psi) B Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
0.04 ... 4 bar (0.58 ... 58 psi) C A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
0.16 ... 16 bar (2.32 ... 232 psi) D
1) Not with temperature decoupler P00, not for process connections R02,
0.63 ... 63 bar (9.14 ... 914 psi) E
R04, R10 and R11, and can only be ordered in conjunction with silicone oil.
43.34 ... 1300 mbar a1) (0.63 ... 18.86 psi a)1) S 2) Only available for flanges with options M.., N.. and Q..
0.17 ... 5 bar a1) (2.43 ... 72.5 psi a)1) T 3) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
1 ... 30 bar a1) (4.35 ... 435 psi a)1) U 4) Configurations with device plugs Han and M12 are only available in Ex ic.
Wetted parts materials NEC 500/505.
Seal diaphragm Connection shank 6) Only in connection with IP66.
7) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
Hastelloy2) Stainless steel B 9) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
Process connection 10) M12 delivered without cable socket
• Flange version with Order code M.., N.., R.. or Q.. 7
• Enclosure made of die-cast aluminium 0
• Enclosure stainless steel precision casting 3
Version
• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1
All versions include DVD with compact operating
instructions in various EU languages.
• None A
- "Explosion-proof (Ex d)" 3) D
- „Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"4) E
• FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)5) F
• FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + S
Zone 1D/2D5)6)7)
• Inner thread M20 x 1.5 B
• Female thread ½-14 NPT C
• Device plug Han 7D (plastic enclosure) incl. D
mating connector8)
1/188 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1
Pressure transmitter P for gauge and absolute Pressure transmitter P for gauge and absolute
pressure, front-flush diaphragm: pressure, front-flush diaphragm:
Display
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell clean- • Without display 0
ing • Without visible display 1
Silicone oil normal 1 (display concealed, setting: bar)
Inert liquid 3 • With visible display (setting: bar) 6
FDA compliant fill fluid • With customer-specific display (setting 7
• Neobee oil normal 4 as specified, Order code "Y21" required)
Nominal measuring range A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
1 bar (14.5 psi) B 1) Not with temperature decoupler P00, not for process connections R01,
4 bar (58 psi) C R02, R04, R10 and R11, and can only be ordered in conjunction with sili-
16 bar (232 psi) D cone oil.
63 bar (914 psi) E 2) Only available for flanges with options M.., N.. and Q.
3)
1300 mbar a1) (18.86 psi a)1) S Without cable gland, with blanking plug
5 bar a1) (72.5 psi a)1) T
30 bar a1) (435 psi a)1) U
NEC 500/505.
Wetted parts materials 6) Only in connection with IP66.
Stainless steel Stainless steel A 9) M12 delivered without cable socket
Hastelloy2) Stainless steel B
Process connection
• Flange version with Order code M.., N.., R.. or 7
Q..
Version
• None A
- "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"3) D
- „Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"4) E
Zone 1D/2D5)6)7)
(available soon)
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/189

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
Device plugs1) Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to NEPSI E554)   
• Han 7D (metal) A30  (China)
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• Angled A32  Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to E564)   
• Han 8D (metal) A33  NEPSI (China)
Cable sockets for device plugs M12 A50    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
(metal (CuZn)) Ex protection "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E574)   
Rating plate inscription (instead of German) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
• English B11    Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone 2" E584)   
• French B12    to NEPSI (China)
• Spanish B13    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
• Italian B14    "Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" E704)   
• Cyrillic (russian) B16    explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
English rating plate B21    (only for transmitter
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi 7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
Quality test certificate, 5-point C11    Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80   

factory calibration (IEC 60770-2) (Russia)
Inspection certificate C12    Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81   

(Russia)
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1
Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according to E82   
Factory certificate C14    EAC Ex (Russia)
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2
Functional safety (SIL2) C20  according to EAC Ex (Russia)
Devices suitable for use according to
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL con- Two coats of lacquer on enclosure and G10   
formity declaration cover (PU on epoxy)
Functional safety (PROFIsafe) C212)  Transient protector 6 kV (lightning protec- J01   
Certificate and PROFIsafe protocol tion)
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23  Flanges to EN 1092-1, Form B1
Devices suitable for use according to • DN 25, PN 405) M11   
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL con-
• DN 40, PN 40 M13   
formity declaration
• DN 40, PN 100 M23   
PED for Russia with initial calibration mark C99    • DN 50, PN 16 M04   
Setting of the upper saturation limit of the D05  • DN 50, PN 40 M14   
output signal to 22.0 mA • DN 80, PN 16 M06   
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12    • DN 80, PN 40 M16   
(only for M20x1.5 and ½-14 NPT) Flanges to ASME B16.5
Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59    • Stainless steel flange 1" class 1505) M40   
device (848699 + 810634) included • Stainless steel flange 1½" class 150 M41   
Oxygen application E10    • Stainless steel flange 2" class 150 M42   
(In the case of oxygen measurement and inert • Stainless steel flange 3" class 150 M43   
liquid max. 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60°C (140 °F)) • Stainless steel flange 4" class 150 M44   
Export approval Korea E11    • Stainless steel flange 1½" class 300 M46   
• Stainless steel flange 2" class 300 M47   
CRN approval Canada E223)   
(Canadian Registration Number)
Dual seal E24   
Threaded connector to DIN 3852-2,
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia) to E254)    form A, thread to ISO 228
INMETRO (Brazil) • G ¾"-A, front-flush6) R01   
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..) • G 1"-A, front-flush6) R02   
"Flameproof" explosion protection accord- E264)    • G 2"-A, front-flush R04   
ing to INMETRO (Brazil)
Tank connection7)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Sealing is included in delivery
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia + E284)   • TG 52/50, PN 40 R10   
Ex d) to INMETRO (Brazil) • TG 52/150, PN 40 R11   
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.P..)
Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex ia) E454)   
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex d) E464)   
1/190 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1
Sanitary process connection according Sanitary process connection to
DIN 11851 (Dairy connection with slotted NEUMO Bio-Connect clamp connection
union nut) EHEDG compliant
• DN 50, PN 25 N04    • DN 50, PN 16 Q39   
• DN 80, PN 25 N06    • DN 65, PN 10 Q40   
Tri-Clamp connection according • DN 80, PN 10 Q41   
DIN 32676/ISO 2852 • DN 100, PN 10 Q42   
• DN 50/2", PN 16 N14    • DN 2½", PN 16 Q48   
• DN 65/2.5", PN 10 N15    • DN 3", PN 10 Q49   
• Clamp 2" ISO 2852 PN 16 N22    • DN 4", PN 10 Q50   
• Clamp 3" ISO 2852 PN 16 N23    Bio-Control sanitary process connection
Varivent connection • DN 50, PN 16 Q53   
EHEDG compliant • DN 65, PN 16 Q54   
• Type N = 68 for Varivent enclosure N28    Sanitary process connection to
DN 40 ... 125 and 1½" ... 6", PN 40 NEUMO Bio-Connect S flange connection
Temperature decoupler up to 200 °C8) P00    • DN 2", PN 16 Q72   
for version with front-flush diaphragm
Aseptic threaded socket to DIN 11864-1
Sanitary process connection to DRD Form A
• DN 50, PN 40 M32    • DN 50, PN 25 N33   
SMS socket with union nut • DN 65, PN 25 N34   
• 2" M67    • DN 80, PN 25 N35   
• 2½" M68    • DN 100, PN 25 N36   
• 3" M69    Aseptic flange with notch to DIN 11864-2
Form A
SMS threaded socket
• DN 50, PN 16 N43   
• 2" M73   
• DN 65, PN 16 N44   
• 2½" M74   
• DN 80, PN 16 N45   
• 3" M75   
• DN 100, PN 16 N46   
IDF socket with union nut ISO 2853
Aseptic flange with groove to DIN 11864-2
• 2" M82    Form A
• 2½" M83   
• 3" M84    • DN 50, PN 16 N43 +   
P11
IDF threaded socket ISO 2853 • DN 65, PN 16 N44 +   
• 2" M92    P11
• 2½" M93    • DN 80, PN 16 N45 +   
• 3" M94    P11
• DN 100, PN 16 N46 +   
Sanitary process connection to P11
NEUMO Bio-Connect screw connection
EHEDG compliant Aseptic clamp with groove to DIN 11864-3
• DN 50, PN 16 Q05    Form A
• DN 65, PN 16 Q06    • DN 50, PN 25 N53   
• DN 80, PN 16 Q07    • DN 65, PN 25 N54   
• DN 100, PN 16 Q08    • DN 80, PN 16 N55   
• DN 2", PN 16 Q13    • DN 100, PN 16 N56   
• DN 2½", PN 16 Q14    1) Device plug Han IP65
• DN 3", PN 16 Q15    2) Profisafe transmitters can only be operated with the S7 F Systems V6.1
• DN 4", PN 16 Q16    configuration software in combination with S7-400H.
3) Cannot be ordered with remote seal.
Sanitary process connection to NEUMO
Bio-Connect flange connection
EHEDG compliant is omitted. Only the Ex option selected via the Z option is marked.
5) Special seal in Viton included in the scope of delivery.
• DN 50, PN 16 Q23   
FKM; temperature range -20 ... +200 °C (-4 ... +392 °C)
• DN 65, PN 16 Q24    6) Cannot be combined with Order code P00. Can only be ordered with sili-
• DN 80, PN 16 Q25    cone oil measuring cell filling.
• DN 100, PN 16 Q26    7) The weldable socket can be ordered under accessories.
• DN 2", PN 16 Q31    8) 3A and EHEDG compliant. The maximum permissible temperatures of the
• DN 2½", PN 16 Q32    medium depend on the respective cell fillings (see medium conditions).
• DN 3", PN 16 Q33   
• DN 4", PN 16 Q34   
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/191

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code
Additional data HART PA FF
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
Measuring range to be set Y01  1)
Specify in plain text (max. 5 characters):
Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
tion)
Y15: ...........................................
able)
Y16: ...........................................
Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 
Y17: ...........................................
Setting of pressure indicator in pressure Y21   
units
Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note:
The following pressure units can be selected:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %

(specification of measuring range in pressure
units "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5
characters)
Y25: .....................
(0 ... 100 s)
 = available
ordering example
Item line: 7MF4133-1DB20-1AB7-Z
B line: A22 + Y01 + Y21
C line: Y01: 1 ... 10 bar (14.5 ... 145 psi)
1/192 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1
15 143 (5.6) 15 4
(0.94)
(0.6) 74 (2.9) 53 (2.1) (0.6) 29 (1.14) 84 (3.31)
24
1
50 (1.97)
5
H1 = approx. 130 (5.12)

Ø80 (3.15)
3 6
Space for rotation

2
of enclosure
50 (1.97)
H 2 = approx.
55 (2.17)
7
Temperature decoupler min. 90 (3.54) 2)
1
Electronic side, digital display 4 Protective cover over keys
2
Terminal side1) 6 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection
3
Electrical connection: "Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 7 Process connection: see flange tables
M12 device plug
1)
2) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
92 mm (3.6 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III series for gauge pressure, with front-flush diaphragm, dimensions in mm (inch)
The diagram shows a SITRANS P DS III with an example of a flange. In this drawing the height is subdivided into H1 and H2.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/193

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1 Flanges according to EN and ASME
Sanitary process screw connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect
Flange according to EN Order DN PN D H2
EN 1092-1 code
Order DN PN D H2 Q05 50 16 82 mm (3.2") Approx.
H2
code Q06 65 16 105 mm (4.1") 52 mm (2")
Q07 80 16 115 mm (4.5")
H2
M11 25 40 115 mm (4.5") Approx.

52 mm (2") Q08 100 16 145 mm (5.7")
D
M13 40 40 150 mm (5.9")
D Q13 2" 16 82 mm (3.2")
M23 40 100 170 mm (6.7")
Q14 2½" 16 105 mm (4.1")
M04 50 16 165 mm (6.5")
Q15 3" 16 105 mm (4.1")
M14 50 40 165 mm (6.5")
Q16 4" 16 145 mm (5.7")
M06 80 16 200 mm (7.9")
M16 80 40 200 mm (7.9") Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect flange
Flanges according to ASME connection
ASME B16.5 Order DN PN D H2

code
Order DN PN D H2
H2
code Q23 50 16 110 mm (4.3") Approx.
Q24 65 16 140 mm (5.5") 52 mm (2")
H2
M40 1" 150 110 mm (4.3") Approx. D Q25 80 16 150 mm (5.9")

M41 1½" 150 130 mm (5.1") 52 mm (2") Q26 100 16 175 mm (6.9")
D
M42 2" 150 150 mm (5.9") Q31 2" 16 100 mm (3.9")
M43 3" 150 190 mm (7.5") Q32 2½" 16 110 mm (4.3")
M44 4" 150 230 mm (9.1") Q33 3" 16 140 mm (5.5")
M46 1½" 300 155 mm (6.1") Q34 4" 16 175 mm (6.9")
M47 2" 300 165 mm (6.5")
M48 3" 300 210 mm (8.1") Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect clamp
M49 4" 300 255 mm (10.0") connection
NuG and pharmaceutical connections Order DN PN D H2
code
Connections to DIN
Q39 50 16 77.4 mm (3.0") Approx.
H2
DIN 11851 (milk pipe union with slotted union nut) Q40 65 10 90.9 mm (3.6") 52 mm (2")
Order DN PN D H2 Q41 80 10 106 mm (4.2")
code Q42 100 10 119 mm (4.7")
D
N04 50 25 92 mm (3.6") Approx. Q48 2½" 16 90.9 mm (3.6")
H2
2
N06 80 25 127 mm (5.0") 52 mm (2") Q49 3" 10 106 mm (4.2")
Q50 4" 10 119 mm (4.7")
D
Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect S flange

Tri-Clamp nach DIN 32676 connection
code code
H2
Q72 2" 16 125 mm (4.9") Approx.

H2
N14 50 16 64 mm (2.5") Approx.

N15 65 10 91 mm (3.6") 52 mm (2") 52 mm (2")
D
D Threaded connection G¾", G1" and G2" acc. to DIN 3852

Order DN PN D H2
Other connections code
Varivent connection R01 ¾" 60 37 mm (1.5") Approx.
H2
Order DN PN D H2 45 mm
code (1.8")
R02 1" 60 48 mm (1.9") Approx.
N28 40 ... 125 40 84 mm Approx. D 47 mm
H2
(3.3") 52 mm (2") (1.9")

D
R04 2" 60 78 mm (3.1") Approx.
52 mm (2")
Sanitary process connection to DRD

Order DN PN D H2
code
H2
M32 50 40 105 mm (4.1") Approx.

52 mm (2")
D
1/194 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
Tank connection TG 52/50 and TG52/150 Aseptic threaded socket to DIN 11864-1 Form A
1
code code
R10 25 40 63 mm (2.5") Approx. N33 50 25 78 x 1/6" Approx.
H2
63 mm N34 65 25 95 x 1/6" 52 mm (2")
H2
(2.5") N35 80 25 110 x ¼"
R11 25 40 63 mm (2.5") Approx. N36 100 25 130 x ¼"
D 170 mm
(6.7") D
SMS socket with union nut

Order DN PN D H2 Aseptic flange with notch to DIN 11864-2 Form A
code Order DN PN D H2
code
H2
M67 2" 25 84 mm (3.3") Approx.

52 mm (2")
H2
M68 2½" 25 100 mm (3.9") N43 50 16 94 Approx.
M69 3" 25 114 mm (4.5") N44 65 16 113 52 mm (2")
D N45 80 16 133
D
N46 100 16 159
SMS threaded socket
Aseptic flange with groove to DIN 11864-2 Form A
Order DN PN D H2
code Order DN PN D H2
code
M73 2" 25 70 x 1/6 mm Approx.
H2
52 mm (2")
H2 N43 + 50 16 94 Approx.
M74 2½" 25 85 x 1/6 mm P11 52 mm (2")
M75 3" 25 98 x 1/6 mm
D
N44 + 65 16 113
D P11
N45 + 80 16 133
IDF socket with union nut P11
Order DN PN D H2 N46 + 100 16 159
code P11
H2
M82 2" 25 77 mm (3") Approx.

52 mm (2") Aseptic clamp with groove to DIN 11864-3 Form A
M83 2½" 25 91 mm (3.6")
M84 3" 25 106 mm (4.2") Order DN PN D H2
code
D N53 50 25 77.5 Approx.
H2
N54 65 25 91 52 mm (2")
IDF threaded socket N55 80 16 106
N56 100 16 130
Order DN PN D H2
D
code
M92 2" 25 64 mm (2.5") Approx.
H2
M93 2½" 25 77.5 mm (3.1") 52 mm (2")

M94 3" 25 91 mm (3.6")
D
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/195

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
for absolute pressure (from gauge pressure series)
SITRANS P DS III series for absolute pressure (from the gauge pressure series)
Input
Measuring span (fully adjustable) or nominal measuring HART PROFIBUS PA/
(PS)
0.83 ... 25 kPa a 25 kPa a 150 kPa a 600 kPa a
3.35 ... 100 inH2O a 100 inH2O a 21.8 psi a 87 psi a
17.42 ... 522.4 inH2O a 525 inH2O a 37.7 psi a 145 psi a
5,34 ... 160 bar a 160 bar a 167 bar a 250 bar a
0.53 ... 16 MPa a 16 MPa a 16,7 MPa a 25 MPa a
77.4 ... 2321 psi a 2321 psi 2422 psi 3626 psi
13.34 ... 400 bar a 400 bar a 400 bar a 600 bar a
1.3 ... 40 MPa a 40 MPa a 40 MPa a 60 MPa a
23.34 ... 700 bar a 700 bar a 800 bar a 800 bar a
2.33 ... 70 MPa a 70 MPa a 80 MPa a 80 MPa a
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 0 mbar a/0 kPa a/0 psi a
(-4 °F <  +140 °F)
(140 °F <  +212 °F (max. 185 °F for measuring cell 0.44 psi a + 0.29 psi a . (- 140 °F)/°F
435 psi))
(for oxygen measurement max. 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi and 60 °C (140 °F)
ally set to 22.0 mA
Load
1/196 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1
- r  10  0.1 %
- 10 < r  30  0.2 %
• 250 mbar a/25 kPa a/3.6 psi a  (0.15  r + 0.1) %
• 1300 mbar a/130 kPa a/18.8 psi a  (0.08  r + 0.16) %
Long-term stability (temperature change ± 30 °C (± 54 °F))  (0.25  r) % in 5 years
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
-20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F) with 30 bar a measuring cell
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/197

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1 SITRANS P DS III series for absolute pressure (from the gauge pressure series)
Design
Enclosure material Low-copper die-cast aluminum, GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat.
no. 1.4408
(maximum value with oxygen measurement pressure 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60 °C
(140 °F))
Process connection Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1, female thread ½ -14 NPT or oval flange
(PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi a)) to DIN 19213 with mounting thread M10 or 7/16-20 UNF
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
Current consumption
1/198 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1
DC DC
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300  Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
Pmax = 1 W
- Connection (Ex ic) To circuits with values: FISCO supply unit ic:
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/199

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
126)
LCD
- Electrical damping, adjustable 0 to 100 s - Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
respectively
incorrect value)
tively
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
sor temperature
1/200 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1
Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure 7MF 4 2 3 3 - Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure 7MF 4 2 3 3 -
from gauge pressure series from gauge pressure series
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Electrical connection/cable entry
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
cleaning • Device plug Han 7D (plastic enclosure) incl. D
Silicone oil normal 1 mating connector14)
Inert liquid1) grease-free to 3 • Device plugs M12 (stainless steel) 15) 16) F
cleanliness level 2 Display
Measuring span (min. ... max.) • Without display 0
8.34 ... 250 mbar a (0.13 ... 3.63 psi a) D • Without visible display (display concealed, 1
43.34 ... 1300 mbar a (0.63 ... 18.86 psi a) F setting: mA)
0.17 ... 5 bar a (2.43 ... 72.5 psi a) G • With visible display (setting: mA) 6
1 ... 30 bar a (14.6 ... 435 psi a) H • with customer-specific display (setting as 7
5.34 ... 160 bar a 2) (77.4 ... 2 321 psi a) L specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required)
13.34 ... 400 bar a 2) (193.4 ... 5 802 psi a) M Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
23.34 ... 700 bar a 2) (338.43 ... 10 153 psi a) N A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
Wetted parts materials 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
Seal diaphragm Process connection 2) Available soon
Stainless steel Stainless steel A 3) Version 7MF4233-1DY... only up to max. measuring span 200 mbar a (80
Hastelloy Stainless steel B inH2O a).

Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with Y1 Order this certificate only together with the remote seals.
process connector "female thread ½-14 NPT" The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
(recommended version) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 5) If the inspection certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with mounted
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction Y0 diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the respective
with process connector "G½B connection remote seals.
shank" 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 6) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
Process connection 7MF423.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0 7) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1 is silicone oil.
8) Not in conjunction with Electrical connection "device plug Han 7D".
• Stainless steel oval flange with process con-
9) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
nection (Oval flange has no female thread)
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 11) Configurations with device plugs Han and M12 are only available in Ex ic.
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3 13) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 4 NEC 500/505.
• Male thread M20 x 1.5 5 14) Only in connection with Ex apporval A, B or E.
• Male thread ½ -14 NPT 6 15) Only in connection with Ex apporval A, B, E or F.
16) M12 delivered without cable socket
• Enclosure stainless steel precision casting8) 3
Version
All versions include DVD with compact operat-
ing instructions in various EU languages.
• None A
- "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" P
(Ex ia + Ex d)"10)
- "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"11) E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure R
and dust explosion protection (Ex ia+ Ex d +
Zone 1D/2D)"10)12)
Zone 1D/2D10)12)13)
- "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof NC
(is + xp)"9)13)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/201

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure
from gauge pressure series from gauge pressure series
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell • None A
cleaning • With ATEX, Type of protection:
Silicone oil normal 1 - "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
Inert liquid1) grease-free to 3 - "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"8) D
cleanliness level 2
Nominal measuring range (Ex ia + Ex d)"9)
250 mbar a (3.63 psi a) D - "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)" 10) E
1300 mbar a (18.86 psi a) F - "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
5 bar a (72.5 psi a) G dust explosion protection (Ex ia + Ex d +
30 bar a (435 psi a) H Zone 1D/2D)"9) 11)
160 bar a 2) (2 321 psi a) L • FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)12) F
400 bar a 2) (5 802 psi a) M • FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + S
Zone 1D/2D9)11)12)
700 bar a 2) (10 153 psi a) N
Wetted parts materials - "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof NC
Seal diaphragm Process connection (is + xp)"8)12)
Stainless steel Stainless steel A Electrical connection/cable entry
Hastelloy Stainless steel B • Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
Hastelloy Hastelloy C • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with Y1 • Device plugs M12 (stainless steel)13) 14) F
process connector "female thread ½-14 NPT"
(recommended version) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) Display
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction Y0 • Without display 0
with process connector • Without visible display 1
"G½B connection shank"" 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) (display concealed, setting: bar)
• With visible display (setting: bar) 6
Process connection
• with customer-specific display 7
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0 (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22"
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1 required)
• Stainless steel oval flange with process connec-
tion (Oval flange has no female thread) A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 2) Available soon
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3 3) Version 7MF4233-1DY... only up to max. measuring span 200 mbar a
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 4 (2.9 psi a).
• Male thread ½ -14 NPT 6 ing to IEC 60770-2 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals:
Non-wetted parts materials The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
• Enclosure stainless steel precision casting 3 remote seals.
Version
• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1 must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
7MF423.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
setting for pressure unit: bar 7) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
• International version, English plate inscription, 2 is silicone oil.
setting for pressure unit: bar 8) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3 9) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
setting for pressure unit: Pascal 10) Configurations with device plugs Han and M12 are only available in Ex ic.
All versions include DVD with compact operating 11) Only in connection with IP66.
instructions in various EU languages. 12) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
NEC 500/505.
14) M12 delivered without cable socket.
1/202 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
code. CRN approval Canada E226)   
Pressure transmitter with mounting (Canadian Registration Number)
bracket (1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, 2 x U- Dual seal E24   
washer or 1 x bracket, 2 x nut, 2 x U-
washer) made of: Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia) E257)   
to INMETRO (Brazil)
• Steel A01    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• Stainless steel 304 A02   
• Stainless steel 316L A03   
according to INMETRO (Brazil)
Device plugs1) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• Han 7D (metal) A30 
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" E287)  
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  (Ex ia + Ex d) to INMETRO (Brazil)
• Angled A32  (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.P..)
• Han 8D (metal) A33  Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex ia) E457)   
Cable sockets for device plugs M12 A50    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
(metal (CuZn)) Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex d) E467)   
Rating plate inscription (instead of Ger- (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
man)
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E557)   
• English B11    NEPSI (China)
• French B12    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• Spanish B13    Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" E567)   
• Italian B14    to NEPSI (China)
• Cyrillic (russian) B16    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
English rating plate B21    Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI E577)   
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi (China)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
Quality test certificate, 5-point C11   
factory calibration (IEC 60770-2)2) Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone E587)   
2" to NEPSI (China)
Inspection certificate3) C12    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1
"Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" E707)   
Factory certificate C14    explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 (only for transmitter
7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15   
PMI test of parts in contact with medium Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80   
(Russia)
Functional safety (SIL2) C20  Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81   
Devices suitable for use according to IEC (Russia)
61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL confor-
mity declaration Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according E82   
to EAC Ex (Russia)
Functional safety (PROFIsafe) C214) 
Certificate and PROFIsafe protocol Ex-protection Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D E83   
according to EAC Ex (Russia)
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23  Two coats of lacquer on enclosure and G10   
Devices suitable for use according to IEC cover (PU on epoxy)
mity declaration Transient protector 6 kV (lightning protect.) J01   
PED for Russia with initial calibration C99    Oval flange NAM (ASTAVA) J06   
mark Marine approvals
Setting of the upper saturation limit of D05  • Det Norske Veritas S10   
the output signal to 22.0 mA Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL)
• Lloyds Register (LR) S11   
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07   
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009) • French marine classification society S12   
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12    • American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14   
(only for M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT)
• Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16   
Supplied with oval flange D37    • Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17   
(1 item), PTFE packing and screws in
1) Device plug Han IP65
thread of oval flange
Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59    ing to IEC 60770-2 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals:
device (848699 + 810634) included Order this certificate only together with the remote seals.
Use in or on zone 1D/2D5) E01    The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
(only together with type of protection
"Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
remote seals.
7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia) and IP65) 4) Profisafe transmitters can only be operated with the S7 F Systems V6.1
Oxygen application E10    configuration software in combination with S7-400H.
5) Option does not contain gas explosion protection; only dust explosion pro-
(In the case of oxygen measurement and
inert liquid max. 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60°C tection: Use in or at Zone 1D/2D.
(140 °F))
Export approval Korea E11    is omitted. Only the Ex option selected via the Z option is marked.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/203

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
Y01: ... up to ... mbar a, bar a, kPaabs,
MPaabs, psi a2)
description)
Y15: ...........................................
Measuring point text (entry in device Y16   
variable)
Y16: ...........................................
Y17: ...........................................
Setting of pressure indication in pres- Y21   
sure units
Note:
The following pressure units can be
selected:
sure units "Y01" is essential, unit with max.
5 characters)
Y25: .....................
(0 ... 100 s)
 = available
2) Only absolute pressure units selectable. Negative pressure values not per-
mitted.
1/204 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1
15 143 (5.6) 54 (2.13) 5
(0.94)
(0.6) 74 (2.9) 53 (2.1) 27 approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67) 29 (1.14) 84 (3.31)
24
1 (1.1)
50 (1.97)
2 6
Ø80 (3.15)
117 (4.61)
3 4 3 7
176 (6.93)
237 (9.33)
9
171 (6.7)
SW 36
68 (2.68)
8
120 (4.72)
approx. 40
72 (2.8)
(1.6)
Space for rotation

of enclosure
min. 90 (3.54) 4) Ø50 ... 60 105 (4.13)
(1.97 ... 2.36)
123 (4.84)
1 Electronic side, digital display 5 Protective cover over keys

2 Terminal side1) 7 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection
3 Electrical connection: "Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or Screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 8 Process connection: Connection shank G½B or Oval flange
9 Mounting bracket (option)
4 Harting adapter
1)
2)
3)
4)
Minimum distance for rotating
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for absolute pressure, from the pressure series, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/205

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
for absolute pressure (from differential pressure series)
SITRANS P, DS III for absolute pressure (from the differential pressure series)
Input
97/23/EC Pressure Equipment Directive) and max. test pres- Fieldbus
sure (pursuant to DIN 16086)
Measuring span Nominal measur- Max. operating pressure MAWP (PS)
ing range
8.34 ... 250 mbar a 250 mbar a 32 bar a
0.834 ... 25 kPa a 25 kPa a 3.2 MPa a
3 ... 100 inH2O a 100 inH2O a 464 psi a
43.34 ... 1300 mbar a 1300 mbar a 32 bar a
4.33 ... 130 kPa a 130 kPa a 3.2 MPa a
17 ... 525 inH2O a 525 inH2O a 464 psi a
170 ... 5000 mbar a 5000 mbar a 32 bar a
17 ... 500 kPa a 500 kPa a 3.2 MPa a
2.43 ... 72.5 psi a 72.5 psi a 464 psi a
1 ... 30 bar a 30 bar a 160 bar a
0.1 ... 3 MPa a 3 MPa a 16 MPa a
14.6 ... 435 psi a 435 psi a 2320 psi a
5.3 ... 100 bar a 100 bar a 160 bar a
0.5 ... 10 MPa a 10 MPa a 16 MPa a
76.9 ... 1450 psi a 1450 psi a 2320 psi a
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 0 mbar a/0 kPa a/0 psi a
(-4 °F <  +140 °F)
435 psi))
ally set to 22.0 mA
Load
1/206 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1
- r  10  0.1 %
- 10 < r  30  0.2 %
• 250 mbar a/25 kPa a/3.6 psi a  (0.15  r + 0.1) %
• 1300 mbar a/130 kPa a/18.8 psi a  (0.08  r + 0.16) %
Long-term stability  (0.25  r) % in 5 years
(temperature change ± 30 °C (± 54 °F))
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Ambient conditions
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/207

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1 SITRANS P, DS III for absolute pressure (from the differential pressure series)
Design
Weight (without options)  4.5 kg ( 9.9 (lb)
no. 1.4408
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819, Monel, mat.
no. 2.4360, tantalum or gold
• Process flanges and sealing screw Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4408, Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602 or Monel, mat. no.
2.4360
• O-Ring FPM (Viton) or optionally: PTFE, FEP, FEPM and NBR
(maximum value with oxigen measurement pressure 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60 °C
(140 °F))
Process connection ¼-18 NPT and flange connection with mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 or
7/ -20 UNF to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
16

Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
Current consumption
1/208 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1
Certificates and approvals HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Field-
bus
- Connection To circuits with values: To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V
H = 10.5 ... 45 V DC DC
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/209

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
master class 2 (max.) - Electrical damping, adjustable 0 to 100 s
address 126)
LCD
two pressures
respectively
incorrect value)
tively
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
sor temperature
1/210 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1
Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure 7MF 4 3 3 3 - Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure 7MF 4 3 3 3 -
from differential pressure series, from differential pressure series,
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
Silicone oil normal 1 mating connector14)
Inert liquid1) grease-free to 3 • Device plugs M12 (stainless steel) 15) 16) F
cleanliness level 2
Display
8.34 ... 250 mbar a (0.13 ... 3.63 psi a) D • Without visible display 1
43.34 ... 1300 mbar a (0.63 ... 18.86 psi a) F (display concealed, setting: mA)
0.17 ... 5 bar a (2.43 ... 72.5 psi a) G • With visible display (setting: mA) 6
1 ... 30 bar a (14.6 ... 435 psi a) H • with customer-specific display 7
5.3 ... 100 bar a (76.9 ... 1450 psi a) KE (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22"
required)
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Stainless steel Stainless steel A Included in delivery of the device:
Hastelloy Stainless steel B • Quick-start guide
• Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
Tantalum Tantalum E 1) For oxygen applications, add Order code E10.
Monel Monel H 2) Version 7MF4333-1DY... only up to max. measuring span 200 mbar a
Gold Gold L (2.9 psi a).
Version for diaphragm seal2) 3) 4) 5) 6) Y ing to IEC 60770-2 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals:
Process connection Order this certificate only together with the remote seals.
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
• Sealing screw opposite process connection
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 remote seals.
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 5) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0 must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
(only for replacement requirement) 7MF433.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
6) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
• Vent on side of process flange 7)
is silicone oil.
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 6 7) Not for measuring span "5.3 ... 100 bar a (76.9 ... 1450 psi a)". Position of
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
the top vent valve in the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4 8) Not in conjunction with Electrical connection "device plug Han 7D".
(only for replacement requirement) 9) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
Non-wetted parts materials 10) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug
process flange screws Electronics enclosure
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum 2 13) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3 NEC 500/505.
casting8) 14) Only in connection with Ex apporval A, B or E.
Version
• None A
(Ex ia + Ex d)" 10)
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
dust explosion protection (Ex ia+ Ex d +
Zone 1D/2D)"10)12)
Zone 1D/2D10)12)13)
- "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof NC
(is + xp)" 9)13)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/211

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
Pressure transmitter for absolute pressure Pressure transmitter for absolute pressure
from differential pressure series from differential pressure series
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell • Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
cleaning
Silicone oil normal 1
Inert liquid1) grease-free to 3
cleanliness level 2 Display
Nominal measuring range • Without display 0
250 mbar a (3.63 psi a) D • Without visible display 1
1300 mbar a (18.86 psi a) F (display concealed, setting: bar)
5 bar a (72.5 psi a) G • With visible display (setting: bar) 6
30 bar a (435 psi a) H • With customer-specific display (setting as 7
100 bar a (1450 psi a) KE specified, Order code "Y21" required)
Wetted parts materials Included in delivery of the device:
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell • Quick-start guide
Hastelloy Stainless steel B 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
Hastelloy Hastelloy C 2) Version 7MF4334-1DY... only up to max. measuring span 200 mbar a (80
Tantalum Tantalum E inH2O a).
Monel Monel H
Gold Gold L Order this certificate only together with the remote seals.
Version as diaphragm seal 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) Y The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
Process connection
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the respective
remote seals.
• Sealing screw opposite process connection 5) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 7MF433.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0 6) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
(only for replacement requirement) is silicone oil.
7) Not for nominal measuring range 100 bar a (1450 psi a). Position of the top
• Vent on side of process flange 7)
vent valve in the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 6 8) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 9) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4 10) Configurations with device plugs Han and M12 are only available in Ex ic.
(only for replacement requirement) 11) Only in connection with IP66.
Non-wetted parts materials 12) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
process flange screws Electronics enclosure NEC 500/505.
13) 11Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum 2 14) M12 delivered without cable socket
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3
casting
Version
• None A
(Ex ia + Ex d)" 9)
Zone 1D/2D)"9) 11)
Zone 1D/2D9)11)12)
- "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof (is + xp)" 8)12) NC
1/212 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1
Pressure transmitter with mounting Setting of the upper saturation limit of the D05 
bracket (1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, output signal to 22.0 mA
2 x U-washer or 1 x bracket, 2 x nut,
2 x U-washer) made of:
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
• Steel A01    (only together with seal diaphragm made of
• Stainless steel 304 A02    Hastelloy and stainless steel)
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12   
O-rings for process flanges (only for M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT)
(instead of FPM (Viton)) Supplied with oval flange D37   
• PTFE (Teflon) A20    (1 item), PTFE packing and screws in thread
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21    of process flange
• FFPM (Kalrez, for measured medium tem- A22    D59   
peratures -15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F)) Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping
• NBR (Buna N) A23   
Device plugs1)
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31 
• Angled A32 
Sealing screw A40   
¼-18 NPT, with vent valve in mat. of process
flanges
Cable sockets for device plugs M12 A50   
(metal (CuZn))
(instead of German)
• English B11   
• French B12   
• Spanish B13   
• Cyrillic (russian) B16   
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi
Quality test certificate, 5-point C11   
factory calibration (IEC 60770-2)2)
Inspection certificate3) C12   
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15   
PMI test of parts in contact with medium
Functional safety (SIL2) C20 
Devices suitable for use according to IEC
mity declaration
Functional safety (PROFIsafe) C214) 
Certificate and PROFIsafe protocol
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23 
Devices suitable for use according to IEC
mity declaration
PED for Russia with initial calibration mark C99   
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/213

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
Use in or on zone 1D/2D5) E01    Transient protector 6 kV (lightning protec- J01   
(only together with type of protection tion)
"Intrinsic safety" (transmitter Chambered graphite gasket for process J02   
7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)" and IP66) flange
Oxygen application E10    Chambered PTFE graphite gasket J03   
(In the case of oxygen measurement and inert
liquid max. 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60°C (140 °F)) EPDM O-rings for process flange with J05   
approval (WRC/WRAS)
Export approval Korea E11   
Vent valve or blanking plug of process J08   
CRN approval Canada E226)    flange welded-in (orientation: on right
(Canadian Registration Number) when viewing the display)9)
Dual seal E24    Vent valve or blanking plug of process J09   
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia) to E257)    flange welded-in (orientation: on left when
INMETRO (Brazil) viewing the display)9)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..) Process flange
"Flameproof" explosion protection accord- E267)    • Hastelloy K01   
ing to INMETRO (Brazil) • Monel K02   
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..) • Stainless steel with PVDF insert K04   
max. PN 10 (MAWP 145 psi),
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia + E287)   max. temperature of medium 90 °C (194 °F)
Ex d) to INMETRO (Brazil) For ½-14 NPT inner process connection on
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.P..) the side in the middle of the process flange,
Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex ia) E457)    vent valve not possible
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..) Marine approvals
Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex d) E467)    • Det Norske Veritas S10   
Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL)
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" E557)    • French marine classification society S12   
to NEPSI (China) Bureau Veritas (BV)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..) • American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14   
Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to E567)    • Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16   
NEPSI (China) • Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17   
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..) 1) Device plug Han IP65
Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E577)    2) When also ordering the quality test certificate (factory calibration) accord-
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..) ing to IEC 60770-2 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals:
Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone 2" E587)    The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
to NEPSI (China) 3) If the inspection certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with mounted
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
"Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" E707)    remote seals.
explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea) 4) Profisafe transmitters can only be operated with the S7 F Systems V6.1
(only for transmitter configuration software in combination with S7-400H
7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11) 5) Option does not contain gas explosion protection; only dust explosion pro-
tection: Use in or at Zone 1D/2D.
(Russia)
Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81   
(Russia)
8) Not suitable for connection of remote seals.
Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according to E82    9) Blanking plug is standard configuration. Order option A40 if a vent valve is
EAC Ex (Russia)
required instead of a blanking plug.
Two coats of lacquer on enclosure and G10   
cover (PU on epoxy)
Interchanging of process connection side H01   
Vent on side for gas measurements H02   
Stainless steel process flanges for vertical H03   
differential pressure lines
(not together with K01, K02 and K04)8)
1/214 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Y01: ... up to ... mbar a, bar a, kPaabs,
MPaabs, psi a2)
tion)
Y15: ...........................................
able)
Y16: ...........................................
Y17: ...........................................
Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21   
units
Note:
3
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m /h, m, USgpm, ...
units "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5 char-
acters)
Y25: .....................
(0 ... 100 s)
 = available
2) Only absolute pressure units selectable. Negative pressure values not per-
mitted.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/215

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
15 143 (5.6)
(0.6) 69 (2.7) 5
(0.94)
53 (2.1) 29 84 (3.31)
24
(1.14) 4)
1
50 (1.97)
6
Ø80 (3.15)
128 (5.04)
3
166 (6.54)
7
2
8
min. 90 (3.54) 5)
262 (10.3)
12 9
Space for rotation
of enclosure
134 (5.28)
10
96 (3.8)
11
52 (2.05)
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)
3 4
72 (2.83) 68 (2.7)
105 (4.1) 120 (4.7)

(longer overall length for cover with inspection window)1) 7 Safety catch (only for "flameproof enclosure" type of protection;
not shown in the drawing)
2 Connection side1)
8 Lateral ventilation for liquid measurement (Standard)
• Pg 13.5 screw gland (adapter) 2) 3) 9 Lateral ventilation for gas measurement (order option H02)
• M20 x 1,5 screw gland 10 Mounting bracket (optional)
• Han 7D/Han 8D2) 3) device plug 11 Sealing plug with valve (optional)
1)
2)
3)
Not for type of protection "FM + CSA" [is + XP]"
4)
For Pg 13.5 with adapter, approx. 45 mm (1.77 inch)
5)
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for absolute pressure, from the differential pressure series, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/216 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1
SITRANS P, DS III for differential pressure and flow
Input
range and maximum operating pressure (pursuant to FOUNDATION
2014/68/EU Pressure Equipment Directive) Fieldbus
Measuring span Nominal measuring Max. operating pressure MAWP (PS)
range
1 ... 20 mbar 20 mbar 32 bar
0.1 ... 2 kPa 2 kPa 3.2 MPa
0.4 ... 8 inH2O 8 inH2O 464 psi
1 ... 60 mbar 60 mbar 160 bar
0.1 ... 6 kPa 6 kPa 16 MPa
0.4 ... 24 inH2O 24.1 inH2O 2320 psi
2.5 ... 250 mbar 250 mbar
0.2 ... 25 kPa 25 kPa
1 ... 100 inH2O 100 inH2O
6 ... 600 mbar 600 mbar
0.6 ...60 kPa 60 kPa
2.4 ... 240 inH2O 240 inH2O
16 ... 1600 mbar 1600 mbar
1.6 ...160 kPa 160 kPa
6.4 ... 642 inH2O 642 inH2O
50 ... 5000 mbar 5000 mbar
5 ...500 kPa 500 kPa
20 ... 2000 inH2O 2000 inH2O
0.3 ... 30 bar 30 bar
0.03 ... 3 MPa 3 MPa
4.35 ... 435 psi 435 psi
2.5 ... 250 mbar 250 mbar 420 bar
0.2 ... 25 kPa 25 kPa 42 MPa
1 ... 100 inH2O 100 inH2O 6091 psi
6 ... 600 mbar 600 mbar (500 bar/50 MPa/7250 psi
0.6 ...60 kPa 60 kPa can be ordered optionally with Order
2.4 ... 240 inH2O 240 inH2O Code D56)
16 ... 1600 mbar 1600 mbar
1.6 ...160 kPa 160 kPa
6.4 ... 642 inH2O 642 inH2O
50 ... 5000 mbar 5000 mbar
5 ...500 kPa 500 kPa
20 ... 2000 inH2O 2000 inH2O
0.3 ... 30 bar 30 bar
0.03 ... 3 MPa 3 MPa
4.35 ... 435 psi 435 psi
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -100 % of max. measuring span (-33 % with measuring cell 30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi)
or 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
- for temperature of medium -20 °C <  +60 °C -100 % of max. measuring span (-33 % with measuring cell 30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi)
(-4 °F <  +140 °F) or 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
435 psi))
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/217

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1 SITRANS P, DS III for differential pressure and flow
optionally set to 22.0 mA (with order
code D05)
Load
tor)

- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi r5:  0.075 %
5 < r  10 :  (0.0029  r + 0.071) %
10 < r  20 :  (0.0045  r + 0.071) %
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi r5:  0.075 %
5 < r  60 :  (0.005  r + 0.05) %
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi r5:  0.065 %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r  100 :  (0.004  r + 0.045) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
• Square-rooted characteristic (flow > 50 %)
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi r5:  0.075 %
5 < r  10 :  (0.0029  r + 0.071) %
10 < r  20 :  (0.0045  r + 0.071) %
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi r5:  0.075 %
5 < r  60 :  (0.005  r + 0.05) %
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi r5:  0.065 %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r  100 :  (0.004  r + 0.045) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
• Square-rooted characteristic
(flow > 25 ... 50 %)
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi r5:  0.15 %
5 < r  10 :  (0.0058  r + 0.142) %
10 < r  20 :  (0.009  r + 0.142) %
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi r5:  0.015 %
5 < r  60 :  (0.01  r + 0.1) %
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi r5:  0.13 %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r  100 :  (0.008  r + 0.09) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
1/218 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1
Measuring accuracy (continued) Acc. IEC 60770-1
• 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi  (0.15  r + 0.1) %
• 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi  (0.075  r + 0.1) %
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi  (0.025  r + 0.125) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
Influence of static pressure
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi  (0.15  r) % per 32 bar
(zero offset is possible with position error adjustment)
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi (zero offset is possible with position error adjustment)
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
- 5 bar/500 kPa/72.5 psi  (0.2  r) % per 70 bar
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi (zero offset is possible with position error adjustment)
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi  0.2 % per 32 bar
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
Long-term stability Static pressure max. 70 bar/7 MPa/ 1015 psi
• 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi  (0.25  r) % in 5 years
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change in angle)  0.7 mbar/0.07 kPa/0.028 inH2O per 10° inclination
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/219

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1 SITRANS P, DS III for differential pressure and flow
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F) -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
with 30 bar measuring cell
• Measuring cell with Neobee fill fluid (FDA-compliant) -10 ... +100 °C (+14 ... +212 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature (silicone oil and inert oil)
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
-20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F) with 30 bar measuring cell
• Ambient temperature (Neobee fill fluid)
- Transmitter -10 ... +85 °C (+14 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
Design
no. 1.4408
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819, Monel,
mat. no. 2.4360, tantalum or gold
• Process flanges and sealing screw Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4408, Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602 or Monel,
mat. no. 2.4360
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid (maximum value with oxygen measurement pressure
100 bar (1450 psi) at 60 °C (140 °F))
Process connection Female thread ¼-18 NPT and flange connection with mounting thread M10 to
DIN 19213 or 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518

Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
Current consumption
1/220 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1
Classification according to PED 2014/68/EU • PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi) for gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid
group 1; complies with requirements of article 4, paragraph 3 (sound engineering
practice)
• PN 420 (MAWP 6092) for gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1;
complies with basic safety requirements of Article 4, paragraph 1 (appendix 1);
assigned to category III, conformity evaluation module H by the TÜV Nord.
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW; Linear barrier:
Ri = 300  Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
Pmax = 1 W
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/221

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
Software for PC SIMATIC PDM • Analog input
address 126)
LCD
two pressures
respectively
incorrect value)
tively
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
sor temperature
1/222 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1
SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure trans- 7MF 4 4 3 3 - SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure trans- 7MF 4 4 3 3 -
mitters for differential pressure and flow, mitters for differential pressure and flow,
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi) PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi)
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Explosion protection
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • None A
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell • With ATEX, Type of protection:
cleaning - "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
Silicone oil normal 1 - "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"10) D
Inert liquid1) grease-free to 3 - "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" P
cleanliness level 2 (Ex ia + Ex d)"11)
FDA compliant fill fluid 2) - "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"12) E
• Neobee oil normal 4 - "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure R
and dust explosion protection (Ex ia+ Ex d +
Measuring span (min. ... max.) Zone 1D/2D)"11)13)
PN 32 (MAWP 464 psi) • FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)14) F
1 ... 20 mbar3) (0.4 ... 8 inH2O) B • FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + S
PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi) Zone 1D/2D11)13)14)
1 ... 60 mbar (0.4 ... 24 inH2O) C • With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O) D - "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof NC
6 ... 600 mbar (2.4 ... 240 inH2O) E (is + xp)"10)14)
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.4 ... 642 inH2O) F Electrical connection/cable entry
50 ... 5000 mbar (20 ... 2000 inH2O) G • Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
Wetted parts materials • Device plug Han 7D (plastic enclosure) incl. D
mating connector15)16)
(stainless steel process flanges)
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell
Display
• Without display 0
• Without visible display 1
Hastelloy Hastelloy C (display concealed, setting: mA)
Tantalum4) Tantalum E • With visible display (setting: mA) 6
Monel4) Monel H • with customer-specific display 7
Gold4) Gold L (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22"
Version for diaphragm seal5) 6) 7) 8) Y required)
Process connection Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection Included in delivery of the device:
• Sealing screw opposite process connection • Quick-start guide
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 • Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
(only for replacement requirement) 2) Available for measuring ranges 250 mbar ... 5 bar.
3)
• Vent on side of process flange 3) Not suitable for connection of remote seal. Position of the top vent valve in
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 6 the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 4) Not in conjunction with max. measuring span 20 and 60 mbar
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4 (8.03 and 24.09 inH2O))
(only for replacement requirement) 5) When also ordering the quality test certificate (factory calibration) accord-
Non-wetted parts materials Order this certificate only together with the remote seals.
process flange screws Electronics enclosure The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum 2
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3 remote seals.
casting9) 7) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
Version must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1 7MF443.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
setting for pressure unit: bar 8) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
• International version, English plate inscription, 2 is silicone oil.
setting for pressure unit: bar 9) Not in conjunction with Electrical connection "device plug Han 7D".
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3 10) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
setting for pressure unit: Pascal 11) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug
All versions include DVD with compact operat- 12) Configurations
ing instructions in various EU languages. with device plugs Han and M12 are only available in Ex ic.
NEC 500/505.
15) Only in connection with Ex apporval A, B or E.
16) Permissible only for crimp-contact of conductor cross-section 1 mm2
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/223

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure Pressure transmitters for differential pressure
and flow PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi) and flow PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi)
cleanliness level 2
FDA compliant fill fluid 2) (Ex ia + Ex d)"10)
• Neobee oil normal 4 - "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)" 11) E
Nominal measuring range - "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
PN 32 (MAWP 464 psi) dust explosion protection (Ex ia + Ex d +
20 mbar 3) (8.03 inH2O) B Zone 1D/2D)"10)12)
PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi) • FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX)+ S
60 mbar (24 inH2O) C Zone 1D/2D10)12)13)
250 mbar (100 inH2O) D • With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
600 mbar (240 inH2O) E - "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof NC
1600 mbar (642 inH2O) F (is + xp)"9)13)
5 bar (2000 inH2O) G Electrical connection/cable entry
30 bar (435 psi) H • Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
Wetted parts materials • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
(stainless steel process flanges) • Device plugs M12 (stainless steel)14) 15) F
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell Display
Stainless steel Stainless steel A • Without display 0
Hastelloy Stainless steel B • Without visible display 1
Hastelloy Hastelloy C (display concealed, setting: bar)
Tantalum 4) Tantalum E • With visible display (setting: bar) 6
Monel4) Monel H • With customer-specific display 7
Gold 4) Gold L (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" required)
Version as diaphragm seal 5) 6) 7) 8) Y Included in delivery of the device:
Process connection • Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection
2) Available for measuring ranges 250 mbar ... 5 bar.
3) Not suitable for connection of remote seal. Position of the top vent valve in
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0 the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
4) Not in conjunction with max. measuring span 20 and 60 mbar
(only for replacement requirement)
(8.03 and 24.09 inH2O))
• Venting on side of process flanges3) 5) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 6 ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4 phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
(only for replacement requirement) here.
Non-wetted parts materials diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the respective
process flange screws Electronics enclosure remote seals.
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum 2 must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3 7MF443.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
casting 8) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
is silicone oil.
Version 9) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
• Standard versions 1 10) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
• International version, English label inscriptions, 2 11) Configurations with device plugs Han and M12 are only available in Ex ic.
documentation in 5 languages on DVD 12) Only in connection with IP66.
(no Order code selectable) 13) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
Version NEC 500/505.

• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1 15) M12 delivered without cable socket
1/224 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1
code. code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting Setting of the upper saturation limit of D05 
bracket (1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, the output signal to 22.0 mA
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
(instead of FPM (Viton)) Process flange screws made of Monel D34   
• PTFE (Teflon) A20    (max. nominal pressure PN20)
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21   
• FFPM (Kalrez, for measured medium tem- A22    Supplied with oval flange set D37   
peratures -15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F)) (2 items), PTFE packings and screws in
• NBR (Buna N) A23    thread of process flanges
Device plugs1) Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59   

• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  Use in or on zone 1D/2D5) E01   
• Angled A32  (only together with type of protection
• Han 8D (metal) A33  "Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)"and IP66)
Sealing screws (2 units) A40   
Overfilling safety device for flammable E08 
¼-18 NPT, with vent valve in mat. of process and non-flammable liquids
flanges
(max. PN 32 (MAWP 464 psi), basic device
Cable sockets for device plugs M12 A50    with type of protection "Intrinsic safety
(metal (CuZn)) (Ex ia)", to WHG and VbF, not together with
measuring cell filling "inert liquid")
(instead of German) Oxygen application E10   
• English B11    (In the case of oxygen measurement and
• French B12    inert liquid max. 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60°C
(140 °F))
• Italian B14    Export approval Korea E11   
• Cyrillic (russian) B16    CRN approval Canada E226)   
(Canadian Registration Number)
Pressure units in inH2O and/or psi Dual seal E24   
Quality test certificate, 5-point C11    Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia) E257)   
factory calibration (IEC 60770-2)2) to INMETRO (Brazil)
Inspection certificate3) to EN 10204-3.1 C12   
Factory certificate to EN 10204-2.2 C14   
according to INMETRO (Brazil)
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia E287)  
Functional safety (SIL2) C20  + Ex d) to INMETRO (Brazil)
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.P..)
conformity declaration Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex ia) E457)   
Functional safety (PROFIsafe) C214)  (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23  (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E557)   
conformity declaration NEPSI (China)
PED for Russia with initial calibration C99   
mark Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" E567)   
to NEPSI (China)
Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI E577)   
(China)
Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone E587)   
2" to NEPSI (China)
explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
(only for transmitter
7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/225

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80    Measuring range to be set
(Russia) Specify in plain text:
Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81    • in the case of linear characteristic curve Y01  1)
(Russia) (max. 5 characters):
Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according E82    Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
to EAC Ex (Russia) • in the case of square rooted characteristic Y02 
(max. 5 characters):
Ex-protection Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D E83    Y02: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
Two coats of lacquer on enclosure and G10    device variable (measuring point
cover (PU on epoxy) description)
Interchanging of process connection side H01    Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
Vent on side for gas measurements H02    Y15: ...........................................
Stainless steel process flanges for H03    Measuring point text (entry in device Y16   
vertical differential pressure lines variable)
(not together with K01, K02 and K048) Max. 27 char., specify in plain text: Y16:
.......
Transient protector 6 kV J01   
(lightning protection) Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 
Chambered graphite gasket for J02    Max. 8 char., specify in plain text: Y17: .......
process flange Setting of pressure indicator in Y21   
Chambered PTFE graphite gasket J03    pressure units
EPDM O-rings for process flange with J05    Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
approval (WRC/WRAS) Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note: The following pressure units can be
Vent valve or blanking plug of process J08    selected:
flange welded-in (orientation: on right
when viewing the display9) bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
Vent valve or blanking plug of process J09    kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
flange welded-in (orientation: on left *) ref. temperature 20 °C
when viewing the display)9)
Setting of pressure indicator in non- Y223) 
Process flange pressure units2) +
• Hastelloy K01    Specify in plain text: Y01 or
• Monel K02    Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ... Y02
• Stainless steel with PVDF insert K04    (specification of measuring range in pres-
sure units "Y01" or "Y02" is essential, unit
max. PN 10 (MAWP 145 psi),
with max. 5 characters)
max. temperature of medium 90 °C
(194 °F), for ½-14 NPT inner process con- Preset bus address Y25  
nection on the side in the middle of the possible between 1 and 126
process flange, vent valve not possible
Marine approvals
• Det Norske Veritas S10    (0 ... 100 s)
Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL)
• Lloyds Register (LR) S11    Factory mounting of valve manifolds, see accessories.
• French marine classification society S12    Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21, Y22, Y25 and D05 can be factory preset
Bureau Veritas (BV)
• American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14     = available
• Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16    1) Measuring accuracies for PROFIBUS PA transmitters with Option Y01 are
• Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17    calculated in the same way as for HART devices.
Factory mounting of valve manifolds, see accessories. 3) Not in conjunction with over-filling safety device for flammable and non-
 = available flammable liquids (Order code "E08")
2) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be ordered
for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it is recom-
mended only to order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals.
The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
remote seals.
4) Profisafe transmitters can only be operated with the S7 F Systems V6.1
configuration software in combination with S7-400H
8) Not suitable for connection of remote seal.
9) Blanking plug is standard configuration. Order option A40 if a vent valve is
1/226 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1
SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure trans- 7MF 4 5 3 3 - SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure trans- 7MF 4 5 3 3 -
mitters for differential pressure and flow, mitters for differential pressure and flow,
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi) PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi)
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
Silicone oil normal 1 mating connector13)14)
Inert liquid1) grease-free to 3 • Device plugs M12 (stainless steel)15) 16) F
cleanliness level 2
Display
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1.004 ... 100 inH2O) D • Without visible display 1
6 ... 600 mbar (2.4 ... 240 inH2O) E (display concealed, setting: mA)
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.4 ... 642 inH2O) F • With visible display (setting: mA) 6
50 ... 5000 mbar (20 ... 2000 inH2O) G • with customer-specific display 7
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22"
required)
(stainless steel process flanges) Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell Scope of delivery: Pressure transmitter as ordered (Instruction Manual is
Stainless steel Stainless steel A extra ordering item)
Hastelloy Stainless steel B 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
Gold2) Gold L 2) Not in conjunction with max. measuring span 600 mbar (240.9 inH2O)
Version for diaphragm seal 3) 4) 5) 6) Y 3) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
Process connection is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
• Sealing screw opposite process connection here.
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the respective
remote seals.
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 1 5) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
(only for replacement requirement) must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
• Venting on side of process flanges, location of 7MF453.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1....-.B
vent valve at top of process flanges (see dimen- 6) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
sional drawing) is silicone oil.
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 7 7) Not in conjunction with Electrical connection "device plug Han 7D".
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 8) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
(only for replacement requirement) 10) Configurations with device plugs Han and M12 are only available in Ex ic.
Non-wetted parts materials 12) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
process flange screws Electronics enclosure NEC 500/505.
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3 15) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
casting7) 16) M12 delivered without cable socket.
Version
setting for pressure unit: bar)
• None A
(Ex ia + Ex d)"9)
Zone 1D/2D)"9)11)
Zone 1D/2D9)11)12)
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof NC
(is + xp)" 8)12), max PN 360
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/227

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure Pressure transmitters for differential pressure
and flow, PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi) and flow, PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi)
cleanliness level 2
Nominal measuring range (Ex ia + Ex d)"8)
250 mbar (100 inH2O) D - "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)" 9) E
600 mbar (240 inH2O) E - "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
1600 mbar (642 inH2O) F dust explosion protection (Ex ia + Ex d +
5 bar (2000 inH2O) G Zone 1D/2D)"8) 10)
30 bar (435 psi) H • FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)11) F
• FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX)+ S
Wetted parts materials Zone 1D/2D9)10)11)
(stainless steel process flanges) • With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell - "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof NC
Stainless steel Stainless steel A (is + xp)"7)11), max PN 360
Hastelloy Stainless steel B Electrical connection/cable entry
Gold 2) Gold L • Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
Version for diaphragm seal 3) 4) 5) 6) Y • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
Process connection • Device plugs M12 (stainless steel) 12) 13) F
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection Display
• Sealing screw opposite process connection • Without (display hidden) 0
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 3 • Without visible display 1
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 (display concealed, setting: bar)
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 1 • With visible display (setting: bar) 6
(only for replacement requirement) • With customer-specific display (setting as 7
• Venting on side of process flanges, location of specified, Order code "Y21" required)
vent valve at top of process flanges (see dimen-
sional drawing). Included in delivery of the device:
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 7 • Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 5 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
(only for replacement requirement) 2) Not in conjunction with max. measuring span 600 mbar (240.9 inH2O)
3) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
Process flange screws Electronics enclosure is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum 2 phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
here.
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3 4) If the inspection certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with mounted
casting diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the respective
Version remote seals.
setting for pressure unit: bar must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
7MF453.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1....-.B
• International version, English plate inscription, 2 6) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
setting for pressure unit: bar is silicone oil.
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3 7) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
setting for pressure unit: Pascal 8) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
All versions include DVD with compact operating 9) Configurations with device plugs Han and M12 are only available in Ex ic.
instructions in various EU languages. 10) Only in connection with IP66.
NEC 500/505.
1/228 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1
Further designs HART PA FF Setting of the upper saturation limit of the D05 
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. output signal to 22.0\ mA
Pressure transmitter with mounting bracket Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07   
(1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, 2 x U-washer or 1 x (MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
bracket, 2 x nut, 2 x U-washer) made of: (only together with seal diaphragm made of
• Steel A01    Hastelloy and stainless steel)
• Stainless steel 304 A02    Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12   
• Stainless steel 316L A03    (only for M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT)
O-rings for process flanges Nominal pressure rating PN 500 D56 

(MAWP 7250 psi)
(instead of FPM (Viton)) (Only for measuring cell 600 mbar ... 30 bar
• PTFE (Teflon) A20    (240 inH2O ... 435 psi), SIL- and Ex-options not
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21    possible))3)
• FFPM (Kalrez, for measured medium tempera- A22    Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59   
tures -15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F)) device (848699 + 810634) included
• NBR (Buna N) A23    Use in or on zone 1D/2D4) E01   
Device plugs1) (only together with type of protection
• Han 7D (metal) A30  "Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)"and IP66)
• Angled A32  Export approval Korea E11   
• Han 8D (metal) A33  CRN approval Canada E225)   
Sealing screws (2 units) A40    (Canadian Registration Number)
¼-18 NPT, with valve in mat. of process flanges Dual seal E24   
Cable sockets for device plugs M12 A50    Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia) to E256)   
(metal (CuZn)) INMETRO (Brazil)
Rating plate inscription (instead of German) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• English B11    "Flameproof" explosion protection accord- E266)   
• French B12    ing to INMETRO (Brazil)
• Spanish B13    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• Italian B14    Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia + Ex E286)  
• Cyrillic (russian) B16    d) to INMETRO (Brazil)
English rating plate B21    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.P..)
Pressure units in inH2O and/or psi Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex ia) E456)   
Quality test certificate, 5-point C11    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
factory calibration (IEC 60770-2) Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex d) E466)   
Inspection certificate C12    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" E556)   
Factory certificate C14    to NEPSI (China)
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15    Ex prot. "Explosion-proof" to NEPSI (China) E566)   
PMI test of parts in contact with medium (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Functional safety (SIL2) C20  Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E576)   
Devices suitable for use according to (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL confor-
mity declaration Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone 2" to E586)   
NEPSI (China)
Functional safety (PROFIsafe) C212)  (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23  explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL confor- (only for transmitter
mity declaration 7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
PED for Russia with initial calibration mark C99    Ex-protection Ex ia acc. to EAC Ex (Russia) E80   
Ex-protection Ex d acc. to EAC Ex (Russia) E81   
EAC Ex (Russia)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/229

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Two coats of lacquer on enclosure and cover G10    Order code(s) and plain text.
(PU on epoxy) Measuring range to be set
Interchanging of process connection side H01    Specify in plain text:
Stainless steel process flanges for vertical H03    • in the case of linear characteristic curve Y01  1)
differential pressure lines (max. 5 characters):
Transient protector 6 kV (lightning protection) J01    • in the case of square rooted characteristic Y02 
Chambered graphite gasket for process flange J02    (max. 5 characters):
EPDM O-rings for process flange with J05   
approval (WRC/WRAS) Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
Vent valve or blanking plug of process J08    tion)
flange welded-in (orientation: on right when
viewing the display)7) Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
Y15: ...........................................
flange welded-in (orientation: on left when Measuring point text (entry in device vari- Y16   
viewing the display)7) able)
Max. 27 char., specify in plain text: Y16: .......
Marine approvals
• Det Norske Veritas S10    Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 
Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL) Max. 8 char., specify in plain text: Y17: .........
• Lloyds Register (LR) S11    Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21   
• French marine classification society S12    units
Bureau Veritas (BV) Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
• American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14    Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
• Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16    Note:
• Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17    The following pressure units can be selected:
1) Device plug Han IP65 mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
2) Profisafe transmitters can only be operated with the S7 F Systems V6.1 con- kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
figuration software in combination with S7-400H *) ref. temperature 20 °C
3) Tested according to IEC 61010. Only for media of the group of fluids 2 in Setting of pressure indication in Y22 + 
accordance with PED permissible. Not for use with dangerous media suit- non-pressure units2) Y01 or
able. Y02
4) Specify in plain text:
Option does not contain gas explosion protection; only dust explosion pro- Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
5) (specification of measuring range in pressure
Cannot be ordered with remote seal. units "Y01" or "Y02" is essential, unit with
6) When the additional ex option is selected, the ATEX marking on the device max. 5 characters)
7) Blanking plug is standard configuration. Order option A40 if a vent valve is Preset bus address Y25  
required instead of a blanking plug. possible between 1 and 126
(0 ... 100 s)
Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21, Y22, Y25 and D05 can be factory preset.
 = available
1/230 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1
15 143 (5.6)
(0.6) 69 (2.7) 5
(0.94)
53 (2.1) 29 84 (3.31)
24
(1.14) 4)
1
50 (1.97)
6
Ø80 (3.15)
128 (5.04)
3
166 (6.54)
7
2
8
min. 90 (3.54) 5)
262 (10.3)
12 9
Space for rotation
of enclosure
134 (5.28)
10
96 (3.8)
11
52 (2.05)
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)
3 4
72 (2.83) 68 (2.7)
105 (4.1) 120 (4.7)

2 Connection side1)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/231

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1 15 143 (5.6) 5
(0.94)
(0.6) 53 (2.1) approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67) 29 (1.14) 4) 84 (3.31)
24
1
50 (1.97)
6
Ø80 (3.15)
128 (5.04)
3 4 3 7
approx. 217 (8.54) 8)

2
min. 90 (3.54) 5) 8
Space for rotation

of eclosure
approx. 85 (3.35) 7)
8
60 (2.36) 6) approx. 87 (3.43)

65 (2.56)
1 Electronics side, local display 5 Cover over buttons

6 Blanking plug
2 Connection side1)
7 Safety catch (only for "flameproof enclosure" type of protection;
3 Electrical connection: not shown in the drawing)
• Pg 13.5 screw gland (adapter) 2) 3) 8 Sealing plug with valve (optional)
9 Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (IEC 61518)
4 Harting adapter
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines, optional "H03" ,
dimensional drawing, dimensions in mm (inch)
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow,

with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines
1/232 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
for level
1
SITRANS P DS III for level
Input
Measured variable Level
range and maximum operating pressure (pursuant to Pressure FOUNDATION
Equipment Directive 2014/68/EU) Fieldbus
range
25 ... 250 mbar 250 mbar See "Mounting flange"
2.5 ... 25 kPa 25 kPa
10 ... 100 inH2O 100 inH2O
25 ... 600 mbar 600 mbar
2.5 ...60 kPa 60 kPa
10 ... 240 inH2O 240 inH2O
53 ... 1600 mbar 1600 mbar
5.3 ...160 kPa 160 kPa
21 ... 640 inH2O 642 inH2O
160 ... 5000 mbar 5000 mbar
16 ...500 kPa 500 kPa
2.32 ... 72.5 psi 72.5 psi
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -100 % of max. measuring span or 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
depending on mounting flange
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid -100 % of max. measuring span or 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
depending on mounting flange

Load
tor)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/233

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
for level
1 SITRANS P DS III for level
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi r5:  0.125 %
5 < r  10 :  (0.007  r + 0.09) %
- 600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi r5:  0.125 %
5 < r  25 :  (0.007  r + 0.09) %
- 1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi r5:  0.125 %
5 bar/500 kPa/72.5 psi 5 < r  30 :  (0.007  r + 0.09) %
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.4  r + 0.16) %
• 600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi  (0.24  r + 0.16) %
• 1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi  (0.2  r + 0.16) %
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.3  r) % per nominal pressure
• on the measuring span  (0.1  r) % per nominal pressure
Long-term stability  (0.25  r)% in 5 years
(temperature change ± 30 °C (± 54 °F)) static pressure max. 70 bar/7 MPa/1015 psi
Effect of mounting position Depending on filling liquid of mounting flange
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Temperature of medium Note: Always take into account assignment of max. permissible operating tempera-
ture to max. permissible operating pressure of the respective flange connection!
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +1001) °C (-40 ... +2121) °F)
- High-pressure side pabs  1 bar: -40 ... +175 °C (-40 ... +347 °F)
pabs < 1 bar: -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
- Low-pressure side -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F) in conjunction with dust explosion protection
Ambient conditions
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- -Display readable -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %, condensation permissible, suitable for use in the trop-
ics
1/234 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
for level
SITRANS P DS III for level
1
Design
Weight (without options)
• To EN (pressure transmitter with mounting flange,  11 ... 13 kg ( 24.2 ... 28.7 (lb)
without tube)
• To ASME (pressure transmitter with mounting flange,  11 ... 18 kg ( 24.2 ... 39.7 lb)
without tube)
Enclosure material Low-copper die-cast aluminum, GD-AlSi12 or stainless steel precision casting,
mat. no. 1.4408
High-pressure side
• Seal diaphragm of mounting flange • Stainless steel, W.-Nr. 1.4404/316L
- coated with PFA
- coated with PTFE
- coated with ECTFE
- gold plated
• Monel 400, mat. no. 2.4360
• Hastelloy C276, mat. no 2.4619
• Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602
• Hastelloy C22, mat. no. 2.4602
• Tantalum
• Titanium, mat. no. 3.7035
• Nickel 201
• Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462
Process connection
• High-pressure side Flange to EN and ASME
• Low-pressure side Female thread ¼-18 NPT and flange connection with mounting thread M10 to

Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
Current consumption
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/235

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
for level
1 SITRANS P DS III for level
UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
- Connection To circuits with values: To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V
UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; Pmax = 1.2 W DC; Pmax = 1 W
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
1) This value may be increased if the process connection is sufficiently insulated.
1/236 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
for level
1
communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
The address can be set using Configuration tool or local - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked
operation (standard setting within the device with a bridge)
address 126)
LCD
two pressures
- Simulation function Input/Output
respectively Mounting flange
• Register (totalizer) Can be reset, preset, optional Nominal diameter Nominal pressure
direction of counting, simulation • Acc. to EN 1092-1
- DN 80 PN 40
with last good value, continuous - DN100 PN16, PN40
incorrect value) • To ASME B16.5
- Limit monitoring One upper and lower warning - 3 inch class 150, class 300
limit and one alarm limit respec- - 4 inch class 150, class 300
tively
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
sor temperature
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/237

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
for level
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ordering information
Pressure transmitter for level, 7MF 4 6 3 3 - 1st order item: Pressure transmitter 7MF4633-...
SITRANS P DS III with HART 2nd order item: Mounting flange 7MF4912-3...
77 Y77 - 7777
ordering example
Click on the Article No. for the online configu-
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Item line 1: 7MF4633-1EY20-1AA1-Z
B line: Y01
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell C line: Y01: 80 to 143 mbar (1.16 to 2.1 psi)
cleaning Item line 2: 7MF4912-3GE01
Silicone oil normal 1 Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Measuring span (min. ... max.) Included in delivery of the device:
25 ... 250 mbar (10 ... 100 inH2O) D • Quick-start guide
25 ... 600 mbar (10 ... 240 inH2O) E • Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
53 ... 1600 mbar (21 ... 642 inH2O) F 1) Not in conjunction with Electrical connection "device plug Han 7D".
0.16 ... 5 bar (64.3 ... 2000 inH2O) G 2) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
Process connection of low-pressure side 3) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
• Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
NEC 500/505.
• Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0 7)
(only for replacement requirement) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B or E.
Non-wetted parts materials 9) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
casting1)
Version
• None A
(Ex ia + Ex d)"3)
- "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)" 4) E
Zone 1D/2D)"3)5)
Zone 1D/2D3)5)6)
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
• Device plug Han 7D (plastic enclosure) incl. D
mating connector7)
• Device plugs M12 (stainless steel) 8) 9) F
Display
(display concealed, setting: mA)
• With visible display (setting mA) 6
• With customer-specific display (setting as 7
specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required)
1/238 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
for level
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ordering information
1
Pressure transmitters for level 1st order item: Pressure transmitter 7MF4634-...
2nd order item: Mounting flange 7MF4912-...
SITRANS P DS III with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF 4 6 3 4 -
ordering example
SITRANS P DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 4 6 3 5 -
Item line 1: 7MF4634-1EY20-1AA1
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 1 7 Y77 - 7777 Item line 2: 7MF4912-3GE01
Nominal measuring range • Quick-start guide
250 mbar (100 inH2O) D • Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
600 mbar (240 inH2O) E 1) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
1600 mbar (642 inH2O) F 2) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
5 bar (2000 inH2O) G 3) Configurations with device plugs Han and M12 are only available in Ex ic.
Process connection of low-pressure side
NEC 500/505.
• Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 6) M12 delivered without cable socket
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 7) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
• Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0
(only for replacement requirement)
casting
Version
• None A
(Ex ia + Ex d)"2)
Zone 1D/2D)"2)4)
Zone 1D/2D2)4)5)
Display
(display concealed, setting: bar)
• With customer-specific display (setting as 7
specified, Order code "Y21" required)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/239

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
for level
O-rings for process flanges on Use on zone 1D / 2D3) E01   
low-pressure side (only together with type of protection
(instead of FPM (Viton)) "Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
• PTFE (Teflon) A20    7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)"and IP66)
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21    Overfilling safety device for flammable and E08 
• FFPM (Kalrez, for measured medium tem- A22    non-flammable liquids
peratures -15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F)) (max. PN 32 (MAWP 464 psi), basic device
• NBR (Buna N) A23    with type of protection "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)",
to WHG and VbF, not together with measuring
Device plugs1) cell filling "inert liquid")
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  Export approval Korea E11   
• Angled A32  Dual seal E24   
• Han 8D (metal) A33  Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia) to E254)   
Sealing screw INMETRO (Brazil)
¼-18 NPT, with vent valve in mat. of process A40    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
flanges "Flameproof" explosion protection accord- E264)   
Cable sockets for device plugs M12 A50    ing to INMETRO (Brazil)
(metal (CuZn)) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Rating plate inscription Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia + E284)  
(instead of German) Ex d) to INMETRO (Brazil)
• English B11    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.P..)
• French B12    Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex ia) E454)   
• Spanish B13    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• Cyrillic (russian) B16    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
English rating plate B21    Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" E554)   
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi to NEPSI (China)
Quality test certificate, 5-point C11    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
factory calibration (IEC 60770-2) Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to E564)   
Inspection certificate C12    NEPSI (China)
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Factory certificate C14    Ex protection "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E574)   
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15    Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone 2" E584)   
PMI test of parts in contact with medium to NEPSI (China)
Functional safety (SIL2) C20 
Devices suitable for use according to IEC "Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" E704)   
61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL confor- explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
mity declaration (only for transmitter
Functional safety (PROFIsafe) C212)  7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
Certificate and PROFIsafe protocol Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80   
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23  (Russia)
Devices suitable for use according to IEC Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81   
(Russia)
mity declaration
PED for Russia with initial calibration mark C99   
EAC Ex (Russia)
Setting of the upper saturation limit of the D05 
output signal to 22.0 mA according to EAC Ex (Russia)
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12    Two coats of lacquer on enclosure and G10   
(only for M20x1.5 and ½-14 NPT) cover (PU on epoxy)
Supplied with oval flange D37    Replacement of process connection side H01   
(1 item), PTFE packing and screws in thread
of process flange
Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59   
1/240 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
for level
1
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Transient protector 6 kV (lightning protec- J01   
tion) Measuring range to be set Y01  1)
Vent valve or blanking plug of process J08    Specify in plain text (max. 5 characters):
flange welded-in (orientation: on right Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
when viewing the display)5) Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
Vent valve or blanking plug of process J09    device variable (measuring point descrip-
flange welded-in (orientation: on left when tion)
viewing the display) 5) Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
Y15: ...........................................
2) Measuring point text (entry in device vari- Y16   
Profisafe transmitters can only be operated with the S7 F Systems V6.1 con-
able)
figuration software in combination with S7-400H
3) Option does not contain gas explosion protection; only dust explosion pro- Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
tection: Use in or at Zone 1D/2D. Y16: ...........................................
5) Blanking plug is standard configuration. Order option A40 if a vent valve is Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
Y17: ...........................................
Setting of pressure indicator in pressure Y21   
units
Note:
Setting of pressure indicator in Y223) 

non-pressure units2) + Y01
3
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m /h, m, USgpm, ...
units "Y01" is essential, unit with
max. 5 characters)
Y25: ...........................................
(0 ... 100 s)
 = available
3) Not in conjunction with over-filling safety device for flammable and non-
flammable liquids (Order code "E08")
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/241

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
for level
code code
Mounting flange 7MF 4 9 1 2 Mounting flange 7MF 4 9 1 2
Directly mounted on the SITRANS P pressure 3 7777 777 Directly mounted on the SITRANS P pressure 3 7777 777
transmitter (converter part) for level, for DS III transmitter (converter part) for level, for DS III
series series
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Customer-specific tubus length
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Specify customer-specific length with Y44, see
Connection to EN 1092-1 Order Code
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure • Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel without foil
DN 25 PN 10/16/25/40 Z J 0A Range Standard length
PN 63/100/160 Z J 0B 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") A1
DN 40 PN 10/16/25/40 Z J 0C 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") A2
PN 63/100 Z J 0D 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") A3
PN 160 Z J 0E 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") A4
DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40 A 201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") A5
PN 100 B
• Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated
DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40 D with ECTFE
DN 100 PN 10/16 G Range Standard length
PN 25/40 H 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") F1
Connection to ASME B16.5 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") F2
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") F3
1 inch class 150 Z J 6A 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") F4
class 300 Z J 6B 201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") F5
class 400/600 Z J 6C • Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated with
class 900/1500 Z J 6D PFA
1½ inch class 150 Z J 6E Range Standard length
class 300 Z J 6F 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") D1
class 400/600 Z J 6G 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") D2
class 900/1500 Z J 6H 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") D3
2 inch class 150 L 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") D4
class 300 M 201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") D5
class 400/600 N
• Wetted parts materials: Monel 400
class 900/1500 P
3 inch class 150 Q
class 300 R 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") G1
4 inch class 150 T 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") G2
class 300 U 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") G3
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") G4
Flange acc. to JIS
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure • Wetted parts materials: Hastelloy C276
JIS DN 50 10 K 316L Z J 7A Range Standard length
20 K 316L Z J 7B 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") J 1
JIS DN 80 10 K 316L Z J 7C 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") J 2
20 K 316L Z J 7D 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") J 3
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Z J1Y 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") J 4
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal press.: ...
• Wetted parts materials: Tantalum
Wetted parts materials Range Standard length
• Stainless steel 316L A
- Coated with PFA D 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") K1
- Coated with PTFE E0 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") K2
- Coated with ECTFE1) F 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") K3
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") K4
• Monel 400, mat. no. 2.4360 G
• Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819 J Filling liquid
• Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602 U • Silicone oil M5 1
• Hastelloy C22, mat. no. 2.4602 V0 • Silicone oil M50 2
• Tantalum K • High-temperature oil 3
• Titanium, mat. no. 3.7035 (max. 150 °C (302 °F)) L0 • Halocarbon oil (for O2-measurement)2) 4
• Nickel 201 (max. 260 °C (500 °F)) M0 • Food oil (FDA-listed) 7
• Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462 Q Other version, add 9 M1 Y
• Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462, incl. main body R Order code and plain text:
• Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, S0 filling liquid: ...
thickness approx. 25 m 1) For vacuum on request
Tube length 2) Oil and grease-free cleaning according to DIN 25410, level 2,
• without tube 0 and packaging included in scope of delivery. Refer to "Further designs"
Other version: add Order code and plain text: Z8 K1Y C10 and E10.
material of parts in contact with medium: ........,
tubus length: ........
1/242 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
for level
1
Customer-specific tubus length Y44    One sided-mounting, sealing surface below H20
Select range, Sealing surface smooth, form B2 or RFSF J11   
enter desired length in plain text (Stainless steel diaphragm)
(No entry = standard length)
previously DIN 2501, form E
Spark arrester A01   
Sealing surface groove, EN 1092-1, form D J14   
For mounting on zone 0 (incl. documentation)
instead of sealing surface B1 (only for wetted
Remote seal nameplate B20    parts made of stainless steel 316L)
attached out of stainless steel, contains Arti- Sealing surface with spring according to
cle No. and order number of the remote seal EN 1092-1, form F, (previously DIN 2512,
supplier form F) in stainless steel 316L
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version C10    DN 25 J30   
Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver- DN 40 J31   
sion, not for oxygen application, only in con- DN 50 J32   
junction with halocarbon oil fill fluid, certified by DN 80 J33   
certificate acc. to EN 10204-2.2
DN 100 J34   
Quality test certificate, 5-point C11    DN 125 J35   
factory calibration (IEC 60770-2)
Sealing surface with male face according
Inspection certificate C12    to EN 1092-1, form E (previously DIN 2512,
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 form V13) in stainless steel 316L
2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17    DN 25 J40   
Only in conjunction with filling liquid "Food oil" DN 40 J41   
(FDA listed)" DN 50 J42   
 DN 80 J43   
"Functional safety (SIL2)" certificate C20 
to IEC 61508 DN 100 J44   
(only for conjunction with the Order code "C20" DN 125 J45   
in the case of SITRANS P DS III transmitter) Sealing surface with female face according
"Functional safety (SIL2/3)" certificate C23   to EN 1092-1, form F (previously DIN 2512,
to IEC 61508 form R13) in stainless steel 316L
(only for conjunction with the Order code "C23" DN 25 J50   
in the case of SITRANS P DS III transmitter) DN 40 J51   
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0175 D07    DN 50 J52   
Includes inspection certificate 3.1 acc. to EN DN 80 J53   
10204 (only for wetted parts made of stainless DN 100 J54   
steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276) DN 125 J55   
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0103 D08    Sealing surface B1 or J12   
Includes inspection certificate 3.1 acc. to EN ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
10204 (only for wetted parts made of stainless instead of sealing surface B2 or RFSF
steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276) (only for wetted parts made of Hastelloy C276
(2.4819), tantalum and Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version E10    and for nominal sizes 2", 3", DN 50 and DN 80)
Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver-
sion, only for oxygen application, only inert fill Sealing surface RJF (groove, previously J24   
fluid may be used. Max. temperature: 60 °C RTJ) ASME B16.5
(140 °F), max. pressure 50 bar (725 psi), only instead of sealing surface ASME B16.5 RF
in connection with halocarbon oil, certified by 125 ... 250 AA (only for wetted parts made of
certificate acc. to EN 10204-2.2 stainless steel 316L)
Epoxy painting E15    Elongated pipe, 150 mm instead of 100 mm, R15   
Not possible with negative pressure service max. medium temperature 250 °C, observe
Color: transparent, coverage: front and rear of the maximum permissible media temperature
the remote seal, capillary(ies) or connecting of the filling liquid.
tube, process connection of the transmitter. Elongated pipe, 200 mm instead of 100 mm, R20   
With transmitters 7MF40.. and 7MF42.., only max. medium temperature 300 °C, observe
possible with process connection G½B the maximum permissible media temperature
according to EN 837-1. of the filling liquid.
Negative pressure service
for use in the low-pressure measuring range for V04   
transmitter for level
Note: suffix "Y01" required with pressure trans-
mitter
Extended negative pressure service
for use in the low-pressure measuring range for V54   
transmitter for level
Note: suffix "Y01" required with pressure trans-
mitter
 = available
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/243

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
for level
29 (1.14) 177 (6.97) 143 (5.6) 15
84 (3.31) 53 (2.1) 74 (2.9) (0.6)
2
3 5 6
1 4
166 (6.54)
min. 90
100 (3.93) 5)
(3.54) 4)
Ød 5
Ød4
ØD
9 Øk
54 (2.1) 108 (4.25)
17 (0.67) Space for rotation

approx. 96 (3.78) of enclosure
7
n x d2
b f
L
1 8
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or Screwed gland ½-14 NPT or
2 Protective cover over keys
3 Blanking plug
4 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection
"Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
5 Terminal side1)
6 Electronic side, digital display
(longer overall length for cover with window)1)
7 Sealing screw with valve (option)
8 Harting adapter
1)
2)
3)
4)
92 mm (3.62 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator
5)
150 (5.9) with Order Code R15, 200 (7.87) with Order Code R20
SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure transmitters for level, including mounting flange, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/244 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
for level
1
4)
29 (1.14) 15 143 (5.6)
84 (3.31) (0.6) 74 (2.9) 53 (2.1)
2
3 6 5
166 (6.54)
4
111 (4.37) 7)
9
100 (3.94) 6)
67 (2.64) 5)
54 (2.1)
n x d2 7
b
L
f
17 (0.67) approx. 96 (3.78)

Ød 5
Ød4
Øk
ØD
8 1
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or Screwed gland ½-14 NPT or
2 Protective cover over keys
3 Blanking plug
4 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection
"Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
5 Terminal side1)
6 Electronic side, digital display
(longer overall length for cover with window)1)
7 Sealing screw with valve (option)
8 Harting adapter
1)
2)
3)
4)
For Pg 13,5 with adapter approx. 45 mm (1.77 inch)
5)
6)
7)
SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure transmitters for level, including mounting flange, one sided-mounting, sealing surface below (order code H20),
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/245

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
for level
Nominal Nominal b D d d2 d4 d5 dM f k n L
diameter pressure
DN 50 PN 10/16/ 20 165 90 18 102 48.3 451) 2 125 4 0, 50, 100,
25/40 150 or 200
PN 100 28 195 90 26 102 48.3 451) 2 145 8
DN 80 PN 10/16/ 24 200 90 18 138 76 722) 2 160 8
25/40
PN 100 32 230 90 26 138 76 722) 2 180 8
DN 100 PN 10/16 20 220 115 18 158 94 89 2 180 8
PN 25/40 24 235 115 22 162 94 89 2 190 8
Connection to ASME B16.5

Nominal Nominal b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n L
diameter pressure
lb./sq.in inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm)
2 inch 150 0.77 (19.5) 5.91 (150) 0.79 (20) 3.62 (92) 1.9 (48.3) 1.771) (45) 0.08 (2) 4.74 (120.5) 4 0, 2, 3.94,
5.94 or 7.87
300 0.89 (22.7) 6.5 (165) 0.79 (20) 3.62 (92) 1.9 (48.3) 1.771) (45) 0.08 (2) 5 (127) 8 (0, 50, 100,
400/600 1.28 (32.4) 6.5 (165) 0.79 (20) 3.62 (92) 1.9 (48.3) 1.771) (45) 0.28 (7) 5 (127) 8 150 or 200)
900/1500 1.78 (45.1) 8.46 (215) 1.02 (26) 5 (127) 1.9 (48.3) 1.771) (45) 0.28 (7) 6.5 (165) 8
3 inch 150 0.96 (24.3) 7.48 (190) 0.79 (20) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.832) (72) 0.08 (2) 6 (152.5) 4
300 1.14 (29) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.832) (72) 0.08 (2) 6.63 (168.5) 8
600 1.53 (38.8) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.832) (72) 0.28 (7) 6.63 (168.5) 8
4 inch 150 0.96 (24.3) 9.06 (230) 0.79 (20) 6.22 (158) 3.69 (94) 3.5 (89) 0.08 (2) 7.5 (190.5) 8
300 1.27 (32.2) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22) 6.22 (158) 3.69 (94) 3.5 (89) 0.08 (2) 7.87 (200) 8
400 1.65 (42) 10.04 (255) 1.02 (26) 6.22 (158) 3.69 (94) 3.5 (89) 0.28 (7) 7.87 (200) 8
d: Internal diameter of gasket to DIN 2690

1) 59 mm = 2.32 inch with tube length L=0.
2) 89 mm = 3½ inch with tube length L=0.
1/246 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
Accessories/Spare Parts
1
Replacement measuring cell for pressure 7MF 4 9 9 0 - Replacement measuring cell for absolute 7MF 4 9 9 2 -
for SITRANS P DS III pressure for SITRANS P DS III (from the
7777 0 - 0 DB 0 7777 0 - 0 DB 0
pressure series)
Click on the Article No. for the online configura- Click on the Article No. for the online configura-
tion in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. tion in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
Silicone oil Normal 1 Silicone oil Normal 1
Inert liquid grease-free to 3 Inert liquid grease-free to 3
cleanliness level 2 cleanliness level 2
Measured span (min. ... max.) Measured span (min. ... max.)
8.3 ... 250 mbar (0.12 ... 3.6 psi) A 8.3 ... 250 mbar a (0.12 ... 3.63 psi a) D
0.01 ... 1 bar (0.15 ... 14.5 psi) B 43 ... 1300 mbar a (0.62 ... 18.86 psi a) F
0.04 ... 4 bar (0.6 ... 58 psi) C 0.16 ... 5 bar a (2.32 ... 72.5 psi a) G
0.16 ... 16 bar (2.32 ... 232 psi) D 1 ... 30 bar a (14.5 ... 435 psi a) H
0.63 ... 63 bar (9.14 ... 914 psi) E Wetted parts materials
1.6 ... 160 bar (23.2 ... 2 320 psi) F Seal diaphragm Process connection
4.0 ... 400 bar (58.0 ... 5 802 psi) G
7.0 ... 700 bar (102.0 ... 10 153 psi) J Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Wetted parts materials Hastelloy Hastelloy C
Process connection
Stainless steel Stainless steel A • Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0
Hastelloy Stainless steel B • Female thread ½-14 NPT 1
Hastelloy Hastelloy C • Oval flange made of stainless steel,
Process connection max. measuring span 160 bar (2320 psi)
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0 - Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1 IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
• Oval flange made of stainless steel, - Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3
max. measuring span 160 bar (2320 psi) Further designs Order code
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Order code.
Inspection certificate C12
to EN 10204-3.1
Order code.
to EN 10204-3.1
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/247

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
Replacement measuring cell for absolute pres- 7MF 4 9 9 3 - Replacement measuring cell for differential 7MF 4 9 9 4 -
sure (from the differential pressure series) for pressure and PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi) for
77777 - 0 DC 0 77777 - 0 DC 0
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS
PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus series PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus series
Click on the Article No. for the online configura- Click on the Article No. for the online configura-
tion in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. tion in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
Silicone oil Normal 1 Silicone oil Normal 1
Inert liquid grease-free to 3 Inert liquid grease-free to 3
cleanliness level 2 cleanliness level 2
Measured span (min. ... max.)
PN 32 (MAWP 464 psi)
8.3 ... 250 mbar a (0.12 ... 3.63 psi a) D
1 ... 20 mbar1) (0.4 ... 8 inH2O) B
43 ... 1300 mbar a (0.62 ... 18.86 psi a) F
0.16 ... 5 bar a (2.32 ... 72.5 psi a) G
1 ... 60 mbar (0.4 ... 24 inH2O) C
1 ... 30 bar a (14.5 ... 435 psi a) H
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1 ... 100 inH2O) D
5.3 ... 100 bar a (76.9 ... 1450 psi a) KE
6 ... 600 mbar (2.4 ... 240 inH2O) E
Wetted parts materials 16 ... 1600 mbar (6.4 ... 642 inH2O) F
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell 50 ... 5000 mbar (20 ... 2000 inH2O) G
Stainless steel Stainless steel A 0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H
Hastelloy Stainless steel B Wetted parts materials
Hastelloy Hastelloy C (stainless steel process flanges)
Tantalum Tantalum E Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell
Monel Monel H
Gold Gold L Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Process connection Hastelloy Hastelloy C
Tantalum2) Tantalum E
Monel2) Monel H
• Sealing screw opposite process connection Gold2) Gold L
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0 Process connection
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
• Vent on side of process flange1) - Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4 - Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 6 IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 • Vent on side of process flange
Non-wetted parts materials - Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4
• Stainless steel process flange screws 2 IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
Further designs Order code Non-wetted parts materials
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Stainless steel process flange screws 2
Order code.
O-rings for process flanges Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
(instead of FPM (Viton)) O-rings for process flanges
• PTFE (Teflon) A20 (instead of FPM (Viton))
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21 • PTFE (Teflon) A20
• FFPM (Kalrez, for measured medium temperatures A22 • FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21
-15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F)) • FFPM (Kalrez, for measured medium temperatures A22
• NBR (Buna N) A23 -15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F))
Inspection certificate C12 • NBR (Buna N) A23
to EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate C12
to EN 10204-3.1
Process connection G½B D16
Remote seal flanges D20
Remote seal flanges D20 (not together with K01, K02 and K04)
(not together with K01, K02 and K04) Vent on side for gas measurements H02
Vent on side for gas measurements H02 Stainless steel process flanges for vertical H03
Process flanges
(not together with K01, K02 and K04)
• without K00
Process flanges
• with process flange made of
• without K00
- Hastelloy K01
• with process flange made of
- Monel K02
- Hastelloy K01
- Stainless steel with PVDF insert K04
max. PN 10 (MAWP 145 psi) - Monel K02
max.temperature of medium 90 °C (194 °F) - Stainless steel with PVDF insert, max. PN 10 K04
For ½-14 NPT inner process connection on the (MAWP 145 psi), max. temperature of medium
side in the middle of the process flange, vent 90 °C (194 °F). For ½-14 NPT inner process con-
valve not possible nection on the side in the middle of the process
flange, vent valve not possible
1) Not for measuring span 5.3 ... 100 bar (76.9 ... 1450 psi)
1) Not suitable for connection of remote seal
2) Only together with max. measuring span 250, 1600, 5000 and 30000 mbar
(100 inH2O, 642 inH2O, 2000 inH2O and 435 psi).
1/248 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
Selection and Ordering data Article No.

1
Replacement measuring cell for differential 7MF 4 9 9 5 -
pressure and PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi) for
77777 - 0 DC 0
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS
PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus series
Click on the Article No. for the online configura-
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
Silicone oil Normal 1
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1 ... 100 inH2O) D
6 ... 600 mbar (2.4 ... 240 inH2O) E
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.4 ... 642 inH2O) F
50 ... 5000 mbar (20 ... 2000 inH2O) G
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H
Gold1) Gold L
Process connection
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange
connection
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
• Vent on side of process flange
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
• Stainless steel process flange screws 2
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code.
O-rings for process flanges
(instead of FPM (Viton))
• PTFE (Teflon) A20
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21
• FFPM (Kalrez, for measured medium temperatures A22
-15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F))
• NBR (Buna N) A23
to EN 10204-3.1
Stainless steel process flanges for vertical H03
without process flanges K00
1) Not together with max. measuring span 600 mbar (240 inH2O)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/249

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
Spare parts/Accessories Digital indicator 7MF4997-1BR
Including mounting material for SITRANS P
Mounting bracket and fastening parts DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS PA and
for pressure transmitters DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with Measuring point label
PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION
Fieldbus (7MF403.-.....-..C.) • without inscription (5 units) 7MF4997-1CA
For absolute pressure transmitters • Printed (1 unit) 7MF4997-1CB-Z
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with Data according to Y01 or Y02, Y15, Y16 and Y..: ......................
PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Y99 (see "Pressure transmitters")
Fieldbus (7MF423.-.....-..C.) Mounting screws
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AB
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AH For measuring point label, grounding and con- 7MF4997-1CD
nection terminals or for display
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AP (50 units)
Mounting bracket and fastening parts Sealing screws
for pressure transmitters (1 set = 2 units) for process flange
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with • made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1CG
Fieldbus (7MF403-.....-..A., -..B., ..D. and ..F.) • made of Hastelloy 7MF4997-1CH
For absolute pressure transmitters Sealing screws with vent valve
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with Complete (1 set = 2 units)
PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION • made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1CP
Fieldbus 7MF423-.....-..A., -..B., ..D. and ..F.)
• made of Hastelloy 7MF4997-1CQ
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AC
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AJ Application electronics
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AQ • for SITRANS P DS III with HART 7MF4997-1DK
• for SITRANS P DS III with PROFIBUS PA 7MF4997-1DL
Mounting and fastening brackets
• for SITRANS P DS III with FOUNDATION 7MF4997-1DM
For differential pressure transmitters with Fieldbus
flange thread M10
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with Connection board
PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION • for SITRANS P DS III 7MF4997-1DN
Fieldbus (7MF433.-... and 7MF443.-...) • for SITRANS P DS III PROFIBUS PA and 7MF4997-1DP
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AD FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AK
O-rings for process flanges made of:
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AR
• FPM (Viton) 7MF4997-2DA
Mounting and fastening brackets • PTFE (Teflon) 7MF4997-2DB
For differential pressure transmitters with • FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) 7MF4997-2DC
flange thread M12 • FFPM (Kalrez) 7MF4997-2DD
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with
PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION • NBR (Buna N) 7MF4997-2DE
Fieldbus (7MF453.-...) Sealing ring for process connection see "Fittings"
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AE
Weldable sockets for PMC connection
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AL
• PMC Style Standard: Thread 1½" 7MF4997-2HA
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AS
• PMC Style Minibolt: front-flush 1" 7MF4997-2HB
Gaskets for PMC connection
For differential and absolute pressure transmit- (packing unit = 5 units)
ters with flange thread 7/16 -20 UNF
• PTFE seal for PMC Style Standard: 7MF4997-2HC
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with
Thread 1½"
Fieldbus • Gasket made of Viton for PMC Style Minibolt: 7MF4997-2HD
(7MF433.-..., 7MF443.-... and 7MF453.-...) front-flush 1"
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AF Weldable socket for TG52/50 and TG52/150
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AM connection
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AT • TG52/50 connection 7MF4997-2HE
• TG52/150 connection 7MF4997-2HF
Cover
Seals for TG 52/50 and TG 52/150 made of 7MF4997-2HG
Made of die-cast aluminum, including gasket,
silicone (FDA compliant)
for SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with
PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Seals for flange connection with front-flush
Fieldbus. diaphragm
Compatible for Ex and non-Ex transmitters M;aterial FKM (Viton); temperature range:
• without window 7MF4997-1BB -20 ... +200 °C (-4 ... +392 °F), 10 units
• with window 7MF4997-1BE • DN 25, PN 40 (M11) 7MF4997-2HH
• 1", class 150 (M40) 7MF4997-2HK
Cover
Made of stainless steel, including gasket,
for SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with
Fieldbus.
Compatible for Ex and non-Ex transmitters
• without window 7MF4997-1BC
• with window 7MF4997-1BF
1/250 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1
Documentation
The entire documentation is available for
download free-of-charge in various languages
processinstrumentation/documentation
SITRANS P DS III/P410
• English, German, Spanish, French, Italian, A5E03434626
Dutch
Certificates (order only via SAP)
• hard copy (to order) A5E03252406
• on DVD (to order) A5E03252407
HART modem
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/251

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
60
30
12,5
25 25
Ø9
30
R30
60
3
12,5
134
105
21
Ø11
120
115
72
R30
3
52,5
16,5
72
Mounting bracket for SITRANS P DS III, SITRANS P410 gauge and absolute pressure-transmitters, dimensions in mm
mounting bracket material: Sheet-steel Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated, or stainless steel Mat. No. 1.4301 (304)
38 27
20,65
20,65
27
R30
41,3
54
R6,5 3
Ø20 41,3
54
134
105
21
Ø11
120
115
72
R30
3
52,5
16,5
72
Mounting bracket for SITRANS P DS III and SITRANS P410 differential pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm
1/252 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on transmitters
■ Overview The 7MF9411-5BA and 7MF9411-5CA valve manifolds are 1

sealed with PTFE gaskets between the transmitter and the valve
SITRANS P transmitters manifold.
• DS III for relative and absolute pressure (both designs) and The complete unit is checked for leaks under pressure after as-
• DS III for differential pressure sembly (air pressure 6 bar (87 psi)) and certified with a factory
certificate according to EN 10204 - 2.2.
can be delivered factory-fitted with the following valve manifolds:
All valve manifolds should preferably be secured with the corre-
• 7MF9011-4EA and 7MF9011-4FA valve manifolds for gauge sponding mounting brackets. The transmitters are mounted on
pressure and absolute pressure transmitters the valve manifold and not on the unit itself.
• 7MF9411-5BA and 7MF9411-5CA valve manifolds for abso-
If you order a mounting bracket when choosing the option "Fac-
lute pressure and differential pressure transmitters
tory mounting of valve manifolds", you will receive a mounting
bracket for the valve manifold instead of a bracket for mounting
■ Design the transmitter.
The 7MF9011-4EA valve manifolds are sealed with PTFE gas- If you order an inspection certificate 3.1 according to EN 10204
kets between the transmitter and the valve manifold as standard. after choosing the option "Factory mounting of valve manifolds",
Soft iron, stainless steel and copper gaskets are also available a separate certificate is provided for the transmitter and for the
for sealing purposes if preferred. valve manifold.
The 7MF9011-4FA valve manifolds are sealed with PTFE sealing
tape between the transmitter and the valve manifold.
■ Selection and Ordering data

7MF9411-5AA 7MF9411-5AA
valve manifold for relative and absolute pressure transmitters valve manifold for relative and absolute pressure transmitters
Add „-Z" to the Article No. of the transmit- Order Add „-Z" to the Article No. of the transmit- Order
ter and add order codes. code ter and add order codes. code
SITRANS P DSIII T05 SITRANS P DSIII T06
7MF403.-...2.-..., 7MF423.-...2.-... , 7MF403.-...2.-..., 7MF423.-...2.-... ,
7MF403.-...3.-..., 7MF423.-...3.-... , 7MF403.-...3.-..., 7MF423.-...3.-... ,
7MF403.-...4.-..., 7MF423.-...4.-... 7MF403.-...4.-..., 7MF423.-...4.-...
With process connection oval flange with With process connection oval flange with
PTFE gasket and steel mounting screws. PTFE gasket and stainless steel mounting
Delivery including high-presure test certi- screws.
fied by factory certificate according to Delivery including high-presure test certi-
EN 10204-2.2 fied by factory certificate according to
EN 10204-2.2
Additional versions:
Additional versions:
mounting clips made of stainless steel Delivery includes mounting brackets and A02
(instead of the mounting bracket supplied mounting clips made of stainless steel
with the transmitter) (instead of the mounting bracket supplied
with the transmitter)
Inspection certificate according to C12
EN 10204-3.1 supplied for transmitters Inspection certificate according to C12
and mounted valve manifold EN 10204-3.1 supplied for transmitters
and mounted valve manifold
With manufacturer declaration according D07
to NACE, MR-0175 With manufacturer declaration according D07
to NACE, MR-0175
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/253

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1 7MF9011-4FA 7MF9411-5BA
valve manifold on relative and absolute pressure transmitters valve manifold on absolute and differential pressure transmitters
Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmitter Order Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmitter Order
and add Order codes code and add Order codes code
SITRANS P DSIII T03 SITRANS P DSIII
7MF403.-...1.-..., 7MF423.-...1.-... 7MF433.-…, 7MF443.-… and
With process connection 7MF453.-… 1)
female thread ½-14 NPT mounted with gaskets made of PTFE and
in-sealed with PTFE sealing tape screws made of
Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified • chromized steel U01
by factory certificate according to • made of stainless steel U02
EN 10204-2.2 Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified
by factory certificate according to
Further designs:
EN 10204-2.2
mounting clips made of stainless steel Further designs:
(instead of the mounting bracket supplied Delivery includes mounting bracket and
with the transmitter) mounting clips made of
Inspection certificate according to C12 • Steel A01
EN 10204-3.1 supplied for transmitters • Stainless steel A02
and mounted valve manifold (instead of the mounting bracket supplied
With manufacturer declaration according D07 with the transmitter)
to NACE, MR-0175 Inspection certificate according to C12
7MF9011-4EA EN 10204-3.1 supplied for transmitters
and mounted valve manifold
valve manifold on relative and absolute pressure transmitters
Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmitter Order to NACE, MR-0175
and add Order codes code
7MF9411-5CA
SITRANS P DSIII T02 valve manifold on differential pressure transmitters
7MF403.-...0.-..., 7MF423.-...0.-...
with process connection Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmitter Order
collar G1/2 A to EN 837-1 and add Order codes code
with gasket made of PTFE between valve SITRANS P DSIII
manifold and transmitter 7MF443.-... and 7MF453.-…1 1)
Alternative sealing material: mounted with gaskets made of PTFE and
• Soft iron A70 screws made of
• Stainless steel, Mat. No. 14571 A71 • chromized steel U03
• copper A72 • Stainless steel U04
Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified
Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified by factory certificate according to
by factory certificate according to EN 10204-2.2
EN 10204-2.2
Further designs:
Further designs:
Delivery includes mounting bracket and
Delivery includes mounting brackets and A02 mounting clips made of
(instead of the mounting bracket supplied • Steel A01
with the transmitter) • Stainless steel A02
Inspection certificate according to C12 with the transmitter)
EN 10204-3.1 supplied for transmitters
and mounted valve manifold Inspection certificate according to C12
EN 10204-3.1 supplied for transmitters
With manufacturer declaration according D07 and mounted valve manifold
to NACE, MR-0175
to NACE, MR-0175
1) For 7MF453.-... transmitters, you require a 7/10-20 UNF connection thread
in the process flange
1/254 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1
Valve manifolds mounted on SITRANS P DS III
7MF9011-4EA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and abso- 7MF9011-4FA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and absolute
lute pressure transmitters pressure transmitters
118 (4.65) 118 (4.65)

84 (3.31) 158 (6.2) 84 (3.31) 158 (6.2)
approx. 293 (11.54)

approx. 285 (11.2)
149 (5.87) 176 (6.93)

approx. 150 (5.91) 190 (7.5)
192 (7.56)
7MF9011-4EA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and abso- 7MF9011-4FA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and absolute
lute pressure transmitters, dimensions in mm (inch) pressure transmitters, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/255

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P DS III
1
7MF9411-5BA valve manifold with mounted differential pressure trans- 7MF9411-5CA valve manifold with mounted differential pressure trans-
mitter mitter
192 (7.56)
244 (9.61)
215 (8.46)
7MF9411-5BA valve manifold with mounted differential pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)
190 (7.48)
245 (9.65)
256 (10.08)
7MF9411-5CA valve manifold with mounted differential pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/256 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
■ Overview ■ Application
1
SITRANS P410 pressure transmitters can be used in industrial
areas with extreme chemical and mechanical loads. Electro-
magnetic compatibility in the range 10 kHz to 1 GHz makes the
P410 suitable for locations with high electromagnetic emissions.
Pressure transmitters with type of protection "Flameproof enclo-
sure" may be installed in hazardous areas (zone 1) or in zone 0.
The pressure transmitters are provided with an EC type exam-
ination certificate and comply with the corresponding harmo-
nized European standards (ATEX).
Pressure transmitters with the type of protection "Intrinsic safety"
for use in zone 0 may be operated with power supply units of cat-
egory "ia" and "ib".
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
highly viscous substances.
The pressure transmitter can be operated locally over 3 input
buttons or programmed externally over HART or over PROFIBUS
SITRANS P410 pressure transmitters are digital pressure trans- PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface.
mitters with a high level of operating convenience. Technically, Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure
they are based on the SITRANS P DS III but offer an increased
measuring accuracy of 0.04%. This means the SITRANS P 410 Measured variable: Gauge pressure of aggressive and non-ag-
is perfectly suited for measuring tasks with increased accuracy gressive gases, vapors and liquids.
requirements. The parameterization is performed using input
buttons or via HART or via PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Field-
for P410 with HART: 0.01 bar to 160 bar (0.15 psi to 2321 psi)
bus interface.
The comprehensive functionality makes for precise adjustment
for P410 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus:
of the pressure transmitter to the requirements of the plant. Op-
1 bar to 160 bar (14.5 psi to 2321 psi)
eration is very simple, despite the variety of setting options.
Pressure transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow
"Explosion-proof" may be installed in hazardous areas (zone 1) Measured variables:
or in zone 0. The transmitters are provided with an EC type ex- • Differential pressure
amination certificate and comply with the respective harmonized
European standards (ATEX). • Small positive or negative pressure
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re- • Flow q ~ p (together with a primary differential pressure de-
mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of vice (see Chapter "Flow Meters"))
highly viscous substances. Measuring span (infinitely adjustable)
SITRANS P410 pressure transmitters are available in various ver- for P410 with HART: 1 mbar ... 30 bar (0.0145 ... 435 psi)
sions for measuring: Nominal measuring range
• Gauge pressure for P410 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus:
20 mbar ... 30 bar (0.29 ... 435 psi)
• Differential pressure
• Volume flow
• Mass flow
■ Benefits
• Extensive diagnostics and simulation functions
• Minimal conformity error
• Good long-term stability
• Wetted parts made of high-grade materials (e.g., stainless
steel, Hastelloy)
(0.15 psi to 2321 psi) for P410 with HART interface
• Nominal measuring ranges from 1 bar to 160 bar (14.5 psi to
2321 psi) for P410 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION
Fieldbus interface
• Parameterization over input buttons and HART, PROFIBUS PA
or FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/257

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
1 ■ Design
1
1 Plastic cover: access to

the input keys
2 Screw cover with
viewing pane
3 Display 3
4 Locking screw
7
6 Measuring point label
6
7 Nameplate
4
8 Inlet with cable gland 5
Front view
The transmitter consists of various components depending on
the order. The possible versions are listed in the ordering infor-
mation. The components described below are the same for all
transmitters.
The rating plate (7, Figure "Front view") with the Article No. is located
on the side of the enclosure. The specified number together with the
ordering information provide details on the optional design details
and on the possible measuring range (physical properties of built-in
sensor element).
The approval label is located on the opposite side.
The enclosure is made of die-cast aluminium or stainless steel
precision casting. A round cover (6) is screwed on at the front
and rear of the enclosure. The front cover can be fitted with a
viewing pane so that the measured values can be read directly
on the display. The inlet (8) for the electrical connection is lo-
cated either on the left or right side. The unused opening on the
opposite side is sealed by a blanking plug. The protective earth
connection is located on the rear of the enclosure.
The electrical connections for the power supply and screen are
accessible by unscrewing the rear cover. The bottom part of the
(5). The measuring cell is prevented from rotating by a locking
screw (4). As the result of this modular design, the measuring
At the top of the enclosure is a plastic cover (1), which hides the
input keys.
Example for an attached measuring point label
Y01 or Y02
= max. 27 char. .... to .... mbar
Y15 = max. 16 char.
Y99 = max. 10 char. 1234
1/258 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
■ Function
1
Operation of electronics with HART communication Operation of electronics with PROFIBUS PA communication
9 9
8 8
0.0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0.0
M M
00 00
10
2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 7
μC IA, UH PA
μC
interface
Power supply
PROFIBUS-PA
7
10
HART interface
PROFIBUS DP
Power
EEPROM supply
6 unit
EEPROM Coup-
6
ler
11
1 6 Bus-
1 6 12 Master
EEPROM
EEPROM
Sensor Sensor
pe Measuring cell pe
Measuring cell

2 Instrument amplifier 1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys
3 Analog-to-digital converter 2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
4 Microcontroller 3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display
5 Digital-to-analog converter 4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply
6 One non-volatile memory each in the measuring cell and 5 Electrical isolation 11 DP/PA coupler or link
electronics 6 One non-volatile memory 12 Bus master
7 HART interface each in the measuring cell
8 Three input keys (local operation) and electronics pe Input variable
9 Digital display 7 PROFIBUS-PA interface
10 Diode circuit and connection for external ammeter
IA Output current
UH Power supply
Pe Input variable The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
"Function diagram of the electronics") is amplified by the mea-
Function diagram of electronics verter (3). The digital information is evaluated in the microcon-
troller, its linearity and temperature response corrected, and
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure provided on the PROFIBUS PA through an electrically isolated
"Function diagram of the electronics") is amplified by the mea- PA interface (7).
verter (3). The digital information is evaluated in a microcontrol- The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
ler, its linearity and temperature response corrected, and the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
converted in a digital-to-analog converter (5) into an output cur- (6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other
rent of 4 to 20 mA. to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec-
The diode circuit (10) protects against incorrect polarity. each other.
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and Using the three input buttons (8) you can parameterize the pres-
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories sure transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input but-
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other tons can also be used to control the view of the results, the error
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec- messages and the operating modes on the display (9).
each other. The results with status values and diagnostic values are trans-
ferred by cyclic data transmission on the PROFIBUS PA. Param-
Using the 3 input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure eterization data and error messages are transferred by acyclic
transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input buttons can data transmission. Special software such as SIMATIC PDM is re-
also be used to control the view of the results, the error mes- quired for this.
sages and the operating modes on the display (9).
The pressure transmitters with measuring spans  63 bar mea-
sure the input pressure compared to atmosphere, transmitters
with measuring spans  160 bar compared to vacuum.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/259

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
1 Operation of electronics with FOUNDATION Fieldbus Mode of operation of the measuring cells
communication
Measuring cell for gauge pressure
9
8
0.0.0.0.0
M
00
5
2 3 4 5 7 4
FF
μC interface 3
Foundation Fieldbus
1 1 Measuring cell
Power supply
10
3 Seal diaphragm
Power
supply 4 Filling liquid
EEPROM
6 unit 5 Silicon pressure sensor
Coup-
ler
2
Electronics
pe
1 6
EEPROM

Sensor
The pressure pe is applied through the process connection (2,
Figure "Measuring cell for gauge pressure, function diagram) to
pe the measuring cell (1). This pressure is subsequently transmitted
Measuring cell further through the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4) to
the silicon pressure sensor (5) whose measuring diaphragm is
then flexed. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resis-
1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys
2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
tors fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in re-
3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display
sistance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the
4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply differential pressure.
5 Electrical isolation Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow
6 One non-volatile memory pe Input variable
each in the measuring cell
and electronics 2 3 4
7 FF interface
1 Seal diaphragm
2 O-ring
3 Overload diaphragm
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure 1 4 Silicon pressure sensor
1 - +
"Function diagram of electronics") is amplified by the measuring 5 Process flange
5
amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3). 6 Body of measuring cell
The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its lin- 7 Filling liquid
earity and temperature response corrected, and provided on the
7 6
FOUNDATION Fieldbus through an electrically isolated
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface (7).
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow, function diagram
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other The differential pressure is transmitted through the seal dia-
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec- phragms (1, Figure "Measuring cell for differential pressure and
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from flow, function diagram") and the filling liquid (7) to the silicon
each other. pressure sensor (4).
Using the three input buttons (8) you can parameterize the pres- The measuring diaphragm is flexed by the applied differential
sure transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input but- pressure. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors
tons can also be used to control the view of the results, the error fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in resis-
messages and the operating modes on the display (9). tance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the
differential pressure.
ferred by cyclic data transmission on the FOUNDATION An overload diaphragm is installed to provide protection from
Fieldbus. Parameterization data and error messages are trans- overloads. If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload di-
ferred by acyclic data transmission. Special software such as aphragm (3) is flexed until the seal diaphragm rests on the body
National Instruments Configurator is required for this. of the measuring cell (6), thus protecting the silicon pressure
1/260 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
Parameterization SITRANS P410 Diagnostic functions for SITRANS P410 with HART 1
Depending on the version, there are a range of options for pa- • Zero correction display
rameterizing the pressure transmitter and for setting or scanning • Event counter
the parameters. • Limit transmitter
Parameterization using the input buttons (local operation) • Saturation alarm
With the input buttons you can easily set the most important pa- • Slave pointer
rameters without any additional equipment. • Simulation functions
Parameterization using HART • Maintenance timer
Parameterization using HART is performed with a HART Com- Available physical units of display for SITRANS P410 with HART
municator or a PC.
Pressure (setting can also be Pa, MPa, kPa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,
+ made in the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4 °C),
mmH2O, ftH2O (20 °C), inHg, mmHg
230 ... 1100 Ω

Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in
SITRANS P Power supply
transmitter Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon, lmp.
HART
communicator
volume flow m3/d, m3/h, m3/s, l/min, l/s, ft3/d, ft3/min,
ft3/s, US gallon/min, US gallon/s
Communication between a HART Communicator and a pressure transmitter Mass flow t/d, t/h, t/min, kg/d, kg/h, kg/min, kg/s,
g/d, g/h, g/min, g/s, lb/d, lb/h, lb/min, lb/s,
When parameterizing with the HART Communicator, the connec- LTon/d, LTon/h, STon/d, STon/h, STon/min
tion is made directly to the 2-wire cable.
Miscellaneous %, mA
+
- Parameterization through PROFIBUS PA interface
SITRANS P 230 ... 500 Ω Power supply Fully digital communication through PROFIBUS PA, profile 3.0, is
transmitter particularly user-friendly. Through the PROFIBUS the DS III with
PC or PROFIBUS PA is connected to a process control system, e. g.
HART laptop SIMATIC PSC 7. Communication is possible even in a potentially
modem explosive environment.
For parameterization through PROFIBUS you need suitable soft-
USB/RS 232
Parameterization through FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
transmitter
Fully digital communication through FOUNDATION Fieldbus is
particularly user-friendly. Through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus
When parameterizing with a PC, the connection is made through the DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus is connected to a process
a HART modem. control system. Communication is possible even in a potentially
explosive environment.
The signals needed for communication in conformity with the
HART 5.x or 6.x protocols are superimposed on the output cur- For parameterization through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus you
rent using the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) method. need suitable software, e.g. National Instruments Configurator.
Adjustable parameters, SITRANS P410 with HART Adjustable parameters for SITRANS P410 with PROFIBUS PA
and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
(DS III HART) communication
Lower range value x x Parameters Input PROFIBUS PA and
Upper range value x x keys FOUNDATION Field-
Electrical damping x x bus interface
Lower range value without applica- x x Electrical damping x x
Zero adjustment (correction of posi- x x
Upper range value without applica- x x tion)
Zero adjustment x x Buttons and/or function disabling x x
current transmitter x x Source of measured-value display x x
Fault current x x
Physical dimension of display x x
Disabling of buttons, write protec- x x1)
tion Position of decimal point x x
Type of dimension and actual x x Bus address x x
dimension
Characteristic (linear / square- x2) x2) Adjustment of characteristic x x
rooted) Input of characteristic x
Diagnostic functions x Diagnostics functions x
1) Cancel apart from write protection
2) Only differential pressure
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/261

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
1 Diagnostic functions for SITRANS P410 with PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• Event counter
• Slave pointer
Physical dimensions available for the display
Pressure (setting can also be MPa, kPa, Pa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,
made in the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, mmH2O, mmH2O (4 °C),
inH2O, inH20 (4 °C), ftH2O (20 °C),
mmHg, inHg
Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon, lmp.
volume flow m3/s, m3/min, m3/h, m3/d, l/s, l/min, l/h, l/
d, Ml/d, ft3/s, ft3/min, ft3/h, ft3/d, US gal-
lon/s, US gallon/min, US gallon/h, US gal-
lon/d, bbl/s, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/d
Mass flow g/s, g/min, g/h, g/d, kg/s, kg/min, kg/h,
kg/d, t/s, t/min, t/h, /t/d, lb/s, lb/min, lb/h,
Miscellaneous %
1/262 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
1
Input
range, max. operating pressure (in accordance with 97/23/EC FOUNDATION
Pressure Equipment Directive) and max. test pressure (pursu- Fieldbus
ant to DIN 16086)
0.01 ... 1 bar 1 bar 4 bar 6 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 100 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.15 ... 14.5 psi 14.5 psi 58 psi 87 psi
0.04 ... 4 bar 4 bar 7 bar 10 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 400 kPa 0.7 MPa 1 MPa
0.58 ... 58 psi 58 psi 102 psi 145 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 16 bar 21 bar 32 bar
16 ... 1600 kPa 1600 kPa 2.1 MPa 3.2 MPa
2.3 ... 232 psi 232 psi 305 psi 464 psi
0.63 ... 63 bar 63 bar 67 bar 100 bar
63 ... 6300 kPa 6300 kPa 6.7MPa 10 MPa
9.1 ... 914 psi 914 psi 972 psi 1450 psi
1.6 ... 160 bar 160 bar 167 bar 250 bar
0.16 ... 16 MPa 16 MPa 16.7 MPa 2.5 MPa
23 ... 2321 psi 2321 psi 2422 psi 3626 psi
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION
Fieldbus signal
Load
tor)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/263

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
1 SITRANS P410 for gauge pressure
reproducibility
- 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi r5:  0.04 %
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi 5 < r  100 :  (0.004  r + 0.045) %
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
• 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi  (0.05  r + 0.1) %
• 4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi  (0.025  r + 0.125) %
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
Long-term stability (temperature change  30 °C ( 54 °F))
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
1/264 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
1
Ambient conditions
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
Design
Enclosure material Low-copper die-cast aluminum, GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat.
no. 1.4408
(140 °F))
Process connection Connection shank G½B to DIN EN 837-1, female thread ½ -14 NPT or oval flange
(PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)) to DIN 19213 with mounting thread M10 or 7/16-20 UNF
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
Current consumption
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/265

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
1 SITRANS P410 for gauge pressure
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300  Uo = 24 V, Io = 174 mA, Po = 1 W
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex d IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
DC
• Dust explosion protection for zone 20 (pending) PTB 01 ATEX 2055
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22 (pending) PTB 01 ATEX 2055
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
• Explosion protection acc. to FM (pending) Certificate of Compliance 3008490
• Explosion protection to CSA (pending) Certificate of Compliance 1153651
1/266 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
1
communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
126)
LCD
two pressures
respectively
incorrect value)
tively
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
sor temperature
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/267

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code
Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure, SITRANS P410 with HART 7MF4033- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
0.01 ... 1 bar (0.15 ... 14.5 psi) B
0.04 ... 4 bar (0.58 ... 58 psi) C
0.16 ... 16 bar (2.32 ... 232 psi) D
0.63 ... 63 bar (9.14 ... 914 psi) E
1.6 ... 160 bar (23.2 ... 2320 psi) F
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with process connector "female thread ½-14 NPT" Y1
(recommended version) 1) 2) 3) 4)
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with process connector "G½B connection shank" 1) 2) 3) 4) Y0
Process connection
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1
• Stainless steel oval flange with process connection (Oval flange has no female thread)
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 2
• Enclosure stainless steel precision casting5) 3
Version
• Standard version, German plate inscription, setting for pressure unit: bar 1
• International version, English plate inscription, setting for pressure unit: bar 2
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, setting for pressure unit: Pascal 3
All versions include DVD with compact operating instructions in various EU languages.
• None A
- "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" (Ex ia + Ex d)"7) P
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and dust explosion protection R
(Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D)"7)9)
• FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is) (pending)10) F
• FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + Zone 1D/2D7)9)10) S
• Screwed gland M20 x1 .5 B
• Device plug Han 7D (plastic enclosure) incl. mating connector11) D
1/268 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code
1
Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure, SITRANS P410 with HART 7MF4033- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
Display
(display concealed, setting: mA)
• With visible display (setting: mA) 6
• with customer-specific display (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required) 7

1) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it is recom-
mended only to order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
2) If the inspection certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the respective remote
seals.
3) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and must be included with the transmitter order number, for example
7MF403.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
4) The standard measuring cell filling of configurations with remote seals (Y) is silicone oil.
6) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
10) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to NEC 500/505.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/269

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
SITRANS P410 with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF4034- 77 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
SITRANS P410 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF4035- 77 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
1 bar (14.5 psi) B
4 bar (58 psi) C
16 bar (232 psi) D
63 bar (914 psi) E
160 bar (2320 psi) F
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with process connector "female thread ½-14 NPT" Y1
(recommended version) 1) 2) 3) 4)
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with process connector "G½B connection shank" 1) 2) 3) 4) Y0
Process connection
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1
• Stainless steel oval flange with process connection (Oval flange has no female thread) 5)
Version
• Standard version, German label inscription, setting of pressure unit: bar 1
• International version, English label inscription, setting of pressure unit: psi 2
• Chinese version, English label inscription, setting of pressure unit: kPa 3
• None A

(Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D)"7) 9)
1/270 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
1
SITRANS P410 with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF4034- 77 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
SITRANS P410 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF4035- 77 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
Display
• Without visible display (display concealed, 1
setting: bar)
• with customer-specific display (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" required) 7
seals.
3) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and must be included with the transmitter order number, for example
7MF403.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
4) The standard measuring cell filling of configurations with remote seals (Y) is silicone oil.
5) M10 fastening thread: Max. measuring span 160 bar (2320 psi)
7/16-20 UNF and M12 fastening thread: Max. measuring span 400 bar (5802 psi)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/271

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
code. code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting Use in or on zone 1D/2D4) E01   
bracket (1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, (only together with type of protection
2 x U-washer or 1 x bracket, 2 x nut, "Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
2 x U-washer) made of: 7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)" and IP66)
• Steel A01   
CRN approval Canada E225)   
• Stainless steel 304 A02    (Canadian Registration Number)
Device plugs1) Dual seal E24   
• Han 7D (metal) A30  Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E556)   
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  NEPSI (China)
• Angled A32  (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• Han 8D (metal) A33  Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" E566)   
Cable sockets for device plugs M12 A50    to NEPSI (China)
(metal (CuZn)) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Rating plate inscription Ex protection "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E576)   
(instead of German) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
• English B11   
• French B12    Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and E586)   
„Zone 2" to NEPSI (China)
explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi (pending)
Quality test certificate, 5-point C11    (only for transmitter
factory calibration (IEC 60770-2)2) 7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
Inspection certificate3) C12    Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80   
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 (Russia)
Factory certificate C14    Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81   
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 (Russia)
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15    Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according E82   
PMI test of parts in contact with medium to EAC Ex (Russia)
Functional safety (SIL2) (pending) C20  Ex-protection Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D E83   
Devices suitable for use according to according to EAC Ex (Russia)
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL Two coats of lacquer on enclosure and G10   
conformity declaration cover (PU on epoxy)
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23 
Transient protector 6 kV (lightning pro- J01   
tection)
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL
conformity declaration Oval flange NAM (ASTAVA) J06   
Increased measuring accuracy C41    Marine approvals
(mandatory specification for • Det Norske Veritas S10   
SITRANS P410) Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL)
PED for Russia with initial calibration C99    • Lloyds Register (LR) S11   
mark • French marine classification society S12   
Setting of the upper saturation limit of D05  Bureau Veritas (BV)
the output signal to 22.0 mA • American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14   
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07    • Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16   
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009) • Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17   
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12    Factor valve block mounting for SITRANS P410 is possible. Depending
(only for M20x1.5 and ½-14 NPT) on the available P410 variants, please see the configuration options for
SITRANS P DS III (page 1/253).
Supplied with oval flange D37   
(1 item), PTFE packing and screws in 1) Device plug Han IP65
thread of oval flange 2) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59    ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
device (848699 + 810634) included is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
TAG plate empty (no inscription) D61    here.
remote seals.
1/272 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure

1
description)
Y15: ...........................................
Measuring point text (entry in device Y16   
variable)
Y16: ...........................................
Y17: ...........................................
Setting of pressure indication in pres- Y21   
sure units
Note:
The following pressure units can be
selected:
sure units "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5
characters)
 = available
Ordering example
Item line: 7MF4033-1EA00-1AA7-Z C41
B line: A01 + Y01 + Y21
C line: Y01: 10 ... 20 bar (145 ... 290 psi)

Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/273

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
for gauge pressure
15 143 (5.6) 54 (2.13)
(0.94)
(0.6) 74 (2.9) 53 (2.1) 27 approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67) 29 (1.14) 5) 84 (3.31)
24
(1.1)
50 (1.97)
Ø80 (3.15)
117 (4.61)
176 (6.93)
237 (9.33)
68 (2.68)
120 (4.72)
72 (2.8)
Space for rotation

of enclosure
min. 90 (3.54) 4) Ø50 ... 60 105 (4.13)
(1.97 ... 2.36)
123 (4.84)

6 Blanking plug
2 Connection side1) Safety catch (only for "flameproof enclosure" type
7
3 Electrical connection: of protection; not shown in the drawing)
• Pg 13.5 screw gland (adapter) 2) 3) 8 Process connection: G½B connection pin or oval flange
• M20 x 1,53) screw gland 9 Mounting bracket (optional)
4 Harting adapter
1)
2)
3)
4) Minimum distance for rotating
5)
SITRANS P410 pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/274 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
1
SITRANS P410 for differential pressure and flow
Input
range and maximum operating pressure (pursuant to FOUNDATION
2014/68/EU Pressure Equipment Directive) Fieldbus
range
2.5 ... 250 mbar 250 mbar 160 bar
0.2 ... 25 kPa 25 kPa 16 MPa
1 ... 100 inH2O 100 inH2O 2320 psi
6 ... 600 mbar 600 mbar
0.6 ... 60 kPa 60 kPa
2.4 ... 240 inH2O 240 inH2O
16 ... 1600 mbar 1600 mbar
1.6 ...160 kPa 160 kPa
6.4 ... 642 inH2O 642 inH2O
50 ... 5000 mbar 5000 mbar
5 ... 500 kPa 500 kPa
20 ... 2000 inH2O 2000 inH2O
0.3 ... 30 bar 30 bar
0.03 ... 3 MPa 3 MPa
4.35 ... 435 psi 435 psi
6 ... 600 mbar 600 mbar 420 bar
0.6 ... 60 kPa 60 kPa 42 MPa
2.4 ... 240 inH2O 240 inH2O 6091 psi
16 ... 1600 mbar 1600 mbar
1.6 ...160 kPa 160 kPa
6.4 ... 642 inH2O 642 inH2O
50 ... 5000 mbar 5000 mbar
5 ... 500 kPa 500 kPa
20 ... 2000 inH2O 2000 inH2O
0.3 ... 30 bar 30 bar
0.03 ... 3 MPa 3 MPa
4.35 ... 435 psi 435 psi
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -100 % of max. measuring span (-33 % with measuring cell 30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi)
or 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
Load
tor)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/275

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
1 SITRANS P410 for differential pressure and flow
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi r5:  0.04 %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r  100 :  (0.004  r + 0.045) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
• Square-rooted characteristic (flow > 50 %)
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi r5:  0.04 %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r  100 :  (0.004  r + 0.045) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
• Square-rooted characteristic
(flow > 25 ... 50 %)
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi r5:  0.08 %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r  100 :  (0.008  r + 0.09) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi  (0.025  r + 0.125) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi (zero offset is possible with position error adjustment)
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
- 5 bar/500 kPa/72.5 psi  (0.2  r) % per 70 bar
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi (zero offset is possible with position error adjustment)
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
Long-term stability Static pressure max. 70 bar/7 MPa/1015 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
• 30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi  (0.25  r) % in 5 years
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change in angle)  0.7 mbar/0.07 kPa/0.028 inH2O per 10° inclination
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
1/276 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
SITRANS P410 for differential pressure and flow
1
-20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F) with 30 bar measuring cell
Ambient conditions
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Emitted interference and interference Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
immunity
Design
no. 1.4408
• Process flanges and sealing screw Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4408, Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602
(140 °F))
Process connection Female thread ¼-18 NPT and flange connection with mounting thread M10 to
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
Current consumption
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/277

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
1 SITRANS P410 for differential pressure and flow
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW; Linear barrier:
Ri = 300  Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex d IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
DC
• Dust explosion protection for zone 20 (pending) PTB 01 ATEX 2055
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22 (pending) PTB 01 ATEX 2055
Pmax = 1 W
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
• Explosion protection acc. to FM (pending) Certificate of Compliance 3008490
• Explosion protection to CSA (pending) Certificate of Compliance 1153651
1/278 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
1
communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
Software for PC SIMATIC PDM • Analog input
address 126)
LCD
two pressures
respectively
incorrect value)
tively
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
sor temperature
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/279

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Code
SITRANS P410 with HART pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, 7MF4433- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O) D
6 ... 600 mbar (2.409 ... 240.9 inH2O) E
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.424 ... 642.4 inH2O) F
50 ... 5000 mbar (20.08 ... 2008 inH2O) G
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H
Version for diaphragm seal1) 2) 3) 4) Y
Process connection
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 (only for replacement requirement) 0
• Vent on side of process flange5)
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision casting6) 3
Version
• None A
(Ex ia+ Ex d + Zone 1D/2D)"8)10)
1/280 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Code
1
SITRANS P410 with HART pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, 7MF4433- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
• Device plug Han 7D (plastic enclosure) incl. mating connector12)13) D
Display
• Without visible display (display concealed, setting: mA) 1
seals.
3) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
7MF443.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
4) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y) is silicone oil.
5) Not suitable for connection of remote seal. Position of the top vent valve in the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/281

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)
SITRANS P410 with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF4434- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
SITRANS P410 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF4435- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell
cleaning
250 mbar (100.4 inH2O) D
600 mbar (240.9 inH2O) E
1600 mbar (642.4 inH2O) F
5 bar (2008 inH2O) G
30 bar (435 psi) H
Version as diaphragm seal 1) 2) 3) 4) Y
Process connection
• Venting on side of process flanges 5)
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision casting 3
Version
• None A
(Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D)"7) 9)(not for DS III FF)
1/282 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
1
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)
Display
• Without visible display (display concealed, setting: bar) 1
• With customer-specific display (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" required) 7
seals.
7MF443.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
5) Not suitable for connection of remote seal. Position of the top vent valve in the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/283

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
code. code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting Setting of the upper saturation limit of D05 
bracket (1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, the output signal to 22.0 mA
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
(instead of FPM (Viton)) Supplied with oval flange set D37   
• PTFE (Teflon) A20    (2 items), PTFE packings and screws in
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21    thread of process flanges
• FFPM (Kalrez, for measured medium tem- A22   
peratures -15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F)) Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59   
• NBR (Buna N) A23   
TAG plate empty (no inscription) D61   
Device plugs1)
• Han 7D (metal) A30  Use in or on zone 1D/2D4) E01   
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  (only together with type of protection
• Angled A32  "Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)"and IP66)
Dual seal E24   
Sealing screws (2 units) A40   
¼-18 NPT, with vent valve in mat. of process Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E555)   
flanges NEPSI (China)
Cable sockets for device plugs M12 A50   
(metal (CuZn)) Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" E565)   
to NEPSI (China)
(instead of German)
• English B11    Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI E575)   
(China)
• French B12   
• Italian B14    Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone E585)   
2" to NEPSI (China)
Pressure units in inH2O and/or psi
Quality test certificate, 5-point C11    explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
factory calibration (IEC 60770-2)2) (pending)
Inspection certificate3) to EN 10204-3.1 C12    (only for transmitter
7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
Factory certificate to EN 10204-2.2 C14   
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15    (Russia)
Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81   
Functional safety (SIL2) (pending) C20 
(Russia)
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according E82   
conformity declaration to EAC Ex (Russia)
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23  Ex-protection Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D E83   
Devices suitable for use according to according to EAC Ex (Russia)
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL
conformity declaration Two coats of lacquer on enclosure and G10   
cover (PU on epoxy)
Increased measuring accuracy C41   
(mandatory specification for Interchanging of process connection H01   
SITRANS P410) side
PED for Russia with initial calibration C99    Vent on side for gas measurements H02   
mark
Stainless steel process flanges for verti- H03   
cal differential pressure lines
(not together with K01, K02 and K04)6)
1/284 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
1
Transient protector 6 kV (lightning pro- J01    Measuring range to be set
tection) Specify in plain text:
Chambered graphite gasket for process J02    • in the case of linear characteristic curve Y01  1)
flange (max. 5 characters):
Chambered PTFE graphite gasket J03    • in the case of square rooted characteristic Y02 
EPDM O-rings for process flange with J05    (max. 5 characters):
approval (WRC/WRAS) Y02: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
Vent valve or blanking plug of process J08    Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
flange welded-in (orientation: on right device variable (measuring point
when viewing the display)7) description)
Y15: ...........................................
flange welded-in (orientation: on left
when viewing the display)7) Measuring point text (entry in device Y16   
Marine approvals variable)
• Det Norske Veritas S10    Max. 27 char., specify in plain text: Y16:
Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL) .......
• Lloyds Register (LR) S11    Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 
• French marine classification society S12    Max. 8 char., specify in plain text: Y17: .......
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Setting of pressure indicator in Y21   
• American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14    pressure units
• Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16    Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
• Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17    Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Factor valve block mounting for SITRANS P410 is possible. Depending Note: The following pressure units can be
on the available P410 variants, please see the configuration options for selected:
SITRANS P DS III (page 1/253). bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
 = available mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
1) Device plug Han IP65 *) ref. temperature 20 °C
2) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be ordered Setting of pressure indicator in non- Y223) 
for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it is recom- pressure units2) +
mended only to order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. Y01 or
The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here. Specify in plain text:
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ... Y02
3) If the inspection certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with mounted dia- (specification of measuring range in pres-
phragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the respective remote sure units "Y01" or "Y02" is essential, unit
seals. with max. 5 characters)
tection: Use in or at Zone 1D/2D Preset bus address Y25  
5) When the additional ex option is selected, the ATEX marking on the device possible between 1 and 126
is omitted. Only the Ex option selected via the Z option is marked. Specify in plain text: Y25: .....................
6) Not suitable for connection of remote seal.
7) Blanking plug is standard configuration. Order option A40 if a vent valve is Damping adjustment in seconds Y30   
required instead of a blanking plug. (0 ... 100 s)
 = available
3) Not in conjunction with over-filling safety device for flammable and non-
flammable liquids (Order code "E08")
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/285

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, 7MF4533- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41

6 ... 600 mbar (2.4 ... 240 inH2O) E
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.4 ... 642 inH2O) F
50 ... 5000 mbar (20 ... 2000 inH2O) G
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H
Version for diaphragm seal 1) 2) 3) 4) Y
Process connection
• Venting on side of process flanges, location of vent valve at top of process flanges
(see dimensional drawing)
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision casting5) 3
Version
• None A
(Ex ia+ Ex d + Zone 1D/2D)"7)9)
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof (is + xp)" 6)10), max PN 360 NC
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
• Device plug Han 7D (plastic enclosure) incl. mating connector11) 12) D
1/286 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
1
SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, 7MF4533- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
Display
• Without visible display (display concealed, setting: mA) 1
Scope of delivery: Pressure transmitter as ordered (Instruction Manual is extra ordering item)
seals.
7MF453.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1....-.B
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/287

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Code

600 mbar (240 inH2O) E
1600 mbar (642 inH2O) F
5 bar (2000 inH2O) G
30 bar (435 psi) H
Version for diaphragm seal 1) 2) 3) 4) Y
Process connection
• Venting on side of process flanges, location of vent valve at top of process flanges
(see dimensional drawing).
Process flange screws Electronics enclosure
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision casting 3
Version
• None A
(Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D)"6)8)
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof (is + xp)"6)9), max PN 360 NC
• Device plugs M12 (stainless steel) 10) 11) F
1/288 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Code
1
Display
• Without (display hidden) 0
• Without visible display (display concealed, setting: bar) 1
• With customer-specific display (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" required) 7
seals.
3) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and must be included wiht the tranmitter order number, for example
7MF453.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1....-.B
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/289

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
Pressure transmitter with mounting Use in or on zone 1D/2D2) E01   
bracket (1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, 2 x U- (only together with type of protection
washer or 1 x bracket, 2 x nut, 2 x U- "Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
washer) made of: 7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)"and IP66)
• Steel A01    Dual seal E24   
• Stainless steel 304 A02   
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" E553)   
to NEPSI (China)
O-rings for process flanges (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
(instead of FPM (Viton)) Ex prot. "Explosion-proof" to NEPSI (China) E563)   
• PTFE (Teflon) A20    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21   
Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E573)   
• FFPM (Kalrez, for measured medium tem- A22   
peratures -15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F)) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
• NBR (Buna N) A23    Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone 2" E583)   
to NEPSI (China)
Device plugs1)
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  "Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" E703)   
• Angled A32  explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
(pending)
(only for transmitter
Sealing screws (2 units) A40    7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
¼-18 NPT, with vent valve in mat. of process Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80   
flanges (Russia)
Cable sockets for device plugs M12 A50    Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81   
(metal (CuZn)) (Russia)
Rating plate inscription (instead of German) Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according E82   
• English B11    to EAC Ex (Russia)
• French B12    Ex-protection Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D E83   
• Spanish B13    according to EAC Ex (Russia)
• Italian B14    Two coats of lacquer on enclosure and G10   
cover (PU on epoxy)
Pressure units in inH2O and/or psi Interchanging of process connection side H01   
Quality test certificate, 5-point C11    Vent on side for gas measurements H02   
factory calibration (IEC 60770-2) Stainless steel process flanges for vertical H03   
Inspection certificate C12   
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 Transient protector 6 kV (lightning protec- J01   
tion)
Chambered graphite gasket for process J02   
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 flange
Functional safety (SIL2) (pending) C20  Chambered PTFE graphite gasket J03   
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL con- EPDM O-rings for process flange with J05   
formity declaration approval (WRC/WRAS)
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23  Vent valve or blanking plug of process J08   
Devices suitable for use according to flange welded-in (orientation: on right
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL con- when viewing the display)4)
formity declaration Vent valve or blanking plug of process J09   
Increased measuring accuracy C41    flange welded-in (orientation: on left when
(mandatory specification for SITRANS P410) viewing the display)4)
PED for Russia with initial calibration mark C99    Marine approvals
• Det Norske Veritas S10   
Setting of the upper saturation limit of the D05  Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL)
output signal to 22.0 mA
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07    • French marine classification society S12   
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009) Bureau Veritas (BV)
(only together with seal diaphragm made of • American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14   
Hastelloy and stainless steel)
• Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16   
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12    • Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17   
(only for M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT)
Factor valve block mounting for SITRANS P410 is possible. Depending
Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59    on the available P410 variants, please see the configuration options for
device (848699 + 810634) included SITRANS P DS III (page 1/253).
TAG plate empty (no inscription) D61    1) Device plug Han IP65
4) Blanking plug is standard configuration. Order option A40 if a vent valve is
1/290 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410

1
Measuring range to be set
• in the case of linear characteristic curve Y01  1)
• in the case of square rooted characteristic Y02 
tion)
Y15: ...........................................
able)
Max. 27 char., specify in plain text: Y16: .......
Max. 8 char., specify in plain text: Y17: .........
Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21   
units
Note:
non-pressure units2) Y01 or
Specify in plain text: Y02
units "Y01" or "Y02" is essential, unit with
max. 5 characters)
(0 ... 100 s)
Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21, Y22, Y25 and D05 can be factory preset.
 = available
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/291

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
15 143 (5.6)
(0.6) 69 (2.7) 5
(0.94)
53 (2.1) 29 84 (3.31)
24
(1.14) 4)
1
50 (1.97)
6
Ø80 (3.15)
128 (5.04)
3
166 (6.54)
7
2
8
min. 90 (3.54) 5)
262 (10.3)
12 9
Space for rotation
of enclosure
134 (5.28)
10
96 (3.8)
11
52 (2.05)
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)
3 4
72 (2.83) 68 (2.7)
105 (4.1) 120 (4.7)

2 Connection side1)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
SITRANS P410 pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/292 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
15 143 (5.6)
1
5
(0.94)
(0.6) 53 (2.1) approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67) 29 (1.14) 4) 84 (3.31)
24
1
50 (1.97)
6
Ø80 (3.15)
128 (5.04)
3 4 3 7
approx. 217 (8.54) 8)

2
min. 90 (3.54) 5) 8
Space for rotation

of eclosure
approx. 85 (3.35) 7)
8
60 (2.36) 6) approx. 87 (3.43)

65 (2.56)

6 Blanking plug
2 Connection side1)
7 Safety catch (only for "flameproof enclosure" type of protection;
3 Electrical connection: not shown in the drawing)
• Pg 13.5 screw gland (adapter) 2) 3) 8 Sealing plug with valve (optional)
4 Harting adapter
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
SITRANS P410 pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines, optional "H03" ,
dimensional drawing, dimensions in mm (inch)
SITRANS P410 pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow,

with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/293

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
Accessories/Spare parts
Accessories/Spare parts Mounting screws
Mounting bracket and fastening parts For measuring point label, grounding and con- 7MF4997-1CD
for pressure transmitters nection terminals or for display (50 units)
SITRANS P410 with HART, P410 with Sealing screws
PROFIBUS PA and P410 with FOUNDATION (1 set = 2 units) for process flange
Fieldbus (7MF403.-.....-..C.) • made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1CG
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AB • made of Hastelloy 7MF4997-1CH
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AH
Sealing screws with vent valve
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AP Complete (1 set = 2 units)
Mounting bracket and fastening parts • made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1CP
for pressure transmitters • made of Hastelloy 7MF4997-1CQ
SITRANS P410 with HART, P410 with
PROFIBUS PA and P10with FOUNDATION Connection board
Fieldbus (7MF403-.....-..A., -..B., ..D. and ..F.) • for SITRANS P410 7MF4997-1DN
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AC • for SITRANS P410 with PROFIBUS PA and 7MF4997-1DP
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AJ P410 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AQ O-rings for process flanges made of:
Mounting and fastening brackets • FPM (Viton) 7MF4997-2DA
For differential pressure transmitters with • PTFE (Teflon) 7MF4997-2DB
flange thread M10 • FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) 7MF4997-2DC
SITRANS P410 with HART, P410 with • FFPM (Kalrez) 7MF4997-2DD
PROFIBUS PA and P410 with FOUNDATION • NBR (Buna N) 7MF4997-2DE
Fieldbus (7MF443.-...)
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AD Sealing ring for process connection see "Fittings"
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AK
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AR
For differential pressure transmitters with
flange thread M12
PROFIBUS PA and P410 with FOUNDATION
Fieldbus (7MF453.-...)
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AE
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AL
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AS
For differential pressure transmitters with
flange thread 7/16 -20 UNF
Fieldbus (7MF443.-... and 7MF453.-...)
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AF
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AM
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AT
Cover
Made of die-cast aluminum, including gasket,
for SITRANS P410 with HART, P410 with
Fieldbus.
• without window 7MF4997-1BB
• with window 7MF4997-1BE
Cover
Made of stainless steel, including gasket,
or SITRANS P410 with HART, P410 with
Fieldbus.
• without window 7MF4997-1BC
• with window 7MF4997-1BF
Digital indicator 7MF4997-1BR
Including mounting material, for SITRANS
P410 with HART, P410 with PROFIBUS PA and
P410 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Measuring point label
• without inscription (5 units) 7MF4997-1CA
• Printed (1 unit) 7MF4997-1CB-Z
Data according to Y01 or Y02, Y15, Y16 and Y..: ......................
Y99 (see "Pressure transmitters")
1/294 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
1
Documentation
The entire documentation is available for
download free-of-charge in various languages
processinstrumentation/documentation
SITRANS P DS III/P410
• English, German, Spanish, French, Italian, A5E03434626
Dutch
Certificates (order only via SAP)
• hard copy (to order) A5E03252406
• on DVD (to order) A5E03252407
HART modem
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/295

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P410
60
30
12,5
25 25
Ø9
30
R30
60
3
12,5
134
105
21
Ø11
120
115
72
R30
3
52,5
16,5
72
Mounting bracket for SITRANS P410 gauge pressure-transmitters, dimensions in mm

38 27
20,65
20,65
27
R30
41,3
54
R6,5 3
Ø20 41,3
54
134
105
21
Ø11
120
115
72
R30
3
52,5
16,5
72
Mounting bracket for SITRANS P410 differential pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm

1/296 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
SITRANS P500
■ Overview
1
SITRANS P500 pressure transmitters are digital pressure trans- • Infinitely adjustable measuring spans of 1 mbar to 32 bar
mitters featuring extensive user-friendliness and which fulfil the (0.0145 to 465 psi; 0.4 to 12860 inH2O)
most stringent demands of accuracy, long-term stability, speed • Extremely good total performance and conformity error
and lots more. values with no loss of performance up to a turndown of 10
Extensive functionality allows you to set the pressure transmitter guaranteed.
specifically to your own requirements. Despite their many set- • Additional integrated sensor for static pressure
tings options, local set-up is easy. A multi-lingual menu with clear • Parameterization via on-site control keys or HART
text instructions guides you through the process. There are also
help texts available. • Short process flanges nable space-saving installation.
The innovative EDD with integrated QuickStart assistance is also
quick and easy to configure by computer using the HART proto- ■ Application
col. The SITRANS P500 pressure transmitters can be used in indus-
Extensive diagnostic functions, e.g. min/max pointer for pres- trial areas with extreme chemical and mechanical loads. Electro-
sure and temperature, or limit value indicator, make sure you al- magnetic compatibility in the range 10 kHz to 1 GHz makes them
ways have the process under control. You can also display ad- suitable for locations with high electromagnetic emissions.
ditional process values such as temperature or static pressure. Pressure transmitters with ratings "Intrinsic safety" and "Explo-
The simultaneous display of mass, resulting from a volume, is sion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive atmo-
also easy. spheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The pressure transmitter comes
The SITRANS P500 pressure transmitters can be configured to with a CE-declaration of conformity and fulfils the corresponding
measure: unified European directives (ATEX).
• Differential pressure Pressure transmitters with the type of protection "Intrinsic safety"
• Level for use in zone 0 may be operated with power supply units of cat-
egory "ia" and "ib".
• Volume
With newly designed measuring cell, it is possible to work with
• Mass
temperature of mediums of -40 to 125 °C (-40 to +257 °F)) with-
• Volume flow out having to use a remote seal.
• Mass flow The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
■ Benefits highly viscous fluids.
• High measuring accuracy The pressure transmitter can be fully parameterized locally via
• Very fast response time the three operating keys and externally via HART.
• Extremely good long-term stability
loads
• Extensive diagnosis and simulation functions which can be
used both on site as well as via HART.
• Optional separate replacement of measuring cell and elec-
tronics without recalibration.
• Extremely low conformity error values
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/297

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P500
1 Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow • Nominal diameter of the mounting flange
• Measured variables: - DN 50 / PN 40
- Differential pressure - DN 80 / PN 40
- Small positive or negative pressure - DN 100/ PN 16, PN 40
- Flow q ~ p (together with a primary element - 2 inch/class 150, class 300
(see Chapter "Flow Meters")) - 3 inch/class 150, class 300
- 4 inch/ class 150, class 300
• Measuring span (freely adjustable) - customized special version
for SITRANS P500: 1 mbar to 32 bar (0.0145 to 465 psi; 0.4 to
12860 inH2O) In the case of level measurements in open vessels, the low-pres-
sure connection of the measuring cell remains open (measure-
Pressure transmitters for level ment "compared to atmospheric").
• Measured variable: Level of aggressive and non-aggressive In the case of measurements in closed vessels, the lower-pres-
liquids in open and closed vessels. sure connection has to be connected to the vessel in order to
• Measuring span (freely adjustable) compensate the static pressure.
for SITRANS P500: 1.25 to 6250 mbar (0.5 to 2509 inH2O)
The wetted parts are made from a variety of materials, depend-
ing on the degree of corrosion resistance required.
■ Design
10
1
8
14
7 2
11
3
13
4
6
12
1 Cover over buttons 8 Safety catch

2 Cover, optionally with inspection window 9 Blanking plug
3 Local display (optional) 10 Electrical terminal compartment
4 Tag plate 11 Cover for electrical terminal compartment
5 Process flange with process connection 12 Protective conductor connector
6 Retaining screws (on two sides) for the measuring cell 13 Nameplate
7 Approval label 14 Cable inlet, optionally with cable gland or plug-in connection
View of transmitter
• The electronics enclosure is made of coated die-cast alumi- • Access to the terminal compartment for auxiliary power and
num. shielding by unscrewing the cover.
• The enclosure has round screwed covers front and back. • Beneath the electronic enclosure is the measuring cell with its
• Depending on the design the front cover is fitted with an in- process flanges at which the process connections are avail-
spection window. You can read off the measured value directly able. The modular design of the pressure transmitter lets you
from the optional display through the window. replace the measuring cell, electronics and connection board
as required.
• The inlet to the terminal compartment is located either on the
left or right side. The unused opening in each case is sealed • On the top of the enclosure you can see the screwed cover of
by a blanking plug. the three local pushbuttons of the transmitter.
• The PE/ground terminal is on the back of the enclosure.
1/298 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P500
■ Function
1
Operation of electronics with HART communication Mode of operation of the measuring cells
Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow

SIEMENS
EEPROM

Ia 9 1
A μC μC D
D A UH R T 2
8
3
HART modem
EEPROM
EEPROM

Sensor
Sensor Electronics
7 6 5 4

Measuring cell electronics Application electronics 1 Input pressure P-

2 Process flange with process connection
1 Sensor of the measuring cell 3 O-Ring
2 Measuring amplifier 4 Measuring cell body
3 Analog-to-digital converter 5 Silicon pressure sensor
4 Microcontroller 6 Overload diaphragm
5 Digital-to-analog converter 7 Filling liquid
6 One EEPROM each in the measuring cell and in the electronics 8 Seal diaphragm
7 HART modem 9 Input pressure P+
8 Keys (local operation)
9 Digital display
IA Output current Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow, function diagram
UH Auxiliary power • The differential pressure is transmitted via the seal diaphragm
and the filling liquid to the silicon pressure sensor.
• If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload diaphragm
• The input pressure is converted into an electrical signal by the flexes until the seal diaphragm touches the body of the mea-
sensor. suring cell. This protects the sensor module from overload.
• This signal is amplified by the measuring amplifier and digi- • The differential pressure causes the measuring diaphragm of
talized in an analog-to-digital converter. the silicon pressure sensor to flex.
• The digital signal is analyzed in a microcontroller and cor- • The displacement changes the resistance value of the 4 piezo
rected according to linearity and thermal characteristics. resistors in the measuring diaphragm in a bridge circuit.
• In a digital-to-analog converter it is then converted into the • The change in the resistance causes a bridge output voltage
output current of 4 to 20 mA. When connected to supply lines, proportional to the input pressure.
a diode circuit provides reverse polarity protection.
• The measuring cell-specific data, the electronic data and the
parameterization data is held in two EEPROMs. One EEPROM
is incorporated into the measuring cell electronics, the other is
incorporated into the application electronics.
Operation
• The three local pushbuttons enable you both to navigate and
carry out configuration and to visually track messages and
process values, provided a display is available.
• If you have a device without a display, you can carry out zero
adjustment using the three local pushbuttons. It is possible to
retrofit a display at any time.
• You can also carry out settings by computer via a HART mo-
dem.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/299

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P500
1 Measuring cell for level Configuration using HART
Parameterization using HART is carried out using a HART Com-
1 2 3 4 municator or a PC in conjunction with a HART modem.
SITRANS P500 230 ... 1100 Ω Power supply

transmitter
HART
communicator
5
Communication between a HART Communicator and a pressure trans-
mitter
9 When parameterizing with the HART Communicator, the connec-
8 7
6 tion is made directly to the 2-wire cable.
+
1 Process flange with process connection -
2 O-Ring
3 Measuring cell body SITRANS P500 230 ... 500 Ω Power supply
4 Silicon pressure sensor transmitter
5 Overload diaphragm PC or
6 Filling liquid of the measuring cell HART laptop
7 Capillary tube with filling liquid of the mounting flange modem
8 Flange with optional tube
9 Seal diaphragm for mounting flange USB/RS 232
Measuring cell for level, function diagram HART communication between a PC communicator and a pressure
• The input pressure (hydrostatic pressure) acts hydraulically transmitter
on the measuring cell via the seal diaphragm on the mounting For configuring via PC a HART modem is used which connects
flange. the transmitter to the PC.
• The differential pressure applied to the measuring cell is trans-
mitted via the seal diaphragm and the filling liquid to the sili- The signals needed for communication in conformity with the
con pressure sensor. HART 6.0 protocols are superimposed on the output current us-
ing the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) method.
• If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload diaphragm
flexes until the seal diaphragm touches the body of the mea- The necessary device files are available for download on the In-
suring cell. This protects the sensor module from overload. ternet.
• The differential pressure causes the measuring diaphragm of SITRANS P500 configuration options
the silicon pressure sensor to flex.
The transmission offers you full configuring options both via
• The displacement changes the resistance value of the 4 piezo HART as well as in situ provided the optional display is available.
resistors in the measuring diaphragm in a bridge circuit.
• The change in the resistance causes a differential pressure For simple parameterizing we also offer the easy to understand
proportional to the input pressure. QuickStart function with guided commissioning.
SITRANS P500 diagnostic functions
Configuration of SITRANS P500 HART
Depending on the version, there are a range of options for con-
figuring the pressure transmitter and for setting or reading the • Min/Max pointer (both resetable and non-resetable)
parameters. - Pressure (incl. time and temperature stamp)
- Static pressure (incl. time and temperature stamp)
Configuration using the pushbuttons (local operation) - Sensor temperature (incl. time stamp)
- Electronic temperature (incl. time stamp)
You can configure the transmitter in situ using the three keys pro-
vided a display is available. If you have no display, you can only • Limit monitor block
carry out zero adjustment. • Diagnostic warning
It is possible to retrofit a display. See accessories. • Diagnostic alarm
• Display of trends and histograms
• Operating hours meter
1/300 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P500
Physical dimensions available for the SITRANS P500 HART 1
display
Pressure (setting can also be made Pa, MPa, kPa, bar, mbar, torr, atm,
in the factory) psi, g/cm2, kg/cm2, mmH2O
(4 °C), inH2O (4 °C), inH2O
(20 °C), mmH2O, mmH2O (4 °C),
ftH2O (20 °C), inHg, mmHg, hPA
Level m, cm, mm, ft, in
Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, gallon,
liquid, I; Norm (standard) I; Norm
(standard) m3, Norm (standard)
feet3
Mass g, kg, t (metric), lb, Ston, Lton, oz
Volume flow m3/d, m3/h, m3/s, l/min, l/s, ft3/d,
ft3/min, ft3/s, US gallon/min,
gallon/s, l/h, milL/d, gallon/d, gal-
lon/h, milgallon/d, lmp.gallon/s,
Imp.gallon/m, Imp.gallon/h,
lmp.gallon/d, Norm (standard)
m3/h, Norm (standard) l/h, Norm
(standard) ft3/h, Norm (standard)
ft3/m, barrel liquid/s, barrel liq-
uid/m, barrel liquid/h
Mass flow t/d, t/h, t/min, kg/d, kg/h, kg/min,
kg/s, g/h, g/min, g/s, lb/d, lb/min,
lb/s, LTon/d, LTon/h, STon/d,
STon/h, STon/min
Miscellaneous %, mA
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/301

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P500
Input Measuring accuracy
Measured variable Differential pressure and flow Reference conditions (in accor- • Rising characteristic curve
dance with IEC 60770-1) • Lower range value 0 bar
Measuring span (infinitely Measuring span Maximum
adjustable) (min. ... max.) operating All error information always • Stainless steel seal diaphragm
pressure refers to the set measuring
(static span. • Measuring cell with silicone oil filling
pressure) • Room temperature (25 °C (77 °F))
1.00 ... 50 mbar Error in measurement at limit
(0.4 ... 20 inH2O) setting incl. hysteresis and
1.25 ... 250 mbar reproducibility
(0.5 ... 100 inH2O) r: measuring span ratio
160 bar (r: measuring span ratio (r =
6.25 ... 1250 mbar (2320 psi) max. measuring span / set
(2.5 ... 502 inH2O) span))
31.25 ... 6250 mbar Linear characteristic r  10 r  10
(12.54 ... 2509 inH2O)
• 50 mbar (20 inH2O) 0.06 % (0.006 . r) %
0.16 ... 32 bar
(2.33 ... 465 psi) • 250 mbar (100 inH2O) 0.03 % (0.003 . r) %
1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
Lower range limit 6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil -100 % of max. measuring span 32 bar (465 psi)
filling and/or 30 mbar a (0.44 psi a) Square-rooted characteristic
Upper range limit 100 % of max. measuring span • Flow > 50 % r  10 r  10
Lower range value Between measuring limits (freely - 50 mbar (20 inH2O) 0.06 % (0.006. r) %
adjustable)
- 250 mbar (100 inH2O) 0.03 % (0.003 . r) %
Output 1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
Output current signal 4 ... 20 mA 6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
32 bar (465 psi)
• Lower current limit 3.55 mA, factory setting 3.8 mA
(freely adjustable) • Flow 25 % … 50 % r  10 r  10
• Upper current limit 23 mA, factory setting 20.5 mA - 50 mbar (20 inH2O) 0.12 % (0.012 . r) %
(freely adjustable) - 250 mbar (100 inH2O) 0.06 % (0.006 . r) %
• Ripple (without HART Ipp  0.4 % of max. output current 1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
communication) 6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
32 bar (465 psi)
• adjustable damping 0... 100 s in steps of 0.1 s,
factory-seting: 2 s Influence of ambient tempera-
ture per 28 °C (50 °F)
• current transmitter 3.55 ... 23 mA
• 50 mbar (20 inH2O) (0.04 . r + 0.05) %
• Failure signal adjustable within limits::
• 250 mbar (100 inH2O) (0.025 . r + 0.014) %
• Bottom: 3.55 … 3.7 mA
(default value: 3.6 mA) • 1250 mbar (502 inH2O) (0.006 . r + 0.03) %
• Top: 21.0 … 23 mA 6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
(default value: 22.8 mA) 32 bar (465 psi)
Load Influence of static pressure
• Without HART communication RB  (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in , • At the lower range value
UH : Power supply in V (PKN)
• With HART communication - 50 mbar (20 inH2O) (0.1 . r) % per 70 bar (1015 psi) cor-
rection via zero point correction
- HART Communicator RB = 230 ... 1100 
- 250 mbar (100 inH2O) (0.035 . r) % per 70 bar (1015 psi)
- HART modem RB = 230 ... 500  correction via zero point correction
Characteristic curve Linearly rising, linearly falling, square - 1250 mbar (502 inH2O) (0.007 . r) % per 70 bar (1015 psi)
rooted characteristic rising, bidirec- 6250 mbar (2509 inH2O) correction via zero point correction
tional square rooted characteristic 32 bar (465 psi)
and user-specific
• On the measuring span (PKS)
- 50 mbar (20 inH2O)  0.13 % per 70 bar (1015 psi)
1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
- 32 bar (465 psi)  0.05 % per 70 bar (1015 psi)
1/302 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P500
Total Performance1) Design
1
• Linear characteristic r5 5 < r  10 Weight (without options) Approx. 3.3 kg (7.3 lb)
- 50 mbar (20 inH2O) 0.27 % 0.46 % Material of parts in contact with
the medium
- 250 mbar (100 inH2O) 0.14 % 0.27 %
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L,
- 1250 mbar (502 inH2O) 0.09 % 0.14 % Hastelloy C276, Monel 400
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
32 bar (465 psi) • Process connection and seal- PN 160: stainless steel, mat.-No.
ing screw 1.4404/316L
Square rooted characteristic
• Sealing material in the pro-
• Flow > 50 % r5 5 < r  10 cess connections
- 50 mbar (20 inH2O) 0.27 % 0.46 % - O-Ring • Standard:
- 250 mbar (100 inH2O) 0.14 % 0.27 % Viton (FKM (FPM))
- 1250 mbar (502 inH2O) 0.09 % 0.14 % • Optional:
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O) NBR
32 bar (465 psi) PTFE (virginal)
PTFE (glass fiber-reinforced)
• Flow 25 % … 50 % r5 5 < r  10 FFPM (Kalrez)2)
Graphite
- 50 mbar (20 inH2O) 0.54 % 0.92 %
Material of parts not in contact
- 250 mbar (100 inH2O) 0.28 % 0.54 % with media
- 1250 mbar (502 inH2O) 0.18 % 0.28 % Die-cast aluminum enclosure • Low copper die-cast aluminum
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O) AC-AlSi12 (Fe) or AC-AlSi 10 Mg (Fe)
32 bar (465 psi) to DIN EN 1706
Step response time T63 without • Lacquer on polyurethane base, op-
electrical damping tional epoxy-based primer
• 50 mbar (20 inH2O)  140 ms, contains a dead time of • Stainless steel name plates
 45 ms (mat. no. 1.4404/316L)
• 250 mbar (100 inH2O)  88 ms, contains a dead time of Stainless steel precision Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
1250 mbar (502 inH2O)  45 ms cast enclosure
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O) Process connection screws Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
32 bar (465 psi)
Mounting bracket Steel or stainless steel
Long-term stability  (0.05 . r) % per 5 years mat. no. 1.4301
 (0.08 . r) % per 10 years
Influence of power supply  0.005 %/1 V
Process connection ¼-18 NPT female thread and flange
Operating conditions connection with M10 to DIN 19213 or
7/16-20 UNF mounting thread to
Mounting position Any IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
Ambient conditions Electrical connection • Screw terminals
• Ambient temperature • Cable entry via the following
(Note: Observe the tempera- screwed glands:
ture class in areas subject to - M20 x 1.5
explosion hazard.) - ½-14 NPT
- Total device -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) - Device plug Han 7D/Han 8D
- Readable display -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F) - Device plug M12
- Storage temperature -50 ... +90 °C (-58 ... +194 °F) Displays and controls
Climatic class Pushbuttons 3 for local programming directly on
transmitter
• Condensation Relative humidity 0 … 100 %
(condensation permissible) Display • With or without integrated display
Degree of protection IP66/IP 68 and NEMA 4X (with corre- • Cover with or without window
(to IEC 60529) sponding cable gland) Auxiliary power supply
Electromagnetic Compatibility Terminal voltage on transmitter • DC 10.6 ... 44 V
• Emitted interference and inter- Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21 • With intrinsically-safe operation
ference immunity DC 10.6 ... 30 V
Permissible pressures According to 2014/68/EU pressure
equipment directive
filling
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/303

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P500
1 Certificates and approvals Explosion protection for USA
Classification according to PED (to FM)
2014/68/EU Certificate of Compliance No. 3033013
• PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi) For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids • Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS) XP CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCDEFG T4 / T6
of fluid group 1; complies with DIP CL II, III, DIV1, GP EFG T4/T6
requirements of article 4, paragraph 3 IS CL I, II, III, DIV1, GP ABCDEFG T4
(sound engineering practice)
CL I, Zone 0, AEx ia IIC T4
Explosion protection CL I, Zone 1, AEx ib IIC T4
Explosion protection for Europe - Permissible Ambient Tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C
(to ATEX) perature (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 09 ATEX 2004 X Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C
(-40 ... +140 °F)
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4
- Permissible ambient tem- -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) - Entity parameters According to "control drawing":
perature A5E02189134N
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits Um = 30 V, Im = 100 mA,
with peak values: Pi = 750 mW, Li = 400µH , Ci = 6 nF
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW; • Marking (NI/NO) NI CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4/T6
Ri = 300  NI CL I, Zone 2, GP IIC T4/T6
- Effective internal induc- Li = 400 µH S CL II, III, GPFG T4/T6
tance: NI CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4/T6, NIFW
- Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF NI CL I, Zone 2, GP IIC T4/T6, NIFW
NI CLII, III, DIV 2, GP FG T4/T6, NIFW
• Explosion-proof "d" BVS 09 ATEX E 027
- Permissible Ambient Tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex db ia IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
perature (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Permissible ambient tem- -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C
perature temperature class T4; (-40 ... +140 °F)
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
temperature class T6 - (NI/S) parameters According to "control drawing":
A5E02189134N
- Connection To circuits with values: Um = 45 V, Li = 400 µH, Ci = 6 nF,
Um = DC 10.5 ... 45 V
Explosion protection for
• Dust explosion protection for BVS 09 ATEX E 027 Canada (to CCSAUS )
zone 20
- Marking Ex II 1 D Ex ta ia IIIC T120°C Da Certificate of Compliance No. 2280963
- Permissible ambient tem- -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) • Marking (XP/DIP) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 /T6;
perature CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG T4/T6
- Max. surface temperature 120 °C (248 °F) - Permissible ambient tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits perature Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
with peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, - Entity parameters According to "control drawing":
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300  A5E02189134N
Um = 45 V
- Effective internal induc- Li = 400 µH
tance: • Marking (ia/ib) CL I, Ex ia/Ex ib IIC, T4
- Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF CL II, III, Ex ia/Ex ib, GP EFG, T4
CL I, AEx ia/AEx ib IIC, T4
• Dust explosion protection for BVS 09 ATEX E 027 CL II, III, AEx ia/ AEx ib, GP EFG, T4
zone 21/22
- Marking - Permissible ambient tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C
Ex II 2D Ex tb ia IIIC T120°C Db perature (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Connection To circuits with values:
Um = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; Pmax = 1.2 W - Entity parameters Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW,
Ri = 300  , Li = 400 µH, Ci = 6 nF
• Marking (NI/n) CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4/T6
- Marking Ex II 3 G Ex nA II T4/T6 CL II, III, DIV 2, GP FG T4/T6
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ib/nL IIC T4/T6 Ex nA IIC T4/T6
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ib/ic IIC T4/T6 AEx nA IIC T4/T6
- "nA" connection Um = 45 V DC Ex nL IIC T4/T6
- "nL, ic" connection Ui = 45 V AEx nL IIC T4/T6
- Effective internal induc- Li = 400 µH - Permissible ambient tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
tance: perature Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
- Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF
- NI/nA parameters According to "control drawing":
A5E02189134N
Um = 45 V
- nL parameters According to "control drawing":
A5E02189134N
Ui = 45 V, Ii = 100 mA, Li = 400 µH,
Ci = 6 nF
1/304 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P500
Explosion protection for China
1
(acc. to NEPSI)
• Intrinsic safety "i" GYJ111111X
- Marking Ex ia/ib IIB/IIC T4
- Perm. ambient temperature 40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits
with maximum values:
Ui = 30 V Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW
- Effective internal inductance Li = 400 mH
- Effective inner capacitance Ci = 6 nF
• Explosion-proof "d" GYJ111112
- Marking Ex dia IIC T4/T6
- Permissible ambient tem- -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
perature temperature class T4;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
temperature class T6
Um = DC 10.5 ... 45 V
• Dust explosion protection for GYJ111112
zone 21/22
- Marking DIP A21 TA,T120 °C IP68 D21
Um = DC 10.5 ... 45 V
• Type of protection "n" (zone 2) GYJ111111X
- Marking Ex nL IIB/IIC T4/T6
Ex nA II T4/T6
- Connection Ui = 45 V DC
1) The total performance includes the errors caused by temperature effects,
static pressure effects and conformity error, including hysteresis and
repeatability.
2) Not in combination wiht measuring span "G".
HART communication
Load with connection of
• HART communicator RB = 230 ... 1100 
• HART modem RB = 230 ... 500 
Cable 2 wire shielded:  3.0 km
(1.86 miles),
multiwire shielded:  1.5 km
(0.93 miles)
Protocol HART Version 6.0
PC/laptop requirements IBM compatible, RAM > 32 MByte,
hard disk > 70 MByte, depending
on modem type: RS 232-interface
or USB connection,
VGA graphics
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM 6.0
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/305

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P500
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, 7 MF 5 4 77 - 7777 0
SITRANS P500 HART, PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)
Enclosure Thread for cable gland1)
Die-cast aluminum, dual chamber enclosure M20x1.5 0
Die-cast aluminum, dual chamber enclosure ½-14 NPT 1
Stainless steel precision casting, dual chamber enclosure M20x1.5 2
Stainless steel precision casting, dual chamber enclosure ½-14 NPT 3
Output
4 ... 20 mA, HART 3
Measuring span
1.00 ... 50 mbar (0.4 ... 20 inH2O) C
1.25 ... 250 mbar (0.5 ... 100.4 inH2O) D
6.25 ... 1250 mbar (2.5 ... 502 inH2O) E
31.25 ... 6250 mbar (12.54 ... 2509 inH2O) F
0.16 ... 32 bar (2.33 ... 465 psi) G

Seal diaphragm Process flange
Stainless steel 1.4404/316L Stainless steel 1.4404/316L A
Hastelloy C2762) Stainless steel 1.4404/316L B
Monel 4002) Stainless steel 1.4404/316L C
Hastelloy Hastelloy R
Process connection
Female thread ¼-18 NPT
- Mounting thread 7/16 - 20 UNF according to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 0
• Vent on side of process flange3)
1) Cable glands must be ordered separately from "Further designs" (add "-Z" to Article No. and specify order code).
2) Not together with Measuring span "C".
2) Not in conjunction with remote seals (option V00).
1/306 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P500
1
Attachments Degree of protection approvals: Ex ia/ib (intrinsic safety)
Mounting bracket made of steel A01 Ex ia/ib protection (ATEX) (T4) E00
Ex IS protection (FM) (T4) E01
Mounting bracket made of stainless steel 304 A02
Ex IS protection (CCSAUS) (T4) E02
Mounting bracket made of stainless steel 316L A03 Ex ia/ib protection (NEPSI) (T4) E06
Display Degree of protection approvals: Ex d (flameproof)
(Standard: no display, cover closed)
Ex d explosion-proof (ATEX)(T4/T6) E20
With display and blanking cover A10
Ex XP explosion-proof and DIP (FM)(T4/T6) E21
With display and glass cover A11 Ex XP explosion-proof and DIP (CCSAUS)(T4/T6) E22
Special enclosure / cover version Ex d explosion-proof (NEPSI)(T4/T6) E26
Two coats of lacquer on enclosure, cover (PU on epoxy) A20 Degree of protection approvals: n/NI
Electrical connection and cable entry Zone 2 (nA, nL, ic) (ATEX) (T4/T6) E40
(Standard: no cable gland, only dust protection Div2 NI, Div2 NI-field wiring (FM) (T4/T6) E41
caps)
Zone 2 (nA, nL), Div2 NI (CCSAUS) (T4/T6) E42
Cable gland made of plastic (IP66/68)4) A50 Zone 2 (nA, nL) (NEPSI) (T4/T6) E46
Cable glands made of metal (IP66/68) A51 Degree of protection approvals: Dust Zone 20/21/22
Cable glands made of stainless steel (IP66/68) A52 Use in Zone 21/22 (Ex tD) (ATEX) Ex tb E60
Device plug M12 without cable socket (IP66/67)4) A60 Use in Zone 20/21/22 (Ex iaD) (ATEX) Ex ta E61
Device plug M12 complete with cable socket (IP66/67)4) A61 Use in Zone 21/22 (Ex DIP) (NEPSI) E66
Device plug Han 7D, plastic, straight A71 Degree of protection approvals: Combinations
(with cable socket) (IP65)4) IS protection and XP and DIP (FM) E71
Device plug Han 7D, plastic, angled A72 IS protection and XP and DIP (CCSAUS) E72
(with cable socket) (IP65)4) IS protection and XP and DIP (FM/CCSAUS) E73
Device plug Han 7D, metal enclosure, straight A73 Supplementary approvals/degree of protection
(with cable socket) (IP65)4) Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex (Russia) E80
Device plug Han 7D, metal enclosure, angled A74 Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex (Russia) E81
(with cable socket) (IP65)4) Dual Seal approval5) E85
Device plug Han 8D, plastic, straight A75 Export approval Korea E86
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)7) Special process connection versions (diff. pressure)
Device plug Han 8D, plastic, angled A76 Side vents for gas measurements9) L32
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)7)
Swap process connection: high-pressure side at front L33
Device plug Han 8D, metal enclosure, straight A77
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)7) Mosquito protection
4 pcs. for ¼-18 NPT thread L36
Device plug Han 8D, metal enclosure, angled A78
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)7) Process flanges, O-rings, special material
Standard: Viton (FKM (FPM)
PG 13.5 adapters4) A82
Process connection sealing rings made of FFPM (Kalrez)10) L62
Language for labels, quick-start guide, menu language
Process connection sealing rings made of NBR L63
default 9)
(instead of English as standard) Process connection sealing rings made of graphite L64
German B10 Drain/Vent valve (1 set = 2 units)
French B12 2 ventilation valves ¼- 18 NPT, in material of process flanges) L80
Spanish B13 Remote seals
Italian B14 Transmitters with connection of remote seal6) V00
(For premounted valve manifolds see page 1/321)
Chinese B15
1) Enclosed in print or as DVD: see page 1/319.
Russian B16
Japanese B17 ing to IEC 60770-2 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals: Order
English with units psi/inH2O/°F B21 this certificate only together with the remote seals. The measuring accu-
racy of the total combination is certified here.
Special version: Supplementary menu languages 3) When also ordering the inspection certificate according to EN 10204-3.1
(Standard: English, German, French, Spanish, Italian) for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals: Order this certificate as
Asia language package B80 well in addition to the respective remote seals.
4) Not together with types of protection "Explosion-proof", "Ex nA" and
(in addition: Chinese, Japanese, Russian)
"Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof"
Certificates 5) Only in conjunction with FM and/or CSA
C US
(available online for downloading)1) 6) Please select a remote seal separately. Also refer to the information under
Quality test certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11 footnote 2). Remote seals see page 1/401.
7) The device plug Han 8D is identical with the former Han 8U version.
(IEC 60770-2)2)
8) For option B15, B16 and B17 the menu language default is english.
Inspection certificate according to EN 10204-3.13) C12 Otherwise the Option B80 (Asia language package) is necessary.
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1); C15 9) Only in conjunction with process connection "Vent on side".
PMI test of parts in contact with medium 10) Not together with measuring span "G".
Functional Safety (SIL2) C20

Devices suitable for use according to IEC 61508 and
IEC 61511. Includes SIL conformity declaration
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/307

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P500
Additional data
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code(s)
and plain text.
• In the case of linear characteristic curve Y01
• In the case of square rooted characteristic Y02
Measuring point number and measuring point identifier
(only standard ASCII character set)
Measuring point number (TAG No.), max. 16 characters Y15
Y15: .........................................
Measuring point text (max. 27 char.) Y16
Y16: .........................................
Entry of HART address (TAG), max. 32 characters Y17
Y17: .........................................
Setting of pressure indication in pressure units Y21
Specify in plain text (standard setting: mbar)
Y21: bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note: The following pressure units are selectable:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), in H2O*), ftH2O*), mmHG, inHG, psi,
Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2, kg/cm2, Torr, ATM, % or mA
*) Reference temperature 20 °C
Setting of pressure indication in non-pressure units1) Y22 +
Specify in plain text: Y01 or Y02
Y22: ... up to ... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
(specification of measuring range in pressure units "Y01" is
essential, unit with max. 5 characters)
Customer-specific settings
Damping setting (range: 0 ... 100 s) Y30
(Standard setting: 2 s)
1/308 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P500
1
139 4 5
(5.48)
87 approx. 30
58 (3.4)
(2.29 (approx. 1.2)
(0.92)
23
(1.8)
45
(Ø3.24)
Ø81
FIELD TERMINALS
125
10
(5)
(6.1)
157
(approx.10.1)
1
approx. 259
3 65
(2.6)
2 9
(5.36)
134
102
(4)
8 43
(1.68)
approx. 98
(approx. 3.82)
67
7 6 (2.6)
72 119
(2.83) (4.6)
104
(4.16)
1 Connection side1) 7 Electrical connection:

• Han 7D/Han 8D device plug2) 3)
8 Process connection, with valve (optional) or screwed joint (optional)
3 Electronics side, local display1)
9 Screw lid - safety bracket
10 Screw-type blank cap
• M20 x 1,5 or ½-14 NPT screw gland
• Han 7D/Han 8D2) 3) or M123) device plug 1)
2)
6 Mounting bracket (optional) Not with "flameproof enclosure" type of protection
3)
SITRANS P pressure transmitter for differential pressure and flow, P500 series, measurements in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/309

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P500
for level
Input Long-term stability  (0.05 . r) % per 5 years
Measured variable Level  (0.08 . r) % per 10 years
Measuring span (infinitely Measuring span Maximum Influence of ambient tempera-
adjustable) (min. ... max.) operating ture per 28 °C (50 °F)1)
pressure
• 250 mbar (100 inH2O) (0.025 . r + 0.014) %
1.25 ... 250 mbar
(0.5 … 100 inH2O) • 1250 mbar (502 inH2O) (0.006 . r + 0.03) %
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
6.25 ... 1250 mbar
See "Mounting Influence of static pressure
(2.5 ... 500 inH2O)
flange"
31.25 ... 6250 mbar • At the lower range value
(12.54 ... (PKN)1) 2)
2509 inH2O) - 250 mbar (100 inH2O) (0.035 . r) % je 70 bar (1015 psi)
Lower range limit correction via zero point correction
• Measuring cell with silicone oil -100 % of max. measuring span or - 1250 mbar (502 inH2O) (0.007 . r) % je 70 bar (1015 psi)
filling 500 mbar a (7.25 psi a) vacuum resis- 6250 mbar (2509 inH2O) correction via zero point correction
tance • On the measuring span
Also available as vacuum-resistant (PKS)1)
remote seal: 30 mbar a (0.44 psi a) - 250 mbar (100 inH2O)  0.03 % je 70 bar (1015 psi)
Upper range limit 100% of max. measuring span 1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
Lower range value Between measuring limits (freely - 6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)  0.09 % je 70 bar (1015 psi)
adjustable) Influence of power supply  0.005 %/1 V
Output Operating conditions
Output current signal 4 ... 20 mA Mounting position Defined by flange
• Lower current limit 3.55 mA, factory setting 3.8 mA Ambient conditions
(freely adjustable)
• Upper current limit 23 mA, factory setting 20.5 mA (Note: Observe the tempera-
(freely adjustable) ture class in areas subject to
• Ripple (without HART commu- Ipp  0.4 of max. output current explosion hazard.)
nication) - total device -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• adjustable damping 0... 100 s in steps of 0.1 s, factory set- - Readable display -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F)
ting 2 s - Storage temperature -50 ... +90 °C (-58 ... +194 °F)
• current transmitter 3.55 ... 23 mA Climatic class
• Failure signal Adjustable within limits: • Condensation Relative humidity 0 … 100 %
(condensation permissible)
• Lower: 3.55 … 3.7 mA (factory set-
ting 3.6 mA) Degree of protection IP66/IP68 and NEMA 4X (with corre-
• Upper: 21.0 … 23 mA (factory set- to IEC 60529 sponding cable gland)
ting 22.8 mA) Electromagnetic Compatibility
Load • Emitted interference and inter- Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
• Without HART communication RB  (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in , ference immunity
UH : Power supply in V Permissible pressures According to 2014/68/EU pressure
• With HART communication equipment directive
- HART Communicator RB = 230 ... 1100  Medium temperature of high-

pressure side
- HART modem RB = 230 ... 500 
Characteristic curve Linearly rising or linearly falling and filling
user-specific
- pabs  1 bar -40 ... +1753) °C (-40 ... +3473) °F)
Measuring accuracy
- pabs  1 bar -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
Reference conditions • Rising characteristic curve
(in accordance with Design
• Lower range value 0 bar
IEC 60770-1) Weight
All error information always • To EN (pressure transmitter approx. 9.8 … 11.8 kg
refers to the set measuring • Measuring cell with silicone oil filling
with mounting flange, without (21.6… 26.0 (lb)
span. • Room temperature (25 °C (77 °F)) tube)
Error in measurement at limit • To ASME (pressure transmitter approx. 9.8 … 16.8 kg
setting incl. hysteresis and with mounting flange, without (21.6 … 37.0 lb)
reproducibility tube)
r: measuring span ratio
(r = max. measuring span / set
measuring span)
Linear characteristic r  10 r  10
• 250 mbar (100 inH2O) 0.03 % (0.003 . r) %
1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
1/310 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P500
for level
Material of wetted parts at the Auxiliary power supply
1
high-pressure side
Terminal voltage on transmitter • DC 10.6 ... 44 V
• Seal diaphragm of mounting Stainless steel 1.4404/316L, • With intrinsically-safe operation
flange Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819, DC 10.6 ... 30 V
Monel 400, mat. no. 2.4360, Tantal,
PFA auf Edelstahl 1.4404/316L, Certificates and approvals
PTFE auf Edelstahl 1.4404/316L
Classification according to
• Sealing surface Smooth to EN 1092-1, Form B1 and/or PED 2014/68/EU
ASME B16.5 RF 125 … 250 AA for
stainless steel316L, EN 1092-1 Form • PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi) For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids
B2 and/or ASME B16.5 RFSF in the of fluid group 1; complies with
case of other materials requirements of article 4, paragraph 3
(sound engineering practice)
• Sealing material in the pro-
cess connection Explosion protection
- O-Ring • Standard: Explosion protection for Europe
Viton (FKM (FPM)) (to ATEX)
• Optional: • Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 09 ATEX 2004 X
NBR
PTFE (virginal) - Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4
PTFE (glas fiber-reinforced) - Permissible ambient tem- -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
FFPM (Kalrez) perature
Graphite
- For vacuum application of Copper - Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits
mounting flange with peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW;
Material of wetted parts at the Ri = 300 
low-pressure side
- Effective internal induc- Li = 400 µH
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L, tance:
Hastelloy C276, Monel 400
- Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF
• Process connection and seal- • Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
ing screw • Explosion-proof "d" BVS 09 ATEX E 027
• Sealing material in the pro- - Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex db ia IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
cess connection - Permissible ambient tem- -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- O-Ring • Standard: perature temperature class T4;
Viton (FKM (FPM)) -40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
temperature class T6
• Optional:
NBR - Connection To circuits with values:
PTFE (virginal) Um = DC 10.5 ... 45 V
PTFE (glas fiber-reinforced)
• Dust explosion protection for BVS 09 ATEX E 027
FFPM (Kalrez)
zone 20
Graphite
Material of parts not in contact - Marking Ex II 1 D Ex ta ia IIIC T120°C Da
with media - Permissible ambient tem- -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
Die-cast aluminum enclosure • Low copper die-cast aluminum perature
AC-AlSi12 (Fe) or AC-AlSi 10 Mg (Fe) - Max. surface temperature 120 °C (248 °F)
to DIN EN 1706
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits
• Lacquer on polyurethane base, op- with peak values:
tional epoxy-based primer Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA,
• Stainless steel serial plate Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300 
Stainless steel precision Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L - Effective internal induc- Li = 400 µH
cast enclosure tance:
Process connection screws Stainless steel - Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil • Dust explosion protection for BVS 09 ATEX E 027
zone 21/22
• Liquid mounting flange Silicone oil or other material
- Marking Ex II 2 D Ex tb ia IIIC T120°C Db
Process connection
• High-pressure side Flange to EN and ASME UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; Pmax = 1.2 W
• Low-pressure side ¼-18 NPT female thread and flange • Type of protection "n" PTB 09 ATEX 2004 X
connection with M10 to DIN 19213 or (zone 2)
7/16-20 UNF mounting thread to
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 - Marking Ex II 3 G Ex nA II T4/T6
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ib/nL IIC T4/T6
Electrical connection • Screw terminals Ex II 2/3 G Ex ib/ic IIC T4/T6
• Cable entry via the following
screwed glands: - "nA" connection Um = 45 V DC
- M20 x 1.5 - "nL, ic" connection Ui = 45 V
- ½-14 NPT
- Device plug Han 7D/Han 8D - Effective internal inductance Li = 400 µH
- Device plug M12 - Effective inner capacitance Ci = 6 nF
Push buttons 3; for operation directly on the device
Display • With or without integrated display
• Cover with or without window
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/311

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P500
for level
1 Explosion protection for USA Explosion protection for China
(to FM) (acc. to NEPSI)
Certificate of Compliance No. 3033013 • Intrinsic safety "i" GYJ111111X
• Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS) XP CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCDEFG T4 / T6 - Marking Ex ia/ib IIB/IIC T4
DIP CL II, III, DIV1, GP EFG T4/T6 - Permissible ambient tem- 40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
IS CL I, II, III, DIV1, GP ABCDEFG T4 perature
CL I, Zone 0, AEx ia IIC T4 - Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits
CL I, Zone 1, AEX ib IIC T4 with maximum values:
- Permissible Ambient Tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C Ui = 30 V Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW
perature (-40 ... +185 °F)
Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C - Effective internal inductance Li = 400 mH
(-40 ... +140 °F) - Effective inner capacitance Ci = 6 nF
- Entity parameters According to "control drawing": • Explosion-proof "d" GYJ111112
A5E02189134N
- Marking Ex dia IIC T4/T6
Um = 30 V, Im = 100 mA,
Pi = 750 mW, Li = 400 µH , Ci = 6 nF - Permissible ambient tem- -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
perature temperature class T4;
• Marking (NI/NO) NI CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4/T6
NI CL I, Zone 2, GP IIC T4/T6 -40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
S CL II, III, GPFG T4/T6 temperature class T6
NI CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4/T6, NIFW - Connection To circuits with values:
NI CL I, Zone 2, GP IIC T4/T6, NIFW Um = DC 10.5 ... 45 V
NI CLII, III, DIV 2, GP FG T4/T6, NIFW
• Dust explosion protection for GYJ111112
- Permissible Ambient Tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C zone 21/22
perature (-40 ... +185 °F)
Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C - Marking DIP A21 TA,T120 °C IP68 D21
(-40 ... +140 °F) - Connection To circuits with values:
- (NI/S) parameters According to "control drawing": Um = DC 10.5 ... 45 V
A5E02189134N • Type of protection "n" (zone 2) GYJ111111X
Um = 45 V, Li = 400 µH, Ci = 6 nF
- Marking Ex nL IIB/IIC T4/T6
Explosion protection for Ex nA II T4/T6
Canada
- Connection Ui = 45 V DC
(to CCSAUS )
Certificate of Compliance No. 2280963
• Marking (XP/DIP) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 /T6;
1) Only relevant for the pressure transmitter. The temperature error of the
CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG T4/T6
remote seal must calculated separately.
- Permissible Ambient Tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C 2) If the Type "D" measuring cell is used, the error should be increased by a
perature (-40 ... +185 °F) factor of 5. This error can be reduced to 0 by a means of a zero adjustment.
Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C 3) This value may be increased if the process connection is sufficiently insu-
(-40 ... +140 °F) lated.
- Entity parameters According to "control drawing":
A5E02189134N, Um = 45 V
HART communication
• Marking (ia/ib) CL I, Ex ia/Ex ib IIC, T4
CL II, III, Ex ia/Ex ib, GP EFG, T4 Load with connection of
CL I, AEx ia/AEx ib IIC, T4
CL II, III, AEx ia/ AEx ib, GP EFG, T4 • HART Communicator RB = 230 ... 1100 
- Permissible Ambient Tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C • HART modem RB = 230 ... 500 
perature (-40 ... +185 °F) Cable 2 wire shielded:
- Entity parameters Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW,  3.0 km (1.86 miles),
Ri = 300  , Li = 400 µH, Ci = 6 nF multiwire shielded:
 1.5 km (0.93 miles)
• Marking (NI/n) CL I, DIV2, GP ABCD T4/T6
CL II, III, DIV2, GP FG T4/T6 Protocol HART Version 6.0
Ex nA IIC T4/T6 PC/laptop requirements IBM compatible, RAM > 32 MByte,
AEx nA IIC T4/T6 hard disk > 70 MByte,
Ex nL IIC T4/T6 depending on modem type:
AEx nL IIC T4/T6 RS 232-interface or
- Permissible Ambient Tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C USB connection,
VGA graphics
perature (-40 ... +185 °F)
Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C Software for computer SIMATIC PDM 6.0
(-40 ... +140 °F)
- NI/nA parameters According to "control drawing":
A5E02189134N, Um = 45 V
- nL parameters According to "control drawing":
A5E02189134N, Ui = 45 V,
Ii = 100 mA, Li = 400 µH,
Ci = 6 nF
1/312 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P500
for level

1
Pressure transmitters for level, SITRANS P500 HART 7 MF 5 6 77 - 7777 0 - 7777 777
Enclosure Thread for cable gland9)
Die-cast aluminum, dual chamber enclosure M20x1.5 0
Die-cast aluminum, dual chamber enclosure ½-14 NPT 1
Stainless steel precision casting, dual chamber enclosure M20x1.5 2
Stainless steel precision casting, dual chamber enclosure ½-14 NPT 3
Output
4 ... 20 mA, HART 3
1.25 ... 250 mbar (0.5 ... 100 inH2O) D
6.25 ... 1250 mbar (2.5 ... 500 inH2O) E
31.25 ... 6250 mbar (12.54 ... 2509 inH2O) F
Wetted parts of the low-pressure side
Stainless steel 1.4404/316L Stainless steel 1.4404/316L A
Hastelloy C276 Stainless steel 1.4404/316L B
Monel 400 Stainless steel 1.4404/316L C
Process connection of low-pressure side
Female thread ¼-18 NPT
• Vent on side of process flange
Wetted parts materials (high-pressure side)
Stainless steel 1.4404/316L 0
Hastelloy C276 mat. no. 2.4819 1
Monel 400 mat. no. 2.4360 2
Tantalum 3
PFA coated on stainless steel 4
PTFE on stainless steel 1.4404/316L (not in combination with an extension) 6A
Other version 9Y N1Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Material: ... ; Extension length: ...
Process connection on high-pressure side: Extension length
None A
50 mm (1.97 inch) B
100 mm (3.94 inch) C
150 mm (5.90 inch) D
200 mm (7.87 inch) E
Other version: See option "9" for "Wetted parts materials"
Process connection on high-pressure side: Nominal diameter/Nominal pressure
DN 50, PN 406) B
DN 80, PN 40 D
DN 100, PN 16 G
DN 100, PN 40 H
2", class 1506) L
2", class 3006) M
3", class 150 Q
3", class 300 R
4", class 150 T
4", class 300 U
Other version, add Z Q1Y
Order code and plain text:
Nominal diameter: ... ; Nominal pressure: ...
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/313

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P500
for level
Pressure transmitters for level, SITRANS P500 HART 7 MF 5 6 77 - 7777 0 - 7777 777
Process connection on high-pressure side: Filling liquid
Silicone oil M5 0
Silicone oil M50 1
High-temperature oil 2
Halocarbon (for oxygen measurement) 3
FDA compliant oil 4
Other version, add 9 R1Y
Filling liquid: ...
1/314 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P500
for level
1
Display Degree of protection approvals: Ex d (flameproof)
(Standard: no display, cover closed)
Ex d explosion-proof (ATEX)(T4/T6) E20
With display and blanking cover A10
Ex XP explosion-proof and DIP (FM)(T4/T6) E21
With display and glass cover A11
Ex XP explosion-proof and DIP (CCSAUS)(T4/T6) E22
Special version: cover/enclosure
Ex d explosion-proof (NEPSI)(T4/T6) E26
Two coats of lacquer on enclosure, cover (PU on epoxy) A20 Degree of protection approvals: n/NI
Electrical connection and cable entry Zone 2 (nA, nL, ic) (ATEX) (T4/T6) E40
(Standard: no cable gland, only dust protection
caps) Div2 NI, Div2 NI-field wiring (FM) (T4/T6) E41
Cable gland made of plastic (IP66/68)4) A50 Zone 2 (nA, nL), Div2 NI (CCSAUS) (T4/T6) E42
Cable glands made of metal (IP66/68) A51 Zone 2 (nA, nL) (NEPSI) (T4/T6) E46
Cable glands made of stainless steel (IP66/68) A52 Degree of protection approvals: Zone 20/21/22
Device plug M12 without cable socket (IP66/67)4) A60 Use in Zone 21/22 (Ex tD) (ATEX) Ex tb E60
Device plug M12, cable socket (IP66/67)4) A61 Use in Zone 20/21/22 (Ex iaD) (ATEX) Ex ta E61
Device plug Han 7D, plastic, straight A71 Use in Zone (Ex DIP) (ATEX) (NEPSI) E66
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)
Degree of protection approvals: Combinations
Device plug Han 7D, plastic, angled A72
(with cable socket) (IP65)4) IS protection and XP and DIP (FM) E71
Device plug Han 7D, metal enclosure, straight A73 IS protection and XP and DIP (CCSAUS) E72
(with cable socket) (IP65)4) IS protection and XP and DIP (FM/CCSAUS) E73
Device plug Han 7D, metal enclosure, angled A74 Supplementary approvals / degree of protection
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)
Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex (Russia) E80
Device plug Han 8D, plastic, straight A75 Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex (Russia) E81
Dual Seal approval5) E85
Device plug Han 8D, plastic, angled A76
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)7) Export approval Korea E86
Device plug Han 8D, metal enclosure, straight A77 Special process connection versions (diff. pressure)
Swap process connection: high-pressure side at front L33
Device plug Han 8D, metal enclosure, angled A78
Mosquito protection
4 pcs. for ¼-18 NPT thread L36
PG 13.5 adapters4) A82
Process flanges, O-rings, special material
Language for labels, quick-start guide and Standard: Viton (FKM (FPM)
menu language default8)
(instead of English as standard) Process connection sealing rings made of FFPM (Kalrez) L62
German B10 Process connection sealing rings made of NBR L63
French B12 Process connection sealing rings made of graphite L64
Spanish B13 Drain/Vent valve (1 set = 2 units)
Italian B14 2 ventilation valves ¼- 18 NPT, in material of process L80
flange)
Chinese B15
Vacuum-proof design
Russian B16
Vacuum service V04
Japanese B17
Spark arrester V05
English with units: psi/inH2O B21 For mounting on zone 0 (including documentation)
Special version: Supplementary menu languages 1)
(Standard: English, German, French, Spanish, Italian) Enclosed in print or as DVD: see page 1/319.
Asia language package (in addition: Chinese, Japanese, B80 ing to IEC 60770-2 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals: Order
Russian) this certificate only together with the remote seals. The measuring accu-
Certificates (available online for downloading)1) racy of the total combination is certified here.
3) When also ordering the inspection certificate according to
Quality test certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11 EN 10204-3.1 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals: Order this
(IEC 60770-2)2) certificate as well in addition to the respective remote seals.
4)
Inspection certificate according to EN 10204-3.13) C12 Not together with types of protection "Explosion-proof", "Ex nA" and
"Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof"
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1); C15 5) Only in conjunction with FM and/or CCSAUS
PMI test of parts in contact with medium 6) Not recommended for measuring span "D"
Functional Safety (SIL2) C20 7) The device plug Han 8D is identical with the former Han 8U versio.
Devices suitable for use according to IEC 61508 and 8) For option B15, B16 and B17 the menu language default is English.
IEC 61511. Includes SIL conformity declaration Otherwise the Option B80 (Asia language package) is necessary.
Degree of protection approvals: Ex ia/ib (intrinsic safety) 9) Cable glands must be ordered separately from "Further designs"
Ex ia/ib protection (ATEX) (T4) E00 (add "-Z" to Article No. and specify order code).
Ex IS protection (FM) (T4) E01

Ex IS protection (CCSAUS) (T4) E02
Ex ia/ib protection (NEPSI) (T4) E06
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/315

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P500
for level
1 Selection and ordering data Order code
Additional data
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code(s)
and plain text.
Linear characteristic curve (max. 5 characters): Y01
Y01: ... up to ... mbar, kPa, MPa, psi
Measuring point number and measuring point identifier
(only standard ASCII character set)
Measuring point number (TAG No.), max. 16 characters Y15
Y15: .........................................
Measuring point text (max. 27 char.) Y16
Y16: .........................................
Entry of HART address (TAG), max. 32 characters Y17
Y17: .........................................
Setting of pressure indication in pressure units Y21
Specify in plain text (standard setting: mbar)
Y21: bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note: The following pressure units are selectable:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), in H2O*), ftH2O*), mmHG, inHG, psi,
Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2, kg/cm2, Torr, ATM, % or mA
*) Reference temperature 20 °C
Setting of pressure indication in non-pressure units1) Y22 +
Specify in plain text: Y01
Y22: ... up to ... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
(specification of measuring range in pressure units "Y01" is
essential, unit with max. 5 characters)
Customer-specific settings
Damping setting (range: 0 ... 100 s) Y30
(Standard setting: 2 s)
1/316 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P500
for level
1
appr. 30 178 (7)
139 (5.48)
(appr. 1.18) 87 (3.43) 58 (2.29) 74 (2.92)
2
10
1 3
5
4
154 (6.2)
appr. 30
7 (appr. 1.18)
70 (2.75)
6
11
d5
d4
D
k
54 (2.1) 108 (4.25)
8
n d2
98 (3.81) 4 2
• M20 x 1,53) or ½-14 NPT screw gland
• Han 7D/Han 8D2) 3) or M12 device plug
3 Screw-type blank cap
4 Connection side1)
5 Electronics side, local display1)
6 Process connection, negative side with valve (optional) or screwed joint (optional)
7 Screw lid - safety bracket
8 Process connection: negative side ¼-18 NPT (IEC 61518)
1)
• Han 7D/Han 8D device plug2) 3) In addition, allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) for
the thread length
10 Mounting flange as per EN 1092-1 or ASME B16.5 2)
3)
11 Space for rotation of enclosure Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [is + XP]"
SITRANS P pressure transmitter for filling level, P500 series, measurements in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/317

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P500
for level
Nominal Nominal b D d d2 d4 d5 dM f k n L
diameter pressure
DN50 PN 40 20 165 61 18 102 48.3 451) 2 125 4
DN 80 PN 40 24 200 90 18 138 76 722) 2 160 8 0, 50, 100,
150 or 200
DN 100 PN 16 20 220 115 18 158 94 89 2 180 8
PN 40 24 235 115 22 162 94 89 2 190 8

Nominal Nominal b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n L
diameter pressure
lb/sq.in. inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm)
2 inch class 150 0.77 (19.5) 5.91 (150) 0.75 (19.0) 3.62 (92) 1.9 (48.3) 1.77 (45)1) 0.079 (2.0) 4.75 (120.7) 4 0, 2, 3.94,
5.94 or
class 300 0.89 (22.7) 6.49 (165) 0.75 (19.0) 3.62 (92) 1.9 (48.3) 1.77 (45)1) 0.079 (2.0) 5.0 (127) 8 7.87
3 inch class 150 0.96 (24.3) 7.5 (190.5) 0.75 (19.0) 5 (127) 3.0 (76) 2.83 (72)2) 0.079 (2.0) 6 (152.4) 4 (0, 50,
100, 150
class 300 1.14 (29.0) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22.2) 5 (127) 3.0 (76) 2.83 (72)2) 0.079 (2.0) 6.69 (168.3) 8 or 200)
4 inch class 150 0.96 (24.3) 9.06 (230) 0.75 (19.0) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.5 (89) 0.079 (2.0) 7.5 (190.5) 8
class 300 1.27 (32.2) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.5 (89) 0.079 (2.0) 7.88 (200) 8
Explanations of tables:
d5: Diameter of extension
f: Milling edge
L: Extension length
1) 59 mm = 2.32 inch with tube length L=0.
2) 89 mm = 3½ inch with tube length L=0.
1/318 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P500
■ Selection and Ordering data ■ Selection and Ordering data

1
Article No. Article No.
Mounting brackets Documentation
For differential pressure transmitters with The entire documentation is available for
flange thread M10 download free-of-charge in various lan-
(7MF54..-…10 and 7MF54..-…50) guages at: http://www.siemens.com/
• Made of steel 7MF5987-1AA processinstrumentation/documentation
• Made of stainless steel 7MF5987-1AD
Mounting brackets
• German, Spanish, French, Italian, Dutch A5E02344532
for differential pressure transmitter with
flange thread 7/16-20 UNF • Estonian, Latviaan, Lithuanian, Polish, A5E02307339
(7MF54..-…00 and 7MF54..-…40) Romanian
• Made of steel 7MF5987-1AC • Bulgarian, Czech, Finnish, Slovakian, A5E02307340
• Made of stainless steel 7MF5987-1AF Slovenian
Cover • Danish, Greek, Portuguese, Swedish, A5E02307341
Hungarian
Made of die-cast aluminum, including O-ring
• Without inspection window 7MF5987-1BE • Russian A5E02307338
• With inspection window 7MF5987-1BF HART modem
Made of stainless steel, including seal With USB interface 7MF4997-1DB
Digital indicator 7MF5987-1BR Certificates (order only via SAP) addi-
Including mounting material tional to internet download
TAG plate (incl. fastening material) • Hard copy (to order) A5E03252406
Without inscription (5 pcs.) 7MF5987-1CA • On DVD (to order) A5E03252407
Printed (1 pc.) 7MF5987-1CB-Z
Data according to Y01 or Y02, Y15 and Y16 Y..: ...................... For power supply units, see catalog FI01 "Supplementary Com-
(see "SITRANS P transmitters") ponents".
Mounting screws
For TAG plate, grounding and connection 7MF5987-1CC
terminals and securing and locking screws
(30 units)
Sealing plugs for process flange
(1 set = 2 units)
• Made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1CG
• Made of Hastelloy 7MF4997-1CH
Screw plugs with valve
Complete (1 set = 2 parts)
• Made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1CP
• Made of Hastelloy 7MF4997-1CQ
Connection board (incl. fastening mate-
rial)
HART, intrinsically safe Ex ia 7MF5987-1DM
for installation in transmitter enclosure
(observe warranty conditions)
Push buttons assembly (incl. fastening 7MF5987-2AF
material)
For replacement of operating keys for on-
site operation of the transmitter
Sealing ring for
• Process connection See catalog FI01,
"Fittings"
• NBR sealing ring for screw cover (10 pcs.) 7MF4997-2EA
• NBR sealing ring for interface measuring 7MF4997-2EB
cell/enclosure (10 pcs.)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/319

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P500
33,15 (1.31) 33,35 (1.32)

20,65
(0.81)
27 (1.06)
(0.81)
20,65
41,3 (1.63)
54 (2.13)
8)
(1.1
R30
R6,56) 3 (0.12)
(0.2
Ø 20
(0.79)
41,3 (1.63)
54 (2.13)
134 (5.28)
105 (4.13)
21 (0.83)
120 (4.72)
115 (4.53)
Ø 11 (0.43)
72 (2.83)
R30 )
8
(1.1
3
52,5 (2.07)
(0.65)
16,5
72 (2.83)
Mounting bracket for SITRANS P pressure transmitter, P500 series, measurements in mm (inch)
Mounting bracket material: Sheet-steel Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated, or stainless steel Mat. No. 1.4301 (304)
1/320 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P500
1
The SITRANS P500 transmitter can be delivered factory-fitted The 7MF9411-5BA and 7MF9411-5CA valve manifolds are
with the following valve manifolds: sealed with PTFE gaskets between the transmitter and the valve
• Valve manifolds 7MF9411-5BA: Three valve manifold for differ- manifold.
ential pressure transmitter Once installed, the complete unit is checked under pressure for
• Valve manifolds 7MF9411-5CA: Three valve manifold for dif- leaks (compressed air 6 bar (2411 inH2O)) and is certified leak-
ferential pressure transmitter proof with a factory certificate to EN 10204 - 2.2.
All valve manifolds should preferably be secured with the corre-
sponding mounting brackets. The transmitters are mounted on
the valve manifold and not on the unit itself.
If you order a mounting bracket when choosing the option "Fac-
tory mounting of valve manifolds", you will receive a mounting
bracket for the valve manifold instead of a bracket for mounting
the transmitter.
If you order an inspection certificate 3.1 to EN 10204 after
choosing the option "Factory mounting of valve manifolds", a
separate certificate is provided for the transmitter and for the
valve manifold.
■ Selection and ordering Data

Valve manifold 7MF9411-5BA on SITRANS P pressure transmitter Valve manifold 7MF9411-5CA on SITRANS P500 pressure transmit-
P500 for differential pressure and flow ter for differential pressure and flow
Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmit- Order Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmit- Order
ter and add Order codes code ter and add Order codes code
SITRANS P500 7MF54..-... SITRANS P500 7MF54..-...
mounted with gaskets made of PTFE and mounted with gaskets made of PTFE and
screws made of screws made of
• Chromized steel U01 • Chromized steel U03
• Stainless steel U02 • Stainless steel U04
Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified
by factory certificate to EN 10204-2.2 by factory certificate to EN 10204-2.2
Further designs: Further designs:
Delivery includes mounting bracket and Delivery includes mounting bracket and
mounting clips made of mounting clips made of
• Steel A01 • Steel A01
• Stainless steel A02 • Stainless steel A02
(instead of the mounting bracket sup- (instead of the mounting bracket sup-
plied with the transmitter) plied with the transmitter)
Inspection certificate according to C12 Inspection certificate according to C12
EN 10204-3.1 supplied for transmitters EN 10204-3.1 supplied for transmitters
and mounted valve manifold and mounted valve manifold
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/321

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P500
Valve manifold 7MF9411-5BA with attached SITRANS P500 pressure

transmitter for differential pressure and flow (incl. mounting bracket)
160 (6.3)
0
R 3 18)
.
(1
232 (9.13)
215 (8.46)
Valve manifold 7MF9411-5BA with attached SITRANS P500 pressure transmitter for differential pressure and flow, measurements in mm (inch)
1/322 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P500
1
Valve manifold 7MF9411-5CA with attached SITRANS P500 pressure

transmitter for differential pressure and flow (incl. mounting bracket)
256 (10.1)
158 (6.22)
(1 3 0
8)
R
.1
233 (9.17)
Valve manifold 7MF9411-5CA with attached SITRANS P500 pressure transmitter for differential pressure and flow, measurements in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/323

© Siemens 2020
Remote seals for pressure transmitters
SITRANS P320/P420
1 ■ Overview However, the capillary influences the activation time and the
temperature response of the overall remote seal system. When
In many cases the pressure transmitter and the medium have to capillaries are used to connect a remote seal to a pressure trans-
be physically separated. It is then necessary to use a remote mitter for differential pressure, two capillaries of equal length
seal. must always be used.
Optionally, the remote seal with diaphragm extension (tube) can
The remote seals can be used with the SITRANS P320/420 pres-
be ordered.
sure transmitter series:
The remote seals in sandwich design are secured with a blank
• Pressure
flange.
• Absolute pressure
Designs
• Differential pressure and flow
Diaphragm seal
Note
With diaphragm seals, the pressure is measured by means of a
When configuring your remote seal, be sure to read the informa- flat diaphragm which rests in a bed.
tion about transmission response, temperature error and re-
The following types of diaphragm seals exist:
sponse time to be found in the sections "Function" and "Technical
data". Only then will the remote seal work to optimum effect.
■ Benefits
• No direct contact between the pressure transmitter and the
medium
• Individual configuration of the pressure transmitter for perfect
adaptation to the operating conditions
• Available in many versions
• Specially designed for difficult operating conditions
• Quick-release versions available for the food industry
■ Application Diaphragm seal of sandwich design without (left) and with a projecting
diaphragm (tube)
Remote seal systems should be used if a separation between • Sandwich design
the medium and the measuring instrument is essential or appro- • Sandwich design with projecting diaphragm (tube) to DIN or
priate. ASME which are secured using a dummy flange.
Examples of such cases:
• The temperature of the medium is outside the limits specified
for the pressure transmitter.
• The medium is corrosive and requires diaphragm materials
which are not available for the pressure transmitter.
• The medium is highly viscous or contains solids which would
block the measuring chambers of the pressure transmitter.
• The medium may freeze in the measuring chambers or pulse
line.
• The medium is heterogeneous or fibrous.
• The medium tends towards polymerization or crystallization.
• The process requires quick-release remote seals, as neces- Diaphragm seal of flange design without (left) and with a projecting dia-
sary e.g. in the food industry for fast cleaning. phragm (tube)
• The process requires cleaning of the measuring point, e.g. in • Flange design
a batch process. • Flange design with projecting diaphragm (tube) to DIN or
ASME, secured using holes in the flange.
■ Design
A remote seal system consists of the following components.
• Pressure transmitter
• One or two remote seals
• Filling liquid
• Connection between pressure transmitter and remote seal
(direct mounting or by means of capillary)
The space for the medium is sealed off with a flat embedded
elastic diaphragm. Between the diaphragm and the pressure
transmitter is the filling liquid.
In many cases, a capillary must be connected between the re-
mote seal and the pressure transmitter in order, for example, to Quick-release diaphragm seal
reduce the temperature effects on the pressure transmitter when • Quick-release remote seals, e.g. to DIN 11851, SMS standard,
the measured medium is hot. IDF standard, APV RJF standard, clamp connection, etc.
• Miniature diaphragm seal with male thread for screwing into
tapped holes
• Remote seals with customer-specific process connections
1/324 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
■ Function
1
The measured pressure is transferred from the diaphragm to the
filling liquid and passes through the capillary to the measuring
chamber of the pressure transmitter. The interior of the dia-
phragm seal and of the capillary, as well as the measuring cham-
ber of the transmitter, are filled gas-free by the filling liquid.
Transmission response
The transmission response of a remote seal is characterized by
the following variables:
• Temperature error
Miniature diaphragm seal with diaphragm flush with front • Adjustment time
• Miniature diaphragm seals Temperature error
The quick-release remote seals are used above all in the food in- Temperature errors are caused by the change of volume of the
dustry. Their design means that the medium cannot accumulate filling liquid due to temperature variations. To select the right re-
in dead volumes. The quick-release clamp present on the remote seal you must calculate the temperature error.
mote seal means that quick dismounting is possible for cleaning.
Below you will find an overview of the factors which influence the
Inline seal size of the temperature error, as well as information on how to
calculate the temperature error.
The temperature error is dependent on the following variables:
• Rigidity of the diaphragm used
• Filling liquid used
• Influence of the filling liquid underneath the process flanges or
in the connection shank of the pressure transmitter
• Internal diameter of the capillary: The bigger the internal diam-
eter, the bigger the temperature error
• Length of the capillary: The longer the capillary, the bigger the
temperature error
Diaphragm rigidity
Inline seal with quick-release design (left) and for flange mounting
The rigidity of the diaphragm is of decisive importance. The big-
With inline seals, the pressure is first measured using a cylindri-
ger the diameter of the diaphragm, the softer the diaphragm and
cal diaphragm positioned in a pipe, and then transmitted to the
the more sensitively it reacts to temperature-induced changes in
pressure transmitter by means of the filling liquid.
volume of the filling liquid.
The inline seal is a special design for flowing media. It consists
The result is that small measuring ranges are only possible with
of a cylindrical pipe in which a cylindrical diaphragm is embed-
large diaphragm diameters.
ded. Since it is completely integrated in the process pipe, no tur-
bulences, dead volumes or other obstructions to the flow occur. Other factors apart from diaphragm rigidity which also play a
Furthermore, the inline seal can be cleaned by a pig. role:
The following types of inline seals exist: • Diaphragm thickness
• Quick-release inline seals, e.g. to DIN 11851, SMS standard, • Diaphragm material
IDF standard, APV/RJF standard, clamp connection etc. The • Coatings if present
quick-release facility attached to the remote seal enables the
seal to be removed quickly for cleaning purposes. Filling liquid
• Inline seals for flanging to EN or ASME. Every filling liquid reacts to temperature variations with a change
• Inline seals with customer-specific process connections. of volume. Temperature errors can be minimized by selecting a
suitable filling liquid, but the filling liquid must also be appropri-
Note: ate for the temperature limits and operating pressure. Further-
more, the filling liquid must also be physiologically harmless.
The pressure data on the transmitter and the remote seal must
be observed with regard to pressure/temperature behavior. Since the filling liquid is present under the diaphragm, in the
capillary and under the process flange of the pressure transmit-
ter (or in the connection shank), the temperature error must be
calculated separately for each combination.
Note:
A vacuum-resistant remote seal is recommended for continuous
low-pressure operation at 500 mbar a or below, including during
commissioning (see ordering data).
An example of a temperature error calculation can be found in
the section "Technical Specifications".
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/325

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1 Response time Negative pressure service
The response time is dependent on the following factors: Liquids, such as silicone oils, inert or those suitable for food, are
• Internal diameter of the capillary: The bigger the internal diam- used in remote seal systems for transmission of the process
eter, the shorter the response time pressure to the pressure transmitter.
• Viscosity of the filling liquid The greater the viscosity, the lon- In each liquid, particles have the tendency to leave the liquid
ger the response time compound with increasing temperature (transition from liquid to
• Length of the capillary: The longer the capillary, the longer the gaseous aggregate state). This means the vapor pressure in-
response time creases with increasing temperature and is dependent on the
substance or mixture being present.
• Pressure in the pressure measuring system: The higher the
pressure, the shorter the response time The higher the temperature and the lower the associated pro-
cess pressure in the liquid, the more difficult it gets to guarantee
Recommendations the desired transmission properties of the fill fluid and therefore
The following should be observed to obtain an optimum combi- the measuring arrangement.
nation of transmitter and remote seal: Plus the sealing elements at the transmitter must be designed so
• Choose the biggest possible diameter for the remote seal. The that a diffusion of molecules from the atmosphere into the remote
effective diameter of the seal diaphragm is then bigger and seal system is prevented due to the constantly occurring nega-
the temperature error smaller. tive pressure.
• Choose the shortest possible capillary. The response time is In addition to the influencing variables process pressure and
then shorter and the temperature error smaller process temperature, the vapor pressure curve of the fill fluid at
• Choose the filling liquid with the least viscosity and the small- the remote seal end and the stiffness of the remote seal mem-
est coefficient of expansion. Make sure, however, that the fill- brane impact the functionality of the remote seal in the negative
ing liquid meets the process requirements with regard to pres- pressure range.
sure, vacuum and temperature. And ensure that the filling This means you have to pay special attention to the physical
liquid and the medium are compatible with one another. properties of fill fluids with applications in the negative pressure
• Note the following points for use in the vacuum range: range.
- The pressure transmitter must always be positioned below
the lowest spigot. There are three stages for the negative pressure resistance:
- The operating range of some filling liquids is very limited with • Standard design of the remote seal without additional protec-
regard to the permissible temperature of the medium. tive measures, suitable for the overpressure range and low
- A vacuum-proof seal is necessary for continuous operation negative pressure range. This design is identified with (1) in
in the low-pressure range. the diagrams below in section 3.
• Recommendations for the minimum measuring span can be • Negative pressure service with suitable seals and treated fill
found in the section "Technical data". fluid, identified with (2) in the diagrams below in section 3.
Here you select the order codes D81 or D83, depending on
Note the mounting type.·
The remote seals listed here are a selection of the most common • Extended negative pressure service with more extended
designs. On account of the large variety of process connections, treatment of the fill fluid and the remote seals, identified in the
certain remote seals which are not listed here may be available diagrams below. Here you select the order codes D85 or D88,
nevertheless. depending on the mounting type.
Other versions can be: There are two more areas in the diagrams. The area (4) identifies
• Other process connections, standards an area that has to be clarified with Technical Support prior to
placing the order. The area (5) describes the area in which the
• Aseptic or sterile connections remote seal fill fluid is permanently destroyed and the entire re-
• Other dimensions mote seal is therefore without function.
• Other nominal pressures
• Special diaphragm materials, including coatings
• Other sealing faces
• Other filling liquids
• Other capillary lengths
• Sheathing of capillaries with protective hose
• Calibration at higher/lower temperatures etc.
Please contact your local Siemens office for further informa-
tion.
1/326 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Technical specifications of the remote seal filling liquids Note: For reasons of operational safety, the transmitter must not 1
exceed the height of the remote seal - with differential pressure
Filling liquid Num- Density Viscos- Suitable Suitable
ber in at 20°C ity at for nega- for applications, the height of the bottom remote seal - for measure-
the ments in the negative pressure range. The associated installa-
[kg/dm3] 20°C tive pres- extended
tion types B, C1, C2 or H are described at the end of this section
Arti- [mm2/s] sure negative
cle No. service pressure under the topic "Measuring arrangements".
service
Selection of the required negative pressure service
Silicone oil M5 1 0.914 4 x -
The procedure for determining the required negative pressure
Silicone oil M50 2 0.966 50 x x service is described below using the silicone oil M5 as fill fluid.
High-tempera- 3 1.070 57 x x The minimum existing process pressure of a fictitious process is
ture oil 200 mbarabs (2.9 psi) (at a maximum process temperature of
Halocarbon oil 4 1.968 14 x - 150 °C (302 °F)). This intersection is identified by an "✖" in the
diagram below. This means the negative pressure service D81
Food oil 7 0.920 10 x x or D83 (depending on the application) is sufficient in this exam-
(FDA-listed) ple.
The suitable negative pressure service is specified with the pres- The suitable negative pressure resistance is determined this
sure/temperature curves of the respective liquids described be- way for all other fill fluids.
low.
Note:
Note the response times according to the table on page 1/336.
Silicone oil M5
Operating pressure [mbarabs]
1010
910
810
710
610
1
510
5
410
310
2
210 ✖
110
4
10
-100 -50 0 50 100 150
Operating temperature [°C]
1 Operating range of the standard remote seal design without special measures.
2 Operating range for which the negative pressure service D81 or D83 is required.
Note: An extended negative pressure service is not possible for this fill fluid.
4 Please contact Technical Support for applications in this area.
Detailed information regarding application, process and ambient data are necessary.
5 Area in which you have to expect the destruction of the fill fluid.
A function of the remote seal is not specified here.
Permissible operating range:

Max. temperature limit: 160 °C
Min. temperature limit: -90 °C
Negative pressure applications with silicone oil M5
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/327

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Silicone oil M50
1010
910
810
1
710
610
2
510
5
410
310
3
210
110
4
10
-100 0 100 200 300 400
3 Operating range for which the extended negative pressure service D85 or D88 is required
1/328 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
High-temperature oil
1010
910
810
1
710
610
510
2
410
310
3 4 5
210
110
10
-100 0 100 200 300 400
Negative pressure applications with high-temperature oil
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/329

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Halocarbon oil (inert fill fluid)
1010
910
810
710
610
510
1
410
5
310
2
210
110
4
10
-100 0 100 200 300 400

Oxygen application for operating temperature between 60 and 175 °C

and also for operating pressure > 50 bar not permissible.
Negative pressure applications with halocarbon oil (inert filling liquid)

A BAM approval for process temperatures up to 60 °C (140 °F) and system pressures up to 50 bar (725 psi) is available for the oxygen
application.
1/330 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Food oil (FDA-listed)
1010
910
810
1
710
610
510
5
410
2
310
210
3
110
4
10
-100 0 100 200 300 400
Negative pressure applications with food oil (FDA listed)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/331

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Temperature error Diaphragm seals
Temperature errors of diaphragm seals when connected to pressure transmitters for pressure, absolute pressure, differential pres-
sure (single-sided) and level
Nominal diameter/ Diaphragm Temperature Temperature error of Temperature Recommended
design diameter error of remote capillary fCap error of process min. measuring
seal fRS flange/connec- spans (guidance
tion spigot fPF values, observe
temp. error)
mm (inch) mbar/ (psi/ mbar/ (psi/ mbar/ (psi/ mbar (psi)
10 K 10 K) (10 K  mCap) (10 K  mCap))) 10 K 10 K)
Sandwich DN 50 without tube 59 (2.32) 1.5 (0.022) 2 (0.029) 2 (0.029) 200 (2.90)
design or with
flange to DN 50 with tube 45 (1.89) 5 (0.073) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 500 (7.25)
EN 1092-1 DN 80 without tube 89 (3.50) 0.2 (0.003) 0.2 (0.003) 0.2 (0.003) 100 (1.45)
DN 80 with tube 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (1.015) 1 (1.015) 250 (3.63)
DN 100 without tube 89 (3.50) 0.2 (0.003) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 with tube 89 (3.50) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
DN 125 without tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
DN 125 with tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
Sandwich 2 inch without tube 59 (2.32) 1.5 (0.022) 2 (0.029) 2 (0.029) 200 (2.90)
design or with 2 inch with tube 45 (1.89) 5 (0.073) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 500 (7.25)
flange to
ASME B16.5 3 inch without tube 89 (3.50) 0.2 (0.003) 0.2 (0.003) 0.2 (0.003) 100 (1.45)
3 inch with tube 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (1.015) 1 (1.015) 250 (3.63)
4 inch without tube 89 (3.50) 0.2 (0.003) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
4 inch with tube 89 (3.50) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
5 inch with tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
Remote seal DN 25 25 (0.98) 20 (0.290) 60 (0.870) 60 (0.870) 6000 (87)
with union nut to
DIN 11851 DN 32 32 (1.26) 8 (0.116) 25 (0.363) 25 (0.363) 4000 (58)
DN 40 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
DN 50 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
DN 65 59 (2.32) 3 (0.044) 4 (0.058) 4 (0.058) 500 (7.25)
DN 80 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 250 (3.63)
Remote seal, DN 50 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
screwed gland
design
Remote seal DN 25 25 (0.98) 20 (0.290) 60 (0.870) 60 (0.870) 6000 (87)
with threaded
socket to DN 32 32 (1.26) 8 (0.116) 25 (0.363) 25 (0.363) 4000 (58)
DIN 11851 DN 40 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
DN 50 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
DN 65 59 (2.32) 3 (0.044) 4 (0.058) 4 (0.058) 500 (7.25)
DN 80 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 250 (3.63)
Clamp connec- 1½ inch 32 (1.26) 8 (0.116) 25 (0.363) 25 (0.363) 4000 (58)
tion
2 inch 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
2½ inch 59 (2.32) 3 (0.044) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
3 inch 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 250 (3.63)
Miniature dia- G1B 25 (0.98) 20 (0.290) 60 (0.870) 60 (0.870) 6000 (87)
phragm seal
G1½B 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
G2B 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
Remarks:
• Values apply for the filling liquids silicone oil M5, silicone oil M50, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil and food oil (FDA listed).
• Values apply to stainless steel as the diaphragm material.
1/332 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Temperature errors of diaphragm seals with connection to differential pressure transmitters (double-sided) 1
Nominal diameter/ Diaphragm Temperature error Temperature error of Temperature error Recommended
design diameter of remote seal fRS capillary fCap of process min. measur-
flange/connec- ing spans
tion spigot fPF (guidance val-
ues, observe
temperature
error)
10 K 10 K) (10 K  mCap) (10 K  mCap)) 10 K 10 K)
Sandwich DN 50 without tube 59 (2.32) 0.3 (0.0043) 0.3 (0.0045) 0.3 (0.0045) 250 (3.626)
design or with
flange to DN 50 with tube 45 (1.89) 1.26 (0.018) 1.7 (0.025) 1.7 (0.025) 250 (3.626)
DN 80 with tube 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 without tube 89 (3.50) 0.05 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 50 (0.725)
DN 100 with tube 89 (3.50) 0.1 (0.002) 0.07 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 50 (0.725)
DN 125 without tube 124 (4.88) 0.05 (0.001) 0.03 (0.0004) 0.03 (0.0004) 20 (0.29)
DN 125 with tube 124 (4.88) 0.05 (0.001) 0.03 (0.0004) 0.03 (0.0004) 20 (0.29)
Sandwich 2 inch without tube 59 (2.32) 0.3 (0.0043) 0.3 (0.0043) 0.3 (0.0045) 250 (3.626)
design with
flange to 2 inch with tube 45 (1.89) 1.26 (0.018) 1.7 (0.025) 1.7 (0.025) 250 (3.626)
3 inch with tube 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.45)
4 inch with tube 89 (3.50) 0.1 (0.002) 0.07 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 50 (0.725)
5 inch with tube 124 (4.88) 0.05 (0.001) 0.03 (0.0004) 0.03 (0.0004) 20 (0.29)
Remote seal, DN 50 52 (2.05) 1 (0.015) 0.83 (0.012) 0.83 (0.012) 250 (3.626)
screwed gland
design
Remote seal DN 50 52 (2.05) 1 (0.015) 0.83 (0.012) 0.83 (0.012) 250 (3.626)
with union nut to
DIN 11851 DN 65 59 (2.32) 0.7 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 250 (3.626)
DN 80 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.450)
Remote seal DN 50 52 (2.05) 1 (0.015) 0.83 (0.012) 0.83 (0.012) 250 (3.626)
with threaded
socket to DN 65 59 (2.32) 0.7 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 250 (3.626)
DIN 11851 DN 80 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.450)
Clamp connec- 2 inch 40 (1.57) 1 (0.015) 2.5 (0.036) 2.5 (0.036) 2000 (29.01)
tion
2½ inch 59 (2.32) 0.7 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 250 (3.626)
3 inch 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.450)
Remarks:
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/333

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1 Temperature error inline seals
Temperature errors of inline seals when connected to pressure transmitters for gauge pressure and absolute pressure, and with sin-
gle-sided connection to pressure transmitters for differential pressure
Nominal diameter/ Temperature error of remote Temperature error of Temperature error of pro- Recommended min. mea-
design seal fRS capillary fCap cess flange/connection suring spans (guidance
spigot fPF values, observe tempera-
ture error)
mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar (psi)
DN 25 (1 inch) 6.0 (0.0870) 8.5 (0.123) 8.5 (0.123) 1000 (14.5)
DN 40 (1½ inch) 4.5 (0.065) 4.5 (0.065) 4.5 (0.065) 250 (3.63)
DN 50 (2 inch) 4.0 (0.058) 3.0 (0.044) 3.0 (0.044) 100 (1.45)
DN 80 (3 inch) 9.5 (0.138) 5.0 (0.073) 5.0 (0.073) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 (4 inch) 8.0 (0.012) 3.0 (0.044) 3.0 (0.044) 100 (1.45)
Temperature errors of inline seals with double-sided connection to pressure transmitters for differential pressure
ture error)
DN 25 (1 inch) 2.3 (0.033) 1.8 (0.026) 1.8 (0.026) 1000 (14.5)
DN 40 (1½ inch) 0.8 (0.012) 0.3 (0.004) 0.3 (0.004) 250 (3.63)
DN 50 (2 inch) 0.3 (0.004) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 100 (1.45)
DN 80 (3 inch) 3.0 (0.044) 0.5 (0.007) 0.5 (0.007) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 (4 inch) 1.0 (0.015) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 100 (1.45)
Remarks:
• Half the values apply to glycerin/water mixture as the filling liquid.
• Diaphragm thickness 0.05 mm (0.002 inch) for DN 25/DN 40/DN 50 and 0.1 mm (0.004 inch) for DN 80/DN 100
1/334 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Calculation of the temperature error Dependence of temperature error on diaphragm material 1
The following equation is used to calculate the temperature error: The temperature errors listed in the previous table are based on the
use of stainless steel as the diaphragm material. If other diaphragm
dp = (RS – Cal)  fRS + (Cap – Cal)  lCap fCap + (TR – Cal)  fPF
materials are used, the temperature errors change as follows:
dp Additional temperature error (mbar) Diaphragm material Change in temperature
error of remote seal
RS Temperature on remote seal diaphragm (generally
corresponds to temperature of medium) Increase in values by
Cal Calibration (reference) temperature (20 °C (68 °F)) Stainless steel, Duplex, ... See previous tables
fRS Temperature error of remote seal Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 50 %
Cap Ambient temperature on the capillaries Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 50 %
lCap Capillary length Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 60 %
fCap Temperature error of capillaries Tantalum 50 %
TR Ambient temperature on pressure transmitter Titanium 50 %
fPF Temperature error of the oil filling in the process PTFE coating on stainless steel diaphragm 80 %
flanges of the pressure transmitter ECTFE coating or PFA coating on stainless 100 %
steel diaphragm
Example of temperature error calculation
Gold coating on stainless steel diaphragm 40 %
Existing conditions:
Inconel 50 %
SITRANS P pressure transmitter for fRS = 0.05 mbar/10 K
differential pressure, 250 mbar, set (0.039 inH2O/10 K) Incoloy 50 %
to 0 ... 100 mbar, with DN 100
remote seal diaphragms without Maximum temperature of medium
tube, diaphragm made of stainless Note:
steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L When taking into account the maximum medium temperature,
Capillary length lCap = 6 m (19.7 ft) the application limits of the fill fluids and gaskets used as well as
the pressure/temperature limits of the respective process con-
Capillaries fitted on both sides fCap = 0.07 mbar/(10 K  mCap)
(0.028 inH2O/(10 K  mCap)) nections must also be taken into consideration.
Filling liquid silicone oil M5 fPF = 0.07 mbar/10 K
The following maximum temperatures of the medium apply de-
(0.028 inH2O/10 K) pending on the material of the wetted parts.
Process temperature RS = 100 °C (212 °F) Material Max. temperature Min./max. pressure
of medium
Temperature on the capillaries Cap = 50 °C (122 °F)
Stainless steel, 316L 400 °C (752 °F) No restriction
Temperature on pressure TR = 50 °C (122 °F) PTFE coating 200 °C (392 °F) < 0 bar (0 psi);
transmitter gauge pressure
Calibration temperature Cal = 20 °C (68 °F) 260 °C (500 °F) 0 bar (0 psi) ... 25 bar
(363 psi); gauge pressure
Required: 150 °C (302 °F) 25 bar (363 psi) ... 40 bar
Additional temperature error of remote seals: dp (580 psi); gauge pressure
50 °C (302 °F) 40 bar (580 psi) ... 60 bar
Calculation: (870 psi); gauge pressure
in mbar ECTFE coating 150 °C (302 °F) For pressures < 1 bar
(14.5 psi) on request
dp = (100 °C – 20 °C)  0.05 mbar/10 K + (50 °C – 20 °C)  6 m 
PFA coating 200 °C (392 °F) < 0 bar (0 psi);
0.07 mbar/(10 K  m) + (50 °C – 20 °C)  0.07 mbar/10 K
gauge pressure
dp = 0.4 mbar + 1.26 mbar + 0.21 mbar 260 °C (500 °F) 25 bar (363 psi)/40 bar
in inH2O (580 psi); gauge pressure
dp = (212 °F - 68 °F) · 0.039 inH2O/10 K + (112 °F - 68 °F) · 19.7 ft · 150 °C (302 °F) 40 bar (580 psi)/60 bar
0.028 inH2O/(10 K · 3.28 ft) + (112 °F - 68 °F) · (0.028 inH2O/10 K) (870 psi); gauge pressure
dp = 0.16 inH2O + 0.51 inH2O + 0.08 inH2O 50 °C (302 °F) For pressures < 1 bar
(14.5 psi) on request
Hastelloy C4, 400 °C (752 °F) No restriction
mat. No. 2.4602
Result:
dp = 1.87 mbar (0.75 inH2O) mat. No. 2.4819
(corresponds to 2.27% of set measuring span)
Note mat. No. 2.4602
The determined temperature error only applies to the error resulting Monel 400, 400 °C (752 °F) No restriction
from connection of the remote seal. mat. No. 2.4360
The transmission response of the respective transmitter is not included Tantalum 300 °C (572 °F) No restriction
in this consideration.
It must be calculated separately, and the resulting error added to the Duplex, 250 °C (482 °F) No restriction
error determined above from connection of the remote seal. mat. No. 1.4462
Titanium 150 °C (302 °F) No restriction
Inconel 400 °C (752 °F) No restriction
Incoloy 400 °C (752 °F) No restriction
Gold coating 400 °C (752 °F) No restriction
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/335

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1 Maximum capillary length for diaphragm seals
(guidance values)
Nom. diam. Max. length of capillary
Diaphragm seal inline seal
m (ft) m (ft)
DN 25 (1 inch) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2)
DN 32 (1¼ inch) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2)
DN 40 (1½ inch) 4 (13.1) 6 (19.7)
DN 50 (2 inch) 6 (19.7) 10 (32.8)
DN 65 (2½ inch) 8 (26.2) 10 (32.8)
DN 80 (3 inch) 15 (49.1) 10 (32.8)
DN 100 (4 inch) 15 (49.1) 10 (32.8)
DN 125 (5 inch) 15 (49.1) - -
Response times
The values listed in the following table are the response times (in The response times are independent of the set measuring span
seconds per meter of capillary) for a change in pressure which within the range of the respective transmitter. The response
corresponds to the set measuring span. times are of insignificant importance for measuring spans above
10 bar (145 psi). The response times of the pressure transmitters
The listed values must be multiplied by the respective length of are not considered in the table.
the capillary, or with transmitters for differential pressure and flow
by the total length of both capillaries.
Filling liquid Density Temperature Response time in s/m (s/ft) with max. measuring span of pressure transmitter
on capillary
kg/dm3 (lb/in3) °C (°F) 250 mbar (101 inH2O) 600 mbar (241 inH2O) 1600 mbar (643 inH2O)
Silicone oil M5 0.914 (0.033) +60 (140) 0.06 (0.018) 0.02 (0.006) 0.01 (0.003)
+20 (68) 0.11 (0.034) 0.02 (0.006) 0.02 (0.006)
- 20 (-4) 0.3 (0.091) 0.12 (0.037) 0.05 (0.015)
Silicone oil M50 0.966 (0.035) +60 (140) 0.6 (0.183) 0.25 (0.076) 0.09 (0.027)
+20 (68) 0.61 (0.186) 0.26 (0.079) 0.1 (0.030)
- 20 (-4) 1.69 (0.515) 0.71 (0.216) 0.27 (0.082)
High-temperature oil 1.070 (0.039) +60 (140) 0.14 (0.043) 0.06 (0.018) 0.02 (0.006)
+20 (68) 0.65 (0.198) 0.27 (0.082) 0.1 (0.030)
-10 (14) 3.96 (1.207) 1.65 (0.503) 0.62 (0.189)
Halocarbon oil 1.968 (0.071) +60 (140) 0.07 (0.021) 0.03 (0.009) 0.01 (0.003)
+20 (68) 0.29 (0.088) 0.12 (0.037) 0.05 (0.015)
- 20 (-4) 2.88 (0.878) 1.2 (0.366) 0.45 (0.137)
Food oil (FDA listed) 0.920 (0.033) +60 (140) 0.75 (0.229) 0.33 (0.101) 0.17 (0.052)
+20 (68) 4 (1.220) 1.75 (0.534) 0.67 (0.204)
- 20 (-4) 20 (6.100) 8.5 (2.593) 3.25 (0.991)
Permissible data of filling liquids for pressure and temperature see diagrams on page 1/327 ff.
1/336 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
■ More information
1
Specification of process conditions for selection and ordering data
Ambient temperature range Process temperature
As standard, the remote seal systems are optimized for an am- The standard optimization for the process temperature depends
bient temperature range of -10 to +50 ° C (14 to +122 ° F). on the filling liquid used:
Therefore, in the ordering options, the order code "D66" is pre-
set. Filling liquid Code Optimized temperature range as standard
Silicone M50 B -10 ... +200 °C (14 ... +392 °F)
If the range of the ambient temperature deviates from this, you
have the possibility to choose other ambient temperature High-temperature oil C -10 ... +300 °C (14 ... +572 °F)
ranges: Silicone oil M5 A -40 ... +140 °C (-40 ... +284 °F)
• With the order code D67, a range from -40 to +50 °C Food-grade oil (FDA E -10 ... +140 °C (14 ... +284 °F)
(-40 to +122 °F) grade)
• With the order code D68, a range from -10 to +85 °C (14 to Halocarbon oil D -20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
+185 °F)
• If the process temperatures deviate from the temperature
In the case of a special version, which you can select with the ranges mentioned in the table above, we ask you to send the
order option Y99 in the device settings, it is possible to enter the process temperature with the order code Y50 along with the
ambient temperature as a numerical value. order.
• If the remote seal has a small diameter (< DN 50/2") or a long
capillary (> 4 m), we also ask you to provide the process data
with the following order code when ordering.
These entries are transmitted and ensure the correct functioning
of the remote seal systems.
Ambient temperature range Order code
• -10 ... +50 °C (14 ... +122 °F) preset D66
• -40 ... +50 °C (-40 ... +122 °F) D67
• -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F) D68
Process temperature min. ... °C/(°F)/max. ... °C/(°F) Y50
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/337

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design with flexible capillary
1 ■ Overview
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design Sealing material in the process
flanges
• For pressure transmitters, abso- Copper
Connecting standard EN 1092-1 lute pressure transmitters and
• DN 25, DN 40, DN 50, DN 65, PN 16 ... PN 400 low-pressure applications
DN 80, DN 100, DN 125 • For other applications Viton
Connecting standard ASME
B16.5
Maximum pressure See above and the technical data of
• 1 inch, 1½ inch, 2 inch, 2½ inch, Class 150 ... class 2500 the pressure transmitters
3 inch, 4 inch, 5 inch
Tube length Without tube as standard (tube
Connecting standard J.I.S. available on request)
• DN 25, DN 40, DN 50, DN 65, 10K ... 63K Capillary
DN 80, DN 100, DN 125
• Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer lengths
Sealing surface on request
• For stainless steel, mat. No. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or • Internal diameter max. 2 mm (0.079 inch)
1.4404/316L ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
• Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
• For the other materials To EN 1092-1, form B2 or
ASME B16.5 RFSF Filling liquid Silicone oil M5
Materials Silicone oil M50
• Main body Stainless steel mat. no. 1.4404/316L High-temperature oil
• Wetted parts Stainless steel mat. no. 1.4404/316L Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)
• Without coating Food grade oil (FDA listed)
• PTFE coating Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
• ECTFE coating (for vacuum on re- mitter and the filling liquid of the
quest) remote seal
More information can be found in
• PFA coating
the technical data of the pressure
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 transmitters and in the section
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 "Technical data of filling liquid" in the
Technical description to the remote
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 seals
Hastelloy C22, mat. no. 2.4602 Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
Tantalum Certificate and approvals
Titanium, mat. no. 3.7035
Classification according to pres- For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
Nickel 201 sure equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies with
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462 (DGRL 2014/68/EU) requirements of article 4,
Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, practice)
thickness approx. 25 m
• Capillary Stainless steel, mat. No.
1.4571/316Ti
• Sheath Spiral protective tube made of stain-
less steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L
1/338 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
code code
Diaphragm seal Diaphragm seal
Sandwich type design, with flexible capillary Sandwich type design, with flexible capillary
tube, connected with flexible capillary tube tube, connected with flexible capillary tube
to a to a
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for gauge 7MF 0 8 0 0 - • SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for gauge 7MF 0 8 0 0 -
pressure or absolute pressure pressure or absolute pressure
(only together with negative pressure ser- (only together with negative pressure ser-
vice), 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately vice), 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for abso- 7MF 0 8 0 1 - • SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for abso- 7MF 0 8 0 1 -
lute pressure, 7MF03../7MF04.. order sepa- lute pressure, 7MF03../7MF04.. order sepa-
rately, Scope of delivery: 1 off rately, Scope of delivery: 1 off
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for differ- 7MF 0 8 0 2 - • SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for differ- 7MF 0 8 0 2 -
ential pressure and flow, 7MF03../7MF04.. ential pressure and flow, 7MF03../7MF04..
order separately, Scope of delivery: 2 off order separately, Scope of delivery: 2 off
77777 - 0 777 777 77777 - 0 777 777
Click on the Article No. for the online con- 11 m (only for 7MF0802) 23
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. 12 m (only for 7MF0802) 24
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure 13 m (only for 7MF0802) 25
14 m (only for 7MF0802) 26
Connecting standard EN 1092-1
15 m (only for 7MF0802) 27
(DN 25, DN 40 and DN 50 recommended
only for pressure transmitters) Other version 98 L1Y
DN 25 PN 16 ... 400 0 BQ Add Order code and plain text
DN 40 PN 16 ... 400 0 DQ Filling liquid
DN 50 PN 16 ... 400 0 EQ Silicone oil M50 B
DN 65 PN 16 ... 400 0 FQ High-temperature oil C
DN 80 PN 16 ... 400 0 GQ Silicone oil M5 A
DN 100 PN 16 ... 400 0 HQ Food-grade oil (FDA listed) E
DN 125 PN 16 ... 400 0 JQ Halocarbon oil D
Connecting standard ASME B16.5 Other version Z P1Y
(1 inch, 1½ inch and 2 inch recommended Add Order code and plain text
only for pressure transmitters) Wetted parts materials
1 inch class 150 ... 2500 1KX
1½ inch class 150 ... 2500 1LX
2 inch class 150 ... 2500 1 MX
• With PFA coating D
2½ inch class 150 ... 2500 1NX
• With PTFE coating E0
3 inch class 150 ... 2500 1PX
• With ECTFE coating F
4 inch class 150 ... 2500 1QX
Monel 400, 2.4360 G
5 inch class 150 ... 2500 1RX
Hastelloy C276, 2.4819 J
Connecting standard J.I.S. Tantalum K
(DN 25, DN 40 and DN 50 recommended Titanium, 3.7035 L0
only for pressure transmitters) Nickel 201 M0
DN 25 10K ... 63K 2 BW Diaphragm Duplex, 1.4462 Q
DN 40 10K ... 63K 2 DW Diaphragm plus flange Duplex, 1.4462 R
DN 50 10K ... 63K 2 EW Stainless steel 316L with gold coating S0
DN 65 10K ... 63K 2 FW Hastelloy C4, 2.4610 U0
DN 80 10K ... 63K 2 GW Hastelloy C22, 2.4602 V0
DN 100 10K ... 63K 2 HW
Other version Z 8 Q1Y
DN 125 10K ... 63K 2 JW Add Order code and plain text
Other version 9 AA H1Y Extension length
• without 0
Length of capillary • 50 mm (2") 1
1m 1 0 • 100 mm (4") 2
1,6 m 1 1 • 150 mm (6") 3
2m 1 2 • 200 mm (8") 4
2,5 m 1 3 • 250 mm (10") 5
3m 1 4 Z 8 Q1Y
Other version
4m 1 5 Add Order code and plain text
5m 1 6
6m 1 7
7m 1 8
8m 2 0
9m 2 1
10 m 2 2
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/339

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
code code
Sandwich type design, with flexible capillary Sandwich type design, with flexible capillary
tube, connected with flexible capillary tube tube, connected with flexible capillary tube
to a to a
lute pressure, 7MF03../7MF04.. order sepa- lute pressure, 7MF03../7MF04.. order sepa-
rately, Scope of delivery: 1 off rately, Scope of delivery: 1 off
77777 - 0 777 777 77777 - 0 777 777
Customer-specific extension length • Wetted parts Hastelloy C276
• Wetted parts stainless steel without coating Range Standard length
Range Standard length 20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") J1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") A1
(0.79 ... 1.97") 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") J2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") A2
(2.01 ... 3.94") 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") J3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") A3
(3.98 ... 5.91") 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") J4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") A4
(5.94 ... 7.87") • Wetted parts Tantalum
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") A5 Range Standard length
(7.91 ... 9.84")
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") K1
• Wetted parts stainless steel with ECTFE (0.79 ... 1.97")
coating 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") K2
Range Standard length (2.01 ... 3.94")
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") F1 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") K3
(0.79 ... 1.97") (3.98 ... 5.91")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") F2 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") K4
(2.01 ... 3.94") (5.94 ... 7.87")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") F3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") F4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") F5
(7.91 ... 9.84")
• Wetted parts stainless steel with PFA coat-
ing
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") D1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") D2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") D3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") D4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") D5
(7.91 ... 9.84")
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") G1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") G2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") G3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") G4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
1/340 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Factory certificates Sealing surface with recess to EN1092-1, form F
Quality inspection certificate (Five-step factory C11
calibration) to IEC 60770-2 • DN 25 M82
• DN 40 M83
Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 - material of C12 • DN 50 M84
body and wetted parts
• DN 80 M85
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE C13 • DN 100 M86
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
• DN 125 M87
(only together with seal diaphragm made of Hastelloy
and stainless steel) Capillary connection
C15 (only for 7MF0800)
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of
pressure containing and wetted parts Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S03
C17 ters at high-side
Certificate of FDA-approved fill oil (to EN10204-2.2)
Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S04
Factory certificate functional safety (SIL2/3), devices C20 ters at low-side
suitable for use according to IEC 61508 and IEC 61511
(includes SIL conformity declaration) Capillary coating
Accessories PE protective tube

Spark arrestor (for gauge and absolute pressure trans- D61 1m S10
mitters) 1,6 m S11
Spark arrestor (for differential pressure and level trans- D62 2m S12
mitters) 2,5 m S13
Low-temperature version (for Silicon Oil M50 only) D67 3m S14
Negative pressure services 4m S15
5m S16
Negative pressure service (for gauge and absolute D81
pressure transmitters) 6m S17
Negative pressure service (for differential pressure D83 7m S18
transmitters) 8m S19
Extended negative pressure service (for gauge and D85 9m S20
absolute pressure transmitters) (only 7MF0800) 10 m S21
Extended negative pressure service (for differential D88 11 m (only for 7MF0802) S22
pressure transmitters) 12 m (only for 7MF0802) S23
General product approvals without explosion proof 13 m (only for 7MF0802) S24
approvals 14 m (only for 7MF0802) S25
Oil-and grease-free cleaned version (for O2-appl. E80 15 m (only for 7MF0802) S26
including certificate EN10204-2.2 PTFE protective tube
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil max. temperature 1m S40
1,6 m S41
including certificate EN10204-2.2 2m S42
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil) 2,5 m S43
3m S44
Sealing surface
4m S45
Sealing surface smooth, form B2/EN1092-1 resp. M50 5m S46
6m S47
7m S48
8m S49
Sealing surface RJF (groove) to ASME B16.5 M64 9m S50
parts 316L only) 10 m S51
11 m (only for 7MF0802) S52
Sealing surface with tongue to EN1092-1, form C 12 m (only for 7MF0802) S53
• DN 25 M70
• DN 40 M71
• DN 50 M72
• DN 80 M73
• DN 100 M74
• DN 125 M75
• DN 25 M76
• DN 40 M77
• DN 50 M78
• DN 80 M79
• DN 100 M80
• DN 125 M81
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/341

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Further designs
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
PVC protective tube
1m S70
1,6 m S71
2m S72
2,5 m S73
3m S74
4m S75
5m S76
6m S77
7m S78
8m S79
9m S80
10 m S81
Customer-specific tube length (specify in plain text) Y44
Ambient temperature range
• -10 ... +50 °C (14 ... +122 °F) preset D66
• -40 ... +50 °C (-40 ... +122 °F) D67
• -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F) D68
data", page 1/337.
1/342 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
b D
dM
Ø d5
l
Handhold Ø 16 (6.3)
Bending radius ≥ 150 mm (5.9)
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design with flexible capillary for connection

to SITRANS P320/420 pressure transmitters for pressure, dimensions in
mm (inch)
D
dM b
Ø d5
Ø d5
l
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design (without flange) with flexible capillary for connection to SITRANS P320/420 pressure transmitters for absolute
pressure or differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/343

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Nom. Nom. b D d5 dM dM l
diameter pres- with w/o
sure tube tube
mm mm mm mm mm mm
DN 25 PN 16 ... 20 68 24,5 22.6 27 100
PN 400
DN 40 20 88 38 30 40 100
DN 50 20 102 48.3 40 51 100
DN 65 20 122 48,3 40 65 100
DN 80 20 138 76 65 85 100
DN 100 20 158 94 85 85 100
DN 125 22 188 125 16 116 100

Nom. Nom. b D d5 dM dM I
diameter pres- with w/o
sure tube tube
lb/sq.in. mm mm mm mm mm mm
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
1 inch 150 ... 20 51 24.5 22.6 30 100
2500 (0.79) (2.01) (0,96) (0.89) (1.18) (3.94)
1½ inch 20 73 38 30 40 100
(0.79) () (1.5) (1.18) (1.57) (3.94)
2 inch 20 100 48.3 40 51 100
(0.79) (3.94) (1.9) (1.57) (2.01) (3.94)
2½ inch 20 105 48.3 40 65 100
(0.79) (4.13) (1.9) (1.57) (2.56) (3.94)
3 inch 20 134 72 65 85 100
(0.79) (5.28) (3) (2.56) (3.35) (3.94)
4 inch 20 158 94 85 85 100
(0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.35) (3.35) (3.94)
5 inch 22 186 125 116 116 100
(0.87) (7.32) (4.92) (4.57) (4.57) (3.94)
Connection to J.I.S.
Nom. Nom. b D D d5 dM dM I
diame- pres- 10K, 30K ... with w/o
ter sure 20K 63K tube tube
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
DN 25 10K ... 20 67 70 24.5 22.6 30 100
63K (0.79) (2.64) (2.76) (0.96) (0.89) (1.18) (3.94)
DN 40 20 81 90 38 30 36 100
(0.79) (3.19) (3.54) (1.5) (1.18) (1.42) (3.94)
DN 50 20 96 105 48.3 40 51 100
(0.79) (3.78) (4.13) (1.9) (1.57) (2.01) (3.94)
DN 65 20 116 130 48.3 40 65 100
(0.79) (4.57) (5.12) (1.9) (1.57) (2.56) (3.94)
DN 80 20 132 140 76 65 85 100
(0.79) (5.2) (5.51) (2.99) (2.56) (3.35) (3.94)
DN 100 20 160 160 94 85 85 100
(0.79) (6.3) (6.3) (3.69) (3.35) (3.35) (3.94)
DN 125 20 195 195 125 116 116 100
(0.79) (7.68) (7.68) (4.92) (4.57) (4.57) (3.94)
d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1/ASME B16.5

1/344 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary
■ Overview Materials
1
• Main body Stainless steel
mat. no. 1.4404/316L
• Wetted parts Stainless steel
mat. no. 1.4404/316L
• Without coating
• PTFE coating
• ECTFE coating (for vacuum
on request)
• PFA coating
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
Hastelloy C22, W.-Nr. 2.4602
Tantalum
Titanium, W.-Nr. 3.7035
Nickel 201
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462
Diaphragm seals of flange design Stainless steel 316L, gold plated,
■ Technical specifications • Capillary Stainless steel, mat.
No. 1.4571/316Ti
• Sheath Spiral protective tube made of
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure stainless steel, mat.
Connecting standard EN 1092-1 no. 1.4404/316L
• DN 25 PN 10/16/25/40/63/100/160/250 Sealing material in the process
flanges
• DN 40 PN 10/16/25/40/63/100/160
• DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40/63/100 • For pressure transmitters, absolute Copper
• DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40/100 pressure transmitters and low-
pressure applications
• DN 100 PN 10/16/25/40
• DN 125 PN 16/40 • For other applications Viton
Connecting standard ASME B16.5 Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
of the pressure transmitter
• 1 inch Class 150/300/600/1500
• 1½ inch Class 150/300/400/600/900/1500 Tube length Without tube as standard (tube
available on request)
• 2 inch Class 150/300/400/600/900/1500
• 3 inch Class 150/300/600/1500 Capillary
• 4 inch Class 150/300/400/1500 • Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
• 5 inch Class 150/300/400 lengths on request
Connecting standard J.I.S. • Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
• DN 50 10K • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
• DN 80 20K Filling liquid
• DN 100 40K
(for remote seals of sandwich and Silicone oil M5
Sealing surface flange design)
• For stainless steel, mat. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or Silicone oil M50
No. 1.4404/316L ASMR B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
ASME B16.5 RFSF Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)
Food oil (FDA listed)
Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
mitter and the filling liquid of the
remote seal
transmitters and in the section
"Technical data of filling liquid" in
the Technical description to the
remote seals
Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
Certificate and approvals
(DGRL 2014/68/EU) with requirements of article 4,
practice)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/345

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
code code
Flange type design, with flexible capillary tube, Flange type design, with flexible capillary tube,
connected with flexible capillary tube to a connected with flexible capillary tube to a
lute pressure from differential pressure, lute pressure from differential pressure,
7MF03../7MF04.. order separately, Scope of 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately, Scope of
delivery: 1 off delivery: 1 off
77777 - 0 777 777 77777 - 0 777 777
Click on the Article No. for the online con- Connecting standard J.I.S.
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. (DN 50 recommended only for pressure
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure transmitters)
DN 50 10 K 2ES
20 K 2ET
(DN 25, DN 40 and DN 50 recommended 40 K 2 EU
only for pressure transmitters)
DN 80 10 K 2GS
DN 25 PN 10/16/25/40 0 BD
20 K 2GT
PN 63/100 0BF
40 K 2 GU
PN 160 0 BG
DN 100 10 K 2HS
PN 250 0 BH
20 K 2HT
DN 40 PN 10/16/25/40 0 DD
40 K 2 HU
PN 63/100 0DF
PN 160 0 DG Add Order code and plain text
DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40 0 ED
PN 63 0EE Transmitter connection
PN 100 0EF Connection via capillary tube
Length of capillary
DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40 0 GD
1m 10
PN 100 0GF
1,6 m 11
DN 100 PN 10/16 0 HB
2m 12
PN 25/40 0 HD
2,5 m 13
DN 125 PN 16 0 JB
3m 14
PN 40 0 JD
4m 15
Connecting standard ASME B16.5 5m 16
(1 inch, 1½ inch and 2 inch recommended 6m 17
only for pressure transmitters) 7m 18
1 inch class 150 1KL 8m 20
class 300 1 KM 9m 21
class 600 1 KN 10 m 22
class 1500 1KP 11 m (only for 7MF0812) 23
1½ inch class 150 1 LA 12 m (only for 7MF0812) 24
class 300 1 LB 13 m (only for 7MF0812) 25
class 400/600 1 LD 14 m (only for 7MF0812) 26
class 900/1500 1LF 15 m (only for 7MF0812) 27
2 inch class 150 1 MA Other version 98 L1Y
class 300 1 MB Add Order code and plain text
class 400/600 1 MD Filling liquid
class 900/1500 1MF Silicone oil M50 B
3 inch class 150 1 PA High-temperature oil C
class 300 1 PB Silicone oil M5 A
class 600 1 PD Food-grade oil (FDA listed) E
class 1500 1PF Halocarbon oil D
4 inch class 150 1 QA Other version Z P1Y
class 300 1 QB Add Order code and plain text
class 400 1 QC
class 1500 1QF
class 300 1 RB
class 400 1 RC
1/346 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
code code
Flange type design, with flexible capillary tube, Flange type design, with flexible capillary tube,
lute pressure from differential pressure, lute pressure from differential pressure,
7MF03../7MF04.. order separately, Scope of 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately, Scope of
delivery: 1 off delivery: 1 off
77777 - 0 777 777 77777 - 0 777 777
Wetted parts materials • Wetted parts stainless steel with ECTFE
coating
• With PFA coating D 20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") F1
• With PTFE coating E0 (0.79 ... 1.97")
• With ECTFE coating F 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") F2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
Monel 400, 2.4360 G
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") F3
Hastelloy C276, 2.4819 J (3.98 ... 5.91")
Tantalum K 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") F4
Titanium, 3.7035 L0 (5.94 ... 7.87")
Nickel 201 M0 201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") F5
Diaphragm Duplex, 1.4462 Q (7.91 ... 9.84")
Diaphragm plus flange Duplex, 1.4462 R • Wetted parts stainless steel with PFA coating
Stainless steel 316L with gold coating S0 Range Standard length
Hastelloy C4, 2.4610 U0
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") D1
Hastelloy C22, 2.4602 V0
(0.79 ... 1.97")
Other version Z 8 Q1Y 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") D2
Add Order code and plain text (2.01 ... 3.94")
Extension length 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") D3
• without 0 (3.98 ... 5.91")
• 50 mm (2") 1 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") D4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
• 100 mm (4") 2
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") D5
• 150 mm (6") 3 (7.91 ... 9.84")
• 200 mm (8") 4
• 250 mm (10") 5
Other version Z 8 Q1Y
Add Order code and plain text 20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") G1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
Customer-specific extension length 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") G2
• Wetted parts stainless steel without coating (2.01 ... 3.94")
Range Standard length 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") G3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") A1 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") G4
(0.79 ... 1.97") (5.94 ... 7.87")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") A2
(2.01 ... 3.94") • Wetted parts Hastelloy C276
(3.98 ... 5.91") 20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") J1
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") A4 (0.79 ... 1.97")
(5.94 ... 7.87") 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") J2
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") A5 (2.01 ... 3.94")
(7.91 ... 9.84") 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") J3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") J4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/347

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Selection and Ordering data Order code
code
Further designs
Diaphragm seal
Flange type design, with flexible capillary tube,
Factory certificates
connected with flexible capillary tube to a
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for gauge 7MF 0 8 1 0 - Quality inspection certificate (Five-step factory C11
pressure or absolute pressure calibration) to IEC 60770-2
(only together with negative pressure ser- Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 - material of C12
vice), 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately body and wetted parts
Scope of delivery: 1 off
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE C13
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for abso- 7MF 0 8 1 1 - (MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
lute pressure from differential pressure, (only together with seal diaphragm made of Hastelloy
7MF03../7MF04.. order separately, Scope of and stainless steel)
delivery: 1 off
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of C15
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for differ- 7MF 0 8 1 2 - pressure containing and wetted parts
ential pressure and flow, 7MF03../7MF04..
order separately, Scope of delivery: 2 off Certificate of FDA-approved fill oil (to EN10204-2.2) C17
77777 - 0 777 777 Factory certificate functional safety (SIL2/3), devices C20
suitable for use according to IEC 61508 and IEC 61511
• Wetted parts Tantalum (includes SIL conformity declaration)
Accessories
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") K1 Spark arrestor (for gauge and absolute pressure trans- D61
(0.79 ... 1.97") mitters)
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") K2 Spark arrestor (for differential pressure and flow trans- D62
(2.01 ... 3.94") mitters)
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") K3 Low-temperature version (for Silicon Oil M50 only) D67
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") K4 Negative pressure services
(5.94 ... 7.87") Negative pressure service (for gauge and absolute D81
pressure transmitters) (only for 7MF0810)
transmitters)
Extended negative pressure service (for gauge and D85
absolute pressure transmitters) (only for 7MF0810)
Extended negative pressure service (for differential D88
approvals
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil)
Sealing surface
parts 316L only)
• DN 25 M70
• DN 40 M71
• DN 50 M72
• DN 80 M73
• DN 100 M74
• DN 125 M75
• DN 25 M76
• DN 40 M77
• DN 50 M78
• DN 80 M79
• DN 100 M80
• DN 125 M81
1/348 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Sealing surface with recess to EN1092-1, form F PVC protective tube
(wetted parts 316L only) 1m S70
• DN 25 M82 1,6 m S71
• DN 40 M83 2m S72
• DN 50 M84 2,5 m S73
• DN 80 M85 3m S74
• DN 100 M86 4m S75
• DN 125 M87 5m S76
Capillary connection 6m S77
7m S78
For 7MF0810
8m S79
Radial capillary pipe outlet (for single-side mounting S01 9m S80
and capillary connection only)
10 m S81
Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S03 11 m (only for 7MF0802) S82
ters at high-side 12 m (only for 7MF0802) S83
Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S04 13 m (only for 7MF0802) S84
ters at low-side
For 7MF0811 15 m (only for 7MF0802) S86
Radial capillary pipe outlet (for single-side mounting S01 Customer-specific tube length
and capillary connection only)
For 7MF0812
Radial capillary pipe outlet (for double-side mounting) S02
Capillary coating
• -10 ... +50 °C (14 ... +122 °F) preset D66
PE protective tube • -40 ... +50 °C (-40 ... +122 °F) D67
1m S10 • -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F) D68
1,6 m S11
2m S12 Process temperature min. ... °C/(°F)/max. ... °C/(°F) Y50
2,5 m S13 1) See also "Specification of process conditions for selection and ordering
3m S14 data", page 1/337.
4m S15
5m S16
6m S17
7m S18
8m S19
9m S20
10 m S21
PTFE protective tube
1m S40
1,6 m S41
2m S42
2,5 m S43
3m S44
4m S45
5m S46
6m S47
7m S48
8m S49
9m S50
10 m S51
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/349

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
D
b
f dM
n x d2
100 (3.94)
Ø d4
Ø d5
Øk
Handhold
Ø 16 (6.3)
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary for connection to SITRANS P320/420 pressure transmitters for pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)
ØD
Øk b
dM f
Ød2
Handhold
Ø 16 (6.3) 100 (3.94) 100 (3.94)
Ød5
Ød5
Ød4
Bending radius
≥ 150 mm (5.9)
Bending radius
≥ 150 mm (5.9)
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary for connection to SITRANS P320/420 pressure transmitters for absolute pressure or for differ-
ential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/350 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Connection to EN 1092-1 1
exten- exten-
sion sion
DN 25 PN 10/16/ 18 115 14 68 24.5 22.6 27 2 85 4 0, 50, 100,
25/40 150 oder
200
PN 63/100 24 140 18 68 24.5 22.6 27 2 100 4
0, 50, 100,
PN 160 24 140 18 68 24.5 22.6 27 2 100 4 150 oder
PN 250 28 150 22 68 24.5 22.6 27 2 105 4 200
DN 40 PN 10/16/ 16 150 18 88 38 30 42 2 110 4

25/40
PN 63/100 24 170 22 88 38 30 42 2 125 4
PN 160 26 170 22 88 38 30 42 2 125 4
DN 50 PN 10/16/ 18 165 18 102 48.3 40 51 2 125 4
25/40
PN 63/100 26 195 26 102 48.3 40 51 2 145 4
PN 160 28 195 26 102 48.3 40 51 2 145 4
DN 80 PN 10/16/ 22 200 18 138 76 65 85 2 160 8
25/40
PN 100 30 230 26 138 76 65 85 2 180 8
DN 100 PN 10/16 18 220 18 158 94 85 85 2 180 8
PN 25/40 22 235 22 162 94 85 85 2 190 8
DN 125 PN 16 20 250 18 188 127 85 116 2 210 8
PN 40 24 270 26 188 127 85 116 2 220 8

diameter pressure with exten- without
sion exten-
sion
lb./sq.in inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch inch
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm
1 inch 150 0.71 (18) 4.33 (110) 0.61 (15.6) 2 (50.8) 0.96 (24.5) 0.89 (22.6) 1.18 (30) 0.08 (2) 3.13 (79.4) 4 0, 2,
3.94,
300 0.77 (19.5) 4.92 (125) 0.75 (19.1) 2 (50.8) 0.96 (24.5) 0.89 (22.6) 1.18 (30) 0.08 (2) 3.5 (88.9) 4 5.94
600 0.96 (24.5) 4.92 (125) 0.75 (19.1) 2 (50.8) 0.96 (24.5) 0.89 (22.6) 1.18 (30) 0.28 (7) 3.5 (88.9) 4 oder
7.87
1500 1.4 (35.6) 5.91 (150) 1 (25.4) 2 (50.8) 0.96 (24.5) 0.89 (22.6) 1.18 (30) 0.28 (7) 4 (101.6) 4 (0,
1½ inch 150 0.63 (15.9) 4.92 (125) 0.63 (15.9) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.08 (2) 3.87 (98.4) 4 50,
100,
300 0.75 (19.1) 6.10 (155) 0.87 (22.2) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.08 (2) 4.5 (114.3) 4 150
oder
400/600 0.88 (22.3) 6.10 (155) 0.87 (22.2) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.28 (7) 4.5 (114.3) 4
200)
900/1500 1.25 (31.8) 7.09 (180) 1.13 (28.6) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.28 (7) 4.87 (123.8) 4
2 inch 150 0.69 (17.5) 5.91 (150) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.08 (2) 4.75 (120.7) 4
300 0.81 (20.7) 6.5 (165) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.08 (2) 5 (127) 8
400/600 1.00 (25.4) 6.5 (165) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.28 (7) 5 (127) 8
900/1500 1.5 (38.1) 8.46 (215) 1.00 (25.4) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.28 (7) 6.5 (165.1) 8
3 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 7.48 (190) 0.75 (19.1) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 6 (152.4) 4
300 1.06 (27) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22.2) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 6.63 (168.3) 8
600 1.23 (31.8) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22.2) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 6.63 (168.3) 8
1500 1.88 (47.7) 10.43 (265) 1.25 (31.8) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 8 (203.2) 8
4 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 9.06 (230) 0.75 (19.1) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 7.5 (190.5) 8
300 1.19 (30.2) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 7.87 (200) 8
400 1.38 (35) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 7.87 (200) 8
1500 2.13 (54) 12.20 (310) 1.37 (34.9) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 9.5 (241.3) 8
5 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.08 (2) 8.5 (215.9) 8
300 1.31 (33.4) 11.02 (280) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.08 (2) 9.25 (235) 8
400 1.50 (38.1) 11.02 (280) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.28 (7) 9.25 (235) 8
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/351

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1 Connection to J.I.S
exten- exten-
sion sion
DN 50 10K 14 (0.55) 155 (6.10) 19 (0.75) 96 (3.78) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 120 (4.72) 4 0, 50,
100,
20K 16 (0,63) 165 (6.50) 19 (0.75) 96 (3.78) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 120 (4.72) 8 150
40K 26 (1.02) 165 (6.50) 19 (0.75) 105 (4.13) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 130 (5.12) 8 oder
200
DN 80 10K 16 (0.63) 185 (7.28) 19 (0.75) 126 (4.96) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 150 (5.91) 8
(0, 2,
20K 20 (0.79) 200 (7.87) 23 (0.91) 132 (5.20) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 160 (6.30) 8 3.94,
5.94
40K 32 (1.26) 210 (8.27) 23 (0.91) 140 (5.51) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 170 (6.30) 8 oder
DN 100 10K 16 (0.63) 210 (8.27) 19 (0.75) 151 (5.94) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 175 (6.89) 8 7.87)
20K 22 (0.87) 225 (8.86) 23 (0.91) 160 (6.30) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 185 (7.28) 8
40K 36 (1.42) 250 (9.84) 25 (0.98) 165 (6.50) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 205 (8.07) 8

1/352 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of flange design mounted directly on transmitter
■ Overview Materials
1
• Main body Stainless steel, 1.4404/316L
• Wetted parts Stainless steel, 1.4404/316L
• Without coating
• PTFE coating
• ECTFE coating (for vacuum
on request)
• PFA coating
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
Hastelloy C22, mat No. 2.4602
Tantalum
Titanium, mat. No. 3.7035
Nickel 201
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462
Stainless steel 316L, gold plated,
Diaphragm seals of flange design, directly fitted on a pressure transmitter • Capillary Stainless steel, 1.4404/316L
for pressure • Sealing material at the transmitter Copper
connection
■ Technical specifications Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
Diaphragm seals (flange design) for pressure and absolute pres- of the transmitter
sure, directly fitted on a transmitter Tube length • Without tube
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure • 50 mm (1.97 inch)
Connecting standard EN 1092-1 • 100 mm (3.94 inch)
• DN 25 PN 10/16/25/40/63/100/160/250 • 150 mm (5.91 inch)
• DN 40 PN 10/16/25/40/63/100/160 • 200 mm (7.87 inch)
• DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40/63/100 Capillary
• DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40/100
• Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
• DN 100 PN 10/16/25/40
lengths on request
• DN 125 PN 16/40
• Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
• 1 inch Class 150/300/600/1500
• 1½ inch Class 150/300/400/600/900/1500 Filling liquid • Silicone oil M5
• 2 inch Class 150/300/400/600/900/1500 • Silicone oil M50
• 3 inch Class 150/300/600/1500 • High-temperature oil
• 4 inch Class 150/300/400/1500 • Halocarbon oil (for measuring
• 5 inch Class 150/300/400 O2)
Connecting standard J.I.S. • Food oil (FDA listed)
• DN 50 10K Max. recommended temperature of 170 °C (338 °F)
• DN 80 20K medium
• DN 100 40K Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
Sealing surface remote seal.
• For stainless steel, mat. No. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or ASME More information can be found in
1.4404/316L B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA the technical data of the pressure
• For the other materials Smooth to EN 1092-1, form B2 or transmitters and in the section
ASME B16.5 RFSF "Technical data of filling liquid" in
remote seals.
Classification according to For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
pressure equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
practice)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/353

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
code code
Flange type design, directly mounted to a Flange type design, directly mounted to a
77777 - 0 777 777 77777 - 0 777 777
Click on the Article No. for the online con- Transmitter connection
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Without capillary tube, direct mount straight 00
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure connection (for gauge pressure)
Without capillary tube, direct mount connec- 01
Connecting standard EN 1092-1 tion via 90°-bow (for gauge pressure)
DN 25 PN 10/16/25/40 0 BD
Filling liquid
PN 63/100 0BF
Silicone oil M50 B
PN 160 0 BG
High-temperature oil C
PN 250 0 BH
Silicone oil M5 A
DN 40 PN 10/16/25/40 0 DD
Food-grade oil (FDA listed) E
PN 63/100 0DF
Halocarbon oil D
PN 160 0 DG
Other version Z P1Y
DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40 0 ED Add Order code and plain text
PN 63 0EE
PN 100 0EF Wetted parts materials
DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40 0 GD Stainless steel 316L
PN 100 0GF • Without coating A
DN 100 PN 10/16 0 HB • With PFA coating D
PN 25/40 0 HD • With PTFE coating E0
DN 125 PN 16 0 JB • With ECTFE coating F
PN 40 0 JD Monel 400, 2.4360 G
Connecting standard ASME B16.5 Hastelloy C276, 2.4819 J
1 inch class 150 1KL Tantalum K
class 300 1 KM Titanium, 3.7035 L0
class 600 1 KN Nickel 201 M0
class 1500 1KP Diaphragm Duplex, 1.4462 Q
1½ inch class 150 1 LA Diaphragm plus flange Duplex, 1.4462 R
class 300 1 LB Stainless steel 316L with gold coating S0
class 400/600 1 LD Hastelloy C4, 2.4610 U0
class 900/1500 1LF Hastelloy C22, 2.4602 V0
2 inch class 150 1 MA Other version Z 8 Q1Y
class 300 1 MB Add Order code and plain text
class 400/600 1 MD Extension length
class 900/1500 1MF • without 0
3 inch class 150 1 PA • 50 mm (2") 1
class 300 1 PB • 100 mm (4") 2
class 600 1 PD • 150 mm (6") 3
class 1500 1PF • 200 mm (8") 4
4 inch class 150 1 QA • 250 mm (10") 5
class 300 1 QB Z 8 Q1Y
Other version
class 400 1 QC Add Order code and plain text
class 1500 1QF
class 300 1 RB
class 400 1 RC
DN 50 10K 2ES
20K 2ET
40K 2 EU
DN 80 10K 2GS
20K 2GT
40K 2 GU
DN 100 10K 2HS
20K 2HT
40K 2 HU
1/354 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
code code
Flange type design, directly mounted to a Flange type design, directly mounted to a
77777 - 0 777 777 77777 - 0 777 777
Customer-specific extension length • Wetted parts Hastelloy C276
• Wetted parts stainless steel without coating Range Standard length
Range Standard length 20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") J1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") A1
(0.79 ... 1.97") 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") J2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") A2
(2.01 ... 3.94") 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") J3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") A3
(3.98 ... 5.91") 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") J4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") A4
(5.94 ... 7.87") • Wetted parts Tantalum
(7.91 ... 9.84")
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") K1
• Wetted parts stainless steel with ECTFE (0.79 ... 1.97")
coating 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") K2
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") F1 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") K3
(0.79 ... 1.97") (3.98 ... 5.91")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") F2 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") K4
(2.01 ... 3.94") (5.94 ... 7.87")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") F3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") F4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") F5
(7.91 ... 9.84")
• Wetted parts stainless steel with PFA coating
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") D1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") D2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") D3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") D4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") D5
(7.91 ... 9.84")
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") G1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") G2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") G3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") G4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/355

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
• DN 40 M83
• DN 80 M85
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
• DN 125 M87
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of C15 Elongated pipe, S05
pressure containing and wetted parts 150 mm instead of 100 mm,
max. medium temperature 300 °C (572 °F), observe the
Certificate of FDA-approved fill oil (to EN10204-2.2) C17 max. permissible media temperature of the fill liquid.
Factory certificate functional safety (SIL2/3), devices C20 Elongated pipe, S06
suitable for use according to IEC 61508 and IEC 61511 200 mm instead of 100 mm,
(includes SIL conformity declaration) max. medium temperature 300 °C (572 °F), observe the
max. permissible media temperature of the fill liquid.
Accessories Elongated pipe elbow, S07
Spark arrestor (for gauge and absolute pressure transmit- D61 200 mm instead of 130 mm,
ters) max. medium temperature 300 °C (572 °F), observe the
Low-temperature version (for Silicon Oil M50 only) D67 max. permissible media temperature of the fill liquid.
Negative pressure services Cooling element, S08
max. medium temperature 300 °C (572 °F), observe the
Negative pressure service (for gauge and absolute D81 max. permissible media temperature of the fill liquid.
absolute pressure transmitters) (only for 7MF0810) Customer-specific tube length (specify in plain text) Y44
General product approvals without explosion proof Specification of process conditions1)
approvals
Oil-and grease-free cleaned version (for O2-appl. E80 D66
including certificate EN10204-2.2 • -10 ... +50 °C (14 ... +122 °F) preset
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil max. temperature • -40 ... +50 °C (-40 ... +122 °F) D67
60 °C and max. pressure 50 bar) • -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F) D68
Oil-and grease-free cleaned version (not for O2-appl. E87 Process temperature min. ... °C/(°F)/max. ... °C/(°F) Y50
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil) 1) See also "Specification of process conditions for selection and ordering
data", page 1/337.
Sealing surface
parts 316L only)
• DN 25 M70
• DN 40 M71
• DN 50 M72
• DN 80 M73
• DN 100 M74
• DN 125 M75
• DN 25 M76
• DN 40 M77
• DN 50 M78
• DN 80 M79
• DN 100 M80
• DN 125 M81
1/356 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
178 (7.02)
b L
211 (8.31)
211 (8.31) f Cooling element
65 (2.56)
n x d2
33 (1.3)
n x d2
Ø d5
Ø d4
ØD
Øk
L b
f
Ø d5 Tube length L
Ø d4 see ordering data
Øk
ØD
165 (6.49) Vertical process connection

183 (7.2)
Horizontal process connection
Diaphragm seals of flange design, direct connection to a SITRANS P320/420 pressure transmitter (process connection vertical (top) and horizontal
(bottom)), dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/357

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
exten- exten-
sion sion
DN 25 PN 10/16/ 18 115 14 68 24.5 22.6 27 2 85 4 0, 50, 100,
25/40 150 oder
200
PN 63/100 24 140 18 68 24.5 22.6 27 2 100 4
PN 160 24 140 18 68 24.5 22.6 27 2 100 4
PN 250 28 150 22 68 24.5 22.6 27 2 105 4
DN 40 PN 10/16/ 16 150 18 88 38 30 42 2 110 4
25/40
PN 63/100 24 170 22 88 38 30 42 2 125 4
PN 160 26 170 22 88 38 30 42 2 125 4
DN 50 PN 10/16/ 18 165 18 102 48.3 40 51 2 125 4
25/40
PN 63/100 26 195 26 102 48.3 40 51 2 145 4
PN 160 28 195 26 102 48.3 40 51 2 145 4
DN 80 PN 10/16/ 22 200 18 138 76 65 85 2 160 8
25/40
PN 100 30 230 26 138 76 65 85 2 180 8
DN 100 PN 10/16 18 220 18 158 94 85 85 2 180 8
PN 25/40 22 235 22 162 94 85 85 2 190 8
DN 125 PN 16 20 250 18 188 127 85 116 2 210 8
PN 40 24 270 26 188 127 85 116 2 220 8

diameter pressure with exten- without
sion exten-
sion
1 inch 150 0.71 (18) 4.33 (110) 0.61 (15.6) 2 (50.8) 0.96 (24.5) 0.89 (22.6) 1.18 (30) 0.08 (2) 3.13 (79.4) 4 0, 2,
3.94,
300 0.77 (19.5) 4.92 (125) 0.75 (19.1) 2 (50.8) 0.96 (24.5) 0.89 (22.6) 1.18 (30) 0.08 (2) 3.5 (88.9) 4 5.94
600 0.96 (24.5) 4.92 (125) 0.75 (19.1) 2 (50.8) 0.96 (24.5) 0.89 (22.6) 1.18 (30) 0.28 (7) 3.5 (88.9) 4 oder
7.87
1500 1.4 (35.6) 5.91 (150) 1 (25.4) 2 (50.8) 0.96 (24.5) 0.89 (22.6) 1.18 (30) 0.28 (7) 4 (101.6) 4 (0,
1½ inch 150 0.63 (15.9) 4.92 (125) 0.63 (15.9) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.08 (2) 3.87 (98.4) 4 50,
100,
300 0.75 (19.1) 6.10 (155) 0.87 (22.2) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.08 (2) 4.5 (114.3) 4 150
oder
400/600 0.88 (22.3) 6.10 (155) 0.87 (22.2) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.28 (7) 4.5 (114.3) 4
200)
900/1500 1.25 (31.8) 7.09 (180) 1.13 (28.6) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.28 (7) 4.87 (123.8) 4
2 inch 150 0.69 (17.5) 5.91 (150) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.08 (2) 4.75 (120.7) 4
300 0.81 (20.7) 6.5 (165) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.08 (2) 5 (127) 8
400/600 1.00 (25.4) 6.5 (165) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.28 (7) 5 (127) 8
900/1500 1.5 (38.1) 8.46 (215) 1.00 (25.4) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.28 (7) 6.5 (165.1) 8
3 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 7.48 (190) 0.75 (19.1) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 6 (152.4) 4
300 1.06 (27) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22.2) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 6.63 (168.3) 8
600 1.23 (31.8) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22.2) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 6.63 (168.3) 8
1500 1.88 (47.7) 10.43 (265) 1.25 (31.8) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 8 (203.2) 8
4 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 9.06 (230) 0.75 (19.1) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 7.5 (190.5) 8
300 1.19 (30.2) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 7.87 (200) 8
400 1.38 (35) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 7.87 (200) 8
1500 2.13 (54) 12.20 (310) 1.37 (34.9) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 9.5 (241.3) 8
5 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.08 (2) 8.5 (215.9) 8
300 1.31 (33.4) 11.02 (280) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.08 (2) 9.25 (235) 8
400 1.50 (38.1) 11.02 (280) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.28 (7) 9.25 (235) 8
1/358 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Connection to J.I.S 1
exten- exten-
sion sion
DN 50 10K 14 (0.55) 155 (6.10) 19 (0.75) 96 (3.78) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 120 (4.72) 4 0, 50,
100,
20K 16 (0,63) 165 (6.50) 19 (0.75) 96 (3.78) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 120 (4.72) 8 150
40K 26 (1.02) 165 (6.50) 19 (0.75) 105 (4.13) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 130 (5.12) 8 oder
200
DN 80 10K 16 (0.63) 185 (7.28) 19 (0.75) 126 (4.96) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 150 (5.91) 8
(0, 2,
20K 20 (0.79) 200 (7.87) 23 (0.91) 132 (5.20) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 160 (6.30) 8 3.94,
5.94
40K 32 (1.26) 210 (8.27) 23 (0.91) 140 (5.51) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 170 (6.30) 8 oder
DN 100 10K 16 (0.63) 210 (8.27) 19 (0.75) 151 (5.94) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 175 (6.89) 8 7.87)
20K 22 (0.87) 225 (8.86) 23 (0.91) 160 (6.30) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 185 (7.28) 8
40K 36 (1.42) 250 (9.84) 25 (0.98) 165 (6.50) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 205 (8.07) 8

Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/359

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seals of flange design mounted directly and with capillary
1 ■ Overview Materials
• Main body Stainless steel, 1.4404/316L
• Wetted parts Stainless steel, 1.4404/316L
• Without coating
• PTFE coating
• ECTFE coating (for vacuum on
request)
• PFA coating
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
Hastelloy C22, W.-Nr. 2.4602
Tantalum
Titanium, W.-Nr. 3.7035
Nickel 201
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462
• Capillary Stainless steel, mat.
No. 1.4571/316Ti
Diaphragm seal of flange design for pressure transmitters for differential stainless steel, mat. No.
pressure, fixed connection and with flexible capillary 1.4404/316L
■ Technical specifications Sealing material in the process

flanges
Diaphragm seals of screwed design for pressure transmitters for • For pressure transmitters, absolute Copper
differential pressure, fixed connection and with flexible capillary pressure transmitters and low-
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure pressure applications
• For other applications Viton
• DN 40 PN 10/16/25/40/63/100/160 Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
• DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40/63/100
• DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40/100 Tube length Without tube
• DN 100 PN 10/16/25/40 50 mm (1.97 inch)
• DN 125 PN 16/40 100 mm (3.94 inch)
Connecting standard ASME B16.5 150 mm (5.91 inch)
• 1½ inch Class 150/300/400/600/900/1500 200 mm (7.87 inch)
• 2 inch Class 150/300/400/600/900/1500
Capillary
• 3 inch Class 150/300/600/1500
• 4 inch Class 150/300/400/1500 • Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
lengths on request
• 5 inch Class 150/300/400
• DN 50 10K
Filling liquid Silicone oil M5
• DN 80 20K
• DN 100 40K Silicone oil M50
Sealing surface
• For stainless steel, mat. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)
No. 1.4404/316L ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA Food oil (FDA listed)
• For the other materials To EN 1092-1, form B2 or Max. recommended temperature of 170 °C (338 °F)
ASME B16.5 RFSF medium
remote seal
remote seals
practice)
1/360 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
code code
Flange type design, direct connected at Flange type design, direct connected at
high-side and with flexible capillary tube at high-side and with flexible capillary tube at
low-side to low-side to
ential pressure and flow, ential pressure and flow,
7MF03../7MF04.. order separately 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately
77777 - 0 777 777 77777 - 0 777 777
Click on the Article No. for the online con- Length of capillary tube at low-side
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. 1m 10
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure 1,6 m 11
2m 12
2,5 m 13
DN 40 PN 10/16/25/40 0 DD
3m 14
PN 63/100 0DF
4m 15
PN 160 0 DG
5m 16
DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40 0 ED
6m 17
PN 63 0EE
7m 18
PN 100 0EF
8m 20
DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40 0 GD
9m 21
PN 100 0GF
10 m 22
DN 100 PN 10/16 0 HB
Other version 98 L1Y
PN 25/40 0 HD Add Order code and plain text
DN 125 PN 16 0 JB
PN 40 0 JD Filling liquid
Silicone oil M50 B
Connecting standard ASME B16.5 High-temperature oil C
1½ inch class 150 1 LA Silicone oil M5 A
class 300 1 LB Food-grade oil (FDA listed) E
class 400/600 1 LD Halocarbon oil D
class 900/1500 1LF Other version Z P1Y
2 inch class 150 1 MA Add Order code and plain text
class 300 1 MB
class 400/600 1 MD
class 900/1500 1MF
3 inch class 150 1 PA
class 300 1 PB
class 600 1 PD
class 1500 1PF
4 inch class 150 1 QA
class 300 1 QB
class 400 1 QC
class 1500 1QF
class 300 1 RB
class 400 1 RC
DN 50 10K 2ES
20K 2ET
40K 2 EU
DN 80 10K 2GS
20K 2GT
40K 2 GU
DN 100 10K 2HS
20K 2HT
40K 2 HU
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/361

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
code code
Flange type design, direct connected at Flange type design, direct connected at
high-side and with flexible capillary tube at high-side and with flexible capillary tube at
low-side to low-side to
77777 - 0 777 777 77777 - 0 777 777
Wetted parts materials • Wetted parts stainless steel with PFA coating
Stainless steel 316L Range Standard length
• Without coating A 20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") D1
• With PFA coating D (0.79 ... 1.97")
• With PTFE coating E0 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") D2
• With ECTFFE coating F (2.01 ... 3.94")
Monel 400, 2.4360 G 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") D3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
Hastelloy C276, 2.4819 J
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") D4
Tantalum K (5.94 ... 7.87")
Titanium, 3.7035 L0 201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") D5
Nickel 201 M0 (7.91 ... 9.84")
Diaphragm Duplex, 1.4462 Q
Diaphragm plus flange Duplex, 1.4462 R
Stainless steel 316L with gold coating S0
Hastelloy C4, 2.4610 U0 20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") G1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
Hastelloy C22, 2.4602 V0
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") G2
Other version Z 8 Q1Y (2.01 ... 3.94")
Add Order code and plain text 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") G3
Extension length (3.98 ... 5.91")
• without 0 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") G4
• 50 mm (2") 1 (5.94 ... 7.87")
• 100 mm (4") 2 • Wetted parts Hastelloy C276
• 150 mm (6") 3 Range Standard length
• 200 mm (8") 4 20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") J1
• 250 mm (10") 5 (0.79 ... 1.97")
Other version Z 8 Q1Y 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") J2
Add Order code and plain text (2.01 ... 3.94")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") J3
Customer-specific extension length (3.98 ... 5.91")
• Wetted parts stainless steel without coating 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") J4
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") A1 • Wetted parts Tantalum
(0.79 ... 1.97") Range Standard length
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") A2 20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") K1
(2.01 ... 3.94") (0.79 ... 1.97")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") A3 51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") K2
(3.98 ... 5.91") (2.01 ... 3.94")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") A4 101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") K3
(5.94 ... 7.87") (3.98 ... 5.91")
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") A5 151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") K4
(7.91 ... 9.84") (5.94 ... 7.87")
• Wetted parts stainless steel with ECTFE
coating
20 ... 50 mm 50 mm (1.97") F1
(0.79 ... 1.97")
51 ... 100 mm 100 mm (3.94") F2
(2.01 ... 3.94")
101 ... 150 mm 150 mm (5.91") F3
(3.98 ... 5.91")
151 ... 200 mm 200 mm (7.87") F4
(5.94 ... 7.87")
201 ... 250 mm 250 mm (9.84") F5
(7.91 ... 9.84")
1/362 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Factory certificates Capillary coating
Quality inspection certificate (Five-step factory C11 PE protective tube
calibration) to IEC 60770-2 1m S10
Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 - material of C12 1,6 m S11
body and wetted parts 2m S12
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE C13 2,5 m S13
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009) 3m S14
(only together with seal diaphragm made of Hastelloy 4m S15
and stainless steel) 5m S16
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of C15 6m S17
pressure containing and wetted parts 7m S18
Certificate of FDA-approved fill oil (to EN10204-2.2) C17 8m S19
9m S20
Factory certificate functional safety (SIL2/3), devices C20
suitable for use according to IEC 61508 and IEC 61511 10 m S21
(includes SIL conformity declaration) PTFE protective tube
Accessories 1m S40
Spark arrestor (for differential pressure and level transmit- D62 1,6 m S41
ters) 2m S42
Low-temperature version (for Silicon Oil M50 only) D67 2,5 m S43
Extended negative pressure service (for differential D88 6m S47
General product approvals without explosion proof 8m S49
approvals 9m S50
10 m S51
including certificate EN10204-2.2 PVC protective tube
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil max. temperature 1m S70
60 °C and max. pressure 50 bar) 1,6 m S71
2m S72
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil) 2,5 m S73
3m S74
Sealing surface
4m S75
RFSF/ANSI B16.5 (wetted parts 316L only) 6m S77
Sealing surface groove to EN1092-1, form D M54 7m S78
8m S79
(instead of sealing surface RF 125...250AA, wetted 10 m S81
parts 316L only)
(wetted parts 316L only) Customer-specific tube length (specify in plain text) Y44
• DN 25 M70 Specification of process conditions1)
• DN 40 M71
• DN 50 M72
• DN 80 M73 • -10 ... +50 °C (14 ... +122 °F) preset D66
• DN 100 M74 • -40 ... +50 °C (-40 ... +122 °F) D67
• DN 125 M75 • -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F) D68
Sealing surface with spigot to EN1092-1, form E Process temperature min. ... °C/(°F)/max. ... °C/(°F) Y50
(wetted parts 316L only) 1) See also "Specification of process conditions for selection and ordering
• DN 25 M76 data", page 1/337.
• DN 40 M77
• DN 50 M78
• DN 80 M79
• DN 100 M80
• DN 125 M81
Sealing surface with recess to EN1092-1, form F
• DN 25 M82
• DN 40 M83
• DN 50 M84
• DN 80 M85
• DN 100 M86
• DN 125 M87
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/363

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
D b
dM f
n x d2
100 (3.94)
Bending radius
Ø d4
Øk
≥ 150 mm (5.9)
Handhold
Ø 16 (6.3)
Tube length L
see ordering data
L b
f
Ø d4
Ø d5
ØD
Øk
100 (3.94) 1)
1)
150 (5.9) with option R15, 200 (7.87) with option R20
n x d2
Diaphragm seals of screwed design with flexible capillary, fixed connection, for connection to a SITRANS P320/420 pressure transmitter for differential
pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/364 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Connection to EN 1092-1 1
exten- exten-
sion sion
DN 40 PN 10/16/ 16 150 18 88 38 30 42 2 110 4 0, 50, 100,
25/40 150 oder
200
PN 63/100 24 170 22 88 38 30 42 2 125 4
PN 160 26 170 22 88 38 30 42 2 125 4
DN 50 PN 10/16/ 18 165 18 102 48.3 40 51 2 125 4
25/40
PN 63/100 26 195 26 102 48.3 40 51 2 145 4
PN 160 28 195 26 102 48.3 40 51 2 145 4
DN 80 PN 10/16/ 22 200 18 138 76 65 85 2 160 8
25/40
PN 100 30 230 26 138 76 65 85 2 180 8
DN 100 PN 10/16 18 220 18 158 94 85 85 2 180 8
PN 25/40 22 235 22 162 94 85 85 2 190 8
DN 125 PN 16 20 250 18 188 127 85 116 2 210 8
PN 40 24 270 26 188 127 85 116 2 220 8

exten- exten-
sion sion
1½ inch 150 0.63 (15.9) 4.92 (125) 0.63 (15.9) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.08 (2) 3.87 (98.4) 4 0, 2,
3.94,
300 0.75 (19.1) 6.10 (155) 0.87 (22.2) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.08 (2) 4.5 (114.3) 4 5.94
400/600 0.88 (22.3) 6.10 (155) 0.87 (22.2) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.28 (7) 4.5 (114.3) 4 oder
7.87
900/1500 1.25 (31.8) 7.09 (180) 1.13 (28.6) 2.87 (73) 1.5 (38) 1.18 (30) 1.42 (36) 0.28 (7) 4.87 (123.8) 4 (0, 50,
2 inch 150 0.69 (17.5) 5.91 (150) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.08 (2) 4.75 (120.7) 4 100,
150
300 0.81 (20.7) 6.5 (165) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.08 (2) 5 (127) 8 oder
200)
400/600 1.00 (25.4) 6.5 (165) 0.75 (19.1) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.28 (7) 5 (127) 8
900/1500 1.5 (38.1) 8.46 (215) 1.00 (25.4) 3.63 (92.1) 1.9 (48.3) 1.57 (40) 2.01 (51) 0.28 (7) 6.5 (165.1) 8
3 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 7.48 (190) 0.75 (19.1) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 6 (152.4) 4
300 1.06 (27) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22.2) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 6.63 (168.3) 8
600 1.23 (31.8) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22.2) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 6.63 (168.3) 8
1500 1.88 (47.7) 10.43 (265) 1.25 (31.8) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.65 (65) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 8 (203.2) 8
4 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 9.06 (230) 0.75 (19.1) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 7.5 (190.5) 8
300 1.19 (30.2) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.08 (2) 7.87 (200) 8
400 1.38 (35) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 7.87 (200) 8
1500 2.13 (54) 12.20 (310) 1.37 (34.9) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 0.28 (7) 9.5 (241.3) 8
5 inch 150 0.88 (22.3) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.08 (2) 8.5 (215.9) 8
300 1.31 (33.4) 11.02 (280) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.08 (2) 9.25 (235) 8
400 1.50 (38.1) 11.02 (280) 0.87 (22.2) 7.31 (185.7) 5 (127) 4.57 (116) 4.57 (116) 0.28 (7) 9.25 (235) 8
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/365

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1 Connection to J.I.S
exten- exten-
sion sion
DN 50 10K 14 (0.55) 155 (6.10) 19 (0.75) 96 (3.78) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 120 (4.72) 4 0, 50,
100,
20K 16 (0,63) 165 (6.50) 19 (0.75) 96 (3.78) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 120 (4.72) 8 150
40K 26 (1.02) 165 (6.50) 19 (0.75) 105 (4.13) 48.3 (1.9) 40 (1.57) 51 (2.01) 2 130 (5.12) 8 oder
200
DN 80 10K 16 (0.63) 185 (7.28) 19 (0.75) 126 (4.96) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 150 (5.91) 8
(0, 2,
20K 20 (0.79) 200 (7.87) 23 (0.91) 132 (5.20) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 160 (6.30) 8 3.94,
5.94
40K 32 (1.26) 210 (8.27) 23 (0.91) 140 (5.51) 76 (2.99) 65 (2.56) 85 (3.35) 2 170 (6.30) 8 oder
DN 100 10K 16 (0.63) 210 (8.27) 19 (0.75) 151 (5.94) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 175 (6.89) 8 7.87)
20K 22 (0.87) 225 (8.86) 23 (0.91) 160 (6.30) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 185 (7.28) 8
40K 36 (1.42) 250 (9.84) 25 (0.98) 165 (6.50) 94 (3.7) 85 (3.35) 85 (3.35) 2 205 (8.07) 8

1/366 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Diaphragm seal, screwed design, directly mounted or/and with capillary
■ Overview
1
Diaphragm seal, screwed gland design with inside diaphragm for gauge, Process connection, open measuring flange
absolute and differential pressure for direct mounting
Diaphragm seal, screwed gland with inside diaphragm • Sealing material on the process Viton or copper (in the case of
connection vacuum-free version)
Process connection Nominal pressure
• Sealing material between top and Viton (FKM) (standard)
• Open flange EN1092-1 bottom section Teflon (PTFE)
- DN 15 PN 10/16/25/40/63/100/160/250 metal spring ring (silver-coated)
- DN 20 PN 10/16/25/40 Capillary
- DN 25 PN 10/16/25/40/63/100/160/250 • Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft)
• Open flange ASME B16.5 • Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
- ½ inch, ¾ inch, 1 inch Class 150/300/600/1500 • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
• Thread to EN 837-1 • Sheath Stainless steel protective tube,
- G¼"B, G½"B, G¾"B, G1"B PN 100/250 mat. No. 1.4301/304
• Thread ASME B1.20.1 Filling liquid • Silicone oil M5
- ¼" NPT-M, ¼" NPT-F Class 1500/3675 • Silicone oil M50
- ½" NPT-M, ½" NPT-F Class 1500/3675 • High-temperature oil
- ¾" NPT-M, ¾" NPT-F Class 1500/3675 • Halocarbon oil
- 1" NPT-M, 1" NPT-F Class 1500/3675 (for measuring O2)
• Food oil (FDA listed)
Sealing surface for open measure-
ment flange Max. recommended temperature of 170 °C (338 °F)
• For stainless steel, mat. no. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or medium
1.4404/316L ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure
Materials transmitter and the filling liquid
of the remote seal
• Lower section (in the case of pro- Stainless steel, Mat. no.
cess connection thread) 1.4404/316L
the technical specifications of the
• Diaphragm Stainless steel, Mat. no. pressure transmitters and in the
1.4404/316L section "Technical data of filling
• No coating liquid" in the introduction to the
remote seals
• With PTFE coating
Weight Approx. 1.5 kg (3.3 lb)
Monel 400, mat. no. 2.4360
Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819
Classification according to For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
pressure equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
Tantal (PED 2014/68/EU) with requirements of article 4,
Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, paragraph 3 (sound engineering
thickness approx. 25 m practice)
• Top section (process connection Stainless steel, mat. no.
in the case of an open measure- 1.4404/316L
ment flange)
• Capillary Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/367

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
code code
Diaphragm seal threaded design Diaphragm seal threaded design
With inside diaphragm, directly connected or With inside diaphragm, directly connected or
connected via flexible capillary tube to a connected via flexible capillary tube to a
pressure or absolute pressure (only togeth- pressure or absolute pressure (only togeth-
er with negative pressure service), er with negative pressure service),
7MF03../7MF04.. order separately, 7MF03../7MF04.. order separately,
77777 - 0 77 0 777 77777 - 0 77 0 777
Open flange, connecting standard EN 1092-1 Connection via capillary tube
Length of capillary
DN 15 PN 10/16/25/40 0 AD
1m 10
PN 63/100 0AF
1,6 m 11
PN 160 0 AG
2m 12
PN 250 0 AH
2,5 m 13
DN 20 PN 10/16/25/40 0 AM
3m 14
DN 25 PN 10/16/25/40 0 BD
4m 15
PN 63/100 0BF
5m 16
PN 160 0 BG
6m 17
PN 250 0 BH
7m 18
Open flange, connecting standard
ASME B16.5 8m 20
½ inch class 150 1 KA 9m 21
class 300 1 KB 10 m 22
class 600 1 KC Other version 98 L1Y
class 1500 1 KD
¾ inch class 150 1KF Filling liquid
class 300 1 KG Silicone oil M50 B
class 600 1 KH High-temperature oil C
class 1500 1KJ Silicone oil M5 A
1 inch class 150 1KL Food-grade oil (FDA listed) E
class 300 1 KM Halocarbon oil D
class 600 1 KN Other version Z P1Y
class 1500 1KP Add Order code and plain text
Process connection thread EN 837-1 Wetted parts materials
G¼"B PN 100 3 SB Stainless steel 316L without coating A
G¼"B PN 250 3 SC Stainless steel 316L with PTFE-coating E
G½"B PN 100 3SF Monel 400, 2.4360 G
G½"B PN 250 3 SG Hastelloy C276, 2.4819 J
G¾"B PN 100 3 SK Tantalum K
G¾"B PN 250 3SL Stainless steel 316L with gold coating S
G1"B PN 100 3SP Hastelloy C4, 2.4610 U
G1"B PN 250 3 SQ
Other version Z Q1Y
Process connection thread ASME B1.20.1
¼"-NPT-M Class 1500 5 TA
¼"-NPT-M Class 3675 5 TB
¼"-NPT-F Class 1500 5 TC
¼"-NPT-F Class 3675 5 TD
½"-NPT-M Class 1500 5TE
½"-NPT-M Class 3675 5TF
½"-NPT-F Class 1500 5 TG
½"-NPT-F Class 3675 5 TH
¾"-NPT-M Class 1500 5TJ
¾"-NPT-M Class 3675 5 TK
¾"-NPT-F Class 1500 5TL
¾"-NPT-F Class 3675 5 TM
1"-NPT-M Class 1500 5 TN
1"-NPT-M Class 3675 5TP
1"-NPT-F Class 1500 5 TQ
1"-NPT-F Class 3675 5 TR
1/368 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Factory certificates Capillary coating
Quality inspection certificate (Five-step factory C11 PE protective tube
calibration) to IEC 60770-2 1m S10
Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 - material of C12 1,6 m S11
body and wetted parts 2m S12
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE C13 2,5 m S13
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009) 3m S14
(only together with seal diaphragm made of Hastelloy 4m S15
and stainless steel) 5m S16
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of C15 6m S17
pressure containing and wetted parts 7m S18
9m S20
Factory certificate functional safety (SIL2/3), devices C20
suitable for use according to IEC 61508 and IEC 61511 10 m S21
(includes SIL conformity declaration) PTFE protective tube
Accessories 1m S40
1,6 m S41
2m S42
Flushing port ¼"-18 NPT unsealed D70 2,5 m S43
Flushing port ¼"-18 NPT sealed with stainless steel plug D71 3m S44
4m S45
Sealing material between upper and lower enclosure D75
PTFE (instead of FKM viton) 5m S46
6m S47
Sealing material between upper and lower enclosure D76
7m S48
metal C-circlip (instead of FKM viton)
8m S49
PTFE coating for lower enclosure (only for G½B PN 100, D77 9m S50
DN 25 PN 10 ... 40, 1 inch Class 150/300)
10 m S51
PVC protective tube
Negative pressure service (for gauge and absolute D81 1m S70
pressure transmitters) 1,6 m S71
transmitters)
2,5 m S73
absolute pressure transmitters) 3m S74
Extended negative pressure service (for differential D88 4m S75
6m S77
approvals 7m S78
8m S79
Oil-and grease-free cleaned version (for O2-appl. E80 9m S80
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil max. temperature 10 m S81
60 °C and max. pressure 50 bar) Customer-specific tube length
including certificate EN10204-2.2 Customer-specific tube length (specify in plain text) Y44
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil) Specification of process conditions1)
Capillary connection (only for 7MF0840) Ambient temperature range
Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S03 • -10 ... +50 °C (14 ... +122 °F) preset D66
ters at high-side • -40 ... +50 °C (-40 ... +122 °F) D67
Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S04 • -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F) D68
ters at low-side
Cooling element S08 Process temperature min. ... °C/(°F)/max. ... °C/(°F) Y50
data", page 1/337.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/369

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Cooling
element
65 (2.56)
Number of
screws
b1
b
39 (1.54)
SW 27
(0.79)
20
3 (0.12)
G½B or
½"-NPT
ØD
Diaphragm seal, screwed gland with inside diaphragm, for gauge and absolute pressure, direct and attached directly to the transmitter with with cap-
illaries, dimensions in mm (inch)
Range D b b1 Number of
mm mm mm screws
up to 100 bar 98 14 16 6
up to 250 bar 98 14 20 12
1/370 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Number
of screws
b1
b
SW 27
h
l1
d1
l2
ØD Connection shanks
according to DIN EN 837-1
Diaphragm seal, screwed gland with inside diaphragm, for differential

pressure, direct and attached directly to the transmitter with with capillar-
ies, dimensions in mm (inch)
Nomi- Nominal D d4 k M Number b b1 f
nal pressure mm mm mm of holes mm mm mm
diam-
eter
DN 25 PN 10/16/ 115 68 85 M12 4 26 12 2
25/40
1 inch 150 110 50.8 79.4 M12 4 32 12 2
lb/sq.in
1 inch 300 125 50.8 88.9 M16 4 32 12 2
lb/sq.in
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/371

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Quick-release diaphragm seals
1 ■ Overview • Standard clamp DIN 32676,
row C Tri-clamp
- 1 inch, 1½ inch PN 25
- 2 inch, 2½ inch PN 16
- 3 inch PN 10
• Standard clamp DIN 32676,
row A metric
- DN 25/32/40 PN 25
- DN 50 PN 16
- DN 65 PN 10
• Varivent
- DN 25/32/40/50 PN 25
• DRD-flange
- DN 50 PN 40
Sealing surface
• For stainless steel, mat. No. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or
1.4404/316L ASME B 16.5RF 125 ... 250 AA
ASME B16.5 RFSF
Quick-release diaphragm seals, to DIN 11851 with slotted union nut
Materials
• Main body Stainless steel 316L
• Wetted parts Stainless steel 316L
No. 1.4571/316Ti
stainless steel, mat. No.
1.4301/316
Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
Tube length Without tube
Capillary
lengths on request
Quick-release diaphragm seals, with clamp connection • Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
Quick-release diaphragm seals are available for the following • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
SITRANS P pressure transmitter series:
• For pressure: P300, DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS stainless steel, mat. No.
PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus 1.4404/316L
• For differential pressure and flow: P500, DS III with HART, Filling liquid Food oil (FDA listed)
DS III with PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• The quick-release remote seals are common designs in the mitter and the filling liquid of the
food industry. Their design means that the medium cannot ac- remote seal
cumulate in dead volumes. The quick-release clamp present More information can be found in
on the remote seal means that quick dismounting is possible the technical data of the pressure
for cleaning. transmitters and in the section
■ Technical specifications the Technical description to the
remote seals
Quick-release diaphragm seal
Connection, nominal diameter Nominal pressure
• Standard to DIN 11851 with nut
- DN 25/32/40 PN 40 Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
- DN 50/65/80 PN 25 equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
• Standard to DIN 11851 with thread paragraph 3 (sound engineering
- DN 25/32/40 PN 40 practice)
- DN 50/65/80 PN 25 EHEDG Complies with EHEDG recom-
• Standard clamp ISO 2852 mendations
- DN 25/38/51 PN 16
- DN 63.5/76.1 PN 10
1/372 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
code code
Quick release diaphragm seal Quick release diaphragm seal
Flange type design, with flexible capillary tube Flange type design, with flexible capillary tube
or directly connected to a or directly connected to a
pressure or absolute pressure (only togeth- pressure or absolute pressure (only togeth-
er with negative pressure service), er with negative pressure service),
77777 - 0 7A 0 777 77777 - 0 7A 0 777
Connection standard DIN 11851 with nut Connection via capillary tube
Length of capillary
DN 25 PN 40 0 BM
1m 10
DN 32 PN 40 0 CD
1,6 m 11
DN 40 PN 40 0 DM
2m 12
DN 50 PN 25 0 EK
2,5 m 13
DN 65 PN 25 0FL
3m 14
DN 80 PN 25 0 GK
4m 15
Connection standard DIN 11851 with thread 5m 16
DN 25 PN 40 1 BM 6m 17
DN 32 PN 40 1 CD 7m 18
DN 40 PN 40 1 DM 8m 20
DN 50 PN 25 1 EK 9m 21
DN 65 PN 25 1FL 10 m 22
DN 80 PN 25 1 GK
Other version 98 L1Y
Connection standard Clamp ISO 2852 Add Order code and plain text
DN 25 PN 16 2 BK Filling liquid
DN 38 PN 16 2 CQ Food-grade oil (FDA listed) E
DN 51 PN 16 2 FH
DN 63.5 PN 10 2FJ Other version Z P1Y
DN 76.1 PN 10 2GJ
Connection standard Clamp DIN 32676,
row C Tri-clamp
DN 1" PN 25 3KV
DN 1½" PN 25 3LV
DN 2" PN 16 3 MV
DN 2½" PN 16 3NV
DN 3" PN 10 3PV
row A metric
DN 25 PN 25 4BL
DN 32 PN 25 4 CC
DN 40 PN 25 4DL
DN 50 PN 16 4EJ
DN 65 PN 10 4 FK
Varivent
DN 25/32 PN 25 5CL
DN 40/50 PN 25 5 DK
DRD-flange
DN 50 PN 40 6 EM
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/373

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Factory certificates PVC protective tube
Quality inspection certificate (Five-step factory C11 1m S70
calibration) to IEC 60770-2 1,6 m S71
2m S72
Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 - material of C12
body and wetted parts 2,5 m S73
3m S74
4m S75
pressure containing and wetted parts
5m S76
Factory certificate functional safety (SIL2/3), devices C20 7m S78
suitable for use according to IEC 61508 and IEC 61511 8m S79
(includes SIL conformity declaration) 9m S80
Negative pressure services 10 m S81
Negative pressure service (for gauge and absolute D81 Customer-specific tube length
transmitters) Specification of process conditions1)
Extended negative pressure service (for gauge and D85 Ambient temperature range
absolute pressure transmitters)
Extended negative pressure service (for differential D88 • -10 ... +50 °C (14 ... +122 °F) preset D66
pressure transmitters) • -40 ... +50 °C (-40 ... +122 °F) D67
• -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F) D68
Capillary connection (only for 7MF0830)
ters at high-side 1) See also "Specification of process conditions for selection and ordering
Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S04 data", page 1/337.
ters at low-side
Cooling element S08
Capillary coating
PE protective tube
1m S10
1,6 m S11
2m S12
2,5 m S13
3m S14
4m S15
5m S16
6m S17
7m S18
8m S19
9m S20
10 m S21
1m S40
1,6 m S41
2m S42
2,5 m S43
3m S44
4m S45
5m S46
6m S47
7m S48
8m S49
9m S50
10 m S51
1/374 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Cooling
element
212 (8.35)
65 (2.56)
H
H
dM dM
dM
d1 DN
DN
D G1 G1
D D
Mounted directly on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure
Bending radius
≥ 150 mm (5.9)
dM dM
dM
d1 DN
DN
G1 G1
D
D D
Mounted on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure or differential pressure and flow
Ø 84
4 holes
DRD
h
Varivent
30.7
16.7
dM
Ø 50
ØD
Ø 65.5
ØA Ø 105
Quick-release diaphragm seal, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/375

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1 Connection to DIN 11851 with slotted union nut Clamp connection to DIN 32676 row C (Tri-Clamp) for pipes to
ASME BPE
Nominal Ø dM ØD H G1
diameter Nominal Nominal dM d1 b D
mm mm mm mm
diameter pressure
DN 25 25 63 36 Rd 52x1/6 mm mm mm mm
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
DN 32 32 70 36 Rd 52x1/6
1" PN 25 22.6 43.5 14 50.5
DN 40 40 78 36 Rd 65x1/6 (0.89) (1.71) (0.55) (1.99)
DN 50 52 112 36 Rd 78x1/6 1½" PN 25 34 43.5 12 50.5
(1.34) (1.71) (0.47) (1.99)
DN 65 65 112 36 Rd 95x1/6
2" PN 16 46 56.5 14 64
DN 80 72 127 36 Rd 110x1/6 (1.81) (2.22) (0.55) (2.52)
Connection to DIN 11851 with threaded socket 2½" PN 16 51 70.5 14 77.5
(2.01) (2.78) (0.55) (3.05)
Nominal Ø dM H G1
diameter 3" PN 16 65 83.5 14 91
mm mm mm (2.56) (3.29) (0.55) (3.58)
DN 25 25 36 Rd 52x1/6
Clamp connection to DIN 32676 row A (metric) for pipes to
DN 32 32 36 Rd 52x1/6 EN 10357 (DIN 11850)
DN 40 40 36 Rd 65x1/6 Nominal Nominal Ø dM d1 b D
DN 50 52 36 Rd 78x1/6 diameter pressure
mm mm mm mm
DN 65 65 36 Rd 95x1/6 DN 25 PN 25 22.6 43.5 14 50.5
DN 80 72 36 Rd 110x1/6 DN 32 PN 25 27 43.5 12 50.5
Clamp connection to ISO 2852 for pipes to ISO 2037 DN 40 PN 25 34 43.5 12 50.5
Nominal Nominal dM d1 b D DN 50 PN 16 46 56.5 14 64
diameter pressure
mm mm mm mm DN 65 PN 16 65 83.5 14 91
DN 25 PN 16 22.6 43.5 14 50.5 Varivent
DN 38 PN 16 34 43.5 12 50.5 Nominal diameter dM A D h
DN 51 PN 16 46 56.5 14 64 mm mm mm mm
DN 63.5 PN 10 51 70.5 14 77.5 (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
DN 76.1 PN 10 65 83.5 14 91 DN 25, DN 32, 1", 1¼" 40 66 50 19
(1.57) (2.6) (1.97) (0.75)
DN 40 ... 125, 1 ½" ... 6" 58 84 68 19
(2.28) (3.331) (2.68) (0.75)
dM Effective diaphragm diameter
1/376 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Miniature diaphragm seals
■ Overview G Ø dM SW Ød L H
1
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch)
G1B 25 (0.98) 41 (1.61) 39 (1.53) 28 (1.1) 56 (2.21)
G1½B 40 (1.57) 55 (2.17) 60 (2.36) 30 (1.18) 50 (1.97)
G2B 50 (1.97) 60 (2.36) 70 (2.76) 30 (1.18) 63 (2.48)
G Ø dM SW L H
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch)
1"-NPT 27 (1.06) 41 (1.61) 25 (0.98) 40 (1.57)
1½"-NPT 34 (1.34) 55 (2.17) 26 (1.02) 45 (1.77)
2"-NPT 46 (1.81) 65 (2.56) 26 (1.02) 45 (1.77)
Miniature diaphragm seals ■ Technical specifications

The miniature diaphragm seals are available for the Miniature diaphragm seals
SITRANS P320/420 pressure transmitter series. Measuring span when
Suitable for high pressures, contaminated, fibrous and viscous • G1B and 1"-NPT > 6 bar (> 87 psi)
media in the chemical, paper, food and drink industries. • G1½B and 1½"-NPT > 2 bar (> 29 psi)
• G2B and 2"-NPT > 600 mbar (> 8.7 psi)
■ Design Filling liquid Silicone oil M5 or food oil (FDA listed)
• Flush-mounted diaphragm Material
• No dead spaces • Main body Stainl. steel mat No. 1.4404/ 316L or
• Fixed threaded stems • Diaphragm Stainl. steel mat No. 1.4404 / 316L or
■ Dimensional drawings Maximum pressure 100% of nominal pressure of pressure
transmitter, up to maximum of PN 400
(5802 psi) (depending on the seal
used)
Temperature of use Same as pressure transmitter
Temperature range of medium Same as pressure transmitter
Max. recommended tempera- 150 °C (302 °F)
ture of medium
Weight
• G1B and 1"-NPT Approx. 0.3 kg (approx. 0.66 lb)
• G1½B and 1½"-NPT Approx. 0.5 kg (approx. 1.10 lb)
178 (7.02)

Cooling Classification according to For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids
element pressure equipment directive of fluid group 1; complies with
(DGRL 2014/68/EU) requirements of article 4, para-
graph 3 (sound engineering practice)
65 (2.56)
SW
H
L
dM
G
d
Miniature diaphragm seal, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/377

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Selection and Ordering data Order code
code
Further designs
Miniature diaphragm seal
directly connected to a
Factory certificates
• SITRANS P320/P420 transmitter for gauge 7MF 0 8 5 0 -
pressure or absolute pressure (only togeth- Quality inspection certificate (Five-step factory C11
er with negative pressure service), calibration) to IEC 60770-2
7MF03../7MF04.. order separately Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 - material of C12
Scope of delivery: 1 off body and wetted parts
Click on the Article No. for the online con- 7 77 0 0 - 0 77 0 777 Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE C13
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. (MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
Process connection (only together with seal diaphragm made of Hastelloy
and stainless steel)
Connection standard DIN 3852
G ½" PN 400 4ST Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of C15
G ¾" PN 400 4 SU pressure containing and wetted parts
G 1" PN 400 4SV Certificate of FDA-approved fill oil (to EN10204-2.2) C17
G 1½" PN 400 4 SW Factory certificate functional safety (SIL2/3), devices C20
G 2" PN 400 4SX suitable for use according to IEC 61508 and IEC 61511
Connection standard ASME B1.20.1 (includes SIL conformity declaration)
½"-NPT-M class 5800 5TS Negative pressure services
¾"-NPT-M class 5800 5TT
Negative pressure service D81
1"-NPT-M class 5800 5 TU
1½"-NPT-M class 5800 5TV absolute pressure transmitters)
2"-NPT-M class 5800 5 TW
Capillary connection
Add Order code and plain text Cooling element between transmitter and remote seal S08
Filling liquid Customer-specific tube length
Silicone oil M5 A Customer-specific tube length (specify in plain text) Y44
Other version Z P1Y
Add Order code and plain text Ambient temperature range
• -10 ... +50 °C (14 ... +122 °F) preset D66
Wetted parts material
Stainless steel 316L without coating A • -40 ... +50 °C (-40 ... +122 °F) D67
Hastelloy C276, 2.4819 J • -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F) D68
data", page 1/337.
1/378 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Inline seals in sandwich design
■ Overview ■ Technical specifications

1
Inline seals for flange-mounting
• DN 25/40/50/65/80/100/125 PN 6 ... PN 100
• 1, 1½, 2, 2½, 3, 4, 5 inch Class 150 ... class 2500
Process connection Flange to EN 1092-1 or
ASME B 16.5
Sealing surface • for stainless steel mat. no.
1.4404/316L according to
EN 1092-1, form B1 or
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
• for all other materials according
to EN 1092-1, form B2 or
ASME B16.5 RFSF
Materials
Inline seals for flange-mounting • Main body Stainless steel 1.4404/316L

• Diaphragm Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
The inline seal is completely integrated in the process line. It is
particularly suitable for flowing and highly viscous media. • Wetted parts Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
The inline seal consists of a cylindrical jacket into which a thin- • Without coating
walled pipe is welded. It is clamped directly between two • ECTFE coating
flanges in the pipeline. (for vacuum on request)
• PFA coating
■ Design Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
• Inline seals for flange-mounting (flange design) to EN/ASME
for SITRANS P pressure transmitters
- For pressure: P300, DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602
PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus Tantalum
- For differential pressure and flow: DS III with HART,
DS III with PROFIBUS PA, DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus • Capillary Stainless steel, mat.
and P500 No. 1.4404/316L
• Sealing surface to EN 1092-1 or ASME B16.5 • Sheath Spiral protective tube made of
• Connection to the transmitter directly or by means of a flexible 1.4301/316
capillary (max. 10 m long)
Capillary
• See Technical data for details of materials used for the wetted
• Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft)
parts
• Material used for the capillary, the guard sleeve, the seal’s • Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
main body and the measuring cell: Stainless steel, • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
mat.-No. 1.4571 Filling liquid Silicone oil M5
• Filling liquid: Silicone oil, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil,
Silicone oil M50
food oil (FDA listed) or glycerin/water (not suitable for uses in
low-pressure range) High-temperature oil
Halocarbon oil
■ Function Food oil (FDA listed)
The measured pressure is transferred from the diaphragm to the Permissible ambient temperature See pressure transmitters, see fill-
filling liquid and passes either directly or through the capillary to ing liquid
the measuring chamber of the pressure transmitter. The interior Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
of the diaphragm seal and of the capillary, as well as the mea-
suring chamber of the pressure transmitter, are filled gas-free by Certificates and approvals
the filling liquid. Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
Note: (DGRL 2014/68/EU) with the requirements of article 4,
When operating in the low-pressure range, also during commis- paragraph 1 (appendix 1);
sioning, it is recommended to use a vacuum-proof remote seal assigned to category III, confor-
(see Selection and Ordering data). TÜV Nord
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/379

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
code code
Inline seal Inline seal
Sandwich type design, directly connected or Sandwich type design, directly connected or
77777 - 0 77 0 777 77777 - 0 77 0 777
Click on the Article No. for the online con- Filling liquid
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Silicone oil M50 B
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure High-temperature oil C
Connecting standard EN 1092-1 Silicone oil M5 A
DN 25 PN 6 ... 100 0BP Food-grade oil (FDA listed) E
DN 40 PN 6 ... 100 0DP Halocarbon oil D
DN 50 PN 6 ... 100 0EP Other version Z P1Y
DN 65 PN 6 ... 100 0FP Add Order code and plain text
DN 80 PN 6 ... 100 0GP Wetted parts materials
DN 100 PN 6 ... 100 0HP Stainless steel 316L
DN 125 PN 6 ... 100 0JP • Without coating A
Connecting standard ASME B16.5 • With PFA coating D
1 inch class 150 ... 2500 1KX • With ECTFFE coating F
1½ inch class 150 ... 2500 1LX Monel 400, 2.4360 G
2 inch class 150 ... 2500 1 MX Hastelloy C276, 2.4819 J
2½ inch class 150 ... 2500 1NX Tantalum K
3 inch class 150 ... 2500 1PX Hastelloy C4, 2.4610 U
4 inch class 150 ... 2500 1QX Other version Z Q1Y
5 inch class 150 ... 2500 1RX Add Order code and plain text
Transmitter connection
Without capillary tube, direct mount straight 00
connection (for gauge pressure)
Without capillary tube, direct mount connec- 01
tion via 90°-bow (for gauge pressure)
Connection via capillary tube
Length of capillary
1m 1 0
1,6 m 1 1
2m 1 2
2,5 m 1 3
3m 1 4
4m 1 5
5m 1 6
6m 1 7
7m 1 8
8m 2 0
9m 2 1
10 m 2 2
11 m (only for 7MF0900) 2 3
12 m (only for 7MF0900) 2 4
13 m (only for 7MF0900) 2 5
14 m (only for 7MF0900) 2 6
15 m (only for 7MF0900) 2 7
Other version 9 8 L1Y
1/380 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
• DN 40 M83
• DN 80 M85
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
• DN 125 M87
Inspection certificate (EN 10204-3.1) - PMI test of C15 For 7MF0900
Certificate of FDA-approved fill oil (to EN10204-2.2) C17 ters at high-side
Factory certificate functional safety (SIL2/3), devices C20 Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S04
suitable for use according to IEC 61508 and IEC 61511 ters at low-side
(includes SIL conformity declaration) cooling element S08
Accessories Capillary coating
Spark arrestor (for gauge and absolute pressure transmit- D61 PE protective tube
ters)
1m S10
Spark arrestor (for differential pressure and level transmit- D62
1,6 m S11
ters)
2m S12
2,5 m S13
Negative pressure service (for gauge and absolute D81 4m S15
Extended negative pressure service (for gauge and D85 8m S19
absolute pressure transmitters)
9m S20
Extended negative pressure service (for differential D88
pressure transmitters) 10 m S21
General product approvals without explosion proof 12 m (only for 7MF0902) S23
approvals
Oil-and grease-free cleaned version (for O2-appl. E80 14 m (only for 7MF0902) S25
including certificate EN10204-2.2 15 m (only for 7MF0902) S26
60 °C and max. pressure 50 bar) PTFE protective tube
Oil-and grease-free cleaned version (not for O2-appl. E87 1m S40
including certificate EN10204-2.2 1,6 m S41
(only with fill fluid Halocarbon oil) 2m S42
Sealing surface 2,5 m S43
RFSF/ANSI B16.5 (wetted parts 316L only) 4m S45
Sealing surface groove to EN1092-1, form D M54 5m S46
(instead of sealing surface B1, wetted parts 316L only) 6m S47
(instead of sealing surface RF 125...250AA, wetted 8m S49
parts 316L only) 9m S50
Sealing surface with tongue to EN1092-1, form C 10 m S51
(wetted parts 316L only) 11 m (only for 7MF0902) S52
• DN 25 M70 12 m (only for 7MF0902) S53
• DN 40 M71 13 m (only for 7MF0902) S54
• DN 50 M72 14 m (only for 7MF0902) S55
• DN 80 M73 15 m (only for 7MF0902) S56
• DN 100 M74
• DN 125 M75
• DN 25 M76
• DN 40 M77
• DN 50 M78
• DN 80 M79
• DN 100 M80
• DN 125 M81
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/381

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Further designs
PVC protective tube
1m S70
1,6 m S71
2m S72
2,5 m S73
3m S74
4m S75
5m S76
6m S77
7m S78
8m S79
9m S80
10 m S81
• -10 ... +50 °C (14 ... +122 °F) preset D66
• -40 ... +50 °C (-40 ... +122 °F) D67
• -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F) D68
data", page 1/337.
1/382 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
178 (7.02)
Cooling
element
65 (2.56)
H
Ø MB
D
Inline seal for flange-mounting, connected to SITRANS P pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/383

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
DN PN D Mb L H
mm bar mm mm mm mm
25 6 ... 100 68 28.5 60 81
40 88 43.1 60 91
50 100 54.5 60 93
65 120 70.3 60 107
80 138 82.5 60 116
100 160 107.1 60 127
125 188 127 60 141

DN Class D Mb L H
(inch) mm mm mm mm
1 150 ... 2500 50 28.5 60 72
(1.97) (1.12) (2.36) (2.83)
1½ 150 ... 2500 73.5 43.1 60 84
(2.89) (1.70) (2.36) (3.31)
2 150 ... 2500 91.9 54.5 60 93
(3.62) (2.15) (2.36) (3.66)
2½ 150 ... 2500 104.6 70.3 60 99
(4.12) (2.77) (2.36) (3.9)
3 150 ... 2500 127 82.5 60 110
(5) (3.25) (2.36) (4.33)
4 150 ... 2500 157.2 107.1 60 125
(6.19) (4.22) (2.36) (4.92)
5 150 ... 2500 188 127 60 141
(7.4) (5) (2.36) (5.55)
1/384 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Quick-release inline seals
1
The measured pressure is transferred from the diaphragm,
mounted on the inner circumference of the inline seal, to the fill-
ing liquid and then passes through the capillary to the measur-
ing chamber of the pressure transmitter. The interior of the inline
seal and of the capillary, as well as the measuring chamber of
the pressure transmitter, are filled gas-free by the filling liquid.
Note:
When operating in the low-pressure range, also during commis-
sioning, it is recommended to use a vacuum-proof pressure
transmitter (see Selection and Ordering data).
Quick-release inline seals for gauge pressure
Connection Nominal Nominal
diameter pressure
• Standard to DIN 11851 with DN 25/32/40 PN 40
thread
Quick-release inline seals, to DIN 11851 with threaded socket DN 50/65/80 PN 25
• Standard Clamp ISO 2852 DN 25/38/51 PN 16
DN 63.5/76.1 PN 10
• Standard Clamp DIN 32676, 1, 1½ inch PN 25
row C Tri-clamp
2, 2½ inch PN 16
3 inch PN 10
• Standard Clamp DIN 32676, DN 25/32/40 PN 25
row A metric
DN 50 PN 16
DN 65 PN 10
Material
• Main body Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
Capillary
Quick-release inline seals, with clamp connection
Quick-release inline seals for pressure are available for the fol-
lowing SITRANS P pressure transmitter series: • Sheath Spiral protective tube made of
• P300 1.4404/316L
• DS III with HART Filling liquid • Food oil (FDA listed)
• DS III with PROFIBUS PA Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
• DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus mitter and the filling liquid of the
remote seal
■ Application the technical data of the pressure
The quick-release inline seal is a special design for flowing and "Technical data of filling liquid" in
high-viscosity media. Because it is completely integrated in the the Technical description to the
process line, there are no turbulences, dead spaces or other ob- remote seals
stacles in the flow direction. The medium flows almost unhin- Weight Approx. 4 kg (approx. 8.82 lb)
dered through the inline seal and causes self-cleaning of the
sample chamber. The inline seal is also piggable. Certificate and approvals
■ Design sure equipment directive
(DGRL 2014/68/EU)
uids of fluid group 1; complies with
the requirements of article 4,
The quick-release clamp is available in two versions: paragraph 1 (appendix 1);
assigned to category III, confor-
• DIN 11851 with threaded socket mity evaluation module H by the
• Clamp connection TÜV Nord
The inline seal is connected to the pressure transmitter either di- EHEDG Complies with EHEDG recommen-
dations
rectly or by way of a capillary.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/385

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
code code
Quick release inline-seal Quick release inline-seal
Flange type design, with flexible capillary tube Flange type design, with flexible capillary tube
or directly connected to a or directly connected to a
77777 - 0 7A 0 777 77777 - 0 7A 0 777
Connection standard DIN 11851 with thread Connection via capillary tube
Length of capillary
DN 25 PN 40 1 BM
1m 10
DN 32 PN 40 1 CD
1,6 m 11
DN 40 PN 40 1 DM
2m 12
DN 50 PN 25 1 EK
2,5 m 13
DN 65 PN 25 1FL
3m 14
DN 80 PN 25 1 GK
4m 15
Connection standard Clamp ISO 2852 5m 16
DN 25 PN 16 2 BK 6m 17
DN 38 PN 16 2 CQ 7m 18
DN 51 PN 16 2 FH 8m 20
DN 63,5 PN 10 2FJ 9m 21
DN 76,1 PN 10 2GJ 10 m 22
Connection standard Clamp DIN 32676, Other version 98 L1Y
row C Tri-clamp Add Order code and plain text
DN 1" PN 25 3KV
Filling liquid
DN 1½" PN 25 3LV
DN 2" PN 16 3 MV
Other version Z P1Y
DN 2½" PN 16 3NV Add Order code and plain text
DN 3" PN 10 3PV
row A metric
DN 25 PN 25 4BL
DN 32 PN 25 4 CC
DN 40 PN 25 4DL
DN 50 PN 16 4EJ
DN 65 PN 10 4 FK
1/386 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Factory certificates PVC protective tube
Quality inspection certificate (Five-step factory C11 1m S70
calibration) to IEC 60770-2 1,6 m S71
2m S72
Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 - material of C12
body and wetted parts 2,5 m S73
3m S74
4m S75
5m S76
Factory certificate functional safety (SIL2/3), devices C20 7m S78
suitable for use according to IEC 61508 and IEC 61511 8m S79
(includes SIL conformity declaration) 9m S80
Negative pressure services 10 m S81
Negative pressure service (for gauge and absolute D81 Customer-specific tube length
absolute pressure transmitters) Specification of process conditions1)
Capillary connection Ambient temperature range
Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S03 • -10 ... +50 °C (14 ... +122 °F) preset D66
ters at high-side • -40 ... +50 °C (-40 ... +122 °F) D67
Single-side mounted at differential pressure transmit- S04 • -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F) D68
ters at low-side
cooling element S08
Capillary coating
data", page 1/337.
PE protective tube
1m S10
1,6 m S11
2m S12
2,5 m S13
3m S14
4m S15
5m S16
6m S17
7m S18
8m S19
9m S20
10 m S21
1m S40
1,6 m S41
2m S42
2,5 m S43
3m S44
4m S45
5m S46
6m S47
7m S48
8m S49
9m S50
10 m S51
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/387

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
178 (7.02)
Cooling
element
65 (2.56)
H
Rd
d1
d1
D
L L

Rd
d1
d1
L L
Quick-release inline seal, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/388 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Inline seals for pipes according to EN 10357 (DIN 11851) 1
Food connections
DIN 11851 DIN 32676
Length Inner diameter Connection Nominal Round thread Nominal Clamp connec-
height pressure connection to pressure tion to DIN
DIN 11851 32676
Nominal diameter L (mm) di (mm) h (mm) Thread Rd D (mm)
DN 10 96 10 27.5 PN 40 28 x 1/8" PN 16 34
DN 15 150 16 12 PN 40 34 x 1/8" PN 16 34
DN 25 110 26 21 PN 40 52 x 1/6" PN 16 50.5
DN 32 110 32 26 PN 40 58 x 1/6" PN 16 50.5
DN 40 110 38 28.5 PN 40 65 x 1/6" PN 16 50.5
DN 50 110 50 34 PN 25 78 x 1/6" PN 16 64
DN 65 110 66 42 PN 25 95 x 1/6" PN 10 91
DN 80 60 81 47.5 PN 25 110 x 1/4" PN 10 106
DN 100 60 100 60 PN 25 130 x 1/4" PN 10 119
Inline seals for pipes according to BS 4825 Part 3 and O.D. Tube (suitable for pipes according to ASME-BPE)
Food connection
IDF to ISO 2853 Clamp connection to ISO 2852
Length Inner diameter Connection Nominal IDF-Thread to Nominal Clamp connec-
height pressure ISO 2853 pressure tion to ISO 2852
Nominal diameter L (mm) di (mm) h (mm) IDF-thread (Tr) D (mm)
1 inch 25.4 mm 110 22.2 21 PN 40 37 x 3.175 PN 16 50.5
1½ inch 38 mm 110 34.8 28.5 PN 40 50 x 3.175 PN 16 50.5
2 inch 51 mm 110 47.8 34 PN 25 64 x 3.175 PN 16 64
1½ inch 63.5 mm 110 60.3 38 PN 25 77.5 x 3.175 PN 16 77.5
3 inch 76.1 mm 60 72.9 44.5 PN 25 91 x 3.175 PN 10 91
4 inch 101.6 mm 60 97.6 59.5 PN 25 118 x 3175 PN 10 119
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/389

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Flushing rings for diaphragm seals
1 ■ Overview ■ Technical specifications
Flushing ring for remote seals of sandwich and flange design
• DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 100
• DN 80 PN 16 ... PN 100
• DN 100 PN 16 ... PN 100
• DN 125 PN 16 ... PN 100
• 2 inch Class 150 ... class 600
Flushing ring Sealing surface
Flushing rings are required for flange-mounted and sandwich- • To EN 1092-1 Form B1
type remote seals (Article No. 7MF0800 ... 7MF0814) if the dan-
Form B2
ger exists that the process conditions and the geometry of the
connection could cause the medium to form deposits or block- Form D/Form D
ages. Form C/Form C
The flushing ring is clamped between the process flange and Form C/Form C
the remote seal.
Form E
Deposits can be flushed away from the diaphragm through the Form F
holes in the side, or the pressure volume can be vented. Different
nominal diameters and forms permit adaptation to the respec- • To ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
tive process flange. RFSF
Process connection RJF ring groove
For flanges to EN and ASME: Flushing holes (2 off), female • G¼
DN 50, 80, 100, 125; PN 16 ... 100 or thread
• G½
DN 2 inch, 3 inch, 4 inch, 5 inch; Class 150 ... 600
• ¼-18 NPT
Standard design • ½-14 NPT
Material: CrNi-Stahl, mat. No. 1.4404/316L Material Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
Sealing faces and flushing holes: See Selection and Ordering
data
■ Design
Remote seal flange Flushing ring
Flushing outlet Flushing inlet
Gasket
Measuring
point flange
Installation example
1/390 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Selection and Ordering data Article No.Ord. code ■ Dimensional drawings

1
Flushing ring 7MF 4 9 2 5 -
Connection according to EN 1092-1
for remote seals 7MF0800 to 7MF0814 1 7777 777
Form B1 and form B2
Nom. diam. Nominal pressure
A A
• DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 100 A
• DN 80 PN 16 ... PN 100 B
• DN 100 PN 16 ... PN 100 C
• DN 125 PN 16 ... PN 100 D
• 2 inch Class 150 ... 600 G
• 3 inch Class 150 ... 600 H
• 4 inch Class 150 ... 600 J
• 5 inch Class 150 ... 600 K
Only for RJF ring groove, 7MF4925-1*R....:
• 2 inch Class 150 NR
• 3 inch Class 150 PR A–A
• 4 inch Class 150 QR
• 5 inch Class 150 RR Thread
• 2 inch Class 300 ... 600 UR
h
• 3 inch Class 300 ... 600 VR
• 4 inch Class 300 ... 600 WR
• 5 inch Class 300 ... 600 XR
6.3
6.3
Other version Z J1Y di
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ... d4
Sealing surface
• EN 1092-1
Flushing ring; sealing surface (EN 1092-1), form B1 and form B2
- Form B1 A
- Form B2 C DN PN Thread d4 di h Weight
- Form C/Form C D mm bar Ø in mm Ø in mm Ø in mm kg (lb)

(inch) (inch) (inch)
- Form D/Form C E
- Form D/Form D F 50 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 102 (4.02) 62 (2.44) 30 (1.18) 1.24
(2.73)
- Form E G
80 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 138 (5.43) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 1.99
- Form F H (4.39)
• ASME B16.5
100 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 162 (6.38) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 3.35
- RF 125 ... 250 AA M (7.39)
- RFSF Q
125 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 188 (7.40) 132 (5.2) 30 (1.18) 3.38
- RJF ring groove R (7.45)
Other version Z K1Y
Add Order code and plain text: 50 16 … 100 ½ NPT 102 (4.02) 62 (2.44) 30 (1.18) 1.24
Sealing surface: ... (2.73)
80 16 … 100 ½ NPT 138 (5.43) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 1.99
Flushing holes (2 off) (4.39)
• Female thread G¼ 1
• Female thread G½ 2 100 16 … 100 ½ NPT 162 (6.38) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 3.35
(7.39)
• Female thread ¼-18 NPT 3
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 4 125 16 … 100 ½ NPT 188 (7.40) 132 (5.2) 30 (1.18) 3.38
(7.45)
Material
• Stainless steel 316L 0
Other version 9 M1 Y
Material: ...
code.
to EN 10204, section 3.1
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/391

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1 Form D/form C Form D/form D
A A A A
A–A A–A
Thread Thread
h
h
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
di
di
d4
d4
Flushing ring; sealing surface (EN 1092-1), form D/form C Flushing ring; sealing surface (EN 1092-1), form D/form D
DN PN Thread d4 di h Weight DN PN Thread d4 di h Weight
mm bar Ø in mm Ø in mm Ø in mm kg (lb) mm bar Ø in mm Ø in mm Ø in mm kg lb)

50 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 102 (4.02) 62 (2.44) 35.5 1.46 50 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 102 (4.02) 62 (2.44) 40 (1.58) 1.65
(1.40) (3.22) (3.64)
80 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 138 (5.43) 92 (3.62) 35.5 2.36 80 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 138 (5.43) 92 (3.62) 40 (1.58) 2.66
(1.40) (5.2) (5.86)
100 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 162 (6.38) 92 (3.62) 35.5 3.96 100 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 162 (6.38) 92 (3.62) 40 (1.58) 4.47
(1.40) (8.73) (9.86)
125 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 188 (7.40) 132 (5.2) 35.5 4.00 125 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 188 (7.40) 132 (5.2) 40 (1.58) 4.50
(1.40) (8.82) (9.92)
50 16 … 100 ½ NPT 102 (4.02) 62 (2.44) 40.5 1.67 50 16 … 100 ½ NPT 102 (4.02) 62 (2.44) 40 (1.58) 1.65
(1.595) (3.68) (3.64)
80 16 … 100 ½ NPT 138 (5.43) 92 (3.62) 40.5 2.69 80 16 … 100 ½ NPT 138 (5.43) 92 (3.62) 40 (1.58) 2.66
(1.595) (5.93) (5.86)
100 16 … 100 ½ NPT 162 (6.38) 92 (3.62) 40.5 4.52 100 16 … 100 ½ NPT 162 (6.38) 92 (3.62) 40 (1.58) 4.47
(1.595) (9.97) (9.86)
125 16 … 100 ½ NPT 188 (7.40) 132 (5.2) 40.5 4.56 125 16 … 100 ½ NPT 188 (7.40) 132 (5.2) 40 (1.58) 4.50
(1.595) (10.05) (9.92)
1/392 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Form C/form C and form E DN PN Thread d4 di h x f3 Weight
1
mm bar Ø in Ø in Ø in Ø in Ø in kg (lb)
mm mm mm mm mm
A A (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
50 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 102 62 31 87 4.5 1.49
(4.02) (2.44) (1.22) (3.43) (0.18) (3.28)
80 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 138 92 31 120 4.5 2.40
(5.43) (3.62) (1.22) (4.72) (0.18) (5.29)
100 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 162 92 30 149 5 (0.2) 4.21
(6.38) (3.62) (1.18) (5.87) (9.28)
125 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 188 132 30 175 5 (0.2) 4.21
(7.40) (5.2) (1.18) (6.89) (9.28)
50 16 … 100 ½ NPT 102 62 31 87 4.5 1.49
(4.02) (2.44) (1.22) (3.43) (0.18) (3.28)
A–A 80 16 … 100 ½ NPT 138 92 31 120 4.5 2.40
(5.43) (3.62) (1.22) (4.72) (0.18) (5.29)
Thread 100 16 … 100 ½ NPT 162 92 30 149 5 (0.2) 4.21

(6.38) (3.62) (1.18) (5.87) (9.28)
125 16 … 100 ½ NPT 188 132 30 175 5 (0.2) 3.38
h
(7.40) (5.2) (1.18) (6.89) (7.45)
Form F
6.3
6.3
di
A A
d4
Flushing ring; sealing surface (EN 1092-1), form C/form C
A A
A–A
Thread
h
A–A
6.3
6.3
Thread di
d4
h
Flushing ring; sealing surface (EN 1092-1), form F

6.3
6.3
DN PN Thread d4 di h x f3 Weight
di
mm bar Ø in Ø in Ø in Ø in Ø in kg lb)
mm mm mm mm mm
d4 (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
50 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 102 62 35 88 4 1.25
Flushing ring; sealing surface (EN 1092-1), form E (4.02) (2.44) (1.38) (3.46) (0.16) (2.76)
80 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 138 92 35 121 4 2.02
(5.43) (3.62) (1.38) (4.76) (0.16) (4.45)
100 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 162 92 35 150 4.5 3.11
(6.38) (3.62) (1.38) (5.91) (0.18) (6.86)
125 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 188 132 35 175 4.5 3.19
(7.40) (5.2) (1.38) (6.89) (0.18) (7.03)
50 16 … 100 ½ NPT 102 62 40 88 4 1.45
(4.02) (2.44) (1.58) (3.46) (0.16) (3.2)
80 16 … 100 ½ NPT 138 92 40 121 4 2.35
(5.43) (3.62) (1.58) (4.76) (0.16) (5.18)
100 16 … 100 ½ NPT 162 92 40 150 4.5 3.67
(6.38) (3.62) (1.58) (5.91) (0.18) (8.09)
125 16 … 100 ½ NPT 188 132 40 175 4.5 3.76
(7.40) (5.2) (1.58) (6.89) (0.18) (8.29)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/393

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1 Connection according to ASME B 16.5
RFSF and RF 125 ... 250 AA RJF ring groove
A A A A
A–A A–A
Thread Thread
h
h
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
di
di
d4
d4
Flushing ring; sealing surface (ASME B 16.5), RFSF and RF

125 to 250 AA Flushing ring; sealing surface (ASME B 16.5), RJF ring groove
DN Class Thread d4 di h Weight DN Class Thread d4 di h Weight
inch Ø in mm Ø in mm Ø in mm kg lb) inch Ø in mm Ø in mm Ø in mm kg lb)
2 150 … 600 ¼ NPT 92 (3.62) 62 (2.44) 30 (1.18) 0.87 2 150 ¼ NPT 102 (4.02) 62 (2.44) 40 (1.58) 1.65
(1.92) (3.64)
3 150 … 600 ¼ NPT 127 (5) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 1.44 3 150 ¼ NPT 133 (5.24) 92 (3.62) 40 (1.58) 2.32
(3.17) (5.12)
4 150 … 600 ¼ NPT 157 (6.18) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 3.05 4 150 ¼ NPT 171 (6.73) 92 (3.62) 40 (1.58) 5.22
(6.72) (11.51)
5 150 … 600 ¼ NPT 186 (7.32) 141 (5.55) 30 (1.18) 2.77 5 150 ¼ NPT 194 (7.64) 141 (5.55) 40 (1.58) 4.46
(6.11) (9.83)
2 150 … 600 ½ NPT 92 (3.62) 62 (2.44) 30 (1.18) 0.87 2 150 ½ NPT 102 (4.02) 62 (2.44) 46 (1.81) 1.90
(1.92) (4.19)
3 150 … 600 ½ NPT 127 (5) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 1.44 3 150 ½ NPT 133 (5.24) 92 (3.62) 46 (1.81) 2.66
(3.17) (5.86)
4 150 … 600 ½ NPT 157 (6.18) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 3.05 4 150 ½ NPT 171 (6.73) 92 (3.62) 46 (1.81) 6.00
(6.72) (13.23)
5 150 … 600 ½ NPT 186 (7.32) 141 (5.55) 30 (1.18) 2.77 5 150 ½ NPT 194 (7.64) 141 (5.55) 46 (1.81) 5.13
(6.11) (11.31)
2 300 … 600 ¼ NPT 108 (4.25) 62 (2.44) 40 (1.58) 1.96
(4.32)
3 300 … 600 ¼ NPT 146 (5.75) 92 (3.62) 40 (1.58) 3.23
(7.12)
4 300 … 600 ¼ NPT 175 (6.89) 92 (3.62) 40 (1.58) 5.57
(12.28)
5 300 … 600 ¼ NPT 210 (8.27) 141 (5.55) 40 (1.58) 6.08
(13.4)
2 300 … 600 ½ NPT 108 (4.25) 62 (2.44) 46 (1.81) 2.26
(4.98)
3 300 … 600 ½ NPT 146 (5.75) 92 (3.62) 46 (1.81) 3.71
(8.18)
4 300 … 600 ½ NPT 175 (6.89) 92 (3.62) 46 (1.81) 6.4
(14.11)
5 300 … 600 ½ NPT 210 (8.27) 141 (5.55) 46 (1.81) 7
(15.43)
1/394 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Measuring setups
■ Overview Possible combinations of pressure transmitters and remote 1

seals
This section shows examples of typical measuring setups for us- Type of installation Pressure trans- Remote seals
ing SITRANS P pressure transmitters with and without remote mitters
seals.
A/B 7MF030.-... 7MF0800-...
Equations for calculating lower range value and upper range 7MF031.-... 7MF0810-...
value are provided for each example. 7MF040.-...
7MF041.-...
Questionnaires are included to help you select the right combi- C1 and C2 7MF032.-... 7MF0800-...
nation of remote seal and pressure transmitter. 7MF042.-... 7MF0810-...
Installation (negative pressure
service in each case)
Remote seals of sandwich design are fitted between the con-
nection flange of the measuring point and a dummy flange. Re- 7MF033.-... 7MF0801-...
7MF043.-... 7MF0811-...
mote seals of flange design are fitted directly on the connection
flange of the measuring point. The respective pressure rating of D 7MF034.-... 7MF0802-...
the dummy flange or the flanged remote seal must be observed. 7MF035.-... 7MF0812-...
7MF044.-...
The pressure transmitter should be installed below the connec- 7MF045.-...
tion flange (and below the lower connection flange in the case of E 7MF034.-... 7MF0813-...
differential pressure transmitters). This arrangement must be 7MF035.-...
used in the low-pressure range. 7MF044.-...
7MF045.-...
When measuring at pressures above atmospheric, the pressure
transmitter can also be installed above the connection flange. G, H and J 7MF034.-... 7MF0802-...
7MF035.-... 7MF0812-...
The capillaries between the remote seal and the pressure trans- 7MF044.-...
mitter should be as short as possible to obtain a good transmis- 7MF045.-...
sion response.
Offset of measuring range
If there is a difference in height between the two connection
flanges when measuring with two remote seals, an additional dif-
ferential pressure will result from the oil filling of the remote seal
capillaries. This results in a measuring range offset which has to
be taken into account when you set the pressure transmitter.
An offset in the measuring range also occurs when combining a
remote seal with a transmitter if the remote seal is not installed at
the same height as the transmitter.
Pressure transmitter output
If the level, separation layer or density increase in closed ves-
sels, the differential pressure and hence the output signal of the
pressure transmitter also increase.
For an inverted relationship between the differential pressure
and the output signal, the lower range value and upper range
value of the SITRANS P must be interchanged.
With open vessels, a rising pressure is usually assigned to an in-
creasing level, separation layer or density.
Temperature differences between the individual capillaries and
between the individual remote seals should be avoided.
Temperature variations in the area of the measuring setup cause
a change in volume of the filling liquid and hence measuring er-
rors.
Notes
• For the separation layer measurement, the separation layer
has to be positioned between the two spigots. Also you must
make sure that the level in the container is always above the
top spigot.
• When measuring density, make sure that the level of the me-
dium remains constant. The level should be above the top
spigot.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/395

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Measuring setups with remote seals
Types of installation for pressure and level measurements (open vessels)
Installation type A Installation type B Installation type A

Lower range value: pMA = ρFL · g · HU - ρOil · g · H1
Upper range value: pME = ρFL · g · HO - ρOil · g · H1
∆H ∆H
Installation type B
HO
HO
Lower range value: pMA = ρFL · g · HU + ρOil · g · H1
Upper range value: pME = ρFL · g · HO + ρOil · g · H1
HU HU
H1
Legend
pMA Lower range value to be set
pME Upper range value to be set
H1
ρFL Density of medium in vessel
ρOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to the remote
seal
Pressure transmitter Pressure transmitter g Local acceleration due to gravity
above the measuring point below the measuring point
HU Lower range value
HO Upper range value
H1 ≤ 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as filling liquid only H1 ≤ 4 m (13.1 ft) H1 Distance between vessel flange and pressure
trans.
Types of installation for absolute level measurements (closed vessels)
Installation type C1 Installation type C2 Installation type C1 and C2

Lower range value: pMA = pSTART + ρOil · g · H1
Upper range value: pME = pEND + ρOil · g · H1
Legend
H1
pSTART Lower range value
pabs pabs pEND Upper range value
ρOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to
the remote seal
H1
g Local acceleration due to gravity
H1 Distance between vessel flange and
pressure trans.
Pressure transmitter for absolute pressure always below the measuring point: H1 ≥ 200 mm (7.9 inch)
Type of installation for differential pressure and flow measurements
Installation type D Filter monitoring Installation type D

Lower range value: pMA = pSTART - ρOil · g · HV
Upper range value: pME = pEND - ρOil · g · HV
Legend
H1 HV
pEND Upper range value
ρOil Density of filling oil in the capillary
to the remote seal
H2 HV Distance between the measuring
points (spigots)
+ -
1/396 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Types of installation for level measurements (closed vessels) 1
Installation type E Installation type E
Lower range value: pMA = ρFL · g · HU - ρOil · g · HV
Upper range value: pME = ρFL · g · HO - ρOil · g · HV
Legend
∆H
HV the remote seal
HO
HU HO Upper range value
HV Distance between the measuring
+ - points (spigots)
Installation type G Installation type H Installation type J
H1 - +
H1
∆H H2
HV
HO - +
H1
H2
HU
H2
+ -
Pressure transmitter for differential pressure below the lower measuring point between the measuring points, no vacuum
above the upper measuring point, no vacuum
H2 ≤ 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as filling Installation type for vacuum applications H2 ≤ 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as filling
liquid only H1 ≤ 4 m (13.1 ft) liquid only H2 ≤ 4 m (13.1 ft)
Installation type G, H and J Legend

Lower range value: pMA Lower range value to be set g Local acceleration due to gravity
pMA = ρFL · g · HU - ρOil · g · HV pME Upper range value to be set HU Lower range value
Upper range value: ρFL Density of medium in vessel HO Upper range value
pME = ρFL · g · HO - ρOil · g · HV ρOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to HV Distance between the measuring
the remote seal points (spigots)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/397

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Measuring setups without remote seals
1 ■ Overview
Notes Also you must make sure that the level in the container is al-
• For the separation layer measurement, the separation layer ways above the top spigot.
has to be positioned between the two spigots. • When measuring density, make sure that the level of the medium
remains constant. The level should be above the top spigot
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure, for flanging
Measuring setups for open containers
Level measurement
Upper range value Lower range value: pMA = ρ · g · HU
Upper range value: pME = ρ · g · HO
Legend
ρ pME Upper range value to be set
HO
Lower range value
ρ Density of medium in vessel
HU
+
Separation layer measurement

Constant level Lower range value: pMA = g · (HU · ρ1 + (HO - HU) · ρ2)
= Upper range value
Upper range value: pME = ρ1 · g · HO
ρ2
Legend
Separation layer
ρ1 pME Upper range value to be set
HO Lower range value
ρ1 Density of heavier liquid
ρ2 Density of lighter liquid
HU
+ HO Upper range value
Density measurement
Lower range value: pMA = ρMIN · g · HO
Constant level
Upper range value: pME = ρMAX · g · HO
Legend
HO ρ
ρMIN Minimum density of medium in vessel
ρMAX Maximum density of medium in vessel
HO Upper range value in m
1/398 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
Measuring setups for closed containers 1
Level measurement, Version 1
Static
pressure Gas-filled negative Lower range value: ∆pMA = ρ · g · HU
pressure line Upper range value: ∆pME = ρ · g · HO
Legend
Maximum level
∆pMA Lower range value to be set
∆pME Upper range value to be set
Upper range value ρ Density of medium in vessel
Lower range value
HO HO Upper range value
HU ρ
+ -
Transmitter
reference line

Static
pressure Constant Lower range value: ∆pMA = g · (HU · ρ - HV · ρ')
reference Upper range value: ∆pME = g · (HO · ρ - HV · ρ')
level
Mamimum level Legend
Upper range value Liquid-filled negative
pressure line ρ Density of medium in vessel
ρ' Density of liquid in the negative pressure
HV line (corresponding to the temperature
Lower range value ρ' existing there)
HO
HU ρ HU Lower range value
+ - HV Distance between the measuring points

(spigots)
Transmitter
reference line
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/399

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS P320/P420
1
Static
pressure Lower range value: ∆pMA = PStat + ρ · g · HU - PStat
PStat
Transmitter 1 Transmitter 2
Upper range value: ∆pME = PStat + ρ · g · HO - PStat
Mamimum level
+ Transmitter 1 Transmitter 2
Transmitter 2 Legend
Upper range value (for pressure or ∆pMA Lower range value to be set
differential pressure)
HV Lower range value ρ Density of medium in vessel
HO
HV Distance between the measuring points (spigots)
+
Transmitter 1 The pressure measuring range (≙ level) will be calculated by subtraction

(for pressure or of measuring range of transmitter 1 minus measuring range of
differential pressure) transmitter 2 in the process control system.
Static Separation layer measurement

pressure Static
Lower range value: ∆pMA = g · (HU · ρ1 + (HO - HU) · ρ2 - HV · ρ'2)
pressure
Constant level Upper range value: ∆pME = g · (HO · ρ1 - HV · ρ'2)
Max. separation layer Legend

Upper range value ρ1 Density of heavier liquid with separation layer
in vessel
ρ'2 ρ2 Density of lighter liquid with separation layer
ρ2 HV
Lower range value
ρ'2 Density of liquid in the negative pressure line
HO (corresponding to the temperature existing
HU there)
ρ1
+ - HO Upper range value
HV Distance between the measuring points
Transmitter
(spigots)
reference line
1/400 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
■ Overview
1
In many cases, a capillary must be connected between the re-
In many cases the pressure transmitter and the medium have to mote seal and the pressure transmitter in order, for example, to
be physically separated. It is then necessary to use a remote reduce the temperature effects on the pressure transmitter when
seal. the measured medium is hot.
The remote seals can be used with the following SITRANS P However, the capillary influences the activation time and the
pressure transmitter series: temperature response of the overall remote seal system. When
• Gauge pressure capillaries are used to connect a remote seal to a pressure trans-
- P300 with HART, PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus mitter for differential pressure, two capillaries of equal length
- DS III with HART, PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus must always be used.
- P410 with HART, PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus Optionally, the remote seal with diaphragm extension (tube) can
• Absolute pressure be ordered.
- P300, DS III with HART The remote seals in sandwich design are secured with a blank
- DS III with PROFIBUS PA flange.
- DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• Differential pressure and flow Designs
- DS III with HART, PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus Diaphragm seal
- P410 with HART, PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus
- P500 with HART With diaphragm seals, the pressure is measured by means of a
flat diaphragm which rests in a bed.
Note
The following types of diaphragm seals exist:
When configuring your remote seal, be sure to read the informa-
tion about transmission response, temperature error and re-
sponse time to be found in the sections "Function" and "Technical
data". Only then will the remote seal work to optimum effect.
■ Benefits
• No direct contact between the pressure transmitter and the
medium
• Individual configuration of the pressure transmitter for perfect
adaptation to the operating conditions
• Available in many versions
• Specially designed for difficult operating conditions
• Quick-release versions available for the food industry Diaphragm seal of sandwich design without (left) and with a projecting
diaphragm (tube)
■ Application • Sandwich design

• Sandwich design with projecting diaphragm (tube) to DIN or
Remote seal systems should be used if a separation between ASME which are secured using a dummy flange.
the medium and the measuring instrument is essential or appro-
priate.
Examples of such cases:
• The temperature of the medium is outside the limits specified
for the pressure transmitter.
• The medium is corrosive and requires diaphragm materials
which are not available for the pressure transmitter.
• The medium is highly viscous or contains solids which would
block the measuring chambers of the pressure transmitter.
• The medium may freeze in the measuring chambers or pulse
line.
• The medium is heterogeneous or fibrous.
• The medium tends towards polymerization or crystallization. Diaphragm seal of flange design without (left) and with a projecting dia-
phragm (tube)
• The process requires quick-release remote seals, as neces-
sary e.g. in the food industry for fast cleaning. • Flange design
• The process requires cleaning of the measuring point, e.g. in • Flange design with projecting diaphragm (tube) to DIN or
a batch process. ASME, secured using holes in the flange.
■ Design
A remote seal system consists of the following components.
• Pressure transmitter
• One or two remote seals
• Filling liquid
• Connection between pressure transmitter and remote seal
(direct mounting or by means of capillary)
The space for the medium is sealed off with a flat embedded
elastic diaphragm. Between the diaphragm and the pressure
transmitter is the filling liquid.
Quick-release diaphragm seal
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/401

© Siemens 2020
1 • Quick-release remote seals, e.g. to DIN 11851, SMS standard,
■ Function
IDF standard, APV RJF standard, clamp connection, etc.
• Miniature diaphragm seal with male thread for screwing into The measured pressure is transferred from the diaphragm to the
tapped holes filling liquid and passes through the capillary to the measuring
• Remote seals with customer-specific process connections chamber of the pressure transmitter. The interior of the dia-
phragm seal and of the capillary, as well as the measuring cham-
ber of the transmitter, are filled gas-free by the filling liquid.
Transmission response
The transmission response of a remote seal is characterized by
the following variables:
• Temperature error
• Adjustment time
Temperature error
Temperature errors are caused by the change of volume of the
filling liquid due to temperature variations. To select the right re-
mote seal you must calculate the temperature error.
Miniature diaphragm seal with diaphragm flush with front
Below you will find an overview of the factors which influence the
• Miniature diaphragm seals size of the temperature error, as well as information on how to
The quick-release remote seals are used above all in the food in- calculate the temperature error.
dustry. Their design means that the medium cannot accumulate The temperature error is dependent on the following variables:
in dead volumes. The quick-release clamp present on the re-
mote seal means that quick dismounting is possible for cleaning. • Rigidity of the diaphragm used
• Filling liquid used
Inline seall
• Influence of the filling liquid underneath the process flanges or
in the connection shank of the pressure transmitter
• Internal diameter of the capillary: The bigger the internal diam-
eter, the bigger the temperature error
• Length of the capillary: The longer the capillary, the bigger the
temperature error
Diaphragm rigidity
The rigidity of the diaphragm is of decisive importance. The big-
ger the diameter of the diaphragm, the softer the diaphragm and
the more sensitively it reacts to temperature-induced changes in
volume of the filling liquid.
The result is that small measuring ranges are only possible with
Inline seal with quick-release design (left) and for flange mounting large diaphragm diameters.
With inline seals, the pressure is first measured using a cylindri- Other factors apart from diaphragm rigidity which also play a
cal diaphragm positioned in a pipe, and then transmitted to the role:
pressure transmitter by means of the filling liquid.
• Diaphragm thickness
The inline seal is a special design for flowing media. It consists
• Diaphragm material
of a cylindrical pipe in which a cylindrical diaphragm is embed-
ded. Since it is completely integrated in the process pipe, no tur- • Coatings if present
bulences, dead volumes or other obstructions to the flow occur. Filling liquid
Furthermore, the inline seal can be cleaned by a pig.
Every filling liquid reacts to temperature variations with a change
The following types of inline seals exist: of volume. Temperature errors can be minimized by selecting a
• Quick-release inline seals, e.g. to DIN 11851, SMS standard, suitable filling liquid, but the filling liquid must also be appropri-
IDF standard, APV/RJF standard, clamp connection etc. The ate for the temperature limits and operating pressure. Further-
quick-release facility attached to the remote seal enables the more, the filling liquid must also be physiologically harmless.
seal to be removed quickly for cleaning purposes.
Since the filling liquid is present under the diaphragm, in the
• Inline seals for flanging to EN or ASME. capillary and under the process flange of the pressure transmit-
• Inline seals with customer-specific process connections. ter (or in the connection shank), the temperature error must be
calculated separately for each combination.
Note:
Note:
The pressure data on the transmitter and the remote seal must
be observed with regard to pressure/temperature behavior. A vacuum-resistant remote seal is recommended for continuous
low-pressure operation at 500 mbar a or below, including during
commissioning (see ordering data).
An example of a temperature error calculation can be found in
the section "Technical Specifications".
1/402 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Response time Negative pressure service 1
The response time is dependent on the following factors: Liquids, such as silicone oils, inert or those suitable for food, are
• Internal diameter of the capillary: The bigger the internal diam- used in remote seal systems for transmission of the process
eter, the shorter the response time pressure to the pressure transmitter.
• Viscosity of the filling liquid The greater the viscosity, the lon- In each liquid, particles have the tendency to leave the liquid
ger the response time compound with increasing temperature (transition from liquid to
• Length of the capillary: The longer the capillary, the longer the gaseous aggregate state). This means the vapor pressure in-
response time creases with increasing temperature and is dependent on the
substance or mixture being present.
• Pressure in the pressure measuring system: The higher the
pressure, the shorter the response time The higher the temperature and the lower the associated pro-
cess pressure in the liquid, the more difficult it gets to guarantee
Recommendations the desired transmission properties of the fill fluid and therefore
The following should be observed to obtain an optimum combi- the measuring arrangement.
nation of transmitter and remote seal: Plus the sealing elements at the transmitter must be designed so
• Choose the biggest possible diameter for the remote seal. The that a diffusion of molecules from the atmosphere into the remote
effective diameter of the seal diaphragm is then bigger and seal system is prevented due to the constantly occurring nega-
the temperature error smaller. tive pressure.
• Choose the shortest possible capillary. The response time is In addition to the influencing variables process pressure and
then shorter and the temperature error smaller process temperature, the vapor pressure curve of the fill fluid at
• Choose the filling liquid with the least viscosity and the small- the remote seal end and the stiffness of the remote seal mem-
est coefficient of expansion. Make sure, however, that the fill- brane impact the functionality of the remote seal in the negative
ing liquid meets the process requirements with regard to pres- pressure range.
sure, vacuum and temperature. And ensure that the filling This means you have to pay special attention to the physical
liquid and the medium are compatible with one another. properties of fill fluids with applications in the negative pressure
• Note the following points for use in the vacuum range: range.
- The pressure transmitter must always be positioned below
the lowest spigot. There are three stages for the negative pressure resistance:
- The operating range of some filling liquids is very limited with • Standard design of the remote seal without additional protec-
regard to the permissible temperature of the medium. tive measures, suitable for the overpressure range and low
- A vacuum-proof seal is necessary for continuous operation negative pressure range. This design is identified with (1) in
in the low-pressure range. the diagrams below in section 3.
• Recommendations for the minimum measuring span can be • Negative pressure service with suitable seals and treated fill
found in the section "Technical data". fluid, identified with (2) in the diagrams below in section 3.
Here you select the order codes V01, V03 or V04, depending
Note on the mounting type.·
The remote seals listed here are a selection of the most common • Extended negative pressure service with more extended
designs. On account of the large variety of process connections, treatment of the fill fluid and the remote seals, identified in the
certain remote seals which are not listed here may be available diagrams below. Here you select the order codes V51, V53 or
nevertheless. V54, depending on the mounting type.
Other versions can be: There are two more areas in the diagrams. The area (4) identifies
• Other process connections, standards an area that has to be clarified with Technical Support prior to
placing the order. The area (5) describes the area in which the
• Aseptic or sterile connections remote seal fill fluid is permanently destroyed and the entire re-
• Other dimensions mote seal is therefore without function.
• Other nominal pressures
• Special diaphragm materials, including coatings
• Other sealing faces
• Other filling liquids
• Other capillary lengths
• Sheathing of capillaries with protective hose
• Calibration at higher/lower temperatures etc.
Please contact your local Siemens office for further informa-
tion.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/403

© Siemens 2020
1 Technical specifications of the remote seal filling liquids Note: For reasons of operational safety, the transmitter must not
exceed the height of the remote seal - with differential pressure
Filling liquid Num- Density Visco- Suitable Suitable
ber in at 20°C sity at for nega- for exten- applications, the height of the bottom remote seal - for measure-
the ments in the negative pressure range. The associated installa-
[kg/dm3] 20°C tive pres- ded nega-
tion types B, C1, C2 or H are described at the end of this section
Article [mm2/s] sure tive
No. service pressure under the topic "Measuring arrangements".
service
Selection of the required negative pressure service
Silicone oil M5 1 0,914 4 x -
The procedure for determining the required negative pressure
Silicone oil M50 2 0,966 50 x x service is described below using the silicone oil M5 as fill fluid.
High-tempera- 3 1,070 57 x x The minimum existing process pressure of a fictitious process is
ture oil 200 mbarabs (2.9 psi) (at a maximum process temperature of
Halocarbon oil 4 1,968 14 x - 150 °C (302 °F)). This intersection is identified by an "✖" in the
diagram below. This means the negative pressure service V01,
Food oil 7 0,920 10 x x V03 or V04 (depending on the application) is sufficient in this ex-
(FDA-listed) ample.
The suitable negative pressure service is specified with the pres- The suitable negative pressure resistance is determined this
sure/temperature curves of the respective liquids described be- way for all other fill fluids.
low.
Note:
Note the response times according to the table on page 1/413.
Silicone oil M5
1010
910
810
710
610
1
510
5
410
310
2
210 ✖
110
4
10
-100 -50 0 50 100 150
2 Operating range for which the negative pressure service V01, V03 or V04 is required.

1/404 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
Silicone oil M50
1010
910
810
1
710
610
2
510
5
410
310
3
210
110
4
10
-100 0 100 200 300 400
3 Operating range for which the extended negative pressure service V51, V53 or V54 is required
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/405

© Siemens 2020
1
1010
910
810
1
710
610
510
2
410
310
3 4 5
210
110
10
-100 0 100 200 300 400
Negative pressure applications with high-temperature oil
1/406 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
Halocarbon oil (inert fill fluid)
1010
910
810
710
610
510
1
410
5
310
2
210
110
4
10
-100 0 100 200 300 400

Oxygen application for operating temperature between 60 and 175 °C

and also for operating pressure > 50 bar not permissible.
Negative pressure applications with halocarbon oil (inert filling liquid)

A BAM approval for process temperatures up to 60 °C (140 °F) and system pressures up to 50 bar (725 psi) is available for the oxygen
application.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/407

© Siemens 2020
1
Food oil (FDA-listed)
1010
910
810
1
710
610
510
5
410
2
310
210
3
110
4
10
-100 0 100 200 300 400
Negative pressure applications with food oil (FDA listed)
1/408 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
Temperature error Diaphragm seals
Temperature errors of diaphragm seals when connected to pressure transmitters for pressure, absolute pressure, differential pres-
sure (single-sided) and level
Nominal diameter/ Diaphragm Temperature Temperature error of Temperature Recommended
design diameter error of remote capillary fCap error of process min. measuring
seal fRS flange/connec- spans (guidance
tion spigot fPF values, observe
temp. error)
10 K 10 K) (10 K  mCap) (10 K  mCap))) 10 K 10 K)
Sandwich DN 50 without tube 59 (2.32) 1.5 (0.022) 2 (0.029) 2 (0.029) 200 (2.90)
design or with
flange to DN 50 with tube 45 (1.89) 5 (0.073) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 500 (7.25)
DN 80 with tube 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (1.015) 1 (1.015) 250 (3.63)
DN 100 without tube 89 (3.50) 0.2 (0.003) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 with tube 89 (3.50) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
DN 125 without tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
DN 125 with tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
Sandwich 2 inch without tube 59 (2.32) 1.5 (0.022) 2 (0.029) 2 (0.029) 200 (2.90)
design or with 2 inch with tube 45 (1.89) 5 (0.073) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 500 (7.25)
flange to
3 inch with tube 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (1.015) 1 (1.015) 250 (3.63)
4 inch with tube 89 (3.50) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
5 inch with tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
Remote seal DN 25 25 (0.98) 20 (0.290) 60 (0.870) 60 (0.870) 6000 (87)
with union nut to
DIN 11851 DN 32 32 (1.26) 8 (0.116) 25 (0.363) 25 (0.363) 4000 (58)
DN 40 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
DN 50 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
DN 65 59 (2.32) 3 (0.044) 4 (0.058) 4 (0.058) 500 (7.25)
DN 80 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 250 (3.63)
Remote seal, DN 50 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
screwed gland
design
Remote seal DN 25 25 (0.98) 20 (0.290) 60 (0.870) 60 (0.870) 6000 (87)
with threaded
socket to DN 32 32 (1.26) 8 (0.116) 25 (0.363) 25 (0.363) 4000 (58)
DIN 11851 DN 40 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
DN 50 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
DN 65 59 (2.32) 3 (0.044) 4 (0.058) 4 (0.058) 500 (7.25)
DN 80 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 250 (3.63)
Clamp connec- 1½ inch 32 (1.26) 8 (0.116) 25 (0.363) 25 (0.363) 4000 (58)
tion
2 inch 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
2½ inch 59 (2.32) 3 (0.044) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
3 inch 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 250 (3.63)
Miniature dia- G1B 25 (0.98) 20 (0.290) 60 (0.870) 60 (0.870) 6000 (87)
phragm seal
G1½B 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
G2B 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
Remarks:
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/409

© Siemens 2020
1 Temperature errors of diaphragm seals with connection to differential pressure transmitters (double-sided)
Nominal diameter/ Diaphragm Temperature error Temperature error of Temperature error Recommended
design diameter of remote seal fRS capillary fCap of process min. measur-
flange/connec- ing spans
tion spigot fPF (guidance val-
ues, observe
temperature
error)
10 K 10 K) (10 K  mCap) (10 K  mCap)) 10 K 10 K)
Sandwich DN 50 without tube 59 (2.32) 0.3 (0.0043) 0.3 (0.0045) 0.3 (0.0045) 250 (3.626)
design or with
flange to DN 50 with tube 45 (1.89) 1.26 (0.018) 1.7 (0.025) 1.7 (0.025) 250 (3.626)
DN 80 with tube 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 without tube 89 (3.50) 0.05 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 50 (0.725)
DN 100 with tube 89 (3.50) 0.1 (0.002) 0.07 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 50 (0.725)
DN 125 without tube 124 (4.88) 0.05 (0.001) 0.03 (0.0004) 0.03 (0.0004) 20 (0.29)
DN 125 with tube 124 (4.88) 0.05 (0.001) 0.03 (0.0004) 0.03 (0.0004) 20 (0.29)
Sandwich 2 inch without tube 59 (2.32) 0.3 (0.0043) 0.3 (0.0043) 0.3 (0.0045) 250 (3.626)
design with
flange to 2 inch with tube 45 (1.89) 1.26 (0.018) 1.7 (0.025) 1.7 (0.025) 250 (3.626)
3 inch with tube 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.45)
4 inch with tube 89 (3.50) 0.1 (0.002) 0.07 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 50 (0.725)
5 inch with tube 124 (4.88) 0.05 (0.001) 0.03 (0.0004) 0.03 (0.0004) 20 (0.29)
Remote seal, DN 50 52 (2.05) 1 (0.015) 0.83 (0.012) 0.83 (0.012) 250 (3.626)
screwed gland
design
Remote seal DN 50 52 (2.05) 1 (0.015) 0.83 (0.012) 0.83 (0.012) 250 (3.626)
with union nut to
DIN 11851 DN 65 59 (2.32) 0.7 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 250 (3.626)
DN 80 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.450)
Remote seal DN 50 52 (2.05) 1 (0.015) 0.83 (0.012) 0.83 (0.012) 250 (3.626)
with threaded
socket to DN 65 59 (2.32) 0.7 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 250 (3.626)
DIN 11851 DN 80 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.450)
Clamp connec- 2 inch 40 (1.57) 1 (0.015) 2.5 (0.036) 2.5 (0.036) 2000 (29.01)
tion
2½ inch 59 (2.32) 0.7 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 250 (3.626)
3 inch 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.450)
Remarks:
1/410 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature error inline seals 1
Temperature errors of inline seals when connected to pressure transmitters for gauge pressure and absolute pressure, and with sin-
gle-sided connection to pressure transmitters for differential pressure
ture error)
DN 25 (1 inch) 6.0 (0.0870) 8.5 (0.123) 8.5 (0.123) 1000 (14.5)
DN 40 (1½ inch) 4.5 (0.065) 4.5 (0.065) 4.5 (0.065) 250 (3.63)
DN 50 (2 inch) 4.0 (0.058) 3.0 (0.044) 3.0 (0.044) 100 (1.45)
DN 80 (3 inch) 9.5 (0.138) 5.0 (0.073) 5.0 (0.073) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 (4 inch) 8.0 (0.012) 3.0 (0.044) 3.0 (0.044) 100 (1.45)
Temperature errors of inline seals with double-sided connection to pressure transmitters for differential pressure
ture error)
DN 25 (1 inch) 2.3 (0.033) 1.8 (0.026) 1.8 (0.026) 1000 (14.5)
DN 40 (1½ inch) 0.8 (0.012) 0.3 (0.004) 0.3 (0.004) 250 (3.63)
DN 50 (2 inch) 0.3 (0.004) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 100 (1.45)
DN 80 (3 inch) 3.0 (0.044) 0.5 (0.007) 0.5 (0.007) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 (4 inch) 1.0 (0.015) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 100 (1.45)
Remarks:
• Half the values apply to glycerin/water mixture as the filling liquid.
• Diaphragm thickness 0.05 mm (0.002 inch) for DN 25/DN 40/DN 50 and 0.1 mm (0.004 inch) for DN 80/DN 100
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/411

© Siemens 2020
1 Calculation of the temperature error Dependence of temperature error on diaphragm material
The following equation is used to calculate the temperature error: The temperature errors listed in the previous table are based on
the use of stainless steel as the diaphragm material. If other dia-
dp = (RS – Cal)  fRS + (Cap – Cal)  lCap fCap + (TR – Cal)  fPF
phragm materials are used, the temperature errors change as
follows:
dp Additional temperature error (mbar)
Diaphragm material Change in temperature error of
RS Temperature on remote seal diaphragm (generally remote seal
corresponds to temperature of medium)
Increase in values by
Cal Calibration (reference) temperature (20 °C (68 °F))
Stainless steel, Duplex, ... See previous tables
fRS Temperature error of remote seal
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 50 %
Cap Ambient temperature on the capillaries
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 50 %
lCap Capillary length
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 60 %
fCap Temperature error of capillaries
Tantalum 50 %
TR Ambient temperature on pressure transmitter
Titanium 50 %
fPF Temperature error of the oil filling in the process
flanges of the pressure transmitter PTFE coating on stainless steel 80 %
diaphragm
Example of temperature error calculation
ECTFE coating or PFA coating on 100 %
Existing conditions: stainless steel diaphragm
SITRANS P pressure transmitter for fRS = 0.05 mbar/10 K Gold coating on stainless steel dia- 40 %
differential pressure, 250 mbar, set (0.039 inH2O/10 K) phragm
to 0 ... 100 mbar, with DN 100 Inconel 50 %
remote seal diaphragms without
tube, diaphragm made of stainless Incoloy 50 %
steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L
Maximum temperature of medium
Capillary length lCap = 6 m (19.7 ft)
Note
Capillaries fitted on both sides fCap = 0.07 mbar/(10 K  mCap)
(0.028 inH2O/(10 K  mCap)) When taking into account the maximum medium temperature,
Filling liquid silicone oil M5 fPF = 0.07 mbar/10 K the application limits of the fill fluids and gaskets used as well as
(0.028 inH2O/10 K) the pressure/temperature limits of the respective process con-
nections must also be taken into consideration.
Process temperature RS = 100 °C (212 °F)
The following maximum temperatures of the medium apply de-
Temperature on the capillaries Cap = 50 °C (122 °F) pending on the material of the wetted parts.
Temperature on pressure TR = 50 °C (122 °F)
Material Max. medium Min./max. Pressure
transmitter temperature
Calibration temperature Cal = 20 °C (68 °F) Stainless steel, 400 °C (752 °F) No restrictions
mat. no. 1.4404/31L
Required: PTFE coating 200 °C (392 °F) < 0 bar (0 psi); gauge pressure
Additional temperature error of remote seals: dp 260 °C (500 °F) 0 bar (0 psi) ... 25 bar (363 psi);
gauge pressure
Calculation: 150 °C (302 °F) 25 bar (363 psi) ... 40 bar
in mbar 50 °C (302 °F) 40 bar (580 psi) ... 60 bar
dp = (100 °C – 20 °C)  0.05 mbar/10 K + (50 °C – 20 °C)  6 m  (870 psi); gauge pressure
0.07 mbar/(10 K  m) + (50 °C – 20 °C)  0.07 mbar/10 K ECTFE coating 150 °C (302 °F) For pressures < 1 bar (14.5 psi)
on request
dp = 0.4 mbar + 1.26 mbar + 0.21 mbar PFA coating 200 °C (392 °F) < 0 bar (0 psi); gauge pressure
in inH2O 260 °C (500 °F) 25 bar (363 psi)/40 bar
dp = (212 °F - 68 °F) · 0.039 inH2O/10 K + (112 °F - 68 °F) · 19.7 ft ·
0.028 inH2O/(10 K · 3.28 ft) + (112 °F - 68 °F) · (0.028 inH2O/10 K) 150 °C (302 °F) 40 bar (580 psi)/60 bar
dp = 0.16 inH2O + 0.51 inH2O + 0.08 inH2O 50 °C (302 °F) For pressures < 1 bar (14.5 psi)
on request
Hastelloy C4, 400 °C (752 °F) No restrictions
Result: mat. no. 2.4610
dp = 1.87 mbar (0.75 inH2O) Hastelloy C276, 400 °C (752 °F) No restrictions
(corresponds to 2.27% of set measuring span) mat. no. 2.4819
Hastelloy C22, 400 °C (752 °F) No restrictions
Note mat. no. 2.4602
The determined temperature error only applies to the error resulting Monel 400, 400 °C (752 °F) No restrictions
from connection of the remote seal. mat. no. 2.4360
The transmission response of the respective transmitter is not included Tantalum 300 °C (572 °F) No restrictions
in this consideration. Duplex, 250 °C (482 °F) No restrictions
It must be calculated separately, and the resulting error added to the mat. no. 1.4462
error determined above from connection of the remote seal. Titanium 150 °C (302 °F) No restrictions
Inconel 400 °C (752 °F) No restrictions
Incoloy 400 °C (752 °F) No restrictions
Gold coating 400 °C (752 °F) No restrictions
1/412 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Maximum capillary length for diaphragm seals 1
(guidance values)
Nom. diam. Max. length of capillary
Diaphragm seal Inline seal
m (ft) m (ft)
DN 25 (1 inch) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2)
DN 32 (1¼ inch) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2)
DN 40 (1½ inch) 4 (13.1) 6 (19.7)
DN 50 (2 inch) 6 (19.7) 10 (32.8)
DN 65 (2½ inch) 8 (26.2) 10 (32.8)
DN 80 (3 inch) 15 (49.1) 10 (32.8)
DN 100 (4 inch) 15 (49.1) 10 (32.8)
DN 125 (5 inch) 15 (49.1) - -
Response times
The values listed in the following table are the response times (in The response times are independent of the set measuring span
seconds per meter of capillary) for a change in pressure which within the range of the respective transmitter. The response
corresponds to the set measuring span. times are of insignificant importance for measuring spans above
10 bar (145 psi). The response times of the pressure transmitters
The listed values must be multiplied by the respective length of are not considered in the table.
the capillary, or with transmitters for differential pressure and flow
by the total length of both capillaries.
Filling liquid Density Temperature Response time in s/m (s/ft) with max. measuring span of pressure transmitter
on capillary
kg/dm3 (lb/in3) °C (°F) 250 mbar (101 inH2O) 600 mbar (241 inH2O) 1600 mbar (643 inH2O)
Silicone oil M5 0.914 (0.033) +60 (140) 0.06 (0.018) 0.02 (0.006) 0.01 (0.003)
+20 (68) 0.11 (0.034) 0.02 (0.006) 0.02 (0.006)
- 20 (-4) 0.3 (0.091) 0.12 (0.037) 0.05 (0.015)
Silicone oil M50 0.966 (0.035) +60 (140) 0.6 (0.183) 0.25 (0.076) 0.09 (0.027)
+20 (68) 0.61 (0.186) 0.26 (0.079) 0.1 (0.030)
- 20 (-4) 1.69 (0.515) 0.71 (0.216) 0.27 (0.082)
High-temperature oil 1.070 (0.039) +60 (140) 0.14 (0.043) 0.06 (0.018) 0.02 (0.006)
+20 (68) 0.65 (0.198) 0.27 (0.082) 0.1 (0.030)
-10 (14) 3.96 (1.207) 1.65 (0.503) 0.62 (0.189)
Halocarbon oil 1.968 (0.071) +60 (140) 0.07 (0.021) 0.03 (0.009) 0.01 (0.003)
+20 (68) 0.29 (0.088) 0.12 (0.037) 0.05 (0.015)
- 20 (-4) 2.88 (0.878) 1.2 (0.366) 0.45 (0.137)
Food oil (FDA listed) 0.920 (0.033) +60 (140) 0.75 (0.229) 0.33 (0.101) 0.17 (0.052)
+20 (68) 4 (1.220) 1.75 (0.534) 0.67 (0.204)
- 20 (-4) 20 (6.100) 8.5 (2.593) 3.25 (0.991)
Permissible data of filling liquids for pressure and temperature see diagrams on page 1/404 ff.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/413

© Siemens 2020
1 ■ Overview
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design Sealing material in the process
flanges
• For pressure transmitters, abso- Copper
• DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 400 lute pressure transmitters and
• DN 80 PN 16 ... PN 400 low-pressure applications
• DN 100 PN 16 ... PN 400 • For other applications Viton
• DN 125 PN 16 ... PN 400
• 2 inch Class 150 ... class 2500 Maximum pressure See above and the technical data of
the pressure transmitters
Tube length Without tube as standard (tube
• 4 inch Class 150 ... class 2500 available on request)
• 5 inch Class 150 ... class 2500 Capillary
Sealing surface • Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer lengths
on request
1.4404/316L ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA • Internal diameter max. 2 mm (0.079 inch)
• For the other materials To EN 1092-1, form B2 or • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
ASME B16.5 RFSF
Materials
Silicone oil M50
• Main body Stainless steel mat. no. 1.4404/316L
• Wetted parts Stainless steel mat. no. 1.4404/316L
Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)
• Without coating
• PTFE coating
• ECTFE coating (for vacuum on re- mitter and the filling liquid of the
quest) remote seal
• PFA coating More information can be found in
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 the technical data of the pressure
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 "Technical data of filling liquid" in the
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 Technical description to the remote
seals
Tantalum Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
Titanium, mat. no. 3.7035 Certificate and approvals
Nickel 201 Classification according to pres- For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
sure equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies with
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462 (DGRL 2014/68/EU) requirements of article 4,
Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, paragraph 3 (sound engineering
thickness approx. 25 m practice)
• Capillary Stainless steel, mat. No.
1.4571/316Ti
• Sheath Spiral protective tube made of stain-
less steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L
1/414 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord.code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord.code
1
Sandwich-type design, with flexible capillary Sandwich-type design, with flexible capillary
connected to a SITRANS P transmitter connected to a SITRANS P transmitter
(order separately): (order separately):
for pressure 7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and 7MF 4 9 0 0 - for pressure 7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and 7MF 4 9 0 0 -
7MF423.-... together with Order code "V01" 7MF423.-... together with Order code "V01"
(Negative pressure service) and 7MF802.-...1); (Negative pressure service) and 7MF802.-...1);
Scope of delivery (1 off) Scope of delivery (1 off)
for absolute pressure 7MF433.-...; 7MF 4 9 0 1 - for absolute pressure 7MF433.-...; 7MF 4 9 0 1 -
Scope of delivery (1 off) Scope of delivery (1 off)
for differential pressure and flow 7MF 4 9 0 3 - for differential pressure and flow 7MF 4 9 0 3 -
7MF243.-...;7MF443.-... and 7MF54..-...; 7MF243.-...;7MF443.-... and 7MF54..-...;
scope of delivery 2 off scope of delivery 2 off
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 1 7777 - 7B 777 1 7777 - 7B 777
Customer-specific tubus length
Nominal diameter and nominal pressure Specify customer-specific length with Y44, see
• DN 25 Z J0A Order Code
• DN 40 Z J0B • Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel without foil
• DN 50 PN 16 ... 400 A Range Standard length
(recommended only for pressure transmitters
for pressure) 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") A1
• DN 80 PN 16 ... 400 B 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") A2
• DN 100 PN 16 ... 400 C 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") A3
• DN 125 PN 16 ... 400 D 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") A4
201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") A5
• 2 inch Class 150 ... 2500 E
(recommended only for pressure transmitters • Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated
for pressure) with ECTFE
• 3 inch Class 150 ... 2500 H Range Standard length
• 4 inch Class 150 ... 2500 L 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") F1
• 5 inch Class 150 ... 2500 N 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") F2
Smooth sealing surface to EN 1092-1, form B1 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") F3
or to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") F4
Other version Z J1Y 201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") F5
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ... • Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated
Sealing surface: see "Technical data" with PFA
Wetted parts materials Range Standard length
• Stainless steel 316L 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") D1
- without coating A 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") D2
- with PTFE coating2) E0 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") D3
- with ECTFE coating 2) 3) 4) 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") D4
F
201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") D5
- with PFA coating 2) 4) D
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G • Wetted parts materials: Monel 400
• Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J Range Standard length
• Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 U0 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") G1
• Hastelloy C22, mat. No. 2.4602 V0 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") G2
• Tantalum K 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") G3
• Titanium, mat. No. 3.7035 (max. 150 °C L0 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") G4
(302 °F))
• Wetted parts materials: Hastelloy C276
• Nickel 201 (max. 260 °C (500 °F)) M0
• Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462 Q
• Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462, incl. main body R 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") J 1
• Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, S0 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") J 2
thickness approx. 25 m 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") J 3
Tube length 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") J 4
• without tube 0 • Wetted parts materials: Tantalum
Other version: Z8 K1Y Range Standard length
Wetted parts materials: ..., 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") K1
Tube length: ... 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") K2
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") K3
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") K4
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/415

© Siemens 2020
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord.code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Diaphragm seal Further designs
Sandwich-type design, with flexible capillary Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
connected to a SITRANS P transmitter code.
(order separately):
Customer-specific tubus length Y44
for pressure 7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and 7MF 4 9 0 0 -
7MF423.-... together with Order code "V01" Select range,
(Negative pressure service) and 7MF802.-...1); enter desired length in plain text
Scope of delivery (1 off) (No entry = standard length)
for absolute pressure 7MF433.-...; 7MF 4 9 0 1 - Spark arrestor

Scope of delivery (1 off) With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0
(including documentation)
for differential pressure and flow 7MF 4 9 0 3 -
7MF243.-...;7MF443.-... and 7MF54..-...; • Pressure and absolute pressure A01
scope of delivery 2 off • for differential pressure transmitters A02
1 7777 - 7B 777 Remote seal nameplate B20
Filling liquid Attached out of stainless steel, contains Article
• Silicone oil M5 1 No. and order number of the remote seal supplier
• Silicone oil M50 2 Oil- and grease-free cleaned version C10
• High-temperature oil 3 Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver-
• Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)5) 4 sion, not for oxygen application, only in conjunc-
• Food oil (FDA listed)l 7 tion with halocarbon oil fill fluid, certified by
certificate acc. to EN 10204-2.2
Add Order code and plain text: Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11
Filling liquid: ... teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2
Length of capillary6) Inspection certificate C12
• 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2 to EN 10204, section 3.1
• 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3 2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17
• 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4 Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liq-
• 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5 uid (FDA listed)"
• 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2") to C20
• 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7 IEC 61508
• 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8 (Only in conjunction with the Order code "C20"
Special lengths for capillaries in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
• 2.0 m (6.56 ft) 9 N1C Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2/3") to C23
• 3.0 m (9.84 ft) 9 N1E IEC 61508
• 5.0 m (16.40 ft) 9 N1G (Only in conjunction with the Order code "C23"
• 7.0 m (23.97 ft) 9 N1 J in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
• 9.0 m (29.53 ft) 9 N1L Certification acc. to NACE MR-0175 D07
only for 7MF4903-... Includes inspection certificate 3.1 according to
EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of stain-
• 11.0 m (36.09 ft) 9 N1N less steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276)
• 12.0 m (39.37 ft) 9 N1P
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0103 D08
• 13.0 m (42.65 ft) 9 N1Q
Includes inspection certificate 3.1 according to
• 14.0 m (45.93 ft) 9 N1R EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of stain-
• 15.0 m (49.21 ft) 9 N1S less steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276)
1) With 7MF802.-... and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order negative Oil- and grease-free cleaned version E10
pressure service version. Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver-
2) Only possible up to max. PN 100. sion, only for oxygen application, only inert fill
3) For vacuum on request fluid may be used. Max. temperature: 60 °C
4) Only for use in non-hazardous atmospheres. (140 °F), max. pressure 50 bar (725 psi), only in
5) Oil- and grease- free cleaning to DIN 25410, level 2 and packaging connection with halocarbon oil, certified by certi-
included in the scope of delivery. Refer to "Further designs" C10 and E10. ficate acc. to EN 10204-2.2
6) Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description". Epoxy painting E15
(not possible with vacuum-proof design and not
for 7MF4901-...)
Color: transparent, coverage: front and rear of
the remote seal, capillary(ies) or connecting
tube, process connection of the transmitter.
With transmitters 7MF40.. and 7MF42.., only
possible with process connection G½B accord-
ing to EN 837-1
One-sided mounting on differential pressure
transmitters
(only for 7MF4900-...)
on high-pressure side H10
on low-pressure side H11
1/416 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code. code.
Sealing surface smooth, form B2 or RFSF J11 PE protective tube
(Stainless steel diaphragm) over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
previously DIN 2501, form E (color: white)
Sealing surface B1 or J12 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N20
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N21
instead of sealing surface B2 or RFSF 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N22
(only for wetted parts made of Hastelloy C276
(2.4819), tantalum and Duplex 2205 (1.4462) 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N23
and for nominal sizes 2", 3", DN 50 and DN 80) 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N24
Sealing surface groove, EN 1092-1, form D J14 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N25
instead of sealing surface B1 (only for wetted 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N26
parts made of stainless steel 316L) 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N27
Sealing surface RJF (groove, previously RTJ) J24 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N28
ASME B16.5 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N29
instead of sealing surface 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N30
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
(only for wetted parts made of stainless steel 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N31
316L) only for 7MF4903-...
Sealing surface with spring according to 11.0 m (36.09 ft) N32
EN 1092-1, form C, (previously DIN 2512, 12.0 m (39.37 ft) N33
form F) in stainless steel 316L
13.0 m (42.65 ft) N34
DN 25 J30
DN 40 J31 14.0 m (45.93 ft) N35
DN 50 J32 15.0 m (49.21 ft) N36
DN 80 J33 PTFE protective tube
DN 100 J34 over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
DN 125 J35 (color: transparent)
Sealing surface with male face according to 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N40
EN 1092-1, form E (previously DIN 2512, form 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N41
V13) in stainless steel 316L 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N42
DN 25 J40
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N43
DN 40 J41
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N44
DN 50 J42
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N45
DN 80 J43
DN 100 J44 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N46
DN 125 J45 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N47
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N48
Sealing surface with female face according to
EN 1092-1, form F (previously DIN 2512, form 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N49
R13) in stainless steel 316L 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N50
DN 25 J50 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N51
DN 40 J51
only for 7MF4903-...
DN 50 J52
DN 80 J53 11.0 m (36.09 ft) N52
DN 100 J54 12.0 m (39.37 ft) N53
DN 125 J55 13.0 m (42.65 ft) N54
14.0 m (45.93 ft) N55
15.0 m (49.21 ft) N56
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/417

© Siemens 2020
Further designs
code.
PVC protective tube
over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
(color: black)
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N60
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N61
2.0 m (6.56 ft) N62
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N63
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N64
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N65
5.0 m (16.40 ft) N66
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N67
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N68
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N69
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N70
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N71
11.0 m (36.09 ft) N72
12.0 m (39.37 ft) N73
13.0 m (42.65 ft) N74
14.0 m (45.93 ft) N75
15.0 m (49.21 ft) N76
for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
• gauge and absolute pressure from the pressu- V01
re series
• differential pressure V03
re series
1/418 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
D D
b dM dM b
Ød 5
Ød 5
Ød 5
Handhold
Handhold Ø16 (6.3)
l
l
Ø16 (6.3)
R≥
(5. 150
9)
0
15
≥ .9)
R (5
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design (without flange) with flexible capil-

lary for connection to SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute pres-
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design with flexible capillary for connection sure or differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)
to SITRANS P pressure transmitters for pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)
Connection to EN 1092-1
Nom. Nominal b D d5 dM l
Nom. Nominal b D d5 dM l diam. pressure
diam. pressure mm mm mm mm mm
mm mm mm mm mm DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 400 20 102 48.3 451) 100
DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 400 20 102 48.3 451) 100 DN 80 20 138 76 722) 100
DN 80 20 138 76 722) 100 DN 100 20 158 94 89 100
DN 100 20 158 94 89 100 DN 125 22 188 125 124 100
DN 125 22 188 125 124 100
Nom. Nominal b D d5 dM I
Nom. Nominal b D d5 dM I diam. pressure
diam. pressure lb/sq.in. mm mm mm mm mm
lb/sq.in. mm mm mm mm mm (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) 2 inch 150 ... 2500 20 100 48.3 451) 100
2 inch 150 .... 2500 20 100 48.3 451) 100 (0.79) (3.94) (1.9) (1.77) (3.94)
(0.79) (3.94) (1.9) (1.77) (3.94) 3 inch 20 134 72 722) 100
3 inch 20 134 72 722) 100 (0.79) (5.28) 3 (2.83) (3.94)
(0.79) (5.28) 3 (2.83) (3.94) 4 inch 20 158 94 89 100
4 inch 20 158 94 89 100 (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (2.32) (3.94)
(0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (2.32) (3.94) 5 inch 22 186 125 124 100
5 inch 22 186 125 124 100 (0.87) (7.32) (4.92) (4.88) (3.94)
(0.87) (7.32) (4.92) (4.88) (3.94)
dM: Effective diaphragm diameter 1) 59 mm = 2.32 inch with tube length L = 0
1) 59 mm = 2.32 inch with tube length L = 0 2) 89 mm = 3½ inch with tube length L = 0
2) 89 mm = 3½ inch with tube length L = 0
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/419

© Siemens 2020
1 ■ Overview
Diaphragm seals of flange design
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary • Sheath Spiral protective tube made of
stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4301/304
Sealing material in the process
• DN 50 (recommendable only for PN 10/16/25/40, PN 100 flanges
pressure transmitters for pressure)
• For pressure transmitters, absolute Copper
• DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40, PN 100 pressure transmitters and low-
• DN 100 PN 10/16, PN 25/40 pressure applications
• DN 125 PN 16, PN 40 • For other applications Viton
• 2 inch (recommendable only for Class 150, class 300, Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
pressure transmitters for pressure) class 400/600, class 900/1500 of the pressure transmitter
• 3 inch Class 150, class 300, class 600 Tube length Without tube as standard (tube
available on request)
• 4 inch Class 150, class 300, class 400
Capillary
Sealing surface lengths on request
• For stainless steel, mat. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or • Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
No. 1.4404/316L ASMR B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
ASME B16.5 RFSF Filling liquid
Materials (for remote seals of sandwich and Silicone oil M5
flange design)
mat. no. 1.4404/316L Silicone oil M50
• Wetted parts Stainless steel High-temperature oil
mat. no. 1.4404/316L Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)
• Without coating Food oil (FDA listed)
• PTFE coating Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
• ECTFE coating (for vacuum mitter and the filling liquid of the
on request) remote seal
• PFA coating More information can be found in
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 transmitters and in the section
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 remote seals
Hastelloy C22, W.-Nr. 2.4602 Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
Tantalum Certificate and approvals
Titanium, W.-Nr. 3.7035 Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
Nickel 201 equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462 paragraph 3 (sound engineering
Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, practice)
No. 1.4404/316L
1/420 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
Flange design, with flexible capillary, connected Flange design, with flexible capillary, connected
to a pressure transmitter to a pressure transmitter
SITRANS P (order separately): SITRANS P (order separately):
7MF423.-... (absolute pressure (gauge pressure 7MF423.-... (absolute pressure (gauge pressure
series) together with Order code "V01" (Negative series) together with Order code "V01" (Negative
pressure service) and 7MF802.-...1); pressure service) and 7MF802.-...1);
scope of delivery: 1 off scope of delivery: 1 off
for absolute pressure (differential pressure 7MF 4 9 2 1 - for absolute pressure (differential pressure 7MF 4 9 2 1 -
series 7MF433.-...; scope of delivery: 1 off series 7MF433.-...; scope of delivery: 1 off
7MF243.-...; 7MF443.-... and 7MF54..-...; 7MF243.-...; 7MF443.-... and 7MF54..-...;
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 1 7777 - 7B 777 1 7777 - 7B 777
Nominal diameter and nominal pressure • Stainless steel 316L
• DN 25 PN 10/16/25/40 Z J 0A - without coating A
PN 63/100/160 Z J 0B - with PTFE coating E0
• DN 40 PN 10/16/25/40 Z J 0C - with ECTFE coating2) 3) F
PN 63/100 Z J 0D - with PFA coating 3) D
PN 160 Z J 0E • Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
• DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40 A • Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J
PN 100 B • Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 U
(DN 50 recommended only for pressure • Hastelloy C22, mat. No. 2.4602 V0
transmitters for pressure)
• Tantalum K0
• DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40 D • Titanium, mat. No. 3.7035 (max. 150 °C L
PN 100 E (302 °F))
• DN 100 PN 10/16 G • Nickel 201 (max. 260 °C (500 °F)) M0
PN 25/40 H • Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462 Q0
• DN 125
• Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462, incl. main body R
PN 10/16 J
• Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, S0
PN 25/40 K thickness approx. 25 m
• 1 inch Class 150 Z J 6A
Class 300 Z J 6B
Class 400/600 Z J 6C
Class 900/1500 Z J 6D
• 1½ inch Class 150 Z J 6E
Class 300 Z J 6F
Class 400/600 Z J 6G
Class 900/1500 Z J 6H
• 2 inch Class 150 L
Class 300 M
Class 400/600 N
Class 900/1500 P
(2 inch recommended only for pressure
transmitters for pressure)
• 3 inch Class 150 Q
Class 300 R
Class 600 S
• 4 inch Class 150 T
Class 300 U
Class 400 V
• 5 inch Class 150 W
Class 300 X
Class 400 Y
• JIS DN 50 10 K 316L Z J 7A
20 K 316L Z J 7B
• JIS DN 80 10 K 316L Z J 7C
20 K 316L Z J 7D
Smooth sealing surface to EN 1092-1, form B1
or to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
Other version Z J1Y
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ...
Sealing surface: See "Technical data"
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/421

© Siemens 2020
Flange design, with flexible capillary, connected Flange design, with flexible capillary, connected
to a pressure transmitter to a pressure transmitter
SITRANS P (order separately): SITRANS P (order separately):
7MF423.-... (absolute pressure (gauge pressure 7MF423.-... (absolute pressure (gauge pressure
series) together with Order code "V01" (Negative series) together with Order code "V01" (Negative
pressure service) and 7MF802.-...1); pressure service) and 7MF802.-...1);
for absolute pressure (differential pressure 7MF 4 9 2 1 - for absolute pressure (differential pressure 7MF 4 9 2 1 -
series 7MF433.-...; scope of delivery: 1 off series 7MF433.-...; scope of delivery: 1 off
7MF243.-...; 7MF443.-... and 7MF54..-...; 7MF243.-...; 7MF443.-... and 7MF54..-...;
1 7777 - 7B 777 1 7777 - 7B 777
Tube length Filling liquid
• without tube 0 • Silicone oil M5 1
Other version: Z8 K1Y • Silicone oil M50 2
Add Order code and plain text: • High-temperature oil 3
Wetted parts materials: ..., • Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)4) 4
Tube length: ... • Food oil (FDA listed) 7
Customer-specific tubus length
Specify customer-specific length with Y44, see Filling liquid: ...
Order Code
Length of capillary5)
• Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel without foil
• 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2
Range Standard length • 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") A1 • 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") A2 • 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") A3 • 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
• 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") A4
• 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") A5
Special lengths for capillaries
• Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated
with ECTFE • 2.0 m (6.56 ft) 9 N1C
Range Standard length • 3.0 m (9.84 ft) 9 N1E
• 5.0 m (16.40 ft) 9 N1G
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") F1
• 7.0 m (23.97 ft) 9 N1 J
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") F2
• 9.0 m (29.53 ft) 9 N1L
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") F3
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") F4 only for 7MF4923-...
201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") F5 • 11.0 m (36.09 ft) 9 N1N
• Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated • 12.0 m (39.37 ft) 9 N1P
with PFA • 13.0 m (42.65 ft) 9 N1Q
Range Standard length • 14.0 m (45.93 ft) 9 N1R
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") D1 • 15.0 m (49.21 ft) 9 N1S
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") D2 1) With 7MF802.-... and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order the
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") D3 negative pressure service.
2) For vacuum on request.
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") D4
3) Only for use in non-hazardous atmospheres.
201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") D5
4) Oil- and grease- free cleaning to DIN 25410, level 2 and packaging
• Wetted parts materials: Monel 400 included in the scope of delivery. Refer to "Further designs" C10 and E10.
Range Standard length 5) Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description".
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") G1
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") G2
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") G3
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") G4
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") J1
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") J2
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") J3
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") J4
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") K1
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") K2
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") K3
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") K4
1/422 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
code. code.
Customer-specific tubus length Y44 Sealing surface smooth, form B2 or RFSF J11
(Stainless steel diaphragm)
Select range,
enter desired length in plain text previously DIN 2501, form E
(No entry = standard length) Sealing surface groove, EN 1092-1, form D J14
Spark arrestor instead of sealing surface B1 (only for wetted
With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0 parts made of stainless steel 316L)
(including documentation) for transmitters for Sealing surface with spring according to
• pressure and absolute pressure A01 EN 1092-1, form C, (previously DIN 2512,
• differential pressure A02 DN 25 J30
Remote seal nameplate B20 DN 40 J31
Attached out of stainless steel, contains MLFB DN 50 J32
and order number of the remote seal DN 80 J33
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version C10 DN 100 J34
Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver- DN 125 J35
sion, not for oxygen application, only in conjunc-
tion with halocarbon oil fill fluid, certified by Sealing surface with male face according to
certificate acc. to EN 10204-2.2 EN 1092-1, form E (previously DIN 2512, form
V13) in stainless steel 316L
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11 DN 25 J40
teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2 DN 40 J41
Inspection certificate C12 DN 50 J42
to EN 10204, section 3.1 DN 80 J43
2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17 DN 100 J44
Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liq- DN 125 J45
uid (FDA listed)" Sealing surface with female face according to
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2") to C20 EN 1092-1, form F (previously DIN 2512, form
IEC 61508 R13) in stainless steel 316L
(Only in conjunction with the Order code "C20" DN 25 J50
in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter) DN 40 J51
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2/3") to C23 DN 50 J52
IEC 61508 DN 80 J53
(Only in conjunction with the Order code "C23" DN 100 J54
in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter) DN 125 J55
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0175 D07 Sealing surface B1 or J12
Includes inspection certificate 3.1 according to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of stain- instead of sealing surface B2 or RFSF
less steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276) (only for wetted parts made of Hastelloy C276
(2.4819), tantalum and Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0103 D08 and for nominal sizes 2", 3", DN 50 and DN 80)
EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of stain- Sealing surface RJF (groove, previously RTJ) J24
less steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276) ASME B16.5
instead of sealing surface
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version E10 ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA (only for wetted
Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver- parts made of stainless steel 316L)
sion, only for oxygen application, only inert fill
fluid may be used. Max. temperature: 60 °C
(140 °F), max. pressure 50 bar (725 psi), only in
connection with halocarbon oil, certified by certi-
ficate acc. to EN 10204-2.2
Epoxy painting E15
(not possible with negative pressure service
and not for 7MF4921-...)
ing to EN 837-1.
transmitters
(only for 7MF4920-...)
on high-pressure side H10
on low-pressure side H11
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/423

© Siemens 2020
Further designs PVC protective tube
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
code. (color: black)
Radial capillary pipe outlet 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N60
for one-sided mounting K01 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N61
for two-sided mounting K03 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N62
PE protective tube 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N63
over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N64
(color: white) 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N65
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N20 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N66
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N21 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N67
2.0 m (6.56 ft) N22 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N68
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N23 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N69
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N24 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N70
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N25 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N71
5.0 m (16.40 ft) N26 only for 7MF4923-...
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N27
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N28 11.0 m (36.09 ft) N72
12.0 m (39.37 ft) N73
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N29 13.0 m (42.65 ft) N74
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N30
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N31 14.0 m (45.93 ft) N75
15.0 m (49.21 ft) N76
11.0 m (36.09 ft) N32 for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
12.0 m (39.37 ft) N33 • gauge and absolute pressure from the pressu- V01
13.0 m (42.65 ft) N34 re series
14.0 m (45.93 ft) N35 • differential pressure V03
15.0 m (49.21 ft) N36 Extended negative pressure service
PTFE protective tube for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries • gauge and absolute pressure from the pressu- V51
(color: transparent) re series
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N40
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N41
2.0 m (6.56 ft) N42
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N43
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N44
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N45
5.0 m (16.40 ft) N46
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N47
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N48
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N49
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N50
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N51
11.0 m (36.09 ft) N52
12.0 m (39.37 ft) N53
13.0 m (42.65 ft) N54
14.0 m (45.93 ft) N55
15.0 m (49.21 ft) N56
1/424 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
b D
Nom. Nom. b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n
f dM diam. press. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
n x d2 DN 50 PN 10/1 20 165 18 102 48.3 451) 2 125 4
6/
25/40
PN 100 28 195 26 102 48.3 451) 2 145 4
100 DN 80 PN 10/1 24 200 18 138 76 722) 2 160 8
(3.94)
Ød 5
Ød4
722)
Øk
PN 100 32 230 26 138 76 2 180 8

DN PN 10/1 20 220 18 158 94 89 2 180 8
Handhold 100
Ø16 (6.3) PN 25/4 24 235 22 162 94 89 2 190 8
DN PN 16 22 250 18 188 125 124 2 210 8

125
PN 40 26 270 26 188 125 124 2 220 8

diam. press.
lb/ mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
sq.in.
(inch (inch) (inch (inch (inch (inch (inch (inch
2 inch 150 19.5 150 20 92 48.3 451) 2 120.5 4

(0.77) (5.80) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77) (0.08) (4.74)
0
15 300 22.7 165 20 92 48.3 451) 2 127 8
≥ .9)
R (5 (0.89) (6.50) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77) (0.08) (5)
400/ 32.4 165 20 92 48.3 451) 2 127 8
600
(1.28) (6.50) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77) (0.08) (5)
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary for connection to
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for pressure, dimensions in mm (inch) 900/ 45.1 215 26 92 48.3 451) 7 165 8
1500
(1.78) (8.46) (1.02) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77) (0.28) (6.5)
3 inch 150 24.3 190 20 127 76 722) 2 152.5 4
(0.96) (7.48) (0.79) (5) (3) (2.83) (0.08) (6)
300 29 210 22 127 76 722) 2 168.5 8
(1.14) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3) (2.83) (0.08) (6.63)
600 38.8 210 22 127 76 722) 7 168.5 8
(1.53) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3) (2.83) (0.28) (6.63)
4 inch 150 24.3 230 20 158 94 89 2 190.5 8
(0.96) (9.06) (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.08) (7.5)
300 32.2 255 22 158 94 89 2 200 8
(1.27) (10.04 (0.87) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.08) (7.87)
400 42 255 26 158 94 89 7 200 8

(1.65) (10.04 (1.02) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.28) (7.87)
5 inch 150 24.3 255 22 186 125 124 2 216 8

(0.96) (10.04 (0.87) (7.32) (4.92) (4.88) (0.08) (8.50)
300 35.8 280 22 186 125 124 2 235 8

(1.41) (11.02 (0.87) (7.32) (4.92) (4.88) (0.08) (9.25)
400 45.1 280 26 186 125 124 7 235 8

(1.79) (11.02 (1.02) (7.32) (4.92) (4.88) (0.28) (9.25)
d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1 / ASME B16.5

1) 59 mm = 2.32 inch with tube length L = 0
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/425

© Siemens 2020
1
D b
dM f
n x d2
Handhold
100 100
Ø16 (6.3)
(3.94) (3.94)
Ød 5
Ød 5
Ød4
Øk
R≥
(5. 150 Handhold
9) Ø16 (6.3)
R≥
(5. 150
9)
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary for connection to SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute pressure or for differential pres-
sure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)
Connection to EN 1092-1 Connection to ASME B16.5
Nom. Nom. b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n Nom. Nom. b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n
diam. press. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm diam. press.
DN 80 PN 10/16 24 200 18 138 76 721) 2 160 8 lb/ mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
sq.in.
PN 100 32 230 26 138 76 721) 2 180 8 (inch (inch) (inch (inch (inch (inch (inch (inch
DN 100 PN 10/16 20 220 18 158 94 89 2 180 8 3 inch 24.3 190 20 127 76 721) 2 152.5 4
150
PN 25/40 24 235 22 162 94 89 2 190 8 (0.96) (7.48) (0.79) (5) (3) (2.83) (0.08) (6)
DN 125 PN 16 22 250 18 188 125 124 2 210 8 29 210 22 127 76 721) 2 168.5 8
300
PN 40 26 270 26 188 125 124 2 220 8 (1.14) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3) (2.83) (0.08) (6.63)
38.8 210 22 127 76 721) 7 168.5 8
600
(1.52) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3) (2.83) (0.28) (6.63)
4 inch 24.3 230 20 158 94 89 2 190.5 8
150
(0.96) (9.06) (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.08) (7.5)
32.2 255 22 158 94 89 2 200 8
300
(1.27) (10.04) (0.87) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.08) (7.87)
42 255 26 158 94 89 7 200 8
400
(1.65) (10.04) (1.02) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.28) (7.87)
5 inch 24.3 255 22 186 125 124 2 216 8
150
(0.96) (10.04) (0.87) (7.32) (4.92) (4.88) (0.08) (8.50)
35.8 280 22 186 125 124 2 235 8
300
(1.41) (11.02) (0.87) (7.32) (4.92) (4.88) (0.08) (9.25)
45.1 280 26 186 125 124 7 235 8

400
(1.79) (11.02) (1.02) (7.32) (4.92) (4.88) (0.28) (9.25)
d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1 / ASME B16.5

1/426 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
■ Overview
1
Diaphragm seals of flange design, directly fitted on a pressure transmitter

for pressure
Diaphragm seals (flange design) for pressure and absolute pres- Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
sure, directly fitted on a transmitter of the transmitter
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure Tube length • Without tube
• DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40, PN 100 • 50 mm (1.97 inch)
• DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40, PN 100 • 100 mm (3.94 inch)
• 150 mm (5.91 inch)
• DN 100 PN 10/16, PN 25/40
• 200 mm (7.87 inch)
• 2 inch Class 150, class 300,
class 400/600, class 900/1500 Capillary
• 3 inch Class 150, class 300, class 600 • Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
lengths on request
Sealing surface
• For stainless steel, mat. No. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or ASME
1.4404/316L B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA Filling liquid • Silicone oil M5
• For the other materials Smooth to EN 1092-1, form B2 or • Silicone oil M50
ASME B16.5 RFSF • High-temperature oil
Materials • Halocarbon oil (for measuring
O2)
mat. no. 1.4404/316L
Max. recommended temperature of 170 °C (338 °F)
• Wetted parts Stainless steel
medium
mat. no. 1.4404/316L
• Without coating Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
• PTFE coating remote seal.
• ECTFE coating (for vacuum More information can be found in
on request) the technical data of the pressure
• PFA coating transmitters and in the section
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 the Technical description to the
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 remote seals.
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
Hastelloy C22, mat No. 2.4602 Certificate and approvals
Tantalum Classification according to For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
Titanium, mat. No. 3.7035 pressure equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
Nickel 201 paragraph 3 (sound engineering
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462 practice)
No. 1.4404/316L
• Sealing material at the transmitter Copper
connection
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/427

© Siemens 2020
Directly fitted to a pressure transmitter 77777 777 Directly fitted to a pressure transmitter 77777 777
SITRANS P for pressure 7MF2033-...; SITRANS P for pressure 7MF2033-...;
7MF403.-... and 7MF423.-... together with Order 7MF403.-... and 7MF423.-... together with Order
code "V01" (Negative pressure service) and code "V01" (Negative pressure service) and
7MF802.-...1); must be ordered separately 7MF802.-...1); must be ordered separately
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Wetted parts materials
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • Stainless steel 316L
Process connection - without coating A
• Vertical (pressure transmitter upright) 0 - with PTFE coating E0
• Horizontal 2 - with ECTFE coating2) 3) F
Nominal diameter and nominal pressure - with PFA coating 3) D
DN 25 PN 10/16/25/40 Z J 0A • Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
PN 63/100/160 Z J 0B • Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J
DN 40 PN 10/16/25/40 Z J 0C • Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 U
PN 63/100 Z J 0D • Hastelloy C22, mat. No. 2.4602 V0
PN 160 Z J 0E • Tantalum K
• DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40 A • Titanium, mat. No. (max. 150 °C (302 °F)) L0
PN 100 B • Nickel 201 (max. 260 °C (500 °F)) M0
• Duplex 2205, W.-Nr. 1.4462 Q
• DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40 D
PN 100 E thickness approx. 25 m
• DN 100 PN 10/16 G Tube length
PN 25/40 H • Without tube 0
1 inch class 150 Z J 6A
Other version: Z8 K1Y
class 300 Z J 6B
class 400/600 Z J 6C Wetted parts materials: ...,
class 900/1500 Z J 6D Tube length: ...
1½ inch class 150 Z J 6E
class 300 Z J 6F
class 400/600 Z J 6G
class 900/1500 Z J 6H
Class 300 M
Class 400/600 N
Class 900/1500 P
Class 300 R
Class 600 S
Class 300 U
Class 400 V
JIS DN 50 10 K 316L Z J 7A
20 K 316L Z J 7B
JIS DN 80 10 K 316L Z J 7C
20 K 316L Z J 7D
Smooth sealing surface to DIN 1092-01, form B1
or B2, or to ASME B16.5 125 ... 250 AA or RFSF
Other version Z J1Y
1/428 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 1 0 - Further designs
Directly fitted to a pressure transmitter 77777 777 Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
SITRANS P for pressure 7MF2033-...; code.
7MF403.-... and 7MF423.-... together with Order
code "V01" (Negative pressure service) and Customer-specific tubus length Y44
7MF802.-...1); must be ordered separately Select range,
Customer-specific tubus length enter desired length in plain text
Specify customer-specific length with Y44, see
Order Code Spark arrestor A01
• Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel without foil With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0
(including documentation) for transmitters for
Range Standard length gauge pressure and absolute pressure
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") A1 Remote seal nameplate B20
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") A2 Attached out of stainless steel, contains MLFB
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") A3 and order number of the remote seal
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") A4 Oil- and grease-free cleaned version C10
201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") A5 Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver-
• Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated sion, not for oxygen application, only in conjunc-
with ECTFE tion with halocarbon oil fill fluid, certified by
Range Standard length certificate acc. to EN 10204-2.2
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") F1 Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11
teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") F2
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") F3 Inspection certificate C12
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") F4 to EN 10204, section 3.1
201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") F5 2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17
• Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated with Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liq-
PFA uid (FDA listed)"
Range Standard length Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2") to C20
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") D1 IEC 61508
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") D2 (Only in conjunction with the Order code "C20"
in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") D3
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") D4 Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2/3") to C23
201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") D5 IEC 61508
(Only in conjunction with the Order code "C23"
• Wetted parts materials: Monel 400 in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") G1 Includes inspection certificate 3.1 according to
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") G2 EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of stain-
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") G3 less steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276)
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") G4 Certification acc. to NACE MR-0103 D08
• Wetted parts materials: Hastelloy C276 Includes inspection certificate 3.1 according to
Range Standard length EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of stain-
less steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276)
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") J 1 Oil- and grease-free cleaned version E10
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") J 2
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") J 3 sion, only for oxygen application, only inert fill
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") J 4 fluid may be used. Max. temperature: 60 °C
• Wetted parts materials: Tantalum (140 °F), max. pressure 50 bar (725 psi), only in
Range Standard length ficate acc. to EN 10204-2.2
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") K1 Epoxy painting E15
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") K2 Not possible with negative pressure service
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") K3
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") K4 the remote seal, capillary(ies) or connecting
Filling liquid tube, process connection of the transmitter.
• Silicone oil M5 1 With transmitters 7MF40.. and 7MF42.., only
• Silicone oil M50 2 ing to EN 837-1.
• High-temperature oil 3
• Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)4) 4
• Food oil (FDA listed) 7
Filling liquid: ...
1) With 7MF802.-... and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order negative
pressure service.
4) Oil- and grease- free cleaning to DIN 25410, level 2 and packaging
included in the scope of delivery. Refer to "Further designs" C10 and E10.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/429

© Siemens 2020
code. code.
Sealing surface smooth, form B2 or RFSF J11 Elongated pipe R20
(Stainless steel diaphragm) 200 mm instead of 89 mm,
previously DIN 2501, form E max. medium temperature 300 °C, observe the
maximum permissible media temperature of the
Sealing surface groove, EN 1092-1, form D J14 filling liquid.
instead of sealing surface B1 (only for wetted
parts made of stainless steel 316L) Elongated pipe elbow R21
200 mm instead of 130 mm,
Sealing surface with spring according to max. medium temperature 300 °C, observe the
EN 1092-1, form C, (previously DIN 2512, maximum permissible media temperature of the
form F) in stainless steel 316L filling liquid.
DN 25 J30 Cooling element R22
DN 40 J31 max. medium temperature 300 °C, observe the
DN 50 J32 maximum permissible media temperature of the
DN 80 J33 filling liquid.
DN 100 J34 Negative pressure service
DN 125 J35 for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
Sealing surface with male face according to • gauge and absolute pressure from the pressu- V01
EN 1092-1, form E (previously DIN 2512, form re series
V13) in stainless steel 316L Extended negative pressure service
DN 25 J40 for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
DN 40 J41 • gauge and absolute pressure from the pressu- V51
DN 50 J42 re series
DN 80 J43
DN 100 J44
DN 125 J45
Sealing surface with female face according to
EN 1092-1, form F (previously DIN 2512, form
R13) in stainless steel 316L
DN 25 J50
DN 40 J51
DN 50 J52
DN 80 J53
DN 100 J54
DN 125 J55
Sealing surface B1 or J12
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
Instead of sealing surface B2 and RFSF
(Only for wetted parts in Hastelloy C276
(2.4819), Tantal and Duplex 2205 (1.4462) and
for sizes 2", 3", DN 50 and DN 80)
Sealing surface RJF (groove, previously RTJ) J24
ASME B16.5
instead of sealing surface
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
(only for wetted parts made of stainless steel
316L)
1/430 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
■ Dimensional drawings Connection to EN 1092-1 1

Nom. Nominal b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n
diam. pressure
Vertical process mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
connection
DN 50 PN 10/16/ 20 165 18 102 48.3 451) 2 125 4
198 (7.8)
25/40
Cooling 48.3 451)
215 (8.46) 2)
PN 100 28 195 26 102 2 145 4
element
DN 80 PN 10/16/ 24 200 18 138 76 721) 2 160 8
25/40
95 (3.74)
89 (3.39)1) PN 100 32 230 26 138 76 721) 2 180 8

DN 100 PN 10/16 20 220 18 158 94 89-2 2 180 8
n x d2 PN 25/40 24 235 22 162 94 89 2 190 8

b
f
Ød 5 diam. press.
L
Ød4 Tube length L see lb/ mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

Ordering Data sq.in.
Øk (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
ØD 2 inch 150 19.5 150 20 92 48.3 451) 2 120.5 4
(0.77) (5.91) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77)1) (0.08) (4.74)
300 22.7 165 20 92 48.3 451) 2 127 8
(0.89) (6.5) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77)1) (0.08) (5)
L b 400/ 32.4 165 20 92 48.3 451) 7 127 8
195 (7.68)
f 600
(1.28) (6.5) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77)1) (0.28) (5)
900/ 45.1 215 26 92 48.3 451) 7 165 8
1500
(1.78) (8.46) (1.02) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77)1) (0.28) (6.5)
3 inch 150 24.3 190 20 127 76 722) 2 152.5 4
(0.96) (7.48) (0.79) (5) (3) (2.83)2) (0.08) (6)
Ød 5
Ød4
ØD
Øk
300 29 210 22 127 76 722) 2 168.5 8
213 (8.39) 3) (1.14) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3) (2.83)2) (0.08) (6.63)
248 (9.76) 4) 600 38.8 210 22 127 76 722) 7 168.5 8
(1.53) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3) (2.83)2) (0.28) (6.63)
n x d2
4 inch 150 24.3 230 20 158 94 89 2 190.5 8
Horizontal process (0.96) (9.06) (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.08) (7.5)
connection 300 32.2 255 22 158 94 89 2 200 8
1)
200 (7.9) with option R20, 278 (11.0) with cooling element opt. R22) (1.27) (10.04) (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.08) (7.87)
2)
324 (12.8) with option R20, 326 (12.9) with cooling element opt. R22) 400 42 255 26 158 94 89 7 200 8
3)
283 (11.14) with option R21
4)
318 (12.52) with option R21 (1.65) (10.04) (1.02) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.28) (7.87)
d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1/

Diaphragm seals of flange design, direct connection to a SITRANS P ASME B16.5
pressure transmitter (process connection vertical (top) and horizontal
(bottom)), dimensions in mm (inch) dM: Effective diaphragm diameter
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/431

© Siemens 2020
1 ■ Overview
Diaphragm seals of screwed design for pressure transmitters for differen-

tial pressure, fixed connection and with flexible capillary
Diaphragm seals of screwed design for pressure transmitters for Sealing material in the process
differential pressure, fixed connection and with flexible capillary flanges
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure • For pressure transmitters, absolute Copper
pressure transmitters and low-
• DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40, PN 100 pressure applications
• DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40 • For other applications Viton
• DN 100 PN 10/16, PN 25/40 Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
• 2 inch Class 150, class 300, of the pressure transmitter
class 400/600, class 900/1500
Tube length Without tube
• 3 inch Class 150, class 300
50 mm (1.97 inch)
• 4 inch Class 150, class 300
100 mm (3.94 inch)
Sealing surface 150 mm (5.91 inch)
• For stainless steel, mat. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or 200 mm (7.87 inch)
No. 1.4404/316L ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
• For the other materials To EN 1092-1, form B2 or Capillary
ASME B16.5 RFSF • Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
lengths on request
Materials
• Main body Stainless steel mat. no.
1.4404/316L • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
• Wetted parts Stainless steel mat. no. Filling liquid Silicone oil M5
1.4404/316L Silicone oil M50
• Without coating High-temperature oil
• PTFE coating Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)
• ECTFE coating (for vacuum on Food oil (FDA listed)
request)
• PFA coating medium
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 mitter and the filling liquid of the
remote seal
Hastelloy C22, W.-Nr. 2.4602 the technical data of the pressure
Tantalum transmitters and in the section
Titanium, W.-Nr. 3.7035 the Technical description to the
Nickel 201 remote seals
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462 Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, Certificate and approvals
• Capillary Stainless steel, mat. equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
No. 1.4571/316Ti
• Sheath Spiral protective tube made of paragraph 3 (sound engineering
stainless steel, mat. practice)
No. 1.4404/316L
1/432 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
Mounting flange (with tube as option) for 1 7777 - 7B 777 Mounting flange (with tube as option) for 1 7777 - 7B 777
direct mounting to high-pressure side and direct mounting to high-pressure side and
flanged remote seal without tube, fitted by flanged remote seal without tube, fitted by
means of capillary to low-pressure side of means of capillary to low-pressure side of
SITRANS P for differential pressure; SITRANS P for differential pressure;
SITRANS P DS III series and P410 (7MF443.-...) SITRANS P DS III series and P410 (7MF443.-...)
and SITRANS P500 (7MF54..-...) and SITRANS P500 (7MF54..-...)
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Wetted parts materials
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Smooth sealing surface to EN 1092-1, form B1
Flange, connection to EN 1092-1 or B2, or to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA or
RFSF
Nominal diameter and nominal pressure
• Stainless steel 316L
• DN 25 PN 10/16/25/40 Z J0A
- without coating A
PN 63/100/160 Z J0B
- with PTFE coating E0
• DN 40 PN 10/16/25/40 Z J0C
PN 63/100 Z J0D - with ECTFE coating1) 2) F
PN 160 Z J0E - with PFA coating 2) D
• DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40 A • Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
PN 100 B • Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J
• DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40 D • Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 U
• DN 100 PN 10/16 G • Hastelloy C22, mat. No. 2.4602 V0
PN 25/40 H • Tantalum K
Flange, connection to ASME B16.5 • Titanium, mat. No. 3.7035 (max. 150 °C L0
(302 °F))
• Nickel 201 (max. 260 °C (500 °F)) M0
• 1 inch Class 150 Z J6A
• Duplex, mat. no. 1.4462 Q
Class 300 Z J6B
• Duplex, mat. no. 1.4462, incl. main body R
Class 400/600 Z J6C
Class 900/1500 Z J6D thickness approx. 25 m
• 1½ inch Class 150 Z J6E
Class 300 Z J6F
Class 400/600 Z J 6G
Class 900/1500 Z J6H
Class 300 M
Class 400/600 N
Class 900/1500 P
Class 300 R
Class 300 U
Flange acc. to JIS
• JIS DN 50 10 K 316L Z J7A
20 K 316L Z J7B
• JIS DN 80 10 K 316L Z J7C
20 K 316L Z J7D
Other version Z J1Y
Flange: ..., Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal
pressure: ...
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/433

© Siemens 2020
Mounting flange (with tube as option) for 1 7777 - 7B 777 Mounting flange (with tube as option) for 1 7777 - 7B 777
direct mounting to high-pressure side and direct mounting to high-pressure side and
flanged remote seal without tube, fitted by flanged remote seal without tube, fitted by
means of capillary to low-pressure side of means of capillary to low-pressure side of
SITRANS P for differential pressure; SITRANS P for differential pressure;
SITRANS P DS III series and P410 (7MF443.-...) SITRANS P DS III series and P410 (7MF443.-...)
and SITRANS P500 (7MF54..-...) and SITRANS P500 (7MF54..-...)
Tube length Filling liquid
(for mounting flange on high-pressure side) • Silicone oil M5 1
• Without tube 0 • Silicone oil M50 2
Other version: Z8 K1Y • High-temperature oil 3
Add Order code and plain text: • Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)3) 4
Wetted parts materials: ......, • Food oil (FDA listed) 7
Tube length: ...
Customer-specific tubus length Add Order code and plain text:
Specify customer-specific length with Y44, see Filling liquid: ...
Order Code Length of capillary4)
• Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel without foil • 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2
Range Standard length • 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") A1 • 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") A2 • 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") A3 • 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") A4 • 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") A5 • 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
• Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated Special lengths for capillaries
with ECTFE
• 2.0 m (6.56 ft) 9 N1C
• 3.0 m (9.84 ft) 9 N1E
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") F1 • 5.0 m (16.40 ft) 9 N1G
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") F2 • 7.0 m (23.97 ft) 9 N1 J
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") F3 • 9.0 m (29.53 ft) 9 N1L
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") F4
201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") F5
• Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated 3) Oil- and grease- free cleaning to DIN 25410, level 2 and packaging
with PFA included in the scope of delivery. Refer to "Further designs" C10 and E10.
Range Standard length 4) Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description".
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") D1

51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") D2
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") D3
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") D4
201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") D5
• Wetted parts materials: Monel 400
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") G1
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") G2
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") G3
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") G4

20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") J1

51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") J2
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") J3
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") J4

20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") K1

51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") K2
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") K3
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") K4
1/434 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
code. code.
Customer-specific tubus length Y44 Sealing surface smooth, form B2 or RFSF J11
(Stainless steel diaphragm)
Select range,
enter desired length in plain text previously DIN 2501, form E
(No entry = standard length) Sealing surface groove, EN 1092-1, form D J14
Spark arrestor A02 instead of sealing surface B1 (only for wetted
With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0 parts made of stainless steel 316L)
(including documentation) Sealing surface with spring according to
Remote seal nameplate B20 EN 1092-1, form C, (previously DIN 2512,
Attached out of stainless steel, contains MLFB form F) in stainless steel 316L
and order number of the remote seal DN 25 J30
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version C10 DN 40 J31
Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver- DN 50 J32
sion, not for oxygen application, only in conjunc- DN 80 J33
tion with halocarbon oil fill fluid, certified by DN 100 J34
certificate acc. to EN 10204-2.2 DN 125 J35
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11 Sealing surface with male face according to
teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2 EN 1092-1, form E (previously DIN 2512,
Inspection certificate C12 form V13) in stainless steel 316L
to EN 10204, section 3.1 DN 25 J40
DN 40 J41
2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17 DN 50 J42
Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liq- DN 80 J43
uid (FDA listed)"
DN 100 J44
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2") to C20 DN 125 J45
IEC 61508
(Only in conjunction with the Order code "C20" Sealing surface with female face according to
in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter) EN 1092-1, form F (previously DIN 2512,
form R13) in stainless steel 316L
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2/3") to C23 DN 25 J50
IEC 61508
DN 40 J51
DN 50 J52
DN 80 J53
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0175 D07 DN 100 J54
Includes inspection certificate 3.1 according to DN 125 J55
EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of stain-
less steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276) Sealing surface B1 or J12
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
Instead of sealing surface B2 and RFSF
Includes inspection certificate 3.1 according to (Only for wetted parts in Hastelloy C276
EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of stain- (2.4819), Tantal and Duplex 2205 (1.4462) and
less steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276) for sizes 2", 3", DN 50 and DN 80)
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version E10 Sealing surface RJF (groove, previously RTJ) J24
Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver- ASME B16.5
sion, only for oxygen application, only inert fill instead of sealing surface
fluid may be used. Max. temperature: 60 °C ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
(140 °F), max. pressure 50 bar (725 psi), only in (only for wetted parts made of stainless steel 316L)
Epoxy painting E15
Not possible with negative pressure service.
ing to EN 837-1.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/435

© Siemens 2020
code. code.
Radial capillary pipe outlet PVC protective tube
for one-sided mounting K01 over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
(color: black)
PE protective tube
over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N60
(color: white) 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N61
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N20 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N62
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N21 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N63
2.0 m (6.56 ft) N22 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N64
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N23 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N65
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N24 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N66
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N25 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N67
5.0 m (16.40 ft) N26 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N68
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N27 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N69
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N28 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N70
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N29 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N71
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N30 Elongated pipe, distance from transmitter R15
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N31 process flange to flange is 150 mm instead of
100 mm,
PTFE protective tube max. medium temperature 250 °C, observe the
over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries maximum permissible media temperature of the
(color: transparent) filling liquid.
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N40 Elongated pipe, distance from transmitter R20
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N41 process flange to flange is 100 mm instead of
2.0 m (6.56 ft) N42 100 mm,
max. medium temperature 300 °C, observe the
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N43 maximum permissible media temperature of the
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N44 filling liquid.
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N45 Negative pressure service
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N48 Extended negative pressure service
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N51
1/436 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
■ Dimensional drawings Connection to EN 1092-1 1

Nom. Nominal b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n
diam. pressure
D b
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
dM f
DN 50 PN 10/16/ 20 165 18 102 48.3 451) 2 125 4
n x d2 25/40
PN 100 28 195 26 102 48.3 451) 2 145 4
R ≥ 150
DN 80 PN 10/16/ 24 200 18 138 76 722) 2 160 8
(5.9)
100 25/40
(3.94) PN 100 32 230 26 138 76 722) 2 180 8
Ød4
Øk
DN 100 PN 10/16 20 220 18 158 94 89 2 180 8
Handhold PN 25/40 24 235 22 162 94 89 2 190 8

Ø16 (6.3)
diam. press.
L b lb/ mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
sq.in.
f (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
2 inch 150 19.5 150 20 92 48.3 451) 2 120.5 4
(0.77) (5.91) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77)1) (0.08) (4.74)
300 22.7 165 20 92 48.3 451) 2 127 8
(0.89) (6.5) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77)1) (0.08) (5)
400/ 32.4 165 20 92 48.3 451) 7 127 8
Ød 5
Ød4
600
ØD
Øk
(1.28) (6.5) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77)1) (0.28) (5)

900/ 45.1 215 26 92 48.3 451) 7 165 8
100 (3.93) 6) 1500
(1.78) (8.46) (1.02) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77)1) (0.28) (6.5)
Tube length L see
3 inch 150 24.3 190 20 127 76 722) 2 152.5 4
n x d2 Ordering Data
(0.96) (7.48) (0.79) (5) (3) (2.83)2) (0.08) (6)
300 29 210 22 127 76 722) 2 168.5 8
Diaphragm seals of screwed design with flexible capillary, fixed connec- (1.14) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3) (2.83)2) (0.08) (6.63)
tion, for connection to a SITRANS P pressure transmitter for differential
pressure, dimensions in mm (inch) 4 inch 150 24.3 230 20 158 94 89 2 190.5 8
(0.96) (9.06) (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.08) (7.5)
300 32.2 255 22 158 94 89 2 200 8
(1.27) (10.04) (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.08) (7.87)
d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1 /

ASME B16.5
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/437

© Siemens 2020
Diaphragm seal, screwed design, mounted directly or/and with capillary
1 ■ Overview
Diaphragm seal, screwed gland design with inside diaphragm for gauge, Process connection: open measurement flange
absolute and differential pressure for direct mounting
Diaphragm seal, screwed gland with inside diaphragm Capillary
Process connection Nominal pressure • Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft)
• Male thread G½B to EN 837-1 PN 100, PN 250 • Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
• External thread ½-14" NPT-M PN 100, PN 250 • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
• open measurement flange • Sheath Stainless steel protective tube,
mat. No. 1.4301/304
- DN 25 PN 10 ... PN 40
Filling liquid • Silicone oil M5
• Silicone oil M50
Sealing surface for open measure-
ment flange • High-temperature oil
• Halocarbon oil
• For stainless steel, mat. no. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or (for measuring O2)
1.4404/316L ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
Materials
• Lower section (in the case of pro- Stainless steel, Mat. no. medium
cess connection thread) 1.4404/316L
Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure
• Diaphragm Stainless steel, Mat. no. transmitter and the filling liquid
1.4404/316L of the remote seal
• No coating More information can be found in
the technical specifications of the
• With PTFE coating pressure transmitters and in the
Monel 400, mat. no. 2.4360 section "Technical data of filling
liquid" in the introduction to the
Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819 remote seals
Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602 Weight Approx. 1.5 kg (3.3 lb)
Tantal Certificates and approvals
Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, Classification according to For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
thickness approx. 25 m pressure equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
• Top section (process connection Stainless steel, mat. no. (PED 2014/68/EU) with requirements of article 4,
in the case of an open measure- 1.4404/316L paragraph 3 (sound engineering
ment flange) practice)

no.1.4404/316L
• Sealing material on the process Viton or copper (in the case of
connection vacuum-free version)
• Sealing material between top and Viton (FKM) (standard)
bottom section Teflon (PTFE)
metal spring ring (silver-coated)
1/438 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. Code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. Code
1
Remote seal, screwed gland with inside Remote seal, screwed gland with inside
diaphragm diaphragm
Mounted on SITRANS P pressure transmitter 7MF 4 9 3 0 - Mounted on SITRANS P pressure transmitter 7MF 4 9 3 0 -
for for
• gauge pressure • gauge pressure
7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and SITRANS P300, 7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and SITRANS P300,
7MF802.-... 7MF802.-...
• absolute pressure • absolute pressure
7MF423.-... and SITRANS P300, 7MF802.-... 7MF423.-... and SITRANS P300, 7MF802.-...
In conjunction with Order code "V01" (vacuum- In conjunction with Order code "V01" (vacuum-
proof design) proof design)
Mounted on either side of SITRANS P 7MF 4 9 3 3 - Mounted on either side of SITRANS P 7MF 4 9 3 3 -
pressure transmitter for pressure transmitter for
• differential pressure 7MF243.-...; 7MF443.-... • differential pressure 7MF243.-...; 7MF443.-...
and 7MF54..-... and 7MF54..-...
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 77777 - 7B 777 77777 - 7B 777
Sealing material between top and bottom
Type section
• no flushing hole 1 FKM (standard with diaphragm and 316L pro- 1
• with flushing hole 1x 1/8 NPT unsealed (only 2 cess connection)
with process connection 316L) PTFE (standard with custom material with max. 2
Other version, add 9 H1Y 260 °C (500 °F))
Order code and plain text: Metal C- circlip, silver coated for > 260 °C 3
Version: ... (500 °F)) incl. high temperature-resistant
screwed gland
Process connection version
Filling liquid
Lower flange Process Nominal diam-
material connection eter and pres- • Silicone oil M5 1
sure level • Silicone oil M50 2
316L/1.4404 Thread G½B/PN100 B
316L/1.4404 Thread G½B/PN250 C • Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)2) 4
316L/1.4404 Thread ½NPT-M/PN100 E • Food oil (FDA-listed) 7
316L/1.4404 Thread ½NPT-M/PN250 F Other version, add 9 M1 Y
316L/1.4404 Thread ½NPT-F/PN100 H Order code and plain text:
filling liquid: ...
316L/1.4404 Thread ½NPT-F/PN250 J
Capillary length3)
316L/1.4404 open measure- DN 25/ N
ment flange PN 10 ... 40 • none, direct mounting 0
316L/1.4404 open measure- 1"/Class 150 P • none, direct mounting with cooling element 1
ment flange (not in conjunction with transmitter for differen-
tial pressure)
316L/1.4404 open measure- 1"/Class 300 Q
ment flange • 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2
• 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3
PTFE1) Thread G½B/PN100 T • 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
PTFE1) open measure- DN 25/ U • 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5
ment flange PN 10 ... 40
• 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
PTFE1) open measure- 1"/Class 150 V
ment flange • 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
PTFE1) open measure- 1"/Class 300 W • 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
ment flange Special lengths for capillaries
Other version, add Z J1Y • 2.0 m (6.56 ft) 9 N1C
Order code and plain text: • 3.0 m (9.84 ft) 9 N1E
Lower flange material: ...;
Process connection: ...; • 5.0 m (16.40 ft) 9 N1G
Nominal diameter/pressure level: ... • 7.0 m (23.97 ft) 9 N1J
• 9.0 m (29.53 ft) 9 N1L
Diaphragm material
1) Not in combination with flushing holes.
Stainless steel 316L A
316L stainless steel with PTFE film E Not together with the options for negative pressure service (V01 and
V03) and extended negative pressure service (V51 and V53).
Monel 400 G 2) Oil- and grease- free cleaning to DIN 25410, level 2 and packaging
Hastelloy C276 J included in the scope of delivery. Refer to "Further designs" C10 and E10.
3) Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description".
Hastelloy C4 U
Tantalum K
Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, S
Other version, add Z K1Y
Diaphragm material: ...
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/439

© Siemens 2020
Remote seal nameplate B20 PE protective tube
Attached out of stainless steel, contains MLFB over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
and order number of the remote seal (color: white)
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version C10 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N20
Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver- 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N21
sion, not for oxygen application, only in conjunc- 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N22
tion with halocarbon oil fill fluid, certified by
certificate acc. to EN 10204-2.2 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N23
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N24
teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N25
Inspection certificate C12 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N26
to EN 10204, section 3.1 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N27
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N28
2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17
Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liq- 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N29
uid (FDA listed)" 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N30
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2") to C20 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N31
IEC 61508 PTFE protective tube
(Only in conjunction with the Order code "C20" over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter) (color: transparent)
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2/3") to C23 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N40
IEC 61508 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N41
(Only in conjunction with the Order code "C23" 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N42
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N43
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N44
EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of stain- 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N45
less steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276) 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N46
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0103 D08 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N47
Includes inspection certificate 3.1 according to 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N48
EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of stain- 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N49
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N50
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version E10 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N51
sion, only for oxygen application, only inert fill PVC protective tube
fluid may be used. Max. temperature: 60 °C over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
(140 °F), max. pressure 50 bar (725 psi), only in (color: black)
connection with halocarbon oil, certified by certi- 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N60
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N61
Epoxy painting E15 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N62
Not possible with negative pressure service.
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N63
Color: transparent, coverage: front and rear of 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N64
tube, process connection of the transmitter. 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N65
With transmitters 7MF40.. and 7MF42.., only 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N66
possible with process connection G½B accord- 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N67
ing to EN 837-1.
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N68
transmitters 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N69
(only for 7MF4930-...) 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N70
on high-pressure side H10 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N71
on low-pressure side H11 Negative pressure service
Sealing surface groove, EN 1092-1, form D J14 for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
instead of sealing surface B1 (only for wetted • gauge and absolute pressure from the pressu- V01
parts made of stainless steel 316L) re series
Sealing surface RJF (groove, previously RTJ) J24
ASME B16.5 Extended negative pressure service
instead of sealing surface for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA (only for wetted • gauge and absolute pressure from the pressu- V51
parts made of stainless steel 316L) re series
Sealing surface with spring according to • differential pressure V53
EN 1092-1, form C, (previously DIN 2512,
DN 25 J30
DN 40 J31
1/440 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
Cooling
element
95 (3.74)
Number of
screws
(1.14)
~29
b b1
Number of
(1.54)
(0.12) (0.79)
SW 27 screws
39
20
SW 27
b1
G½B or
1)
3
½“-NPT
b
ØD
h
l1
1)
In case of connection shanks to DIN EN 837-1
d1
l2
Connection shanks to
Diaphragm seal, screwed gland with inside diaphragm, for gauge and ØD DIN EN 837-1
absolute pressure, direct and attached directly to the transmitter with with
capillaries, dimensions in mm (inch)
Range D b b1 Number of 6 Screws
mm mm mm screws Ø98
up to 100 bar 98 14 16 6
b1
up to 250 bar 98 14 20 12
b
DN M
f
Ød4 Øk
ØD Number of holes
Diaphragm seal, screwed gland with inside diaphragm, for differential

pressure, direct and attached directly to the transmitter with with capillar-
ies, dimensions in mm (inch)
Nomi- Nominal D d4 k M Number b b1 f
nal pressure mm mm mm of holes mm mm mm
diam-
eter
DN 25 PN 10/16/ 115 68 85 M12 4 26 12 2
25/40
1 inch 150 108 50.8 79.2 M12 4 22 12 1.6
lb/sq.in
1 inch 300 124 50.8 88.9 M16 4 22 12 1.6
lb/sq.in
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/441

© Siemens 2020
1 ■ Overview • Clamp connection
- 1½ inch PN 16
- 2 inch PN 16
- 2½ inch PN 16
- 3 inch PN 10
For differential pressure and flow
• To DIN 11851 with slotted union nut
- DN 50 PN 25
- DN 65 PN 25
- DN 80 PN 25
• To DIN 11851 with threaded socket
- DN 50 PN 25
- DN 65 PN 25
- DN 80 PN 25
• Clamp connection
- 2 inch PN 16
Quick-release diaphragm seals, to DIN 11851 with slotted union nut
- 2½ inch PN 16
- 3 inch PN 10
Sealing surface
1.4404/316L ASME B 16.5RF 125 ... 250 AA
ASME B16.5 RFSF
Materials
• Main body Stainless steel 316L
• Wetted parts Stainless steel 316L
No. 1.4571/316Ti
Quick-release diaphragm seals, with clamp connection stainless steel, mat.
no.1.4404/316L
Quick-release diaphragm seals are available for the following
SITRANS P pressure transmitter series: Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
• For pressure: P300, DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS
PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus Tube length Without tube
• For differential pressure and flow: P500, DS III with HART, Capillary
DS III with PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus • Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
• The quick-release remote seals are common designs in the lengths on request
food industry. Their design means that the medium cannot ac- • Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
cumulate in dead volumes. The quick-release clamp present
on the remote seal means that quick dismounting is possible • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
for cleaning. • Sheath Spiral protective tube made of
■ Technical specifications 1.4301/316
Quick-release diaphragm seal Filling liquid Food oil (FDA listed)
Connection, nominal diameter Nominal pressure Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
For pressure remote seal
• To DIN 11851 with slotted union nut More information can be found in
- DN 25 PN 40 the technical data of the pressure
- DN 32 PN 40 transmitters and in the section
- DN 40 PN 40 "Technical data of filling liquid" in
- DN 50 PN 25 remote seals
- DN 65 PN 25
- DN 80 PN 25 Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
• To DIN 11851 with threaded socket Certificates and approvals

- DN 25 PN 40 Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
- DN 32 PN 40 equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
- DN 40 PN 40 (DGRL 2014/68/EU) with requirements of article 4,
- DN 50 PN 25 practice)
- DN 65 PN 25
- DN 80 PN 25 EHEDG Complies with EHEDG recom-
mendations
1/442 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Ord. code
1
Quick-release diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 4 0 - Further designs
for SITRANS P pressure transmitters for 77 A 0 7 - 7B 777 Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
pressure 7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and code.
7MF423.-... together with Order code "V01"
(Negative pressure service) and 7MF802.-...1); Remote seal nameplate B20
must be ordered separately Attached out of stainless steel, contains MLFB
Filling liquid: Food oil (FDA listed) and order number of the remote seal
Material: Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4435 Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Inspection certificate C12
Nom. diam. Nominal pressure to EN 10204, section 3.1
• Connection to DIN 11851 with slotted union nut 2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17
- DN 25 PN 40 1B Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liq-
- DN 32 PN 40 1C uid (FDA listed)"
- DN 40 PN 40 1D
- DN 50 PN 25 1E IEC 61508
- DN 65 PN 25 1F (Only in conjunction with the Order code "C20"
- DN 80 PN 25 1G in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
• Connection to DIN 11851 with screw necks
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2/3") to C23
- DN 25 PN 40 2B IEC 61508
- DN 32 PN 40 2C (Only in conjunction with the Order code "C23"
- DN 40 PN 40 2D in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
- DN 50 PN 25 2E One-sided mounting on differential pressure
- DN 65 PN 25 2F transmitters
- DN 80 PN 25 2G (only for 7MF4940-...)
• Tri-Clamp connection to DIN 32676/ISO 2852 on high-pressure side H10
- DN 40/1½ inch PN 16 4L on low-pressure side H11
- DN 50/2 inch PN 16 4M PE protective tube
- DN 65/2½ inch PN 16 4N over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
- DN 80/3 inch PN 10 4P (color: white)
Other version 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N20
Add Order codes and plain text: 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N21
Process connection: ..., Nominal diameter: ...; 9A H1Y 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N22
Nominal pressure: ...
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N23
Filling liquid
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N24
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N25
Add Order code and plain text: 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N26
Filling liquid: ... 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N27
Connection to pressure transmitter 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N28
• direct 0 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N29
through capillary, length:2) 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N30
• 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N31
• 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3 PTFE protective tube
• 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4 over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
• 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5 (color: transparent)
• 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N40
• 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N41
• 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N42
Special lengths for capillaries 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N43
• 2.0 m (6.56 ft) 9 N1C 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N44
• 3.0 m (9.84 ft) 9 N1E 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N45
• 5.0 m (16.40 ft) 9 N1G 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N46
• 7.0 m (23.97 ft) 9 N1 J 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N47
• 9.0 m (29.53 ft) 9 N1L 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N48
1) With 7MF802.-... and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order the 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N49
vacuum-tight version. 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N50
2) Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description"
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N51
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/443

© Siemens 2020
1 Selection and Ordering data Ord. code
Further designs
code.
PVC protective tube
(color: black)
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N60
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N61
2.0 m (6.56 ft) N62
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N63
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N64
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N65
5.0 m (16.40 ft) N66
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N67
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N68
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N69
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N70
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N71
Cooling element R22
filling liquid.
re series
re series
1/444 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
Quick-release diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 4 3 - Further designs
for SITRANS P pressure transmitters for pres- 77 A 0 7 - 7B 777 Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
sure for differential pressure and flow, type code.
7MF243.-...; 7MF443.-... and 7MF54..-...;
order separately Remote seal nameplate B20
Filling liquid: Food oil (FDA listed) Attached out of stainless steel, contains MLFB
Material: Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4435 and order number of the remote seal
Delivery unit: 2 off Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2
Nom. diam. Nominal pressure to EN 10204, section 3.1
• Connection to DIN 11851 with slotted union nut 2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17
- DN 50 PN 25 1E Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liq-
- DN 65 PN 25 1F uid (FDA listed)"
- DN 80 PN 25 1G
• Connection to DIN 11851 with threaded IEC 61508
socket
- DN 50 PN 25 2E in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
- DN 65 PN 25 2F
- DN 80 PN 25 2G
IEC 61508
• Tri-Clamp connection to DIN 32676/ ISO 2852
- DN 50/2 inch PN 16 4M in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
- DN 65/2½ inch PN 16 4N
PE protective tube
- DN 80/3 inch PN 10 4P
Other version (color: white)
Add Order codes and plain text:
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N20
Process connection: ..., Nominal diameter: ...; 9A H1Y
Nominal pressure: ... 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N21
2.0 m (6.56 ft) N22
Filling liquid
• Food oil (FDA listed) 7 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N23
Other version 9 M1 Y 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N24
Connection to transmitter 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N27
through capillary, Length:1) 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N28
• 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N29
• 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N30
• 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N31
• 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5 PTFE protective tube
• 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6 over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
• 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7 (color: transparent)
• 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N40
Special lengths for capillaries 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N41
• 2.0 m (6.56 ft) 9 N1C 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N42
• 3.0 m (9.84 ft) 9 N1E 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N43
• 5.0 m (16.40 ft) 9 N1G 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N44
• 7.0 m (23.97 ft) 9 N1 J 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N45
• 9.0 m (29.53 ft) 9 N1L 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N46
1) Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description"
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N47
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N48
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N49
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N50
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N51
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/445

© Siemens 2020
Further designs
code.
PVC protective tube
(color: black)
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N60
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N61
2.0 m (6.56 ft) N62
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N63
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N64
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N65
5.0 m (16.40 ft) N66
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N67
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N68
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N69
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N70
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N71
1/446 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
Cooling
element
147 (5.79)
116 (4.57)
H
dM
dM DN dM
DN G1 DN
D D G1

R
≥
15
0
(5
. 9)
dM
dM DN dM
DN G1 DN
D D G1
Quick-release diaphragm seal, dimensions in mm (inch)
Clamp connection (left) Connection to DIN 11851 with slotted Connection to DIN 11851 with
union nut (center) threaded socket (right)
DN Ø dM ØD H DN Ø dM ØD H G1 DN Ø dM H G1
40 (1½ inch) 32 (1.26) 50.5 (2) 35 (1.38) 25 25 63 36 Rd 52x1/6 25 25 36 Rd 52x1/6
50 (2 inch) 40 (1.57) 64 (2.52) 35 (1.38) 32 32 70 36 Rd 52x1/6 32 32 36 Rd 52x1/6
65 (2½ inch) 52 (2.05) 77.5 (3.05) 35 (1.38) 40 40 78 36 Rd 65x1/6 40 40 36 Rd 65x1/6
80 (3 inch) 72 (2.83) 91 (3.58) 35 (1.38) 50 52 112 36 Rd 78x1/6 50 52 36 Rd 78x1/6
65 65 112 36 Rd 95x1/6 65 65 36 Rd 95x1/6
80 72 127 36 Rd 110x1/6 80 72 36 Rd 110x1/6
25 25 63 36 Rd 52x1/6
dM Effective diaphragm diameter
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/447

© Siemens 2020
1 ■ Overview G Ø dM SW Ød L H
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch)
G1B 25 (0.98) 41 (1.61) 39 (1.53) 28 (1.1) 56 (2.21)
G1½B 40 (1.57) 55 (2.17) 60 (2.36) 30 (1.18) 50 (1.97)
G2B 50 (1.97) 60 (2.36) 70 (2.76) 30 (1.18) 63 (2.48)
G Ø dM SW L H
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch)
1"-NPT 27 (1.06) 41 (1.61) 25 (0.98) 40 (1.57)
1½"-NPT 34 (1.34) 55 (2.17) 26 (1.02) 45 (1.77)
2"-NPT 46 (1.81) 65 (2.56) 26 (1.02) 45 (1.77)
Miniature diaphragm seals ■ Technical specifications

The miniature diaphragm seals are available for the following Miniature diaphragm seals
SITRANS P pressure transmitter series for pressure: Measuring span when
• P300, DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS PA and DS III • G1B and 1"-NPT > 6 bar (> 87 psi)
with FOUNDATION Fieldbus • G1½B and 1½"-NPT > 2 bar (> 29 psi)
Suitable for high pressures, contaminated, fibrous and viscous • G2B and 2"-NPT > 600 mbar (> 8.7 psi)
media in the chemical, paper, food and drink industries. Filling liquid Silicone oil M5 or food oil (FDA listed)
Material
■ Design • Main body Stainl. steel mat No. 1.4404/ 316L or
• Flush-mounted diaphragm • Diaphragm Stainl. steel mat No. 1.4404 / 316L or
• No dead spaces Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
• Fixed threaded stems Maximum pressure 100% of nominal pressure of pressure
transmitter, up to maximum of PN 400
■ Dimensional drawings (5802 psi) (depending on the seal
used)
Temperature of use Same as pressure transmitter
Temperature range of medium Same as pressure transmitter
Max. recommended tempera- 150 °C (302 °F)
ture of medium
Weight
• G1½B and 1½"-NPT Approx. 0.5 kg (approx. 1.10 lb)
151 (5.94)
Classification according to For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids

pressure equipment directive of fluid group 1; complies with
(DGRL 2014/68/EU) requirements of article 4, para-
graph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Cooling
element
95 (3.74)
SW
H
L
dM
G
d
Miniature diaphragm seal, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/448 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
Miniature diaphragm seals 7MF 4 9 6 0 - Further designs
directly fitted to SITRANS P pressure transmitters 1 7 7 0 7 777
code.
for pressure; type, 7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and
7MF423.-... together with Order code "V01" Remote seal nameplate B20
(vacuum-proof design) and 7MF802.-...1); must be Attached out of stainless steel, contains MLFB
ordered separately and order number of the remote seal
Material: Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L
Nominal pressure, see "Pressure transmitters" Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11
teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2
Process connection
• G1B C 2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17
• G1½B D Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liq-
uid (FDA listed)"
• G2B E
• 1" - NPT K Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2") to C20
• 1½" - NPT L IEC 61508
• 2" - NPT M (Only in conjunction with the Order code "C20"
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Z J1Y
Process connection: ... Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2/3") to C23
IEC 61508
Material
Remote seal enclosure Wetted parts materials in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
Stainless steel Stainless steel A Certification acc. to NACE MR-0175 D07
mat. No. 1.4404/316L mat. No. 1.4404/316L Includes inspection certificate 3.1 according to
Hastelloy C276 Hastelloy C276 J EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of stain-
Stainless steel Other version Z K1Y
mat. No. 1.4404/316L Add Order code and Certification acc. to NACE MR-0103 D08
plain text: Includes inspection certificate 3.1 according to
Wetted parts materials EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of stain-
• Stainless steel 316L A Cooling element R22
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Z K1Y maximum permissible media temperature of the
Wetted parts materials: ... filling liquid.
Filling liquid Negative pressure service
• Silicone oil M5 1 for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
• Food oil (FDA listed) 7 • gauge and absolute pressure from the pressu- V01
Other version, add Order code and plain text: 9 M1 Y re series
Filling liquid: ...
1) With 7MF802.-... and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order the for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
vacuum-tight version. • gauge and absolute pressure from the pressu- V51
re series
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/449

© Siemens 2020
Inline seals for flange-mounting
• DN 25 PN 6 ... PN 100
• DN 40 PN 6 ... PN 100
• DN 50 PN 6 ... PN 100
• DN 80 PN 6 ... PN 100
• DN 100 PN 6 ... PN 100
• 1½ inch Class 150 ... class 2500
Process connection Flange to EN 1092-1 or
ASME B 16.5
Inline seals for flange-mounting Sealing surface • for stainless steel mat. no.
1.4404/316L according to
The inline seal is completely integrated in the process line. It is EN 1092-1, form B1 or
particularly suitable for flowing and highly viscous media. ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
• for all other materials according
The inline seal consists of a cylindrical jacket into which a thin- to EN 1092-1, form B2 or
walled pipe is welded. It is clamped directly between two ASME B16.5 RFSF
flanges in the pipeline.
Materials
■ Design • Main body Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
• Inline seals for flange-mounting (flange design) to EN/ASME • Diaphragm Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
for SITRANS P pressure transmitters • Wetted parts Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
- For pressure: P300, DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS • Without coating
PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
- For differential pressure and flow: DS III with HART, • ECTFE coating
DS III with PROFIBUS PA, DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (for vacuum on request)
and P500 • PFA coating
• Sealing surface to EN 1092-1 or ASME B16.5 Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
• Connection to the transmitter directly or by means of a flexible Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
capillary (max. 10 m long)
• See Technical data for details of materials used for the wetted
parts Tantalum
• Material used for the capillary, the guard sleeve, the seal’s • Capillary Stainless steel, mat.
main body and the measuring cell: Stainless steel, No. 1.4571/316Ti
mat.-No. 1.4571 • Sheath Spiral protective tube made of
• Filling liquid: Silicone oil, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil, stainless steel, mat. No.
1.4404/316L
food oil (FDA listed) or glycerin/water (not suitable for uses in
low-pressure range) Capillary
■ Function • Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
The measured pressure is transferred from the diaphragm to the • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
filling liquid and passes either directly or through the capillary to
the measuring chamber of the pressure transmitter. The interior
of the diaphragm seal and of the capillary, as well as the mea- Silicone oil M50
suring chamber of the pressure transmitter, are filled gas-free by High-temperature oil
the filling liquid.
Halocarbon oil
Note:
When operating in the low-pressure range, also during commis- Permissible ambient temperature See pressure transmitters, see fill-
sioning, it is recommended to use a vacuum-proof remote seal ing liquid
(see Selection and Ordering data).
(DGRL 2014/68/EU) with the requirements of article 4,
paragraph 1 (appendix 1);
TÜV Nord
1/450 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Selection and Ordering data Article No.Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Article No.Ord. code
1
Inline seal for flange-mounting for Inline seal for flange-mounting for
SITRANS P pressure transmitters SITRANS P pressure transmitters
for gauge pressure 7MF 4 9 8 0 - for gauge pressure 7MF 4 9 8 0 -
7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and 7MF423.-... 7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and 7MF423.-...
together with Order code "V01" (Negative pres- together with Order code "V01" (Negative pres-
sure service) and 7MF802.-...1); must be sure service) and 7MF802.-...1); must be
ordered separately, scope of delivery: 1 off ordered separately, scope of delivery: 1 off
7MF243.-...; 7MF4433 or 7MF54..-...; 7MF243.-...; 7MF4433 or 7MF54..-...;
order separately, scope of delivery: 1 pair (set); order separately, scope of delivery: 1 pair (set);
Material: Completely of stainless steel, Material: Completely of stainless steel,
mat. No. 1.4404/316L; mat. No. 1.4404/316L;
Process connection to EN 1092-1 or ASME Process connection to EN 1092-1 or ASME
B16.5; sealing surface to EN 1092-1, form B1, B16.5; sealing surface to EN 1092-1, form B1,
or to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA or to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 1 77 0 7 - 7B 777 1 77 0 7 - 7B 777
Connection to transmitter
Nominal diameter and nominal pressure • direct (only for 7MF4980) 0
• DN 25 PN 6 ... 100 B through capillary, length:5)
• DN 40 PN 6 ... 100 D • 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2
• DN 50 PN 6 ... 100 E • 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3
• DN 80 PN 6 ... 100 G • 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
• DN 100 PN 6 ... 100 H • 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5
• 1 inch Class 150 ... 2500 L • 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
• 1½ inch Class 150 ... 2500 M • 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
• 2 inch Class 150 ... 2500 N • 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
• 3 inch Class 150 ... 2500 P Special lengths for capillaries
• 4 inch Class 150 ... 2500 Q
• 2.0 m (6.56 ft) 9 N1C
Other version Z J1Y • 3.0 m (9.84 ft) 9 N1E
Add Order code and plain text: • 5.0 m (16.40 ft) 9 N1G
• 7.0 m (23.97 ft) 9 N1 J
• 9.0 m (29.53 ft) 9 N1L
• Stainless steel 316L
- Without coating A only for 7MF4983-...
- With PFA coating 2) D • 11.0 m (36.09 ft) 9 N1N
- With ECTFE coating 2) 3) F • 12.0 m (39.37 ft) 9 N1P
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G • 13.0 m (42.65 ft) 9 N1Q
• Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J • 14.0 m (45.93 ft) 9 N1R
• Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 U
• 15.0 m (49.21 ft) 9 N1S
• Tantalum K
Other version Z K1Y 1) With 7MF802.-... and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order the
Add Order code and plain text: vacuum-tight version.
Wetted parts materials: ... 2) Only for use in non-hazardous atmospheres.
Filling liquid 4) Oil- and grease- free cleaning to DIN 25410, level 2 and packaging
• Silicone oil M5 1 included in the scope of delivery. Refer to "Further designs" C10 and E10.
• Silicone oil M50 2 5) Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description"
• Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)4) 4
Filling liquid: ...
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/451

© Siemens 2020
code. code.
Spark arrestor PE protective tube
With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0 over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
(including documentation) (color: white)
• Pressure and absolute pressure A01 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N20
• for differential pressure transmitters A02 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N21
Remote seal nameplate B20 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N22
Attached out of stainless steel, contains MLFB 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N23
and order number of the remote seal 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N24
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version C10 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N25
Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver- 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N26
sion, not for oxygen application, only in conjunc-
tion with halocarbon oil fill fluid, certified by 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N27
certificate acc. to EN 10204-2.2 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N28
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N29
teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N30
Inspection certificate C12 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N31
to EN 10204, section 3.1 only for 7MF4983-...
2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17 11.0 m (36.09 ft) N32
Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liquid 12.0 m (39.37 ft) N33
(FDA listed)" 13.0 m (42.65 ft) N34
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2") to C20 14.0 m (45.93 ft) N35
IEC 61508 15.0 m (49.21 ft) N36
in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter) PTFE protective tube
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2/3") to C23 (color: transparent)
IEC 61508
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N40
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N41
EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of stainless 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N42
steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276) 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N43
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0103 D08 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N44
Includes inspection certificate 3.1 according to 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N45
EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of stainless 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N46
steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276)
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N47
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version E10 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N48
sion, only for oxygen application, only inert fill 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N49
fluid may be used. Max. temperature: 60 °C 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N50
(140 °F), max. pressure 50 bar (725 psi), only in 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N51
ficate acc. to EN 10204-2.2 only for 7MF4983-...
One-sided mounting on differential pressure 11.0 m (36.09 ft) N52

transmitters 12.0 m (39.37 ft) N53
(only for 7MF4980-...) 13.0 m (42.65 ft) N54
on high-pressure side H10 14.0 m (45.93 ft) N55
on low-pressure side H11 15.0 m (49.21 ft) N56
1/452 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
Further designs
code.
PVC protective tube
(color: black)
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N60
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N61
2.0 m (6.56 ft) N62
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N63
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N64
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N65
5.0 m (16.40 ft) N66
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N67
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N68
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N69
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N70
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N71
11.0 m (36.09 ft) N72
12.0 m (39.37 ft) N73
13.0 m (42.65 ft) N74
14.0 m (45.93 ft) N75
15.0 m (49.21 ft) N76
Cooling element R22
filling liquid.
• gauge and absolute pressure from the pres- V01
sure series
Note:
Suffix "Y01" required with pressure transmitter
sure series
Note:
Suffix "Y01" required with pressure transmitter
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/453

© Siemens 2020
1 ■ Dimensional drawings Connection to EN 1092-1
DN PN D Mb L H
mm bar mm mm mm mm
25 6 ... 100 63 28.5 60 78.5
40 6 ... 100 85 43 60 89.5
50 6 ... 100 95 54.5 60 92.5

80 6 ... 100 130 82.5 60 112
Cooling 100 6 ... 100 150 107 60 122
element
95 (3.74)
DN Class D Mb L H
(inch) mm mm mm mm
1 150 ... 2500 63 28.5 60 78.5
+
(2.48) (1.12) (2.36) (3.1)

1½ 150 ... 2500 85 43 60 86
(3.35) (1.69) (2.36) (3.4)
2 150 ... 2500 95 54.5 60 94.5
0E (3.74) (2.15) (2.36) (3.72)
' 3 150 ... 2500 130 82.5 60 112
/
(5.12) (3.25) (2.36) (4.4)
4 150 ... 2500 150 107 60 122
(5.9) (4.21) (2.36) (4.8)
Inline seal for flange-mounting, connected to SITRANS P pressure trans-

mitter, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/454 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
The measured pressure is transferred from the diaphragm,
mounted on the inner circumference of the inline seal, to the fill-
ing liquid and then passes through the capillary to the measur-
ing chamber of the pressure transmitter. The interior of the inline
seal and of the capillary, as well as the measuring chamber of
the pressure transmitter, are filled gas-free by the filling liquid.
Note:
When operating in the low-pressure range, also during commis-
sioning, it is recommended to use a vacuum-proof pressure
transmitter (see Selection and Ordering data).
Quick-release inline seals for gauge pressure
Connection Nominal Nominal
diameter pressure
• To DIN 11851 with threaded DN 25 PN 40
socket
Quick-release inline seals, to DIN 11851 with threaded socket DN 40 PN 40
DN 50 PN 25
DN 65 PN 25
DN 80 PN 25
DN 100 PN 25
• Clamp connection 1½ inch PN 40
2 inch PN 40
2½ inch PN 40
3 inch PN 40
Material
• Main body Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
Capillary
Quick-release inline seals, with clamp connection
Quick-release inline seals for pressure are available for the fol-
lowing SITRANS P pressure transmitter series: • Sheath Spiral protective tube made of
• P300 1.4404/316L
• DS III with HART Filling liquid • Food oil (FDA listed)
• DS III with PROFIBUS PA Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
• DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus mitter and the filling liquid of the
remote seal
■ Application the technical data of the pressure
The quick-release inline seal is a special design for flowing and "Technical data of filling liquid" in
high-viscosity media. Because it is completely integrated in the the Technical description to the
process line, there are no turbulences, dead spaces or other ob- remote seals
stacles in the flow direction. The medium flows almost unhin- Weight Approx. 4 kg (approx. 8.82 lb)
dered through the inline seal and causes self-cleaning of the
sample chamber. The inline seal is also piggable. Certificate and approvals
■ Design sure equipment directive
(DGRL 2014/68/EU)
uids of fluid group 1; complies with
the requirements of article 4,
The quick-release clamp is available in two versions: paragraph 1 (appendix 1);
• DIN 11851 with threaded socket mity evaluation module H by the
• Clamp connection TÜV Nord
The inline seal is connected to the pressure transmitter either di- EHEDG Complies with EHEDG recommen-
dations
rectly or by way of a capillary.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/455

© Siemens 2020
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Quick-release inline seal 7MF 4 9 5 0 - Further designs
for SITRANS P pressure transmitters for 77 A 0 7 - 7B 777 Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
pressure code.
7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and 7MF423.-...
together with Order code "V01" (Negative pres- Remote seal nameplate B20
sure service) and 7MF802.-...1); must be Attached out of stainless steel, contains MLFB
ordered separately and order number of the remote seal
Filling liquid: Food oil (FDA listed) Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11
Material: Stainless steel 316L teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Inspection certificate C12
2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17
• Connection to DIN 11851 with screw necks
Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liq-
- DN 25 PN 40 2B uid (FDA listed)"
- DN 40 PN 40 2D
- DN 50 PN 25 2E Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2") to C20
IEC 61508
- DN 65 PN 25 2F
- DN 80 PN 25 2G in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
- DN 100 PN 25 2H
• Clamp connection
IEC 61508
- 1½ inch PN 16 4L
- 2 inch PN 16 4M in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
- 2½ inch PN 16 4N
- 3 inch PN 10 4P transmitters
Other version on high-pressure side H10
Add Order codes and plain text: on low-pressure side H11
Process connection: ..., Nominal diameter: ...; 9Z H1Y
Nominal pressure: ... PE protective tube
Filling liquid (color: white)
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N20
Connection to transmitter 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N23
• Direct 0 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N24
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N25
Through capillary, length:2)
• 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N26
• 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N27
• 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N28
• 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N29
• 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N30
• 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N31
• 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
Special lengths for capillaries over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
• 2.0 m (6.56 ft) 9 N1C (color: transparent)
• 3.0 m (9.84 ft) 9 N1E 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N40
• 5.0 m (16.40 ft) 9 N1G 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N41
• 7.0 m (23.97 ft) 9 N1 J 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N42
• 9.0 m (29.53 ft) 9 N1L 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N43
1)
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N44
With 7MF802.-... and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order the
vacuum-tight version. 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N45
2) Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description" 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N46
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N47
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N48
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N49
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N50
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N51
1/456 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
Further designs
code.
PVC protective tube
(color: black)
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N60
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N61
2.0 m (6.56 ft) N62
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N63
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N64
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N65
5.0 m (16.40 ft) N66
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N67
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N68
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N69
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N70
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N71
Cooling element R22
filling liquid.
sure series
sure series
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/457

© Siemens 2020
151 (5.94)
Cooling
element
95 (3.74)
H
DN
G1
D2
D2
D1
D1
D
d
L L
. 9)
(5
0
15
≥
R
DN
G1
D2
D2
D1
D1
D
d
L L
Connection to DIN 11851 with screw necks Clamp connection for pipes to BS 4825/3 and o.D. tubes
DN Ø D1 Ø D2 H L G1 d Ø D1 Ø D2 H L D
25 38 52 68 128 Rd 52x1/6 mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch)
40 55 65 74.5 160 Rd 65x1/6 22.2 (1) 38 (1.5) 50 (1.97) 67 (2.64) 114 (4.49) 50.5 (1.98)
50 68 78 81 170 Rd 78x1/6 34.9 (1½) 43 (1.69) 65 (2.56) 74.5 (2.93) 146 (5.75) 50.5 (1.98)
65 85 95 89.5 182 Rd 95x1/6 47.6 (2) 56 (2.2) 75 (2.95) 79.5 (3.13) 156 (6.14) 64 (2.52)
80 110 110 97 182 Rd 110x1/4 60.3 (2½) 68 (2.68) 77 (3.03) 80.5 (3.17) 156 (6.14) 77.5 (3.05)
100 130 130 107 182 Rd 110x1/4 73.0 (3) 82 (3.23) 91 (3.58) 87.5 (3.44) 156 (6.14) 91 (3.58)
Quick-release inline seal, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/458 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
■ Overview ■ Technical specifications

1
Flushing ring for remote seals of sandwich and flange design
• DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 100
• DN 80 PN 16 ... PN 100
• DN 100 PN 16 ... PN 100
• DN 125 PN 16 ... PN 100
Flushing ring Sealing surface
Flushing rings are required for flange-mounted and sandwich- • To EN 1092-1 Form B1
type remote seals (Article No. 7MF4900 ... 7MF4923) if the dan-
Form B2
ger exists that the process conditions and the geometry of the
connection could cause the medium to form deposits or block- Form D/Form D
ages. Form C/Form C
The flushing ring is clamped between the process flange and Form C/Form C
the remote seal.
Form E
Deposits can be flushed away from the diaphragm through the Form F
holes in the side, or the pressure volume can be vented. Different
nominal diameters and forms permit adaptation to the respec- • To ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
tive process flange. RFSF
Process connection RJF ring groove
For flanges to EN and ASME: Flushing holes (2 off), female • G¼
DN 50, 80, 100, 125; PN 16 ... 100 or thread
• G½
DN 2 inch, 3 inch, 4 inch, 5 inch; Class 150 ... 600
• ¼-18 NPT
Standard design • ½-14 NPT
Material: CrNi-Stahl, mat. No. 1.4404/316L Material Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
Sealing faces and flushing holes: See Selection and Ordering
data
■ Design
Remote seal flange Flushing ring
Flushing outlet Flushing inlet
Gasket
Measuring
point flange
Installation example
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/459

© Siemens 2020
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No.Ord. code ■ Dimensional drawings
Flushing ring 7MF 4 9 2 5 -
Connection according to EN 1092-1
for remote seals 7MF4900 to 7MF4923 1 7777 777
Form B1 and form B2
Nom. diam. Nominal pressure
A A
• DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 100 A
• DN 80 PN 16 ... PN 100 B
• DN 100 PN 16 ... PN 100 C
• DN 125 PN 16 ... PN 100 D
• 2 inch Class 150 ... 600 G
• 3 inch Class 150 ... 600 H
• 4 inch Class 150 ... 600 J
• 5 inch Class 150 ... 600 K
Only for RJF ring groove, 7MF4925-1*R....:
• 2 inch Class 150 NR
• 3 inch Class 150 PR A–A
• 4 inch Class 150 QR
• 5 inch Class 150 RR Thread
• 2 inch Class 300 ... 600 UR
h
• 3 inch Class 300 ... 600 VR
• 4 inch Class 300 ... 600 WR
• 5 inch Class 300 ... 600 XR
6.3
6.3
Other version Z J1Y di
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ... d4
Sealing surface
• EN 1092-1
Flushing ring; sealing surface (EN 1092-1), form B1 and form B2
- Form B1 A
- Form B2 C DN PN Thread d4 di h Weight
- Form C/Form C D mm bar Ø in mm Ø in mm Ø in mm kg (lb)

(inch) (inch) (inch)
- Form D/Form C E
- Form D/Form D F 50 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 102 (4.02) 62 (2.44) 30 (1.18) 1.24
(2.73)
- Form E G
80 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 138 (5.43) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 1.99
- Form F H (4.39)
• ASME B16.5
100 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 162 (6.38) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 3.35
- RF 125 ... 250 AA M (7.39)
- RFSF Q
125 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 188 (7.40) 132 (5.2) 30 (1.18) 3.38
- RJF ring groove R (7.45)
Other version Z K1Y
Add Order code and plain text: 50 16 … 100 ½ NPT 102 (4.02) 62 (2.44) 30 (1.18) 1.24
Sealing surface: ... (2.73)
80 16 … 100 ½ NPT 138 (5.43) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 1.99
Flushing holes (2 off) (4.39)
• Female thread G¼ 1
• Female thread G½ 2 100 16 … 100 ½ NPT 162 (6.38) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 3.35
(7.39)
• Female thread ¼-18 NPT 3
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 4 125 16 … 100 ½ NPT 188 (7.40) 132 (5.2) 30 (1.18) 3.38
(7.45)
Material
• Stainless steel 316L 0
Material: ...
code.
1/460 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Form D/form C Form D/form D 1
A A A A
A–A A–A
Thread Thread
h
h
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
di
di
d4
d4
Flushing ring; sealing surface (EN 1092-1), form D/form C Flushing ring; sealing surface (EN 1092-1), form D/form D
DN PN Thread d4 di h Weight DN PN Thread d4 di h Weight
mm bar Ø in mm Ø in mm Ø in mm kg (lb) mm bar Ø in mm Ø in mm Ø in mm kg lb)

50 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 102 (4.02) 62 (2.44) 35.5 1.46 50 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 102 (4.02) 62 (2.44) 40 (1.58) 1.65
(1.40) (3.22) (3.64)
80 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 138 (5.43) 92 (3.62) 35.5 2.36 80 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 138 (5.43) 92 (3.62) 40 (1.58) 2.66
(1.40) (5.2) (5.86)
100 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 162 (6.38) 92 (3.62) 35.5 3.96 100 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 162 (6.38) 92 (3.62) 40 (1.58) 4.47
(1.40) (8.73) (9.86)
125 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 188 (7.40) 132 (5.2) 35.5 4.00 125 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 188 (7.40) 132 (5.2) 40 (1.58) 4.50
(1.40) (8.82) (9.92)
50 16 … 100 ½ NPT 102 (4.02) 62 (2.44) 40.5 1.67 50 16 … 100 ½ NPT 102 (4.02) 62 (2.44) 40 (1.58) 1.65
(1.595) (3.68) (3.64)
80 16 … 100 ½ NPT 138 (5.43) 92 (3.62) 40.5 2.69 80 16 … 100 ½ NPT 138 (5.43) 92 (3.62) 40 (1.58) 2.66
(1.595) (5.93) (5.86)
100 16 … 100 ½ NPT 162 (6.38) 92 (3.62) 40.5 4.52 100 16 … 100 ½ NPT 162 (6.38) 92 (3.62) 40 (1.58) 4.47
(1.595) (9.97) (9.86)
125 16 … 100 ½ NPT 188 (7.40) 132 (5.2) 40.5 4.56 125 16 … 100 ½ NPT 188 (7.40) 132 (5.2) 40 (1.58) 4.50
(1.595) (10.05) (9.92)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/461

© Siemens 2020
1 Form C/form C and form E DN PN Thread d4 di h x f3 Weight
mm bar Ø in Ø in Ø in Ø in Ø in kg (lb)
mm mm mm mm mm
A A (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
50 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 102 62 31 87 4.5 1.49
(4.02) (2.44) (1.22) (3.43) (0.18) (3.28)
80 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 138 92 31 120 4.5 2.40
(5.43) (3.62) (1.22) (4.72) (0.18) (5.29)
100 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 162 92 30 149 5 (0.2) 4.21
(6.38) (3.62) (1.18) (5.87) (9.28)
125 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 188 132 30 175 5 (0.2) 4.21
(7.40) (5.2) (1.18) (6.89) (9.28)
50 16 … 100 ½ NPT 102 62 31 87 4.5 1.49
(4.02) (2.44) (1.22) (3.43) (0.18) (3.28)
A–A 80 16 … 100 ½ NPT 138 92 31 120 4.5 2.40
(5.43) (3.62) (1.22) (4.72) (0.18) (5.29)
Thread 100 16 … 100 ½ NPT 162 92 30 149 5 (0.2) 4.21

(6.38) (3.62) (1.18) (5.87) (9.28)
125 16 … 100 ½ NPT 188 132 30 175 5 (0.2) 3.38
h
(7.40) (5.2) (1.18) (6.89) (7.45)
Form F
6.3
6.3
di
A A
d4
Flushing ring; sealing surface (EN 1092-1), form C/form C
A A
A–A
Thread
h
A–A
6.3
6.3
Thread di
d4
h
Flushing ring; sealing surface (EN 1092-1), form F

6.3
6.3
DN PN Thread d4 di h x f3 Weight
di
mm bar Ø in Ø in Ø in Ø in Ø in kg lb)
mm mm mm mm mm
d4 (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
50 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 102 62 35 88 4 1.25
Flushing ring; sealing surface (EN 1092-1), form E (4.02) (2.44) (1.38) (3.46) (0.16) (2.76)
80 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 138 92 35 121 4 2.02
(5.43) (3.62) (1.38) (4.76) (0.16) (4.45)
100 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 162 92 35 150 4.5 3.11
(6.38) (3.62) (1.38) (5.91) (0.18) (6.86)
125 16 … 100 ¼ NPT 188 132 35 175 4.5 3.19
(7.40) (5.2) (1.38) (6.89) (0.18) (7.03)
50 16 … 100 ½ NPT 102 62 40 88 4 1.45
(4.02) (2.44) (1.58) (3.46) (0.16) (3.2)
80 16 … 100 ½ NPT 138 92 40 121 4 2.35
(5.43) (3.62) (1.58) (4.76) (0.16) (5.18)
100 16 … 100 ½ NPT 162 92 40 150 4.5 3.67
(6.38) (3.62) (1.58) (5.91) (0.18) (8.09)
125 16 … 100 ½ NPT 188 132 40 175 4.5 3.76
(7.40) (5.2) (1.58) (6.89) (0.18) (8.29)
1/462 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Connection according to ASME B 16.5 1
RFSF and RF 125 ... 250 AA RJF ring groove
A A A A
A–A A–A
Thread Thread
h
h
6.3
6.3
6.3
6.3
di
di
d4
d4
Flushing ring; sealing surface (ASME B 16.5), RFSF and RF

125 to 250 AA Flushing ring; sealing surface (ASME B 16.5), RJF ring groove
DN Class Thread d4 di h Weight DN Class Thread d4 di h Weight
inch Ø in mm Ø in mm Ø in mm kg lb) inch Ø in mm Ø in mm Ø in mm kg lb)
2 150 … 600 ¼ NPT 92 (3.62) 62 (2.44) 30 (1.18) 0.87 2 150 ¼ NPT 102 (4.02) 62 (2.44) 40 (1.58) 1.65
(1.92) (3.64)
3 150 … 600 ¼ NPT 127 (5) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 1.44 3 150 ¼ NPT 133 (5.24) 92 (3.62) 40 (1.58) 2.32
(3.17) (5.12)
4 150 … 600 ¼ NPT 157 (6.18) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 3.05 4 150 ¼ NPT 171 (6.73) 92 (3.62) 40 (1.58) 5.22
(6.72) (11.51)
5 150 … 600 ¼ NPT 186 (7.32) 141 (5.55) 30 (1.18) 2.77 5 150 ¼ NPT 194 (7.64) 141 (5.55) 40 (1.58) 4.46
(6.11) (9.83)
2 150 … 600 ½ NPT 92 (3.62) 62 (2.44) 30 (1.18) 0.87 2 150 ½ NPT 102 (4.02) 62 (2.44) 46 (1.81) 1.90
(1.92) (4.19)
3 150 … 600 ½ NPT 127 (5) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 1.44 3 150 ½ NPT 133 (5.24) 92 (3.62) 46 (1.81) 2.66
(3.17) (5.86)
4 150 … 600 ½ NPT 157 (6.18) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 3.05 4 150 ½ NPT 171 (6.73) 92 (3.62) 46 (1.81) 6.00
(6.72) (13.23)
5 150 … 600 ½ NPT 186 (7.32) 141 (5.55) 30 (1.18) 2.77 5 150 ½ NPT 194 (7.64) 141 (5.55) 46 (1.81) 5.13
(6.11) (11.31)
2 300 … 600 ¼ NPT 108 (4.25) 62 (2.44) 40 (1.58) 1.96
(4.32)
3 300 … 600 ¼ NPT 146 (5.75) 92 (3.62) 40 (1.58) 3.23
(7.12)
4 300 … 600 ¼ NPT 175 (6.89) 92 (3.62) 40 (1.58) 5.57
(12.28)
5 300 … 600 ¼ NPT 210 (8.27) 141 (5.55) 40 (1.58) 6.08
(13.4)
2 300 … 600 ½ NPT 108 (4.25) 62 (2.44) 46 (1.81) 2.26
(4.98)
3 300 … 600 ½ NPT 146 (5.75) 92 (3.62) 46 (1.81) 3.71
(8.18)
4 300 … 600 ½ NPT 175 (6.89) 92 (3.62) 46 (1.81) 6.4
(14.11)
5 300 … 600 ½ NPT 210 (8.27) 141 (5.55) 46 (1.81) 7
(15.43)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/463

© Siemens 2020
Measuring setups
1 ■ Overview Possible combinations of pressure transmitters and remote
seals
This section shows examples of typical measuring setups for us- Type of installation Pressure trans- Remote seals
ing SITRANS P pressure transmitters with and without remote mitters
seals.
A/B 7MF2033 7MF4900
Equations for calculating lower range value and upper range 7MF4033 7MF4910
value are provided for each example. 7MF4034 7MF4920
7MF4035
Questionnaires are included to help you select the right combi- 7MF8023
nation of remote seal and pressure transmitter. 7MF8024
7MF8025
Installation C1 and C2 7MF4233 7MF4900
Remote seals of sandwich design are fitted between the con- 7MF4234 7MF4910
nection flange of the measuring point and a dummy flange. Re- 7MF4235 7MF4920
mote seals of flange design are fitted directly on the connection (negative pressure
flange of the measuring point. The respective pressure rating of service in each case)
the dummy flange or the flanged remote seal must be observed. 7MF4333 7MF4901
7MF4334 7MF4921
The pressure transmitter should be installed below the connec- 7MF4335
tion flange (and below the lower connection flange in the case of
differential pressure transmitters). This arrangement must be D 7MF2433 7MF4903
used in the low-pressure range. 7MF2434 7MF4923
7MF2435
When measuring at pressures above atmospheric, the pressure 7MF4433
transmitter can also be installed above the connection flange. 7MF4434
7MF4435
The capillaries between the remote seal and the pressure trans- 7MF4533
mitter should be as short as possible to obtain a good transmis- 7MF4534
sion response. 7MF4535
7MF5403
Offset of measuring range 7MF5413
If there is a difference in height between the two connection E 7MF2433 7MF4913
flanges when measuring with two remote seals, an additional dif- 7MF2434
7MF2435
ferential pressure will result from the oil filling of the remote seal 7MF4433
capillaries. This results in a measuring range offset which has to 7MF4434
be taken into account when you set the pressure transmitter. 7MF4435
7MF4533
An offset in the measuring range also occurs when combining a 7MF4534
remote seal with a transmitter if the remote seal is not installed at 7MF4535
the same height as the transmitter. 7MF5403
7MF5413
Pressure transmitter output
G, H and J 7MF2433 7MF4903
If the level, separation layer or density increase in closed ves- 7MF2434 7MF4923
sels, the differential pressure and hence the output signal of the 7MF2435
pressure transmitter also increase. 7MF4433
7MF4434
For an inverted relationship between the differential pressure 7MF4435
and the output signal, the lower range value and upper range 7MF4533
value of the SITRANS P must be interchanged. 7MF4534
7MF4535
With open vessels, a rising pressure is usually assigned to an in- 7MF5403
creasing level, separation layer or density. 7MF5413
Temperature differences between the individual capillaries and
between the individual remote seals should be avoided.
Temperature variations in the area of the measuring setup cause
a change in volume of the filling liquid and hence measuring er-
rors.
Notes
• For the separation layer measurement, the separation layer
has to be positioned between the two spigots. Also you must
make sure that the level in the container is always above the
top spigot.
• When measuring density, make sure that the level of the me-
dium remains constant. The level should be above the top
spigot.
1/464 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
Types of installation for pressure and level measurements (open vessels)
Installation type A Installation type B Installation type A

Lower range value: pMA = ρFL · g · HU - ρOil · g · H1
Upper range value: pME = ρFL · g · HO - ρOil · g · H1
∆H ∆H
Installation type B
HO
HO
Lower range value: pMA = ρFL · g · HU + ρOil · g · H1
Upper range value: pME = ρFL · g · HO + ρOil · g · H1
HU HU
H1
Legend
H1
ρOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to the remote
seal
Pressure transmitter Pressure transmitter g Local acceleration due to gravity
above the measuring point below the measuring point
H1 ≤ 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as filling liquid only H1 ≤ 4 m (13.1 ft) H1 Distance between vessel flange and pressure
trans.
Types of installation for absolute level measurements (closed vessels)
Installation type C1 Installation type C2 Installation type C1 and C2

Lower range value: pMA = pSTART + ρOil · g · H1
Upper range value: pME = pEND + ρOil · g · H1
Legend
H1
pabs pabs pEND Upper range value
the remote seal
H1
H1 Distance between vessel flange and
pressure trans.
Pressure transmitter for absolute pressure always below the measuring point: H1 ≥ 200 mm (7.9 inch)
Type of installation for differential pressure and flow measurements
Installation type D Filter monitoring Installation type D

Lower range value: pMA = pSTART - ρOil · g · HV
Upper range value: pME = pEND - ρOil · g · HV
Legend
H1 HV
pEND Upper range value
ρOil Density of filling oil in the capillary
to the remote seal
H2 HV Distance between the measuring
points (spigots)
+ -
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/465

© Siemens 2020
1 Types of installation for level measurements (closed vessels)
Installation type E Installation type E

Lower range value: pMA = ρFL · g · HU - ρOil · g · HV
Upper range value: pME = ρFL · g · HO - ρOil · g · HV
Legend
∆H
HV the remote seal
HO
HU HO Upper range value
HV Distance between the measuring
+ - points (spigots)
Installation type G Installation type H Installation type J
H1 - +
H1
∆H H2
HV
HO - +
H1
H2
HU
H2
+ -
Pressure transmitter for differential pressure below the lower measuring point between the measuring points, no vacuum
above the upper measuring point, no vacuum
H2 ≤ 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as filling Installation type for vacuum applications H2 ≤ 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as filling
liquid only H1 ≤ 4 m (13.1 ft) liquid only H2 ≤ 4 m (13.1 ft)
Installation type G, H and J Legend

Lower range value: pMA Lower range value to be set g Local acceleration due to gravity
pMA = ρFL · g · HU - ρOil · g · HV pME Upper range value to be set HU Lower range value
Upper range value: ρFL Density of medium in vessel HO Upper range value
pME = ρFL · g · HO - ρOil · g · HV ρOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to HV Distance between the measuring
the remote seal points (spigots)
1/466 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
■ Overview
1
Notes Also you must make sure that the level in the container is al-
• For the separation layer measurement, the separation layer ways above the top spigot.
has to be positioned between the two spigots. • When measuring density, make sure that the level of the medium
remains constant. The level should be above the top spigot
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure, for flanging
Measuring setups for open containers
Level measurement
Upper range value Lower range value: pMA = ρ · g · HU
Upper range value: pME = ρ · g · HO
Legend
ρ pME Upper range value to be set
HO
Lower range value
ρ Density of medium in vessel
HU
+
Separation layer measurement

Constant level Lower range value: pMA = g · (HU · ρ1 + (HO - HU) · ρ2)
= Upper range value
Upper range value: pME = ρ1 · g · HO
ρ2
Legend
Separation layer
ρ1 pME Upper range value to be set
HO Lower range value
ρ1 Density of heavier liquid
ρ2 Density of lighter liquid
HU
+ HO Upper range value
Density measurement
Lower range value: pMA = ρMIN · g · HO
Constant level
Upper range value: pME = ρMAX · g · HO
Legend
HO ρ
ρMIN Minimum density of medium in vessel
ρMAX Maximum density of medium in vessel
HO Upper range value in m
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/467

© Siemens 2020
1 Measuring setups for closed containers

Static
pressure Gas-filled negative Lower range value: ∆pMA = ρ · g · HU
pressure line Upper range value: ∆pME = ρ · g · HO
Legend
Maximum level
Upper range value ρ Density of medium in vessel
Lower range value
HO HO Upper range value
HU ρ
+ -
Transmitter
reference line

Static
pressure Constant Lower range value: ∆pMA = g · (HU · ρ - HV · ρ')
reference Upper range value: ∆pME = g · (HO · ρ - HV · ρ')
level
Mamimum level Legend
Upper range value Liquid-filled negative
pressure line ρ Density of medium in vessel
ρ' Density of liquid in the negative pressure
HV line (corresponding to the temperature
Lower range value ρ' existing there)
HO
+ - HV Distance between the measuring points

(spigots)
Transmitter
reference line
1/468 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
1
Static
pressure Lower range value: ∆pMA = PStat + ρ · g · HU - PStat
PStat
Transmitter 1 Transmitter 2
Upper range value: ∆pME = PStat + ρ · g · HO - PStat
Mamimum level
+ Transmitter 1 Transmitter 2
Transmitter 2 Legend
Upper range value (for pressure or ∆pMA Lower range value to be set
differential pressure)
HV Lower range value ρ Density of medium in vessel
HO
HV Distance between the measuring points (spigots)
+
Transmitter 1 The pressure measuring range (≙ level) will be calculated by subtraction

(for pressure or of measuring range of transmitter 1 minus measuring range of
differential pressure) transmitter 2 in the process control system.
Static Separation layer measurement

pressure Static
Lower range value: ∆pMA = g · (HU · ρ1 + (HO - HU) · ρ2 - HV · ρ'2)
pressure
Constant level Upper range value: ∆pME = g · (HO · ρ1 - HV · ρ'2)
Max. separation layer Legend

Upper range value ρ1 Density of heavier liquid with separation layer
in vessel
ρ'2 ρ2 Density of lighter liquid with separation layer
ρ2 HV
Lower range value
ρ'2 Density of liquid in the negative pressure line
HO (corresponding to the temperature existing
HU there)
ρ1
+ - HO Upper range value
HV Distance between the measuring points
Transmitter
(spigots)
reference line
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/469

© Siemens 2020
Fittings
1 ■ Overview Norm IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
The flange connection between transmitter and valve manifold
All shut-off fittings can be secured onto walls, racks (72 mm grid) was modified in the new standard IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518.
and vertical and horizontal pipes. The only connection thread approved for use in the process
This offers the advantage when assembling a plant that the shut- flanges of the pressure transmitter is 7/16-20 UNF.
off fittings can be secured first and the lines for the medium and The valve manifolds for M12 screws, including the accessory
differential pressure connected to them. It is then possible to sets, have therefore been deleted.
check all connections for leaks and to blow out or flush the pipes
in order to remove dirt (welding residues, shavings etc.). Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.
The measuring instruments can be screwed onto the shut-off fit- If an inspection certificate according to EN 10204-3.1 is required
tings right at the end when all piping has been completed. for ordering valve manifolds or shut-off fittings, be aware that one
certificate is sufficient for each valve type ordered. This means
If an instrument has to be removed for maintenance, the fittings that you will only be charged for one certificate in the cost calcu-
and pipes remain as they are. It is only necessary to close the lations.
valves – the instrument can then be removed, and refitted follow-
ing maintenance. Minimum/maximum operating temperatures
The maximum operating temperatures are given for each value
Classification according to pressure equipment directive or valve manifold.
(PED 2014/68/EU): The minimum operating temperatures depend on the material
For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; compli- used for the valves or valve manifold.
ance with requirements of article 4, paragraph 3 (sound engi- They are as follows:
neering practice). Material Minimum operating temperature
Brass -10 °C (-14 °F) according to EN 12516-4
Steel -10 °C (-14 °F) according to AD200-W10
Stainless steel -40 °C (-40 °F)
■ Pressure transmitters with shut-off fittings - mounting examples
SITRANS P transmitter for gauge pressure with double shut-off valve, SITRANS P pressure transmitter for differential pressure, mounted in pro-
SITRANS P pressure transmitter with multiway cock or 3-spindle valve tective box (available on request)
manifold
SITRANS P transmitter for differential pressure with 3-way valve manifold, SITRANS P pressure transmitter mounted on valve combination "Mono-
3-spindle valve manifold or valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 flange" for direct connection to flanges (available on request)
1/470 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Fittings
Selection aid
■ Selection of available shut-off valves

1
Transmitters Shut-off valves for general Page Shut-off valves for Page
applications special applications
Relative and absolute pres- Shut-off valves/double shut- 1/473 Double shut-off valve DN 5 1/476
sure transmitters with process off valves to DIN 16270, for crossover ½-NPT-F to
connection G½" male thread DIN 16271 and DIN 16272 G½ nipple connection
e.g. 7MF9011-4EA
• SITRANS P200
7MF1565-...
• SITRANS P210
7MF1566-... 2-spindle valve manifold 1/494
• SITRANS P220 DN 5 for installation in pro-
7MF1567-... tective boxes
• SITRANS P300 7MF9412-1B
7MF802.-...0.-....
• SITRANS P 320/420
7MF030.-..D..-....
7MF032.-..D..-....
7MF040.-..D..-....
7MF042.-..D..-....
• SITRANS P DS III series
7MF403.-...0.-.... and
7MF423.-...0.-....
• SITRANS P410
7MF243.-...0.-.... C41
Gauge and absolute pressure Double shut-off valve DN 5 1/476 Double shut-off valve 1/476
transmitters with process con- 7MF9011-4EA, -4FA, -4GA DN 5 for process
nection ½"-14 NPT female or and -4KA connection
male thread ½-NPT
e.g. 7MF9011-4HA
• SITRANS P200
7MF1565-...
• SITRANS P210 7MF9011-4FA
7MF1566-...
• SITRANS P220
7MF1567-...
• SITRANS P300
7MF802.-...1.-....
7MF030.-..E..-....
7MF030.-..F..-.... 7MF9011-4KA
7MF032.-..E..-....
7MF032.-..F..-....
7MF040.-..E..-....
7MF040.-..F..-....
7MF042.-..E..-....
7MF042.-..F..-....
7MF403.-...1.-.... and
7MF423.-...1.-....
• SITRANS P410
7MF243.-...1.-.... C41
Absolute pressure transmitter 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 1/479 2-spindle valve manifold 1/494
with process connection to 7MF9411-5A. DN 5 for installation in pro-
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 tective boxes
e.g. 7MF9412-1C.
7MF033.-.....-....
7MF043.-.....-....
7MF433.-...
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/471

© Siemens 2020
Fittings
Selection aid
1 Transmitters Shut-off valves for general Page Shut-off valves for Page
applications special applications
Differential pressure transmit- For 3/5-spindle valve manifold 1/479 3-way valve manifold 1/484
ter with process connection to DN 5 DN 5, forged version
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 7MF9411-5B. and 7MF9410-1..
e.g. 7MF9411-5C.
7MF034.-.....-....
7MF044.-.....-....
• SITRANS P DS III series 5-way valve manifold, 1/484
7MF443.-... and DN 5, forged version
7MF453.-... 7MF9410-3..
• SITRANS P410
7MF443.-... C41;
7MF453.-... C41
• SITRANS P500
7MF54..-... PN 100 multiway cocks 1/482
7MF9004-... 3-way valve manifolds 1/487
DN 8, forged version
7MF9416-1.. and
7MF9416-2..
valve manifold combina- 1/490

tion DN 5/DN 8 for vapor
measurement
7MF9416-6..
valve manifold combina- 1/492

tion DN 8 for vapor mea-
surement
7MF9416-4..
3- and 5-spindle valve 1/494

manifold for DN 5 for
installation in protective
boxes
7MF9412-1D. and
7MF9412-1E.
3- and 5-spindle valve 1/498

manifold for vertical differ-
ential pressure lines
7MF9413-1..
Low-pressure multiway 1/501

cock
7MF9004-4..
1/472 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for gauge and absolute pressure transmitters
Shut-off valves to DIN 16270, DIN 16271 and DIN 16272
■ Overview Selection and Ordering data Article No.

1
Shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16270
without test collar, pipe union with ferrule
12 S DIN EN ISO 8434-1, without certificate
Material Maximum permissible
Valve enclosure working pressure
P250GH 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-8AB
(mat. No. 1.0460)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-8AC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
with test collar, pipe union with ferrule
12 S DIN EN ISO 8434-1, without certificate
P250GH 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-8BB
(mat. No. 1.0460)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-8BC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
Transmitter for pressure with double shut-off valve 7MF9401-...
Double shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16272
The shut-off valves for pressure gauges are used to shut off the
line of the measured medium when dealing with aggressive and with test collar, connection shank,
without certificate
non-aggressive gases, vapors and liquids.
■ Design Valve enclosure working pressure
CW614N (CuZn39Pb3)250 bar (3626 psi) 7MF9401-7DA
A water trap must be connected upstream of the shut-off valve (mat. No. 2.0402)
in the case of temperatures of the medium above 120 °C. The
P250GH 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-7DB
shut-off valves form B have a shaft with which they can be se- (mat. No. 1.0460)
cured on an instrument bracket. An adapter is therefore not re-
quired to secure these valves. The vent/test connection can be X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-7DC
shut off separately with the double shut-off valves DN 5. This per- (mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
mits checking of the zero on the pressure gauge. In addition, the Double shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16272
characteristic of the pressure gauge can be checked using an
with test collar, pipe union with ferrule
external pressure source. The valve packing material is PTFE. 12 S DIN EN ISO 8434-1, without certificate
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Material Maximum permissible
Shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16270 Valve enclosure working pressure
without test collar, connection shank, P250GH 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-8DB
without certificate (mat. No. 1.0460)
Material Maximum permissible X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-8DC
Valve enclosure working pressure (mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
CW614N (CuZn39Pb3) 250 bar (3626 psi) 7MF9401-7AA Accessories
(mat. No. 2.0402)
Factory certificate according to EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
P250GH 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-7AB
Material inspection certificate EN 10204-3.1 7MF9000-8AD
(mat. No. 1.0460)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-7AC Instrument bracket, see page 1/478.
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
with test collar, connection shank,
without certificate
CW614N (CuZn39Pb3) 250 bar (3626 psi) 7MF9401-7BA
(mat. No. 2.0402)
P250GH 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-7BB
(mat. No. 1.0460)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-7BC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/473

© Siemens 2020
Fitttings
Shut-off valves to DIN 16270, DIN 16271 and DIN 16272
1 ■ Characteristic curves
bar
Operating pressure
Steel or stainless steel version

400 400 bar (5800 psi) at 120 °C
(248 °F)
300
350 bar (5076 psi) at 200 °C
(392 °F)
200
Brass version
100 250 bar (3626 psi) at 120 °C
(248 °F)
0 200 bar (2901 psi) at 200 °C
0 100 200 300 400 °C
(392 °F)
Operating temperature
Permissible operating pressure as a function of the permissible operating

temperature
A
18
Ø26 h11
28
120 ±5
120 ±5
63
20
20
C
B
Ø6
34
20
A Connection on device side: to DIN 16284, G½, SW 27

B Connection on measurement side: connection shank to
DIN EN 837-1, G½
C Connection on measurement side: pipe union with ferrule
12 mm diameter, S series, to DIN EN ISO 8434-1
D Connection on test collar (with sealing cap): thread M20 x 1,5
Shut-off valve, form B, dimension drawing, dimensions in mm
approx. 90 approx. 85
18
Ø26 h11
28
120 ±5
63
SW 27
20
20
C
B
Ø6
45
20
A Connection on device side: to DIN 16284, G½, SW 27

B Connection on measurement side: connection shank to
DIN EN 837-1, G½
C Connection on measurement side: pipe union with ferrule
12 mm diameter, S series, to DIN EN ISO 8434-1
D Connection on test collar (with sealing cap): thread M20 x 1,5
Double shut-off valve, form B, dimension drawing, dimensions in mm
1/474 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Fitttings
Angle adapter
■ Overview ■ Dimensional drawings

1
G½
Ø7
18
6
35
Ø6
G½
32
3
20
39
55
Angle adapter, dimensions in mm
P300 pressure transmitter with shut-off valve and angle adapter

The angle adapter enables pressure transmitters with top dis-
plays to be read from the front.

Angle adapters 7MF9401-7WA
Material: X 12 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 (mat. No.
1.45714/316Ti), max. permissible operating
pressure 400 bar (5800 psi)
Accessories
■ Characteristic curves
bar
Operating pressure
Stainless steel version

400 400 bar (5800 psi) at 120 °C
(248 °F)
300
350 bar (5076 psi) at 200 °C
(392 °F)
200
100
0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
Permissible operating overpressure as a function of the permissible op-

erating temperature
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/475

© Siemens 2020
Fitttings
Shut-off valves/Double shut-off valves
1 ■ Overview ■ Dimensional drawings
The double shut-off valves DN 5 are suitable for pressure
gauges and pressure transmitters and available in 5 versions:
74 (2.91) open
• Sleeve-nipple
• Sleeve-sleeve A B
• Sleeve-collar
½-14 NPT
• Collar-collar
(1.25)
31.75
• Collar-sleeve
½-14 NPT
66 (2.6)
The valve packing material is PTFE.
■ Characteristic curves A Connection on device side: ½-14 NPT

B Connection on measurement side: ½-14 NPT
bar
Operating pressure
420 bar (6092 psi) at 120 °C

400 (248 °F) Shut-off valve DN 5 (sleeve-sleeve) 7MF9011-3HA, dimensions in mm
350 bar (5076 psi) at 200 °C (inch)
300
(392 °F)
200 Ø7 18.5
A
18
100
approx.
17
0 25.5
6
58
0 100 200 300 400 °C
100.5
63.5
50
39.5
C
33
temperature
Ø6.4 B 31.75
7
12 31 approx. 90
Selection and Ordering data Article No. 60
approx. 118
Shut-off valve DN 5
Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 13 2
(W.-Nr. 1.4404/316L), max. permissible A Connection on device side: nipple to DIN 16284, G½, SW 27
operating overpressure 420 bar (6092 psi) B Connection on measurement side: ½-14 NPT
C Vent and test connection: ¼-18 NPT
• Sleeve-sleeve 7MF9011-3HA
Double shut-off valves DN 5 Double shut-off valve DN 5 (sleeve-nipple) 7MF9011-4EA,
Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 13 2 (mat. No. dimensions in mm
1.4404/316L), max. permissible working
pressure 420 bar (6092 psi);
• Sleeve-nipple connection 7MF9011-4EA
• Sleeve-sleeve 7MF9011-4HA
33
• Sleeve-collar 7MF9011-4FA B A
max. open 163
½-14 NPT ¼ - 18 NPT

½-14 NPT
• Collar-collar 7MF9011-4GA
Ø32
• Collar-sleeve 7MF9011-4KA
Accessories 33 13,6
Factory certificate according to EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB C
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order 55
code. 44
97
Oil- and grease-free cleaning for oxygen S12
applications, max. pressure PN 100 (1450 psi) A Connection on device side : ½-14 NPT
and max. temperature 60 °C (140 °F) B Connection on measurement side: ½-14 NPT
NACE MR-0175-certified D07 C Vent and test connection: ¼-18 NPT
incl. inspection certificate 3.1 to EN 10204

Double shut-off valve DN 5 (sleeve-sleeve) 7MF9011-4HA,
dimensions in mm
1/476 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Fitttings
Shut-off valves/Double shut-off valves
1
110
¼-18 NPT
½-14 NPT
½-14 NPT
B C A
A Connection on device side : ½-14 NPT

Double shut-off valve DN 5 (sleeve-collar) 7MF9011-4FA,

dimensions in mm
approx. 74
¼-18 NPT
38
A
31,75
approx. 71
½-14 NPT
½-14 NPT
B C
50
70
120

Double shut-off valve DN 5 (collar-collar) 7MF9011-4GA,

dimensions in mm
B A
max. open 163
½ NPT ¼-18 NPT

½ NPT
Ø32
23
50
C
55
44
114
Double shut-off valve DN 5 (collar-sleeve) 7MF9011-4KA,

dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/477

© Siemens 2020
Fitttings
Accessories for shut-off valves/double shut-off valves
1 ■ Overview ■ Overview
The mounting set is suitable for the double shut-off valves The instrument brackets are needed to mount the following units:
7MF9011-4.A and for wall, rack and pipe mounting. • Pressure gauges with threaded connection at the bottom
Selection and Ordering data Article No. • Shut-off valves to DIN 16270, DIN 16271 and DIN 16272
Mounting set for shut-off valves (7MF9401-7.. and 7MF9401-8..)
• 7MF9011-4DA and -4EA 7MF9011-8AB Selection and Ordering data Article No.
made of stainless steel, scope of delivery: Instrument bracket, form H, DIN 16281
1x mounting bracket,
2x hexagon screws M6x40, (e.g. for gauge)
1x mounting clip, made of aluminium alloy, painted black,
2x washers 8.4 to DIN 125; for wall mounting, screw-type bracket cover
2x hexagon nuts 8.4 to DIN EN 24032 • Projection length 60 mm M56340-A0046
• Projection length 100 mm M56340-A0047
• 7MF9011-4FA, -4GA, 4HA, -4KA and -3HA 7MF9011-8AC
made of stainless steel, scope of delivery: Instrument bracket, form A, DIN 16281
1x mounting bracket, (e.g. for transmitter) M56340-A0053
2x hexagon screws M6x10, made of annealed cast iron, galvanized and
1x mounting clip, primed for mounting on a wall or rack or or
2x washers 8.4 to DIN 125; on a sectional rail (horizontal/vertical);
2x hexagon nuts 8.4 to DIN EN 24032 Screw-type bracket cover
Instrument bracket, form A, DIN 16281
■ Dimensional drawings (e.g. for transmitter) M56340-A0079
made of annealed cast iron, galvanized and
Ø11 primed with pipe clamp for wall and pipe
mounting (horizotal/vertical)
Screw-type bracket cover
90
65
50
72
(60)
25 SW 10 100
65 10 (160)
72 85
90 Ø60,3 100
18
28
0
R3
56
4
6,5
Ø26 h11
Ø7
Mounting bracket (7MF9011-8AB) for shut-off valves 7MF9011-4DA and

7MF9011-4EA for wall, rack or pipe mounting, dimensions in mm
Instrument bracket form H, for wall mounting, M56340-A0046/-A0047,
dimensions in mm
65
50
Ø11 100
72 10
Ø
11
90
25
72
63
72
28
Ø
≤
SW 10
M8
85
72
90 85 34
Ø60,3 100 91
Ø26 h11
0
R3
4
6,5
Instrument bracket form A, wall or pipe mounting,

M56340-A0053/-A0079, dimensions in mm
Mounting bracket (7MF9011-8AC) for shut-off valves 7MF9011-4FA and
7MF9011-4GA for wall, rack or pipe mounting, dimensions in mm
1/478 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Fitttings
Shut-off valves for differential pressure transmitters
2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds DN 5

1
Valve manifolds DN 5 7 MF 9 4 1 1 - 77A
Click on the Article No. for the online confi-
guration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
for liquids and gases, for flanging to pressure
transmitters for absolute and differential
pressure, max. working pressure 420 bar
(order accessory set with Order code),
without certificate
• 2-spindle valve manifold 5A
• 3-spindle valve manifold 5B
• 5-spindle valve manifold 5C
Accessories
Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No.

The 2-spindle, 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifolds Further designs1)
7MF9411-5.. are for pressure transmitters for absolute pressure Please add "-Z" to Article No. and
or differential pressure. specify Order code.
The valve manifolds are used to shut off the differential pressure Accessory set to EN
lines and to check the pressure transmitter zero. (connection between valve manifold
The 2-spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifold enable in addi- and pressure transmitter)
tion venting on the transmitter side and checking of the pressure for valve manifold 7MF9411-5A.
transmitter characteristic. 2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x K35 7MF9411-7DB
1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
■ Benefits steel
1x gasket made of PTFE,
• Max. working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi) max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
• Each available in version for oxygen 80 °C (176 °F)
2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x K45 7MF9411-7DC
■ Application 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1;
stainless steel
The spindle valve manifolds DN 5 are designed for liquids and 1x gasket made of PTFE,
max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
gases. 80 °C (176 °F)
Each is available in a version for oxygen on request. for valve manifolds 7MF9411-5B. and
-5C.
■ Design 4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x K36 7MF9411-5DB
1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
All versions of the valve manifolds have a process connection ½- steel
14 NPT. The connection for the pressure transmitter is always 2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
designed as a flange connection to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518, max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
form B . The 2-spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifold have in 80 °C (176 °F)
addition a vent and test connection ¼-18 NPT. 4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x K46 7MF9411-5DC
The valves have an external spindle thread. 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1;
stainless steel
Materials used 2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
Component Material Mat. No. 80 °C (176 °F)
Enclosure X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 2 1.4404/316L Accessory set to DIN2)
Cones X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti (connection between valve manifold
and pressure transmitter)
Spindles X 2 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4404/316L
for valve manifold 7MF9411-5A.
Head parts X 5 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4401/316
2x screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014; K15 7MF9411-7BB
Packings PTFE - chromized steel
2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
■ Function 1x gasket made of PTFE,
80 °C (176 °F)
Functions of all valve manifolds:
2x screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014; K25 7MF9411-7BC
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines stainless steel
• Checking the pressure transmitter zero 2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125,
stainless steel;
Additional functions of the 2-spindle and 5-spindle valve mani- 1x gasket made of PTFE,
folds through the vent and test connection: max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
• Venting on the transmitter side 80 °C (176 °F)
• Checking the pressure transmitter characteristic
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/479

© Siemens 2020
Fitttings
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No. ■ Accessories
Further designs1)
Accessory set for 2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and
specify Order code. 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5
for valve manifolds 7MF9411-5B. • K35: 2 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1,
and -5C. 1 flat gasket
4x screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014; K16 7MF9411-6BB • K15: 2 screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014, 2 washers,
chromized steel 1 flat gasket
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, 3-spindle and 5-way valve manifold DN 5
80 °C (176 °F)
• K36: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1,
Flange connection with M10 screws 2 flat gaskets
only permissible up to PN 160. • K16: 4 screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
4x screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014; K26 7MF9411-6BC 2 flat gaskets
stainless steel Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125,
stainless steel; Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar (6092 psi), 80 °C
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, (176 °F)
80 °C (176 °F) Note: Flange connection with M10 screws only permissible up to
Flange connection with M10 screws PN 160!
only permissible up to PN 160.
Mounting plate
Mounting plate
• for valve manifold, made of Made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
electrogalvanized sheet-steel • M11: For wall mounting or for securing on rack (72 mm grid)
- for wall mounting or for securing M11 7MF9006-6EA Scope of delivery:
on rack (72 mm grid), weight - 1 mounting plate with bolts for mounting on valve manifold
0.5 kg
Scope of delivery: • M12: For pipe mounting
1 mounting plate with bolts for Scope of delivery:
mounting on valve manifold - 1 mounting plate M11
- for pipe mounting, weight 0.7 kg M12 7MF9006-6GA - 2 pipe brackets with nuts and washers for pipes with max.
Scope of delivery: Ø 60.3 mm
1x mounting plate M11, 2x pipe
brackets with nuts and washers Valve manifold 100 bar, suitable for oxygen
(for pipe with max. Ø 60.3 mm) • S12: For 2-way valve manifold
and fastening screws for mount-
ing on valve manifold • S13: For 3-way valve manifold
• for valve manifold, made of • S14: For 5-way valve manifold
stainless steel 316L
- for wall mounting or for securing
on rack (72 mm grid), weight
M21 7MF9006-6EC ■ Characteristic curves
0.5 kg
Scope of delivery: bar
Operating pressure
1 mounting plate with bolts for 400

mounting on valve manifold
- for pipe mounting, weight 0.7 kg M22 7MF9006-6GC 300
Scope of delivery:
1x mounting plate M21, 2x pipe 200
brackets with nuts and washers
(for pipe with max. Ø 60.3 mm) 100
Valve manifold 100 bar 0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
Oil- and grease-free cleaning for
oxygen applications, max. pressure Operating temperature
PN 100 (1450 psi) and max. tem-
perature 60 °C (140 °F)
• for 7MF9411-5A. S12 Valve manifolds PN 5 (7MF9411-5..), permissible working pressure as a
function of the permissible working temperature
• for 7MF9411-5B. S13
• for 7MF9411-5C. S14
NACE MR-0175-certified D07
incl. inspection certificate 3.1 to
EN 10204
1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the valve mani-
folds, please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
2) Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to PN 160 (2321 psi)!
1/480 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Fitttings
1
0
M1
¼-18 NPT
10
55
½-14 NPT
C B
63.5
41.3
55
60
≤Ø
72
A Ø11 Ø11.5
M10
Ø12 31.75
30
68
203
107
30
85
72
A Process connection: ½-14 NPT
B Transmitter connection: Flange connection to IEC 61518, form B
C Vent / test connection: ¼-18 NPT
Valve design: external spindle thread
Mounting plate 7MF9006-6.. (M11, M12) for valve manifold,
2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9411-5A.), dimensions in mm dimensions in mm
■ Schematics
48
A A A C A A C
B
A
38
63.5
41.3
55
B B B B B
½-14 NPT
M10 Ø12 A Process connection

31.75 B Transmitter connection
30 C Blow-out and test connection
54
96 2-spindle, 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifold DN 5, connections
210

3-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9411-5B.), dimensions in mm
115
¼-18 NPT
48
A
38
63.5
41.3
55
43
32.5
½-14 NPT
M10 Ø12 B 31.75

30
54
96
142
255

5-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9411-5C.), dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/481

© Siemens 2020
Fitttings
Multiway cocks PN 100
Medium Water, non-aggressive Aggressive liquids,
liquids and gases gases and vapors
Material P250GH, X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2,
mat. No.: 1.0460 mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti
Connections Steel, for pipe Stainless steel, for
Ø 12 mm, L series pipe Ø 12 mm, L
series
• Process connection 2 bulkhead glands
• Connection for blow- Pipe union with ferrule
ing out
Max. permissible 200 °C (392 °F)
working temperature
Max. permissible 100 bar (1450 psi) (up to max. 60 °C (140 °F))
working pressure
Weight 2.5 kg

Multiway cock PN 100 (1450 psi) (7MF9004-1P.) for differential pressure Multiway cock PN 100 (1450 psi) 7 MF 9 0 0 4 - 77A
transmitters
The multiway cock PN 100 (1450 psi) can be flanged to pressure guration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
transmitters for differential pressure. for flanging to pressure transmitters, weight
2.5 kg (without accessory set), without certificate
■ Benefits For water and non-aggressive gases and vapors 1P
• Version available for aggressive liquids, gases and vapors For aggressive liquids, gases and vapors 1Q
• Robust design Accessories
• Oil-free and grease-free version possible Factory certificate according to EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
• One-hand operation Material inspection certificate EN 10204-3.1 7MF9000-8AD
■ Application Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No.

Further designs1)
The PN 100 (1450 psi) multiway cock is available in versions for Please add "-Z" to Article No. and spec-
aggressive and non-aggressive liquids, gases and vapors. ify Order code.
Accessory set to EN
■ Design (required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch to L31 7MF9004-5CC
The multiway cock can be flanged with four screws to pressure ASME B18.2.1; chromized steel
transmitters for differential pressure. 2x gaskets made of PTFE, max.
The PN 100 (1450 psi) has 2 process connections and one blow- permissible temperature 80 °C (176 °F)
out connection. A steel version of the multiway cock is available Accessory set to DIN
for non-aggressive media, and a stainless steel version for ag- (required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
gressive media. The enclosure is forged in one piece. The 4x screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017; chro-
switching lever is removable. mized steel, 4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to
DIN 125; 2x gaskets made of PTFE, max.
Sealing can be improved during operation. permissible temperature 80 °C (176 °F)
Note: An accessory set is always required for flanging of the • Standard design L11 7MF9004-6AD
multiway cock to a differential pressure transmitter. • Version for oxygen (together with Or- L15 7MF9004-6AE
der code S11
■ Function Multiway cock in oil-free and grease-
free design
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines S11
Oil- and grease-free cleaning for oxy-
• Blowing out the differential pressure lines gen applications, max. pressure PN
• Testing the pressure transmitter zero 100 (1450 psi) and max. temperature
60 °C (140 °F), BAM-tested lubricant,
gasket suitable for oxygen measure-
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 ment (only with Article No. 7MF9004–
1Q.Z)
5 5 5 5 Mounting bracket M13 7MF9004-6AA
Required for wall mounting or for
securing on rack (72 mm grid), made
3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4
of electrogalvanized sheet-steel,
Test Operation Blow out Blow out weight 0.85 kg
Line 2 Line 1 NACE MR-0175-certified D07
EN 10204 (only available for version
Cock positions; the symbols are printed on the cock 7MF9004-1QA)
1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the multiway cock,
please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
1/482 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Fitttings
■ Accessories ■ Dimensional drawings

1
Accessory set for multiway cock PN 100
• L31: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch, 2 flat gaskets Ø12
• L11: 4 screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017, 4 washers,

2 flat gaskets
41,3
63
• L15 (suitable for oxygen): 4 screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017,
4 washers, 2 flat gaskets
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. permissible temperature 80 °C 88
≈ 98
(176 °F)
40 49
1 2
Multiway cock in oil-free and grease-free design
• S11 (only for aggressive liquids, gases and vapors
(7MF9004-1Q.)): Max. PN 63 (914 psi) (instead of PN 100
(1450 psi)), BAM-tested lubricant, gasket suitable for oxygen
5
9
Mounting brackets
• M13: Required for wall mounting or for securing on rack
103
(72 mm grid); made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
58
15
≈ 170
3 4 Ø18
54
2,4
bar ≈ 75
Operating pressure
200
1 and 2 Process connections

100 3 and 4 Connections for transmitter (DIN EN 61518, form A)
5 Connections for blowing out
0 Multiway cock 7MF9004-1P. for flanging to pressure transmitters for dif-

0 100 200 °C ferential pressure, dimensions in mm
40
Multiway cock PN 100 (1450 psi), permissible operating pressure as a 19 6
function of the permissible operating temperature
90
70
Ø11
72 24
120 60
Mounting bracket 7MF9004-6AA (M13), dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/483

© Siemens 2020
Fitttings
3-way and 5-way valve manifolds DN 5
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines
• Checking the pressure transmitter zero
• In addition, the five-way valve manifold permits blowing out of
the differential pressure lines.

3-way valve manifold DN 5 7 MF 9 4 1 0 - 77A
For flanging to pressure transmitters for differ-
ential pressure, process connection: Pipe
union with ferrule, max. working pressure
420 bar (6092 psi), weight 2.9 kg (order
accessory set and mounting plate with Order
code),
without certificate
• for non-aggressive liquids and gases 1E
The three-spindle and five-spindle valve manifolds DN 5 • for aggressive liquids and gases 1F
(7MF9410-1../-3..) are used to shut off the differential pressure 5-way valve manifold DN 5
lines and to check the transmitter zero.
In addition, the five-way valve manifold permits blowing out of guration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
the differential pressure lines.
ential pressure, process connection: Pipe
■ Benefits union with ferrule, max. working pressure
420 bar (6092 psi), weight 4.4 kg (order
• Available for aggressive and non-aggressive liquids and accessory set and mounting plate with Order
gases code), without certificate
• Max. working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi), with version for • for non-aggressive liquids and gases 3E
oxygen max. 100 bar (1450 psi)
• for aggressive liquids and gases 3F
■ Application Accessories
The 3-way and 5-way valve manifolds are available in versions
for aggressive and non-aggressive liquids and gases. Material inspection certificate EN 10204-3.1 7MF9000-8AD
Mounting plates are available for wall mounting, for securing to

mounti ng racks or for pipe mounting.
■ Design
The process connection of the 3-way and 5-way valve manifolds
is a pipe union with ferrule.
Both valve manifolds have 2 flange connections for connecting
a pressure transmitter.
In addition, the five-way valve manifold has 2 blow-out connec-
tions.
Depending on the version the valve manifold has either 3 or 5
valves, each with an internal spindle thread.
Materials used
For non-aggressive liquids and For aggressive
gases liquids and gases
Component Material Mat. No. Material Mat. No.
Enclosure P250GH 1.0460 X 6 CrN- 1.4571/
iMoTi17 316Ti
Head parts C 35 1.0501 12 2
Spindles X 12 CrMoS 17 1.4104
Cones X 35 CrMo 17 hardened 1.4122
and tempered
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/
316Ti
Packings PTFE - PTFE -
1/484 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Fitttings
Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No. ■ Accessories

1
Further designs1)
Accessory set for 3-way and 5-way valve manifold DN 5 for
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and flanging
specify Order code.
• B31: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B18.2.1,
Accessory set to EN 2 flat gaskets
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x B31 7MF9010-5CC 2 O-rings (FPM 90)
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; chromized • B11: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
steel 2 flat gaskets
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi), • B15 (suitable for oxygen): 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014,
80 °C (176 °F) 4 washers, 2 flat gaskets
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x B34 7MF9410-5CA • B16: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; chromized 2 O-rings (FPM 90)
steel
2x O-rings to DIN 3771, Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max.
permissble 420 bar (6092 psi), Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar (6092 psi), 80 °C
120 °C (248 °F) (176 °F)
Accessory set to DIN2) O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 – S – FPM90, max. 420 bar
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg) (6092 psi), 120 °C (248 °F)
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; Note: M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160 (2320 psi)!
chromized steel
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125; Mounting plate
max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi), Made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
80 °C (176 °F) • M11: For wall mounting or for securing on rack (72 mm grid)
• Standard design B11 7MF9010-6AD Scope of delivery:
- 1 mounting plate 7MF9006-6EA with bolts for mounting on
• Version for oxygen B15 7MF9010-6AE valve manifold
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B16 7MF9010-6CC • M12: For pipe mounting
chromized steel Scope of delivery:
2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
- 1 mounting plate M11
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. - 2 pipe brackets with nuts and washers for pipes with max.
permissble 420 bar (6092 psi), Ø 60.3 mm
120 °C (248 °F)
Valve manifold 100 bar, suitable for oxygen
Mounting plate
for valve manifold, made of S12: Only in combination with versions for aggressive liquids
electrogalvanized sheet-steel and gases
for wall mounting or for securing on M11 7MF9006-6EA
rack (72 mm grid), weight 0.5 kg
Scope of delivery:
1 mounting plate with bolts for
for pipe mounting, weight 0.7 kg M12 7MF9006-6GA
Scope of delivery:
1x mounting plate M11, 2x pipe
(for pipe with max. Ø 60.3 mm)
valve manifold 100 bar
suitable for oxygen
for 7MF9410-1F S13
for 7MF9410-3F S14
7MF9410-1FA and -3FA)
1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the valve mani-
folds, please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
2) Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to PN 160 (2321 psi)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/485

© Siemens 2020
Fitttings
1 ■ Characteristic curves 0
M1
Operating pressure bar
400
10
55
300
200 60
≤Ø
72
100
Ø11 Ø11.5
0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
107
30
85
72
temperature
Mounting plate 7MF9006-6.. (M11, M12) for valve manifold, dimensions
7 in mm
■ Schematics
51
2,4
A
Ø12
B A A A A
25
41,3
8
70
A Process
38
22 connection
54 M10
41 B Transmitter
72 connection
108 C Vent/test
147 connection
B B C B B C
A Process connection (e.g. on primary device): Pipe union with Three-way valve Five-way valve
ferrule, diameter 12 mm, S series to DIN 2353 manifold for manifold for liquids
B Transmitter connection: Flange connection to EN 61518, form A liquids and gases and gases or vapors
Valve design: internal spindle thread
3-way and 5-way valve manifolds, connections

3-way valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9410-1..), dimensions in mm
215
7
51
Ø12
Ø18
41.3
25
38
50
A
C B B C 22
54 M10.8
41
72 2.4
108
175
252
A Process connection (e.g. on primary device): Pipe union with

ferrule, diameter 12 mm, S series to DIN 2353
B Transmitter connection: Flange connection to IEC 61518, form A
C Blow-out connection: Pipe union with ferrule, diameter 12 mm,
S series to DIN 2353
5-way valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9410-3..), dimensions in mm
1/486 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Fitttings
3-way valve manifold DN 8
1
The 3-way valve manifold DN 8 performs two functions as stan-
dard:
All versions are also available with a test connection, to which a
test device for checking the pressure transmitter characteristic
can be connected.
3-way valve manifold DN 8 7 MF 9 4 1 6 - 77A
ential pressure, max. working pressure
420 bar (6092 psi), (order accessory set and
mounting plate with Order code), without cer-
tificate
For non-aggressive liquids and gases
The 3-way valve manifold DN 8 (7MF9416-1../-2..) is for pressure procedss connection: Pipe union with ferrule
transmitters for differential pressure. It is used to shut off and Ø 12 mm
blow out differential pressure lines and to test the pressure trans- • without test connection 1B
mitter zero.
• with test connection 1C
In the designs with a test connection, a test device can be con-
For non-aggressive liquids and gases
nected to test the pressure transmitter characteristic. procedss connection: Welding pin Ø 14 x 2.5
■ Benefits • without test connection 2C

• with test connection 2D
• For aggressive and non-aggressive liquids and gases
For aggressive liquids and gases
• The maximum working pressure is 420 bar (6092 psi). process connection: Pipe union with ferrule
Ø 12 mm
■ Application • without test connection 1D
The 3-way valve manifold is available in versions for aggressive • with test connection 1E
and non-aggressive liquids and gases. Accessories
Mounting plates are available for wall mounting, for securing to Factory certificate according to EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
mounting racks or for pipe mounting.
■ Design
For the process connection on the version for non-aggressive
media it is possible to choose between a pipe union with ferrule
and welding pins.
The version for aggressive media always has a pipe union with
ferrule.
Both versions are available optionally with a test connection
M20x1.5.
The valves have an internal spindle thread.
Materials used
For non-aggressive liquids and For aggressive
gases liquids and gases
Component Material Mat. No. Material Mat. No.
Enclosure P250GH 1.0460 X 6 CrN- 1.4571/
iMoTi17 316Ti
Head parts C 35 1.0501 12 2
Spindles X 12 CrMoS 17 1.4104
Cones X 35 CrMo 17 hard- 1.4122
ened and tempered
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti
Packings PTFE - PTFE -
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/487

© Siemens 2020
Fitttings
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No. ■ Accessories
Further designs1)
Accessory set for 3-way valve manifold DN 8 for flanging
specify Order code. • B31: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B18.2.1,
2 flat gaskets
Accessory set to EN
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x B31 7MF9010-5CC • B11: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; 2 flat gaskets
chromized steel
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, • B16: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi), 2 O-rings (FPM 90)
80 °C (176 °F)
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x B34 7MF9410-5CA
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar (6092 psi), 80 °C
chromized steel (176 °F)
2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss- O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 – S – FPM90, max. 420 bar
ble 420 bar (6092 psi), 120 °C (6092 psi), 120 °C (248 °F)
(248 °F)
Note: M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160 (2320 psi)!
Accessory set to DIN2)
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg) Mounting plate
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B11 7MF9010-6AD Made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
chromized steel • M11: For wall mounting or for securing on rack (72 mm grid)
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, max.
Scope of delivery:
permissible 420 bar (6092 psi), - 1 mounting plate with bolts for mounting on valve manifold
80 °C (176 °F) • M12: For pipe mounting
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B16 7MF9010-6CC Scope of delivery:
chromized steel - 1 mounting plate M11
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125; - 2 pipe brackets with nuts and washers for pipes with max.
2x O-rings to DIN 3771, Ø 60.3 mm
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss-
ble 420 bar (6092 psi), 120 °C
(248 °F) ■ Characteristic curves
Mounting plate
For valve manifold, made of bar
Operating pressure
electrogalvanized sheet-steel 400

for wall mounting or for securing on M11 7MF9006-6EA 300
rack (72 mm grid),
weight 0.5 kg 200
Scope of delivery:
1 mounting plate with bolts for 100
for pipe mounting, weight 0.7 kg M12 7MF9006-6GA 0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
Scope of delivery:
1x mounting plate M11, 2x pipe Operating temperature
(for pipe with max. Ø 60.3 mm)
3-way valve manifold DN 8, permissible working pressure as a function
NACE MR-0175-certified D07 of the permissible working temperature
7MF9416-1DA and -1EA)
1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the valve manifold,
please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
2) Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to PN 160 (2321 psi)!
1/488 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Fitttings
1
0
M1
7
10
55
≈48
A C
31,5
Ø12
60
≤Ø
48
B 72
25
41,3
Ø11 Ø11.5
38
M10
54 22
72 41
108
107
30
85
72
147
160
195
A Process connection (e.g. on primary device): Pipe union with

ferrule, diameter 12 mm, S series to DIN 2353
B Transmitter connection: Flange connection to EN 61518, form A Mounting plate 7MF9006-6.. (M11, M12) for valve manifold,
C Test connection: M20 x 1,5 dimensions in mm
■ Schematics
3-way valve manifold DN 8 (7MF9416-1..) with pipe union, A A A Process connection
dimensions in mm B Transmitter connection
D D D Vent/test connection
7
Three-way valve manifold

≈48
A C
31,5 B B for liquids and gases
Ø12
48
B 3-way valve manifold DN 8, connections

25
41,3
8
38
M10
54 50 22
72 41
108
147
160
195
A Process connection (e.g. on primary device):

Welding pin, diameter 14 x 2,5
B Transmitter connection: Flange connection to EN 61518, form A
C Test connection: M20 x 1,5
3-way valve manifold DN 8 (7MF9416-2..) with welding pin,

dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/489

© Siemens 2020
Fitttings
Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8
• Blowing out the differential pressure lines
As an option it is possible to order a version with a test connec-
tion, to which a test device for checking the transmitter charac-
teristic can be connected.

Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 for 7MF 9 4 1 6 - 6 7A
vapors
ential pressure, max. working pressure
420 bar (6092 psi), also available in stainless
steel on request (order accessory set with
Order code), without certificate
The valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 (7MF9416-6..) is for
pressure transmitters for differential pressure. • without test connection C
• with test connection M20 × 1.5 D
The combination is used to shut off and blow out differential
pressure lines and to test the pressure transmitter zero. Accessories
In the designs with a test connection, a test device can be con- Factory certificate according to EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
nected to test the pressure transmitter characteristic. Material inspection certificate EN 10204-3.1 7MF9000-8AD
■ Benefits
• Max. working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi)
Further designs1)
■ Application Please add "-Z" to Article No. and
specify Order code.
The valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 is designed for va- Accessory set to EN
pors. (required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
■ Design 4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x

21/8 inch to ASME B18.2;
B34 7MF9410-5CA
The valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 has a process con- chromized steel
nection with welding pins. 2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss-
The connection for the pressure transmitter is designed as as ble 420 bar (6092 psi), 120 °C
flange connection, while the blow-out connection is designed as (248 °F)
a pipe union with ferrule. Accessory set to DIN2)
The manifold valves have an internal spindle thread, while the (required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
blow-out valves have an external spindle thread. 4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B16 7MF9010-6CC
chromized steel
The optional test connections are M20x1.5. 4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
Materials used 2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max.
Valve manifold DN 5 Blow-out valves DN 8 permissble 420 bar (6092 psi),
120 °C (248 °F);Flange connection
Component Material Mat. No. Material Mat. No. to DIN 19213 only permissible up to
Enclosure P250GH 1.0460 16 Mo 3 1.5415 PN 160!
Head parts C 35 1.0501 21 CrMo V57 1.7709 1) When ordering accessory set together with the valve manifold combina-
tion, please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
Spindles X 12 1.4104 X 20 Cr 13 1.4021
CrMoS 17
Cones X 35 1.4122 X 35 1.4122
CrMo 17 CrMo 17
hardened
and tem-
pered
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 1.4571/316Ti X 20 Cr 13 1.4021
Packings PTFE - Pure -
graphite
Welding pins - - 16 Mo 3 1.5415
1/490 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Fitttings
Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8
■ Accessories ■ Dimensional drawings

1
Accessory set for valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 for
flanging 7
7
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
• B16: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
142
41,3
O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 - S – FPM90, max. 420 bar
(6092 psi), 120 °C (248 °F)
43
21,5
5
Ø12
■ Characteristic curves 54
M10
Ø14
72
2,5
bar A A
Operating pressure
1 Valve manifold
30
400 2 Blow-out connection
300 1)
According to DIN 19210 the
117
200 design can be such that the
1) Ø11
temperatures for the
1 2 differential pressure line
100
can be set approx. 100 °C
0 (212 °F) lower than the
0 100 200 300 400 500 °C media temperature.
30
41
22
50
B B
Permissible operating pressure as a function of the permissible operating 170
temperature (200)
C C
230
(270)
A Process connection (e.g. on primary device): Welding pin

Valve design:
- Manifold valves: internal spindle thread
- Blow-out valves: external spindle thread
Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 (7MF9416-6C.), dimensions in

mm (deviating dimensions for 7MF9416-6D. shown in brackets)
■ Schematics
A A A Process connection
B Transmitter connection
C Blow-out connection
D D D Test connection
C B B C Valve manifold combination for vapors
Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8, connections
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/491

© Siemens 2020
Fitttings
Valve manifold combination DN 8
• Blowing out the differential pressure lines
As an option it is possible to order a version with a test connec-
tion, to which a test device for checking the pressure transmitter
characteristic can be connected.
Valve manifold combination DN 8 for 7 MF 9 4 1 6 - 77A
vapors
for flanging to pressure transmitters for differ-
ential pressure, with mounting plate, max.
working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi), also
available in stainless steel on request (order
accessory set with Order code), without certif-
icate
The valve manifold combination DN 8 (7MF9416-4..) is for pres- • without test connection 4C
sure transmitters for differential pressure. • with test connection M20 × 1.5 4D
It is used to shut off and blow out the differential pressure lines Accessories
and to check the pressure transmitter zero. Factory certificate according to EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
In the designs with a test connection, a test device can be con- Material inspection certificate EN 10204-3.1 7MF9000-8AD
nected to check the pressure transmitter characteristic.
■ Benefits Further designs1)
• Max. working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi) Please add "-Z" to Article No. and
specify Order code.
■ Application Accessory set to EN
The valve manifold combination DN 8 is designed for vapors.
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x B34 7MF9410-5CA
■ Design 21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; chromized
steel
The valve manifold combination DN 8 has a process connection 2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
with welding pins. 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
max. permissble 420 bar (6092 psi),
The connection for the pressure transmitter is designed as as 120 °C (248 °F)
flange connection, while the blow-out connection is designed as Accessory set to DIN2)
a pipe union with ferrule. (required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
The manifold valves have an internal spindle thread, while the 4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B16 7MF9010-6CC
blow-out valves have an external spindle thread. chromized steel
The optional test connection is M20x1.5. 2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
The valve manifold combination DN 8 is supplied with a mount- 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
ing plate. 120 °C (248 °F)
Materials used Flange connection to DIN 19 213
only permissible up to PN 160!
Valve manifold Blow-out valves
1) When ordering accessory set together with the valve manifold combination,
Component Material Mat. No. Material Mat. No. please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
Enclosure P250GH 1.0460 16 Mo 3 1.5415
Head parts C 35 1.0501 21 CrMo V57 1.7709
Spindles X 12 1.4104 X 20 Cr 13 1.4021
■ Accessories
CrMoS 17 Accessory set for valve manifold combination DN 8 for
Cones X 35 1.4122 X 35 1.4122 flanging
CrMo 17 CrMo 17 • B34: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B 18.2.1,
hardened
and tem-
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
pered • B16: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 1.4571/316Ti X 20 Cr 13 1.4021 2 O-rings (FPM 90)
Packings PTFE - Pure - Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
graphite O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 – S – FPM90, max. 420 bar (6092
Welding pins - - 16 Mo 3 1.5415 psi), 120 °C (248 °F)
1/492 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Fitttings
Valve manifold combination DN 8
■ Characteristic curves ■ Schematics

1
bar A A A Process connection
Operating pressure
1 Valve manifold B Transmitter connection

400 2 Blow-out connection C Blow-out connection
300 D D D Test connection
1)
According to DIN 19210 the
200 design can be such that the
1)
temperatures for the
1 2 differential pressure line
100
can be set approx. 100 °C C B B C Valve manifold combination for vapors
0 (212 °F) lower than the
0 100 200 300 400 500 °C media temperature.
Operating temperature Valve manifold combination DN 8, connections

temperature
160 Ø14
A 155 A 2,5
11
M20 x 1,5
109
D
7
72
B Ø12
41,3
54
38
72 38 approx. 119
525
195
26
351
Ø14 x 2,5
195
5,5
7
17
11
72
C 155 C approx. 110
A Process connection (e.g. on primary device): Welding pin

D Test connection (only with Article No. 7MF9416-4D.): M20 x 1,5
Valve design:
- Manifold valves: internal spindle thread
- Blow-out valves: external spindle thread
Valve manifold combination DN 8 (7MF9416-4..), dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/493

© Siemens 2020
Fitttings
2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds for protective box
1 ■ Overview Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Valve manifolds DN 5 for mounting in 7 MF 9 4 1 2 - 77A
protective boxes
for liquids and gases
for flanging to pressure transmitters for
absolute and differential pressure
Material: stainless steel, mat. No: 1.4404/316L
max. working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi)
without certificate
• 2-spindle valve manifold with rotatng sleeve 1B
G½
• 2-spindle valve manifold with flange 1C
connection
• 3-spindle valve manifold 1D
• 5-spindle valve manifold 1E
Accessories
The 2-spindle, 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifolds Factory certificate according to EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
(7MF9412-1..) are used to shut off the differential pressure lines Material inspection certificate EN 10204-3.1 7MF9000-8AD
and to check the transmitter zero point.
The 2-spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifolds also enable Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No.
venting on the transmitter side and checking of the pressure Further designs1)
transmitter characteristic.
These valve manifolds are designed for installation in protective specify Order code.
boxes. However, using a mounting bracket, they can also be
Accessory set to EN
used for wall, frame or tube mounting.
(connection between valve manifold
SITRANS P DS III and SITRANS P500 transmitters can be oper- and pressure transmitter)
ated and read from the front if these valve manifolds are used.. for valve manifold 7MF9412–1C.
2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x 2 inch to F32 7MF9412-6CA
■ Application ASME B18.2.1; chromized steel
1x O-ring to DIN 3771,
The valve manifolds DN 5 are designed for liquids and vapors 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
and for installing in protective boxes. max. permissble 420 bar
(6092 psi), 120 °C (248 °F)
Each is available in a version for oxygen on request
2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x F35 7MF9412-6DA
■ Design 2 inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
steel
All versions of the spindle manifolds have a process connection max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
½-14 NPT. 80 °C (176 °F)2)
The connection for the pressure transmitter is always designed for valve manifold 7MF9412–1D and
as a flange connection to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518, Form A. -1E.
The 2-spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifold have in addition 4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x F34 7MF9412-6GA
a vent and test connection ¼-18 NPT. 2 inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
steel
The valves have an external spindle thread. 2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
Materials used max. permissble 420 bar (6092 psi),
120 °C (248 °F)2)
Components Material Mat. No.
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x F36 7MF9412-6HA
Enclosure X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 2 1.4404/316L 2 inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
Cones X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti steel
Spindles X 2 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4404/316L max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
Head parts X 5 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4401/316 80 °C (176 °F)2)
Packings PTFE -
■ Functions
Additional functions of the 2-spindle and 5-spindle valve mani-
folds through the vent and test connection:
• Venting on the transmitter side
1/494 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Fitttings
Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No. ■ Accessories
1
Further designs1)
Accessory set for 2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds
specify Order code. (Connection between valve manifold and transmitter)
Accessory set to DIN 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 with flange connection
(connection between valve manifold • F32: 2 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch to ASME B 18.2.1,
and pressure transmitter) 1 O Ring (FPM90)
For valve manifold 7MF9412–1C. • F35: 2 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch to ASME B 18.2.1,
2x screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014; F12 7MF9412-6AA 1 flat-gasket
chromized steel
• F12: 2 screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014, 2 washers,
1x O-ring to DIN 3771, 1 O-ring (FPM90)
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. • F15: 2 screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014, 2 washers,
permissble 420 bar (6092 psi), 1 flat gasket
120 °C (248 °F)2)
3-spindle and 5-way valve manifold DN 5
2x screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014; F15 7MF9412-6BA
chromized steel • F34: 4 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch toASME B 18.2.1,
2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125; 2 O-rings (FPM90)
• F36: 4 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch toASME B 18.2.1,
80 °C (176 °F)2) 2 flat-gaskets
For valve manifold 7MF9412–1D and • F14: 4 screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
-1E. 2 O-rings (FPM90)
4x screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014; F14 7MF9412-6EA • F16: 4 screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
chromized steel 2 flat-gaskets
2x O-rings to DIN 3771, Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max.
permissble 420 bar (6092 psi), Flat-gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar (6092 psi), 80 °C
120 °C (248 °F)2) (176 °F)
4x screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014; F16 7MF9412-6FA O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90; max.420 bar
chromized steel (6092 psi), 120 °C (248 °F)
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, Note:
max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi), Flange connections with M10 screws only permissible up to
80 °C (176 °F)2) PN 160 (2321 psi)!
Mounting bracket Mounting bracket for wall mounting or for securing to
required for wall mounting or for mounting rack
securing to mounting rack, with bolts
for mounting on valve manifold With bolds for mounting on valve manifold
• for valve manifolds 7MF9412-1B. M14 7MF9006-6LA • M14: For 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5
and -1C. • M17: For 3-spindle valve manifold DN 5
• for valve manifold 7MF9412-1D. M17 7MF9006-6NA • M18: For 5-spindle valve manifold DN 5
• for valve manifold 7MF9412-1E. M18 7MF9006-6PA
Mounting clips (2 off)
Mounting clip
• M16: For securing the mounting brackets M14, M17 and M18
2 off, to secure mounting bracket to M16 7MF9006-6KA to pipe
pipe
Valve manifold 100 bar
• S12: For 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5
Oil- and grease-free cleaning for
oxygen applications, max. pressure • S13: For 3-spindle valve manifold DN 5
PN 100 (1450 psi) and max. tem- • S14: For 5-spindle valve manifold DN 5
perature 60 °C (140 °F)
• for valve manifolds 7MF9412-1B.
and -1C.
S12 ■ Characteristic curves
• for valve manifold 7MF9412-1D. S13
bar
Operating pressure
420 bar (6092 psi) at 120 °C

• for valve manifold 7MF9412-1E. S14 400 (248 °F)
NACE MR-0175-certified D07 350 bar (5076 psi) at 200 °C
300
incl. inspection certificate 3.1 to (392 °F)
EN 10204 200
1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the valve 100
manifolds, please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
2) Flange connections with M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160
0
(2321 psi)! 0 100 200 300 400 °C

temperature
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/495

© Siemens 2020
Fitttings
G½
Ø12
54
41,3
37
63,5
115
M8
80
B
A
38
103
M8
10
80
A ½-14 NPT
M8
38
38
C 88,9
10
¼-18 NPT A Process connection: ½-14 NPT

M8 B Transmitter connection: Flange connection EN 61518, form A
½-14 NPT Valve design: external spindle thread

B Transmitter connection: Nipple to DIN 16284, G½, SW 27 3-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9412-1D..), dimensions in mm
2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9412-1B..) with rotating sleeve,

dimensions in mm 54
approx. 157
70
41,3
15 B
115
Ø12
M8 Ø12 B
A
41,3
½-14 NPT M8 10
115
¼-18 NPT 38
M8
87
80
114
A B
approx. 228
38
C A Process connection: ½-14 NPT

10

¼-18 NPT M8
½-14 NPT
5-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9412-1E..), dimensions in mm
2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9412-1C..), dimensions in mm
1/496 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Fitttings
1
R
2,
12
R5
R1
5
+1
100
0
72
72
4 x Ø11
R2
M8
12
72
8
72 2,5
R
8
55 Ø60,3
155
100
110
180
Ø26
180
17
9
Ø26
Ø16 R4,5
38
6,5
19
31,5
76
24
19
Ø
26,6
9
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6PA)/(M18) for 5-spindle valve manifold,

31,6 dimensions in mm
57,6
77,1 6,35
■ Schematics
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6LA)/(M14) for 2-spindle valve manifold,
dimensions in mm B
C A Process connection
B Connection for pressure gauge or
transmitter for pressure or absolute
pressure
A C Vent/test connection
72
2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (with rotating sleeve G½ or flange connec-

72 tion), connections
8
Ø60,3
110
A A
A Process connection
180
B B
Ø26
3-spindle valve manifold DN 5, connections
38
19
76 C A A C
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6NA)/(M17) for 3-spindle valve manifold, B Transmitter connection
dimensions in mm C Vent/test connection
B B
5-spindle valve manifold DN 5, connections
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/497

© Siemens 2020
Fitttings
3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds for vertical angular differential pressure lines
1 ■ Overview Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Valve manifolds for vertical differential 7 MF 9 4 1 3 - 77A
pressure lines
for liquids and gases
for flanging to pressure transmitters for abso-
lute and differential pressure
Material: stainless steel, mat. No: 1.4404/316L
max. working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi)
without certificate
• 3-spindle valve manifold 1D
• 5-spindle valve manifold 1E
Accessories

These 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifolds 7MF9413-1.. Further designs1)
were developed specially for vertical differential pressure lines.
The valve manifolds are used to shut off the differential pressure specify Order code.
lines and to check the pressure transmitter zero. Accessory set to EN
The 5-spindle valve manifold permits venting on the transmitter (connection between valve manifold
side and checking of the pressure transmitter characteristic. and pressure transmitter)
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x K36 7MF9411-5DB
■ Benefits 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1; chro-
mized steel
• For vertical differential pressure lines 2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
• Max. operating pressure 420 bar (6092 psi) 80 °C (176 °F)
• Transmitters of the DS series can be operated and read from
Accessory set to DIN2)
the front.
(connection between valve manifold
and pressure transmitter)
■ Application 4x screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014; K16 7MF9411-6BB
The 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifolds for vertical differen- chromized steel
tial pressure lines are for liquids and gases. The valve manifolds 2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
are flanged on the pressure transmitter. max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
80 °C (176 °F); Flange connection
■ Design with M10 screws only permissible up
to PN 160 (2321 psi).
All versions of the spindle valve manifolds have a process con- Mounting bracket
nection ½-14 NPT. required for wall mounting or for
The connection for the pressure transmitter is always designed securing to mounting rack, with bolts
as a flange connection to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518, form B . for mounting on valve manifold
• for valve manifold 7MF9413-1D. M17 7MF9006-6NA
The 2-spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifold have in addition
a vent and test connection ¼-18 NPT. • for valve manifold 7MF9413-1E. M18 7MF9006-6PA
Materials used: required for mounting on 2" stand-

pipe, with bolts for mounting on
Component Material Mat. No. valve manifold
Enclosure X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 2 1.4404/316L • for valve manifold 7MF9413-1D. M19 7MF9006-6QA
Cones X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti Mounting clip
Spindles X 2 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4404/316L 2 off, to secure mounting bracket to M16 7MF9006-6KA
pipe
Head parts X 5 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4401/316
valve manifold 100 bar (1450 psi)
Packings PTFE -
suitable for oxygen
■ Function • for valve manifold 7MF9413-1D. S13

• for valve manifold 7MF9413-1E. S14
• Checking the pressure transmitter zero EN 10204
Additional functions of the 2-spindle and 5-spindle valve mani- 1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the multiway cock,
folds through the vent and test connection: please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
• Venting on the transmitter side 2) Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to PN 160
(2321 psi)!
1/498 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Fitttings
■ Accessories
1
54
40
Accessory set (connection between valve manifold and Ø12
transmitter)
76,2
• K36: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1, 2 flat
41,3
gaskets
55
47
• K16: 4 screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers, 2 flat
gaskets
B
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125 ¼-18 NPT
M8
38 C ½-14 NPT
76 31,75
Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar (6092 psi), 80 °C A
115
(176 °F)
134
Note: Flange connection with M10 screws only permissible up to 242
PN 160 (2321 psi)!
Mounting bracket for wall mounting or for securing to 5-spindle valve manifold 7MF9413-1E. for vertical differential pressure
mounting rack lines, dimensions in mm
With bolts for mounting on valve manifold

• M17: For 3-spindle valve manifold
• M18: For 5-spindle valve manifold
72
Mounting bracket for mounting on 2" standpipe
With bolts for mounting on valve manifold
• M19: For 3-spindle valve manifold 72
8
Mounting clips (2 off) Ø60,3
110
For securing the mounting brackets M17, M18 and M19 to pipe
• For 3-spindle valve manifold
• For 5-spindle valve manifold 180
Ø26
bar 38
19
Operating pressure
420 bar (6092 psi) at 120 °C

400 76
(248 °F)
350 bar (5076 psi) at 200 °C
300 Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6NA)/(M17) for 3-spindle valve manifold, di-
(392 °F)
mensions in mm
200
100
0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
72

temperature 72
8
Ø60,3
155
54
Ø12
180
Ø26
41,3
17
55
9
76,2
47
B 38
19
M8 38 ½-14 NPT 76
A
76 31,75
89
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6PA)/(M18) for 5-spindle valve manifold, di-
197
mensions in mm
3-spindle valve manifold 7MF9413-1D. for vertical differential pressure

lines, dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/499

© Siemens 2020
Fitttings
1
100
72
72 5
8
76
26 9
50
19
16
38
92
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6QA)/(M19) for 3-spindle valve manifold, di-

mensions in mm
■ Schematics
A A
B B
3-spindle valve manifold for vertical differential pressure lines, connec-

tions
A A
C Vent/test connection
1/4-18 NPT
C C
B B
5-spindle valve manifold for vertical differential pressure lines, connec-

tions
1/500 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Fitttings
Low-pressure multiway cock

1
for liquids and gases, for flanging to pressure
transmitters, max. working pressure 25 bar
(363 psi), max. working temperature 60 °C
(140 °F) (up to 80 °C (176 °F) for a short time),
weight 1.75 kg (without accessory set)
Test connections
2x sealing screws G3/8 7MF9004-4CA
2x quick-release couplings 7MF9004-4DA
Accessories
Material inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 7MF9000-8AD

Further designs1)
specify Order code.
The low-pressure multiway cock 7MF9004-4CA/-4DA can be Accessory set to EN
flanged to pressure transmitters for differential pressure. (required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch

■ Benefits to ASME B18.2.1; chromized steel
L31 7MF9004-5CC
• Robust design 2x gaskets made of PTFE, max.

permissible temperature 80 °C
• For liquids and gases (176 °F)
• One-hand operation Accessory set to DIN
■ Design 4x screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017;
chromized steel
The multiway cock has 2 process connections and 2 test con- 4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
nections, which are available in 2 versions (with sealing screws 2x gaskets made of PTFE, max.
G3/8 or quick-release couplings). The enclosure is made of hot- permissible temperature 80 °C
pressed brass CuZn39Pb3, CW 614N. Test connections with (176 °F)
sealing screws or with self-sealing quick-release couplings.
• Standard design L11 7MF9004-6AD
Note: An accessory set is always required for flanging of the • Version for oxygen L15 7MF9004-6AE
multiway cock to a differential pressure transmitter.
Multiway cock in oil-free and
grease-free design
■ Function BAM-tested lubricant, gasket S11
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines suitable for oxygen
• Testing the pressure transmitter zero Mounting bracket
required for wall mounting or for M13 7MF9004-6AA
• Testing the pressure transmitter characteristic
securing on rack (72 mm grid),
made of electrogalvanized sheet-
1 2 1 2 1 2 steel, weight 0.85 kg
1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the multiway cock,
5 6 5 6 5 6 please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
3 4 3 4 3 4
B K N
Operation Characteristic Zero test
test
Cock positions; the symbols are printed on the cock
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/501

© Siemens 2020
Fitttings
1 ■ Accessories ■ Options
Accessory set for low-pressure multiway cock Test connections
• L31: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch, 2 flat gaskets • 2 sealing screws G3/8
• 2 quick-release couplings
• L11: 4 screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017, 4 washers, 2 flat gas-
kets
• L15 (suitable for oxygen): 4 screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017,
4 washers, 2 flat gaskets bar
Operating pressure
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125 40
Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. permissible temperature 80 °C 30

(176 °F)
20
Multiway cock in oil-free and grease-free design
10
• S11: BAM-tested lubricant, gasket suitable for oxygen
Mounting brackets 0
0 20 40 60 80 °C
• M13: Required for wall mounting or for securing on rack Operating temperature
(72 mm grid); made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
Low-pressure multiway cock, permissible operating pressure as a func-
tion of the permissible operating temperature
86
Ø7
41,3
41,3
Ø4
54 54
Ø12 Ø23 34 56,5 Ø12 Ø23 34 56,5
1 2 1 2
85,5
85,5
5 6 5 6
98
98
58
58
G3/8
G3/8
49
49
15
15
3 4 Ø12,5 3 4 Ø12
Ø18 61 Ø18 61
Ø25,2 Ø25,2
1 and 2 Process connections (hose sleeve, diameter 12 mm)

3 and 4 Transmitter connections (EN 61518, form A)
5 and 6 Text connections (with sealing screws G3/8 or with quick-release couplings
Low-pressure multiway cock 7MF9004-4CA/-4DA for direct flanging to pressure transmitters for differential pressure, dimensions in mm
40
19 6
90
70
Ø11
72 24
120 60
Mounting bracket 7MF9004-6AA (M13), dimensions in mm
1/502 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Fittings
Accessories
Oval flange

1
Oval flange
with female thread ½-14 NPT, max. working
pressure 420 bar (6092 psi), flange connec-
tion to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518, form A
Material
P250GH, mat. No.: 1.0460 7MF9408-2CE
X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 2, mat. No. 1.4404/316L 7MF9408-2CL

Further designs1)
specify Order code.
Accessory set to EN
2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x E36 7MF9408-5DA
1½ inch to ASME B 18.2.3; chro-
mized steel
1x flat gasket made of PTFE,
The oval flange 7MF9408-2C. for pressure transmitters for abso- 80 °C (176 °F)
lute pressure and differential pressure has a ½-14 NPT female 2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x E34 7MF9408-5CA
thread and is designed for max. operating pressure 400 bar 1½ inch to ASME B 18.2.3; chro-
(5800 psi). mized steel
1x O-ring to DIN 3771,
■ Accessories 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
120 °C (248 °F)
Accessory set for oval flange
Accessory set to DIN
• E36: 2 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1½ inch to ASME B18.2.1,
1 flat gasket 2x screws M10x40 to E13 7MF9408-6AA
DIN EN ISO 4762; chromized steel
• E34: 2 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1½ inch to ASME B18.3, 2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
1 O-ring (FPM 90) 1x O-ring to DIN 3771,
• E13: 2 screws M10x40 to DIN EN 4762, 2 washers, 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
1 O-ring (FPM 90) max. permissble 160 bar (2321 psi),
120 °C (248 °F)2)
• E16: 2 screws M10x40 to DIN EN ISO 4762, 2 washers,
1 flat gasket 2x screws M10x40 to E16 7MF9408-6BA
DIN EN ISO 4762; chromized steel
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125 2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
1x flat gasket made of PTFE,
Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar (6092 psi), max. permissible 160 bar (2321 psi),
80 °C (176 °F) 80 °C (176 °F)2)
O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 – S – FPM90, max. 420 bar NACE MR-0175-certified D07
(6092 psi), 120 °C (248 °F) incl. inspection certificate 3.1 to
EN 10204
1) When ordering accessory set together with the oval flange, please use
Order code; otherwise use Article No.
2) Flange connections with M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160
(2321 psi)
Ø12 Ø11,8
31,6 -0,2
28
½-14 NPT
41,3 ±0,2
Oval flange 7MF9408-2C., dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/503

© Siemens 2020
Fittings
Accessories
Adapters
1 ■ Overview SW 22
Adapters enable e.g. a transition from medium connections with
½-14 NPT
½-14 NPT
Ø3,5
NPT thread to shut-off valves to DIN 16270 ... 16272 or pipes in
conjunction with a connection gland (e.g. 7MF9008).
■ Design
13,6 13,6
The adapters are made of X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2, mat. 20 20
No. 1.4571 and available in 3 versions 50
• Thread ¼-18 NPT and connection shank G½ to DIN EN 837-1
• Thread ½-14 NPT and connection shank G½ to DIN EN 837-1 Adapter with thread ½-14 NPT and thread ½-14 NPT (7MF9001-1DA), di-
mensions in mm
• Thread ½-14 NPT and thread ½-14 NPT
SW 22
½-14 NPT
M20 x 1,5
Ø3,5
Adapters
Max. operating pressure: 689 bar (10 000 psi),
Weight: 0.2 kg
with thread ¼-18 NPT – G½ 7MF9001-1AA
with thread ½-14 NPT – G½ 7MF9001-1CA 13,6
20 20
with thread ½-14 NPT – ½-14 NPT 7MF9001-1DA 55
with thread ½-14 NPT – M20 x 1.5 7MF9001-1EA
with pipe union with ferrule 12 S, Adapter with thread ½-14 NPT and connection shank M20 x 1.5
max. operating pressure 630 bar (9 100 psi), (7MF9001-1EA), dimensions in mm
 12 mm – ½-14 NPT
• 9 SMnPb 28, mat. No. 1.0718 7MF9008-1CA SW 22 SW 24
• X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122, mat. No. 1.4571 7MF9008-1CB
½-14 NPT
with pipe union with ferrule 14 S,
Ø12
max. operating pressure 630 bar (9 100 psi),
 14 mm – ½-14 NPT
• 9 SMnPb 28, mat. No. 1.0718 7MF9008-1CC 19,8
• X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122, mat. No. 1.4571 7MF9008-1CD 34,5
51
Adapter with pipe union with ferrule 12 S,  12 mm and thread ½-14 NPT
■ Dimensional drawings (7MF9008-1CA and -1CB), dimensions in mm
SW 22 SW 24 SW 27
¼-18 NPT
½-14 NPT
Ø3,5
Ø14
G½
19,8
20 15
36
48 54
Adapter with thread ¼-18 NPT and connection shank G½ (7MF9001- Adapter with pipe union with ferrule 14 S,  14 mm and thread ½-14 NPT
1AA), dimensions in mm (7MF9008-1CC and -1CD), dimensions in mm
SW 22
½-14 NPT
Ø3,5
G½
13,6
20 20
55
Adapter with thread ½-14 NPT and connection shank G½ (7MF9001-

1CA), dimensions in mm
1/504 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Fittings
Accessories
Connection glands
■ Overview
1
Connection glands to connect medium or differential pressure
lines to collars G½ to DIN EN 837-1
• For rated pressures up to PN 630 (9137psi)
• For oxygen only up to PN 250 (3626 psi)
Connection screwed gland
for pipelines
(weight 0.2 kg)
Material Design
11SMn30 Standard 7MF9008-1GA
(mat. No. 1.0715)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 Standard 7MF9008-1GB
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 Grease-free 7MF9008-1GC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
SW 27
M20 x 1,5
G½
Ø7
Ø12
14 7,5
18,5
35
approx. 47
Connection gland 7MF9008-1G., dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/505

© Siemens 2020
Fittings
Accessories
Connection parts G 1/2
Connection parts G½ for pressure gauges and shut-off fittings
are available in 3 versions: G½
Ø7
• Nipple connection
• Clamping sleeve
16
SW 27
30
• Collar connection piece
48
Ø12
Adapters G½
for pressure gauges and shut-off fittings
Nipple connection G½ (M56340-A0001 to -A0003), dimensions in mm
Nipple connection
G½ to DIN 16284 (union nut with nipple and
gasket); max. working pressure 400 bar M20 x 1,5
(5802 psi); weight 0.1 kg; Ø7
connection: G½ to DIN EN 837-1;
16
Female thread G½ SW 27
30
Material Mat. No.
48
CuZn39Pb3 CW 614N M56340-A0001
Union nut M56340-A0002
9 SMn 28 k 1.0715 Ø14
Nipple:
RSt 37-2 1.0037
Nipple connection M20 x 1.5 (M56340-A0008), dimensions in mm
X 8 CrNiS 18 9 1.4305
Nipple:
15,5
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti SW 27
36
Nipple connection
15,5
M20 x 1.5 to DIN 16284 (union nut with nipple
and gasket); max. working pressure 400 bar
(5802 psi); weight 0.1 kg;
connection: M20 x 1.5 to DIN EN 837-1;
Female thread M20 x 1.5 Clamping sleeve (M56340-A0004/-A0005), dimensions in mm
Material Mat. No.

X 8 CrNiS 18 9 1.4305 20
Nipple:
SW 22
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti
50
Clamping sleeve
20
G½ to DIN 16283; max. working pressure

400 bar (5802 psi); weight 0.1 kg;
Connections: G½ to DIN EN 837-1;
Female thread: G½ right-hand G½ left-hand
Material Mat. No. Collar connection piece (M56340-A0006/-A0007), dimensions in mm
CuZn39Pb3 CW614N M56340-A0004
9 SMn 28 k 1.0715 M56340-A0005
Collar-adapter
max. working pressure; weight 0.1 kg;
Connections: G½ to DIN EN 837-1;
Male thread: G½, G½
Material Mat. No.
CuZn39Pb3 CW614N M56340-A0006
9 SMn 28 k 1.0715 M56340-A0007
1/506 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Fittings
Accessories
Water traps, Sealing rings to EN 837-1
■ Overview ■ Overview
1
Water traps protect pressure gauges and shut-off fittings from The sealing rings to EN 837-1 are required to seal measuring in-
heating up (e.g. by steam) by the water column produced by the struments for pressure with the process connection G½B.
water trap.
The max. working temperature is 120 °C (248 °F) at 100 bar ■ Dimensional drawings
(1450 psi), 300 °C (572 °F) at 80 bar (1160 psi) or 400 °C
(752 °F) at 63 bar (914 psi). If the temperature of the measured
medium is higher, a sufficiently long line has to be connected up-
stream of the trap to enable heat dissipation.
Ø6,2
2,0
■ Design Ø17,5
The water traps are available in U shape (type B) or circular

shape (type D) to DIN 16282. They have a weld-on end Sealing ring 7MF9007-7A. to EN 837-1, dimensions in mm
Ø 20 mm  2.6 mm on the measurement side. The connection
on the device side is a clamping sleeve G½ to DIN 16283.
The water traps are made of steel (P250GH) or stainless steel Selection and Ordering data Article No.
(X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2) Sealing ring to EN 837-1 for thread G½
made of
Water traps are designed as standard for max. operating tem- (packing unit 100 pcs)
perature 120 °C (248 °F) at max. operating pressure 100 bar
• Copper 7MF9007-7AA
(1450 psi) (300 °C (572 °F) at 80 bar (1160 psi), 400 °C (752 °F)
at 63 bar (914 psi). Water traps for higher operating pressures • Soft iron 7MF9007-7AB
and temperatures are available on request. • Stainless steel, mat.-No. 1.4571 7MF9007-7AC
• PTFE 7MF9007-7AD
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Accessories
Water traps Factory certificate according to EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
for pressure gauges and pressure transmit-
ters, max. working temperature 120 °C Material inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 7MF9000-8AD
(248 °F), max. working pressure 100 bar
(1450 psi) (or 300 °C (572 °F) at 80 bar
(1160 psi), or 400 °C (752 °F) at 63 bar
(914 psi)), weight 0.7 kg
Water trap B to DIN 16282
Material Mat. No.
P235GH 1.0345 M56340-A0043
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti M56340-A0061
Water trap D to DIN 16282
Material Mat. No.
P235GH 1.0345 M56340-A0045
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti M56340-A0063
145
200
155
Ø20 56
Water traps, type B, M56340-A0043/-A0061, dimensions in mm

130
56
110
Water traps, type D, M56340-A0045/-A0063, dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/507

© Siemens 2020
Fittings
Accessories
Pressure surge reducers
1 ■ Overview
The pressure surge reducer protects the pressure gauge
against damage, premature wear and tear and inaccurate/fluc-
tuating indications.
■ Application
The pressure reducer is used when pulsations occur in the mea-
sured medium (e.g. in slow-running vapor engines, piston
pumps and compressors), or if drastic fluctuations are likely to
occur in the measured medium (e.g. in hydraulic presses and
tensile testing machines).
■ Design
• Enclosure made of brass or stainless steel (mat. no. 1.4571)
• Adjustable nozzle
• Sleeve for connection to the measuring instrument
• Pin for connection to supply lead

Pressure surge reducer
Weight approx. 0.21 kg
Material Full-scale value Weight
approx.
in kg
Brass 250 bar (3626 psi) 0.21 M56340-A54
Stainless 600 bar (8702 psi) 0.21 M56340-A59
steel
*
Sleeve for connection to
the pressure display

Pin for connection to

supply lead
*
Pressure surge reducer, dimensions in mm
1/508 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Fittings
Accessories
Primary shut-off valves

1
Primary shut-off valves are available in the following versions:
Ø80
• For non-corrosive liquids, gases and vapors
• For corrosive liquids and gases
• Grease-free for oxygen
The shut-off valves are available in various materials and with
various connections (see Selection and Ordering data)
95
bar
Ø11,2
Ø11,2
Operating pressure
G½
G½
500
400 22 22
90
300
Shut-off valve 7MF9017–1A., dimensions in mm
B C D E
200 Ø80
A
100
95
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 °C
Shut-off valve 7MF9017-1..

Ø11,2
G½
Ø12
Shut-off valve 7MF9017-1.., permissible working pressure as a function
of the permissible working temperature
bar 22 M20 x 1,5

Operating pressure
90
500
Shut-off valve 7MF9017-1B. and -2B., dimensions in mm
400
Ø80
300
G H K
200
95
F
J
100
Ø12 (Ø14)
Ø12 (Ø14)
0
0 100 200 300 400 °C 0 100 200 °C
Shut-off valve Shut-off valve M20 x 1,5 M20 x 1,5

(M22 x 1,5) 90 (M22 x 1,5)
7MF9017-2.. 7MF9017-3..
Shut-off valve 7MF9017-2.. and -3.., permissible working pressure as a Shut-off valves 7MF9017-1C., -1D. and -2C., dimensions in mm
function of the permissible working temperature
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/509

© Siemens 2020
Fittings
Accessories
Primary shut-off valves
1
Ø120
141
Ø14
2,5
b
Øa
5 4,5
65
130
Shut-off valves 7MF9017-, dimensions in mm

ØAxb 7MF9017-
14 mm x 2.5 mm 1F. and 1G.
21.3 mm x 6.3 mm 1H. and 2H.
24 mm x 7.1 mm 1J., 1K. and 2J.
Selection and Ordering data

Primary shut-off valves, without certificate
Max. Charac- Material Mat. No. Spindle Connections Approx. Article No.
working teristic1) thread weight kg
pressure
Shut-off valve for non-aggressive liquids, gases and vapors 7MF 9 0 1 7 - 1 7A
160 bar (2321 psi) A P250GH 1.0460 Internal Threaded socket G½ form R, DIN 19207 0.8 A
160 bar (2321 psi) A P250GH 1.0460 Internal Threaded socket G½ form R, DIN 19207 0.8 B
DIN 19207 and pipe union
with ferrule for pipe  12 mm, S series
400 bar (5800 psi) C P250GH 1.0460 Internal Pipe union with ferrule 1 C
for pipe  12 mm, S series
400 bar (5800 psi) C P250GH 1.0460 Internal Pipe union with ferrule 1 D
for pipe  14 mm, S series
500 bar (7252 psi) D 16 Mo 3 1.5415 External Welding sleeves 14 mm × 2.5 mm 1.6 F
500 bar (7252 psi) E 11 CrMo 9 10 1.7383 External Welding sleeves 14 mm × 2.5 mm 1.6 G
500 bar (7252 psi) D 16 Mo 3 1.5415 External Welding sleeves 21.3 mm × 6.3 mm 1.6 H
and 14 mm × 2.5 mm
500 bar (7252 psi) D 16 Mo 3 1.5415 External Welding sleeves 24 mm × 7.1 mm 1.6 J
and 14 mm × 2.5 mm
500 bar (7252 psi) E 11 CrMo 9 10 1.7383 External Welding sleeves 24 mm × 7.1 mm 1.6 K
and 14 mm × 2.5 mm
Shut-off valve for aggressive liquids and gases 7MF 9 0 1 7 - 2 7A
160 bar (2321psi) F X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/ Internal Threaded socket G½ form R, DIN 19207 0.8 B
316Ti DIN 19207 and pipe union
with ferrule for pipe  12 mm, S series
400 bar (5800 psi) G X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/ Internal Pipe union with ferrule 1 C
316Ti for pipe  12 mm, S series
400 bar (5800 psi) H X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/ External Welding sleeves 21.3 mm × 6.3 mm 1.6 H
316Ti and 14 mm × 2.5 mm
400 bar (5800 psi) H X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/ External Welding sleeves 24 mm × 7.1 mm 1.6 J
316Ti and 14 mm × 2.5 mm
Accessories
1) See Figure "Permissible working pressure as a function of the permissible working temperature"
1/510 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Fittings
Accessories
Compensation vessels

1
The compensation vessels prevent the level difference which oc-
curs with pressure changes in the pressure lines and which fal- 100
sifies the measurement.
According to DIN 19211, the temperature in the compensation
vessel must be assumed to be 50 K less than the steam tem- ,9
I 88
perature in the pipe when calculating the wall thicknesses. This
is because the temperature in the compensation vessel during
operation can only rise up to the saturated steam temperature.
100
A material inspection certificate A to EN 10204-3.1 is available
for the materials from which the compensation vessels are
made.
■ Characteristic curves O
I Input (see Ordering data for dimensions)

bar
Operating pressure
O Output (see Ordering data for dimensions)

500
Compensation vessel 7MF9015-1.., dimensions in mm
400
E approx. 110
D 65
300
C I
581)
351)
200
B
O
100 A
I Input (see Ordering data for dimensions)
O Output (see Ordering data for dimensions)
1)
30 mm longer with 7MF9015-5A.
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 °C
Operating temperature Compensation vessel 7MF9015-5.., dimensions in mm

temperature
Selection and Ordering data

Compensation vessel, without certificate
Max. Charac- Material Mat. No. Connections Approx. Approx. Article No.
working teristic1) Input Output contents weight
pressure cm³ kg
7 MF 9 0 1 5 - 77A
160 bar (2321 psi) A 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Threaded socket G½, Threaded socket G½, 250 0.8 1A
form R, DIN 19207 form V, DIN 19207
250 bar (3626 psi) B 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 250 0.8 1B
21.3 mm × 6.3 mm 21.3 mm × 6.3 mm
250 bar (3626 psi) B 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 250 1 1C
24 mm × 7.1 mm 24 mm × 7.1 mm
500 bar (7252 psi) E 11 CrMo 9 10 1.7383 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 170 1 1D
24 mm × 7.1 mm 24 mm × 7.1 mm
250 bar (3626 psi) B 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 700 0.7 1E
33.7 mm × 4.5 mm 24 mm × 7.1 mm
160 bar (2321 psi) A 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Threaded socket G½, Threaded socket G½, 20 1.6 5A
form R, DIN 19207 form V, DIN 19207
500 bar (7252 psi) D 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 20 1.6 5B
21.3 mm × 6.3 mm 21.3 mm × 6.3 mm
500 bar (7252 psi) D 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 20 1.6 5C
24 mm × 7.1 mm 24 mm × 7.1 mm
500 bar (7252 psi) E 11 CrMo 9 10 1.7383 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 20 1.6 5D
24 mm × 7.1 mm 24 mm × 7.1 mm
Accessories
1) See Figure "Permissible working pressure as a function of the permissible working temperature"
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/511

© Siemens 2020
Fittings
Accessories
Connection parts
Connection parts are available in the following versions:
17-1
• Threaded flange pair G½ with stainless steel gasket
14 -1
• Nipple G½ form V to DIN 19207 Ø11,5
• Union nut G½ made of C 35 to DIN 16284

• Gasket B½ (grooved) to DIN 19207
Ø28
Ø70
All connection parts are also available grease-free for oxygen. 50
G½
Threaded flange pair G½
• with stainless steel gasket 7MF9007-4CA
Threaded flange 7MF9007-4CA/-4DA, dimensions in mm
• grease-free for oxygen, with stainless 7MF9007-4DA
steel gasket
Ø11-0,1
Scope of delivery:
Ø8,7
2x threaded flanges G½ to DIN 19207; material:
Ø17,5 -0,3
P250GH (mat. No. 1.0460)
Ø12
4x hexagon screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014;
Material: C35E (mat. No. 1.1181) 5
4x hexagon screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24032 2,5
37,5
1x gasket G½ (7MF9007-6BA) grooved,
to DIN 19207;
Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 Nipple G½ 7MF9007-4KA/-4LA, dimensions in mm
(mat. No. 14571/316Ti)
Only for 7MF9007-4CA!
Ø12,5
1x gasket G½ (7MF9k007-6CA), grease-free for
G½
oxygen, grooved, to DIN 19207;
(mat. No. 14571/316Ti) 30
Only for 7MF9007-4DA!
Nipple G½ Union nut G½ 7MF9007-4MA/-4NA, dimensions in mm
to DIN 19207
• Material: 16 Mo 3 (mat. No. 1.5415) 7MF9007-4KA 1,5
• grease-free for oxygen, 7MF9007-4LA

(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti) Ø11,2
Ø17
Union nut G½
to DIN 16284 Gasket 7MF9007-6BA/-6CA, dimensions in mm
• Material: C35E (mat. No. 1.1181) 7MF9007-4MA
• grease-free for oxygen, 7MF9007-4NA
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
Gasket G½
to DIN 19207, grooved
• Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 7MF9007-6BA
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
• grease-free for oxygen, 7MF9007-6CA
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
1/512 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

2
© Siemens 2020
2/2 Product overview

Thermocouples
Temperature sensors 2/113 Temperature transmitters for mounting in
2/9 Technical description the connection head
2/34 Detailed product overview 2/114 Technical description
2/40 Ordering examples 2/115 Straight thermocouples according to
EN 50446, with connection head
SITRANS TS100 2/116 Straight thermocouples,
2/41 Cable version, mineral-insulated individual parts and accessories
SITRANS TS200 Resistance thermometers
2/44 Compact version, mineral-insulated 2/117 Temperature transmitters for mounting in
SITRANS TS300 the connection head
For food, pharmaceuticals and 2/118 Flue gas resistance thermometers,
biotechnology with connection head
2/47 - Modular design 2/119 For damp rooms
2/51 - Clamp-on design 2/120 Accessories – connection heads
SITRANS TS500 Compact and head transmitters

2/121 SITRANS TH100 Slim (Pt100)
Tubular thermowells 2/124 SITRANS TH100 (4 to 20 mA, Pt100)
2/55 Type 2, without process connection 2/128 SITRANS TH200 (4 to 20 mA, universal)
2/60 Type 2N, screwed design 2/135 SITRANS TH300 (4 to 20 mA, HART,
2/65 Type 2G, screwed design, with extension universal)
2/70 Type 2F, with flange and extension 2/142 SITRANS TH400 fieldbus transmitter
2/75 Type 3, fast response, without 2/148 SITRANS TH320 (HART, universal)
process connection 2/157 SITRANS TH420 (HART, universal)
2/80 Type 3G, fast response,
screwed design, with extension Rail transmitters
2/85 Type 3F, fast response, with flange 2/167 SITRANS TR200 (4 to 20 mA, universal)
and extension 2/174 SITRANS TR300 (4 to 20 mA, HART, univer-
sal)
Barstock thermowells
2/181 SITRANS TR320 (HART, universal)
2/90 Type 4+4F, with extension
2/190 SITRANS TR420 (HART, universal)
2/94 For installation in existing thermowells
Field transmitter/field indicator
SITRANS TSinsert
2/200 SITRANS TF, 2-wire system
2/100 Measuring inserts for retrofitting and up-
2/209 SITRANS TF, fieldbus transmitter
grading - European and American type
2/216 SITRANS TF320 (HART, universal)
SITRANS TSthermowells 2/229 SITRANS TF420 (HART, universal)
2/104 Thermowells according to DIN 43772
Field indicator
2/107 Thermowells according to ASME B40.9
2/200 SITRANS TF, field indicator for 4 to 20 mA
Fiber-optic temperature measurement

2/244 SITRANS TO500
2/247 SITRANS TO multipoint measuring lance
Accessories
2/251 Further accessories for assembly, con-
nection and transmitter configuration
You can download all instructions,

catalogs and certificates for SITRANS T
free of charge at the following Internet
address: www.siemens.com/sitranst
© Siemens 2020
Product overview
■ Overview
Type Description Page Software for
parameterization
SITRANS TS temperature sensors
2 TS100 • Cable version

• Universal use
2/41 -
• For unfavorable space conditions

• Mineral-insulated
TS200 • Compact version 2/44 -
• Universal use
• For unfavorable space conditions
TS300 Resistance thermometer for food,

pharmaceiticals and biotechnology
• Modular design, for installation in pipes 2/47
and vessels
• Clamp-on design, for attachment on the 2/51

pipe primarily for sterilization processes
TS500, Type 2 • For the process industry 2/55 -

(pipes and vessels)
• Tubular thermowell for low to medium
stress
• Thermowell according to DIN 43772,
Type 2, without process connection
• Without extension X, plug-in or use with
moveable compression fittings
TS500, Type 2N • For the process industry 2/60 -

(vessels and pipes)
stress
• Thermowell Type 2N similar to DIN 43772,
screwed design
• Without extension X, connection head
non-adjustable
TS500, Type 2G • For the process industry 2/65 -

(vessels and pipes)
stress
Type 2G, screwed design
• With extension X
TS500, Type 2F • For the process industry 2/70 -
(vessels and pipes)
stress
Type 2F with flange
2/2 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Product overview

parameterization
(vessels and pipes)
stress
• Thermowell according to DIN 43722, 2
Type 3 without process connection, im-
proved response time
• Without extension X, plug-in or use with
moveable compression fittings
TS500, Type 3G • For the process industry 2/80 -
(vessels and pipes)
stress
Type 3G, screwed design, improved re-
sponse time
TS500, Type 3F • For the process industry 2/85 -
(vessels and pipes)
stress
Type 3F with flange, improved response
time
(vessels and pipes)
• Barstock thermowell for medium to ex-
treme stress
TS500, Type 4F • Thermowell according to DIN 43722
• Type 4 for welding
• Type 4F with flange
TS500, installation • For the process industry 2/94 -
(vessels and pipes)
• For installation in existing thermowells
• Suitable for thermowells according to
DIN 43772 as well as ASME B40.9-2001
European type or American type
SITRANS TSinsert - measuring inserts for temperature sensors
European type • Replaceable 2/100 -
American type 2/103 -
SITRANS TSthermowell - thermowells for temperature sensors

Screw-in connection • Straight 2/104
• Staggered
• Tapered
Weld-in connection
Flange connection
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/3

© Siemens 2020
Product overview

parameterization
Thermocouples/resistance thermometers - Temperature sensors for combustion processes and damp rooms
Straight thermocouples Largest measuring range: 2/115
0 ... 1250 °C (32 ... 2282 °F)
2
Flue gas resistance Largest measuring range: 2/118
thermometers -50 ... +600 °C (-58 ... +1112 °F)
Resistance thermometers Largest measuring range: 2/119

for damp rooms -30 ... +60 °C (-22 ... +140 °F)
2/4 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Product overview
Application Mounting of transmitter with Page Software for parameterization

Ex protection
Transmitter Sensor
Compact and head transmitters
SITRANS TH100 Slim
For temperature measurement in
- - 2/121 SIPROM T
2
combination with Pt100 compact
resistance thermometers
SITRANS TH100 Zone 2, Zone 2, 2/124 SIPROM T

• 4 to 20 mA zone 1, zone 1,
zone 0, zone 0,
• Transmitters for Pt100 zone 21, zone 21,
zone 20, zone 20,
DIV 1, DIV 1,
DIV 2 DIV 2
SITRANS TH200 Zone 2, Zone 2, 2/128 SIPROM T

Transmitters for connection to zone 1, zone 1,
resistance thermometers, resis- zone 0, zone 0,
tance-based sensors, thermocou- zone 21, zone 21,
ples and DC voltages up to 1.1 V zone 20, zone 20,
DIV 1, DIV 1,
• 4 to 20 mA DIV 2 DIV 2
• Universal
SITRANS TH300 Zone 2, Zone 2, 2/135 SIMATIC PDM

Transmitters for connection to zone 1, zone 1,
ples and DC voltages up to 1.1 V zone 20, zone 20,
DIV 1, DIV 1,
• 4 to 20 mA DIV 2 DIV 2
• Universal
• HART
SITRANS TH400 Zone 2, Zone 2, 2/142 SIMATIC PDM for TH 400 with
Transmitters for connection to zone 1, zone 1, PROFIBUS PA
ples and DC voltages zone 20, zone 20,
DIV 1, DIV 1,
• Fieldbus transmitters DIV 2 DIV 2
• PROFIBUS PA
• FOUNDATION fieldbus

2-wire head transmitter with and zone 1, zone 1,
without HART communications zone 0, zone 0,
interface. With 1 input for connec- zone 21, zone 21,
tion to resistance thermometers, zone 20, zone 20,
linear resistors, potentiometers, M1, M1,
thermocouples, and DC voltages DIV 1, DIV 1,
up to 1.7 V DIV 2 DIV 2
• 4 to 20 mA
• HART 7
• Universal
• SIL2/3 according to IEC 61508
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/5

© Siemens 2020
Product overview

Ex protection
Transmitter Sensor
Transmitters with 2 inputs for con- zone 1, zone 1,
2 nection to resistance thermome-
ters, linear resistors,
zone 0,
zone 21,
zone 0,
zone 21,
potentiometers, thermocouples zone 20, zone 20,
and DC voltages up to 1.7 V M1, M1,
DIV 1, DIV 1,
• Drift detection function DIV 2 DIV 2
• HART 7
• Universal
• High input availability
Rail transmitters
SITRANS TR200 Zone 2, Zone 2, 2/167 SIPROM T
zone 0, zone 0,
• Universal zone 21 zone 21,
zone 20
SITRANS TR300 Zone 2, Zone 2, 2/174 SIMATIC PDM

zone 0, zone 0,
• Universal zone 21 zone 21,
• HART zone 20

2-wire rail transmitter with and zone 1, zone 1,
without HART communications zone 0, zone 0,
interface. With 1 input for connec- zone 21, zone 21,
tion to resistance thermometers, zone 20, zone 20,
linear resistors, potentiometers, M1, M1,
thermocouples, and DC voltages DIV 1, DIV 1,
up to 1.7 V DIV 2 DIV 2
• 4 to 20 mA
• HART 7
• Universal
Transmitters with 2 inputs for con- zone 1, zone 1,
nection to resistance thermome- zone 0, zone 0,
ters, linear resistors, zone 21, zone 21,
potentiometers, thermocouples zone 20, zone 20,
and DC voltages up to 1.7 V M1, M1,
DIV 1, DIV 1,
• Drift detection function DIV 2 DIV 2
• HART 7
• Universal
2/6 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Product overview

Ex protection
Transmitter Sensor
Field transmitters
SITRANS TF
Transmitters for connection to
Zone 2,
zone 1;
zone 21,
Zone 2,
zone 1,
zone 0
2/200 Depending on the installed
TH200/TH300 transmitter 2
resistance thermometers, resis-
tance-based sensors, thermocou- DIV 1,
ples and DC voltages up to 1.1 V DIV 2
• In field enclosure for heavy in-
dustrial use
• 4 to 20 mA
• HART 5
• Universal
SITRANS TF Zone 2, Zone 2 2/209 SIMATIC PDM for PROFIBUS PA
Fieldbus transmitters for connec- zone 1; zone 1,
tion to resistance thermometers, zone 21, zone 0
resistance-based sensors, ther- DIV 1,
mocouples and DC voltages up to DIV 2
0.8 V
• In field enclosure for heavy in-
dustrial use
• PROFIBUS PA
SITRANS TF320 Zone 2, Zone 2, 2/216 Local operation with buttons.
Transmitters for connection to Zone 1, Zone 1, SIMATIC PDM local with HART
resistance thermometers, resis- Zone 21, Zone 21, modem or SIPROM T (depend-
tance-based sensors, thermocou- ing on SITRANS TH320 type
ples and DC voltages up to 1.7 V DIV 1, DIV 1, used)
• In field enclosure for heavy DIV 2 DIV 2
industrial use
• 4 to 20 mA
• HART 7
• Universal
SITRANS TF420 Zone 2, Zone 2, 2/229 Local operation with buttons.
Transmitters for connection to Zone 1, Zone 1, SIMATIC PDM locally with HART
resistance thermometers, resis- Zone 21, Zone 21, modem.
tance-based sensors, thermocou-
ples and DC voltages up to 1.7 V DIV 1, DIV 1,
• In field enclosure for heavy DIV 2 DIV 2
industrial use
• HART 7
• Universal
Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA signals
SITRANS TF Zone 2, - 2/200 -
Field indicator for zone 1,
4 to 20 mA signals zone 21,
DIV 1,
Display of units can be user- DIV 2
defined
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/7

© Siemens 2020
Product overview

Ex protection
Transmitter Sensor
2 SITRANS TO500
Multipoint temperature transmitter
Zone 0,
Zone 20
2/244 Via Ethernet with the supplied
parameter assignment software
for measuring temperatures and
temperature profiles with fiber-
optic multipoint measuring lances.
SITRANS TO 2/247
multipoint measuring lance
For measuring temperatures and
temperature profiles using fiber-
optic Fiber Bragg Grating (FBG).
■ Supplied product documentation on DVD and safety instructions

The scope of delivery of the Siemens products for process instrumentation includes a multilingual instruction sheet with
safety instructions as well as a uniform mini DVD – Process Instrumentation and Weighing Systems.
This DVD contains the most important manuals and certificates for the Siemens process instrumentation and
weighing technology portfolio. The delivery may also contain product-specific or order-specific printed materials.
For additional information, refer to the Annex on page 10/3.
2/8 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
SITRANS TS100 and SITRANS TS200
■ Overview
Temperature sensors of the SITRANS TS100 series are cable
thermometers with different electrical connection options (e.g.
plug, soldered connection, connection cable). The SITRANS
TS200 series of compact thermometers is characterized by a
compact design. Both temperature sensor series are suitable
for: 2
• Measurements of temperatures of solids, where additional
thermowells are not required for replacements done during
ongoing operations, e.g. bearing bracket temperature.
• Measurements which are particularly critical with regard to re-
sponse times. The advantages offered by an additional ther-
mowell are intentionally omitted.
• Measuring points which must be easy to convert or relocate.
• Surface temperature measurements: The temperature sensor
is used in conjunction with a surface connection piece.
• Cost-effective transport: the mineral-insulated design of the
sensors allows for economical transport even over large
lengths. As of a length of 0.8 m, the sensors can be delivered
rolled or bent.
The temperature sensors of the SITRANS TS product family are
used for measuring temperatures in industrial plants. SITRANS TS300 temperature sensors for food, pharmaceuti-
cals and biotechnology
Siemens offers the following temperature sensors:
• SITRANS TS100 The temperature sensors of the SITRANS TS300 series are ther-
- General use mometers especially designed for measurements with high hy-
- Compact design with connection cable gienic demands, such as in the food, pharmaceutical and bio-
technology industries. The basic versions are:
• SITRANS TS200
- General use • Thermometers in modular design with replaceable measuring
- Compact design with plug/wire ends insert and process connections usual in the industry
• SITRANS TS300 • Clamp-on thermometers for measurement of the tube surface
- Use in food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology temperature without interrupting the process
- Modular or clamp-on design SITRANS TS500 temperature sensors as a module system
• SITRANS TS500
- General use Due to their modular design, temperature sensors of the SI-
- Modular design with connection head and thermowell TRANS TS500 series are well suited to a large number of appli-
cations.
■ Benefits The replaceable measuring insert makes it possible to conduct
maintenance work even during ongoing operations. These de-
The modular design makes it possible to customize the tempera- vices are used particularly frequently in pipes and tanks in the
ture sensor for most applications, while still being able to use following industries:
many standardized individual components. • Power stations
■ Application • Petrochemical industry
Depending on the specification, sensors can be combined with • General process engineering
different connection heads, extensions (neck tube) and process
connections. As a result, the sensors can be used in a large • Water, waste water
number of technical applications, e.g. in the following industries:
• Petrochemical industry
• Basic material industry
• Pharmaceutical industry
• Biotechnology
• Food manufacturing
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/9

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
■ Design
SITRANS TS100 7MC71xx SITRANS TS200 7MC72xx
The following figure shows the available versions of SITRANS The following figure shows the available versions of SITRANS
TS100 temperature sensors. TS200 temperature sensors.
2
15
U (1.59)
0
B
150
U (5.91)
10
(0.39)
B
1
40
U (1.57)
10
(0.39) 2
36
U (1.41)
10
(0.39) 3
B
50
U (1.97)
SITRANS TS100, mineral-insulated (MIC) 5
Degree of protection: (0.20) 4
• Plug-in connection type: see table
• Transition sensor/cable IP68 (2h/2.5 m [98.5 inch])
for PVC and silicone cable, otherwise IP66 B
Version Degree of protection
U 65 (2.56)
Flying leads IP00
LEMO coupling 1S IP50 20
M12 device plugs IP54 (0.79) 5
Thermocouple coupling IP20
B
SITRANS TS100
The following types of process connections can be imple- B Measuring insert length
mented: H Head height
U Insertion length
• Compression fitting
IP level IP level
• Spring-loaded compression fitting sensor terminals
• Soldering nipple 0 Basic sensor U=B IP65 IP00
• Direct soldering/welding in 1 Flying leads U = B + 10 (0.39) IP65 IP00
2 LEMO coupling 1S U = B - 10 (0.39) IP65 IP50
3 M12 device plugs U = B - 10 (0.39) IP65 IP54
4 Thermocouple coupling U = B - 5 (0.20) IP65 IP20
5 Mini connection head U = B - 20 (0.79) IP65 IP65
SITRANS TS200, dimensions in mm (inch)

The following types of process connections can be imple-
mented:
• Compression fitting
• Spring-loaded compression fitting
• Soldering nipple
• Direct soldering/welding in
2/10 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
SITRANS TS300
Ø 60 (2.36)
SITRANS TS300 modular design Cable gland
M12x1.5
The resistance thermometer is intended for installation in vessels for cable Ø 3 ... 6.5
and pipes for hygienic requirements. (0.12 ... 0.26)
• Modular design consisting of thermowell, measuring insert,
connection head and optional transmitter for replacement 2
during operation.
• Hygiene version, design according to recommendations of
H
the EHEDG
• Transmitter can be integrated (4 to 20 mA, PROFIBUS PA or
FOUNDATION Fieldbus)
H1
The following figure shows the available versions and compo-
nents of SITRANS TS300 temperature sensors in modular de-
sign.
Ød
X
B = N + H1
Ø 50.5
N
(1.99)
Ø D3
ØD
B Measuring insert length

Ød Measuring insert outer diameter (6 (0.24))
ØD Process connection outer diameter
ØD3 Thermowell inner diameter
H Head height
H1 Type Axx = 41 (1.61)
Type Bxx = 26 (1.02)
N Nominal length
U Insertion length
X Extension length
SITRANS TS, temperature sensors, TS300 modular design, dimensions in

mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/11

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
SITRANS TS300 Clamp-on
The temperature is recorded via a modified, fast-response Pt100
measuring element that is positioned and insulated by a pipe
collar made of temperature-resistant plastic.
The measuring insert contains a special temperature sensor
2 made of silver that is constantly pressed onto the pipe by a
spring.
A positively driven operation of the replaceable measuring insert
ensures a constant fit on the pipe and thus provides for a repro-
ducible measuring result.
6
9
5
4
3
1 Vibration-locking-screw
2 Mounting screws
3 Process pipeline
4 Temperature sensor
5 Thermal decoupling
6 Spring load
7 Electrical connection
M12 2
8 Replaceable measuring 1
insert
9 Heat insulated pipe collar
Design
Measuring insert • Special measuring insert made of
stainless steel; hygienic design
• Measuring element made of silver;
thermal decoupling by plastic insert
Measuring insert screwed into collar
with spring tension. Use thermo-lubri-
cant (see accessories) prior to
mounting the device.
Pipe collar
• Material Temperature-resistant, high-perfor-
mance plastic with integrated insula-
tion system in hygienic design
• Ambient temperature influence Approx. 0.2%/10 K
The diameter of the measuring tube is required for correct de-

vice selection. For special sizes, you start by selecting the ap-
propriate collar size and entering the desired size in plain text.
Space-saving designs (clamping bracket version) are available
optionally for installation in restricted spaces (e.g., tube bun-
dles).
For correct assignment after recalibration, the collar as well as
the measuring insert are marked with the serial number and tube
diameter. This information can also be engraved.
2/12 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
The following figure illustrates the available designs and components of the SITRANS TS300 temperature sensors in clamp-on design:
Measuring transducer Field housing, screw cap

with device plug M12x1 Material stainless steel IP 67
Ø60 (2.36) 2
11.5
(0.45)
Device plug
M12x1
Device plug
51 (2.01)
M12x1
94 (3.70)
~ 83.5 (3.70)
max. 29
(1.41)
Electrical connection 19
can be rotated by ± 170 ˚ (0.75)
Cable gland
M12x1.5 for cable
Ø3 ... 6.5 (0.12 ... 0.26)
37
Clamp-on, Clamp-on, clamping band installation (1.46)
clamping block installation with hose clamps
for pipes Ø4 ... 57 (0.16 ... 2.24) for pipes ≥ Ø10 ... ca. 300 Cable gland
(0.39 ... ca.11.81) M16x1.5 for cable
20 Ø4.5 ... 10 (0.18 ... 0.39)
(0.79) 36 (1.42)
B
(0.91)
B
23
B
A
19
Example Ø21 (4.76) (0.75)
C
20
Clamp-on, (0.79) Pipe diameter B C
latch fastener installation for pipes 6 ... 17.2 30 35
Ø4 ... 17.2 (0.16 ... 0.68) (0.24 ... 0.68) (1.18) (1.38)
18 ... 35 40 60
B
A (0.71 ... 1.38) (1.57) (2.36)

38 ... 50.8 50 80
(1.50 ... 2.00) (1.97) (3.15)
Latch fastener version
Pipe radius
3 (0.12)
6 (0.24)
C
Pipe diameter A B C H
4 ... 17.2 20 30 35 79
(0.16 ... 0.68) (0.79) (1.18) (1.38) (3.11)
18 ... 36 30 40 70 99
(0.71 ... 1.42) (1.18) (1.57) (2.76) (3.90)
38 ... 57 40 50 85 119
(1.50 ... 2.24) (1.57) (1.97) (3.35) (4.68)
Standard version
SITRANS TS300 clamp-on design, device plug, field enclosure, cable gland, versions, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/13

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
SITRANS TS500 7MC75xx The temperature sensors of the SITRANS TS500 series are avail-
able in three different versions:
The following figure illustrates the available designs and compo-
nents for SITRANS TS500 temperature sensors: Version Description Application Process
connection
1 • Tubular ther- Minimal to • Connection with
2 mowell medium process
• Thermowell and requirements
thread or flange
• Thread is weld-
extension made ed on, or com-
from a pipe; pression fitting
closed at tip with
welded-in base
plug
2 • Barstock ther- Medium to • Directly welded
mowell extreme process into pipe
• Barstock ther- requirements • With welded-on
mowell, tubular flange
extension; ex- • With male
tension screwed thread
into thermowell
3 • For installation in Process require- Screwed into an
existing ther- ments depending existing thermow-
mowell on the thermowell ell
• Tubular exten- design
sion
1 2 3
■ Function
A complete measuring point consists of a measuring insert
which contains the sensor elements, the protective fitting and an
optional measured value processor (transmitter).
Basic sensors
The sensor elements are:
• Resistance thermometers:
Temperature measurement is based on the temperature de-
pendency of the installed measuring resistor.
• Thermocouples:
Temperature measurement is based on the Seebeck effect.
A thermocouple which subjected to a temperature drop pro-
duces thermoelectric voltage that can be measured.
Transmitter
1 SITRANS TS500, tubular thermowell
The optional Siemens transmitters assume the following func-
2 SITRANS TS500, barstock thermowell
tions:
3 SITRANS TS500, for installation in an existing thermowell
• Optimum measurement processing
• Strengthening of weak sensor signals directly on site
SITRANS TS500 temperature sensors; the IP degree of protection de-
pends on the connection head • Transmit standardized signals
• Protect against electromagnetic interspersion
• Option to conduct measuring point diagnostics
2/14 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
■ Configuration
Components: Process connections
This catalog is limited to the standard versions. Special versions
are available on request. The technical data are provided to as-
sist the user. It is the responsibility of the ordering party to make
the correct selection of suitable devices.
2
Welding in
The welding in of the thermowell provides a permanent, secure
and highly resilient process connection, assuming a respective
welding quality. Spring-loaded compression fitting
It is not possible to accidentally open the process connection. Thread form:

Additional gaskets are not required. If the pipe is not thick Cylindrical thread
enough to ensure a secure welded joint, appropriate weld-in Cylindrical threads do not seal in the thread but due to an addi-
sockets are used. With weld-in sockets in suitable length, it is tional sealing surface or seal. For example, threads with the
also possible to standardize a plant's measuring points to a short form "G" (as per ISO 228) feature a thread form with a de-
large extent. Stocks of spare parts can therefore be reduced to fined screw gauge.
a minimum.
K2 X
U
K1
Cylindrical thread
Weld-in sockets
Tapered thread
Thread By contrast, tapered threads, such as the American "NPT"
Type of installation: screw-in thread thread, seal metallically in the thread. The relevant length infor-
mation in the catalog refers to the "fully-tightened point (hand-
Screw-in threads of different thread types and sizes are firmly tight)" of the thread, which cannot be defined exactly due to
welded to the thermowell. standard-related tolerances. However, the spring-load of the
measuring insert compensates for the differences in length.
K2
X
K1 U
Screw-in thread
Type of installation: Compression fittings E
Compression fittings are available as accessories. They fit the
diameter of the thermowell and provide for flexible installation. NPT thread
The installation length can be selected on site. When installed Thread form E / E1 K1 K2
correctly, compression fittings are well suited for low and me-
dium pressure. Thermowells Cylindrical G ½" 15 27
Form 2G + 3G
G ¾" 16 34
The difference between the standard and spring-loaded version
is as follows: G1 30 46
M20 x 1.5 12 26
In the case of the spring-loaded compression fitting, the sensor
is pressed against the measured object or the base of the ther- M27 x 2 16 34
mowell. thus achieving particularly good heat contact. M33 x 2 18 36
Tapered NPT ½" 9 30
NPT ¾" 9 32.5
NPT 1" 10 40
Extensions Cylindrical G ½" 12 27
7MC7500
M14 x 1.5 12 23
M18 x 1.5 12 25
M20 x 1.5 12 25
Tapered NPT ½" 9 33
Compression fitting
X = extension length
U = installation length
E1 = Neck tube/process connection
K1 = Screw-in depth
K2 = Length of the process connection
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/15

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Flanges The following table shows the dimensions of the different ther-
mowells.
The different properties of the flanges are as follows:
• Standard series EN 1092, ASME 16.5,.. Tip Process connection
• Nominal pressure  Inner  Outer  Inner  Outer
mm (inch)] [mm (inch)] [mm (inch)] [mm (inch)]
2 • Nominal diameter
• Sealing surface
Thermowell
type, design
D1 D2 D3 D4
This information is also stamped into the flange, along with the 2N/2/2G/2F, 7 (0.28) 9 (0.35) 7 (0.28) 9 (0.35)
material code and batch number for "3.1 Material". For flange tube
thermowells made of expensive materials, wetted parts of the 2/2G/2F, tube 7 (0.28) 12 (0.47) 7 (0.28) 12 (0.47)
thermowell and the so-called flanged wheel are designed with
3/3G/3F, tube 6 (0.24) 9 (0.35) 7 (0.28) 12 (0.47)
the required material. The flanged wheel is welded in front of the Tolerances as
flange sealing surface in this case. Non-wetted parts are listed per
in 316L. DIN 43772
Industry-specific process connections 4/4F, barstock 7 (0.28) 12.5 (0.49) 7 (0.28) 24 (0.94)
Special process connections have become popular in different 4/4F, quick- 3.5 (0.14) 9 (0.35) 3.5 (0.14) 18 (0.71)
response, bar-
industries. For example, hygiene technology: clamp-on connec- stock
tions, dairy connections and others.
Components: Thermowell
Tubular or barstock thermowells fulfill two basic functions:
• They protect the measuring insert from corrosive media D3 D2
D4 D1
• They make it possible to replace units during ongoing opera-
tion
This catalog is limited to the standard versions. Special versions
are available on request. The large number of available types
Dimensions of thermowells
can be classified as follows:
• Tubular thermowells Barstock thermowells according to ASME B40.9
Tubular thermowells are also described as "welded" or "multi- Thermowells according to ASME are distinguished by their form:
part" thermowells (not to be confused with "multi-part protec- Straight, reduced (staggered) or tapered along the entire instal-
tive fittings"). They are suitable for low to medium process lation length.
loads and can be manufactured on a cost-effective basis.
Coarse subdivisions can also be made in the type of process
Versions:
connection: screwed design, for welding in, with flange, or with
- Form 2N similar to DIN 43772
the so-called Van Stone connection.
with straight tip and shortest possible extension length
non-adjustable connection head For the Van Stone connection, a small flange sealing surface ex-
- Form 2 as per DIN 43772 ists directly at the barstock thermowell. This prevents any weld-
with straight tip and extension ing seams in the area touching the media. The thermowell is
adjustable connection head fixed by a collar flange that presses the sealing surface against
Form 2: without process connection the plant-side flange. Another advantage of this design is the op-
Form 2G: Threaded connection timized spare parts inventory. A thermowell fits onto multiple
Form 2F: Flange connection connecting flanges; the only difference is in the collar flanges.
- Form 3 according to DIN 43772
Components: Extension (neck tube)
Version with tapered tip and extension
Adjustable connection head The extension is the section from the lower edge of the connec-
For these thermowells, the thermowell tip is tapered by rotary tion head to the fixed point of the process connection or ther-
swaging. This results in an excellent fit with the measuring in- mowell. There are a variety of terms for this component, e.g.
sert and very good response times. neck tube. For this reason the term extension has been selected
Analogous to forms 2, versions 3G/3F are also available for as a standardized term for the different designs. Function is the
form 3 deciding factor:
• Barstock thermowells according to DIN 43772 • Thermal decoupling of connection head from process tem-
Where process loads are too great, or where a thermowell perature
cannot have a welded seam, deep-hole drilled barstock ther- • Installation of connection head over existing insulation
mowells are used. Thermowells of form 4 according to
DIN 43772 are widely used. Forms D1-D5 of the previous • Simple standardization of measuring inserts: In general, the
standard DIN 43763 have been integrated into form 4 of length of the extension may be freely selected. However, when
DIN 43772: using standardized installation lengths, the option "Extension
as per DIN 43772" is recommended. This ensures that mea-
Design DIN 43763 Design 4 DIN 43772 suring inserts which are quickly available can be used. In the
invalid current case of special lengths, it is possible to standardize the mea-
L in mm U in mm suring insert length through a clever combination with the re-
spective special extension length. This allows customers to
D1 140 65
optimize their costs in purchasing and logistics.
D2 200 125
• For American-type sensors, the extension also undertakes the
D4 200 65 spring load of the measuring insert.
D5 260 125 • Depending on the version, the extension can also enable the
adjustment of the connection head
2/16 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
• The form of the extension depends on the form of the ther- Versions
mowell:
- Tubular thermowell With regard to their function, extensions can be classified into
The extension and thermowell usually consist of one contin- two types:
uous pipe. The process connection is welded on (= one- • Adjustable/non-adjustable:
piece protective fitting). Function of the extension to align the connection head to the
- Barstock thermowells
Extension and the thermowell consist of two components
desired direction 2
• Integrated measuring insert spring load:
which are screwed together. The process connection is at- In the case of American-type sensors, the spring load of the
tached to the thermowell (= multi-piece protective fitting). measuring insert is integrated into the extension. Measuring
insert and extension form one unit.
Thermowell type X [mm (inch)] M [mm (inch)] Divisible
2G 129 (5.08) 145 (5.71) No European type European type Without extension
Adjustable, cylindrical Adjustable, tapered Without thread
2F 64 (2.52) 80 (3.15) No (optional sealing screw)
3G 131 (5.19) 147 (5.79) No
3F 66 (2.60) 82 (3.23) No
4 (only L=110) 139 (5.47) 155 (6.10) Yes
4 (others) 149 (5.87) 165 (6.50) Yes
X
European type European type European type
Non-adjustable, Non-adjustable, tapered Non-adjustable,
cylindrical Nipple (NIP)
Extensions as per DIN 43772
European type American type American type

Adjustable Adjustable Non-adjustable,
Nipple-Union-Nipple Nipple-Union-Nipple Nipple (NIP)
(NUN) (NUN)
Versions; in the case of heavy stainless steel connection heads in con-

junction with vibrations, a short extension length should be chosen or ex-
ternal support should be provided.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/17

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Components: Connection head
Connection head
the connection head protects the connection department. The Different connection heads are used depending on the applica-
connection head features sufficient room for mounting a clamp- tion and preference. Where cable glands and thread adapters
ing base or transmitter. are included in the scope of the order, they will be supplied with
2 the device.
Connection head Type Label Cable gland Degree of Transmitter Connection Explosion
Material protection installation height H1 protection
[corrosion protec- [mm (inch)] optional
tion correspond-
ing to ISO 12944-2]
BA0 aluminum Flange lid M20 x 1.5 IP65 Measuring insert 26 (1.02) Ex i
Not Ex: [C2, durability H;
Plastic C3, durability M]
Ex i/Ex n:
Brass
H1
BB0 aluminum Hinged cover low M20 x 1.5 IP65 Measuring insert 26 (1.02) Ex i
Not Ex: [C2, durability H;
Plastic C3, durability M]
Ex i/Ex n:
Brass
H1
BC0 aluminum Hinged cover high M20 x 1.5 IP65 Measuring insert 26 (1.02) Ex i
BC0 plastic Not Ex: [For aluminum: and/or hinged
Plastic C2, durability H; cover
Ex i/Ex n: C3, durability M]
Brass [For plastic: not
applicable]
H1
BM0 plastic Screw cover M20 x 1.5 IP54 Measuring insert 26 (1.02) Ex i
Not Ex: [For plastic: not
Plastic applicable]
Ex i/Ex n:
H1 Brass
BS0 stainless steel Screw cover M12 x 1.5 polyam- IP67 Measuring insert 26 (1.02) Ex i
ide [For stainless steel:
not applicable]
H1
2/18 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Connection head Type Label Cable gland Degree of Transmitter Connection Explosion
Material protection installation height H1 protection
[corrosion protec- [mm (inch)] optional
tion correspond-
ing to ISO 12944-2]
AG0 aluminum Screw cover, M20 x 1.5 IP66/68 Measuring insert 41 (1.61) Ex i, Ex d
AU0 stainless
steel AISI 316
heavy-duty not Ex: plastic
Ex i/Ex n: brass
(IP68: 1.5 m; 2 h)
NEMA 4X 2
(1.4401) Ex d: without cable [For aluminum: C2,
gland C3, C4, for stainless
steel: not applica-
H1 ble]
AH0 aluminum Screw cover, win- M20 x 1.5 IP66/68 Measuring insert 41 (1.61) Ex i, Ex d
AV0 stainless steel dow, heavy duty, not Ex: plastic (IP68: 1.5 m; 2 h)
AISI 316 (1.4401) with 4 ... 20 mA Ex i/Ex n: brass NEMA 4X
display Ex d: without cable [For aluminum: C2,
gland C3, C4, for stainless
steel: not applica-
H1
ble]
°C
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/19

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Components: Measuring insert
Measuring insert SITRANS TH product family
The measuring insert of the temperature sensor is built into the For detailed technical data on the SITRANS TH transmitters,
protective fitting (thermowell, extension and connection head). please refer to this catalog.
The sensor element is located in the measuring insert, where it
2 is protected. The spring load of the Siemens measuring inserts
provide good thermal contact with the tip of the thermowell, and
• TH100 - the basic device
- Output: 4 ... 20 mA
- 1 x input Pt100
vibration resistance is significantly increased. Only highly resis- - Can be configured using simple software
tant mineral-insulated cables (so-called MIC or plastic-
sheathed) are used for the electrical connection between the • TH320 - the universal device
sensor element and connection head. The highly compacted in- - Output 4 ... 20 mA or:
sulation of magnesium oxide achieves excellent levels of vibra- - Output 4 ... 20 mA/HART
tion resistance. The following measuring insert designs are the - 1 x input resistance thermometer, thermocouples
most widely used on the world market: - Can be configured using simple software
• TH420 – Twice as safe
- Output 4 ... 20 mA/HART
- 2 x input resistance thermometer, thermocouples, hot
backup, drift detection, etc. can be achieved as a result
- Extended diagnostic functions
• TH400 - Fieldbus PA and FF
- Output PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
- 1 x input resistance thermometer, thermocouples
- Diagnostic functions
Installation types
All SITRANS-TH transmitters can be installed in type B connec-
tion heads. The following installation forms are used:
• Measuring insert installation
Our standard version offers the following advantages
- Small vibrating masses and compact design
- Measuring insert-transmitter unit can be replaced quickly
European type American type
European type
European type measuring inserts can be replaced without hav-
ing to dismantle the connection head. The springs are located
either on the transmitter or the terminal block. This makes it pos-
sible to achieve a 8 to 10 mm spring range. If a transmitter is not
attached, a ceramic base is located at this position. Order option
G01 can be used to select a version with free wire ends instead
Installation of measuring insert
of the ceramic base for mounting of head transmitters.
• Hinged cover installation
American type - Standard for head type BC0 and BP0
American-type measuring inserts feature a large spring range. - Advantage: Measuring insert and transmitter can be re-
These measuring inserts are ideal for use with NPT threads that paired/maintained separately (recalibration).
feature high tolerances. In this configuration, the extension func-
tion is partially or fully integrated (nipple-union-nipple). More-
over, it is also possible to directly attach field devices, e.g.
SITRANS TF.
Components: Transmitters
SITRANS TH head transmitters process weak, non-linear sensor
signals and transmit a stable and temperature-linear standard
signal. thereby minimizing sensor signal disruptions.
The transmitters permanently monitor the temperature sensors
and transmit diagnostic data to superordinate systems.
Because of the low energy feed of the SITRANS TH head trans-
mitters, self-heating of the temperature sensors is at a minimal
level. Hinged cover installation
The electrical isolation and integrated reference junction ensure

that temperature sensors with thermocouples provide reliable
measurements at a low cost.
2/20 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Measuring technology: Basic sensors Measuring technology: Measuring accuracy
The diverse application spectrum for industrial temperature Resistance thermometer
measuring technology requires different sensor technologies.
The tolerance classes of the resistance thermometers corre-
Resistance thermometer spond to IEC 751/EN 60751:
Basic sensors made of other basic materials, with different basic
values or different underlying standards, are available on re-
Tolerance t 2
quest. Resistance thermometers can be classified as follows: Basic accuracy, Class B ± (0.30 °C +0.0050|t[°C]|)
0.54 °F +0.0050x|t[°F]-32|
• Basic design
The sensor element is built with thin layer technology. The re- Increased accuracy, Class A ± (0.15 °C +0.0020|t[°C]|)
sistance material is applied in the form of a thin layer on a ce- 0.27 °F +0.0020x|t[°F]-32|
ramic carrier material. High degree of accuracy, Class AA ± (0.10 °C +0.0017|t[°C]|)
• Versions featuring increased vibration resistance (1/3 B) ± 0.18 °F +0.0017x|t[°F]-32|
In addition to the basic design: Measures to improve vibration
resistance. The following tables provide an overview of the scope of these
• Versions with expanded measuring range tolerances. If the specified limits are exceeded with a resistance
Elements in wire-wound design. The wire winding is embed- thermometer, the values of the next lower accuracy class apply
ded in a ceramic body. permanently:
Thermocouples Resistance thermometer

Basic version [°C (°F)]
Thermocouples based on other thermocouples or underlying Tolerance Range
standards are available upon request.
Basic accuracy, -50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752)1)
The most common base-metal thermocouples are: Class B
• Type N (NiCrSi-NiSi) high degree of stability even in upper Increased accuracy, -30 ... +300 (-22 ... +572)
temperature range Class A
• Type K (NiCr-Ni) more stable than type J, but drifts in upper High degree of accuracy 0 ... 150 (32 ... 302)
range Class AA (1/3 B)
• Type J (Fe-CuNi) narrow application band Resistance thermometer

Increased vibration resistance [°C (°F)]
Measuring technology: Measuring range
Tolerance Range
The measuring range describes the temperature limits within
which the thermometer can be used in a way that is meaningful Basic accuracy, -50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752)1)
Class B
for measurement purposes. Depending on the loads present,
the thermowell materials and the desired accuracy levels, Increased accuracy, -30 ... +300 (-22 ... +572)
among other things, the actual application range for the ther- Class A
mometer may be smaller. High degree of accuracy 0 ... 150 (32 ... 302)
Class AA (1/3 B)
Resistance thermometer [°C (°F)]
Resistance thermometer
Basic version and increased vibration -50 ... +400 (-58 ... +752)
Expanded measuring range [°C (°F)]
resistance
Tolerance Range
Expanded measuring range -196 ... +600 (-320.8 ... +1112)
Basic accuracy, -196 ... +600 (-321 ... +1112)
Thermocouple [°C (°F)] Class B
Type N -40 ... +1100 (-40 ... +2012) Increased accuracy, -100 ... +450 (-148 ... +842)
Class A
Type K -40 ... +1000 (-40 ... +1832)
High degree of accuracy, -50 ... +250 (-58 ... +482)
Type J -40 ... +750 (-40 ... +1382) Class AA
1)
The requirements of IEC 60751 are being observed. In case of high
requirements regarding long-term stability, Pt100 sensors "expanded mea-
suring range" should be used for temperatures above 350 °C (662 °F).
Thermocouples
The tolerance classes of the thermocouples correspond with IEC 584/EN 60584:
Catalog versions
Type Basic accuracy, Class 2 Increased accuracy, Class 1
N -40 °C ... +333 °C ±2.5 °C (-40 °F ... +631 °F ±4.5 °F) -40 °C ... +375 °C ±1.5 °C (-40 °F ... +707 °F ±2.7 °F)
333 °C ... 1100 °C ±0.0075x|t[°C]| (631 °F ... 2012 °F ±0.0075x|t[°F]-32|) 375 °C ... 1000 °C ±0.004x|t[°C]| (707 °F ... 1832 °F ±0.004x|t[°F]-32|)
K -40 °C ... +333 °C ±2.5 °C (-40 °F ... +631 °F ±4.5 °F) -40 °C ... +375 °C ±1.5 °C (-40 °F ... +707 °F ±2.7 °F)
J -40 °C ... +333 °C ±2.5 °C (-40 °F ... +631 °F ±4.5 °F) -40 °C ... +375 °C ±1.5 °C (-40 °F ... +707 °F ±2.7 °F)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/21

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Other thermocouples, ignoble
T -40 °C ... 133 °C ±1 °C (-40 °F ... +271 °F ±1.8 °F) -40 °C ... +125 °C ±0.5 °C (-40 °F ... +257 °F ±0.9 °F)
2 E -40 °C ... +333 °C ±2.5 °C (-40 °F ... +631 °F ±4.5 °F)

333 °C ... 900 °C ±0.0075x|t[°C]| (631 °F ... 1652 °F ±0.0075x|t[°F]-32|)
-40 °C ... +375 °C ±1.5 °C (-40 °F ... +707 °F ±2.7 °F)
375 °C ... 800 °C ±0.004x|t[°C]| (707 °F ... 1472 °F ±0.004x|t[°F]-32|)
Other thermocouples, noble

R and S 0 °C ... 600 °C ±1.5 °C (32 °F ... 1112 °F ±2.7 °F) 0 °C ... 1100 °C ±1 °C (32 °F ... 2012 °F ±1.8 °F)
600 °C ... 1600 °C ±0.0025x|t[°C]| 1100 °C ... 1600 °C ±[1 + 0.003 x(t - 1100)] °C
(1112 °F ... 2912 °F ±0.0025x|t[°F]-32|) (2012 °F ... 2912 °F ±1.8+0.003x(t[°F]-2012))
B 600 °C ... 1700 °C ±0.0025x|t[°C]|
(1112 °F ... 3092 °F ±0.0025x|t[°F]-32|)
SITRANS TS300 Clamp-on Resistance thermometer

Measuring accuracy Typical values as per DIN EN 60751 in water at 0.4 m/s can be
found in the following table.
Reference conditions
• Pipe Pipe 13 x 1.5 mm (0.51 x 0.06 inch) Thermowell form Diameter T0.5 T0.9
made of stainless steel using thermal [mm (inch)]
paste
• Ambient temperature 20 °C (68 °F) Without 6 (0.24) 6 15
• Medium Water 120 °C (248 °F) Straight (2) 9 (0.35) 34 90
• Flow velocity 3 m/s (9.84 ft/s) 12 (0.47) 45 143
Measuring accuracy when using ther- Process-optimized for steam steriliza- Tapered (3) 12 (0.47) 15 31
mal paste tion
Barstock (4) 24 (0.95) 40 100
(The accuracy is dependent on the U/C = 65
geometry of the pipe, the medium and
the ambient conditions. Barstock (4) 24 (0.95) 40 110
TM = Process temperature; U/C = 125
TA = Ambient temperature)
• Class A according to IEC 60751 -40 ... +150 °C (-40 ... 302 °F) Thermocouples
(TA-TM) x 0.02
Typical values as per DIN EN 60751 in water at 0.4 m/s can be
Measuring technology: Response times found in the following table.
Response time describes the speed of the measurement system Thermowell form Diameter T0.5 T0.9
in the case of a temperature change, and is typically indicated [mm (inch)]
as T0.5 or T0.9. The values indicate the time in which a mea- Without 6 (0.24) 2 4
sured value has increased to 50% or 90% of the actual tempera-
Straight (2) 9 (0.35) 20 63
ture increase.
12 (0.47) 19 66
The main variables which affect response time are as follows:
Tapered (3) 12 (0.47) 7 22
• Thermowell geometry, ideal are:
Barstock (4) 24 (0.95) 22 73
- Very little material at the tip U/C = 65
- use of conductive material
Barstock (4) 24 (0.95) 20 53
• Thermal connection of measuring insert to the thermowell: U/C = 125
Because of design changes implemented for the measuring
insert (small gap width, spring system), Siemens measuring
inserts feature very good response behavior. Because of the
good fit, additional contact materials are not usually required
except in certain applications, e.g. attachment of a surface
sensor.
• Size of temperature increase
• Medium and flow rate
2/22 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Measuring technology: Mounting depth Measuring technology: Connection types
Measuring insert For resistance thermometers, the type of sensor connection di-
rectly affects the level of accuracy:
Type Temperature-sensitive Non-bendable length
length (TSL) [mm (inch)] 2-wire connection
[mm (inch)]
Basic 50 (1.97) 30 (1.82)
The resistance of sensor lines are included in the measurement
result as an error. Adjustments are recommended in this case. 2
Increased vibration resis- 50 (1.97) 30 (1.82)
tance
Expanded measuring 50 (1.97) 60 (2.36)
range
Thermocouple 20 (0.79) 5 (0.20)
Pt100
Immersion depth/contact with medium
The "heat transfer error" arises depending on the ambient condi-
tions (temperature/weather/insulation) and the size of the ther-
mowell, process connection and pipe.
Pt100 2-wire connection
To prevent such an error, the immersion depth and diameter of
the thermowell are defined. The temperature-sensitive length 3-wire connection
(TSL) of the thermowell must also be taken into account. The fol-
lowing rule of thumb can be used: Line resistance is not included in the measurement result. Re-
quirements: all terminal and line resistances (corrosion) are at
• Water the same level, and terminals are at the same temperature level.
Immersion depth  TSL + 5 x Ø of thermowell
• Air
Immersion depth  TSL + 10 ... 15 x Ø of thermowell
• Recommendations
- Select largest possible submersion depth
- Select measuring location with higher flow velocity Pt100
- Insulate outer components of thermometer
- Smallest possible surface for outer components
- Insertion in tube bends
- Direct measurement without additional thermowell if no suit-
able solution can be found using other measures Pt100 3-wire connection
4-wire connection
Line resistance is not included in the measurement result. This
type of connection is the most secure and most accurate.
Pt100
Pt100 4-wire connection

Siemens measuring inserts can be used to implement all types
of connections for 1 x Pt100 devices. In the case of 2 x Pt100
versions, 2 and 3-wire connections are also possible. For mea-
surement-related reasons, we always recommend a 1 x 4-wire or
2 x 3-wire connection.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/23

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Temperature influence
At connection head TS500 1)
Without transmitter [°C With suitable transmit-
(°F)] ter [°C (°F)]
2 A heads -50 ... +100

AG0/AH0/AU0/AV0 non- (-58 ... +212)
SIL 2)
-50 ... +80
(-58 ... +176)
Aluminum or stainless -40 ... +100 -40 ... +80

steel (-40 ... +212) (-40 ... +176)
Plastic -40 ... +85 -40 ... +80
(-40 ... +185) (-40 ... +176)
1)
In the case of applications in hazardous areas, observe information in manual.
2)
Check cable gland and transmitter (e.g. not for Han 7, M12).
Special climatic conditions
SITRANS TS100, TS200, TS500 and TSinsert achieve the following classes of application according to IEC 60654-1 for use in tropical
climates:
• C3 for sheltered locations
• D2 for outdoor locations
At connection site cable/plug-in connection TS100/200
The specified measuring range applies to the hot side of the sensor. The maximum permitted temperature at the cold end depends
on the cables and plugs used. <°80°C (176 °F) is considered non-critical.
Influence of extension
The illustration below assists you in selecting the right length for the neck tube. In this case, the following applies: Connection head
temperature = Ambient temperature + Overtemperature. The temperature in the connection head can thus be assessed as follows:
°C (°F)
60 (140)
Overtemperature in head B
50 (122)
40 (104)
30 (86) X = 20 (0.79) (Type 2N)

X = 40 (1.57)
20 (68)
X = 80 (3.15)
10Über- X = 120 (4.72)
X = 165 (6.50)
0
150 (302) 300 (572) 450 (842) 600 (1112) 750 (1382)
°C (°F)
Medium temperature
Extension length X, influence on temperature, dimensions in mm (inch)

Please note that guidance values may change due to local conditions. Please consider these potential changes particularly with re-
spect to explosion protection.
Also note that the accuracy of the transmitter also depends on the temperature in the connection head.
2/24 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
SITRANS TS300 Clamp-on Process load
Design Because of the large variety of possible applications and vari-
ables, it is not possible to make general binding statements re-
Measuring insert • Special measuring insert made of
stainless steel; hygienic design
garding the resilience of components which comes into contact
• Measuring element made of silver, with media. The load diagrams below can be used for common
thermal decoupling through plastic
insert
applications. However, where operating conditions vary signifi-
cantly, please contact our technical support team. 2
Measuring insert screwed into collar
with spring tension. Use thermo-lubri- Load on the thermowell and remedies:
cant (see accessories) prior to
mounting the device. The process itself Correction options
Pipe collar Temperature Material selection

• Material Temperature-resistant, high-perfor- Pressure Thermowell design
mance plastic with integrated insula-
tion system in hygienic design Flow velocity Installation length, thermowell form
• Ambient temperature influence Approx. 0.2%/10 K Viscosity Installation length, thermowell form
Process connection/thermowell Vibration Support against vibration

Corrosiveness Material selection, coating, covering
Process parameters may only allow one specific technology for
the selection of process connections. You also have to observe Abrasion (e.g. carbon dust) Sensing rod, coating
regional, standard-based and customer-specific requirements.
The range of products therefore includes a broad selection of
standard connections.
In the case of redesigned or newly designed facilities, it is pos-
sible to achieve cost savings by implementing various mea-
sures:
• Use of standard lengths through clever selection of screw-in,
weld-in or flange sockets
• Moveable compression fittings
The thermal stability of a material for process connection and
thermowell also limits the application area of the temperature
sensor. The temperature range specified on the type plate al-
ways refers to the measuring insert, not the material which
comes into contact with media. Two aspects must be considered
when assessing temperature stability:
• What maximum temperature may the material reach without a
load?
• What is the behavior under load?
Pressure Equipment Directive
This device is not covered by the Pressure Equipment Directive;
classification as per the Pressure Equipment Directive
(PED 2014/68/EU), Directive 1/40; Section 1, Subsection 2.1.4
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/25

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Load diagrams
bar (psi)
Permissible pressure Pmax
2 250 (3626)
Steam pressure curve
200 (2901)
Form 2/2G/2N/2F Ø9x1 (0.35x0.04)
Material No. 1.4571
150 (2176)
U Speed v
140 (5.51) v W = 3 m/s
100 (1450) 315 (12.40) (9.84 ft/s)
510 (20.08)
50 (725) 140 (5.51) v L = 25 m/s
315 (12.40) (82.02 ft/s)
510 (20.08)
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 °C
(32) (122) (212) (302) (392) (482) (572) (662) (752) (842) (932) (1022) (°F)
Temperature T
Thermowells with diameter of Ø 9 x 1 mm (0.35 x 0.04), dimensions in mm (inch)
bar (psi)
250 (3626)
200 (2901)
Form 2/2G/2N/2F Ø12x2.5 (0.47x0.10)
Material No. 1.4571
150 (2176)
U Speed v
140 (5.51) v W = 3 m/s
100 (1450) 315 (12.40) (9.84 ft/s)
510 (20.08)
50 (725) 140 (5.51) v L = 25 m/s
315 (12.40) (82.02 ft/s)
510 (20.08)
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 °C
(32) (122) (212) (302) (392) (482) (572) (662) (752) (842) (932) (1022) (°F)
Temperature T
Thermowells Ø 12 x 2.5 mm (0.47 x 0.10 inch), dimensions in mm (inch)
2/26 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
bar (psi)
250 (3626)
200 (2901)
2
Steam pressure curve Form 3/3G/3F Ø12x2.5 (0.47x0.10)
Material No. 1.4571
150 (2176)
U Speed v
140 (5.51) v W = 3 m/s
100 (1450) 315 (12.40) (9.84 ft/s)
510 (20.08)
50 (725) 140 (5.51) v L = 25 m/s
315 (12.40) (82.02 ft/s)
510 (20.08)
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 °C
(32) (122) (212) (302) (392) (482) (572) (662) (752) (842) (932) (1022) (°F)
Temperature T
Thermowells Ø 12 x 2.5 mm (0.47 x 0.10 inch), Ø14 x 2.5 mm (0.55 x 0.10 inch), dimensions in mm (inch)
bar (psi)
400 (5802) Form 4/4F Ø24 (0.94); C=65 (2.56)

Material No. 1.4571
350 (5076) U Speed v
140/510 v W = 5 m/s
(5.51/20.08) (16.40 ft/s)
300 (4351) 315 (12.40)
140 (5.51) v L = 40 m/s
250 (3626) 315 (12.40) (131.20 ft/s)
Steam pressure curve 510 (20.08)
200 (2901)
Form 4/4F Ø24 (0.94); C=65 (2.56)
Material No. 1.7335
150 (2176)
U Speed v
140 (5.51) v W = 5 m/s
100 (1450) 315 (12.40) (16.40 ft/s)
510 (20.08)
50 (725) 140 (5.51) v L = 40 m/s
315 (12.40) (131.20 ft/s)
510 (20.08)
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 °C
(32) (122) (212) (302) (392) (482) (572) (662) (752) (842) (932) (1022) (°F)
Temperature T
Thermowells Ø 24 mm (0.95 inch), C= 65 mm (2.60 inch), dimensions in mm (inch
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/27

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
bar (psi)
450 (6527)
2 400 (5802) Form 4/4F Ø18 (0.71); C=65 (2.56)

Material No. 1.4571
350 (5076) U Speed v

140/315 v W = 5 m/s
(5.51/12.40) (16.40 ft/s)
300 (4351) 510 (20.08)
140 (5.51) v L = 40 m/s
250 (3626) 315 (12.40) (131.20 ft/s)
510 (20.08)
200 (2901)
Form 4/4F Ø18 (0.71); C=65 (2.56)
Material No. 1.7335
150 (2176)
U Speed v
140/315 v W = 5 m/s
100 (1450) (5.51/12.40) (16.40 ft/s)
510 (20.08)
50 (725) 140 (5.51) v L = 40 m/s
315 (12.40) (131.20 ft/s)
510 (20.08)
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 °C
(32) (122) (212) (302) (392) (482) (572) (662) (752) (842) (932) (1022) (°F)
Temperature T
Thermowells Ø 18 mm (0.71 inch), C= 65 mm (2.60 inch), dimensions in mm (inch)
bar (psi)
400 (5802) Form 4/4F Ø24 (0.94); C=125 (4.92)

Material No. 1.4571
350 (5076) U Speed v

140/315 v W = 5 m/s
(5.51/12.40) (16.40 ft/s)
300 (4351) 510 (20.08)
140 (5.51) v L = 40 m/s
250 (3626) 315 (12.40) (131.20 ft/s)
Steam pressure curve 510 (20.08)
200 (2901)
Form 4/4F Ø24 (0.94); C=125 (4.92)
Material No. 1.7335
150 (2176)
U Speed v
140/315 v W = 5 m/s
100 (1450) (5.51/12.40) (16.40 ft/s)
510 (20.08)
50 (725) 140 (5.51) v L = 40 m/s
315 (12.40) (131.20 ft/s)
510 (20.08)
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 °C
(32) (122) (212) (302) (392) (482) (572) (662) (752) (842) (932) (1022) (°F)
Temperature T
Thermowells Ø 24 mm (0.95 inch), C= 125 mm (4.92 inch), dimensions in mm (inch)
2/28 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Thermowell calculation
Properly applied load diagrams will provide a sufficient degree Siemens can offer thermowell calculations according to the two
of safety for the thermowell dimensioning of most applications. recognized procedures upon request.
However, there are cases in which operating conditions deviate • Dittrich/Klotter method
too greatly from standard parameters. In this case, a customized • ASME PTC19.3-TW2016 method
thermowell calculation can be displayed. This method also takes into account turbulence formation on 2
Another reason for doing this calculation is the fact that flowing a mathematical level.
media can create turbulence at the tip of the thermowell under Both methods provide a high degree of safety with regard to
certain conditions. The thermowell will then vibrate and may thermowell configuration, however, they do not provide a guar-
even be destroyed if not configured correctly. This is the most antee against failures. A recalculation may be necessary in case
frequent cause of thermowell failure. of changes to the process parameters.
Materials
Material descriptions/Standards comparison Max. temperature Properties Applications
[°C (°F)] (unloaded)
Mat. No.: AISI/Trade name: EN 10028-2: Description
1.4404 or AISI 316 L X2CrNiMo17-12-2 Austenitic stainless 550 (1 022) Good acid resistance, resis- Chemical industry, waste
1.4435 steel tant against grain boundary treatment, paper and cellu-
corrosion lose industry, food industry
1.4571 AISI 316 Ti X6CrNiMoTi1712-2 Austenitic stainless 600 (1 112) Good acid resistance, resis- Chemical industry, textile
steel tant against grain boundary industry, paper and cellulose
corrosion (supported by TI industry, water supply, food
portion) and pharmaceuticals
1.5415 A 204 Gr.A 16Mo3 Carbon steel, high-alloy 500 (932) Resistant at higher tempera- Steam turbines, steam lines,
tures, well suited for welding water pipes
1.7335 A 182 F11 13CrMo4-5 Carbon steel, high-alloy 540 (1 004) Resistant at higher tempera- Steam turbines, steam lines,
tures, well suited for welding water pipes
1.4841 SS 314 X15CrNiSi25-20 Austenitic heat-resistant 1 150 (2 102) Resistant at high tempera- Flue gas, petrochemical
stainless steel tures, also resistant against industry, chemicals industry,
low-O2 gases and gases power plants
containing nitrogen.
1.4762 446 X10CrAl24 Ferritic heat-resistant 1 150 (2 102) Resistant at high tempera- Chemical industry, power
steel tures, in oxidizing and reduc- plants, steel industry, waste
ing sulfur-containing gas treatment
atmosphere
2.4819 Hastelloy C 276 NiMo16Cr15W Nickel-Chrome-Molyb- 1 100 (2 012) Resistant at high tempera- Chemicals industry, paper
denum alloy tures, in oxidizing and reduc- and cellulose industry, waste
ing atmosphere, resistant treatment, waste incinera-
against pitting and crevice tors, emissions controls,
corrosion, good corrosion shipbuilding and offshore
resistance after welding industry
2.4360 Monel 400 NiCu30Fe Nickel-copper alloy 500 (932) Excellent corrosion resis- Chemical industry, offshore
tance, particularly against industry, nuclear technol-
chloride-induced cold crack ogy, petrochemical industry
corrosion
Similar to A105 Carbon steel 400 (752) Steam turbines, steam lines,
1.0305 water pipes
1.4410 Similar to A2507 X2CrNiMoN 22-7-4 Austenitic-ferritic super 300 (572) Excellent resistance espe- Chemical Industry and
duplex steel cially to chloride-related gap petroleum chemistry, seawa-
and pitting corrosion ter desalination plants,
paper pulp industry
1.4462 Similar to AISI 318 X2CrNiMoN22-5-3 Austenitic-ferritic 250 (482) Resistance especially to Chloride contaminated
LN duplex steel chloride-related gap and pit- water, acidic gas conditions,
ting corrosion petrochemicals, marine
technology
Where cost-intensive materials are used with flange thermowells, cost savings can be achieved by using a so-called flanged wheel.
A thin disc of the material which comes into contact with media is applied prior to the flange (ordinary stainless steel).
Materials of sensor tube/measuring insert:
• SITRANS TSInsert, TS100, TS200
- Resistance thermometer Cr-Ni-Mo
- Thermocouple 2.4816/Inconel600
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/29

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Vibration resistance of measuring insert, cable sensor Tests
Similar to the thermowell, the equipment also creates inner (Kar- In addition, statutory, standards-based or operating specifica-
man vortices) and outer vibration inducements which act on the tions also require additional testing. The results are attested in
measuring insert. For this reason, a special assembly of mea- certificates according to EN 10204:
surement elements is required. Other than a few exceptions for • According to EN 10204-2.1, order conformity (C35)
2 cable and compact thermometers, Siemens only produces sen-
sors with a mineral-insulated plastic-sheathed cable. Together
Certificate in which Siemens confirms that the delivered prod-
ucts correspond to the requirements of the order, without
with precautions taken when installing the measuring element, specification of test results. The testing does not have to be
the Siemens basic version already exceeds EN 60751 by more carried out on the delivered devices.
than a factor of 3. Pursuant to the measurement methods of this
standard, the following values are obtained (tip-tip): • According to EN 10204-3.1
Certificate in which Siemens confirms that the delivered prod-
• 10 g: Basic version and expanded measuring range ucts meet the requirements set out in the order, with indication
• 60 g: Increased vibration resistance and thermocouple of the specification of test results. Testing is carried out by an
organization which is independent of production. The inspec-
Bending ability of measuring insert/cable sensor tion certificate 3.1 replaces 3.1.B of the previous edition.
All Siemens SITRANS TSinsert measuring inserts are made with • Material certificate for parts which come into contact with me-
a mineral-insulated plastic-sheathed cable (MIC). The same ap- dia (C12)
plies to a portion of the cable and compact thermometer. In ad- This certificate confirms the properties of the material and
dition to the already described properties, another advantage of warrants traceability up to the melting batch.
the plastic-sheathed cable is its bending ability. This makes it
possible to install these thermometers even in difficult to access • Pressure test (C31)
areas. Ensure that the following minimum bending radius is ob- Hydrostatic pressure test on thermowell. Internal pressure for
served: thread and weld-in, external pressure for flange forms.
• Helium leak test (C32)
Ø MIC [mm] (inch) Rmax = 4x Ø MIC [mm] (inch) This test can be used to detect even the smallest leaks in ther-
3 (0.12) 12 (0.48) mowells and weld seams.
6 (0.24) 24 (0.95) • Dye-penetration-test (C33)
The color penetration method can detect tears and other sur-
Where a smaller bending radius is required due to installation face defects.
conditions, subsequent testing of the insulation resistance is • Comparative test (calibration) (Y33)
recommended. The test object is measured in one temperature direction
The bending ability of the mineral-insulated design allows for against a highly precise thermometer, and the measured val-
economical transport even of large lengths. As of a length of ues of test object and normal object are documented. How-
0.8 m, the sensors can be delivered rolled or bent. If slight ever, calibration requires the measuring insert to be of a cer-
bends have arisen due to mechanical loads during transport or tain minimum length. Measuring inserts can be calibrated
handling, the quality and function of the sensor are not impacted together with the associated transmitter. Calibration values
by this. The bends can easily be straightened. can be stored in the transmitter in order to increase the mea-
suring accuracy of the system.
Electrical stability
• According to EN 10204-3.2
Insulation resistance This type of acceptance certificate can be prepared on re-
quest, together with an acceptance representative of the or-
The insulation resistance between each measuring circuit and dering party or a representative indicated by official require-
the fitting is tested at a voltage of 500 V DC at room temperature. ments (e.g. TÜV). It confirms that the delivered products meet
Riso  100 M the requirements set out in the order; it also contains the test
results.
Due to the property of the mineral-insulated cable, the insulation
resistance decreases as temperature increases. Because of the • Welding documentation
special production method, it is however possible to achieve documentation such as WPS and PQR are available on our
very good values even at high temperatures. website.
Wire resistance
For 2-wire connections, the wire resistance is considered in the
measurement result. The following rule of thumb can be used:
•  Measuring insert 3 mm (0.12 inch) 5 /m or 12.8 °C (55.04 °F)
•  Measuring insert 6 mm (0.24 in) 2.8 /m or 7.1 °C (44.78 °F)
Therefore, a 3 or 4-wire connection is urgently recommended.
2/30 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Approvals
Due to the variety of requirements, all flameproof versions, as well as those complying with CSA and FM are supplied without cable
glands. The Ex markings can be found in the current manual A5E03920348, section "Certificates and approvals".
Designator Additional
information
Region Standard Type of protection For Zone For Division 2
TSinsert E00 EU/AU/NZ CE/RCM Without Ex protection -
TS100 E17 US/CA cCSAus -
TS200 E54 CN -
E80 EAC TR -
E01 EU/AU/NZ ATEX, IECEx Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS" 0…2/20…22 -
E18 US/CA cCSAus 0…2/20…22 1/2
E55 CN NEPSI 0…2/20…22 -
E81 EAC EACEx 0…2/20…22 -
TS500 E00 EU/AU/NZ CE/RCM Without Ex protection -
E10 US/CA cFMus -
E17 US/CA cCSAus -
E54 CN -
E80 EAC TR -
E01 EU/AU/NZ ATEX, IECEx Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS" 0*…2/20*…22 -
E18 US/CA cCSAus 0*…2/20*…22 1/2
E55 CN NEPSI 0*…2/20*…22 -
E81 EAC EACEx 0*…2/20*…22 -
E03 EU/AU/NZ ATEX, IECEx Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP" 0*…2/20*…22 -
dust protection through enclosure "t"/"DIP"
E13 US/CA cFMus only with connection heads code AG0, AH0, 1/21 1/2 (aluminum
(7MC750, AU0, AV0 head)
NPT only)
E14 (metric) US/CA cFMus 1/21 1/2 (aluminum
head)
E20 (NPT) US/CA cCSAus 0*…2/20*…22 1/2
E21 (metric) US CSAus 0*…2/20*…22 -
E56 CN NEPSI 0*…2/20*…22 -
E82 EAC EACEx 0*…2/20*…22 -
E04 EU/AU/NZ ATEX, IECEx Non-sparking "ec" 2 -
E16 US/CA cFMus 2 -
E23 US/CA cCSAus Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" 2 2
E57 CN NEPSI 2 -
E83 EAC EACEx 2 -
AU = Australia; CA = Canada; CN = China; EAC = Eurasian Customs Union; EU = Europe; US = USA
* Zone 0 to process connection, outside Zone 1

Marine approvals
Designator Additional Approval
information
TSinsert D01 Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd (DNV GL)
TS100
TS200
TS500
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/31

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
■ Circuit diagrams
Resistance thermometer connection If a head transmitter is not installed, the sensor supply cable
consists of the appropriate extension or compensating cable.
SITRANS TSinsert measuring inserts are, unless otherwise men- The thermo line is made from the thermocouple material of the
tioned, designed as single Pt100 measuring inserts with a 4-wire relevant thermocouple, while the compensating cable uses a
2 connection. This makes it possible to implement all of the afore-
mentioned connection types.
cost-effective substitute material. The electrical behavior of the
compensating cable is similar to that of the thermo line within a
Double Pt100 measuring inserts (only possible with 6 mm out- limited temperature range of up to 200 °C.
side diameter) are designed as 3-wire connection. A wide spectrum of color coding exists for thermocouples on an
international level. This must be taken into account during the
1 x Pt100 2 x Pt100 connecting process.
Coun- International/ North America UK/Czech Republic
Red Red Black
try Germany
2-wire connection
Red Red Black Stan- Not intrinsically safe1) Compensating BS 1843

dard cable2)
Jacket + - Jacket + - Jacket + -
White N PN PN WH OG OG RD OG OG BU
K GN GN WH YE YE RD RD BR BU
White White Yellow
J BK BK WH BK WH RD BK YE BU
T BR BR WH BU BU RD BU WH BU
Red Red Black
E VT VT WH VT VT RD BR BR BU
3-wire connection
Red Red Black R+S OG OG WH BK RD GN WH BU

B GY GY WH GY GY RD - - -
1)
For intrinsically safe cable as per IEC 584-3, the jacket is always blue.
White 2)
With thermo lines as per ANSI MC96, the jacket is always blue.
White White Yellow Coun- Netherlands Japan France
try
Red Stan- DIN 43714 ISC 1610-198 NF C42-323

dard
4-wire connection
Red Jacket + - Jacket + - Jacket + -

N - - - - - - - - -
K GN RD GN BU RD WH VT VT YE
White
J BU RD BU YE RD WH BK BK YE
White T BR RD BR BR RD WH BU BU YE
E BK RD BK VT RD WH OG OG YE
Circuit diagrams 1 x Pt100-2W to 2 x Pt100-4W R+S WH RD WH BK RD WH GN GN YE
Thermocouple connection B GY RD GY GY RD WH - - -
Abbreviation for colors

1 thermocouple 2 thermocouples
BK: black BR: brown BU: blue GD: gold GN: green
+ + +
GY: gray OG: Orange PN: pink RD: red SR: silver
TQ: turquoise VT: Violet WH: white YE: yellow
- - -
Type + -
J Black White
K Green White
N Pink White
E Purple White
T Brown White
Circuit diagram for thermocouple

If thermocouples are used, the use of head transmitters offers
particular advantages: The reference junction is already inte-
grated in the universal transmitter. There is no need for expen-
sive extension or compensating cables. This also removes a
number of possible error sources. The weak millivolt signal of the
thermocouple is already converted into a stable and tempera-
ture-linear DC or bus signal on site. This drastically reduces the
effects of electromagnetic factors on the measurement result.
2/32 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Device plugs Transmitter connection
In some cases, sensors are not connected directly but using device If SITRANS TH transmitters are used in the connection head of
plugs. The connection is made according to the figures below. the temperature sensor, connection takes place according to the
following pattern:
Lemo 1S coupling (SITRANS TS100/TS200)
SITRANS TH100/TH200/TH300
Hole 1x Thermocouple
2 1
2x Thermocouple
2
1
1 2 2 3 1 4 3 6
2 3 + - 6
3 4 5
- + 4 - + - +
Pin
4 5
1x PT100 2x PT100
4-wire connection 2 3-wire connection
2 1 3 1
1 2 3 4 3 2 4 6 5 1
3 4 4 6
White Red 5 Red White Black Yellow
Resistance thermometer
M12 device plug for single sensors
(SITRANS TS100/TS200/TS500)
3 6
3 6
4 5+ -
1x Thermocouple 2x Thermocouple
2 4 5
3
4 1 4 1 2 3
4
1 + -
- + - + - +
Transmitters TH: Thermocouples

1x PT100 flying leads
4-wire connection SITRANS TH400
2 + -
3
1 2 3 4 1 3
1
4
Red White Red White
3 6
3 6
4 5+ -
M12 device plug for single sensors (SITRANS TS300) 4 5
Transmitters TH: + -
1x PT100 flying leads
3-wire connection
2 + -
3 SITRANS TS500 TH transmitter display
1 3 4 1 3
1
4
Red White Red White
1
2
Power entry 3 To measuring insert
M12 device plug for dual sensors (SITRANS TS100) 4
Display TH transmitter
2x PT100
3-wire connection
4 3
5
2 In addition, our transmitters also allow for a large number of
8
6 1 6 7 1 2 3 4 other possible connections (e.g. difference, mean value, 2 sen-
7
Red White Black Yellow sors). More information can be obtained at:
http://www.siemens.com/temperature
Han 7D device plug (SITRANS TS500)
1x Thermocouple 2x Thermocouple
7
8 6
3 4 3 4 7 8
2 1 5
3 4 - + - + - +
Transmitters TH:
1x PT100 2x PT100 flying leads
4-wire connection 3-wire connection
+ -
1 3 2 4 1 3 2 5 7 6 1 2
Red White Red White Black Yellow Red White
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/33

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Detailed product overview
■ Overview
Type TSinsert TS100 TS200
Description Measuring inserts Temperature sensors in cable version Temperature sensors in compact version
Application Replaceable Universal use Universal use
2 Version Mineral-insulated version Mineral-insulated version Mineral-insulated version
Type As European or For unfavorable space conditions For unfavorable space conditions
American type
Image
Catalog page 2/100 2/41 2/44

Article No. 7MC70* 7MC711* 7MC72*
Material, in contact with Cr-Ni-Mo(RTD); 2.4816(TC) 1.4404(RTD); 2.4816(TC) 1.4404(RTD); 2.4816(TC)
media (Cr-Ni-Mo; Inconnel600) (316L; Inconnel600) (316L; Inconnel600)
Thermowell forms Order separately Without/with separate thermowell Without/with separate thermowell
Process connections - • Compression fittings • Compression fittings
• Surface connection piece for installation on • Surface connection piece for installation on
flat surfaces/tubes flat surfaces/tubes
• Soldering nipple: • Soldering nipple:
- G ¼, G ½ - G ¼, G ½
- ½ NPT - ½ NPT
- M8x1, M18x1.5 - M8x1, M18x1.5
• Surface connection piece for installation on • Surface connection piece for installation on
flat surfaces/tubes flat surfaces/tubes
Sensor elements Pt100 + thermocouples Pt100 + thermocouples Pt100 + thermocouples
Sensor connection • 1x4 wire • 1x4 wire • 1x4 wire
• 2x3 wire • 2x3 wire • 2x3 wire
Sensor accuracy • Class AA • Class AA • Class AA
• Class A • Class A • Class A
• Class B • Class B • Class B
• Class 1 • Class 1 • Class 1
Connection heads Type B (Type A pressure resistant) • Cable, optional with misc. plugs • Flying leads
• Misc. plugs
Explosion protection Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS" Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS" Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"
(EU, CN, EAC, AU, NZ,
US, CA)
Output signal Sensor signal: Sensor signal Sensor signal
• 4 ... 20 mA (TH100/TH200)
• HART (TH300)
• PA (TH400)
• FF (TH400)
Application Spare parts • Mechanical engineering • Mechanical engineering
• Storage temperature • Storage temperature
• Surfaces • Surfaces
Limit temperatures1) • Pt100 basic: • Pt100 basic: • Pt100 basic:
-50 ... +400 °C (-58 ... +752 °F) -50 ... +400 °C (-58 ... +752 °F) -50 ... +400 °C (-58 ... +752 °F)
• Pt100 expanded measuring range: • Pt100 expanded measuring range: • Pt100 expanded measuring range:
-196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1112 °F) -196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1112 °F) -196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1112 °F)
• Thermocouple: • Thermocouple: • Thermocouple:
-40 ... +1100 °C -40 ... +1100 °C -40 ... +1100 °C
(-40 ... +2012 °F) (type-dependent) (-40 ... +2012 °F) (type-dependent) (-40 ... +2012 °F) (type-dependent)
Max. nominal pres- - Compression fitting max. 10 bar (145 psi) Compression fitting max. 10 bar (145 psi)
sure1)(static pressure at Compression fitting: PTFE seal, temperature Compression fitting: PTFE seal, temperature
20 °C) min./max. -20 ... +150 °C (-4 ... +302 °F) min./max. -20 ... +150 °C (-4 ... +302 °F)
Min. response time t0.5 2 ... 6 s 2 ... 6 s 2 ... 6 s
Degree of protection IP54 See drawing page 2/10 See drawing page 2/10
1)
Load combinations (temperature, flow, vibration, pressure) can at times significantly restrict these values. Further temperature limits result, for example, from
thermowell materials with lower thresholds [ (e.g. 1.4571 pressure resilient, 450 .... 550 °C (842 ... 1022 °F), limit temperature 800 °C (1472 °F)].
2/34 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Type TS300 Modular TS300 Clamp-on
Description Temperature sensors for food, pharmaceuticals and bio- Temperature sensors for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnol-
technology ogy
Application Measurements submersed in medium (pipes and vessels) Clamp-on measurement of tube surface temperature
Version Thermowell similar to DIN 43772, type 2F and tapered Thermowell similar to DIN 43772, type 2F and tapered design
design 2
Type
Image
Catalog page 2/47 2/51

Article No. 7MC8005* 7MC8016
Material, in contact with media 1.4404 or 1.4435 (316L) 1.4404 or 1.4435 (316L)
Thermowell forms Similar to 2F Similar to 2F
Process connections DIN 11851, clamp-on connection Clamp-on connections suitable for the following tube diameters:
(Triclamp/ISO 2852/DIN 32676), Varivent, Ingold socket • Collar 4 ...57 mm (0.16 ... 2.24 inch)
(Fermenter connection), Neumo Biocontrol, spherical weld- • Tensioning hook 6 ...50.8 mm (0.24 ... 2.00 inch)
in sleeve • Tensioning band 50 ... 200 mm (1.97 ... 7.87 inch)
Seals are not included in the scope of delivery
Sensor elements Pt100 Pt100
Sensor connection • 1x4 wire • 1x3 wire
• 2x3 wire
Sensor accuracy • Class A • Class A
• Process-optimized design
Connection heads Type B Type B
Explosion protection - -
(EU, CN, EAC, AU, NZ, US, CA)
Output signal Sensor signal: Sensor signal:
• 4 ... 20 mA (TH100/TH200) • 4 ... 20 mA TH100slim
• HART (TH300) • HART (TH300)
• PA (TH400) • PA (TH400)
• FF (TH400) • FF (TH400)
Application Surface roughness: Surface roughness:
Standard applications Standard applications
Ra < 1.5 m (5.9 10-5 inch) Ra < 1.5 m (5.9 10-5 inch)
Limit temperatures1) -20 to +400 °C (-4 to +752 °F) -40 ... +150 °C (-40 ... +302 °F)
Max. nominal pressure1) 0 ... 150 (0 ... 5.91) 50 bar No pressure load due to clamp-on principle
(static pressure at 20 °C)
150 ... 300 (5.91 ... 11.81) 40 bar
Min. response time t0.5 20 ... 34 s 4s
(see "Reference conditions SITRANS TS300 Clamp-on", page 2/22)
Degree of protection IP54 ... IP68 depending on connection head, see page 2/18 IP65 for pipe collar, IP67 for electrical connection
1) Load combinations (temperature, flow, vibration, pressure) can at times significantly restrict these values. Further temperature limits result, for example, from
thermowell materials with lower thresholds (e.g. 1.4571 pressure resilient, 450 .... 550 °C (842 ... 1022 °F), limit temperature 800 °C (1472 °F)).
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/35

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Type TS500 for installation TS500 Type 2 TS500 Type 2N
Description Temperature sensors for the process Temperature sensors for the process indus- Temperature sensors for the process indus-
industry (pipes and vessels) try (pipes and vessels) try (pipes and vessels)
Application Temperature sensors for installation in Tubular thermowell for low to medium stress Tubular thermowell for low to medium stress
existing thermowells
2 Version Suitable for thermowells according to Thermowell according to DIN 43772, type 2, Thermowell type 2N similar to DIN 43772,
DIN 43772 as well as ASME B40.9-2001 without process connection screwed design
Type With extension • Without extension, plug-in Without extension
• European type • Use with moveable compression fittings
• American type
Image
Catalog page 2/94 2/55 2/60

Article No. Nr. 7MC750* 7MC751*-0*(A/B)**-0*** 7MC751*-1****-0***
Material, None: Measuring insert made of 1.4571, 1.4404 or 1.4435; 1.4571 (316L; 316TI) 1.4404 or 1.4435; 1.4571 (316L; 316TI)
in contact with media 1.4404 or 1.4435 (RTD); 2.4816 (TC)
(316L; Inconnel600)
Thermowell forms Order separately Form 2 Form 2N (similar to Form 2)
Process connections Connection to the thermowell: Compression fittings •G½
• M14x1.5 •G½ • ½ NPT
• M18x1.5 • ½ NPT
•G½ For welding
• ½ NPT
Installation length • 110 mm (4.33 inch) Variable • 100 mm (3.94 inch)
• 140 mm (5.51 inch) • 160 mm (6.30 inch)
• 200 mm (7.87 inch) • 230 mm (9.06 inch)
• 260 mm (10.24 inch) • 360 mm (14.17 inch)
• 410 mm (16.14 inch) • 510 mm (20.08 inch)
Neck tube length According to DIN 43772 According to DIN 43772 Non-adjustable X=20 mm (0.79 inch)
Connection heads Type B (Type A pressure resistant) Type B (Type A pressure resistant) Type B (Type A pressure resistant)
Explosion protection • Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS" • Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS" • Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"
(EU, CN, EAC, AU, NZ, • Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP" • Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP" • Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP"
US, CA) • Non-sparking "ec"/"nA"/"NI" • Non-sparking "ec"/"nA"/"NI" • Non-sparking "ec"/"nA"/"NI"
Output signal Sensor signal: Sensor signal: Sensor signal:
• 4 ... 20 mA (TH100/TH200) • 4 ... 20 mA (TH100/TH200) • 4 ... 20 mA (TH100/TH200)
• HART (TH300) • HART (TH300) • HART (TH300)
• PA (TH400) • PA (TH400) • PA (TH400)
• FF (TH400) • FF (TH400) • FF (TH400)
Application Pipes and vessels Pipes and vessels Pipes and vessels
1)
Limit temperatures • Pt100 basic: • Pt100 basic: • Pt100 basic:
-50 ... +400 °C (-58 ... +752 °F) -50 ... +400 °C (-58 ... +752 °F) -50 ... +400 °C (-58 ... +752 °F)
-196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1112 °F) -196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1112 °F) -196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1112 °F)
-40 ... +1100 °C -40 ... +1100 °C -40 ... +1100 °C
Max. nominal See thermowell Tube Ø 9 (0.35): Tube Ø 9 (0.35):
pressure1) • 0 ... 150 (0 ... 5.91) 50 bar • 0 ... 150 (0 ... 5.91) 50 bar
(static pressure at 20°C) • 150 ... 300 (5.91 ... 11.81) 40 bar • 150 ... 300 (5.91 ... 11.81) 40 bar
dimensions in • Compression fitting 5 bar
mm (inch)
Tube Ø 12 mm (0.47 inch):
• 0 ... 150 (0 ... 5.91) 75 bar
• 150 ... 300 (5.91 ... 11.81) 60 bar
• Compression fitting 5 bar
Compression fitting: PTFE seal,
temperature min./max.
-20 ... +150 °C (-4 ... +302 °F)
Min. response time t0.5 See thermowell 20 … 45 s 20 … 34 s
Degree of protection IP54 ... IP68 depending on connection IP54 ... IP68 depending on connection IP54 ... IP68 depending on connection
head, see page 2/18 head, see page 2/18 head, see page 2/18
1)
2/36 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Type TS500 Type 2G TS500 Type 2F TS500 Type 3
Description Temperature sensors for the process indus- Temperature sensors for the process indus- Temperature sensors for the process indus-
try (pipes and vessels) try (pipes and vessels) try (pipes and vessels)
Faster response than Form 2
Application Tubular thermowell for low to medium stress Tubular thermowell for low to medium stress Tubular thermowell for low to medium stress
Version Thermowell according to DIN 43772,
type 2G, screwed design
Thermowell according to DIN 43722,
type 2F with flange
Thermowell according to DIN 43722, type 3
without process connection, improved
2
response time
Type With extension With extension • Without extension, plug-in
• Use with moveable compression fittings
Image

Article No. 7MC751*-1*(A/B)**-1*** 7MC751*-2*(A/B)**-1*** 7MC751*-0*K**-0***
Material, in contact 1.4404 or 1.4435; 1.4571 (316L; 316TI) 1.4404 or 1.4435; 1.4571 (316L; 316TI) 1.4404 or 1.4435; 1.4571 (316L; 316TI)
with media
Thermowell forms Form 2G Form 2F Form 3
Process connections Screw-in thread welded on: Welded flange Compression fittings
•G1 • DN 25, PN10 ... 40 •G½
•G½ • 1RF150 • ½ NPT
• ½ NPT • 1.5RF150 For welding
• 1.5RF300
Installation length • 160 mm (6.30 inch) • 225 mm (8.86 inch) • 225 mm (8.86 inch)
• 250 mm (9.84 inch) • 315 mm (12.40 inch) • 315 mm (12.40 inch)
• 400 mm (15.75 inch) • 465 mm (18.31 inch) • 465 mm (18.31 inch)
Neck tube length According to DIN 43772 According to DIN 43772 According to DIN 43772
US, CA) • Non-sparking "ec"/"nA"/"NI" • Non-sparking "ec"/"nA"/"NI" • Non-sparking "ec"/"nA"/"NI"
• PA (TH400) • PA (TH400) • PA (TH400)
• FF (TH400) • FF (TH400) • FF (TH400)
-50 ... +400 °C (-58 ... +752 °F) -50 ... +400 °C (-58 ... +752 °F) -50 ... +400 °C (-58 ... +752 °F)
-196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1112 °F) -196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1112 °F) -196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1112 °F)
-40 ... +1100 °C -40 ... +1100 °C -40 ... +1100 °C
Max. nominal Tube Ø 9 (0.35): Tube Ø 9 (0.35): Tube Ø 12 (0.47):
pressure1) • 0 ... 150 (0 ... 5.91) 50 bar • 0 ... 150 (0 ... 5.91) 50 bar • 0 ... 200 (0 ... 7.87) 75 bar
(static pressure at • 150 ... 300 (5.91 ... 11.81) 40 bar • 150 ... 300 (5.91 ... 11.81) 40 bar • 200 ... 300 (7.87 ... 11.81) 60 bar
20°C) • Compression fitting 5 bar • Compression fitting 5 bar 5 bar
dimensions in Compression fitting: PTFE seal,
mm (inch) Tube Ø 12 (0.47): Tube Ø 12 (0.47): temperature min./max.
• 0 ... 150 (0 ... 5.91) 75 bar • 0 ... 150 (0 ... 5.91) 75 bar -20 ... +150 °C (-4 ... +302 °F)
• 150 ... 300 (5.91 ... 11.81) 60 bar • 150 ... 300 (5.91 ... 11.81) 60 bar
Note limit by PN of flange
Min. response time t0.5 20 … 34 s 20 … 34 s 7 … 15 s
Degree of protection IP54 ... IP68 depending on connection IP54 ... IP68 depending on connection IP54 ... IP68 depending on connection
head, see page 2/18 head, see page 2/18 head, see page 2/18
1)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/37

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Type TS500 Type 3G TS500 Type 3F TS500 Type 4/4F
Description Temperature sensors for the process Temperature sensors for the process Temperature sensors for the process industry
industry (pipes and vessels) industry (pipes and vessels) (pipes and vessels)
Faster response than Form 2 Faster response than Form 2 Fast-response version available
Application Tubular thermowell for low to medium stress Tubular thermowell for low to medium stress Barstock thermow. for medium to extreme stress
2 Version Thermowell according to DIN 43772,

type 3G, screwed design
Thermowell according to DIN 43772,
type 3F with flange
Thermowell according to DIN 43772:
• Type 4 for welding
• Type 4F with flange
Type With extension With extension With extension
Image

Article No. 7MC751*-1*K**-1*** 7MC751*-2*K**-1*** 7MC752*
Material, in contact 1.4404 or 1.4435; 1.4571 (316L; 316TI) 1.4404 or 1.4435; 1.4571 (316L; 316TI) Form 4F:
with media 1.4404 or 1.4435; 1.4571 (316L; 316TI)
Form 4 additionally:
1.7335; 1.5415 (A 182 F11; A 204 Size A)
Thermowell forms Form 3G Form 3F • Form 4
• Form 4F
Process connections Screw-in thread welded on: Welded flange Form 4 for welding,
•G1 • DN 25, PN10 ... 40 Form 4F with flange:
•G½ • 1RF150 • DN 25, PN10 ... 40
• ½ NPT • 1.5RF150 • 1RF150
• 1.5RF300 • 1RF300
• 1.5RF150
• 1.5RF300
Installation length • 160 mm (6.30 inch) • 225 mm (8.86 inch) Form 4F: as per customer specification
• 220 mm (8.66 inch) • 285 mm (11.22 inch) Form 4:
• 280 mm (11.02 inch) • 345 mm (13.58 inch) • 110 mm (4.33 inch) quick
• 140 mm (5.51 inch) quick/normal
• 200 mm (7.87 inch) quick/normal
• 260 mm (10.23 inch) normal
Neck tube length According to DIN 43772 According to DIN 43772 According to DIN 43772
US, CA) • Dust protection by enclosure "t"/"DIP" • Non-sparking "ec"/"nA"/"NI" • Non-sparking "ec"/"nA"/"NI"
• Non-sparking "ec"/"nA"/"NI"
• PA (TH400) • PA (TH400) • PA (TH400)
• FF (TH400) • FF (TH400) • FF (TH400)
-50 ... +400 °C (-58 ... +752 °F) -50 ... +400 °C (-58 ... +752 °F) -50 ... +400 °C (-58 ... +752 °F)
-196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1112 °F) -196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1112 °F) -196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1112 °F)
-40 ... +1100 °C -40 ... +1100 °C -40 ... +1100 °C
Max. nominal Tube Ø 12 (0.47): Tube Ø 12 (0.47): Mat. (1.4404; 1.4571):
pressure1) • 0 ... 200 (0 … 7.87) 75 bar • 0 ... 200 (0 … 7.87) 75 bar • 65 (2.56) 450 bar
(static pressure at • 200 ... 300 (7.87 … 11.81) 60 bar • 200 ... 300 (7.87 … 11.81) 60 bar • 125 (4.92) 350 bar
20°C) Note restriction imposed by PN of Mat. (1.7335; 1.5415):
dimensions in the flange • 65 (2.56) 500 bar
mm (inch) • 125 (4.92) 400 bar
Form 4F: Note restriction imposed by
PN of the flange
Min. response time t0.5 7 … 15 s 7 … 15 s  24 mm (0.95 inch): 20 … 45 s
Degree of protection IP54 ... IP68 depending on connection IP54 ... IP68 depending on connection IP54 ... IP68 depending on connection head,
head, see page 2/18 head, see page 2/18 see page 2/18
1)
2/38 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Type TS Thermowell TS Thermowell TS Thermowell TS Thermowell TS Thermowell
7MT14... 7MT2.. 7MT3.. 7MT4.. 7MT5..
Description Thermowells for the process industry
Application Barstock thermowell for medium to extreme stress
Version Thermowell according to Thermowell according to ASME B40.9
DIN 43772 2
Type With flange connection or Screwed design For welding With flange connection Van Stone version
for welding in
Image
Catalog page 2/104 2/107 2/107 2/108 2/108

Article No. 7MT14 7MT21 (straight) 7MT31 (straight) 7MT41 (straight) 7MT51 (straight)
7MT22 (reduced) 7MT32 (reduced) 7MT42 (reduced) 7MT52 (reduced)
7MT23 (tapered) 7MT33 (tapered) 7MT43 (tapered) 7MT53 (tapered)
Material, • 316Ti/1.4571 • 316L/1.4404 • 316L/1.4404 • 316L/1.4404 • 316L/1.4404
in contact with media • 316L/1.4404 • Carbon steel • Carbon steel • Carbon steel • Hastelloy C276/2.4819
• Hastelloy C276/2.4819 • 304L/1.4306 • 304L/1.4306 • Hastelloy C276/2.4819 • Hastelloy C22/2.4602
• 1.5415 Heat-resistant • 321/1.4541 • 321/1.4541 • Hastelloy C22/2.4602 • 304L/1.4306
• 1.7335 Heat-resistant • 304L/1.4306 • 321/1.4541
• PTFE coating (thermo- • 321/1.4541 • Monel alloy 400/2.4360
well made of 316/TI/L) • Monel alloy 400/2.4360 • Duplex/1.4462
• ECTFE (HALAR) • Tantalum • Super duplex
(thermowell made of (barrel, thermowell • Tantalum coating on 316
316/TI/L) made of 316/TI/L) • PTFE coating (thermow-
• Stellite coating • Duplex/1.4462 ell made of 316/TI/L)
(thermowell made of • Super duplex • ECTFE (HALAR)
316/TI/L) • PTFE coating (thermow- (thermowell made of
ell made of 316/TI/L 316/TI/L)
• ECTFE (HALAR) (ther- • Stellite coating
mowell made of (thermowell made of
316/TI/L) 316/TI/L)
• Stellite coating (ther-
mowell made of
316/TI/L)
Thermowell forms Straight/tapered Straight
Reduced (staggered)
Tapered
Process connections • Without • M20x1.5 • 26.7 mm • EN 1092-1: DN 25, 40, • 33.4 mm/51 mm
(for direct welding) • M27x2.0 • 33.4 mm 50/PN 10-16, 25-40 • 48.3 mm/73 mm
• Flange connection • M33x2.0 • 48.3 mm • ASME B16.5: • 60.3 mm/92 mm
• EN 1092-1: DN 40, • ½-14 NPT 1", 1.5", 2", 3", 4"/ + collar flanges
50/PN 10-16, 25-40 • ¾ NPT Class 150, 300, 600 ASME B16.5:
• ASME B16.5: 1.5" • 1 NPT 1", 1.5", 2"/
2"/Class 150, 300, 600 • G½ Class 150, 300, 600
• G¾
• G1
• R½
• R¾
• R1
Installation length Standard lengths and free configuration
Extension length Standard lengths and free configuration
Explosion protection Not Ex-relevant, but offers zone separation when wall thickness of 1 mm for anti-corrosive materials, or otherwise 3 mm is observed.
Not for coated versions.
Application Pipes and vessels
Limit temperatures Material-dependent
Max. static pressure Material-dependent
Min. response time 20 s … several minutes
Degree of protection When installed correctly, IP68 is achieved between extension and thermowell
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/39

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Ordering examples
■ More information
Ordering examples for SITRANS TS100/200 Ordering examples for SITRANS TS500
Required properties Ordering data Required properties Ordering data
2 SITRANS TS100
Sensor diameter
7MC7111
6
SITRANS TS500
Material
7MC751
1
Standard length 200 mm (sensor length range C Process connection 1E
101 ... 250 mm)
Thermowell form A
Sensor A1
Installation length U standard 250 mm (installation 12
Flying leads 1 length customer specific 220 mm)
Enclosed clamp connection A41 Extension X customer-specific 9
PVC cable, 10 m J10 Header C
TAG plate Y15: TTSA5458 Sensor A
Non-Ex requirements -Z E00 Number/precision of sensors 1
Complete article number Extension X customer-specific N2D

Installation length U customer-specific Y44: 220 mm
7MC7111-6CA11-Z A41+J10+Y15
Y15: TTSA5458 Extension length X customer-specific Y45: 200 mm
3-point factory calibration Y33: 0° C
Required properties Ordering data
Y33: 50 °C
SITRANS TS100 7MC7111 Y33: 150 °C
Sensor diameter 6 Non-Ex requirements -Z E00
Standard length 200 mm (sensor length range C
101 ... 250 mm) Complete article number
Sensor A1 7MC7511-1EA12-9CA1-Z N2D+Y44+Y45 +Y33+Y33+Y33
Flying leads 1 Y44: 220 mm
Y45: 200 mm
Enclosed clamp connection A41 Y33: 0 °C
PVC cable, 10 m J10 Y33: 50 °C
TAG plate Y15: TTSA5458 Y33: 150 °C
Customer-specific length 211 mm Y44: 211 mm
Non-Ex requirements -Z E00
Complete article number

7MC7111-6CA11-Z A41+J10+Y15+Y44
Y15: TTSA5458
Y44: 211 mm
2/40 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
SITRANS TS100
Cable version, mineral-insulated
Design of connection side
(3.54)
LC90
Flying leads, IP00, dimensions in mm (inch)
Ø12
(0.47)
(1.57)
40
(3.54)
90
(0.40)
10
Coupling LEMO 1S, IP50, dimensions in mm (inch)
M12x1
B = U + 10 (0.40)
60 (2.36)
Ø19
(0.75)
U
NBL
TSL
M12 device plug, IP54, dimensions in +mm (inch)
Ød

(1.97)
50

LC Cable length
NBL Non-bending length
TSL Temperature-sensitive length
U Insertion length 25,4
(1.0)
SITRANS TS100, temperature sensors in cable version, universal use,
mineral-insulated version, for unfavorable space conditions, IP54 at sen- Thermocouple plug, IP20, dimensions in mm (inch)
sor/cable transition, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/41

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
SITRANS TS100
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Order code
SITRANS TS100 7MC7111- Further designs
Temperature sensors in cable version, uni- 77777 Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
versal use, mineral-insulated version, for
unfavorable space conditions Customer-specific length of sensor element B, Y44
effective length U = B-10
2 Click on the Article No. for the online confi-
Select range, enter desired length in plain text
Sensor diameter Options
6 mm (0.24 inch) 6
Add "-Z" to Article No., add options, separate extensions
Length of sensor element B, effective with "+".
length U = B-10; see dimensional drawings
page 2/41 Connection cable, type and length
200 mm (7.87 inch) C Cable type = 1st letter,
500 mm (19.68 inch) D Length 1 ... 99 m (3.28 ... 324.80 ft) = 2nd + 3rd
750 mm (29.53 inch) E place
e.g.: 34 m (111.55 ft) connection cable PVC
Customer-specific length of sensor ele- (PVC code is J34)
ment B, effective length U = B-10; see with X meters connection cable (JJ) PVC/PVC, J01 ... J99
dimensional drawings page 2/41 Operating temperature (-10...+105°C) (14 ... 221 °F)
enter customer specific length with Y44, with X meters connection cable (SLFP) S01 ... S99
see Order codes below Silicone/Fluorpolymer, operating temperature
70 ... 100 mm (2.76 ... 3.94 inch) B -50 ... +180 °C (-58 ... +356 °F)
Initial: 100 mm (3.94 inch) with X meters connection cable (TGLV) PTFE/glass L01 ... L99
101 ... 250 mm (3.98 ... 9.84 inch) C fiber/reinforced with stainless steel), Operating tem-
Initial: 200 mm (7.87 inch) perature (-100...+205°C (148 ... 401°F))
251 ... 500 mm (9.88 ... 19.68 inch) D
1) Pt1000 versions are also available. To find these, please switch to Online
Initial: 500 mm (19.68 inch)
501 ... 750 mm (19.72 ... 29.53 inch) E Configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal: www.siemens.com/pia-portal
751 ... 1 000 mm (19.72 ... 39.37 inch) F Additional configurations on page after next page!
Initial: 1 000 mm (39.37 inch) You find ordering examples on page 2/40.
1 001 ... 1500 mm (39.4 ... 59.00 inch) G
Initial: 1 500 mm (59.00 inch)
Special length: < 70 mm (2.76 inch) or X
> 1500 mm (59.00 inch)
Sensor1)
Please note: The accuracy class range can
be lower than the measuring range. For more
information, see page 2/21
Pt100, basis, -50 ... +400 °C A
(-58 ... +752 °F)
Pt100, vibration-resitant, -50 ... +400 °C B
(-58 ... +752 °F)
Pt100, expanded range, C
-196 ... +600 °C (-320.8 ... +1 112 °F)
Thermocouple Type K, -40 ... +1 000 °C K
(-40 .... +1 832 °F)
Thermocouple Type J, J
-40 ... +750 °C (-40 ... +1 382 °F)
Sensor number/Accuracy
Pt 100 connection: 1 x 4-wire connection or
2 x 3-wire connection, see "Measuring tech-
nology: connection types", page 2/23
Single, basic accuracy 1
(Class 2/Class B)
Single, increased accuracy 2
(Class 1/Class A)
Single, highest accuracy 3
(Class AA)
Double, basic accuracy 4
(Class 2/Class B)
Double, increased accuracy 5
(Class 1/Class A)
Double, highest accuracy 6
(Class AA)
Flying leads 1
LEMO coupling 1S 2
M12 device plug, not for double Pt100 3
Thermocouple coupling, from TC-material 4
(2xTC on request)
2/42 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
SITRANS TS100
ØD
AF Options
Add "-Z" to Article No., add options, separate exten-
sions with "+".
42 (1.65)
Process connection
Soldering nipple G¼", enclosed A20 2
K1 Soldering nipple G½", enclosed A21
E Soldering nipple NPT½", enclosed A22
Soldering nipple M18x1.5, enclosed A23
Compression fitting, metric (A30, A31), dimensions in mm (inch) Compression fitting G¼", enclosed A30
Compression fitting G½", enclosed A31
ØD Compression fitting NPT ½", enclosed A32
SW
Surface connection piece, aluminum, enclosed A50
(non Ex)
42 (1.65)
Without explosion protection requirements E00

(Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
K1
Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS1) according to ATEX and IECEx E01
E
(USA, Canada), Basis CSA
Compression fitting NPT (A32), dimensions in mm (inch) Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cCSAus E18
(USA, Canada)
SW ØD Without explosion protection requirements (China) E54

Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to NEPSI (China) E55
25 (0.98)
Without explosion protection requirements (EAC) E80

K1 Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to EACEx (EAC) E81
Marine approvals
E
Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd (DNV GL) D01
Soldering nipple, metric (A20, A21, A23), dimensions in mm (inch)
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for materials C12
coming into contact with media
ØD EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate visual: measure- C34
SW ment and functional inspection
EN 10204-2.1: Declaration of compliance with the C35
30 (1.18)
order
ISO 9001 grease-free C51
(cleaned for e.g. oxygen applications)
K1
Further options
E
Stainless steel TAG plate , Y15
Enter lettering in plain text
Soldering nipple NPT (A22), dimensions in mm (inch) Plant calibration per 1 point, enter temperature in Y33
plain text, Attention: For devices with built-in head
transmitters, select test points within the set mea-
50 surement range
(1.97)
Option not found?
Handling number special version Y99
(1.81)
30
1) Please select Ex i version of the optional transmitter.

You find ordering examples on page 2/40.
20
(0.79)
(0.63)
16
Surface connection piece (A50), dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/43

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
SITRANS TS200
Compact version, mineral-insulated
15
U (1.59)
2 B
0
150
U (5.91)
10
(0.39)
B
1
40
U (1.57)
10
(0.39) 2
36
U (1.41)
10
(0.39) 3
B
50
U (1.97)
5
(0.20) 4
U 65 (2.56)
20
(0.79) 5

H Head height
U Insertion length
IP level IP level
sensor terminals
0 Basic sensor U=B IP65 IP00
1 Flying leads U = B + 10 (0.39) IP65 IP00
2 LEMO coupling 1S U = B - 10 (0.39) IP65 IP50
3 M12 device plugs U = B - 10 (0.39) IP65 IP54
4 Thermocouple coupling U = B - 5 (0.20) IP65 IP20
5 Mini connection head U = B - 20 (0.79) IP65 IP65
SITRANS TS200, temperature sensors in cable design, for universal use,

mineral-insulated version, for unfavorable space conditions, dimensions
in mm (inch)
2/44 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
SITRANS TS200
Temperature sensors in compact version, 77777 Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
universal use, mineral-insulated version,
for unfavorable space conditions Customer-specific length of sensor element B, Y44
effective length, U see dimensional drawing on
page 2/44
2
Sensor diameter (No entry = standard length)
6 mm (0.24 inch) 6 1) Pt1000 versions are also available. To find these, please switch to Online
Length of sensor element B, effective Configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal: www.siemens.com/pia-portal
length U see dimensional drawing on
page 2/44 Additional configurations on page after next page!
200 mm (7.87 inch) C You find ordering examples on page 2/40.
500 mm (19.68 inch) D
750 mm (29.53 inch) E
Customer-specific length of sensor ele-
ment B, effective length U see dimensional
drawing on page 2/44
enter customer specific length with Y44,
see Order codes below
70 ...100 mm (2.76 ... 3.94 inch) B
101 ... 250 mm (3.98 ... 9.84 inch) C
251 ... 500 mm (9.88 ... 19.68 inch) D
501 ... 750 mm (19.72 ... 29.53 inch) E
751 ... 1 000 mm (29.57 ... 39.37 inch) F
1 001 ... 1 500 mm (39.4 ... 59.00 inch) G
Special length: < 70 mm (2.76 inch) or X
> 1500 mm (59.00 inch)
Sensor1)
Please note: The accuracy class range can
be lower than the measuring range. For more
Pt100, basis, -50 ... +400 °C A
(-58 ... +752 °F)
Pt100, vibration-resistant, -50 ... +400 °C B
(-58 ... +752 °F)
-196 ... +600 °C (-320.8 ... +1 112 °F)
(-40 ... +1 832 °F)
-40 ... +750 °C (-40 ... +1 382 °F)
Number/Accuracy
Pt 100 connection: 1 x 4-wire connection or
2 x 3-wire connection, see "Measuring tech-
nology: connection types", page 2/23
(Class 2/Class B)
Single, increased accuracy 2
(Class 1/Class A)
(Class AA)
(Class 2/Class B)
(Class 1/Class A)
Double, highest accuracy 6
(Class AA)
Solid wire ends (sensor element) 0
Flying leads 1
LEMO coupling 1S 2
M12 device plug, not for double Pt100 3
Thermocouple coupling, from TC-material 4
(2xTC on request)
Mini connection head, aluminum, not for dou- 5
ble Pt100
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/45

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
SITRANS TS200
ØD
AF Options
Add "-Z" to Article No., add options, separate exten-
sions with "+".
42 (1.65)
Process connection
2 Soldering nipple G¼", enclosed A20
K1 Soldering nipple G½", enclosed A21
E Soldering nipple NPT½", enclosed A22
Soldering nipple M18x1.5, enclosed A23
Compression fitting, metric (A30, A31), dimensions in mm (inch) Compression fitting G¼", enclosed A30
ØD Compression fitting NPT½", enclosed A32
SW
Surface connection piece, aluminum, enclosed A50
(non Ex)
42 (1.65)

K1
E
Compression fitting NPT (A32), dimensions in mm (inch) Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cCSAus E18
(USA, Canada)
SW ØD Without explosion protection requirements (China) E54

25 (0.98)

K1 Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to EACEx (EAC) E81
Marine approvals
E
Soldering nipple, metric (A20, A21, A23), dimensions in mm (inch)
SW ØD
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate visual, measure- C34
ment and functional inspection
30 (1.18)

order
K1 ISO 9001 grease-free (cleaned for e.g. oxygen appli- C51
cations)
E
Setting, designation, calibration
Stainless steel TAG plate , Y15
Soldering nipple NPT (A22), dimensions in mm (inch) Enter lettering in plain text
Plant calibration per 1 point, enter temperature in Y33
50 plain text. Attention: For devices with built-in head
(1.97) transmitters, select test points within the set measure-
ment range
Option not found?
(1.81)
30

20 Accessories, see page 2/251.
(0.79)
(0.63)
16
Surface connection piece (A50), dimensions in mm (inch)
2/46 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
SITRANS TS300 for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
Modular design
Ø 60 (2.36)
Cable gland
M12x1.5
for cable Ø 3 ... 6.5
(0.12 ... 0.26) 2
H
H1
Ød
X
B = N + H1
Ø 50.5
N
(1.99)
U
Ø D3
ØD

ØD3 Thermowell inner diameter
H Head height
H1 Type Axx = 41 (1.61)
Type Bxx = 26 (1.02)
N Nominal length
U Insertion length
X Extension length
SITRANS TS300 modular design, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/47

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Modular design
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code
SITRANS TS300 7MC8005- SITRANS TS300 7MC8005-
for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnol- for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnol-
7777 0 - 777 0 777 7777 0 - 777 0 777
ogy, modular design for installation in ogy, modular design for installation in
pipes and vessels pipes and vessels
2 Click on the Article No. for the online con-

figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Neck tube length X
65 mm (2.56 inch) [M = 80 mm (3.15 inch)] 1
Head 130 mm (5.12 inch) [M = 145 mm (5.71 inch)] 2
Stainless steel head, BS0, screw cover 5 Special version: 9 N1Y
(Standard version) (add Order code and plain text)
Aluminum head, BA0, flange cover standard 1 Insertion length
Plastic cover, BM0, srew cover 2 Enter customer specific length with Y44,
Aluminum head, BB0, hinged cover low 3 see Order codes below
Aluminum head, BC0, hinged cover high 4 15 mm (0.59 inch) B
Special version: 9 H1Y 16 ... 35 mm (0.63 ...1.38 inch) C
(add Order code and plain text) Initial: 35 mm (1.38 inch)
36 ... 50 mm (1.42 ... 1.97 inch) D
Process connection, Initial: 50 mm (1.97 inch)
material 1.4404 or 1.4435/316L
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94 inch) E
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with slotted Initial: 100 mm (3.94 inch)
union nut and nominal diameter/pressure
101 ... 160 mm (3.98 ... 6.30 inch) F
DN 25/PN 40 AA Initial: 160 mm (6.30 inch)
DN 32/PN 40 AB 161 ... 250 mm (6.34 ... 9.84 inch) G
DN 40/PN 40 AC Initial: 250 mm (9.84 inch)
DN 50/PN 25 AD 251 ... 400 mm (9.88 ... 15.75 inch) H
Clamp connection: Initial: 400 mm (15.75 inch)
ISO 2852 DIN Tri-Clamp Outer 1 ... 4 inch, Initial: 4 inch J
32676 diameter 4 ... 6 inch, Initial: 6 inch K
D 6 ... 9 inch, Initial: 9 inch L
– – ½"/ ¾" 25.0 mm CA Special version: Z P1Y
DN 25/ DN 1", 1½" 50.5 mm CB
33.7/38 25/32/40 Sensor
DN 40/51 DN 50 2" 64.0 mm CC Thin-film technology:
DN 63.5 – 2½" 77.5 mm CD measuring range -50 ... +400 °C
DN 88.9 DN 80 – 106.0 mm CE (-58 ... +752 °F)
Varivent connection (Tuchenhagen) 2 x Pt100, class A, three-wire G
D6 = 50 mm (1.97 inch), KU 1 x Pt100, class A, four-wire H
for Varivent housing DN 25 and DN 1" Special version: Z Q1Y
D6 = 68 mm (2.68 inch), KV (add Order code and plain text)
for Varivent housing DN 40 ... 125 Further designs Order code
and 1½" ... 6" Add "-Z" to Article No. and add Order code
NEUMO/BioControl Process connection completely electropol- P01
Size 25 BA ished
Size 50 BB Hygiene version H01
Size 65 BC (Ra < 0.8 m (3.1 x 10-5 inch))
Ingold flange Certificates
DN 25 with hexagon union nut G 1¼", JA • Roughness depth measurement Ra C18
mounting length 40 mm (1.57"), diameter certified by factory certificate to
24.8 mm (0.98") incl. O-ring EN 10204-3.1
Welding piece LA • Material certificate to EN 10204-3.1 C12
(sphere diameter 30 x 40 mm TAG plate made of stainless steel Y15
(1.2 x 1.6 inch) long) specify TAG No. in plain text
Special version: ZA J1Y Test report (at 0, 50 and 100%) Y33
Type of screwed gland and nominal diame- specify measuring range in plain text
ter (add Order code and plain text) If optional head transmitters are integrated,
please note that all calibration points are
Thermowell Measuring insert located in the set measuring range. If the
Ø D = 6 mm Ø 3/3.2 mm, 1 points are located outside the standard
(0.24 inch) (0.12/0.13 inch) measuring range, a Y01 addition is always
miner. insul. required.
Ø D =9 mm Ø 6 mm (0.24 inch) 2 Insertion length customer-specific Y44
(0.35 inch) Select range, enter desired length in plain
Ø D =9 mm Ø 6 mm (0.24 inch) 3 text (No entry = standard length)
(0.35 inch) miner. insul.
Ø D =9 mm Ø 3/3.2 mm, 4
(0.35 inch) (0.12/0.12 inch)
tapered tip miner. insul.
D2 =5 Ø x 20 mm
(0.2 x 0.79 inch)
Special version: 9 L1Y
2/48 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Modular design
Conical connection with Tri-Clamp- Clamp- connection Ball weld sleeve
union nut according connection acc. to DIN 32676 Ball 30 x 40
acc. to DIN 11851 or ISO 2852 (1.18 x 1.58)
D6=30 2
(1.81)
X
X
ØD6 ØD6
U
U
ØD ØD ØD ØD
G1A without dead space Varivent connection NEUMO BioControl Ingold connection Thermowell design based on
due to DN 25 with union nut DIN 43772
conical metal cone
SW 46 Similar to form 3
Form 2
tapered tip
X
X
(1.58)
O-ring EPDM
L=40
X
ØD
3 (0.12)
ØD6 ØD6
3 (0.12)
U
(0.79)
G1A
U
U
U
20
Øda Ø24.8
(0.98)
ØD ØD ØD ØD
ØD ØD2
Process connections, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/49

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Modular design

Further designs
2 Manufacturers declaration for intrinsically safe circuits

Built-in head transmitter
E01
Measuring range to be set must be specified with

plain text data "Y11".
SITRANS TH100, input 1 x Pt100, 4 ... 20 mA T12
SITRANS TH320, input 1 x universal, 4 ... 20 mA T24
SITRANS TH320, input 1 x universal, HART T34
SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, PA T40
SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, PA, Ex T41
SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, FF T45
SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, FF, Ex T46
Transmitter options
Transmitter, enter complete setting in plain text Y11
(Y11:+/-NNNN ... +/-NNNN C,F)
Enter measuring point (max. 8 characters) in plain Y17
text
Transmitter, enter measuring point description (max. Y23
16 characters) in plain text
Transmitter, enter measuring point text Y24
(max. 32 characters) in plain text
Transmitter, enter bus address in plain text Y25
Transmitter, fail-safe value 3.6 mA U36
(instead of 22.8 mA)
SITRANS TH320/420 transmitter with C20
SIL2/3 certificate
Transmitter test protocol (5 points) C11
Further options
Connection form, flying leads (for the direct transmit- G01
ter assembly, delivery without screws and springs)
M12 device plug G12
(in combination with transmitter, Non-Ex)
Option not found?
Specify special version in plain text Y98
Process number for the special version Y99
Accessories, see page 2/251.
2/50 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Clamp-on design
7
8 2
6
9
5
4
3
1 Vibration-locking-screw
2 Mounting screws
3 Process pipeline
4 Temperature sensor
5 Thermal decoupling
6 Spring load
7 Electrical connection
M12 2
8 Replaceable measuring 1
insert
9 Heat insulated pipe collar
Resitance thermometer with thermowell in Clamp-on design
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/51

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Clamp-on design
SITRANS TS300 7MC8016- 7 7 7 7 0 7 7 7 SITRANS TS300 7MC8016- 7 7 7 7 0 7 7 7
for food, pharmaceuticals and biotech- for food, pharmaceuticals and biotech-
nology nology
Clamp-on design for the measuring of Clamp-on design for the measuring of
2 the pipe surface temperature
Click on the Article No. for the online con-
the pipe surface temperature
38.0 (1.49) Y2
38.1 (1.50) A3
Design 41.0 (1.61) B3
Acc. to IEC 60751, class A 1
[-40 ... +150 °C (-40 ... +302 °F)] 42.4 (1.67) C3
44.5 (1.75) D3
Type of connection
Device plug M12 x 1 A 48.3 (1.90) 90 x 85 x 20 E3
50.8 (2.00) (3.54 x 3.35 x 0.79) F3
connection head form B, stainless steel B
4 ... 20 mA compact transmitter C 53.0 (2.09) G3
SITRANS TH100slim (standard measuring 54.0 (2.13) H3
range 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F))
57.0 (2.24) J3
Mounting with pipe collar
Always indicate external tube diameter Z0 K1 Y
Pipe outer-Ø Collar size for1):
mm (inch) mm (inch)
• Installation with pipe collar and deviating
4 (0.16) A1 external tube diameter (S11-S19)
6 (0.24) B1 • Securing with clamps (S21-S23)
• Clamping band installation (S31-S35)
6.35 (0.25) C1
1) Special sizes for pipe outer diameters: In order to process "Z0" special
8 (0.31) D1
sizes, the following two additional items of information are essential:
9.35 (0.37) E1 - the required diameter specified in plain text under "K1Y"
10 (0.39) F1 - Selection of the corresponding pipe collar, clamping band or clamping
bracket size (Order codes "S11" to "S35")
10.2 (0.40) 50 x 35 x 20 G1
(1.97 x 1.38 x 0.79) Recommended for all versions: Heat-conductive-compound, silicone-
10.3 (0.41) H1 free, syringe 3 g, Order code: L15 (see page 2/54)
12 (0.47) J1
12.7 (0.50) K1
13 (0.51) L1
13.5 (0.53) M1
13.7 (0.54) N1
14 (0.55) P1
15.88 (0.62) Q1
16 (0.63) R1
17.2 (0.68) S1
18.0 (0.71) A2
19.0 (0.74) B2
19.05 (0.75) C2
20.0 (0.79) D2
21.3 (0.84) E2
22.0 (0.87) F2
23.0 (0.90) G2
24.0 (0.94) H2
25.0 (0.98) J2
25.4 (1.00) K2
26.7 (1.05) L2
26.9 (1.06) M2
70 x 70 x 20
28.0 (1.10) (2.76 x 2.76 x 0.79) N2
29.0 (1.14) P2
30.0 (1.18) Q2
31.8 (1.25) R2
32.0 (1.26) S2
33.4 (1.31) T2
33.7 (1.33) U2
34.0 (1.34) V2
35.0 (1.38) W2
36.0 (1.42) X2
2/52 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Clamp-on design
Measuring transducer Field housing, screw cap

with device plug M12x1 Material stainless steel IP 67
Ø60 (2.36)
2
11.5
(0.45)
Device plug
M12x1
Device plug
51 (2.01)
M12x1
94 (3.70)
~ 83.5 (3.70)
max. 29
(1.41)
Electrical connection 19
can be rotated by ± 170 ˚ (0.75)
Cable gland
M12x1.5 for cable
Ø3 ... 6.5 (0.12 ... 0.26)
37
Clamp-on, Clamp-on, clamping band installation (1.46)
clamping block installation with hose clamps
for pipes Ø4 ... 57 (0.16 ... 2.24) for pipes ≥ Ø10 ... ca. 300 Cable gland
(0.39 ... ca.11.81) M16x1.5 for cable
20 Ø4.5 ... 10 (0.18 ... 0.39)
(0.79) 36 (1.42)
B
(0.91)
B
23
B
A
19
Example Ø21 (4.76) (0.75)
C
20
Clamp-on, (0.79) Pipe diameter B C
latch fastener installation for pipes 6 ... 17.2 30 35
Ø4 ... 17.2 (0.16 ... 0.68) (0.24 ... 0.68) (1.18) (1.38)
18 ... 35 40 60
B
A (0.71 ... 1.38) (1.57) (2.36)

38 ... 50.8 50 80
(1.50 ... 2.00) (1.97) (3.15)
Latch fastener version
Pipe radius
3 (0.12)
6 (0.24)
C
Pipe diameter A B C H
4 ... 17.2 20 30 35 79
(0.16 ... 0.68) (0.79) (1.18) (1.38) (3.11)
18 ... 36 30 40 70 99
(0.71 ... 1.42) (1.18) (1.57) (2.76) (3.90)
38 ... 57 40 50 85 119
(1.50 ... 2.24) (1.57) (1.97) (3.35) (4.68)
Standard version
SITRANS TS300 Clamp-on design, device plug, field housing, cable gland, variants, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/53

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Clamp-on design
Further designs Further Options
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Assignment marking, engraving instead of adhesive label L11
(Serial number and pipe diameter on plug and plastic
Explosion protection block)
2 Manufacturers declaration for intrinsically safe circuits
Built in head transmitter
E01 2 mm drain hole
Sensor 4-wire connection
L12
L14
Measuring range to be set must be specified with plain Heat-conductive-compound, silicone-free, syringe 3 g L15
text data "Y11".
Suffixes
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code and plain
SITRANS TH320, input 1 x universal, 4 ... 20 mA T24 text.
SITRANS TH320, input 1 x universal, HART T34 TAG plate made of stainless steel (specify TAG No. in plain Y15
SITRANS TH420, input 2 x universal, HART T35 text)
Test report at 0 %, 50 % and 100 % (specify the measuring Y33
SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, PA T40 range in plain text)
SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, PA, Ex T41 If optional head transmitters are integrated, please note
that all calibration points are located in the set measuring
SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, FF T45 range. If the points are located outside the standard mea-
SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, FF, Ex T46 suring range, a Y01 addition is always required.
Special version, specify in plain text Y98
Transmitter options
Process number for special version Y99
(Y11:+/-NNNN ... +/-NNNN C,F) Accessories, see page 2/251.
Enter measuring point (max. 8 characters) in plain text Y17 Ordering examples:
Transmitter, enter measuring point description Y23 Deviating tube diameter 28.5 mm:
(max. 16 characters) in plain text 7MC8016-1AZ00-Z K1Y+S12 {K1Y: 28.5 mm}
Transmitter, enter measuring point text Y24 Space-saving mounting, tube diameter 38 mm:
(max. 32 characters) in plain text
7MC8016-1AZ00-Z K1Y + S23 {K1Y: 38 mm};
Transmitter, enter bus address in plain text Y25 as of diameter  18 mm, we recommend using the clamping
Transmitter, fail-safe value 3.6 mA U36 band installation.
(instead of 22.8 mA) Clamping band installation, tube diameter 111 mm:
SITRANS TH320/420 transmitter with SIL2/3 certificate C20 7MC8016-1AZ00-Z K1Y+S32 {K1Y: 111 mm}
Other cable gland (only for connection head)
Polyamide for cable diameter K02
4.5 … 10 mm (0.18 … 0.39 inch)
Stainless steel for cable diameter K03
3 … 6,5 mm (0.12 … 0.25 inch)
Device plug M12 x 1 K11
Deviating pipe; Collar size;
mm (inch) mm (inch)
4 … 17.2 (0.16 … 0.68) 50 x 35 (1.97 x 1.38) S11
18 … 38 (0.71 … 1.49) 70 x 70 (2.76 x 2.76) S12
38.1 … 57 (1.5 … 2.24) 90 x 85 (3.54 x 3.35) S13
Larger nominal diameters on request S19
Space-saving mounting (latch fastening)
Outer pipe; mm (inch):
4 … 17.2 (0.16 … 0.68) S21
18 … 35 (0.71 … 1.38) S22
(Clamping band version recommended, see below)
38 … 50.8 (1.45 … 2.00) S23
(Clamping band version recommended, see below)
Clamping band installation
Outer pipe; mm (inch):
10 ... 57 (0.39 ... 2.24) S31
58 ... 220 (2.28 ... 8.66) S32
Without clamping band S35
2/54 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
SITRANS TS500 - Tubular thermowells
2
H
Cable entry
+1
Ød
ØD3
B = N + H1
N
P
ØD

ØD3 Thermowell internal diameter
H Head height
H1 Type Axx = 41 (1.61)
Type Bxx = 26 (1.02)
N Nominal length
P Space for process connection P ~ N - 9 (0.35), floor strength 3 mm
SITRANS TS500, temperature sensors for vessels and pipes, tubular

thermowell for low to medium stress, without process connection, without
extension, plug-in or for use with sliding compression joints, dimensions
in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/55

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Tubular thermowell for low to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777 Tubular thermowell for low to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777
stress, according to DIN 43722, Type 2, stress, according to DIN 43722, Type 2,
without process connection, without without process connection, without
extension, plug-in or use with move- extension, plug-in or use with move-
2 able compression fittings able compression fittings
Click on the Article No. for the online 651 ... 700 mm (25.63 ... 27.56 inch) 34
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Por- Initial: 700 mm (27.56 inch)
tal. 701 ... 750 mm (27.6 ... 29.53 inch) 35
Material, in contact with media Initial: 750 mm (29.53 inch)
316Ti (1.4571) 1 751 ... 800 mm (29.57 ... 31.50 inch) 36
316L (1.4404 or 1.4435) 2 Initial: 800 mm (31.50 inch)
Process connection 801 ... 850 mm (31.5 ... 33.47 inch) 37
Without process connection (for compres- 0N Initial: 850 mm (33.47 inch)
sion fitting) N=U 851 ... 900 mm (33.5 ... 35.43 inch) 41
Thermowell form
901 ... 950 mm (35.47 ... 37.4 inch) 42
2; 9 mm (0.35 inch) A
2; 12 mm (0.47 inch) B
951 ... 1 000 mm (37.44 ... 39.37 inch) 43
Insertion length U (=N), Standard Initial: 1 000 mm (39.37 inch)
160 mm (6.3 inch) 04 1001 ... 1 100 mm (39.4 ... 43.30 inch) 44
250 mm (9.84 inch) 12 Initial: 1 100 mm (43.30 inch)
400 mm (15.75 inch) 22 1 101 ... 1 200 mm (43.35 ... 47.24 inch) 45
Insertion length U (=N), Initial: 1 200 mm (47.24 inch)
customer-specific 1 201 ... 1 300 mm (47.28 ... 51.18 inch) 46
enter customer specific length with Y44, Initial: 1 300 mm (51.18 inch)
see Order codes on page 2/58 1 301 ... 1 400 mm (51.22 ... 55.11 inch) 47
80 ... 100 mm (3.15 ... 3.94 inch) 01 Initial: 1400 mm (55.11 inch)
Initial: 100 mm (3.94 inch) 1 401 ... 1 500 mm (55.15 ... 59.05 inch) 51
101 ... 120 mm (3.98 ... 4.72 inch) 02 Initial: 1 500 mm (59.05 inch)
121 ... 140 mm (4.76 ... 5.51 inch) 03 Extension X
Initial: 140 mm (5.51 inch) Standard length for Type 2 as per 0
DIN 43722 (without extension N=U)
141 ... 160 mm (5.55 ... 6.30 inch) 04
Initial: 160 mm (6.3 inch) Additional configurations on page after next page!
161 ... 180 mm (6.34 ... 7.09 inch) 05
Initial: 180 mm (7.09 inch) You find ordering examples on page 2/40!
181 ... 200 mm (7.13 ... 7.87 inch) 06
201 ... 220 mm (7.91 ... 8.66 inch) 07
221 ... 240 mm (8.7 ... 9.45 inch) 11
241 ... 260 mm (9.48 ... 10.24 inch) 12
261 ... 280 mm (10.28 ... 11.02 inch) 13
281 ... 300 mm (11.02 ... 11.81 inch) 14
301 ... 320 mm (11.85 ... 12.6 inch) 15
321 ... 340 mm (12.64 ... 13.39 inch) 16
341 ... 360 mm (13.43 ... 14.17 inch) 20
361 ... 380 mm (14.21 ... 14.96 inch) 21
381 ... 400 mm (15 ... 15.75 inch) 22
401 ... 420 mm (15.79 ... 16.54 inch) 23
421 ... 440 mm (16.57 ... 17.32 inch) 24
441 ... 460 mm (17.36 ... 18.11 inch) 25
461 ... 480 mm (18.15 ... 18.90 inch) 26
481 ... 500 mm (18.94 ... 19.68 inch) 27
501 ... 550 mm (19.72 ... 21.65 inch) 31
551 ... 600 mm (21.69 ... 23.62 inch) 32
601 ... 650 mm (23.66 ... 25.59 inch) 33
2/56 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Cable entry
75 (2.95)
Cable entry
131 (5.16)
°C 2
~50 (1.97) Connection head,
process entry
Connection head, aluminum, Type BA0, dimensions in mm (inch)

Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry
Cable entry
80 (3.15) Connection head with 4-20 mA display, aluminum, Type AH0, stainless
steel, Type AV0, dimensions in mm (inch)
Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry
Connection head, aluminum, Type BB0, dimensions in mm (inch)

119 (4.69)
Cable entry

process entry
Connection head, aluminum, Type BC0, plastic, type BP0, dimensions in

mm (inch)
70 (2.76)
Cable entry

process entry
Connection head, plastic, Type BM0, dimensions in mm (inch)
Cable entry
117 (4.51)

process entry
Connection head, aluminum, Type AG0, stainless steel, Type AU0,

Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/57

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Tubular thermowell for low to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777
stress, according to DIN 43722, Type 2, Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
without process connection, without Insertion length customer-specific Y44
extension, plug-in or use with move- Select range, enter desired length in plain text
2 able compression fittings (No entry = standard length)
Head Options
Aluminum head, BA0, flange cover, A Add "-Z" to Article No. and add options, separate
Standard extensions with "+".
Aluminum head, BB0, low hinged cover, B Built-in head transmitter
screw connection Measuring range to be set must be specified with
Aluminum head, BC0, high hinged cover, C plain text data "Y01".
screw connection SITRANS TH100, input 1 x Pt100, 4 ... 20 mA T12
Aluminum head, AG0, screw cover, G SITRANS TH320, input 1 x universal, 4 ... 20 mA T24
suitable for suitable for Ex d1)
Aluminum head, AH0, screw cover, suit- H
able for Ex d, display1)
Plastic head, BM0, screw cover M
Plastic head, BP0, high hinged cover, P
screw connection SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, FF T45
Stainless steel head, AU0, screw cover, U SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, FF, Ex T46
suitable for Ex d1) Explosion protection
Stainless steel head, AV0, screw cover, V Without explosion protection requirements E00
suitable for Ex d, display1) (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
Sensor2) Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS1) according to ATEX and IECEx E01
Please note: The accuracy class range (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
can be lower than the measuring range.
For more information, see page 2/21 Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E03
Pt100, basis, -50 ... +400 °C A through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to ATEX and
(-58 ... +752 °F) IECEx (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
Pt100, vibration-resistant, B Non-sparking "ec" according to ATEX and IECEx E04
-50 ... +400 °C (-58 ... +752 °F) (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
Pt100, expanded range, C Without explosion protection requirements E10
-196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1 112 °F) (USA, Canada) Basis FM
(-40 ... +1 832 °F) Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E14
Thermocouple Type J, -40 ... +750 °C J through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cFMus (USA,
(-40 ... +1 382 °F) Canada); other connections (M,G,R)
Thermocouple Type N, -40 ... +1 000 °C N Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cFMus E16
(-40 ... +1 832 °F) (USA, Canada)
Sensor number/Accuracy Without explosion protection requirements (USA, E17
Pt 100 connection: 1 x 4-wire connection Canada), Basis CSA
or 2 x 3-wire connection, see "Measuring
Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cCSAus E18
technology: connection types", page 2/23
(USA, Canada)
(Class 2/Class B) Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E21
Single, increased accuracy 2 through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cCSAus
(Class 1/Class A) (USA); other connections (M, G, R)
Single, highest accuracy (Class AA) 3 Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cCSAus E23
Double, basic accuracy 5 (USA, Canada)
(Class 2/Class B)
Without explosion protection requirements (China) E54
(Class 1/Class A) Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to NEPSI (China) E55
Double, highest accuracy (Class AA) 7 Flameproof enclosure "d"; dust protection through E56
1) Ex d in connection with Order code E03
housing "t"2) according to NEPSI (China)
2) Pt1000 versions are also available. To find these, please switch to Online Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to NEPSI (China) E57
Configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal: www.siemens.com/pia-portal Without explosion protection requirements (EAC) E80
Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to EACEx (EAC) E81
Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E82
through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to EACEx
(EAC)
Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to EACEx (EAC) E83
Marine approvals
2/58 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors

EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for materials com- C12
ing into contact with media
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for hydrostatic C31
pressure test
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for helium leak test
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for dye-penetration-
C32
C33
2
test
EN 10204-3.1Inspection certificate: visual, measure- C34
EN 10204-2.1: Declaration of compliance with the order C35
ISO 9001 grease-free (cleaned for e.g. oxygen appli- C51
cations)
EN 10204-3.1 Acceptance test certificate On request
"Positive Materials Identification" (PMI)
Designation, calibration
Stainless steel TAG plate , enter lettering in plain text Y15
Plant calibration per 1 point, enter temperature in plain Y33
text
Transmitter options
(Y01:+/-NNNN ... +/-NNNN C,F), marking on the
device when Order code "Y15" is selected
Enter measuring point (max. 8 characters) in plain text Y17
Transmitter, enter measuring point text (max. Y24
SITRANS TH320/420 transmitter with SIL2/3 certificate C20
Further options
Connection form, flying leads (for the direct transmitter G01
assembly, delivery without screws and springs)
M12 device plug (in combination with transmitter, G12
Non-Ex and intrinsically safe, max. IP65/67)
Han 7D device plug (Non Ex and intrinsically safe, G13
without mating connector max. IP65/67)
Connection head with ½" NPT thread without cable G20
gland, for AU0 and AH0 only IP66
with outer earth screw for heads AG0, AH0, AU0 and A02
AV0
with inner earth screw for heads BC0, AG0, AH0, AU0 A03
and AV0
Compression fitting NPT½", enclosed A32
Option not found?
2) Only with connection heads code AG0, AH0, AU0, AV0, without cable
gland (please select non-Ex version of the optional transmitter).
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/59

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Type 2N, screwed design
SITRANS TS500, temperature sensors for vessels and pipes, tubular thermowell for low to medium stress, type 2N similar to
DIN 43772, screwed design, without extension, non-adjustable connection head. For Ex-versions the maximum process temperature
is 100 °C.
2
H
H
+1
+1
(0.79)
30 (1.18)
20
(0.59)
15
G 1/2"
B = N + H1
9 (0.35)
NPT 1/2"
B = N + H1
N
N
U
9 (0.35) 9 (0.35)
H Head height H1 Type Axx = 41 (1.61) H Head height

N Nominal length Type Bxx = 26 (1.02) N Nominal length
U Insertion length, floor strength 3 mm U Insertion length, floor strength 3 mm
Connection type "G", dimensions in mm (inch) Connection type "NPT", dimensions in mm (inch)
2/60 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Tubular thermowell, low to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777 Tubular thermowell, low to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777
stress, Type 2N similar to DIN 43722, stress, Type 2N similar to DIN 43722,
screwed design, without extension screwed design, without extension
Click on the Article No. for the online
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Por-
501…550 mm (19.72 ... 21.65 inch)
31
2
tal. 551…600 mm (21.69 ... 23.62 inch) 32
316Ti (1.4571) 1 601…650 mm (23.66 ... 25.59 inch) 33
651…700 mm (25.63 ... 27.56 inch) 34
Process connection Initial: 700 mm (27.56 inch)
G ½" (½"BSPP) 1C 701…750 mm (27.60 ... 29.53 inch) 35
½" NPT 1J Initial: 750 mm (29.53 inch)
Thermowell form 751…800 mm (29.57 ... 31.50 inch) 36
2N, 9 mm (0.35 inch) A Initial: 800 mm (31.50 inch)
Standard insertion length 801…850 mm (31.54 ... 33.46 inch) 37
100 mm (3.97 inch) 0 1 Initial: 850 mm (33.46 inch)
160 mm (6.30 inch) 0 4 851…900 mm (33.50 ... 35.43 inch) 41
230 mm (9.06 inch) 1 0 Initial: 900 mm (35.43 inch)
360 mm (14.17 inch) 2 0 901…950 mm (35.47 ... 37.40 inch) 42
510 mm (20.08 inch) 3 1
951…1 000 mm (37.44 ... 39.37 inch) 43
Customer-specific insertion length
see page 2/63 Order codes 1 001…1 100 mm (39.41 ... 43.31 inch) 44
80 ... 100 mm (3.15 ... 3.94 inch) 01
Initial: 100 mm (3.94 inch) 1 101…1 200 mm (43.35 ... 47.24 inch) 45
101 ... 120 mm (3.98 ... 4.72 inch) 02
141 ... 160 mm (5.55 ... 6.30 inch) 04
161 ... 180 mm (6.34 ... 7.09 inch) 05
Initial: 180 mm (7.09 inch) Extension X
181 ... 200 mm (7.13 ... 7.87 inch) 06 without neck tube, (non-adjustable) 0
Additional configurations on page after next page!
201 ... 220 mm (7.91 ... 8.66 inch) 07
221…240 mm (8.70 ... 9.45 inch) 10
241…260 mm (9.49 ... 10.24 inch) 12
261…280 mm (10.28 ...11.02 inch) 13
281…300 mm (11.06 ... 11.81 inch) 14
Initial: 285 mm 11.22 inch)
301…320 mm (11.85 ... 13.00 inch) 15
321…340 mm (12.64 ... 13.39 inch) 16
341…360 mm (13.43 ... 14.17 inch) 20
361…380 mm (14.21 ... 14.96 inch) 21
381…400 mm (14.99 ... 15.75 inch) 22
401…420 mm (15.79 ... 16.54 inch) 23
421…440 mm (16.57 ... 17.32 inch) 24
441…460 mm (17.36 ... 18.11 inch) 25
461…480 mm (18.15 ... 18.90 inch) 26
481…500 mm (18.94 ... 19.69 inch) 27
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/61

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Cable entry
75 (2.95)
Cable entry
131 (5.16)
2 °C

process entry

Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry
Cable entry
Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry

119 (4.69)
Cable entry

process entry

mm (inch)
70 (2.76)
Cable entry

process entry
Cable entry
117 (4.51)

process entry

2/62 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Tubular thermowell, low to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777
stress, Type 2N similar to DIN 43722, Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
screwed design, without extension, for Insertion length customer-specific Y44
maximum process temperatures of Select range, enter desired length in plain text
100 °C (No entry = standard length) 2
Head Options
Aluminum head, AG0, screw cover, suit- G SITRANS TH320, input 1 x universal, 4 ... 20 mA T24
able for Ex d1)
able for Ex d, display1)
Plastic head, BM0, screw cover M
Plastic head, BP0high hinged cover, P
screw connection SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, FF T45
Stainless steel head, AU0, screw cover, U SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, FF, Ex T46
suitable for Ex d1) Explosion protection
can be lower than the measuring range. Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E03
For more information, see page 2/21 through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to ATEX and
Pt100, basis, -50 ... +400 °C A IECEx (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
(-58 ... +752 °F)
Non-sparking "ec" according to ATEX and IECEx E04
Pt100, vibration-resistant, B
-50 ... +400 °C (-58 ... +752 °F)
Pt100, expanded range, C Without explosion protection requirements (USA, E10
-196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1 112 °F) Canada) Basis FM
Thermocouple Type K, -40 ... +1 000 °C K Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E14
(-40 ... +1 832 °F) through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cFMus (USA,
Thermocouple Type J, -40 ... +750 °C J Canada); other connections (M,G,R)
(-40 ... +1 382 °F)
Thermocouple Type N, -40 ... +1 000 °C N Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cFMus E16
(-40 ... +1 832 °F) (USA, Canada)
Without explosion protection requirements (USA, E17
Sensor number/Accuracy Canada), Basis CSA
Pt 100 connection: 1 x 4-wire connection
or 2 x 3-wire connection, see "Measuring Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cCSAus E18
technology: connection types", page 2/23 (USA, Canada)
Single, basic accuracy 1 Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E21
(Class 2/Class B) through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cCSAus
Single, increased accuracy 2 (USA); other connections (M, G, R)
(Class 1/Class A) Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cCSAus E23
Single, highest accuracy 3 (USA, Canada)
(Class AA)
(Class 2/Class B) Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to NEPSI (China) E55
Double, increased accuracy 6 Flameproof enclosure "d"; dust protection through E56
(Class 1/Class A) housing "t"2) according to NEPSI (China)
Double, highest accuracy (Class AA) 7 Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to NEPSI (China) E57
1) Ex d in connection with Order code E03 Without explosion protection requirements (EAC) E80
Pt1000 versions are also available. To find these, please switch to Online Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to EACEx (EAC) E81
Configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal: www.siemens.com/pia-portal Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection through E82
housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to EACEx (EAC)
Marine approvals
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/63

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors

pressure test
2 EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for helium leak test
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for dye-penetra-
C32
C33
tion-test
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate: visual, measure- C34
cations)
plain text
Transmitter options
text
Further options
Connection form, flying leads G01
(for the direct transmitter assembly, delivery without
screws and springs)
AV0
with inner earth screw for heads BC0, AG0, AH0, A03
AU0 and AV0
Option not found?
2/64 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Type 2G, screwed design, with extension
K2
X
2
K1 U
H
ØD
E
Cable entry
+1
Process connection conical, dimensions in mm (inch)
Ød
ØD3
X
B = N + H1
K1
N
E
U
ØD

Ød Measuring insert outer, diameter (6 (0.24))
ØD Process connection, outer diameter
E Process connection, thread size
H Head height
H1 Type Axx = 41 (1.61)
Type Bxx = 26 (1.02)
K1 Screw depth
N Nominal length
U Insertion length
X Extension length, floor strength 3 mm

thermowell for low to medium stress, according to DIN 43772, type 2G,
screwed design, with extension, for screw-in depth dimensions, see
page 2/15, dimensions in mm (inch).
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/65

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Tubular thermowell, low to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777 777 Tubular thermowell, low to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777 777
stress, according to DIN 43722, Type stress, according to DIN 43722, Type
2G, screwed design, with extension 2G, screwed design, with extension
2 Click on the Article No. for the online

configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Por-
501…550 mm (19.72 ... 21.65 inch)
31
tal. 551…600 mm (21.69 ... 23.62 inch) 32

316Ti (1.4571) 1 601…650 mm (23.66 ... 25.59 inch) 33
Process connection 651…700 mm (25.63 ... 27.56 inch) 34
Cylindrical: G½" (½" BSPP) 1C
701…750 mm (27.60 ... 29.53 inch) 35
Cylindrical: G¾" (¾" BSPP) 1D
Tapered: NPT½" 1J
751…800 mm (29.57 ... 31.50 inch) 36
Tapered: NPT¾" 1K Initial: 800 mm (31.50 inch)
Tapered: NPT1" 1L
Cylindrical: M20 x 1.5 1V 801…850 mm (31.54 ... 33.46 inch) 37
Cylindrical: M27 x 2.0 1W Initial: 850 mm (33.46 inch)
Cylindrical: M33 x 2.0 1Y 851…900 mm (33.50 ... 35.43 inch) 41
Thermowell form 901…950 mm (35.47 ... 37.40 inch) 42
2G, 9 mm (0.35 inch) A Initial: 950 mm (37.40 inch)
2G, 12 mm (0.47 inch) B
951…1 000 mm (37.44 ... 39.37 inch) 43
Insertion length U standard Initial: 1 000 mm (39.37 inch)
160 mm (6.30 inch) 04 1 001…1 100 mm (39.41 ... 43.31 inch) 44
400 mm (15.75 inch) 22 1 101…1 200 mm (43.35 ... 47.24 inch) 45
Insertion length U customer-specific
enter customer specific length with Y44, 1 201…1 300 mm (47.28 ... 51.18 inch) 46
see page 2/68 Order codes Initial: 1 300 mm (51.18 inch)
80 ... 100 mm (3.15 ... 3.94 inch) 01 1 301…1 400 mm (51.22 ... 55.12 inch) 47
1 401…1 500 mm (55.16 ... 59.05 inch) 51
Initial: 140 mm (5.51 inch) Standard length for Type 2G DIN 43772 1
(X=129 mm (5.08 inch))
141 ... 160 mm (5.55 ... 6.30 inch) 04
Initial: 160 mm (6.30 inch) Extension length X - customer specific
161 ... 180 mm (6.34 ... 7.09 inch) 05 enter customer specific length with Y45,
Initial: 180 mm (7.09 inch) see page 2/68 Order codes
181 ... 200 mm (7.13 ... 7.87 inch) 06 75 ...150 mm (2.95 ... 5.91 inch) 9 N1D
Initial: 200 mm (7.87 inch) Initial: 150 mm (5.91 inch)
151 ... 300 mm (5.95 ... 11.81 inch) 9 N2D
Initial: 220 mm (8.66 inch) 301 ... 450 mm (11.85 ... 17.72 inch) 9 N3D
221…240 mm (8.70 ... 9.45 inch) 11 Initial: 450 mm (17.72 inch)
241…260 mm (9.49 ... 10.24 inch) 12 Additional configurations on page after next page.
261…280 mm (10.28 ...11.02 inch) 13
281…300 mm (11.06 ... 11.81 inch) 14
301…320 mm (11.85 ... 13.00 inch) 15
321…340 mm (12.64 ... 13.39 inch) 16
341…360 mm (13.43 ... 14.17 inch) 20
361…380 mm (14.21 ... 14.96 inch) 21
381…400 mm (14.99 ... 15.75 inch) 22
401…420 mm (15.79 ... 16.54 inch) 23
421…440 mm (16.57 ... 17.32 inch) 24
441…460 mm (17.36 ... 18.11 inch) 25
461…480 mm (18.15 ... 18.90 inch) 26
481…500 mm (18.94 ... 19.69 inch) 27
2/66 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Cable entry
75 (2.95)
Cable entry
131 (5.16)
°C 2
process entry

Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry
Cable entry
Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry

119 (4.69)
Cable entry

process entry

mm (inch)
70 (2.76)
Cable entry

process entry
Cable entry
117 (4.51)

process entry

Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/67

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. Code Selection and Ordering data Order code
stress, according to DIN 43722, Type 2G, Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
screwed design, with extension Insertion length customer-specific Y44
Select range, enter desired length in plain text (No
2 Head
Aluminum head, BA0, flange cover, A entry = standard length)
Standard Extension X length customer-specific Y45
Aluminum head, BB0, low hinged cover, B Select range, enter desired length in plain text (No
screw connection entry = standard length)
Aluminum head, BC0, high hinged cover, C Options
screw connection Add "-Z" to Article No. and add options, separate
Aluminum head, AG0, screw cover, suit- G extensions with "+".
able for Ex d1)
Aluminum head, AH0, screw cover, suit- H Built-in head transmitter
able for Ex d, display1) Measuring range to be set must be specified with
Plastic head, BM0, screw cover M plain text data "Y01".
Plastic head, BP0high hinged cover, P SITRANS TH100, input 1 x Pt100, 4 ... 20 mA T12
screw connection SITRANS TH320, input 1 x universal, 4 ... 20 mA T24
Stainless steel head, AU0, screw ccon- U SITRANS TH320, input 1 x universal, HART T34
nection typesver, suitable for Ex d1) SITRANS TH420, input 2 x universal, HART T35
Stainless steel head, AV0, screw cover, V SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, PA T40
suitable for Ex d, display1) SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, PA, Ex T41
Sensor2)
Please note: The accuracy class range
can be lower than the measuring range. Explosion protection
For more information, see page 2/21 Without explosion protection requirements E00
Pt100, Basis, -50 ... +400 °C A (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
(-58 ... +752 °F) Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS1) according to ATEX and IECEx E01
Pt100, vibration resistant, B (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
-50 ... +400 °C (-58 ... +752 °F)
Pt100, expanded range, C Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E03
-196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1 112 °F) through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to ATEX and
IECEx (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
(-40 ... +1 832 °F) Non-sparking "ec" according to ATEX and IECEx E04
Thermocouple Type J, -40 ... +750 °C J (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
(-40 ... +1 382 °F) Without explosion protection requirements (USA, E10
Thermocouple Type N, -40 ... +1 000 °C N Canada) Basis FM
(-40 ... +1 832 °F)
Sensor number/Accuracy through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cFMus (USA,
Pt 100 connection: 1 x 4-wire connection Canada); other connections (M,G,R)
technology: connection types", page 2/23 Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cFMus E16
(USA, Canada)
(Class 2/Class B) Without explosion protection requirements E17
Single, increased accuracy 2 (USA, Canada), Basis CSA
(Class 1/Class A) Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cCSAus E18
(Class AA)
Double, basic accuracy 5 Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E21
Double, increased accuracy 6 (USA); other connections (M, G, R)
Double, highest accuracy (Class AA) 7 (USA, Canada)
1) Ex d in connection with Order code E03 Without explosion protection requirements (China) E54
Pt1000 versions are also available. To find these, please switch to Online Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to NEPSI (China) E55
Configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal: www.siemens.com/pia-portal Flameproof enclosure "d"; dust protection through E56
Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to NEPSI (China) E57
Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection through E82
Marine approvals
2/68 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors

pressure test
C32
C33
2
tion-test
cations)
plain text
Transmitter options
text
Further options
AV0
AU0 and AV0
Option not found?
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/69

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Type 2F, with flange and extension
2
H
Cable entry
+1
Ød
X
ØD3
B = N + H1
N
U
ØD

H Head height
H1 Type Axx = 41 (1.61)
Type Bxx = 26 (1.02)
N Nominal length
U Insertion length

thermowell for low to medium stress, according to DIN 43772, type 2F,
with flange, with extension, dimensions in mm (inch)
2/70 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
stress, according to DIN 43722, Type stress, according to DIN 43722, Type
2F, with flange, with extension 2F, with flange, with extension
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
341…360 mm (13.43 ... 14.17 inch)
20
2
Material, in contact with media 361…380 mm (14.21 ... 14.96 inch) 21
316Ti (1.4571) 1 Initial: 380 mm (14.96 inch)
316L (1.4404 or 1.4435) 2 381…400 mm (14.99 ... 15.75 inch) 22
Process connection
401…420 mm (15.79 ... 16.54 inch) 23
Flange EN; DN 25 PN10 ... 40 B1 2A
Flange EN; DN 40 PN 40 B1 2B
421…440 mm (16.57 ... 17.32 inch) 24
Flange EN; DN 50 PN 40 B1 2C Initial: 440 mm (17.32 inch)
Flange ASME; 1.0" RF 150 2E
Flange ASME; 1.0" RF 300 2F 441…460 mm (17.36 ... 18.11 inch) 25
Flange ASME; 1.5" RF 150 2G Initial: 460 mm (18.11 inch)
Flange ASME; 1.5" RF 300 2H 461…480 mm (18.15 ... 18.90 inch) 26
Flange ASME; 2.0" RF 150 2J Initial: 465 mm (18.30 inch)
Flange ASME; 2.0" RF 300 2K 481…500 mm (18.94 ... 19.69 inch) 27
Flange ASME; 1.0" RF 600 2L Initial: 500 mm (19.69 inch)
Flange ASME; 1.5" RF 600 2N 501…550 mm (19.72 ... 21.65 inch) 31
Flange ASME; 1.5" RF 900 2R Initial: 510 mm (20.08 inch)
Flange ASME; 2.0" RF 600 2S 551…600 mm (21.69 ... 23.62 inch) 32
Flange ASME; 2.0" RF 900 2T Initial: 600 mm (23.62 inch)
Flange EN; DN 32 PN 40 B1 4A 601…650 mm (23.66 ... 25.59 inch) 33
Flange EN; DN 40 PN 100 B1 4B Initial: 650 mm (25.59 inch)
Flange EN; DN 50 PN 16 B1 4C 651…700 mm (25.63 ... 27.56 inch) 34
Flange EN; DN 80 PN 16 B1 4D Initial: 700 mm (27.56 inch)
Flange EN; DN 100 PN 16 B1 4E 701…750 mm (27.60 ... 29.53 inch) 35
Thermowell form Initial: 750 mm (29.53 inch)
2F, 9 mm (0.35 inch) A 751…800 mm (29.57 ... 31.50 inch) 36
2F, 12 mm (0.47 inch) B Initial: 800 mm (31.50 inch)
Insertion U standard 801…850 mm (31.54 ... 33.46 inch) 37
225 mm (8.86 inch) 11
851…900 mm (33.50 ... 35.43 inch) 41
315 mm (12.40 inch) 15
465 mm (18.31 inch) 26
901…950 mm (35.47 ... 37.40 inch) 42
Insertion length U customer-specific Initial: 950 mm (37.40 inch)
951…1 000 mm (37.44 ... 39.37 inch) 43
see page 2/73 Order codes
80 ... 100 mm (3.15 ... 3.94 inch) 01
1 001…1 100 mm (39.41 ... 43.31 inch) 44
Initial: 100 mm (3.94 inch) Initial: 1 100 mm (43.31 inch)
101 ... 120 mm (3.98 ... 4.72 inch) 02 1 101…1 200 mm (43.35 ... 47.24 inch) 45
121 ... 140 mm (4.76 ... 5.51 inch) 03
141 ... 160 mm (5.55 ... 6.30 inch) 04 1 301…1 400 mm (51.22 ... 55.12 inch) 47
161 ... 180 mm (6.34 ... 7.09 inch) 05 1 401…1 500 mm (55.16 ... 59.05 inch) 51
Initial: 200 mm (7.87 inch) Standard length for Type 2F DIN 43772 1
201 ... 220 mm (7.91 ... 8.66 inch) 07 (X=64 mm (2.52 inch))
Initial: 220 mm (8.66 inch) Extension length X - customer specific
221…240 mm (8.70 ... 9.45 inch) 11 enter customer specific length with Y45,
Initial: 225 mm (8.86 inch) see page 2/73 Order codes
241…260 mm (9.49 ... 10.24 inch) 12 75 ...150 mm (2.95 ... 5.91 inch) 9 N1D
261…280 mm (10.28 ...11.02 inch) 13 151 ... 300 mm (5.95 ... 11.81 inch) 9 N2D
281…300 mm (11.06 ... 11.81 inch) 14 301 ... 450 mm (11.85 ... 17.72 inch) 9 N3D
Initial: 285 mm 11.22 inch) Initial: 450 mm (17.72 inch)
301…320 mm (11.85 ... 13.00 inch) 15
321…340 mm (12.64 ... 13.39 inch) 16 You find ordering examples on page 2/40!
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/71

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Cable entry
75 (2.95)
Cable entry
131 (5.16)
2 °C

process entry

Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry
Cable entry
Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry

119 (4.69)
Cable entry

process entry

mm (inch)
70 (2.76)
Cable entry

process entry
Cable entry
117 (4.51)

process entry

2/72 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Tubular thermowell, low to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777 777 Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
stress, according to DIN 43722, Type
2F, with flange, with extension Insertionlength customer-specific Y44
Select range, enter desired length in plain text (No
Head
Aluminum head, BA0, flange cover, A
entry = standard length) 2
Standard Extension X length customer-specific Y45
Aluminum head, BB0, low hinged cover, B Select range, enter desired length in plain text (No
screw connection entry = standard length)
able for Ex d1) Built-in head transmitter
Aluminum head, AH0, screw cover, suit- H Measuring range to be set must be specified with
able for Ex d, display1) plain text data "Y01".
Plastic head, BM0, screw cover M SITRANS TH100, input 1 x Pt100, 4 ... 20 mA T12
Plastic head, BP0high hinged cover, P SITRANS TH320, input 1 x universal, 4 ... 20 mA T24
screw connection SITRANS TH320, input 1 x universal, HART T34
Stainless steel head, AU0, screw cover, U SITRANS TH420, input 2 x universal, HART T35
suitable for Ex d1) SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, PA T40
Stainless steel head, AV0, screw cover, V SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, PA, Ex T41
suitable for Ex d, display1)
Sensor2) SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, FF, Ex T46
Please note: The accuracy class range Explosion protection
can be lower than the measuring range.
Pt100, Basis, -50 ... +400 °C A (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
Pt100, vibration resistant, B (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
-50 ... +400 °C (-58 ... +752 °F)
(-40 ... +1 832 °F) Non-sparking "ec" according to ATEX and IECEx E04
Thermocouple Type J, -40 ... +750 °C J (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
(-40 ... +1 382 °F) Without explosion protection requirements E10
Thermocouple Type N, -40 ... +1 000 °C N (USA, Canada) Basis FM
(-40 ... +1 832 °F)
Single, basic accuracy 1 (USA,Canada)
Single, highest accuracy (Class AA) 3 (USA, Canada)
Double, basic accuracy (Class 2/Class B) 5
Double, increased accuracy 6 Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E21
(Class 1/Class A) through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cCSAus
Double, highest accuracy (Class AA) 7 (USA); other connections (M, G, R)
1)
Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cCSAus E23
Ex d in connection with Order code E03 (USA, Canada)
2) Pt1000 versions are also available. To find these, please switch to Online Without explosion protection requirements (China) E54
Configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal: www.siemens.com/pia-portal
Flameproof enclosure "d"; dust protection through E56
Marine approvals
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/73

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors

pressure test
C32
C33
tion-test
cations)
plain text
Transmitter options
text
Further options
screws and springs)
AV0
AU0 and AV0
Option not found?
2/74 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Type 3, fast response, without process connection
2
H
Cable entry
+1
Ød
ØD3
BEuropean = N + H1 - 3
ØD
N
P
35 (1.34)
50 (1.97)
ØD1
ØD2

ØD1 Tip internal diameter
ØD2 Tip outer diameter
H Head height
H1 Type Axx> 41 (1.61)
Type Bxx> 26 (1.02)
N Nominal length
P Space for process connection, floor strength 6 mm

thermowell for low to medium stress, without process connection, without
extension, plug-in or for use with sliding compression joints, dimensions
in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/75

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Tubular thermowell for low to medium stress, 7 - 77777 - 7777 Tubular thermowell for low to medium stress, 7 - 77777 - 7777
according to DIN 43722, Type 3, without pro- according to DIN 43722, Type 3, without pro-
cess connection, improved response time, cess connection, improved response time,
2 plug-in or use with moveable compression
fittings
plug-in or use with moveable compression
fittings
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 381 ... 400 mm (15 ... 15.75 inch) 22
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Initial: 400 mm (15.75 inch)
Material, in contact with media 401 ... 420 mm (15.79 ... 16.54 inch) 23
316Ti (1.4571) 1 Initial: 420 mm (16.54 inch)
316L (1.4404 or 1.4435) 2 421 ... 440 mm (16.57 ... 17.32 inch) 24
Process connection
441 ... 460 mm (17.36 ... 18.11 inch) 25
Without process connection (for compression 0N
joints) N=U
461 ... 480 mm (18.15 ... 18.90 inch) 26
Thermowell form Initial: 465 mm (18.30 inch)
3, 12/9 mm (0.47/0.35 inch) K 481 ... 500 mm (18.94 ... 19.68 inch) 27
Insertion length U (=N), Standard Initial: 500 mm (19.68 inch)
160 mm (6.3 inch) 04 501 ... 550 mm (19.72 ... 21.65 inch) 31
220 mm (8.66 inch) 07 Initial: 510 mm (20.08 inch)
280 mm (11.02 inch) 13 551 ... 600 mm (21.69 ... 23.62 inch) 32
Insertion length U (=N), customer-specific Initial: 600 mm (23.62 inch)
enter customer specific length with Y44, see 601 ... 650 mm (23.66 ... 25.59 inch) 33
page 2/78 Order codes Initial: 650 mm (25.59 inch)
121 ... 140 mm (4.76 ... 5.51 inch) 03 651 ... 700 mm (25.63 ... 27.56 inch) 34
141 ... 160 mm (5.55 ... 6.30 inch) 04 701 ... 750 mm (27.6 ... 29.53 inch) 35
161 ... 180 mm (6.34 ... 7.09 inch) 05 751 ... 800 mm (29.57 ... 31.50 inch) 36
181 ... 200 mm (7.13 ... 7.87 inch) 06 801 ... 850 mm (31.53 ... 33.46 inch) 37
201 ... 220 mm (7.91 ... 8.66 inch) 07 851 ... 900 mm (33.50 ... 35.43 inch) 41
901 ... 950 mm (35.47 ... 37.40 inch) 42
241 ... 260 mm (9.48 ... 10.24 inch) 12 951 ... 1 000 mm (37.44 ... 39.37 inch) 43
1 001 ... 1 100 mm (39.41 ... 43.31 inch) 44
281 ... 300 mm (11.02 ... 11.81 inch) 14 Extension
Initial: 285 mm (11.22 inch) Standard length for Type 2 as per DIN 43722 0
301 ... 320 mm (11.85 ... 12.6 inch) 15 (without extension N=U)
321 ... 340 mm (12.64 ... 13.39 inch) 16
341 ... 360 mm (13.43 ... 14.17 inch) 20
361 ... 380 mm (14.21 ... 14.96 inch) 21
2/76 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Cable entry
75 (2.95)
Cable entry
131 (5.16)
°C 2
process entry

Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry
Cable entry
Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry

119 (4.69)
Cable entry

process entry

mm (inch)
70 (2.76)
Cable entry

process entry
Cable entry
117 (4.51)

process entry

Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/77

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Tubular thermowell for low to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777 Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
stress, according to DIN 43722, Type 3,
without process connection, improved Insertion length customer-specific Y44
2 response time, plug-in or use with
moveable compression fittings (No entry = standard length)
Head Options
Aluminum head, AG0, screw cover, suit- G SITRANS TH320, input 1 x universal, 4 ... 20 mA T24
able for Ex d1) SITRANS TH320, input 1 x universal, HART T34
Aluminum head, AH0, screw cover, suit- H SITRANS TH420, input 2 x universal, HART T35
able for Ex d, display1) SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, PA T40
Plastic head, BM0, screw cover M SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, PA, Ex T41
Plastic head, BP0high hinged cover, P SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, FF T45
screw connection SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, FF, Ex T46
Stainless steel head, AU0, screw cover, U
Ex d1)
can be lower than the measuring range. Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E03
For more information, see page 2/21 through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to ATEX and
Pt100, basis, -50 ... +400 °C A IECEx (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
(-58 ... +752 °F) Non-sparking "ec" according to ATEX and IECEx E04
Pt100, vibration-resistant, -50 ... +400 °C B (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
(-58 ... +752 °F)
(USA, Canada) Basis FM
-196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1 112 °F)
Thermocouple Type J, J Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E14
-40 ... +750 °C (-40 ... +1 382 °F) through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cFMus (USA,
Thermocouple Type K, -40 .. . +1 000 °C K Canada); other connections (M,G,R)
(-40 ... +1 832 °F) Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cFMus E16
Thermocouple Type N, N (USA, Canada)
-40 ... +1 000 °C (-40 ... +1 832 °F)
Without explosion protection requirements (USA, E17
Sensor number/Accuracy Canada), Basis CSA
Pt 100 connection: 1 x 4-wire connection
or 2 x 3-wire connection, see "Measuring Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cCSAus E18
technology: connection types", page 2/23 (USA, Canada)
Single, basic accuracy 1 Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E21
Single, increased accuracy 2 (USA); other connections (M, G, R)
Single, highest accuracy (Class AA) 3 (USA, Canada)
(Class 2/Class B) Without explosion protection requirements (China) E54
Double, increased accuracy 6 Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to NEPSI (China) E55
(Class 1/Class A)
Double, highest accuracy (Class AA) 7 housing "t"2) according to NEPSI (China)
1) Ex d in connection with Order code E03 Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to NEPSI (China) E57
2) Pt1000 versions are also available. To find these, please switch to Online Without explosion protection requirements (EAC) E80
Marine approvals
2/78 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors

pressure test
C32
C33
2
tion-test
cations)
plain text
Transmitter options
text
Further options
with outer earth screw for heads AG0, AH0, AU0 A02
and AV0
AU0 and AV0
Compression joint G½", enclosed A31
Compression joint NPT½", enclosed A32
Option not found?
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/79

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Type 3G, fast response, screwed design, with extension
K2
X
2 K1 U
ØD
H
Process connection conical, dimensions in mm (inch)

Cable entry
+1
Ød
ØD3
X
K1
ØD
N
U
35 (1.38)
50 (1.97)
ØD1
ØD2

E Process connection, thread size
H Head height
H1 Type Axx = 41 (1.61)
Type Bxx = 26 (1.02)
K1 Screw depth
N Nominal length
U Insertion length

thermowell for low to medium stress, according to DIN 43772, type 3G,
screwed design, without process connection, with extension, for screw-
in depth dimensions, see page 2/15, dimensions in mm (inch).
2/80 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
stress, according to DIN 43722, Type 3G, stress, according to DIN 43722, Type 3G,
screwed design, with extension screwed design, with extension
501 ... 550 mm (19.72 ... 21.65 inch)
31
2
551 ... 600 mm (21.69 ... 23.62 inch) 32
316Ti (1.4571) 1 601 ... 650 mm (23.66 ... 25.59 inch) 33
Cylindrical: G½" (½" BSPP) 1C Initial: 700 mm (27.56 inch)
Cylindrical: G¾" (¾" BSPP) 1D 701 ... 750 mm (27.6 ... 29.53 inch) 35
Tapered: NPT½" 1J Initial: 750 mm (29.53 inch)
Tapered: NPT¾" 1K 751 ... 800 mm (29.57 ... 31.50 inch) 36
Tapered: NPT1" 1L Initial: 800 mm (31.50 inch)
Cylindrical: M20 x 1.5 1V 801 ... 850 mm (31.53 ... 33.46 inch) 37
Cylindrical: M27 x 2.0 1W Initial: 850 mm (33.46 inch)
Cylindrical: M33 x 2.0 1Y 851 ... 900 mm (33.50 ... 35.43 inch) 41
Thermowell form 901 ... 950 mm (35.47 ... 37.40 inch) 42
3G, 12/9 mm (0.47/0.35 inch) K Initial: 950 mm (37.40 inch)
Insertion length U standard 951 ... 1 000 mm (37.44 ... 39.37 inch) 43
220 mm (8.66 inch) 07 Extension X
280 mm (11.02 inch) 13 Standard length for Type 2G DIN 43772 1
Insertion length U customer- (X=131 mm (5.08 inch))
specific Extension length - customer specific
enter customer specific length with Y44, enter customer specific length with Y45,
see page 2/83 Order codes see page 2/83 Order codes
121 ... 140 mm (4.76 ... 5.51 inch) 03 75 ...150 mm (2.95 ... 5.91 inch) 9 N1D
141 ... 160 mm (5.55 ... 6.30 inch) 04 151 ... 300 mm (5.95 ... 11.81 inch) 9 N2D
161 ... 180 mm (6.34 ... 7.09 inch) 05 Additional configurations on page after next page!
181 ... 200 mm (7.13 ... 7.87 inch) 06 You find ordering examples on page 2/40!
201 ... 220 mm (7.91 ... 8.66 inch) 07
221…240 mm (8.70 ... 9.45 inch) 11
241…260 mm (9.49 ... 10.24 inch) 12
261…280 mm (10.28 ...11.02 inch) 13
281…300 mm (11.06 ... 11.81 inch) 14
301…320 mm (11.85 ... 13.00 inch) 15
321…340 mm (12.64 ... 13.39 inch) 16
341…360 mm (13.43 ... 14.17 inch) 20
361…380 mm (14.21 ... 14.96 inch) 21
381…400 mm (14.99 ... 15.75 inch) 22
401…420 mm (15.79 ... 16.54 inch) 23
421…440 mm (16.57 ... 17.32 inch) 24
441…460 mm (17.36 ... 18.11 inch) 25
461…480 mm (18.15 ... 18.90 inch) 26
481…500 mm (18.94 ... 19.69 inch) 27
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/81

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Cable entry
75 (2.95)
Cable entry
131 (5.16)
2 °C

process entry

Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry
Cable entry
Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry

119 (4.69)
Cable entry

process entry

mm (inch)
70 (2.76)
Cable entry

process entry
Cable entry
117 (4.51)

process entry

2/82 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
stress, according to DIN 43722, Type 3G, Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
screwed design, with extension Insertion length customer-specific Y44
Head
Aluminum head, BA0, flange cover, A (No entry = standard length) 2
Standard Extension length customer-specific Y45
Aluminum head, BB0, low hinged cover, B Select range, enter desired length in plain text
screw connection (No entry = standard length)
able for Ex d1)
Ex d1) SITRANS TH420, input 2 x universal, HART T35
Stainless steel head, screw cover, V SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, PA T40
Ex d, display1) SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, PA, Ex T41
Sensor2)
Pt100, basis, -50 ... +400 °C A (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
Pt100, vibration resistant, -50 ... +400 °C B (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
(-58 ... +752 °F)
-40 ... +750 °C (-40 ... +1 382 °F) Non-sparking "ec" according to ATEX and IECEx E04
Thermocouple Type K, -40 .. . +1 000 °C K (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
Thermocouple Type N, N (USA, Canada) Basis FM
-40 ... + 1000 °C (-40 ... +1 832 °F)
(USA, Canada)
(Class AA)
Double, basic accuracy 5 Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E21
Double, increased accuracy 6 (USA); other connections (M, G, R)
Double, highest accuracy (Class AA) 7 (USA, Canada)
1) Ex d in connection with Order code E03 Without explosion protection requirements (China) E54
2) Pt1000 versions are also available. To find these, please switch to Online Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to NEPSI (China) E55
Configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal: www.siemens.com/pia-portal Flameproof enclosure "d"; dust protection through E56
Marine approvals
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/83

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors

EN 10204-3.1 Inspeciton certificate for materials C12
pressure test
C32
C33
tion-test
EN 10204-3.1 Inspectiont certificate: visual, mea- C34
surement and functional inspection
cations)
plain text
Transmitter options
text
Further options
screws and springs)
AV0
AU0 and AV0
Option not found?
2/84 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Type 3F, fast response, with flange and extension
2
H
Cable entry
+1
Ød
ØD3
X
ØD
N
35 (1.38)
U
50 (1.97)
ØD1
ØD2

H Head height
H1 Type Axx = 41 (1.61)
Type Bxx = 26 (1.02)
N Nominal length
U Insertion length

thermowell for low to medium stress, according to DIN 43772, type 3F,
with flange, with extension, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/85

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
stress, according to DIN 43722, stress, according to DIN 43722,
Type 3F, with flange, with extension Type 3F, with flange, with extension

501 ... 550 mm (19.72 ... 21.65 inch)
31
Material, in contact with media 551 ... 600 mm (21.69 ... 23.62 inch) 32
316Ti (1.4571) 1
601 ... 650 mm (23.66 ... 25.59 inch) 33
Flange EN; DN 40 PN 40 B1 2B Initial: 700 mm (27.56 inch)
Flange EN; DN 50 PN 40 B1 2C 701 ... 750 mm (27.6 ... 29.53 inch) 35
Flange ASME; 1.0" RF 150 2E Initial: 750 mm (29.53 inch)
Flange ASME; 1.0" RF 300 2F 751 ... 800 mm (29.57 ... 31.50 inch) 36
Flange ASME; 1.5" RF 150 2G Initial: 800 mm (31.50 inch)
Flange ASME; 1.5" RF 300 2H 801 ... 850 mm (31.53 ... 33.46 inch) 37
Flange ASME; 2.0" RF 150 2J Initial: 850 mm (33.46 inch)
Flange ASME; 2.0" RF 300 2K 851 ... 900 mm (33.50 ... 35.43 inch) 41
Flange ASME; 1.0" RF 600 2L Initial: 900 mm (35.43 inch)
Flange ASME; 1.5" RF 600 2N 901 ... 950 mm (35.47 ... 37.40 inch) 42
Flange ASME; 1.5" RF 900 2R Initial: 950 mm (37.40 inch)
Flange ASME; 2.0" RF 600 2S 951 ... 1 000 mm (37.44 ... 39.37 inch) 43
Flange ASME; 2.0" RF 900 2T Initial: 1 000 mm (39.37 inch)
Flange EN; DN 32 PN 40 B1 4A 1 001 ... 1 100 mm (39.41 ... 43.31 inch) 44
Flange EN; DN 40 PN 100 B1 4B Initial: 1 100 mm (43.31 inch)
Flange EN; DN 50 PN 16 B1 4C
Extension
Flange EN; DN 80 PN 16 B1 4D
Standard length for Type 3F DIN 43772 1
Flange EN; DN 100 PN 16 B1 4E (X=66 mm (2.60 inch))
Thermowell form Extension length - customer specific
3F; 12/9 mm (0.47/0.35 inch) K enter customer specific length with Y45,
Insertion length U standard see page 2/88 Order codes
225 mm (8.86 inch) 11 75 ...150 mm (2.95 ... 5.91 inch) 9 N1D
285 mm (11.22 inch) 14 Initial: 150 mm (5.91 inch)
345 mm (13.58 inch) 17 151 ... 300 mm (5.95 ... 11.81 inch) 9 N2D
Insertion length U customer-specific
enter customer specific length with Y44, Additional configurations on page after next page!
121 ... 140 mm (4.76 ... 5.51 inch) 03 You find ordering examples on page 2/40!
141 ... 160 mm (5.55 ... 6.30 inch) 04
161 ... 180 mm (6.34 ... 7.09 inch) 05
181 ... 200 mm (7.13 ... 7.87 inch) 06
201 ... 220 mm (7.91 ... 8.66 inch) 07
221 ... 240 mm (8.7 ... 9.45 inch) 11
241 ... 260 mm (9.48 ... 10.24 inch) 12
261 ... 280 mm (10.28 ... 11.02 inch) 13
281 ... 300 mm (11.02 ... 11.81 inch) 14
301 ... 320 mm (11.85 ... 12.6 inch) 15
321 ... 340 mm (12.64 ... 13.39 inch) 16
341 ... 360 mm (13.43 ... 14.17 inch) 17
361 ... 380 mm (14.21 ... 14.96 inch) 21
381 ... 400 mm (15 ... 15.75 inch) 22
401 ... 420 mm (15.79 ... 16.54 inch) 23
421 ... 440 mm (16.57 ... 17.32 inch) 24
441 ... 460 mm (17.36 ... 18.11 inch) 25
461 ... 480 mm (18.15 ... 18.90 inch) 26
481 ... 500 mm (18.94 ... 19.68 inch) 27
2/86 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Cable entry
75 (2.95)
Cable entry
131 (5.16)
°C 2
process entry

Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry
Cable entry
Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry

119 (4.69)
Cable entry

process entry

mm (inch)
70 (2.76)
Cable entry

process entry
Cable entry
117 (4.51)

process entry

Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/87

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Tubular thermowell, low to medium 7 - 77777 - 7777 777
stress, according to DIN 43722, Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Type 3F, with flange, with extension Insertion length customer-specific Y44
2 Head
Aluminum head, BA0, flange cover, A (No entry = standard length)
Standard Extension length customer-specific Y45
Aluminum head, BB0, low hinged cover, B Select range, enter desired length in plain text
screw connection (No entry = standard length)
able for Ex d1)
Ex d1) SITRANS TH420, input 2 x universal, HART T35
Stainless steel head, screw cover, V SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, PA T40
Ex d, display1) SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, PA, Ex T41
Sensor2)
Pt100, basis, -50 ... +400 °C A (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
Pt100, vibration.resistant, -50 ... +400 °C B (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
(-58 ... +752 °F)
Thermocouple Type K, -40 .. . +1 000 °C K (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
Thermocouple Type N, N (USA, Canada) Basis FM
-40 ... +1 000 °C (-40 ... 1 832 °F)
technology: connection types" page 2/23 Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cFMus E16
(USA, Canada)
Single, basic accuracy (Class 2/Class B) 1
Single, increased accuracy 2 Without explosion protection requirements E17
(Class 1/Class A) (USA, Canada), Basis CSA
Single, highest accuracy (Class AA) 3 Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cCSAus E18
Double, basic accuracy 5 (USA, Canada)
(Class 2/Class B) Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E21
Double, increased accuracy 6 through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cCSAus
(Class 1/Class A) (USA); other connections (M, G, R)
Double, highest accuracy (Class AA) 7 Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cCSAus E23
1) Ex d in connection with Order code E03 (USA, Canada)
2) Pt1000 versions are also available. To find these, please switch to Online Without explosion protection requirements (China) E54
Configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal: www.siemens.com/pia-portal Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to NEPSI (China) E55
Marine approvals
2/88 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors

pressure test
C32
C33
2
tion-test
order
cations)
plain text
Transmitter options
(Y01:+/-NNNN ... +/-NNNN C,F)
text
Further options
screws and springs)
with outer earth screw for heads AG0, AH0, AU0 A02
and AV0
AU0 and AV0
Option not found?
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/89

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
SITRANS TS500 - Barstock thermowells
Type 4+4F, with extension
SITRANS TS500, temperature sensors for vessels and pipes, barstock thermowell for medium to extreme stress, according to
DIN 43772..
H
H
Cable entry Cable entry

+1
+1
Ød
ØD4
X
Ød
M18x1.5
X
ØD4
ØD
M18x1.5
ØD3
N
N
ØD3
L
ØD
L
U
C
C
ØD2 ØD2
B Measuring insert length B Measuring insert length

C Cone length = Umin C Cone length = Umin
Ød Measuring insert outer diameter (6 (0.24)) Ød Measuring insert outer diameter (6 (0.24))
ØD Process connection outer diameter ØD Process connection outer diameter
ØD2 Tip outer diameter, 12.5 (0.49) ØD2 Tip outer diameter, 12.5 (0.49)
ØD3 Thermowell internal diameter ØD3 Thermowell internal diameter
ØD4 Extension outer diameter ØD4 Extension outer diameter
H Head height H Head height
H1 Type Axx = 41 (1.61) H1 Type Axx = 41 (1.61)
Type Bxx = 26 (1.02) Type Bxx = 26 (1.02)
L Length of thermowell L Length of thermowell
N Nominal length N Nominal length
X Extension length, floor strength 4 mm U Insertion length (Standard: U = L - 70 (2.76))
Thermowell type 4, for welding in, with extension, dimensions in mm (inch)

Thermowell type 4F, with flange, with extension, dimensions in mm (inch)
2/90 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Barstock thermowell for medium to 7 - 77777 - 7777 777 Barstock thermowell for medium to 7 - 77777 - 7777 777
extreme stress, according to DIN 43722, extreme stress, according to DIN 43722,
Type 4, for welding in, Type 4F with Type 4, for welding in, Type 4F with
flange, with extension
flange, with extension
Head
2
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Aluminum head, BA0, flange cover, A
Material, in contact with media Standard
316Ti (1.4571) 1 Aluminum head, BB0, low hinged cover, B
316L (1.4404 or 1.4435) 2 screw connection
1.7335 heat resistant, only for versions 3 Aluminum head, BC0, high hinged cover, C
without flange screw connection
1.5415 heat resistant, only for versions 4 Aluminum head, AG0, screw cover, suit- G
without flange able for Ex d1)
Process connection able for Ex d, display1)
Without (for welding in) 0N Plastic head, BM0, screw cover M
Flange DN25 PN10 ... 40 B1 2A Plastic head, BP0high hinged cover, P
Flange 1"RF150 2E screw connection
Flange 1"RF300 2F Stainless steel head, AU0, screw cover, U
Flange 1.5"RF150 2G Ex d1)
Flange 1.5"RF300 2H Stainless steel head, AV0, screw cover, V
Thermowell form Ex d, display1)
For flanged types only: specify with Y44 in Sensor2)
plain text if insertion length "U" deviates Please note: The accuracy class range
from standard (U=L-70 mm (2.76 inch)). can be lower than the measuring range.
(Min: U = C; Max; U= L-50 mm (1.97 inch)) For more information, see page 2/21
Type 4/4F, A00 Pt100, basis, -50 ... +400 °C A
L=140 mm (5.51 inch), C=65 mm (-58 ... +752)
(3.74 inch), ØD=24 mm (0.95 inch), Pt100, vibration resistant, -50 ... +400 °C B
Ød=6 mm (0.24 inch) (-58 ... +752)
Type 4/4F, B00 Pt100, expanded range, C
L=200 mm (7.87 inch), C=65 mm -196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1 112)
(3.74 inch), ØD=24 mm (0.95 inch), Thermocouple Type K, -40 ... +1 000 °C K
Ød=6 mm (0.24 inch) (-40 ... +1 832)
Type 4/4F, D00 Thermocouple Type J, J
L=200 mm (7.87 inch), C=125 mm -40 ... +750 °C (-40 ... +1 382)
(4.92 inch), ØD=24 mm (0.95 inch), Thermocouple Type N, -40 ... +1 000 °C N
Ød=6 mm (0.24 inch) (-40 ... +1 832)
Type 4/4F, E00
L=260 mm (10.24 inch), C=125 mm Sensor number/Accuracy
(4.92 inch), ØD=24 mm (0.95 inch), Pt 100 connection: 1 x 4-wire connection
Ød=6 mm (0.24 inch) or 2 x 3-wire connection, see "Measuring
technology: connection types" , page 2/23
Extension X Single, basic accuracy (Class 2/Class B) 1
as per DIN 43772 1 Single, increased accuracy 2
(X=149 mm (5.87 inch)) (Class 1/Class A)
Extension X, customer-specific Single, highest accuracy (Class AA) 3
enter customer specific length with Y45, Double, basic accuracy (Class 2/Class B) 5
see page 2/93 Order codes Double, increased accuracy 6
75 ...150 mm (2.95 ... 5.91 inch) 9 N1D (Class 1/Class A)
Initial: 150 mm (5.91 inch) Double, highest accuracy (Class AA) 7
151 ... 300 mm (5.95 ... 11.81 inch) 9 N2D 1)
Initial: 300 mm (11.81 inch) Ex d in connection with Order code E03
301 ... 450 mm (11.85 ... 17.72 inch) 9 N3D 2) Pt1000 versions are also available. To find these, please switch to Online
Initial: 450 mm (17.72 inch) Configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal: www.siemens.com/pia-portal
451 ... 600 mm (17.86 ... 23.62 inch) 9 N4D
601 ... 750 mm (23.66 ... 29.53 inch) 9 N5D
751 ... 900 mm (29.57 ... 45.43 inch) 9 N6D
901 ... 1 050 mm (45.47 ... 41.34 inch) 9 N7D
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/91

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Cable entry
75 (2.95)
Cable entry
131 (5.16)
2 °C

process entry

Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry
Cable entry
Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry

119 (4.69)
Cable entry

process entry

mm (inch)
70 (2.76)
Cable entry

process entry
Cable entry
117 (4.51)

process entry

2/92 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Further designs Certificates and approvals
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for materials C12
Insertion length customer-specific Y44 EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for hydrostatic C31
Select range, enter desired length in plain text Inser- pressure test
tion length U deviating from standard;
(Min: U = C; Max; U= L-50 mm (1.97 inch)),
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for helium leak
test
C32 2
no entry = standard length (U=L-70 mm (2.76 inch))
EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate for dye-penetra- C33
Extension length customer-specific Y45 tion-test
Select range, enter desired length in plain text EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate: visual, measure- C34
(No entry = standard length) ment and functional inspection
Options EN 10204-2.1: Declaration of compliance with the C35
Add "-Z" to Article No. and add options, separate order
extensions with "+". NACE Standard MR-01-75 compliance C50
Built-in head transmitter cations)
Measuring range to be set must be specified with EN 10204-3.1 Acceptance test certificate On request
plain text data "Y01". "Positive Materials Identification" (PMI)
SITRANS TH320, input 1 x universal, 4 ... 20 mA T24 Designation, calibration
SITRANS TH320, input 1 x universal, HART T34 Stainless steel TAG plate , enter lettering in plain text Y15
SITRANS TH420, input 2 x universal, HART T35 Plant calibration per 1 point, enter temperature in Y33
SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, PA T40 plain text
SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, PA, Ex T41 Transmitter options
SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, FF T45 Transmitter, enter complete setting in plain text Y01
SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, FF, Ex T46 (Y01:+/-NNNN ... +/-NNNN C,F), marking on the
Without explosion protection requirements E00 text
(Europe, Australia, New Zealand) Transmitter, enter measuring point description Y23
Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS1) according to ATEX and IECEx E01 (max. 16 characters) in plain text
(Europe, Australia, New Zealand) Transmitter, enter measuring point text (max. Y24
Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E03 Transmitter, enter bus address in plain text Y25
through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to ATEX and Transmitter, fail-safe value 3.6 mA U36
IECEx (Europe, Australia, New Zealand) (instead of 22.8 mA)
Non-sparking "ec" according to ATEX and IECEx E04 SITRANS TH320/420 transmitter with SIL2/3 certificate C20
(Europe, Australia, New Zealand) Transmitter test protocol (5 points) C11
Without explosion protection requirements E10 Further options
(USA, Canada) Basis FM Connection form, flying leads G01
Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E14 (for the direct transmitter assembly, delivery without
through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cFMus (USA, screws and springs)
Canada); other connections (M,G,R) Full penetration process connection for 316L/316TI G02
Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cFMus E16 Non-Ex and intrinsically safe, max. IP65/67)
(USA, Canada)
Without explosion protection requirements E17 without mating connector max. IP65/67)
(USA, Canada), Basis CSA Connection head with ½ NPT thread without cable G20
Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cCSAus E18 gland, for AU0 and AH0 only IP66
(USA, Canada) with outer earth screw for heads AG0, AH0, AU0 and A02
AV0
Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection E21 with inner earth screw for heads BC0, AG0, AH0, A03
through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cCSAus AU0 and AV0
(USA); other connections (M, G, R)
Option not found?
Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cCSAus E23 Handling number special version Y99
(USA, Canada)
Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to NEPSI (China) E55 gland (please select non-Ex version of the optional transmitter).
housing "t"2) according to NEPSI (China) You find ordering examples on page 2/40.
through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to EACEx (EAC)
Marine approvals
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/93

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
SITRANS TS500
For installation in existing thermowells
E2
K2
2 Ød2
H
M
Cable entry
+1
K1
U
E1
Extension (1, 2, 3)1), adjustable, european, cylindrical

ØD4
X
E2
K2
Ød2
BEuropean = N + H1 + 3 - F
BAmerican = U + 10 - F
K1
M
E1
Spring load european 6 (0.24); 3 (0.12) with transmiter
N
K1
U
E1
U
Spring load american 20.0 (0.79)
Extension (1, 2, 3)1), adjustable, European, tapered
E2
K2
Ød2
M
Ød

K1
Ød Measuring insert outer diameter

U
ØD4 Extension outer diameter E1
E1 Process connection, thread size

H Head height Extension NUN, adjustable, tapered, American (8)1)
H1 Type Axx = 41 (1.61)
Type Bxx = 26 (1.02) E2
K1 Screw depth
K2
N Nominal length
U Insertion length
X Extension length
Ød2
Recommended spring-load:
European versions = inside length of the thermowell + 3 (0.12)
M
American versions = inside length of the thermowell + 10 (0.39)
SITRANS TS500, temperature sensors for vessels and pipes. Tempera-

ture sensors for installation in existing thermowells, suitable for thermow-
ells in accordance with DIN 43772 and ASME B40.9-2001, with extension
K1
of European or American type, dimensions in mm (inch)

U
E1
Extension NIP, non-adjustable, tapered, American (6)1)

1) Numbers 1 ... 8: s. Selection and Ordering data option extension
page 2/95
2/94 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
SITRANS TS500
Temperature sensors for installation in 77777 - 7777 777 Temperature sensors for installation in 77777 - 7777 777
existing thermowells, suitable for ther- existing thermowells, suitable for ther-
mowells according to DIN 43772 as well as mowells according to DIN 43772 as well as
ASME B40.9-2001 with extension ASME B40.9-2001 with extension
European or American types European or American types 2
Click on the Article No. for the online con- Extension X
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Without extension 0
Model European type: X=65 (M=81 mm) (3.15 inch) 1
existing thermowells 1 adjustable
European type: X=139 mm (5.47 inch) 2
Thread type (M=155 mm (6.10 inch)) adjustable
G½" (½"BSPP) (not for American type) C (DIN standard length for L=110)
NPT½" J European type: X=149 mm (5.87 inch) 3
M14x1.5 (not for American type) T (M=165 mm (6.50 inch)) adjustable
M18x1.5 (not for American type) U American type: X=74 mm (2.91 inch) inte- 6
M20x1.5 (not for American type) V grated sensor spring, NIP, not adjustable
Without thread N (NPT½"), Umin = 100 mm
Special version Z J1Y American type: X=150 mm (5.91 inch) inte- 8
Insertion ength U free length, standard grated sensor spring NUN adjustable
lengths (NPT½")
110 mm (4.33 inch) B1 Extension X, customer-specific
140 mm (5.51 inch) B2 enter customer specific length with Y45,
200 mm (7.87 inch) C1 see page 2/98 Order codes
260 mm (10.24 inch) C2 75 ...150 mm (2.95 ... 5.91 inch) 9 N1
410 mm (16.14 inch) E1 Initial: 150 mm (5.91 inch)
151 ... 300 mm (5.95 ... 11.81 inch) 9 N2
Insertion U free length, customer-specific Standard: 300 mm (11.81 inch)
301 ... 450 mm (11.85 ... 17.72 inch) 9 N3
Standard: 450 mm (17.72 inch)
30 ... 100 mm (1.18 ... 3.94 inch) A0
Special length < 45 mm (1.77 inch) or 9 N8
> 450 mm (17.7 inch)
101 ... 200 mm (3.98 ... 7.87 inch) B0
Initial: 200 mm (7.87 inch) Model
201 ... 300 mm (7.91 ... 11.81 inch) C0 European type (M24 adjustable) D
301 ... 400 mm (11.85 ... 15.75 inch) D0 Additional configurations on page after next page!
401 ... 500 mm (15.79 ... 19.68 inch) E0
501 ... 600 mm (19.72 ... 23.62 inch) F0
601 ... 800 mm (23.66 ... 31.50 inch) G0
801 ... 1 000 mm (31.54 ... 39.37 inch) H0
1 001 ... 1 250 mm (39.41 ... 49.21 inch) J0
1 251 ... 1 500 mm (49.25... 59.05 inch) K0
Special length < 30 mm (1.18 inch) or X0
> 1500 mm (59.00 inch)
Measurement tip diameter
6 mm (0.24 inch) 6
8 mm (0.31 inch) (with sleeve) 8
(with sleeve = not replaceable)
(with sleeve = not replaceable)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/95

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
SITRANS TS500
Cable entry
75 (2.95)
Cable entry
131 (5.16)
2 °C

process entry

Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry
Cable entry
Connection head,
~65 (2.56)
process entry

119 (4.69)
Cable entry

process entry

mm (inch)
70 (2.76)
Cable entry

process entry
Cable entry
117 (4.51)

process entry

2/96 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
SITRANS TS500
Option G50: M24x1.5, with seal Option G52: M24x1.5, open
H
Cable Cable
entry entry
2
H1
H1
12 ± 1
(0.47 ± 0.039)
B = U + H1
B = U + H1
U
U
Ød Ød
Ød Measuring insert outer diameter Ød Measuring insert outer diameter
Type Bxx = 26 (1.02) Type Bxx = 26 (1.02)
U Insertion length U Insertion length
Option G51: ½" NPT, with seal Option G53: ½" NPT, open
H
Cable Cable
entry entry
(0.354)
H1
H1
9
34 ± 1
(1.34 ± 0.039)
B = U + H1
B = U + H1
U
Ød Ød
Ød Measuring insert outer diameter Ød Measuring insert outer diameter
Type Bxx = 26 (1.02) Type Bxx = 26 (1.02)
U Insertion length U Insertion length
Input of connection head: Umin = 50 mm (1.97 inch), dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/97

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
SITRANS TS500
Temperature sensors for installation in 77777 - 7777 777
existing thermowells, suitable for ther- Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
mowells according to DIN 43772 as well as Insertion length customer-specific Y44
ASME B40.9-2001 with extension Select range, enter desired length in plain text
2 European or American types (No entry = standard length)
Head Extension length customer-specific Y45
Aluminum head, BA0, flange cover, A Select range, enter desired length in plain text
Standard (No entry = standard length)
Aluminum head, BB0, low hinged cover, B Options
Aluminum head, BC0, high hinged cover, C extensions with "+".
screw connection
Aluminum head, AG0, screw cover, suitable G Built-in head transmitter
for Ex d1) Measuring range to be set must be specified with
Aluminum head, AH0, screw cover, suitable H plain text data "Y01".
for Ex d, display1) SITRANS TH100, input 1 x Pt100, 4 ... 20 mA T12
Plastic head, BM0, screw cover M SITRANS TH320, input 1 x universal, 4 ... 20 mA T24
Plastic head, BP0high hinged cover, screw P SITRANS TH320, input 1 x universal, HART T34
connection SITRANS TH420, input 2 x universal, HART T35
Stainless steel head, AU0, screw cover, U SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, PA T40
Ex d1) SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, PA, Ex T41
Stainless steel head, AV0, screw cover, Ex d, V SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, FF T45
display1) SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, FF, Ex T46
Sensor2) Explosion protection
Please note: The accuracy class range can Without explosion protection requirements E00
be lower than the measuring range. For more (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
Pt100, Basis, -50 ... +400 °C A
(-58 ... +752 °F)
Pt100, vibration resistant, -50 ... +400 °C B Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection through E03
(-58 ... +752 °F) housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to ATEX and IECEx
Pt100, expanded range, Umin = 100 mm C (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
Thermocouple Type J, J (Europe, Australia, New Zealand)
-40 ... +750 °C (-40 ... +1 382 °F) Without explosion protection requirements E10
Thermocouple Type K, -40 .. . +1 000 °C K (USA, Canada) Basis FM
(-40 ... +1 832 °F)
Thermocouple Type N, N Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection through E13
-40 ... +1 000 °C (-40 ... +1 832 °F) housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cFMus (USA);
NPT connections at the enclosure are mandatory
Sensor number/Accuracy
Pt 100 connection: 1 x 4-wire connection or Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection through E14
2 x 3-wire connection, see "Measuring tech- housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cFMus
nology: connection types", page 2/23 (USA, Canada); other connections (M,G,R)
Single, basic accuracy 1 Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cFMus E16
(Class 2/Class B) (USA, Canada)
Single, increased accuracy 2 Without explosion protection requirements E17
(Class 1/Class A) (USA, Canada), Basis CSA
(Class AA) Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cCSAus E18
(USA, Canada)
(Class 2/Class B) Flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP; dust protection through E20
Double, increased accuracy 6 housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cCSAus
(Class 1/Class A) (USA, Canada); NPT connections at the enclosure
Double, highest accuracy (Class AA) 7 are mandatory
1)
Ex d in connection with Order code E03 housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cCSAus (USA); other
2) Pt1000 versions are also available. To find these, please switch to Online connections (M, G, R)
Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cCSAus E23
(USA, Canada)
Marine approvals
2/98 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
SITRANS TS500

EN 10204-3.1 Factory certificate: visual, measure- C34
2
plain text
Transmitter options
text
Further options
screws and springs)
Input of the connection head: G50
M24x1.5, with sealing screw, Umin = 50 mm
1/2" NPT, with sealing screw, Umin = 50 mm
M24x1.5, open, Umin = 50 mm
1/2" NP, open, Umin = 50 mm
AV0
AU0 and AV0
Option not found?
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/99

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
SITRANS TSinsert
Measuring inserts for retrofitting and upgrading - European and American type
European type American type Determination of the measuring insert length
Ø33 (1.30)
150 (5.90)
25 (0.99)
NPT½
K2
Ø42
(1.66) X
H1
17
Seal about
K1
1 mm
NPT½ Spring-load
X
B = N + H1 + 3 - F
B=U+6-F
B
N
L
NBL
NBL
TSL
TSL
Ød Ød
Recommended spring-load:
B Measuring insert length K1 Screw depth European versions with ceramic base = 3 (0.12)
Ød Measuring insert outer diameter K2 Screw depth European versions with transmitter = 1 (0.04)
N Nominal length L/U Thermowell length American versions: 6.4 (0.25); round down to 6 (0.24)
U for Form 2*/ 3*/ 4F Example calculations
NBL Non-bending length
L for Form 4 European measuring insert (with ceramic base)
TSL Temperature-sensitive length Connection head BC0, Thermowell Form 2F, U = 225 mm, X = 64
H1 Type Axx = 41 (1.61)
F Floor strength Type Bxx = 26 (1.02) B = U + X + H1 + 3 – F
Type 2: 3 (0.12) B = 225 + 64 + 26 + 3 – 3 = 315
Type 3: 6 (0.24) American measuring insert
Type 4: 4 (0.16) Connection head AG0, Thermowell Form 4, L = 200 mm
ASME types: 6.4 (0.25); round down to 6 (0.24) B=L+6-F
B = 200 + 6 – 4 = 202
X Extension length
For the NTP thread, please take tolerances into consideration
and select a shorter sensor or use PTFE tape for mounting, for
example: -3 (0.12).
SITRANS TSinsert measuring inserts for temperature sensors, replaceable, mineral-insulated design
European type (DIN ceramic base), spring load approx. 6 mm (0.24 inch)/3 mm (0.12 inch) with transmitter
American type, spring load approx. 21 mm (0.83 inch); determination of measuring insert length, dimensions in mm (inch);
Cold End types: see drawings on page 2/102
2/100 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
SITRANS TSinsert
SITRANS TSinsert for temperature sen- 7MC701 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 SITRANS TSinsert for temperature sen- 7MC701 7 - 7 7 7 7 7
sors, replaceable, mineral-insulated sors, replaceable, mineral-insulated
design, European or American type design, European or American type
Click on the Article No. for the online Measuring insert length B,
Measurement tip diameter
customer-specific
specify length with Y44, s. page 2/93 2
6 mm (0.24 inch) 6 85 ... 100 mm (3.37 ... 3.94 inch) 11
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91 inch) 13
Type 151 … 200 mm (5.95 ... 7.87 inch) 15
European type - DIN ceramic base 1 Initial: 200 mm (7.87 inch)
European type - DIN flying leads, abso- 2 201 … 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84 inch) 17
lutely necessary with built-on transmitter Initial: 205 mm (8.07 inch)
American type - ANSI (nipple spring) 5 251 … 300 mm (9.88 ... 11.81 inch) 21
Sensor1) Initial: 275 mm (10.83 inch)
Please note: The accuracy class range 301 … 350 mm (11.85 ... 13.78 inch) 23
can be lower than the measuring range. Initial: 315 mm (12.40 inch)
For more information, see page 2/21 351 … 400 mm (13.82 ... 15.75 inch) 25
Pt100, basis, -50 ... +400 °C A Initial: 375 mm (14.76 inch)
(-58 ... +752 °F) 401 … 450 mm (15.79 ... 17.72 inch) 27
Pt100, vibration-resistant, B Initial: 405 mm (15.94 inch)
-50 ... +400 °C (-58 ... +752 °F) 451 … 500 mm (17.76 ... 19.68 inch) 31
Pt100, expanded range, Umin = 100 mm C Initial: 500 mm (19.68 inch)
-196 ... +600 °C (-321 ... +1 112 °F) 501 … 550 mm (19.72 ... 21.65 inch) 33
Thermocouple Type J, -40 ... +750 °C J Initial: 525 mm (20.67 inch)
(-40 ... +1 382 °F) 551 … 600 mm (21.69 ... 23.92 inch) 35
Thermocouple Type K, -40 .. . +1 000 °C K Initial: 555 mm (21.85 inch)
(-40 ... +1 832 °F) 601 … 700 mm (23.66 ... 27.56 inch) 37
Thermocouple Type N, N Initial: 655 mm (25.79 inch)
-40 ... +1 000 °C (-40 ... +1 832 °F) 701 … 800 mm (27.60 ... 31.50 inch) 41
Sensor number/Accuracy 801 … 900 mm (31.54 ... 35.43 inch) 43
Pt 100 connection: 1 x 4-wire connection Initial: 825 mm (32.48 inch)
or 2 x 3-wire connection, see "Measuring 901 … 1 000 mm (35.47 ... 39.37 inch) 45
technology: connection types" page 2/23 Initial: 950 mm (37.40 inch)
Single, basic accuracy A 1 001 … 1 500 mm (39.41 ... 59.05 inch) 47
(Class 2/Class B) Initial: 1 250 mm (49.21 inch)
Single, increased accuracy B 1 501 … 2 000 mm (59.09 ... 78.74 inch) 48
(Class 1/Class A) Initial: 1 700 mm (66.93 inch)
Single, highest accuracy C
(Class AA) 1) Pt1000 versions are also available. To find these, please switch to Online
Double, basic accuracy D Configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal: www.siemens.com/pia-portal
(Class 2/Class B)
Double, increased accuracy E
Additional configurations on page after next page!
(Class 1/Class A) You find ordering examples on page 2/40!
Double, highest accuracy F
(Class AA)
Measuring insert length B, standard
145 mm (6.89 inch) 1 3
205 mm (8.07 inch) 1 7
275 mm (10.83 inch) 2 1
315 mm (12.40 inch) 2 3
345 mm (13.58 inch) 2 4
375 mm (14.76 inch) 2 5
405 mm (15.94 inch) 2 7
435 mm (17.13 inch) 2 0
555 mm (21.85 inch) 3 5
585 mm (23.03 inch) 3 6
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/101

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
SITRANS TSinsert
Ø33
(1.30)
(0.99)
25
2
Ø42
(1.65)
Cold end type, ceramic base, dimensions in mm (inch)
Cold end type, free wire ends, dimensions in mm (inch)
33 (1.30)
28 (1.10)
Ø42
(1.65)
European type:
cold end type, built-on transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)
2/102 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
SITRANS TSinsert
Further designs Marine approvals
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd (DNV GL) D01
Measuring insert length B Y44 Designation, calibration
Select range, enter desired length in plain text Stainless steel TAG plate , enter lettering in plain text Y15
Options
Plant calibration per 1 point, enter temperature in
plain text
Y33 2
Add "-Z" to Article No. and add options, separate Transmitter options
extensions with "+". Transmitter, enter complete setting in plain text Y01
Built-in head transmitter (Y01:+/-NNNN ... +/-NNNN C,F)
Measuring range to be set must be specified with Enter measuring point (max. 8 characters) in plain Y17
plain text data "Y01". text
SITRANS TH100, input 1 x Pt100, 4 ... 20 mA T12 Transmitter, enter measuring point description (max. Y23
SITRANS TH320, input 1 x universal, 4 ... 20 mA T24 16 characters) in plain text
SITRANS TH320, input 1 x universal, HART T34 Transmitter, enter measuring point text (max. Y24
SITRANS TH420, input 2 x universal, HART T35 32 characters) in plain text
SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, PA T40 Transmitter, enter bus address in plain text Y25
SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, PA, Ex T41 Transmitter, fail-safe value 3.6 mA U36
SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, FF T45 (instead of 22.8 mA)
SITRANS TH400, input 1 x universal, FF, Ex T46 SITRANS TH320/420 transmitter with SIL2/3 certificate C20
Without explosion protection requirements E00 2)
(Europe, Australia, New Zealand) Only with connection heads code AG0, AH0, AU0, AV0, without cable
Intrinsic safety"i"/"IS1)
according to ATEX and IECEx E01
(Europe, Australia, New Zealand) You find ordering examples on page 2/40.
For SITRANS TS500 in flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP E03 Accessories, see page 2/251.
type of protection; dust protection through housing
"t"/"DIP"2) according to ATEX and IECEx
For SITRANS TS500 in Non-sparking "ec" E04
according to ATEX and IECEx type of protection
(USA, Canada) Basis FM
housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cFMus (USA);
through housing "t"/"DIP"2) according to cFMus
(USA, Canada); other connections (M,G,R)
Non-sparking "nA"/"NI" according to cFMus E16
(USA, Canada)
Intrinsic safety "i"/"IS"1) according to cCSAus E18
(USA, Canada)
For SITRANS TS500 in flameproof enclosure "d"/"XP E20
"t"/"DIP"2) according to cCSAus (USA, Canada);
"t"/"DIP"2) according to cCSAus (USA);
other connections (M, G, R)
For SITRANS TS500 in non-sparking "nA"/"NI" type of E23
protection according to cCSAus (USA, Canada)
For SITRANS TS500 in flameproof enclosure "d" type E56
of protection; dust protection through housing "t"2)
according to NEPSI (China)
protection according to NEPSI (China)
"t"/"DIP"2) according to EACEx (EAC)
protection according to EACEx (EAC)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/103

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
SITRANS TSthermowell
Thermowells according to DIN 43772
Thermowells according to DIN 43772 - Form 4
7MT14, welded 7MT14, flange connection
2 E1 E1
Instrument Instrument
connection connection
Process
connection
ØD
L +2
L +2
ØD
U +2
C +2
C +2
Ø D3 Ø D3
min. 4
min. 4
Ø D2 Ø D2
Since March 2000, DIN 43772 replaces the retracted DIN 43763:
1986-03
The name of the D sleeves is from the previous standard but still
used today. The table below shows the order information for the
corresponding successor products from DIN 43772.
Design L [mm] C [mm] Ordering data

D1 140 65 7MT1410-2*N00-0NQ2
D2 200 125 7MT1410-4*N00-0NQ4
D4 200 65 7MT1410-4*N00-0NQ2
D5 260 125 7MT1410-5*N00-0NQ4
Material:
* = A: 1.4571
* = B: 1.4404
* = S: 1.7335
* = T: 1.5415
2/104 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Barstock thermowells according to DIN 43772 - Form 4 7 M T 7777 - 77777 - 7777 777
Click on the Article No. for the online configuration and configuration check in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Basic model
Standard
DIN
Process connection
Weld-in/flange connection
Form
Form 4/4F 14 2
External diameter of root D External diameter of tip D2 Bore hole D3
24 mm 12.5 mm 7 mm 1
26 mm 12.5 mm 7 mm 2
32 mm 17 mm 11 mm 3
Thermowell length L
110 mm 0 1
140 mm 0 2
170 mm 0 3
200 mm 0 4
260 mm 0 5
410 mm 0 6
Thermowell material
316Ti / 1.4571 A
316L / 1.4404 B
Hastelloy C276 / 2.4819 E
1.7335 Heat-resistant S
1.5415 Heat-resistant T
PTFE coating (thermowell made of 316/TI/L) U
ECTFE (HALAR) (thermowell made of 316/TI/L) V
Stellite coating (thermowell made of 316/TI/L) W
Customer-specific thermowell 98 8N Y99
+
Y46
Process connection material
Without (Form 4 for welding) N
316Ti / 1.4571 A
316L / 1.4404 B
Hastelloy C276 / 2.4819 (flange with flanged wheel) E
1.7335 Heat-resistant S
1.5415 Heat-resistant T
PTFE coating (thermowell made of 316/TI/L) U
ECTFE (HALAR) (thermowell made of 316/TI/L) V
Stellite coating (thermowell made of 316/TI/L) W
Process connection
Without (Form 4 for welding) 00
Flange according DIN EN 1092-1 Sealing surface Initial: B1 for uncoated variants
• DN 40, PN 10 - 16 32
• DN 40, PN 25 - 40 33
• DN 50, PN 10 - 16 34
• DN 50, PN 25 - 40 35
Flansch according ASME B16.5 Sealing surface Initial: RF for uncoated variants
• 1.50 inch; Class 150 60
• 1.50 inch; Class 300 61
• 1.50 inch; Class 600 62
• 2.00 inch; Class 150 66
• 2.00 inch; Class 300 67
• 2.00 inch; Class 600 68
Customer-specific process connection Z88 K1Y
Installation length U
For welding (no process connection) 0N
130 mm 0A
190 mm 0B
340 mm 0C
Customer-specific installation length 8Y Y44
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/105

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Barstock thermowells according to DIN 43772 - Form 4 7 M T 7777 - 77777 - 7777 777
Connection to thermometer E1 (female thread)
M18x1.5 Q
M20x1.5 R
2 M27x2.0 T
½-14 NPT U
G½ W
G¾ X
Cone length C
Without (straight) 0
65 mm 2
73 mm 3
125 mm 4
133 mm 5
275 mm 6
Options Surface treatment, options on request
Add "-Z" to Article No. and add options, separate Wetted parts stained, neutralized and passivated W01
extensions with "+". Wetted parts electropolished W02
Acceptance test certificate according to Additional flange sealing surfaces
EN 10204-3.1
FF-Flat Face according to ASME B16.5 A70
Material certificate for wetted parts C12
RTJ-Ring-Type Joint according to ASME B16.5 A71
PMI (positive material ident.) for wetted parts C15
Type B2 according to EN1092-1 A72
Pressure test C31
Type C according to EN1092-1 A73
Helium leak test C32
Type D according to EN1092-1 A74
Dye-penetration-test C33
Additional information
Visual, dimensional and functional check C34
Compliance with order C35
Additional information in plain text: K1Y
X-ray test concentricity of bore hole C47 Process connection (material, type)
Ultrasound test concentricity of bore hole C48 Additional information in plain text: Q1Y
MR-01-75 NACE conformity C50 Connection to thermometer E1
MR-01-03 NACE conformity C53 Customer specific production
Grease-free (cleaned for oxygen applications, for C51 Processing and quotation number of special version: Y99
example) specify in plain text
Additional options
Thread protection stainless steel plug and chain A55
Forged flange A76
Sealing surface with concentric lines A77
TAG-marking Y15
2/106 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
SITRANS TSthermowells
Thermowells according to ASME B40.9
Thermowells according to ASME B 40.9
7MT21, screwed design, straight, 7MT21, screwed design, 7MT31, for welding, straight
tapered process connection cylindrical process connection
E1 E1 Head diam.
2
Head Head E1
X1
X1
X1
diameter diameter
Tapered
process Cylindrical
K
connection process
connection
Ø D3 Ø D3 Ø D3
U
U
6.4
6.4
6.4
ØD ØD ØD
7MT22, screwed design, reduced, 7MT22, screwed design, reduced, 7MT32, for welding, reduced
E1 E1 Head diam.
E1
Head Head
X1
X1
X1
diameter diameter
Tapered
process Cylindrical
ØD
K
connection process
connection
Ø D3 Ø D3
U
U
Ø D3
ØD ØD
L6
L6
L6
6.4
6.4
6.4
Ø D2 Ø D2 Ø D2
7MT23, screwed design, tapered, 7MT23, screwed design, tapered, 7MT33, for welding, tapered
E1 E1 Head diam.
E1
Head Head
X1
X1
X1
diameter diameter
Tapered
process Cylindrical
K
connection process ØD
connection
ØD
ØD
Ø D3
U
Ø D3
Ø D3
6.4
6.4
6.4
Ø D2 Ø D2 Ø D2
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/107

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
7MT41, flange connection, straight 7MT51, Van Stone type, straight
Head diam. Head diam.
E1 E1
X1
X1
2
Process
connection
Process
connection
Ø D3 Ø D3
U
6.4
6.4
ØD ØD
7MT42, flange connection, reduced 7MT52, Van Stone type, reduced
E1 E1
X1
X1
Process
connection Process
connection
ØD
ØD
Ø D3
U
U
Ø D3
L6
L6
6.4
6.4
Ø D2 Ø D2
7MT43, flange connection, tapered 7MT53 Van Stone type, tapered
E1
E1
X1
X1
Process Process
connection connection
ØD ØD
U
Ø D3
Ø D3
6.4
6.4
Ø D2 Ø D2
2/108 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Barstock thermowells according to ASME 40.9 7 M T 7777 - 77777 - 7777 777
Click on the Article No. for the online configuration and configuration check in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Basic model
Standard
ASME
Process connection
Screwed design
Form
Straight 2 1
2
ASME For welding Straight 3 1
ASME Flange connection Straight 4 1
ASME Van Stone type Straight 5 1
ASME Screwed design Reduced 2 2
ASME For welding Reduced 3 2
ASME Flange connection Reduced 4 2
ASME Van Stone type Reduced 5 2
ASME Screwed design Tapered 2 3
ASME For welding Tapered 3 3
ASME Flange connection Tapered 4 3
ASME Van Stone type Tapered 5 3
Connection to thermometer E1
M18x1.5 1
M20x1.5 2
½-14 NPT 5
G½ 7
Special version 9 Y99
Head diameter of the thermowell
Screwed design - width across flats For welding Flange connec- Van Stone head/
tion process connection
26.7 mm 0
H27 33.4 mm 28.6 mm 33.4 mm / 51 mm 1
48.3 mm 30 mm 48.3 mm / 73 mm 2
H32 32 mm 60.3 mm / 92 mm 3
H36 34 mm 4
H42 38 mm 5
Head length X1
Screw- Weld-in Flange Van
in Stone
25 ... 50 mm: Initial 38 mm (7MT2), 45 mm (7MT3/4) ✔ ✔ ✔ 0
51 ... 75 mm: Initial 64 mm ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 1
76 ... 101 mm: Initial 89 mm ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 2
102 ... 126 mm: Initial 114 mm ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 3
127 ... 151 mm: Initial 140 mm ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 4
152 ... 177 mm: Initial 165 mm ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 5
178 ... 202 mm: Initial 191 mm ✔ ✔ ✔ 6
Installation length U
25 ... 126 mm: Initial 25 mm A
127 ... 253 mm: Initial 127 mm B
254 ... 380 mm: Initial 254 mm C
381 ... 507 mm: Initial 381 mm D
508 ... 634 mm: Initial 508 mm E
635 ... 761 mm: Initial 635 mm F
762 ... 888 mm: Initial 762 mm G
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/109

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Thermowell material
in Stone
2 316L / 1.4404
Carbon steel / A105
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔ B
C
Hastelloy C276 / 2.4819 (flange with flanged wheel) ✔ ✔ E
Hastelloy C22 / 2.4602 (flange with flanged wheel) ✔ ✔ F
304L / 1.4306 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ H
321 / 1.4541 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ K
Monel alloy 400 / 2.4360 (flange with flanged wheel) ✔ ✔ L
Tantalum (sleeve, thermowell, made of 316/TI/L) ✔ Q
Duplex / 1.4462 ✔ ✔ P
Super Duplex / 1.4410 ✔ ✔ R
PTFE coating (thermowell made of 316/TI/L) ✔ ✔ U
ECTFE (HALAR) (thermowell made of 316/TI/L) ✔ ✔ V
Stellite coating (thermowell made of 316/TI/L) ✔ ✔ W
Customer-specific thermowell (head diameter/X1/U/material) ✔ ✔ ✔ 9 8NN G1Y
External diamater of root D/tip D2
Straight thermowell form Reduced thermowell form Tapered thermowell form
D D D2 D D2
(L6 = 60.3 mm/
2.374 in)
0.50 in (12.7 mm) 00
0.625 in (15.9 mm) 0.625 in (15.9 mm) 0.5 in (12.7 mm) 0.625 in (15.9 mm) 0.5 in (12.7 mm) 01
0.75 in (19.1 mm) 0.75 in (19.1mm) 0.5 in (12.7 mm) 0.75 in (19.1mm) 0.5 in (12.7 mm) 02
1.00 in (25.4 mm) 1.00 in (25.4 mm) 0.5 in (12.7 mm) 03
1.25 in (31.8 mm) 0.50 in (12.7 mm) 07
1.25 in (31.8 mm) 0.75 in (19.1 mm) 08
D = 12 mm (0.47 in) 1.25 in (31.8 mm) 1.00 in (25.4 mm) 10
D = 14 mm (0.55 in) 11
D = 16 mm (0.63 in) 1.50 in (38.1mm) 0.50 in (12.7 mm) 12
D = 19 mm (0.75 in) 1.50 in (38.1 mm) 0.75 in (19.1 mm) 13
D = 22 mm (0.87 in) 1.50 in (38.1 mm) 1.00 in (25.4 mm) 14
D = 25 mm (0.98 in) 1.50 in (38.1 mm) 1.25 in (31.8 mm) 15
D = 27 mm (1.06 in) 16
12 mm (0.47 in) 9 mm (0.35 in) 3 1
14 mm (0.55 in) 9 mm (0.35 in) 3 3
16 mm (0.63 in) 9 mm (0.35 in) 3 6
16 mm (0.63 in) 13 mm (0.51 in) 3 7
16 mm (0.63 in) 14 mm (0.55 in) 38
19 mm (0.75 in) 9 mm (0.35 in) 41
19 mm (0.75 in) 13 mm (0.51 in) 42
19 mm (0.75 in) 14 mm (0.55 in) 43
22 mm (0.87 in) 9 mm (0.35 in) 46
22 mm (0.87 in) 13 mm (0.51 in) 47
22 mm (0.87 in) 14 mm (0.55 in) 48
22 mm (0.87 in) 16 mm (0.63 in) 50
25 mm (0.98 in) 9 mm (0.35 in) 53
25 mm (0.98 in) 13 mm (0.51 in) 54
25 mm (0.98 in) 14 mm (0.55 in) 55
25 mm (0.98 in) 16 mm (0.63 in) 56
25 mm (0.98 in) 19 mm (0.75 in) 57
27 mm (1.06 in) 9 mm (0.35 in) 61
27 mm (1.06 in) 13 mm (0.51 in) 62
27 mm (1.06 in) 14 mm (0.55 in) 63
27 mm (1.06 in) 16 mm (0.63 in) 64
27 mm (1.06 in) 19 mm (0.75 in) 65
27 mm (1.06 in) 22 mm (0.87 in) 66
32 mm (1.26 in) 9 mm (0.35 in) 70
32 mm (1.26 in) 13 mm (0.51 in) 71
2/110 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
External diamater of root D/tip D2 (continued)
Straight thermowell form Reduced thermowell form Tapered thermowell form
D D D2 D D2
32 mm (1.26 in) 14 mm (0.55 in) 72 2
32 mm (1.26 in) 16 mm (0.63 in) 73
32 mm (1.26 in) 19 mm (0.75 in) 74
32 mm (1.26 in) 22 mm (0.87 in) 75
32 mm (1.26 in) 25 mm (0.98 in) 76
34 mm (1.34 in) 9 mm (0.35 in) 80
34 mm (1.34 in) 13 mm (0.51 in) 81
34 mm (1.34 in) 14 mm (0.55 in) 82
34 mm (1.34 in) 16 mm (0.63 in) 83
34 mm (1.34 in) 19 mm (0.75 in) 84
34 mm (1.34 in) 22 mm (0.87 in) 85
34 mm (1.34 in) 25 mm (0.98 in) 86
Customer-specific Customer-specific Customer-specific 90 L1Y
Process connection
Thread for 7MT2... (Screw-in thermowells)
• G½" 1A
• G¾" 1B
• G1" 1C
• R½" 1D
• R¾" 1E
• R1" 1F
• ½" NPT 1G
• ¾" NPT 1H
• 1" NPT 1J
• M20 x 1.5 1L
• M27 x 2 1M
• M33 x 2 1N
Flange according to EN 1092-1 for 7MT4... (Flange thermowells), Sealing surface Initial: B1 for uncoated
variants
• DN 25, PN 10 - 16 2D
• DN 40, PN 10 - 16 2F
• DN 50, PN 10 - 16 2H
• DN 50, PN 25 - 40 2J
Flange according to ASME B16.5 for 7MT4... (Flange thermowells), Sealing surface Initial: RF for uncoated
variants
• 1.00 inch; Class 150 3E
• 1.00 inch; Class 300 3F
• 1.00 inch; Class 600 3G
• 1.50 inch; Class 150 3K
• 1.50 inch; Class 300 3L
• 1.50 inch; Class 600 3M
• 2.00 inch; Class 150 3R
• 2.00 inch; Class 300 3S
• 2.00 inch; Class 600 3T
• 3.00 inch; Class 150 4C
• 3.00 inch; Class 300 4D
• 3.00 inch; Class 600 4E
• 4.00 inch; Class 150 4G
• 4.00 inch; Class 300 4H
• 4.00 inch; Class 600 4J
For 7MT3... and 7MT5... (Weld-in and Van Stone thermowells)
• Without (optional collar flange for Van-Stone see "Options") 0N
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/111

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Process connection material (identical to thermowell)
in Stone
2 316L / 1.4404
Carbon steel / A105
✔
✔
✔
✔
✔ B
C
Hastelloy C276 / 2.4819 (Flange with flanged wheel) ✔ E
Hastelloy C22 / 2.4602 ✔ F
304L / 1.4306 ✔ ✔ H
321 / 1.4541 ✔ ✔ K
Monel alloy 400 / 2.4360 (Flange with flanged wheel) ✔ L
Tantal (sleeve, thermowell made of 316/TI/L) ✔ Q
Duplex / 1.4462 ✔ P
Super Duplex ✔ R
PTFE coating (thermowell made of 316/TI/L) ✔ U
ECTFE (HALAR) (thermowell made of 316/TI/L) ✔ V
Stellite coating (thermowell made of 316/TI/L) ✔ W
Customer-specific ✔ ✔ ✔ 9N N N1Y
Bore D3
D3 = 6.6 mm (0.260 in) 2
Customer-specific 9 R1Y
Auswahl- und Bestelldaten Kurzangabe Auswahl- und Bestelldaten Kurzangabe

Options Additional flange sealing surfaces
Add "-Z" to Article No. and add options, separate FF-Flat Face according to ASME B16.5 A70
extensions with "+". RTJ-Ring-Type Joint according to ASME B16.5 A71
Acceptance test certificate according to Type B2 according to EN1092-1 A72
EN 10204-3.1
Type C according to EN1092-1 A73
Material certificate for wetted parts C12
Type D according to EN1092-1 A74
PMI (positive material ident.) for wetted parts C15
Additional information
Pressure test C31
Helium leak test C32
Additional information in plain text: G1Y
Dye-penetration-test C33 Thermowell (head diameter/X1/U/material)
Visual, dimensional and functional check C34 Additional information in plain text: L1Y
Compliance with order C35 AD root D / [tip D2]
X-ray test for welding seams C41 Additional information in plain text: N1Y
Ultrasound test for welding seams C44 Process connection (material/type):
X-ray test concentricity of bore hole C47 Additional information in plain text: Bore hole D3: R1Y
Ultrasound test concentricity of bore hole C48 Customer specific production
MR-01-75 NACE conformity C50 Length options U: Specify special installation length Y44
(in spec. area)
MR-01-03 NACE conformity C53
Length options X1: Specify special length extension Y45
Grease-free (cleaned for oxygen applications, for C51 (in spec. area)
example)
Processing and quotation number of special version: Y99
Additional options specify in plain text
Thread protection stainless steel plug and chain A55 Optional collar flanges 316L (Van Stone only)
Forged flange A76 1.00 inch, Class 150 sealing surface initial: RF B24
Sealing surface with concentric lines A77 1.00 inch, Class 300 sealing surface initial: RF B25
TAG-marking Y15 1.00 inch, Class 600 sealing surface initial: RF B26
Full penetration options 1.50 inch, Class 150 sealing surface initial: RF B29
Process connection welded G02 1.50 inch, Class 300 sealing surface initial: RF B30
Surface treatment, options on request 1.50 inch, Class 600 sealing surface initial: RF B31
Wetted parts stained, neutralized and passivated W01 2.00 inch, Class 150 sealing surface initial: RF B35
Wetted parts electropolished W02 2.00 inch, Class 300 sealing surface initial: RF B36
2.00 inch, Class 600 sealing surface initial: RF B37
2/112 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Thermocouples
Temperature transmitters for mounting in the connection head
■ Overview ■ Selection and Ordering data

Detailed information on the transmitters can be found at the re-
spective products under "Compact and head transmitters".
Transmitter to be fitted Order code
To order the sensor with a built-in
temperature transmitter, add "-Z" to
2
the article number of the sensor,
and supplement with the following
order code:
SITRANS TH320, T24
input 1 x universal, 4 ... 20 mA
SITRANS TH320, T34
input 1 x universal, HART
SITRANS TH420, T35
SITRANS TH400, T40
input 1 x universal, PA
SITRANS TH400, T41
input 1 x universal, PA, Ex
The following temperature transmitters are available for installa-
tion in the connection head: SITRANS TH400, T45
input 1 x universal, FF
SITRANS TH320 SITRANS TH400, T46
Programmable 2-wire temperature transmitter as a 4 to 20 mA input 1 x universal, FF, Ex
version or with HART communication (4 to 20 mA), galvanic iso- Customer-specific setting of the Y11
lation. 1 sensor input for resistance thermometer and thermo- built-in transmitter (specify settings
couples. in plain text)
SITRANS TH420
Programmable 2-wire temperature transmitter with HART com-
munication (4 to 20 mA), galvanic isolation. 2 sensor inputs for
resistance thermometers and thermocouples; therefore ex-
panded functions such as hot backup (redundancy) and drift
detection are possible.
SITRANS TH400
Temperature transmitter with PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION
Fieldbus connection, electrical isolation for resistance thermom-
eters and thermocouple elements.
Note:
• SITRANS TH320/TH420/TH400 can be fitted in the high
hinged cover or instead of the terminal base. Retrofitting pos-
sible only in the high hinged cover.
• If using intrinsically-safe temperature sensors any installed
temperature transmitters must also be intrinsically-safe.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/113

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Thermocouples
Calibration data for thermoelectric voltages and permissible
■ Design deviations
A thermocouple comprises The calibration data and the permissible deviations for com-
•The thermocouple element (sensor) and monly used thermocouples are defined isee Technical Data,
•The mounting and connection parts required in each case. Table "Calibration data for thermoelectric voltages and error
2 The thermocouple element is formed by two conductors of dis-
limits").
The thermocouples Cu-CuNi and Fe-CuNi to DIN 43710 are
similar metals or metal alloys which are soldered or welded to-
gether at one end, the measuring junction: used for replacement purposes. Thermocouples of class 2 are
supplied as standard. For more accurate measurements, ther-
mocouples are available with half the DIN tolerance or with a test
certificate. The tolerances only apply to the condition upon de-
°C livery.
6 During operation at high temperatures, the tolerances of the

5 9 thermocouples may change due to absorption of foreign matter,
4 7 oxidation or evaporation of alloy components.
3 10
11 Mode of operation
2
The thermocouples are extended from the connection point to a
lN
12 point whose temperature is as constant as possible (the cold

1
13 junction) by means of extension leads.
+ - The extension leads have the same color code as the associated
14 thermocouple elements; the positive pole is marked in red.
8
15 Correct polarity must be ensured since otherwise large errors
will occur. Up to 200 °C, the same calibration data and toler-
Cross section of Thermocouple element Connection ances apply to the extension leads as to the corresponding
thermocouple with insulating beads diagram thermo-couples.
lN Nominal length
The influence of temperature changes at the cold junction can
be balanced by means of a compensating circuit, e.g. a com-
1 Ceramic thermowell 9 Balancing resistor pensating box. The reference temperature is 0 (32 °F) or
2 Locating flange 10 Lead 20 °C (68 °F).
3 Support tube 11 Cold junction It is also possible to keep the cold junctions at a constant tem-
4 Retaining ring 12 Extension lead perature of 50, 60 or 70 °C (122, 140 or 158 °F) using a thermo-
5 Terminal 13 Connection point stat (for several measuring junctions).
6 Connection head 14 Thermocouple element with The connections from the cold junction to the measuring or pro-
7 Terminal block positive and negative legs cess instrument are made using copper leads. With energy-con-
suming instruments such as indicators or multipoint recorders,
8 Temperature sensor 15 Measuring junction
the complete measuring circuit (thermocouple, extension lead
and copper lead) must be balanced in the operating condition
Thermocouple element using a resistor. SITRANS T transmitters and process recorders
for connection to thermocouple elements have a built-in com-
■ Function pensating circuit for balancing the effect of the ambient tem-
perature on the cold junction. Lead balancing is not necessary
Measuring principle of the thermocouple element in this case because of the high input impedance.
If the measuring junction is exposed to a temperature different Protection fitting/Thermowells
from that at the free ends of the thermocouple, a voltage (the
The thermocouple can be protected against mechanical stress
thermoelectric voltage, Seebeck effect) is produced at these
and chemical attack by a ceramic or metal thermowell, which
free ends. The magnitude of the thermoelectric voltage depends
may be mounted using flanges, screwed glands or by welding
on the difference in temperature between the measuring junction
into the pipe or vessel. The thermocouple element terminates in
and the free ends, and on the combination of materials in the
the connection head.
thermocouple. Since a thermocouple always measures a tem-
perature difference, the free ends of the thermocouple must be Installation examples with specification of the recommended
connected to a reference junction (cold junction) and held con- thermocouples and thermowell materials can be found under
stant at a known temperature. "Integration" in the "Installation examples" table.
Owing to the different operating conditions, no guarantee can be
given for protective fittings. The manufacturer is responsible for
damages and measuring errors caused by wrong installation in
compliance with the General Terms of Delivery if the instruments
have been installed by the manufacturer and if the specifications
for the operating conditions furnished by the customer were cor-
rect and sufficiently detailed.
Thermocouple elements are very compatible since it is almost
always possible to adapt them in shape and size to the particular
problem. The temperature-responsive part is almost point-
shaped. Thermocouple elements are therefore particularly suit-
able for measuring rapidly changing temperatures.
.
2/114 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Thermocouples
Straight thermocouples according to EN 50446, with connection head

Straight thermocouple with 7MC2000 - 7770 7
Ni Cr/Ni thermocouple (type K)
with metallic thermowell
Nominal length
2
Enter customer specific length with Y44,
see Order codes below
300 ... 500 mm (11.81 ... 19.68 inch) 1
501 ... 710 mm (19.72 ... 27.95 inch) 2
711 ... 1 000 mm (27.11 ... 39.37 inch) 3
The straight thermocouple together with a metal thermowell is Initial: 1 000 mm (39.37 inch)
suitable for temperatures from 0 to 1250 °C (32 to 2282 °F) and Thermowell
can be supplied with a built-in temperature transmitter.
to 1 000 °C (1 832 °F) D
X 10 CrAl 24, material No. 1.4762
■ Technical specifications Ø 22 mm x 2 mm (0.87 inch x 0.079 inch)
Leg diameter 2 mm (0.08 inch)
Thermocouples Ni Cr/Ni type K
to 1 100 °C (2 012 °F) E
• Number 1 or 2 X 18 CrN28, material No. 1.4749
• Leg diameter 2 ... 3 mm (0.08 ... 0.12 inch) Ø 26 mm x 4 mm (1.02 inch x 0.16 inch)
• Insulation of legs Insulating beads
to 1 200 °C (2 192 °F) F
Thermowell Metal X 15 CrNi Si 24 19, material No. 1.4841
Ø 22 mm x 2 mm (0.87 inch x 0.079 inch)
Connection head Form A; made of cast light alloy,
with one cable bushing Leg diameter 2 mm (0.08 inch)
to 1 250 °C (2 282 °F) H
CrAl 205 (Kantal AF), material No. 1.4767
■ Dimensional drawings Ø 22 mm x 2 mm (0.87 inch x 0.079 inch)
Number of thermocouples
1 thermocouple C
2 thermocouples D
100 (3.9)
Connection head, form A,

Ø22 (0.9)
Ø26 (1.0)
made of cast light alloy, with 1 cable inlet and

M20 x 1.5
SW 22
- screw cover 1
500 (19.7) - high hinged cover 6
710 (28.0)
1000 (39.4) 97 (3.8)
Straight thermocouple with
Straight thermocouple, dimensions in mm (inches) Ni Cr/Ni thermocouple (type K)
for temperatures to 1250 °C (2282 °F);
■ Design with metallic thermowell
Further designs
Metal thermowell Connection head Order code(s) and plain text.
Special version, specify in plain text Y98
Thermocouple element
with insulating beads A Process number for special version Y99
TAG plate made of stainless steel Y15
specify TAG No. in plain text
Calibration carried out at one point, specify Y33
desired temperature in plain text (order
equivalent number of times for several cali-
Section A - A bration points).
A
Insertion length customer-specific Y44
Select range,
enter desired length in plain text
Terminal block
To order a temperature transmitter installed in the connection head,
see "Temperature transmitters for installation in the connection
Straight thermocouple with base-metal element Ni Cr/Ni with metal ther- head" (page 2/113).
mowell
Installation of a transmitter is only possible here in the versions with a
high hinged cover (7MC2000-....6).
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/115

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Thermocouples
Straight thermocouples, individual parts and accessories
■ Selection and Ordering data

Metal thermowells for straight thermocouples Installation accessories for connection heads for
according to EN 50446 straight thermocouples
Article No. • Terminal base
2 X 10 CrAl 24, material no. 1.4762 • Terminal
 22 x 2 mm ( 0.87 x 0.08 inch), • Sealing rings
0.55 ... 1.10 kg (1.21 ... 2.42 lb), dished
• Washer
Nominal length/thermowell length in mm (inch):
• 500 (19.7)/520 (20.5) 7MC2900-1DA • Stop flange
• 710 (28.0)/730 (28.7) 7MC2900-2DA • Threaded sleeve
• 1 000 (39.4)/1 020 (40.2) 7MC2900-3DA
Article No.
X 18 CrN28, material no. 1.4749
Terminal base without terminals for base thermo- 7MC2998-1AA
 26 x 4 mm ( 1.02 x 0.16 inch),
couples; 0.06 kg (0.13 lb)
1.25 ... 2.20 kg (2.76 ... 4.85 lb), dished
Nominal length/thermowell length in mm (inch): Terminal for base thermocouples; 0.01 kg (0.02 lb) 7MC2998-1BA
• 500 (19.7)/520 (20.5) 7MC2900-1EC Set of sealing rings (100 units) for the lid of the con- 7MC2998-1CA
• 710 (28.0)/730 (28.7) 7MC2900-2EC nection head; 0.01 kg (0.02 lb)
• 1 000 (39.4)/1 020 (40.2) 7MC2900-3EC Set of washers (100 units) for the terminal base; 7MC2998-1CB
X 15 CrNiSi 25 20, material no. 1.4841 0.01 kg (0.02 lb)
 22 x 2 mm ( 0.87 x 0.08 inch), Stop flange, adjustable, from GTW
1.05 kg (2.31 lb), dished
For thermowell outer diameter 22 mm (0.87 inch); 7MC2998-2CB
Nominal length/thermowell length in mm (inch): 0.35 kg (0.77 lb)
• 1 000 (39.4)/1 020 (40.2) 7MC2900-3FA For thermowell outer diameter 26 mm (1.02 inch); 7MC2998-2CC
0.32 kg (0.71 lb)
CrAl 205 (Kantal AF), material no. 1.4767
 22 x 2 mm ( 0.87 x 0.05 inch), Threaded sleeve, gas-tight up to 1 bar (14.5 psi),
0.55 ... 1.10 kg (1.21 ... 2.42 lb) adjustable, material no. 1.0718, with seal;
0.40 kg (0.88 lb)
• 500 (19.7)/520 (20.5) 7MC2900-1HA For thermowell outer diameter 22 mm (0.87 inch), G1 7MC2998-2DB
• 710 (28.0)/730 (28.7) 7MC2900-2HA For thermowell outer diameter 26 mm (1.02 inch), G1 7MC2998-2DC
• 1 000 (39.4)/1 020 (40.2) 7MC2900-3HA
Thermocouple elements for straight thermocouples

according to EN 50446 ■ Dimensional drawings
Article No.
33
Base thermocouple with isolating pipe
(1.3)1)
Wire diameter 3 mm (0.12 inch)
(0.31)
32 (1.3)
Ni Cr/Ni, up to 1 000 °C (max. 1 300 °C), (up to

8
1 832 °F (max. 2 372 °F))

0.55 ... 2.10 kg (1.21 ... 4.63 lb) SW 41 SW 36
Nominal length L1/Thermowell length L2 in mm Ø9.5 23
(inch): (0.4) (0.9)1)
• 500 (19.7)/540 (21.3) 7MC2903-1CA
G1
• 710 (28.0)/750 (29.5) 7MC2903-2CA M6 DIN 84

• 1 000 (39.4)/1 040 (40.9) 7MC2903-3CA
65 (2.6)
Connection heads for straight thermocouples 20 (0.8)

≈90 (3.5)
Article No.
Connection head, type A (without terminal base
and terminals), 1 cable entry, degree of 70 (2.8)
protection IP53, 0.35 kg (0.77 lb) 90 (3.5)
Light metal casting, screw-on cover, for thermowell
diameter in mm (inch) (hole = thermowell diameter 1) For thermowell diameter 22 mm (0.9 inch)
+0.5 mm) (0.02 inch)
• 22 (0.87) 7MC2905-1AA
Mounting flange to DIN 43734 (left) and threaded sleeve (right) for install-
• 26 (1.02) 7MC2905-1BA ing straight thermocouples, dimensions in mm (inches)
Light metal, high spring flap, for thermowell diame-
ter in mm (inch) (hole = thermowell diameter
+0.5 mm) (0.02 inch)
• 22 (0.87) 7MC2905-4AA
• 26 (1.02) 7MC2905-4BA
2/116 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Resistance thermometers
Temperature transmitters for mounting in the connection head
■ Overview ■ Selection and Ordering Data

Detailed information on the transmitters can be found at the re-
spective products under "Compact and head transmitters".
Transmitter to be fitted Order code
To order the sensor with a built-in
temperature transmitter, add "-Z" to
2
the article number of the sensor,
and supplement with the following
order code:
SITRANS TH100, T12
input 1 x Pt100, 4 ... 20 mA
SITRANS TH320, T24
input 1 x universal, 4 ... 20 mA
SITRANS TH320, T34
SITRANS TH420, T35
SITRANS TH400, T40
input 1 x universal, PA
SITRANS TH400, T41
The following temperature transmitters are available for installa- input 1 x universal, PA, Ex
tion in the connection head:: SITRANS TH400, T45
input 1 x universal, FF
SITRANS TH100
SITRANS TH400, T46
Programmable 2-wire temperature transmitter (4 to 20 mA), with- input 1 x universal, FF, Ex
out galvanic isolation, only for Pt100 resistance thermometers.
Customer-specific setting of the Y11
SITRANS TH320 built-in transmitter (specify settings
in plain text)
Programmable 2-wire temperature transmitter as a 4 to 20 mA
version or with HART communication (4 to 20 mA), galvanic iso-
lation. 1 sensor input for resistance thermometer and thermo-
couples.
SITRANS TH420
Programmable 2-wire temperature transmitter with HART com-
munication (4 to 20 mA), galvanic isolation. 2 sensor inputs for
resistance thermometers and thermocouples; therefore ex-
panded functions such as hot backup (redundancy) and drift
detection are possible..
SITRANS TH400
Temperature transmitter with PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION
Fieldbus connection, electrical isolation for resistance thermom-
eters and thermocouple elements.
Note:
• SITRANS TH100/TH320/TH420/TH400 can be fitted in the
high hinged cover or instead of the terminal base. Retrofitting
possible only in the high hinged cover.
• If using intrinsically-safe temperature sensors any installed
temperature transmitters must also be intrinsically-safe..
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/117

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Flue gas resistance thermometers, with connection head

Flue gas resistance thermometer
Measuring resistor
(winding) embedded in ceramic
1 Pt100 measuring resistor,
2 3-wire connection
Mounting length/mm (inch):
• 300 ... 500 mm: (11.8 ... 19.69 inch): 7 M C 1 0 0 0 - 1 BA 2 7
Initial 500 mm (19.7 inch)
• 501 ... 710 mm: (19.72 ... 27.95 inch): 7 M C 1 0 0 0 - 2 BA 2 7
Initial 710 mm (27.95 inch)
The flue gas resistance thermometer with connection head is • 711 ... 1 000 mm: (28 ... 39.37 inch): 7 M C 1 0 0 0 - 3 BA 2 7
suitable for the temperature range from -50 to +600 °C Initial 1 000 mm (39.37 inch)
(-58 to +1112 °F) and can also be supplied with a built-in tem- • 1 001 ... 1 400 mm: (39.41 ... 55.12 inch): 7 M C 1 0 0 0 - 4 BA 2 7
perature transmitter. Initial 1 400 mm (19.7 inch)
• 1 401 ... 2 000 mm: (55.16 ... 78.7 inch): 7 M C 1 0 0 0 - 5 BA 2 7
Please order mounting flange or threaded sleeve separately. Initial 2 000 mm (78.7 inch)
■ Technical specifications figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Design According to DIN 43764: Connection head, form B,

Thermometer without mount made of cast light alloy,
with 1 cable inlet and
Thermowell
• Screw cover 1
• Form 1, DIN 43772; cylindrical, 15 mm • Standard hinged cover 4
diameter (0.59 inch), wall thick- • High hinged cover 6
ness 3 mm (0.12 inch), seamless
• Material St 35.8, mat. No. 1.0305, enam-
elled Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
• Loading capacity 1 bar (14.5 psi) above atmo-
spheric, to DIN 43772 Special version, specify in plain text Y98
Measuring insert Replaceable, with measuring Process number for special version Y99
insert tube (8 mm diameter TAG plate made of stainless steel Y15
(0.31 inch)) made of stainless specify TAG No. in plain text
steel; terminal block with clamp-
ing springs Calibration carried out at one point, specify Y33
■ Dimensional drawings bration points).
Accessories Article No.
Mounting flange 7 M C 2 9 9 8 - 5 CA
(0.6)
Ø15
Adjustable, to DIN 43734;

Material: GTW 35, mat. No. 0.8035,
for thermowell diameter
500 (19.7) 15 mm (0.59 inch),
710 (28.0) M20 x 1.5 0.3 kg (0.66 lb)
1000 (39.4) SW 22
1400 (55.1) Gas-tight threaded sleeve
2000 (78.7) 76 (3.0) Material: 9 SMnPb 28
Material No. 1.0718,
Threaded sleeve Stop flange for thermowell diameter
15 mm (0.59 inch),
SW 27 SW 27 0.4 kg (0.88 lb)
(0.6)
Ø16
• G¾ internal thread with gasket 7 M C 2 9 9 8 - 5 DA

Ø55 (2.2)
Ø75 (3.0)
• G½ internal thread with gasket 7 M C 2 9 9 8 - 5 DC

G¾
Ø9.5
(0.4)
To order a temperature transmitter installed in the connection head

and transmitters for SIL applications, see "Temperature transmit-
ters for mounting in the connection head" (page 2/117).
20 (0.8)
75 (3.0) 32 (1.3) Individual parts: Measuring inserts, see "Accessories".on page 2/117
Flue gas resistance thermometer with connection head, dimensions in

mm (inches)
2/118 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
For damp rooms
The resistance thermometer for damp rooms is suitable for a Resistance thermometer for
temperature range from -30 to +60 °C (-22 to +140 °F). damp rooms
Stainless steel thermowell
■ Technical specifications • with one Pt100 measuring resistor

0.1 kg (0.22 kg)
7MC1027-1AA
2
Thermowell Made of stainless steel • with two Pt100 measuring resistors 7MC1027-1AB
0.1 kg (0.22 kg)
Connection head Made of cast light alloy, with
cable bushing; made of plastic on Further designs Order code
request Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Measuring insert 1 or 2 Pt measuring resistors to Order code(s) and plain text.
DIN EN 60751, connection in 2 or Special version, specify in plain text Y98
3-wire connection, class B
Process number for special version Y99
Degree of protection IP65 acc. to DIN EN 60529
TAG plate made of stainless steel Y15
specify TAG No. in plain text
■ Dimensional drawings Calibration carried out at one point, specify Y33
(0.24)
bration points).
Ø6
75 (3.0)
63 (2.5)
To order a temperature transmitter installed in the connection head

and transmitters for SIL applications, see "Temperature transmit-
ters for mounting in the connection head" (page 2/117).
Note:
13 (0.5) 52 (2.1) Additional fitting of head mounted transmitter of SITRANS TH series is
Ø4.5 (0.2)
85 (3.4) 80 (3.2) possible.
Pg 9
(1.4)
60 (2.4)
36
Resistance thermometer for damp rooms, dimensions in mm (inches)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/119

© Siemens 2020
Temperature sensors
Accessories – connection heads
Connection head type B for SITRANS TS500
≈ 50 (1.97) ≈ 65 (2.56)
2 M20 x 1.5
M20 x 1,5
M24 x 1,5
M20 x 1.5
≈ 114 (4.49 )
(1.02)
26
(0.67)
M24 x 1.5
17
≈ 41.5
(1.63)
(1.02)
Connection head, Type B, degree of protection IP54, made of aluminium,
26
with screw cover, dimensions in mm (inches)
(0.67)
M24 x 1.5
17
M20
26 (1.02)
72 (2.83)
x 1.5
Connection head, Type B, degree of protection IP65, made of aluminium,

with high hinged cover, dimensions in mm (inches)
M20 x 1.5 Ø59 (2.32)

Knurled
(0.67)
M24 x 1.5
17
Gasket
≈ 100 (3.94)
83 (3.27)
(0.67)
53 (2.09)
Connection head, Type B, degree of protection IP54, made of plastic,

(0.59)
17
15
with screw cover, dimensions in mm (inches)
(1.02)
26
≈ 65 (2.56)
M24 x 1.5
M20 x 1.5 Ø29
(1.14)
≈ 85 (3.35)
Connection head, Type B-VA, degree of protection IP65, made of

stainless steel, with screw cover, dimensions in mm (inches)
≈ 41 (1.61)
(1.02)
26
Connection heads type B for SITRANS TS500

(accessory resistance thermometer)
(0.67)
17
Article No.
M24 x 1.5
Degree of protection IP54
Connection head type: similar to BA0; aluminum; 7MC1907-1BA
Connection head, Type B, degree of protection IP65, made of aluminium, flange cover
with standard hinged cover, dimensions in mm (inches) Connection head type: similar to BM0; plastic; 7MC1907-1BK
screw cover
Connection head type: similar to BB0; aluminum; 7MC1907-1BF
small spring flap
Connection head type: similar to BC0; aluminum; 7MC1907-1BL
high spring flap
Connection head type: B-VA, stainless steel 7MC1907-1BV
Quick-release lock for connection heads BB0, BC0, 7MC1907-1BS
degree of protection of connection head reduced to
IP20, weight: 0.02 kg (0.04 lb)
2/120 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Temperature measurement
Temperature transmitters
SITRANS TH100 Slim (Pt100)
■ Overview ■ Benefits
• Transmitter in 2-wire system with M12 device plug for mount-
ing on compact thermometer.
• Solution for easy and space-saving temperature measure-
ments in a variety of industries.
• Programmable; as a result, the sensor connection, measuring
2
range and much more are programmable.
■ Application
The SITRANS TH100 Slim transmitter can be used in combina-
tion with Pt100 compact resistance thermometers for tempera-
ture measurement in all industries. Thanks to its compact de-
sign, it can be mounted to all kinds of designs.
The output signal is a load-independent direct current of 4 to
20 mA which is proportional to the temperature.
Parameterization is implemented over the PC using the parame-
terization software SIPROM T and the modem for
SITRANS TH100 Slim is particularly suited for the production of SITRANS TH100/TH200. If you already have a "Modem for
compact thermometers with integrated transmitter. SITRANS TK" (article number 7NG3190-6KB), you can continue
Its cylindrical stainless steel enclosure is simply welded to the to use this for parameterization of the SITRANS TH100.
basic body of the compact thermometer.
Its compact design makes the SITRANS TH100 Slim the ideal ■ Function
solution for manufacturers from a wide variety of industries.
Mode of operation
For the parameterization, the SIPROM T software is used in com- The measured signal supplied by a Pt100 resistance thermome-
bination with the modem for SITRANS TH100/TH200. ter (2, 3 or 4-wire connection) is amplified in the input stage. The
voltage, which is proportional to the input variable, is then con-
verted into digital signals by a multiplexer in an analog-to-digital
converter. They are converted in the microcontroller in accor-
dance with the sensor characteristic and additional parameters
(measuring range, damping, ambient temperature, etc.).
The signal prepared in this way is converted in an analog-to-dig-
ital converter into a load-independent direct current of 4 to
20 mA.
An EMC filter protects the input and output circuits against elec-
tromagnetic interferences.
Input
Pt100 Resistance thermometer
EMC_1 Input level with protective components
IC Constant current source
MUX Multiplexer
6
A/D Analog-digital converter
A/D
5 Output
Pt100 EMC_1 D/A Digital-analog converter
4
MUX U/I Voltage transformers, current
transformers, constant voltage
μC and reference voltage source
3
EMC_2 Output level with protective components
Uaux Auxiliary power supply
Iout Output current
D/A
Microcontroller
μC Linearization functions and storage
of all data
+
U EMC_2 4 ... 20 mA Uaux, Iout
I
-
SITRANS TH100 Slim, function block diagram
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/121

© Siemens 2020
Input Software requirements for SIPROM T
Resistance thermometer PC operating system Windows ME, 2000 and XP; also Win-
dows 95, 98 and 98SE, but only in
Measured variable Temperature
2 Input type Pt100 according to IEC 60751 Factory setting:
connection with RS232 modem
Characteristic curve Temperature-linear • Pt100 (IEC 751) in the 3-wire connection

• Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
Type of connection 2, 3, 4-wire connection • Fault current in the event of sensor breakage: 22.8 mA
Resolution 14 bit • Sensor offset: 0 °C (0 °F)
• Damping 0.0 s
Measuring accuracy < 0.25 °C (0.45 °F)
Repeatability < 0.1 °C (0.18 °F)
Measuring current Approx. 0.4 mA ■ Selection and ordering data
Measuring cycle < 0.7 s Article No.
Measuring range -60 ... +160 °C (-76 ... +320 °F) SITRANS TH100 Slim
temperature transmitters for Pt100
Measuring span 25 ... 220 °C (45 ... 396 °F) For welding to compact thermometers
2-wire system, 4 ... 20 mA, program-
Unit °C or °F mable, without galvanic isolation
Offset Programmable: • Without explosion protection 7NG3150-0NN00
-100 ... +100 °C (-180 ... +180 °F)
Accessories
Wire resistance Max. 20  (total from feeder and
return conductor) Modem
Noise rejection 50 and 60 Hz Modem with USB interface and 7NG3092-8KN
SIPROM T software
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire
Auxiliary power 8.5 ... 36 V DC (30 V for Ex)
Max. load (Uaux – 8.5 V)/0.023 A
Overrange 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable
(factory setting: 3.84 ... 20.5 mA)
Error signal (in the event of sensor 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable
breakage) (factory setting: 3.6 mA or 22.8 mA)
Damping time 0 ... 30 s
Protection Against reverse polarity
Resolution 12 bit
Accuracy at 23 °C (73.4 °F) < 0.1% of measuring span
Temperature effect < 0.13 %/10 °C (0.13 %/18 °F)
Effect of auxiliary power < 0.02 % of span/V
Effect of load impedance < 0.055 % of max. span/100 
Long-term drift • < 0.025% of the max. span in the
first month
• < 0.035% of the max. span after one
year
• < 0.05% of the max. span after 5
years
Ambient conditions
Ambient temperature range -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
Storage temperature range -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
Relative humidity 98 %, with condensation
Electromagnetic compatibility According to EN 61326 and NAMUR
NE21
Design
Weight 42 g
Dimensions See dimensional drawing
Material 316L stainless steel
Degree of protection according to
IEC 60529
• Enclosure IP67
2/122 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
■ Dimensional drawings ■ Circuit diagrams

Ø18 (0.71) Sensor
M12x1 connections
4 5
M12 device plug

2
Auxiliary power U
Transmitter housing 3 6 N. C. U-
56
(2.20)
68 U+ N. C.
4 5
(2.68)
3 (0.12)
2 (0.78)
+0.0
Ø16,3 -0.1
3 6
+0.0
(Ø0.64 )
-0.004
SITRANS TH100 Slim, auxiliary power and sensor connection
SITRANS TH100 Slim, dimensions in mm (inch) 3 6 3 6
4 5 4 5
Pt100 Pt100
3 6
4 5
Pt100
SITRANS TH100 Slim, sensor connection assignment
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/123

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS TH100 (4 to 20 mA, Pt100)
The SITRANS TH100 transmitter can be used for temperature
measurement with Pt100 resistance thermometers in all indus-
tries. Its compact size means that it can be installed in connec-
tion heads of type B or larger.
2 The output signal is a load-independent direct current of 4 to
20 mA which is proportional to the temperature.
Parameterization is implemented over the PC using the parame-
terization software SIPROM T and the modem for
SITRANS TH100/TH200. If you already have a "Modem for
SITRANS TK" (article number 7NG3190-6KB), you can continue
to use this for parameterization of the SITRANS TH100.
Transmitters of the "intrinsically safe" type of protection can be in-
stalled within potentially explosive atmospheres. The devices
meet the directive 2014/34/EU (ATEX) as well as the FM and CSA
requirements.
The SITRANS TH100, which represents an economical alterna-
tive by dispensing with galvanic isolation and universal sensor
connection, is ideally suited for Pt100 measurements. ■ Function
For the parameterization, the SIPROM T software is used in com- Mode of operation
bination with the modem for SITRANS TH100/TH200. The measured signal supplied by a Pt100 resistance thermome-
Its compact design makes the SITRANS TH100 suitable for ret- ter (2, 3 or 4-wire connection) is amplified in the input stage. The
rofitting measuring points or replacing analog transmitters. voltage, which is proportional to the input variable, is then con-
verted into digital signals by a multiplexer in an analog-to-digital
The transmitter is available in a non-Ex version and in a version converter. They are converted in the microcontroller in accor-
suitable for use in hazardous areas. dance with the sensor characteristic and further parameters
(measuring range, damping, ambient temperature, etc.).
■ Benefits The signal prepared in this way is converted in an analog-to-dig-
• Transmitter with 2-wire system ital converter into a load-independent direct current of 4 to
• Mounting in connection head, type B or larger or on DIN rail 20 mA.
• Programmable; as a result, the sensor connection, measuring An EMC filter protects the input and output circuits against elec-
range and much more are programmable tromagnetic interferences.
• Intrinsically safe version for use in hazardous areas
Uref Input
Ic Pt100 Resistance thermometer
EMC_1 Input level with protective components
IC Constant current source
MUX Multiplexer
6
A/D Analog-digital converter
A/D
5 Output
Pt100 EMC_1 D/A Digital-analog converter
4
MUX U/I Voltage transformers, current
transformers, constant voltage
μC and reference voltage source
3
EMC_2 Output level with protective components
Uaux Auxiliary power supply
Iout Output current
D/A
Microcontroller
μC Linearization functions and storage
Uref of all data
+
U EMC_2 4 ... 20 mA Uaux, Iout
I
-
SITRANS TH100, function block diagram
2/124 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Input Certificates and approvals
Resistance thermometer Explosion protection ATEX
Measured variable Temperature EC type-examination certificate PTB 05 ATEX 2049X
Input type Pt100 according to IEC 60751 • "Intrinsic gas safety" type of protec- II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6/T4
tion II (1) 2 G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6/T4 Gb
2
Characteristic curve Temperature-linear II (1) 3 G Ex ic [ia Ga] IIC T6/T4 Gc
II 3 G Ex ic IIC T6/T4 Gc
Type of connection 2, 3, 4-wire connection
• "Non-sparking" type of protection II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6/T4 Gc
Resolution 14 bit II 3 G Ex nA [ic] IIC T6/T4 Gc
Measuring accuracy • "Intrinsic dust safety" type of protec- II 1 D Ex ia IIIC T115 °C Da
tion
• Span <250 °C (450 °F) < 0.25 °C (0.45 °F)
• Span >250 °C (450 °F) < 0.1% of measuring span Explosion protection: FM for USA
• FM approval FM 3024169
Repeatability < 0.1 °C (0.18 °F)
• Degrees of protection IS / Cl I, II, III / Div 1 / GP ABCDEFG
Measuring current approx. 0.4 mA T6, T5, T4
Cl I / ZN 0 / AEx ia IIC T6, T5, T4
Measuring cycle < 0.7 s NI / Cl I / Div 2 / GP ABCDFG T6, T5,
Measuring range -200 ... +850 °C (-328 ... +1562 °F) T4
NI / Cl I / ZN 2 / IIC T6, T5, T4
Measuring span 25 ... 1050 °C (77 ... 1922 °F)
Explosion protection to FM for Canada
Unit °C or °F (cFMUS)
Offset Programmable: • FM approval FM 3024169C
-100 ... +100 °C (-180 ... +180 °F) • Degrees of protection IS / Cl I, II, III / Div 1/ GP ABCDEFG
T6, T5, T4
Wire resistance Max. 20  (total from feeder and NI / Cl I / DIV 2 / GP ABCD T6, T5, T4
return conductor) NIFW / Cl I, II, III / DIV 2 / GP
Noise rejection 50 and 60 Hz ABCDFG T6, T5, T4
DIP / Cl II, III / Div 2 / GP FG T6, T5,
Output T4
Cl I / ZN 0 / Ex ia IIC T6, T5, T4
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire Cl I / ZN 2 / Ex nA nL IIC T6, T5, T4
Auxiliary power 8.5 ... 36 V DC (30 V with Ex ia and ib; Other certificates EAC Ex(GOST), NEPSI
32 V with Ex nL/ic; 35 V with Ex nA)
Software requirements for SIPROM T
Max. load (Uaux – 8.5 V)/0.023 A
PC operating system Windows ME, 2000, XP, Win 7 and
Overrange 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable Win 8; in connection with RS 232
(default range: 3.84 ... 20.5 mA) modem, also Windows 95, 98 and
Error signal (following sensor fault) 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable 98SE
(conforming to NE43) (default range: 3.6 mA or 22.8 mA) Factory setting:
Damping time 0…30 s (default value: 0 s) • Pt100 (IEC 751) in the 3-wire connection
Protection Against reverse polarity • Fault current in the event of sensor breakage: 22.8 mA
Resolution 12 bit • Sensor offset: 0 °C (0 °F)
• Damping 0.0 s
Accuracy at 23 °C (73.4 °F) < 0.1% of measuring span
Temperature effect < 0.1 %/10 °C (0.1 %/18 °F)
Effect of auxiliary power < 0.01 % of span/V
Effect of load impedance < 0.025 % of max. span/100 
Long-term drift • < 0.025% of the max. span in the
first month
• < 0.035% of the max. span after one
year
• < 0.05% of the max. span after 5
years
Ambient conditions
Storage temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
Relative humidity < 98 %, with condensation
NE21
Design
Weight 50 g
Dimensions See dimensional drawing
Material Molded plastic
Cross-section of cables Max. 2.5 mm2 (AWG 13)
IEC 60529
• Enclosure IP40
• Terminals IP00
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/125

© Siemens 2020

Article No. Accessories
SITRANS TH100 Head transmitter for Pt100 Article No.
For installation in connection head type B, Additional accessories for assembly, connec-
2-wire system 4 ... 20 mA, programmable, with-
2 out galvanic isolation
tion and transmitter configuration, see page
2/251.
Without explosion protection 7NG3211-0NN00 Modem
With explosion protection "Intrinsic safety" type Modem with USB interface and SIPROM T soft- 7NG3092-8KN
of protection and for zone 2 ware
• According to ATEX 7NG3211-0AN00 Mounting rail adapter for head transmitter 7NG3092-8KA
• According to FM (CFMUS) 7NG3211-0BN00
(Quantity delivered: 5 units)
Options Order code Connecting cable 7NG3092-8KC
Append suffix "-Z" to article no., add order code 4-wire, 200 mm (7.87 inch), for sensor connec-
and plain text, if applicable. tions when using head transmitters in the high
hinged cover (set with 5 units)
Test report (5 measuring points) C11
For supply units, see Catalog FI01 section "Supplementary com-
Customer-specific programming
ponents"
1)
Measuring range to be set Y01
Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits): Ordering example:
Y01:... to ... °C, °F
7NG3211-0NN00-Z Y01+Y23+U03
Measuring point number (TAG) max. 8 charac- Y172)
ters Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Measuring point description, max. 16 charac- Y232) Y23: TICA1234HEAT
ters
Factory setting:
Pt100 (IEC) 2-wire, RL = 0  U023)
• Pt100 (IEC 751) in the 3-wire connection
Pt100 (IEC) 3-wire U033)
• Measuring range: 0 … 100 °C (32 … 212 °C)
• Fault current in the event of sensor breakage: 22.8 mA
Enter special deviating customer-specific set- Y094) • Sensor offset: 0 °C (0 °F)
ting in plain text
Fault current 3.6 mA (instead of 22.8 mA) U362)
• Damping 0.0 s
1)
For customer-specific programming for RTD and TC, the start value and
the end value of the required measuring span must be specified here.
2)
For this selection, Y01 or Y09 must also be selected.
3) For this selection, Y01 must also be selected.
4) For customer-specific programming for mV and ohm, the start value and
the end value of the required measuring span and the unit must be entered
here.
2/126 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
3 6 3 6
20.8 (0.82)
3 6 3 6
3-W
3-W
4 5 4 5
4 5 4 5 2
Pt100 Pt100
44 (1.73) Internal diameter
Center hole 6.3 (0.25)
4..20mA
Mounting screw
M4x25 2-wire connection 3-wire connection
1 SIEMENS 2
+ – (parameterizable line
1 2
resistance)
3
3 6
6
Uaux
3-W
4 5 -
3 6
+
3 6
3-W
4 5 4 5
4..20mA
4 5
33 (1.3) 1 SIEMENS 2
+ –
1 2
1(+) and 2(-) Auxiliary power supply Uaux, output current IOut
3, 4, 5 and 6 Pt100 sensor (for connection, see Pt100 6
5
6
sensor connection assignment)
SITRANS TH100, dimensions in mm (inch)

4-wire connection Connection of auxiliary
Mounting on DIN rail power supply (Uaux)
SITRANS TH100, sensor connection assignment
SITRANS TH100, mounting of transmitter on DIN rail
14 (0.55) 50.5 (1.99)

33 (1.30)
59.6 (2.35)
DIN rail adapter, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/127

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS TH200 (4 to 20 mA, universal)
SITRANS TH200 transmitters can be used in all industrial sec-
tors. Its compact size means that it can be installed in connec-
tion heads of type B or larger. The following sensors/signal
sources can be connected over their universal input module:
2 • Resistance thermometer (2, 3, 4-wire connection)
• Thermocouples
• Resistance-based sensors and DC voltage sources
The output signal is a direct current from 4 to 20 mA in accor-
dance with the sensor characteristic.
requirements.
■ Function
Ultra flexible - with the universal SITRANS TH200 transmitter
The SITRANS TH200 is configured over a PC. A USB or RS 232
• 2-wire device for 4 to 20 mA modem is linked to the output terminals for this purpose. The
• Mounting in the connection head of the temperature sensor configuration data can now be edited using the SIPROM T soft-
• Universal input for virtually any type of temperature sensor ware tool. The configuration data are then permanently stored in
the non-volatile memory (EEPROM).
• Configurable over PC
Once the sensors and power supply have been correctly con-
nected, the transmitter outputs a temperature-linear output sig-
■ Benefits nal and the diagnostics LED displays a green light. In the case
• Compact design of a sensor break, the LED flashes red, an internal device fault is
• Flexible mounting and center hole allow you to select your pre- indicated by a steady red light.
ferred type of installation The test socket can be used to connect an ammeter at any time
• Galvanic isolation for monitoring purposes and plausibility checks. The output cur-
rent can be read without any interruption, or even without open-
• Test sockets for multimeters ing the current loop.
• Diagnostics LED (green/red)
• Sensor monitoring
open circuits and short-circuits
• Self-monitoring
• Configuration status stored in EEPROM
• SIL2 (with order note C20), SIL2/3 (with C23)
• Expanded diagnostic functions, such as slave pointer, operat-
ing hours counter, etc.
• Special characteristic
• Electromagnetic compatibility to EN 61326 and NE21
SITRANS TH200/TH300
(2)
TC/RTD Test
sensor
+1
A D
μC1 μC2 4 ... 20 mA Uaux, Iout
D A
(1) -2
Input Output (1) Electrically isolated

A/D Analog-digital converter μC2 Microcontroller, primary circuit (2) LED
Sensors Resistance thermometer, thermocouple, D/A Digital-analog converter
resistance-based sensor, mV sensor Uaux Auxiliary power supply
μC1 Microcontroller, secondary circuit Iout Output current
SITRANS TH200 function diagram
2/128 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Input Thermocouples
Resistance thermometer Measured variable Temperature
Measured variable Temperature Sensor type (thermocouples)
Sensor type • Type B Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh acc. to IEC 584 2
• According to IEC 60751 Pt25 … Pt1000 • Type C W5%-Re acc. to ASTM 988
• Acc. to JIS C 1604; a = 0.00392 K-1 Pt25 … Pt1000 • Type D W3%-Re acc. to ASTM 988
• According to IEC 60751 Ni25 … Ni1000 • Type E NiCr-CuNi acc. to IEC 584
• Special type Via special characteristic (max. 30 • Type J Fe-CuNi acc. to IEC 584
points) • Type K NiCr-Ni acc. to IEC 584
• Type L Fe-CuNi acc. to DIN 43710
Sensor factor 0.25 ... 10 (adaptation of the basic
type, e.g. Pt100 to version • Type N NiCrSi-NiSi acc. to IEC 584
Pt25 ... 1000) • Type R Pt13Rh-Pt acc. to IEC 584
• Type S Pt10Rh-Pt acc. to IEC 584
Units °C or °F
• Type T Cu-CuNi acc. to IEC 584
Connection • Type U Cu-CuNi acc. to DIN 43710
• Standard connection 1 resistance thermometer (RTD) in 2-
wire, 3-wire or 4-wire connection Units °C or °F
• Averaging 2 identical resistance thermometers Connection
in 2-wire connection for generation of • Standard connection 1 thermocouple (TC)
average temperature
• Averaging 2 thermocouples (TC)
• Differentiation 2 identical resistance thermometers
• Differentiation 2 thermocouples (TC) (TC1 – TC2 or
(RTD) in 2-wire connection (RTD 1 –
TC2 – TC1)
RTD 2 or RTD 2 – RTD 1)
Response time  250 ms for 1 sensor with break
Connection
monitoring
• 2-wire connection Line resistance can be configured
100  (loop resistance) Break monitoring Can be switched off
• 3-wire connection No trim necessary Reference junction compensation
• 4-wire connection No trim necessary • Internal With integrated Pt100 resistance ther-
Sensor current  0.45 mA mometer
• External With external Pt100 IEC 60751 (2-wire
Response time  250 ms for 1 sensor with break or 3-wire connection)
monitoring
• External fixed Reference junction temperature can
Break monitoring Always active (cannot be switched off) be set as fixed value
Short-circuit monitoring Can be switched on/off (default value: Measuring range Assignable (see "Digital measuring
ON) error" table)
Measuring range Assignable (see "Digital measuring Min. measuring span Min. 40 ... 100 °C (72 ... 180 °F) (see
error" table) "Digital measuring error" table)
Min. measuring span 10 °C (18 °F) Characteristic curve Temperature-linear or special charac-
teristic
Characteristic curve Temperature-linear or special charac-
teristic mV sensor
Resistance-based sensor Measured variable DC voltage
Measured variable Actual resistance Sensor type DC voltage source (DC voltage
source possible over an externally
Sensor type Resistance-based, potentiometers connected resistor)
Units  Units mV
Connection Response time  250 ms for 1 sensor with break
• Standard connection 1 resistance-based sensor (R) in 2- monitoring
wire, 3-wire or 4-wire connection
Break monitoring Can be switched off
• Averaging 2 resistance-based sensors in 2-wire
connection for averaging Measuring range -10 ... +70 mV
• Differentiation 2 resistance thermometers in 2-wire -100 … +1100 mV
connection (R1 – R2 or R2 – R1)
Min. measuring span 2 mV or 20 mV
Connection
Overload capability of the input -1.5 ... +3.5 V DC
100  (loop resistance) Input resistance  1 M
• 3-wire connection No trim necessary Characteristic curve Voltage-linear or special characteris-
• 4-wire connection No trim necessary tic
Sensor current  0.45 mA
monitoring
Break monitoring Always active (cannot be switched
off)
Short-circuit monitoring Can be switched on/off (default value:
OFF)
Measuring range Assignable max. 0 ... 2200  (see
"Digital measuring error" table)
Min. measuring span 5  ... 25  (see "Digital measuring
error" table)
Characteristic curve Resistance-linear or special charac-
teristic
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/129

© Siemens 2020
Output Certificates and approvals
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire Explosion protection ATEX
Auxiliary power 11 ... 35 V EC type-examination certificate PTB 05 ATEX 2040X
DC (to 30 V with Ex ia and ib; to 32 • "Intrinsic safety" type of protection II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6/T4
V with Ex nA/nL/ic) II 2 (1) G Ex ia/ib IIC T6/T4
2 Max. load (Uaux – 11 V)/0.023 A II 3(1) G Ex ia/ic IIC T6/T4
II 1D Ex iaD 20 T115 °C
Overrange 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable • "Non-sparking and energy-limited II 3 G Ex nL IIC T6/T4
(default range: 3.80 mA ... 20.5 mA) equipment" type of protection II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6/T4
Error signal (e.g. following sensor 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable Explosion protection: FM for USA
fault) (conforming to NE43) (default value: 22.8 mA) • FM approval FM 3024169
Sample cycle 0.25 s nominal • Degrees of protection IS / Cl I, II, III / Div 1 / GP ABCDEFG
T6, T5, T4
Damping Software filter 1st order 0 ... 30 s Cl I / ZN 0 / AEx ia IIC T6, T5, T4
(parameterizable) NI / Cl I / Div 2 / GP ABCDFG T6, T5,
Protection Against reverse polarity T4
NI / Cl I / ZN 2 / IIC T6, T5, T4
Galvanic isolation Input against output 2.12 kV DC
(1.5 kVrms AC) Explosion protection to FM for Canada
(cFMUS)
Measuring accuracy • FM approval FM 3024169C
Digital measuring error See "Digital measuring error" table • Degrees of protection IS / Cl I, II, III / Div 1/ GP ABCDEFG
T6, T5, T4
Reference conditions NI / Cl I / DIV 2 / GP ABCD T6, T5, T4
• Auxiliary power 24 V ± 1 % NIFW / Cl I, II, III / DIV 2 / GP
• Load 500  ABCDFG T6, T5, T4
• Ambient temperature 23 °C DIP / Cl II, III / Div 2 / GP FG T6, T5,
T4
• Warming-up time > 5 min
Cl I / ZN 0 / Ex ia IIC T6, T5, T4
Error in the analog output (digital/ana- < 0.025 % of measuring span Cl I / ZN 2 / Ex nA nL IIC T6, T5, T4
log converter)
Other certificates EAC Ex(GOST), NEPSI, IEC, EXPO-
Error due to internal reference junction < 0.5 °C (0.9 °F) LABS
Effect of ambient temperature Software requirements for SIPROM T
• Analog measuring error 0.02 % of meas. span/10 °C (18 °F) PC operating system Windows ME, 2000, XP, Win 7 and
• Digital measuring error Win 8; in connection with RS 232
modem, also Windows 95, 98 and
- with resistance thermometers 0.06 °C (0.11 °F)/10°C (18 °F) 98SE
- with thermocouples 0.6 °C (1.1 °F)/10°C (18 °F)
Auxiliary power effect < 0.001 % of meas. span/V Factory setting:
Effect of load impedance < 0.002 % of meas. span/100  • Pt100 (IEC 751) in the 3-wire connection
Long-term drift • Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
• In the first month • < 0.02 % of measuring span • Fault current: 22.8 mA
• After one year • < 0.2 % of measuring span • Sensor offset: 0 °C (0 °F)
• After 5 years • < 0.3 % of measuring span
• Damping 0.0 s
Rated conditions
Ambient conditions
Electromagnetic compatibility acc. to EN 61326 and NE21
Design
Weight 50 g (0.11 lb)
Dimensions See "Dimensional drawings"
Cross-section of cables Max. 2.5 mm² (AWG 13)
IEC 60529
• Enclosure IP40
• Terminals IP00
2/130 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Digital measuring error
Resistance thermometer Thermocouples
Input Measuring range Minimum Digital accuracy Input Measuring range Minimum Digital accuracy
measuring span measuring span
According to
°C (°F) °C (°F) °C (°F)
Type B
°C (°F)
100 ... 1820
°C
100
(°F)
(180)
°C
21)
(°F)
(3.60)1)
2
IEC 60751 (212 ... 3308)
Pt25 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.3 (0.54) Type C (W5) 0 ... 2300 100 (180) 2 (3.60)
(-328 ... +1562) (32 ... 4172)
Pt50 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type D (W3) 0 ... 2300 100 (180) 12) (1.80)2)
(-328 ... +1562) (32 ... 4172)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) Type E -200 ... +1000 50 (90) 1 (1.80)
(-328 ... +1562) (-328 ... +1832)
Pt500 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type J -200 ... +1200 50 (90) 1 (1.80)
(-328 ... +1562) (-328 ... +2192)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type K -200 ... +1370 50 (90) 1 (1.80)
(-328 ... +662) (-328 ... +2498)
According to Type L -200 ... +900 50 (90) 1 (1.80)
JIS C1604-81 (-328 ... +1652)
Pt25 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.3 (0.54) Type N -200 ... +1300 50 (90) 1 (1.80)
(-328 ... +1200) (-328 ... +2372)
Pt50 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type R -50 ... +1760 100 (180) 2 (3.60)
(-328 ... +1200) (-58 ... +3200)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) Type S -50 ... +1760 100 (180) 2 (3.60)
(-328 ... +1200) (-58 ... +3200)
Pt500 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type T -200 ... +400 40 (72) 1 (1.80)
(-328 ... +1200) (-328 ... +752)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type U -200 ... +600 50 (90) 2 (3.60)
(-328 ... +662) (-328 ... +1112)
Ni 25 ... Ni1000 -60 ... +250 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) 1)
(-76 ... +482) The digital accuracy in the range 100 to 300 °C (212 to 572 °F) is 3 °C
(5.4 °F).
Resistance-based sensor 2)
The digital accuracy in the range 1750 to 2300 °C (3182 to 4172 °F) is 2 °C
(3.6 °F).
Input Measuring Minimum Digital accuracy
range measuring span mV sensor
   Input Measuring Minimum Digital accuracy
Resistance 0 ... 390 5 0.05 range measuring span
Resistance 0 ... 2200 25 0.25 mV mV V

mV sensor -10 ... +70 2 40
mV sensor -100 ... +1100 20 400
The digital accuracy is the accuracy after the analog/digital con-

version including linearization and calculation of the measured
value.
An additional error is generated in the output current 4 to 20 mA
as a result of the digital/analog conversion of 0.025 % of the set
span (digital-analog error).
The total error under reference conditions at the analog output is
the sum from the digital error and the digital-analog error (poss.
with the addition of reference junction errors in the case of ther-
mocouple measurements).
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/131

© Siemens 2020

Head transmitter SITRANS TH200 Article No.
2-wire system 4 ... 20 mA, programmable, with
2 galvanic isolation
2/251.
Without explosion protection 7NG3211-1NN00 Modem
With explosion protection Modem with USB interface and SIPROM T soft- 7NG3092-8KN
• According to ATEX 7NG3211-1AN00 ware
• According to FM (CFMUS) 7NG3211-1BN00 Mounting rail adapter for head transmitter 7NG3092-8KA
Options Order code
Connecting cable 7NG3092-8KC
Append suffix "-Z" to article no., add order code
and plain text, if applicable. 4-wire, 200 mm (7.87 inch), for sensor connec-
tions when using head transmitters in the high
Test report (5 measuring points) C11 hinged cover (set with 5 units)
Functional safety SIL2 C20 For supply units, see Catalog FI01 section "Supplementary com-
Functional safety SIL2/3 C23 ponents"
Customer-specific programming Ordering example 1:
Measuring range to be set Y011)
7NG3211-1NN00-Z Y01+Y17+U03
Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits):
Y01:... to ... °C, °F Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Measuring point number (TAG) max. 8 charac- Y172) Y17: TICA123
ters
Ordering example 2:
Measuring point description, max. 16 charac- Y232)
ters 7NG3211-1NN00-Z Y01+Y23+ U25
Measuring point message, max. 32 characters Y242) Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Pt100 (IEC) 2-wire, RL = 0  U023) Y23: TICA1234HEAT
Pt100 (IEC) 3-wire U033) Factory setting:
Pt100 (IEC) 4-wire U043) • Pt100 (IEC 751); 3-wire connection
Type B thermocouple U203)4) • Measuring range: 0 … 100 °C (32 … 212 °F)
Type C thermocouple (W5) U213)4) • Fault current: 22.8 mA
Type D thermocouple (W3) U223)4) • Sensor offset: 0 °C (0 °F)
Type E thermocouple U233)4) • Damping 0.0 s
Type J thermocouple U243)4)
Type K thermocouple U253)4)
Type L thermocouple U263)4)
Type N thermocouple U273)4)
Type R thermocouple U283)4)
Type S thermocouple U293)4)
Type T thermocouple U303)4)
Type U thermocouple U313)4)
For TC: Cold junction compensation: external U41
(Pt100, 3-wire)
For TC: Cold junction compensation: Y50
external with fixed value: specify in plain text
Enter special deviating customer-specific set- Y095)
ting in plain text
Cable extension W01
Transmitter with installed cable extension
200 mm (7.87 inch), for Pt100 in 4-wire connec-
tion
1) For customer-specific programming for RTD and TC, the start value and
2) For this selection, Y01 or Y09 must also be selected.
4) nternal reference junction compensation is selected as the default for TC.
here.
2/132 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Mounting on DIN rail
Ø 44 (1.73)
33 (1.30) 2
(1)
4...20 mA
(1)
s t Te
Te s t
(2) 1 SIEMENS
–
2
(2)
1
+ 2
3 6
+ -
3 6
3-W
(3) 4 5
4 5
(4) SITRANS TH200, mounting of transmitter on DIN rail
14 (0.55) 50.5 (1.99)

33 (1.30)
26.3 (1.04)
59.6 (2.35)
M4 x 30
3, 4, 5 and 6 Pt100 sensor (for connections, see sensor
connection assignment)
Test (+), Test (-) Measurement of the output current with a multimeter
(1) Test terminal

(2) Mounting screw M4x30
(3) LED for operation indication
(4) Internal diameter of center hole 6.3 (0.25)
SITRANS TH200, dimensions and pin assignment, dimensions in mm
(inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/133

© Siemens 2020
Resistance thermometer Resistance Thermocouple
2
3 6 3 6 3 6
3 + - 6 3 + - 6 3 + - 6
3-W
3-W
3-W
4 5 4 5 4 5
4 5 4 5 4 5
+ TC -
RTD R
2-wire connection 1) 2-wire connection 1) Cold junction compensation

Internal/fixed value
3 6 3 6 3 6
3 + - 6 3 + - 6 + -
3 6
3-W
3-W
3-W
4 5 4 5 4 5
4 5 4 5 4 5
+ TC -
RTD R
RTD
3-wire connection 3-wire connection Cold junction compensation with

external Pt100 in 2-wire connection 1)
3 6
3 6 3 + - 6
3-W
+ - 3 6 4 5
3 6 + -
3-W
3 6
3-W
4 5 4 5
4 5
4 5 4 5
+ TC -
RTD RTD
R

external Pt100 in 3-wire connection
3 6 3 6
3 + - 6 + - 3 6
3-W
3 6 + -
3-W
4 5 4 5 3 4 3-W 5
6
4 5 4 5 4 5
RTD2 + TC2 - + TC1 -

R2
R1
RTD1
Generation of average Generation of average Generation of average value / difference

value / difference 1) value / difference 1) with internal cold junction compensation
1)
Programmable line resistance for the purpose of correction.
Voltage measurement Connection of auxiliary

Current measurement
power supply (Uaux)
Uaux
3 6 3
+ -
6 + -
3 + - 6 3 6
3-W
3-W
4 5 4 5
st 4..20mA Te
Te s t
4 5 4 5
+ - R 1 SIEMENS 2
+ –
U 1 2
+ -
3 6
I 6
5
2/134 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS TH300 (4 to 20 mA, HART, universal)
SITRANS TH300 transmitters can be used in all industrial sec-
tors. Its compact size means that it can be installed in connec-
tion heads of type B or larger. The following sensors/signal
sources can be connected over their universal input module:
• Resistance thermometer (2, 3, 4-wire connection) 2
• Thermocouples
The output signal is a load-independent direct current of 4 to
20 mA corresponding to the sensor characteristic overlaid by
the digital HART signal.
requirements.
■ Function
Robust and durable HART - the universal SITRANS TH300 The SITRANS TH300 is configured over HART. This can be done
transmitter using a handheld communicator or even more conveniently with
a HART modem and the SIMATIC PDM parameterization soft-
• 2-wire device for 4 to 20 mA, HART ware. The configuration data are then permanently stored in the
• Mounting in the connection head of the temperature sensor non-volatile memory (EEPROM).
• Universal input for virtually any type of temperature sensor
Once the sensors and power supply have been correctly con-
• Configurable over HART nected, the transmitter outputs a temperature-linear output sig-
nal and the diagnostics LED displays a green light. In the case
■ Benefits of a sensor break, the LED flashes red, an internal device fault is
• Compact design indicated by a steady red light.
• Flexible mounting and center hole allow you to select your pre- The test socket can be used to connect an ammeter at any time
ferred type of installation for monitoring purposes and plausibility checks. The output cur-
• Galvanic isolation rent can be read without any interruption, or even without open-
ing the current loop.
• Test sockets for multimeters
• Self-monitoring
SITRANS TH200/TH300
(2)
TC/RTD Test
sensor
+1
A D
μC1 μC2 4 ... 20 mA Uaux, Iout
D A
(1) -2
Input Output (1) Electrically isolated

A/D Analog-digital converter μC2 Microcontroller, primary circuit (2) LED
Sensors Resistance thermometer, thermocouple, D/A Digital-analog converter
resistance-based sensor, mV sensor Uaux Auxiliary power supply
μC1 Microcontroller, secondary circuit Iout Output current
SITRANS TH 300 function diagram
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/135

© Siemens 2020
Input Thermocouples
2 Sensor type • Type B Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh acc. to IEC 584
• Acc. to JIS C 1604; a = 0.00392 K-1 Pt25 … Pt1000 • Type D W3%-Re acc. to ASTM 988
type, e.g. Pt100 to version Pt25 ... • Type N NiCrSi-NiSi acc. to IEC 584
1000) • Type R Pt13Rh-Pt acc. to IEC 584
Units °C or °F
average temperature
TC2 – TC1)
Connection
monitoring
Response time  250 ms for 1 sensor with break or 3-wire connection)
monitoring
ON) error" table)
teristic
teristic mV sensor
Units  Units mV
Connection Response time  250 ms for 1 sensor with break
connection for averaging Measuring range -10 ... +70 mV
• Differentiation 2 resistance thermometers in 2-wire -100 … +1100 mV
connection
(R1 – R2 or R2 – R1)
Overload capability of the input -1.5 ... +3.5 V DC
Connection
• 2-wire connection Line resistance can be configured Input resistance  1 M
100  (loop resistance)
Characteristic curve Voltage-linear or special characteris-
• 3-wire connection No trim necessary tic
• 4-wire connection No trim necessary
monitoring
Break monitoring Always active (cannot be switched off)
OFF)
Min. measuring span 5 ... 25  (see "Digital measuring
error" table)
teristic
2/136 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire with communica- Explosion protection ATEX
tion acc. to HART Rev. 5.9
EC type-examination certificate PTB 05 ATEX 2040X
Auxiliary power 11 ... 35 V • "Intrinsic safety" type of protection II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6/T4
DC (to 30 V with Ex ia and ib; to 32 II 2 (1) G Ex ia/ib IIC T6/T4
Max. load
V with Ex nA/nL/ic)
(Uaux – 11 V)/0.023 A
II 3(1) G Ex ia/ic IIC T6/T4
II 1D Ex iaD 20 T115 °C 2
• "Non-sparking and energy-limited II 3 G Ex nL IIC T6/T4
Overrange 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable equipment" type of protection II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6/T4
(default range: 3.80 mA ... 20.5 mA)
Explosion protection: FM for USA
Error signal (e.g. following sensor 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable • FM approval FM 3024169
fault) (default value: 22.8 mA)
(conforming to NE43) • Degrees of protection IS / Cl I, II, III / Div 1 / GP ABCDEFG
T6, T5, T4
Sample cycle 0.25 s nominal Cl I / ZN 0 / AEx ia IIC T6, T5, T4
NI / Cl I / Div 2 / GP ABCDFG T6, T5,
Damping Software filter 1st order 0 ... 30 s T4
(parameterizable) NI / Cl I / ZN 2 / IIC T6, T5, T4
Protection Against reverse polarity Explosion protection to FM for Canada
Galvanic isolation Input against output 2.12 kV DC (cFMUS)
(1.5 kVrms AC) • FM approval FM 3024169C
Measuring accuracy • Degrees of protection IS / Cl I, II, III / Div 1/ GP ABCDEFG
T6, T5, T4
Digital measuring error See "Digital measuring error" table NI / Cl I / DIV 2 / GP ABCD T6, T5, T4
NIFW / Cl I, II, III / DIV 2 / GP
Reference conditions ABCDFG T6, T5, T4
• Auxiliary power 24 V ± 1 % DIP / Cl II, III / Div 2 / GP FG T6, T5,
• Load 500  T4
• Ambient temperature 23 °C Cl I / ZN 0 / Ex ia IIC T6, T5, T4
Cl I / ZN 2 / Ex nA nL IIC T6, T5, T4
Other certificates EAC Ex(GOST), NEPSI, IEC, EXPO-
Error in the analog output (digital/ana- < 0.025 % of measuring span
LABS
log converter)
Error due to internal reference junction < 0.5 °C (0.9 °F) Factory setting:
Effect of ambient temperature • Pt100 (IEC 751) in the 3-wire connection
• Analog measuring error 0.02 % of meas. span/10 °C (18 °F) • Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
• Digital measuring error
• Fault current: 22.8 mA
- with resistance thermometers 0.06 °C (0.11 °F)/10°C (18 °F)
• Sensor offset: 0 °C (0 °F)
- with thermocouples 0.6 °C (1.1 °F)/10°C (18 °F)
• Damping 0.0 s
Auxiliary power effect < 0.001 % of meas. span/V
Effect of load impedance < 0.002 % of meas. span/100 
Long-term drift
• In the first month < 0.02 % of measuring span
• After one year < 0.2 % of measuring span
• After 5 years < 0.3 % of measuring span
Rated conditions
Ambient conditions
Electromagnetic compatibility According to EN 61326 and NE21
Design
IEC 60529
• Enclosure IP40
• Terminals IP00
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/137

© Siemens 2020
2 According to
°C (°F) °C (°F) °C (°F)
Type B
°C (°F)
100 ... 1820
°C
100
(°F)
(180)
°C
21)
(°F)
(3.60)1)
IEC 60751 (212 ... 3308)
Pt25 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.3 (0.54) Type C (W5) 0 ... 2300 100 (180) 2 (3.60)
(-328 ... +1562) (32 ... 4172)
Pt50 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type D (W3) 0 ... 2300 100 (180) 12) (1.80)2)
(-328 ... +1562) (32 ... 4172)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) Type E -200 ... +1000 50 (90) 1 (1.80)
(-328 ... +1562) (-328 ... +1832)
Pt500 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type J -200 ... +1200 50 (90) 1 (1.80)
(-328 ... +1562) (-328 ... +2192)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type K -200 ... +1370 50 (90) 1 (1.80)
(-328 ... +662) (-328 ... +2498)
JIS C1604-81 (-328 ... +1652)
Pt25 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.3 (0.54) Type N -200 ... +1300 50 (90) 1 (1.80)
(-328 ... +1200) (-328 ... +2372)
Pt50 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type R -50 ... +1760 100 (180) 2 (3.60)
(-328 ... +1200) (-58 ... +3200)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) Type S -50 ... +1760 100 (180) 2 (3.60)
(-328 ... +1200) (-58 ... +3200)
Pt500 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type T -200 ... +400 40 (72) 1 (1.80)
(-328 ... +1200) (-328 ... +752)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type U -200 ... +600 50 (90) 2 (3.60)
(-328 ... +662) (-328 ... +1112)
Ni 25 ... Ni1000 -60 ... +250 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) 1)
(-76 ... +482) (5.4 °F).
2)
Resistance-based sensor The digital accuracy in the range 1750 to 2300 °C (3182 to 4172 °F) is 2 °C
(3.6 °F).
Input Measuring Minimum Digital accuracy mV sensor
range measuring span
Resistance 0 ... 390 5 0.05
mV mV V
Resistance 0 ... 2200 25 0.25
mV sensor -10 ... +70 2 40
mV sensor -100 ... +1100 20 400

value.
as a result of the digital/analog conversion of 0.025 % of the set
span (digital-analog error).
2/138 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020

SITRANS TH300 head transmitter Article No.
2-wire system 4 ... 20 mA, communication-
capable according to HART, with galvanic iso-
lation
2/251. 2
Modem
Without explosion protection 7NG3212-0NN00
Modem with USB interface 7MF4997-1DB
With explosion protection
• According to ATEX 7NG3212-0AN00 SIMATIC PDM operating software See Catalog
FI01 section 8
• According to FM (CFMUS) 7NG3212-0BN00
Mounting rail adapter for head transmitter 7NG3092-8KA
Options Order code (Quantity delivered: 5 units)
Append suffix "-Z" to article no., add order code Connecting cable 7NG3092-8KC
and plain text, if applicable.
4-wire, 200 mm (7.87 inch), for sensor connec-
Test report (5 measuring points) C11 tions when using head transmitters in the high
hinged cover (set with 5 units)
Functional safety SIL2 C20
Functional safety SIL2/3 C23 For supply units, see Catalog FI01 section "Supplementary com-
ponents"
Measuring range to be set Y011) Ordering example 1:
Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits): 7NG3212-0NN00-Z Y01+Y17+U03
Y01: ... to ... °C, °F Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Measuring point number (TAG) max. 8 charac- Y172) Y17: TICA123
ters
Ordering example 2:
ters 7NG3212-0NN00-Z Y01+Y23+ U25
Measuring point message, max. 32 characters Y242) Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Factory setting:
• Pt100 (IEC 751); 3-wire connection
Type B thermocouple U203)4)
Type C thermocouple (W5) U213)4)
Type D thermocouple (W3) U223)4)
Type E thermocouple U233)4)
• Damping 0.0 s
(Pt100, 3-wire)
ting in plain text
Cable extension W01
Transmitter with installed cable extension
200 mm (7.87 inch), for Pt100 in 4-wire connec-
tion
4) Internal reference junction compensation is selected as the default for TC.
5)For customer-specific programming for mV and ohm, the start value
and the end value of the required measuring span and the unit must be
entered here.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/139

© Siemens 2020
Ø 44 (1.73)
2 33 (1.30)
(1)
HART®
(1)
s t Te
Te s t
(2) 1 SIEMENS
–
2
(2)
1
+ 2
3 6
+ -
3 6
3-W
(3) 4 5
4 5
(4) SITRANS TH300, mounting of transmitter on DIN rail
14 (0.55) 50.5 (1.99)

33 (1.30)
26.3 (1.04)
59.6 (2.35)
M4 x 30
3, 4, 5 and 6 Pt100 sensor (for connections, see sensor
connection assignment)
Test (+), Test (-) Measurement of the output current with a multimeter
(1) Test terminal

(2) Mounting screw M4x30
(3) LED for operation indication
(4) Internal diameter of center hole 6.3 (0.25)
(inch)
2/140 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
2
3 6 3 6 3 6
3 + - 6 3 + - 6 3 + - 6
3-W
3-W
3-W
4 5 4 5 4 5
4 5 4 5 4 5
+ TC -
RTD R

3 6 3 6 3 6
3 + - 6 3 + - 6 + -
3 6
3-W
3-W
3-W
4 5 4 5 4 5
4 5 4 5 4 5
+ TC -
RTD R
RTD

3 6
3 6 3 + - 6
3-W
+ - 3 6 4 5
3 6 + -
3-W
3 6
3-W
4 5 4 5
4 5
4 5 4 5
+ TC -
RTD RTD
R

3 6 3 6
3 + - 6 + - 3 6
3-W
3 6 + -
3-W
4 5 4 5 3 4 3-W 5
6
4 5 4 5 4 5
RTD2 + TC2 - + TC1 -

R2
R1
RTD1

1)
Voltage measurement Connection of auxiliary

Current measurement
power supply (Uaux)
Uaux
3 6 3
+ -
6 + -
3 + - 6 3 6
3-W
3-W
4 5 4 5
st HART® Te
Te s t
4 5 4 5
+ - R 1 SIEMENS 2
+ –
U 1 2
+ -
3 6
I 6
5
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/141

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS TH400, fieldbus transmitter
• Linearized temperature measurement with resistance ther-
mometers or thermal elements
• Differential, mean-value or redundant temperature measure-
ment with resistance thermometers or thermal elements
2 • Linear resistance and bipolar millivolt measurements
• Differential, mean-value or redundant resistance and bipolar
millivolt measurements
■ Function
Features
• Mounting in connection head, type B or larger
• Polarity-neutral bus connection
• 24-bit analog-digital converter for high resolution
• Galvanic isolation
• Intrinsically-safe version for use in potentially explosive areas
• Sensor redundance
SITRANS TH400 fieldbus transmitters With PROFIBUS PA communication
Versions: • Function blocks: 2 x analog
• For FOUNDATION fieldbus With FOUNDATION Fieldbus communication
• For PROFIBUS PA • Function blocks: 2 x analog and 1 x PID
The SITRANS TH400 Head transmitter is a small field bus trans- • Functionality: Basic or LAS
mitter for mounting in the connection head of form B. Extensive
functionality enables the Head transmitter to be precisely Mode of operation
adapted to the plant's requirements. Operation is very simple in
The following function diagram explains the mode of operation
spite of the numerous setting options. Thanks to its universal
of the transmitter.
concept it can be used in all industries and is easy to integrate
in the context of Totally Integrated Automation applications. The only difference between the two versions of the SITRANS
Transmitters of the "intrinsically safe" type of protection can be in- TH400 (7NG3214-... and 7NG3215-...) is the type of fieldbus
stalled within potentially explosive atmospheres. The devices protocol used (PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus).
requirements.
Installing SITRANS TH400 in temperature sensors turns them
into complete, bus-capable measuring points; compact - and in
a single device.
Transformer
Input 1
Input 2
Differential
Optional inputs: Mean value
Redundancy
- Resistance thermometer Terminal temperature
Engineering units
- Thermocouple Diagnostic functions
Table linearization
- mV sensor Polynomial linearization
- Resistance-based sensors Process calibration
Electrically
isolated
6
Ex power circuit
Input 1 1
5
A/D
converter CPU Communication Bus connection
4
2
Input 2 3
Internal EEPROM - PROFIBUS protocol (7NG3214)

Complex configuration or
Pt100 Correction coefficient - Foundation Fieldbus protocol (7NG3215)
Factory settings
SITRANS TH400, function diagram
2/142 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
System communication Thermocouple
According to IEC 584 Measuring range
• Type B 400 ... 1820 °C (752 ... 3308 °F)
• Type E -100 ... +1000 °C (-148 ... +1832 °F)
Output: • Type J -100 ... +1000 °C (-148 ... +1832 °F)
Bus
terminator PROFIBUS PA
• Type K
• Type N
-100 ... +1200 °C (-148 ... +2192 °F)
-180 ... +1300 °C (-292 ... +2372 °F)
2
• Type R -50 ... +1760 °C (-58 ... +3200 °F)
Segment • Type S -50 ... +1760 °C (-58 ... +3200 °F)
coupler • Type T -200 ... +400 °C (-328 ... +752 °F)
2 1 According to DIN 43710

SITRANS
s
• Type L -200 ... +900 °C (-328 ... +1652 °F)
TH400 PA • Type U -200 ... +600 °C (-328 ... +1112 °F)
According to ASTM E988-90
Bus connection • Type W3 0 ... 2300 °C (32 ... +4172 °F)
• Type W5 0 ... 2300 °C (32 ... +4172 °F)
Bus
terminator External reference junction compen- -40 ... +135 °C (-40 ... +275 °F)
FOUNDATION Fieldbus sation
Segment Sensor fault detection

coupler • Sensor break detection Yes
• Sensor short-circuit detection Yes, < 3 mV
2 1 • Sensor current in the event of open- 4 A
s
SITRANS circuit monitoring
TH400 FF
mV sensor - voltage input
Measuring range -800 ... +800 mV
Bus connection
Input resistance 10 M
Output
SITRANS TH400, communications interface Filter time (programmable) 0 ... 60 s
Update time < 400 ms
■ Technical specifications Measuring accuracy Accuracy is defined as the higher
value of general values and basic val-
Input ues.
Analog-to-digital conversion General values
• Measurement rate < 50 ms Type of input Absolute Temperature
• Resolution 24-bit accuracy coefficient
Resistance thermometer All  ± 0.05 % of the  ± 0.002 % of the
Pt25 ... Pt1000 acc. to IEC 60751/JIS measured value measured
C 1604 value/°C
• Measuring range -200 ... +850 °C (-328 ... +1562 °F) Basic values
Ni25 ... Ni1000 acc. to DIN 43760 Type of input Basic accuracy Temperature
• Measuring range -60 ... +250 °C (-76 ... +482 °F) coefficient
Cu10 ... Cu1000,  = 0.00427 Pt100 and Pt1000  ± 0.1 °C  ± 0.002 °C/°C
• Measuring range -50 ... +200 °C (-58 ... +392 °F) Ni100  ± 0.15 °C  ± 0.002 °C/°C
Line resistance per sensor cable Max. 50  Cu10  ± 1.3 °C  ± 0.02 °C/°C
Sensor current Nominal 0.2 mA Resistance-based sensor  ± 0.05   ± 0.002 /°C
Sensor fault detection Voltage source  ± 10 V  ± 0.2 % V/°C
• Sensor break detection Yes
Thermocouple, type:  ± 0.5 °C  ± 0.01 °C/°C
• Sensor short-circuit detection Yes, < 15  E, J, K, L, N, T, U
Resistance-based sensor Thermocouple, type:  ± 1 °C  ± 0.025 °C/°C
Measuring range 0  ... 10 k B, R, S, W3, W5
Line resistance per sensor cable Max. 50  Reference junction compensation  ± 0.5 °C
Sensor current Nominal 0.2 mA Reference conditions
Sensor fault detection Warming-up time 30 s

• Sensor break detection Yes Signal-to-noise ratio Min. 60 dB
• Sensor short-circuit detection Yes, < 15 
Calibration condition 20 ... 28 °C (68 ... 82 °F)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/143

© Siemens 2020
Rated conditions Communication
Ambient conditions Parameterization interface
Ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) • PROFIBUS PA connection
Storage temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) - Protocol Profile 3.0
- Address (for delivery) 126
2 Relative humidity
Insulation strength
 98 %, with condensation • FOUNDATION Fieldbus connection
- Protocol FF protocol
• Test voltage 500 V AC for 60 s - Functionality Basic or LAS
Mechanical testing - Version ITK 4.6
• Vibrations (DIN class B) to IEC 60068-2-6 and IEC 60068-2-64 - Function blocks 2 x analog and 1 x PID
4 g/2 ... 100 Hz
Factory setting
Electromagnetic compatibility
only for SITRANS TH400 PA
EMC noise voltage influence < ± 0.1 % of span
Sensor Pt100 (IEC 751)
Extended EMC noise immunity: < ± 1 % of span
NAMUR NE 21, criterion A, Burst Type of connection 3-wire connection
EMC 2014/30/EU Emission and Noise EN 61326 Unit °C

Immunity according to Failure mode Last valid value
Design Filter time 0s
Material Molded plastic PA address 126
Weight 55 g (0.12 lb) PROFIBUS Ident No. Manufacturer-specific
Dimensions See Dimensional drawings only for SITRANS TH400 FF
Cross-section of cables Max. 2.5 mm2 (AWG 13) Sensor Pt100 (IEC 751)
Degree of protection Type of connection 3-wire connection
• Transmitter enclosure IP40
Unit °C
• Terminal IP00
Failure mode Last valid value
Auxiliary power
Filter time 0s
Supply voltage
• Standard, Ex "nA", Ex "nL", NI 9.0 ... 32 V DC Node address 22
• ATEX, FM, UL and CSA 9.0 ... 30 V DC
• In FISCO/FNICO installations 9.0 ... 17.5 V DC
Power consumption < 11 mA
Max. increase in power consumption < 7 mA
in the event of a fault
Explosion protection ATEX
EC type-examination certificate KEMA 06 ATEX 0264
• "Intrinsic safety" type of protection II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4...T6
II 2(1) G Ex ib[ia] IIC T4...T6
II 1 D Ex iaD
EC type-examination certificate KEMA 06 ATEX 0263 X
• Type of protection for "equipment is II 3 GD Ex nA[nL] IIC T4...T6
non-arcing" II 3 GD Ex nL IIC T4...T6
II 3 GD Ex nA[ic] IIC T4...T6
II 3 GD Ex ic IIC T4...T6
• Degrees of protection • IS Class I, Div 1, Groups A, B, C, D
T4/T5/T6, FISCO
• IS Class I, Zone 0, AEx ia, IIC
T4/T5/T6, FISCO
• NI Class I, Div 2, Groups A, B, C, D
T4/T5/T6, FNICO
Explosion protection CSA for Canada
• CSA approval CSA 1861385
• Degrees of protection • IS Class I, Div 1, Groups A, B, C, D
T4/T5/T6
• Ex ia IIC T4/T5/T6 and Ex ib [ia] IIC
T4/T5/T6
• NI Class I, Div 2, Groups A, B, C, D
T4/T5/T6
• Ex nA II T4/T5/T6
Other certificates EAC Ex(GOST), NEPSI, IECEx
2/144 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020

Head transmitter SITRANS TH400 Article No.
For installation in connection head, with electri- Additional accessories for assembly, connec-
cal isolation, operating instructions must be
ordered separately.
2/251. 2
Bus-compatible to PROFIBUS PA SIMATIC PDM operating software See Catalog
• No explosion protection or Zone 2/Div 2 ac- 7NG3214-0NN00 FI01 section 8
cording to ATEX/FM/CSA/IECEX/NEP-
SI/IECEX/NEPSI DIN rail adapters for head transmitters 7NG3092-8KA
• With explosion protection "Intrinsically safe 7NG3214-0AN00 (Quantity delivered: 5 units)
according to ATEX/FM/CSA/IECEX/NEPSI"
Bus-compatible to FOUNDATION Fieldbus 4-wire, 200 mm (7.87 inch), for sensor connec-
• No explosion protection or Zone 2/Div 2 ac- 7NG3215-0NN00 tions when using head transmitters in the high
cording to ATEX/FM/CSA/IECEX/NEPSI hinged cover (set with 5 units)
• With explosion protection "Intrinsically safe 7NG3215-0AN00
for additional PA components, See Catalog IK PI
according to ATEX/FM/CSA/IECEX/NEPSI"
Ordering example 1:
Options Order code
7NG3214-0NN00-Z Y01+Y17+U03
and plain text, if applicable. Y01: 0...100 °C
Test report (5 measuring points) C111) Y17: TICA1234HEAT
Customer-specific programming Ordering example 2:
Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits): 7NG3214-0NN00-Z Y01+Y17+Y25+U25
Y01: ... to ... °C, °F Y01: 0...500 °C
Measuring point number (TAG) max. 8 charac- Y172) Y17: TICA8HEAT
ters
Y25: 33
ters Factory setting:
Measuring point message, max. 32 characters Y242) • For SITRANS TH400 PA:
Specify bus address in plain text Y252)
- Pt100 (IEC 751); 3-wire connection
- Unit: °C
Pt100 (IEC) 2-wire, RL = 0 W U023) - Failure mode: Last valid value
Pt100 (IEC) 3-wire U033) - Filter time: 0 s
- PA address: 126
- PROFIBUS Ident No.: Manufacturer-specific
• For SITRANS TH400 FF:
Type C thermocouple (W5) U213)4) - Pt100 (IEC 751); 3-wire connection
Type D thermocouple (W3) U223)4) - Unit: °C
- Failure mode: Last valid value
- Filter time: 0 s
Type J thermocouple U243)4) - Node address: 22
(Pt100, 3-wire)
For TC: Cold junction compensation: external Y50
with fixed value: specify in plain text
ting in plain text
1)
2)
For this selection, Y01 or Y09 must also be selected.
3)
For this selection, Y01 must also be selected.
4)
nternal reference junction compensation is selected as the default for TC.
5)
For customer-specific programming for mV and ohm, the start value and
here.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/145

© Siemens 2020
2
s
1 2
M4 x 30
3 6
3-W
4 + - 5
Ø 6.3 (0.25) 26.3 (1.04)

33 (1.3) SITRANS TH400, mounting of transmitter on DIN rail
Ø 44 (1.73)
14 (0.55) 50.5 (1.99)

Terminals 1, 2: fieldbus connection
33 (1.30)
Terminals 3 ... 6: sensor connection
SITRANS TH400 dimensions in mm (inches) and connection diagram
59.6 (2.35)
2/146 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Resistance thermometer Thermocouple Resistance
+ -
2-wire connection 1) Internal 2-wire connection 1)
cold junction compensation
+ -
3-wire connection Cold junction compensation 3-wire connection

with external Pt100 in 2-wire connection 1)
+ -

with external Pt100 in 3-wire connection
2 2
+ - 2
1 1 1
+ -
Mean-value/differential or Mean value, differential or Mean value, differential or redundancy generation

redundancy generation redundancy generation with internal 1 resistor in 2-wire connection 1)
2 x 2-wire connection 1) cold junction compensation 1 resistor in 3-wire connection
Voltage measurement
2
2 + -
1 +1 -
Mean-value/differential or Mean value, differential or

redundancy generation redundancy generation and
1 sensor in 2-wire connection 1) cold junction compensation + -
1 sensor in 3-wire connection with internal Pt100
in 2-wire connection 1) One voltage source
2
1 + -
1) + -
Measurement of mean value, differential and
redundancy with 2 voltage sources
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/147

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS TH320 (HART, universal)
SITRANS TH320 transmitters can be used in all sectors. Its com-
pact size means that it can be installed in connection heads of
type B or larger. The following sensors/signal sources can be
connected over their universal input module:
2 • Resistance thermometer (2-wire, 3-wire, 4-wire connection)
• Thermocouples
• Linear resistance, potentiometer and DC voltage sources
With HART communications interface:
• The output signal is a load-independent direct current from 4
to 20 mA in accordance with the input characteristic, superim-
posed by the digital HART signal.
Transmitters of the "intrinsically safe or Zone 2 increased safety"
type of protection can be installed in hazardous areas. The de-
vice meets the requirements of the EU Directive 2014/34/EU
(ATEX), the FM and CSA regulations as well as other national ap-
provals.
• 2-wire head transmitter with and without HART communica-
tions interface
• Mounting in the connection head of the temperature sensor
• Can be configured via PC, HART 7 or optional local operation
■ Benefits
• Compact design
• Flexible mounting and center hole allow you to select your pre-
ferred type of installation
• Test terminals for ammeter
• Input monitoring
Wire break and short-circuit
• Self-monitoring
• SIL2/3 (with order note C20)
• Electromagnetic compatibility according to DIN EN 61326
and NE21
2/148 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
■ Function
Without HART communications interface
For the SITRANS TH320 without HART functionality, parameters
are assigned with the PC. A special modem and the software
tool SIPROM T are available for this purpose. 2
With HART communications interface
• The SITRANS TH320 is configured via HART. The configura- nostics LED is green. In case of external errors, e.g. sensor short
tion can be carried out using a handheld communicator or, circuit or interruption, the LED flashes red; an internal error is in-
more conveniently, with a HART modem and the SIMATIC dicated by a permanent red light.
PDM configuration software. The configuration data is then
permanently stored in the non-volatile memory (EEPROM). An ammeter can be connected at any time for checking and
plausibility via the test terminals. The output current can be read
After correct connection of input and supply voltage, the trans- without any interruption, or even without opening the current
mitter outputs a temperature-linear output signal and the diag- loop.
SITRANS TH320 2
Test
Input
+1
A D
μC1 μC2 4 ... 20 mA U, Iout
D A
1 -2
Input Output
A/D Analog-digital converter μC2 Microcontroller, primary circuit
μC1 Microcontroller, secondary circuit D/A Digital-analog converter
U Supply Voltage
Iout Output current
1 Galvanic isolation 2 LED
3 Extension port
SITRANS TH320 function block diagram
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/149

© Siemens 2020
General Thermocouples (TC)
Supply voltage1) 2) Input type
• Without explosion protection (non- 7.5 ... 48 V DC •B IEC 60584-1
2 Ex)
• with explosion protection (Ex i) 7.5 ... 30 V DC
•E
•J
IEC 60584-1
IEC 60584-1
Additional minimum supply voltage 0.8 V •K IEC 60584-1
when using test terminals •L DIN 43710
Maximum power loss  850 mW • Lr GOST 3044-84
•N IEC 60584-1
Minimum load resistance at supply (Vsupply - 37 V)/23 mA
•R IEC 60584-1
voltage > 37 V
•S IEC 60584-1
Insulation voltage, test/operation •T IEC 60584-1
• Without explosion protection (non- 2.5 kV AC/55 V AC •U DIN 43710
Ex)
• W3 ASTM E988-96
• with explosion protection (Ex i) 2.5 kV AC/42 V AC
• W5 ASTM E988-96
Polarity protection All inputs and outputs • LR GOST 3044-84
Write protection Open circuits or software Cold junction compensation (CJC) Constant, internal or external over
Pt100 or Ni100 RTD
Warming-up time < 5 min
• Temperature range internal CJC -50 ... +100 °C (-58 ... +212 °F)
Starting time < 2.75 s • Connection external CJC 2-wire or 3-wire
Programming HART • External CJC, line resistance per 50 
wire (for 3-wire and 4-wire connec-
Signal-to-noise ratio > 60 dB tions)
Long-term stability Better than: • Effect of the line resistance (with 3- < 0.002 /
• ± 0.05% of measuring span/year wire and 4-wire connections)
• ± 0.18% of measuring span/5 years • Input current external CJC < 0.15 mA
Response time 4 ... 20 mA:  55 ms • Temperature range external CJC -50 ... +135 °C (-58 ... +275 °F)
• Cable, wire-wire capacity Max. 50 nF
HART:  75 ms (typically 70 ms)
• Total line resistance Max. 10 k
Programmable damping 0 ... 60 s • Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective,
Signal dynamic short-circuited or defective
• Input 24 bit Note
• Output 18 bit The short-circuited fault detection
only applies to the CJC input.
Influence of change in supply voltage < 0.005% of measuring span/V DC
• Fault detection time (TC)  75 ms (typically 70 ms)
Input • Fault detection time, external CJC  2 000 ms
Resistance thermometer (RTD) (for 3-wire and 4-wire)
Input type Linear resistance

• Pt10 ... 10000 • IEC 60751 Input range 0 ... 100 k
• JIS C 1604-8
• GOST 6651_2009 Minimum measuring span 25 
• Callendar-Van Dusen Type of connection 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire
• Ni10 ... 10000 • DIN 43760-1987
• GOST 6651-2009/OIML R84:2003 Line resistance per wire Max. 50 
• Cu5 ... 1000 • Edison Copper Winding No. 15 Input current < 0.15 mA
• GOST 6651-2009/OIML R84:2003
Effect of the line resistance (with 3- < 0.002 /
Type of connection 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire wire and 4-wire connections)
Line resistance per wire Max. 50  Cable, wire-wire capacity
Input current < 0.15 mA • R > 400  Max. 30 nF
• R  400  Max. 50 nF
wire and 4-wire connections) Fault detection, programmable None, defective
Cable, wire-wire capacity Potentiometers
• Pt1000, Pt10000 (IEC 60751 and Max. 30 nF Input range 10 ... 100 k
JIS C 1604-8)
• All other input types Max. 50 nF Minimum measuring span 25 
Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective, Type of connection 3-wire or 4-wire
short-circuited or defective Line resistance per wire Max. 50 
Note
Input current < 0.15 mA
When the low limit for the configured
input type is below the constant Effect of the line resistance (with 4- < 0.002 /
detection limit for short-circuited wire and 5-wire connections)
inputs, the detection of short circuits Cable, wire-wire capacity
is disabled regardless of the configu-
ration of the fault detection. • R > 400  Max. 30 nF
• R  400  Max. 50 nF
Detection limit for short-circuited input 15 
Fault detection time (RTD)  75 ms (typically 70 ms)
Fault detection time (for 3-wire and 4-  2 000 ms
wire)
2/150 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective, Design
short-circuited or defective
Note
Maximum core cross-section 1 x 1.5 mm² (stranded wire)
When the configured potentiometer
size is below the constant detection Tightening torque for clamping 0.4 Nm
limit for short-circuited inputs, the screws
detection of short circuits is disabled
regardless of the configuration of the Vibrations IEC 60068-2-6 2
fault detection. • 2 ... 25 Hz ± 1.6 mm (0.07 inch)
• 25 ... 100 Hz ±4g
Fault detection time, wiper arm  75 ms (typically 70 ms)
(no short-circuit detection) Explosion protection ATEX/IECEx and
others
Fault detection time, element  2 000 ms
Certificates3) DEKRA 17ATEX0116 X
wire) IECEx DEK 17.0054X
Voltage input A5E43700604A-2018X
Measuring range "Intrinsic safety ia/ib" type of protec- For use in Zone 0, 1, 2, 20, 21, 22
tion
• Unipolar -100 ... 1700 mV
• ATEX II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6 ... T4 Ga
• Bipolar -800 ... +800 mV II 2(1) G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6 ... T4
Minimum measuring span 2.5 mV Gb
II 1 D Ex ia IIIC Da
Input resistance 10 M I M1 Ex ia I Ma
Cable, wire-wire capacity • IECEx and others Ex ia IIC T6 ... T4 Ga
• Input range: -100 ... 1700 mV Max. 30 nF Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6 ... T4 Gb
Ex ia IIIC Da
• Input range: -20 ... 100 mV Max. 50 nF Ex ia I Ma
Fault detection, programmable None, defective "Intrinsic safety ic" type of protection For use in Zones 2 and 22
Fault detection time  75 ms (typically 70 ms) • ATEX II 2 G Ex ic IIC T6…T4 Gc
II 2 D Ex ic IIIC Dc
Output and HART communication
• IECEx and others Ex ic IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
Normal range, programmable 3.8 ... 20.5 mA/20.5 ... 3.8 mA Ex ic IIIC Dc
Extended range (output limits), pro- 3.5 ... 23 mA/23 ... 3.5 mA "Non-sparking/increased safety For use in Zones 2 and 22
grammable nA/ec" type of protection
Programmable input/output limits • ATEX II 2 G Ex nA IIC T6…T4 Gc
II 2 G Ex ec IIC T6…T4 Gc
• Fault current Enable/disable
• IECEx and others Ex nA IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
• Fault current setting 3.5 ... 23 mA
Ex ec IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
Update time 10 ms
Explosion protection CSA/FM for Can-
Load (with current output)  (VSupply - 7.5)/0.023  ada and USA
Load stability < 0.01% of meas. span/100  Certificates CSA 1861385
(measuring span = currently selected FM18CA0024
range) FM18US0046
Input fault detection, programmable 3.5 ... 23 mA "Intrinsic safety ia" type of protection IS, CL I, Div 1, GP ABCD, T6 ... T4
(detection of input short circuits is
Ex ia IIC T6 … T4 Ga
ignored with TC and voltage inputs)
AEx ia IIC T6 … T4 Ga or:
NAMUR NE43 Upscale > 21 mA Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6…T4 Gb
NAMUR NE43 Downscale < 3.6 mA AEx ib [ia Ga] IIC T6…T4 Gb
HART protocol versions HART 7 "Non incendive field wiring NIFW" type NIFW, CL I, Div 2, GP ABCD T6 ... T4
of protection
Measuring accuracy
"Non incendive NI" type of protection NI, CL I, Div 2, GP ABCD T6...T4
Input accuracy See "Input accuracy" table Ex nA IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
AEx nA IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
Output accuracy See "Output accuracy" table
1)
Rated conditions Note that the minimum supply voltage must correspond to the value mea-
sured at the terminals of the SITRANS TH320.
Ambient temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F) All external voltage drops must be taken into consideration.
2)
Ambient temperature for devices with -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) Protect the device from overvoltage with the help of a suitable power sup-
functional safety ply or suitable overvoltage protection equipment.
3)
Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F) Additional available certificates are listed on the Internet at
http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/certificates
Reference temperature for sensor cal- 24 °C ±1.0 °C (75.2 °F ±1.8 °F)
ibration
Relative humidity < 99% (no condensation)
• Terminals IP00
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/151

© Siemens 2020
Measuring ranges/Minimum measuring span
RTD
Input type Standard Measuring range in °C (°F) 0 in °C-1 (°F-1) Minimum measuring span in °C
(°F)
2 Pt10 ... 10000 IEC 60751

JIS C 1604-8
-200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1 562)
-200 ... +649 (-328 ... +1 200)
0.003851 (0.002139)
0.003916 (0.002176)
10 (50)
10 (50)
GOST 6651_2009 -200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1 562) 0.003910 (0.002172) 10 (50)
Callendar-Van Dusen -200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1 562) - 10 (50)
Ni10 ... 10000 DIN 43760-1987 -60 ... +250 (-76 ... +482) 0.006180 (0.003433) 10 (50)
GOST 6651- -60 ... +180 (-76 ... +356) 0.006170 (0.003428) 10 (50)
2009/OIML R84:2003
Cu5 ... 1000 Edison Copper Winding -200 ... +260 (-328 ... +500) 0.004270 (0.002372) 100 (212)
No. 15
GOST 6651-2009/OIML -180 ... +200 (-292 ... +392) 0.004280 (0.002378) 100 (212)
R84:2003
GOST 6651-94 -50 ... +200 (-58 ... +392) 0.004260 (0.002367) 100 (212)
TC
Input type Standard Measuring range in °C (°F) Minimum measuring span in °C (°F)
B IEC 60584-1 0 (85) ... 1 820 (32 (185) ... 3 308) 100 (212)
E IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +1 000 (-392 ... +1 832) 50 (122)
J IEC 60584-1 -100 ... +1 200 (-212 ... +2 192) 50 (122)
K IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1 372 (-356 ... +2 502) 50 (122)
L DIN 43710 -200 ... +900 (-392 ... +1 652) 50 (122)
Lr GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1 472) 50 (122)
N IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1 300 (-356 ... +2 372) 50 (122)
R IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1 760 (-122 ... +3 200) 100 (212)
S IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1 760 (-122 ... +3 200) 100 (212)
T IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +400 (-392 ... +752) 50 (122)
U DIN 43710 -200 ... +600 (-392 ... +1 112) 50 (122)
W3 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2 300 (32 ... 4 172) 100 (212)
W5 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2 300 (32 ... 4 172) 100 (212)
LR GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1472) 50 (122)
Input accuracy
Basic values
Input type Basic accuracy Temperature coefficient1)
RTD
Pt10  ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)  ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt20  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt50  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt100  ±0.04 °C (0.072 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt200  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt500 Tmax. < 180 °C (356 °F) =  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. > 180 °C (356 °F) =  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)
Pt1000  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt2000 Tmax. < 300 °C (572 °F) =  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. > 300 °C (572 °F) =  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Pt10000  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt x Largest tolerance of neighboring points Largest temperature coefficient of neighboring points
Ni10  ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F)  ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni20  ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)  ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni50  ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F)  ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni100  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni120  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni200  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni500  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni1000  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
2/152 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Ni2000  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni10000  ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni x Largest tolerance of neighboring points Largest temperature coefficient of neighboring points
Cu5
Cu10
 ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F)
 ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)
 ±0.040 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
2
Cu20  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu50  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu100  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu200  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu500  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu1000  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu x Largest tolerance of neighboring points Largest temperature coefficient of neighboring points
Linear resistance
0 ... 400   ±40 m  ±2 m/°C (1.11 m/°F)
0 ... 100 k  ±4   ±0.2 /°C (0.11 /°F)
Potentiometers
0 ... 100% < 0.05% < ± 0.005%
Voltage input
mV: -20 ... 100 mV  ±5 V  ±0.2 V/°C (0.11 V/°F)
mV: -100 ... 1700 mV  ±0.1 mV  ±36 V/°C (20 V/°F)
mV: ± 800 mV  ±0.1 mV  ±32 V/°C (17.8 V/°F)
TC
E  ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
J  ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
K  ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
L  ±0.35 °C (0.63 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
N  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
T  ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
U < 0 °C (32 °F)  ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 0 °C (32 °F)  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Lr  ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
R < 200 °C (392 °F)  ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 200 °C (392 °F)  ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
S < 200 °C (392 °F)  ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 200 °C (392 °F)  ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
W3  ±0.6 °C (1.08 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
W5  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B2)  ±1 °C (1.8 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B3)  ±3 °C (5.4 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B4)  ±8 °C (14.4 °F)  ±0.8 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B5) Not specified Not specified
CJC (internal) < ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F) Included in basic accuracy
CJC (external)  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
1) Temperature coefficients correspond to the specified values or 0.002% of Output accuracy
the input span, depending on which value is greater.
2) Accuracy of the specification range > 400 °C (752 °F) Output type Basic accuracy Temperature coefficient
3) Accuracy of the specification range > 160 °C (320 °F) < 400 °C (752 °F) Analog output  ±1.6 A (0.01% of the full  ±0.48 A/K ( ±0.003% of
4) Accuracy of the specification range > 85 °C (185 °F) < 160 °C (320 °F) output span) the full output span/K)
5) Accuracy of the specification range < 85 °C (185 °F)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/153

© Siemens 2020

Article No. Options Order code
SITRANS TH320 head transmitter with 1 input 7NG031 Append "-Z" to Article No., add order code and, if appli-
cable, free text.
7 - 77777 - 0 777
Manufacturer declarations
Quality inspection certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11
(IEC 60770-2)
Communication
With HART 0
Functional safety SIL2/3 (IEC 61508) C20
2-wire, 4 ... 20 mA 7
Device options
Primary value output
PDF file with device settings D10
Input 1 0
Without labeling of the measuring range on the TAG plate D41
Input 1, type
Jumper plug set on device for write protection D81
RTD
• Pt100 (IEC), 3-wire B Jumper plug set on device for fault current > 21 mA D82
• Pt100 (IEC), 4-wire C (instead of < 3.6 mA) (only non-SIL)
• Pt1000 (IEC), 3-wire D Input 1: TC
• Pt1000 (IEC), 4-wire E Type C W5 V01
TC Type D W3 V02
• Type B F
• Type E G Type U V03
• Type J H Type Lr V04
• Type K J Input 1: RTD
• Type L K
Pt x (IEC), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V61
• Type N L
• Type R N Pt x (IEC), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V62
• Type S P Pt x (JIS C1604-81), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in option V64
• Type T Q Y21
Potentiometer, 4-wire R Pt x (JIS C1604-81), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in option V65
Y21
Input 1, type customer-specific
Pt x (GOST 6651-2009), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V67
Define customer-specific input configurations in V Y
option Y21
options
Input 2, type
option Y21
Without input 2 A
Ni x (DIN 43760-87), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V70
CJC configuration for TC option Y21
Without CJC 0 Ni x (DIN 43760-87), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V71
option Y21
Internal CJC 1
Ni x (GOST 6651-2009), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V73
External CJC Pt100 (IEC), 3-wire 3 option Y21
External CJC Ni100 (DIN), 3-wire 6 Ni x (GOST 6651-2009), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V74
Materials not in contact with media option Y21
Without 0 Cu x (ECW-15), 2-wire, define line resistance value in V75

option Y51 and RTD factor x in option Y21
Type of protection
Cu x (ECW-15), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V76
General safety (non-Ex); A
CE, RCM, FM, KCC, EAC Cu x (ECW-15), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V77
Intrinsic safety (Ex i) / Non-incendive field wiring N Cu x (GOST 6651-94), 2-wire, define line resistance V78
(NIFW) / Increased safety zone 2 (Ex ec) / Non value in option Y51 and RTD factor x in option Y21
incendive (NI) (ATEX, IECEx, EACEx, CSA, FM, Cu x (GOST 6651-94), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V79
NEPSI, Inmetro) option Y21
Electrical connection/cable entry Cu x (GOST 6651-94), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V80
Without A option Y21
Local HMI Cu x (GOST 6651-2009), 2-wire, define line resistance V81

value in option Y51 and RTD factor x in option Y21
Without display 0
Cu x (GOST 6651-2009), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V82
option Y21
option Y21
2/154 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Options Order code
Append "-Z" to Article No., add order code and, if appli-
cable, free text.
Ø 44 (1.73)
Device settings
33 (1.3)
Measuring range setting temperature input: Start of Y01
scale value (max. 5 characters), full scale value
(max. 5 characters), unit (°C, °F, °Ra, K)
3
2 1
2 2
TE
1
Customer-specific programming in plain text (n-lines) Y09 ST
-
Long tag (device parameter, max. 32 characters), adhe- Y15
sive label EXT
TE
2
ST
Measuring point description (device parameter, max. Y16 1
+
32 characters), adhesive label 2

Input 1: RTD factor; e.g. factor "200" = Pt200, adhesive Y21
6 3 2
label 5 4
4
2
Accessories
Article No.
Additional accessories for assem-
bly, connection and transmitter con-
figuration, see page 2/251.
Modems
Modem with USB interface and 7NG3092-8KN
20,2 (0.8)
SIPROM T software
SIMATIC PDM parameterization See Catalog FI 01 section 8
software
Mounting rail adapter for head 7NG3092-8KA
transmitter
5 2
4-wire, 200 mm (7.97 inch), for 1 Test terminal
2
input connections when using head
transmitters in the high hinged 2 Mounting screw M4
cover (set with 5 units)
3 LED
2
Ordering example 4 Internal diameter of center hole 6.3 (0.25)
2
7NG0310-0BA00-0AA0-Z Y01 5 Lock washer DIN 6799 - 3.2 A2
2
Y01: -10 ... +100 °C 1(+) and 2(-) Output terminals
Factory setting 3, 4, 5 and 6 Input terminals
• Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F) SITRANS TH320, dimensions and pin assignment, dimensions in mm
(inch)
• Fault current
- Device error: < 3.6 mA
- Input circuit wire break: 22.8 mA
- Input circuit short circuit: 22.4 mA
- Input monitoring wire break and short-circuit
• No trimming of input and output (offset)
• Damping 0.0 s
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/155

© Siemens 2020
Connections
Input connection
2 3 3
9 9
4 4
8 5 8 5
7 6 7 6
4 3 CJC 3
I1 +
2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire RTD or TC (internal CJC or

linear resistance external 2-wire or 3-wire CJC)
9 3 9 3
4 4
8 5 8 5
7 6 7 6
+
I1
4
Voltage input 3-wire or 4-wire potentiometer
(unipolar or bipolar)
SITRANS TH320, input connection assignment

Output connection
mA
-
ST
TE
1
TEST +
2
-
T
EX
SITRANS TH320, output connection assignment
2/156 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
The SITRANS TH420 transmitter with two inputs can be used in
all sectors. Its compact size means that it can be installed in con-
nection heads of type B or larger. Due to its universal input mod-
ule, the following sensors and signal sources can be connected
in redundant operation (high input availability): 2
• 2 resistance thermometers (2-wire, 3-wire, 4-wire connection)
• 2 thermocouples
• 2 linear resistors, potentiometer and DC voltage sources
The output signal is a load-independent direct current from
4 to 20 mA in accordance with the input characteristic, superim-
The dual input mode also supports drift detection of the inputs,
whereby maintenance intervals can be more easily planned.
• 2-wire head transmitter with HART communications interface provals.
• Mounting in the connection head of the temperature sensor
• Connection of two independent input circuits for redundant
operation (high input availability)
• Input drift detection
• Configurable via HART 7
■ Benefits
• Compact design
• Flexible mounting and center hole allow you to select your pre-
ferred type of installation
wire break, short circuit and drift
• Self-monitoring
and NE21
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/157

© Siemens 2020
■ Function
The SITRANS TH420 is configured via HART. The configuration After correct connection of input and supply voltage, the trans-
can be carried out using a handheld communicator or, more mitter outputs a temperature-linear output signal and the diag-
conveniently, with a HART modem and the SIMATIC PDM config- nostics LED is green. In case of external errors, e.g. sensor short
uration software. The configuration data are then permanently circuit or interruption, the LED flashes red; an internal error is in-
2 stored in the non-volatile memory (EEPROM). dicated by a permanent red light.
An ammeter can be connected at any time for checking and
without any interruption, or even without opening the current
loop.
SITRANS TH420 2
Input 3
Test
+1
A D
D A
1 -2
Input Output
U Supply Voltage
Iout Output current
3 Extension port
SITRANS TH420, function block diagram
2/158 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Ex)
•E
•J
IEC 60584-1
IEC 60584-1
2
•N IEC 60584-1
•R IEC 60584-1
voltage > 37 V
•S IEC 60584-1
Ex)
• W3 ASTM E988-96
• W5 ASTM E988-96
Pt100 or Ni100 RTD
Starting time < 2.75 s • Connection external CJC 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire
Response time  75 ms (typically 70 ms) • Temperature range external CJC -50 ... +135 °C (-58 ... +275 °F)
Programmable damping 0 ... 60 s
Signal dynamic • Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective,
• Input 24 bit short-circuited or defective
• Output 18 bit Note
Influence of change in supply voltage < 0.005% of measuring span/V DC The short-circuited fault detection
Input • Fault detection time (TC)  75 ms (typically 70 ms)
Resistance thermometer (RTD) • Fault detection time, external CJC  2 000 ms
(for 3-wire and 4-wire)
Input type
• Pt10 ... 10000 • IEC 60751 Linear resistance
• JIS C 1604-8 Input range 0 ... 100 k
• GOST 6651_2009
• Callendar-Van Dusen Minimum measuring span 25 
• Ni10 ... 10000 • DIN 43760-1987
Type of connection 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire
• GOST 6651-2009/OIML R84:2003
• Cu5 ... 1000 • Edison Copper Winding No. 15 Line resistance per wire Max. 50 
• GOST 6651-2009/OIML R84:2003
Line resistance per wire Max. 50  wire and 4-wire connections)
Input current < 0.15 mA Cable, wire-wire capacity
• R > 400  Max. 30 nF
wire and 4-wire connections) • R  400  Max. 50 nF
Cable, wire-wire capacity Fault detection, programmable None, defective

• Pt1000, Pt10000 (IEC 60751 and Max. 30 nF Potentiometers
JIS C 1604-8)
Input range 10 ... 100 k
• All other input types Max. 50 nF
Minimum measuring span 25 
Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective,
short-circuited or defective Type of connection 3-wire, 4-wire or 5-wire
Note Line resistance per wire Max. 50 
input type is below the constant Input current < 0.15 mA
detection limit for short-circuited Effect of the line resistance (with 4- < 0.002 /
inputs, the detection of short circuits wire and 5-wire connections)
ration of the fault detection. Cable, wire-wire capacity
• R > 400  Max. 30 nF
• R  400  Max. 50 nF
wire)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/159

© Siemens 2020
Note
Maximum core cross-section 1 x 1.5 mm² (stranded wire)
size is below the constant detection Tightening torque for clamping 0.4 Nm
2 detection of short circuits is disabled
regardless of the configuration of the Vibrations IEC 60068-2-6
• 25 ... 100 Hz ±4g
others
Measuring range "Intrinsic safety ia/ib" type of protection For use in Zone 0, 1, 2, 20, 21, 22
• Unipolar -100 ... 1700 mV • ATEX II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6 ... T4 Ga
II 2(1) G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6 ... T4
• Bipolar -800 ... +800 mV Gb
Minimum measuring span 2.5 mV II 1 D Ex ia IIIC Da
I M1 Ex ia I Ma
Input resistance 10 M • IECEx and others Ex ia IIC T6 ... T4 Ga
Cable, wire-wire capacity Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6 ... T4 Gb
• Input range: -100 ... 1700 mV Max. 30 nF Ex ia IIIC Da
Ex ia I Ma
• Input range: -20 ... 100 mV Max. 50 nF
"Intrinsic safety ic" type of protection For use in Zones 2 and 22
Fault detection, programmable None, defective
• ATEX II 2 G Ex ic IIC T6…T4 Gc
Fault detection time  75 ms (typically 70 ms) II 2 D Ex ic IIIC Dc
Output and HART communication • IECEx and others Ex ic IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
Ex ic IIIC Dc
Normal range, programmable 3.8 ... 20.5 mA/20.5 ... 3.8 mA
"Non-sparking/increased safety For use in Zones 2 and 22
Extended range (output limits), pro- 3.5 ... 23 mA/23 ... 3.5 mA nA/ec" type of protection
grammable • ATEX II 2 G Ex nA IIC T6…T4 Gc
Programmable input/output limits II 2 G Ex ec IIC T6…T4 Gc
• Fault current Enable/disable • IECEx and others Ex nA IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
• Fault current setting 3.5 ... 23 mA Ex ec IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
Update time 10 ms Explosion protection CSA/FM for

Canada and USA
Load (with current output)  (VSupply - 7.5)/0.023 
Certificates CSA 1861385
Load stability < 0.01% of meas. span/100  FM18CA0024
(measuring span = currently selected FM18US0046
range)
"Intrinsic safety ia" type of protection IS, CL I, Div 1, GP ABCD, T6 ... T4
Input fault detection, programmable 3.5 ... 23 mA
Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6…T4 Gb
NAMUR NE43 Upscale > 21 mA AEx ib [ia Ga] IIC T6…T4 Gb
NAMUR NE43 Downscale < 3.6 mA "Non incendive field wiring NIFW" type NIFW, CL I, Div 2, GP ABCD T6 ... T4
HART protocol versions HART 7 of protection
Measuring accuracy "Non incendive NI" type of protection NI, CL I, Div 2, GP ABCD T6...T4
Ex nA IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
Input accuracy See "Input accuracy" table AEx nA IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
Output accuracy See "Output accuracy" table 1)
Note that the minimum supply voltage must correspond to the value mea-
Rated conditions sured at the terminals of the SITRANS TH420.
All external voltage drops must be taken into consideration.
Ambient temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F) 2)
Protect the device from overvoltage with the help of a suitable power sup-
Ambient temperature for devices with -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) ply or suitable overvoltage protection equipment.
functional safety 3)
Additional available certificates are listed on the Internet at
Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F) http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/certificates

ibration
• Terminals IP00
2/160 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
RTD
(°F)
Pt10 ... 10000 IEC 60751
JIS C 1604-8
-200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1 562)
-200 ... +649 (-328 ... +1 200)
0.003851 (0.002139)
0.003916 (0.002176)
10 (50)
10 (50)
2
GOST 6651_2009 -200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1 562) 0.003910 (0.002172) 10 (50)
Ni10 ... 10000 DIN 43760-1987 -60 ... +250 (-76 ... +482) 0.006180 (0.003433) 10 (50)
GOST 6651- -60 ... +180 (-76 ... +356) 0.006170 (0.003428) 10 (50)
2009/OIML R84:2003
No. 15
GOST 6651-2009/OIML -180 ... +200 (-292 ... +392) 0.004280 (0.002378) 100 (212)
R84:2003
GOST 6651-94 -50 ... +200 (-58 ... +392) 0.004260 (0.002367) 100 (212)
TC
B IEC 60584-1 0 (85) ... 1 820 (32 (185) ... 3 308) 100 (212)
E IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +1 000 (-392 ... +1 832) 50 (122)
J IEC 60584-1 -100 ... +1 200 (-212 ... +2 192) 50 (122)
K IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1 372 (-356 ... +2 502) 50 (122)
L DIN 43710 -200 ... +900 (-392 ... +1 652) 50 (122)
Lr GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1 472) 50 (122)
N IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1 300 (-356 ... +2 372) 50 (122)
R IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1 760 (-122 ... +3 200) 100 (212)
S IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1 760 (-122 ... +3 200) 100 (212)
T IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +400 (-392 ... +752) 50 (122)
U DIN 43710 -200 ... +600 (-392 ... +1 112) 50 (122)
W3 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2 300 (32 ... 4 172) 100 (212)
W5 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2 300 (32 ... 4 172) 100 (212)
LR GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1472) 50 (122)
Input accuracy
Basic values
RTD
Pt10  ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)  ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt20  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt50  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt100  ±0.04 °C (0.072 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt200  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt500 Tmax. < 180 °C (356 °F) =  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. > 180 °C (356 °F) =  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)
Pt1000  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt2000 Tmax. < 300 °C (572 °F) =  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. > 300 °C (572 °F) =  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Pt10000  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni10  ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F)  ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni20  ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)  ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni50  ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F)  ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni100  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni120  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni200  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni500  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni1000  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/161

© Siemens 2020
Ni2000  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni10000  ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
2 Cu5
Cu10
 ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F)
 ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)
 ±0.040 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu20  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu50  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu100  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu200  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu500  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu1000  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Linear resistance
0 ... 400   ±40 m  ±2 m/°C (1.11 m/°F)
0 ... 100 k  ±4   ±0.2 /°C (0.11 /°F)
Potentiometers
0 ... 100% < 0.05% < ± 0.005%
Voltage input
mV: -20 ... 100 mV  ±5 V  ±0.2 V/°C (0.11 V/°F)
mV: -100 ... 1700 mV  ±0.1 mV  ±36 V/°C (20 V/°F)
mV: ± 800 mV  ±0.1 mV  ±32 V/°C (17.8 V/°F)
TC
E  ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
J  ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
K  ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
L  ±0.35 °C (0.63 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
N  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
T  ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
U < 0 °C (32 °F)  ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 0 °C (32 °F)  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Lr  ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
R < 200 °C (392 °F)  ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 200 °C (392 °F)  ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
S < 200 °C (392 °F)  ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 200 °C (392 °F)  ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
W3  ±0.6 °C (1.08 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
W5  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B2)  ±1 °C (1.8 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B3)  ±3 °C (5.4 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B4)  ±8 °C (14.4 °F)  ±0.8 °C/°C (°F/°F)
3) Accuracy of the specification range > 160 °C (320 °F) < 400 °C (752 °F) Average value Average of accuracy of Average of temperature
4) Accuracy of the specification range > 85 °C (185 °F) < 160 °C (320 °F) measurement input 1 and input 2 coefficient of input 1 and
5) input 2
Accuracy of the specification range < 85 °C (185 °F)
Differential mea- Sum of accuracy of input 1 Sum of temperature coeffi-
surement and input 2 cient of input 1 and input 2
Analog output  ±1.6 A (0.01% of the full  ±0.48 A/K ( ±0.003% of
output span) the full output span/K)
2/162 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020

Article No. Order code Article No. Order code
SITRANS TH420 7NG041 SITRANS TH420 7NG041
Head transmitter with 2 inputs Head transmitter with 2 inputs
7 - 77777 - 0777 777 7 - 77777 - 0777 777
Input 2, type 2
Without input 2 A
Communication
RTD
With HART 0 • Pt100 (IEC), 3-wire B
Primary value output • Pt100 (IEC), 4-wire C
• Pt1000 (IEC), 3-wire D
Input 1 0
• Pt1000 (IEC), 4-wire E
Input 1, input 2 as redundancy 1
TC
Input 2, input 1 as redundancy 2 • Type B F
Average input 1 and input 2, 3 • Type E G
both as redundancy • Type J H
Minimum input 1 and input 2, 4 • Type K J
both as redundancy • Type L K
• Type N L
Maximum input 1 and input 2, 5
both as redundancy • Type R N
• Type S P
Difference input 1 - input 2 6
• Type T Q
Potentiometer, 4-wire R
Absolute difference 8
Primary value output, customer-specific
Define customer-specific input configura- Y
Minimum input 1 and input 2, 9 H1A tions in W options
without redundancy
CJC configuration for TC
Maximum input 1 and input 2, 9 H1B
Input 1: no CJC; input 2: No CJC 0
without redundancy
Input 1: internal CJC; input 2: internal CJC 1
Average input 1 and input 2, 9 H1C
without redundancy Input 1: external CJC; input 2: 2
external CJC; define type in option Jxx
Input 2 9 H1D
Input 1: external CJC; define type in option 3
Input 1, type
Jxx; input 2: internal CJC
RTD
Input 1: internal CJC; input 2: external CJC; 4
• Pt100 (IEC), 3-wire B define type in option Jxx
• Pt100 (IEC), 4-wire C
Input 1: Internal CJC; 5
Input 2: No CJC
Input 1: External CJC (define type in option 6
TC Jxx); input 2: No CJC
• Type B F
Materials not in contact with media
• Type E G
• Type J H Without 0
• Type K J Type of protection
• Type L K
• Type N L CE, RCM, FM, KCC, EAC
• Type R N
• Type S P Intrinsic safety (Ex i) / Non-incendive field N
wiring (NIFW) / Increased safety zone 2
• Type T Q (Ex ec) / Non incendive (NI) (ATEX, IECEx,
Potentiometer, 4-wire R EACEx, CSA, FM, NEPSI, Inmetro)
Input 1, type customer-specific Electrical connection/cable entry
Define customer-specific input configura- Y Without A

tions in V options Local HMI
Without display 0
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/163

© Siemens 2020
Append "-Z" to Article No., add order code and, if appli- Append "-Z" to Article No., add order code and, if appli-
cable, free text. cable, free text.
Manufacturer declarations Device settings
Quality inspection certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11 Measuring range setting temperature input: Start of Y01
2 (IEC 60770-2) scale value (max. 5 characters), full scale value
Customer-specific programming in plain text (n-lines) Y09
Device options label
PDF file with device settings D10 Long tag (device parameter, max. 32 characters), adhe- Y15
Without labeling of the measuring range on the TAG D41 sive label
plate Measuring point description (device parameter, max. Y16
Jumper plug set on device for write protection D81 32 characters), adhesive label
Jumper plug set on device for fault current > 21 mA D82 Input 1: RTD factor; e.g. factor "200" = Pt200, adhesive Y21
(instead of < 3.6 mA) (only non-SIL) label
External CJC types Accessories
Pt100, IEC 60751, 3-wire J02 Article No.
Pt100, IEC 60751, 4-wire J03 Additional accessories for assem-
Ni100, DIN 43760-87, 3-wire J05 bly, connection and transmitter con-
Ni100, DIN 43760-87, 4-wire J06
Modems
Input 1: TC
Type C W5 V01
SIMATIC PDM parameterization See Catalog FI 01 section 8
Type D W3 V02 software
Type U V03 Mounting rail adapter for head 7NG3092-8KA
transmitter
Type Lr V04
Input 1: Potentiometers
Potentiometer, 5-wire V31
4-wire, 200 mm (7.87 inch), for input
Input 1: RTD connections when using head
transmitters in the high hinged
Pt x (IEC), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V61 cover (set with 5 units)
Ordering example
Pt x (JIS C1604-81), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in option V64
Y21 7NG0410-0BA00-0AA0-Z Y01
Pt x (JIS C1604-81), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in option V65 Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Y21
Factory setting
option Y21 • Input 1: Pt100 (IEC 751); 3-wire connection
Pt x (GOST 6651-2009), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V68 • Input 2: not configured (inactive)
option Y21
option Y21 • Fault current
Ni x (DIN 43760-87), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V71 - Input circuit wire break: 22.8 mA
option Y21
Ni x (GOST 6651-2009), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V73 - Input circuit drift: 22 mA (active when input 2 is active)
option Y21 - Input monitoring wire break and short-circuit
Ni x (GOST 6651-2009), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V74 • No trimming of input and output (offset)
option Y21
• Damping 0.0 s
option Y21
option Y21
option Y21
option Y21
Input 2: TC
Type C W5 W01
Type D W3 W02
Type U W03
Type Lr W04
2/164 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Ø 44 (1.73)
33 (1.3)
3
2 1
2 2
TE
1
ST
-
EXT
TE
2 9
ST
1
+
2

8
7 3
6 2
5 4
4
2 20,2 (0.8)
5 2
1 Test terminal
2
2 Mounting screw M4
3 LED
2
4 Internal diameter of center hole 6.3 (0.25)
2
5 Lock washer DIN 6799 - 3.2 A2
2
1(+) and 2(-) Output terminals

3, 4, 5, 6, 7, Input terminals
8 and 9

(inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/165

© Siemens 2020
Connections
Input connection
2 9 3 9 3 3
9
4 4 4
8 5 8 5 5
7 6 7 6 8 6
7
CJC
4
4 3 + I1 3 +I1
4 3 I1
+ I2 + I2
I2
Input 1 and/or input 2: Input 1 and/or input 2: Input 1 and/or input 2:

2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire RTD or TC (internal CJC or Voltage input
linear resistance external 2-wire, 3-wire or (unipolar or bipolar)
4-wire CJC)
9 3 9 3 9 3
4 4 4
5 8 5 5
8 7 6 8
7 6 7 6
CJC
3
+ I1 4
I1 I1
4 3 5 4 5 4
I2 I2
4
4
Input 1: TC (internal CJC or Input 1 and/or Input 2: Input 1: 5-wire potentiometer

external 2-wire or 3-wire CJC) 3-wire or 4-wire potentiometer Input 2: 3-wire potentiometer
Input 2: 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire RTD
SITRANS TH420, input connection assignment

Output connection
mA
-
ST
TE
1
TEST +
2
-
T
EX
SITRANS TH420, output connection assignment
2/166 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters
SITRANS TR200 (4 to 20 mA, universal)
SITRANS TR200 transmitters can be used in all industrial sec-
tors. Their compact design enables simple mounting on stan-
dard DIN rails on-site in protective boxes or in control cabinets.
The following sensors/signal sources can be connected over
their universal input module: 2
• Resistance thermometer (2, 3, 4-wire connection)
• Thermocouples
dance with the sensor characteristic.
meet the directive 2014/34/EU (ATEX).
■ Function
The SITRANS TR200 is configured over a PC. For this purpose,
Keep flexible - with the universal SITRANS TR200 transmitter the USB or RS 232 modem is connected to the output terminals.
The configuration data can now be edited using the SIPROM T
• 2-wire device for 4 to 20 mA software tool. The configuration data are then permanently
• Enclosure for rail mounting stored in the non-volatile memory (EEPROM).
• Universal input for virtually any type of temperature sensor Once the sensors and power supply have been correctly con-
• Configurable over PC nected, the transmitter outputs a temperature-linear output sig-
nal and the diagnostics LED displays a green light. In the case
■ Benefits of a sensor break, the LED flashes red, an internal device fault is
indicated by a steady red light.
• Compact design
The test socket can be used to connect an ammeter at any time
• Galvanic isolation for monitoring purposes and plausibility checks. The output cur-
• Test sockets for multimeters rent can be read without any interruption, or even without open-
• Diagnostics LED (green/red) ing the current loop.
• Self-monitoring
SITRANS TR200/TR300
7
1
Test
Sensor
TC/RTD 2 3
A D
µC1 µC2 4 ... 20 mA Uaux, Iout
D A
4
5 6
1 Sensor such as resistance thermometer, 4 Electrical isolation Uaux Auxiliary power supply
thermocouple, resistance-based, 5 Microcontroller, primary circuit Iout Output current
sensor, mV sensor 6 Digital-analog converter Test Test terminals for temporary
2 Analog-digital converter 7 LED connection of an amperemeter
3 Microcontroller, secondary circuit
SITRANS TR200 function diagram
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/167

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters
Input Thermocouples
2 Sensor type • Type B Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh acc. to IEC 584
• Acc. to JIS C 1604; a=0.00392 K-1 Pt25 … Pt1000 • Type D W3%-Re acc. to ASTM 988
Units °C or °F
• Averaging 2 resistance thermometers in 2-wire Connection
connection for generation of average • Standard connection 1 thermocouple (TC)
temperature
• Differentiation 2 resistance thermometers (RTD) in
2-wire connection (RTD 1 – RTD 2 or
TC2 – TC1)
RTD 2 – RTD 1)
Response time T63  250 ms for 1 sensor with break
Connection
monitoring
Response time T63  250 ms for 1 sensor with break or 3-wire connection)
monitoring
ON) error" table)
teristic
teristic mV sensor
Units  Units mV
Connection Response time T63  250 ms for 1 sensor with break
connection for averaging Measuring range Assignable max. -100 … 1100 mV
• Differentiation 2 resistance thermometers in 2-wire
connection
(R1 – R2 or R2 – R1) Overload capability of the input -1.5 ... +3.5 V DC
Connection Input resistance  1 M
tic
monitoring
OFF)
error" table)
teristic
2/168 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters
Auxiliary power 11 ... 35 V DC (to 30 V with Ex i/ic; to EC type-examination certificate PTB 07 ATEX 2032X
32 V with Ex nA) • "Intrinsic safety" type of protection II 2(1) G Ex ia/ib IIC T6/T4
Max. load (Uaux – 11 V)/0.023 A II 3(1) G Ex ia/ic IIC T6/T4

II 3 G Ex ic IIC T6/T4
II 2(1) D Ex iaD/ibD 20/21 T115 °C 2
(default range: 3.84 mA ... 20.5 mA) • "Non-sparking equipment" type of II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6/T4
Error signal (e.g. following sensor 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable protection
fault) (conforming to NE43) (default value: 22.8 mA) Other certificates NEPSI and EAC Ex
Sample cycle 0.25 s nominal Software requirements for SIPROM T
Damping Software filter 1st order 0 ... 30 s PC operating system Windows ME, 2000, XP, Win 7 and
(parameterizable) Win 8; in connection with RS 232
Protection Against reverse polarity modem, also Windows 95, 98 and
98SE
(1.5 kVrms AC)
Measuring accuracy Factory setting:
Digital measuring error See "Digital measuring error" table • Pt100 (IEC 751); 3-wire connection
Reference conditions • Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
• Auxiliary power 24 V ± 1 % • Fault current: 22.8 mA
• Load 500 
• Ambient temperature 23 °C
• Warming-up time > 5 min • Damping 0.0 s
log converter)
Error due to internal reference junction < 0.5 °C (0.9 °F)
• Analog measuring error 0.02 % of meas. span/10 °C (18 °F)
- With resistance thermometer 0.06 °C (0.11 °F)/10 °C (18 °F)
- With thermocouples 0.6 °C (1.1 °F)/10 °C (18 °F)
Long-term drift
Rated conditions
Ambient conditions
Design
Material Plastic, electronic module potted
Weight 122 g
IEC 60529
• Enclosure IP20
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/169

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters
2 According to
°C (°F) °C (°F) °C (°F)
Type B
°C (°F)
100 ... 1820
°C
100
(°F)
(180)
°C
21)
(°F)
(3.6)1)
IEC 60751 (212 ... 3308)
Pt25 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.3 (0.54) Type C (W5) 0 ... 2300 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +1562) (32 ... 4172)
Pt50 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type D (W3) 0 ... 2300 100 (180) 12) (1.8)2)
(-328 ... +1562) (32 ... 4172)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) Type E -200 ... +1000 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1562) (-328 ... +1832)
Pt500 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type J -200 ... +1200 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1562) (-328 ... +2192)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type K -200 ... +1370 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +662) (-328 ... +2498)
JIS C1604-81 (-328 ... +1652)
Pt25 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.3 (0.54) Type N -200 ... +1300 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1200) (-328 ... +2372)
Pt50 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type R -50 ... +1760 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +1200) (-58 ... +3200)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) Type S -50 ... +1760 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +1200) (-58 ... +3200)
Pt500 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type T -200 ... +400 40 (72) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1200) (-328 ... +752)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type U -200 ... +600 50 (90) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +662) (-328 ... +1112)
Ni 25 ... Ni1000 -60 ... +250 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) 1)
(-76 ... +482) (5.4 °F).
2)
(3.6 °F).
Resistance 0 ... 390 5 0.05
mV mV V
Resistance 0 ... 2200 25 0.25
mV sensor -10 ... +70 2 40
mV sensor -100 ... +1100 20 400

value.
as a result of the digital/analog conversion of 0.025% of the set
measuring span (digital-analog error).
2/170 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters

SITRANS TR200 rail transmitter Article No.
Installation on mounting rail Additional accessories for assembly, connec-
2-wire system, 4 to 20 mA, programmable, with
galvanic isolation
• Without explosion protection 7NG3032-0JN00
2/251. 2
Modem
• With explosion protection according to ATEX 7NG3032-1JN00
Modem with USB interface and SIPROM T soft- 7NG3092-8KN
ware
Options Order code
Append suffix "-Z" to article no., add order code For supply units, see Catalog FI01 section "Supplementary com-
and plain text, if applicable. ponents"
With test report (5 measuring points) C11 Ordering example 1:
Functional safety SIL2 C20
7NG3032-0JN00-Z Y01+Y17+Y29+U03
Functional safety SIL2/3 C23
Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Y17: TICA123
Y29: TICA123
Y01:... to ... °C, °F Ordering example 2:
Measuring point number (TAG) max. 8 charac- Y172) 7NG3032-0JN00-Z Y01+Y17+Y23+Y29+U25
ters
Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Measuring point description, max. 16 characters Y232)
Y17: TICA123
Measuring point message, max. 32 characters Y242)
Y23: TICA123HEAT
Text on front plate, max. 16 characters Y292)3)
Y29: TICA123HEAT
Pt100 (IEC) 2-wire, RL = 0 W U024)
Factory setting:
• Measuring range: 0 … 100 °C (32 … 212 °F)
• Damping 0.0 s
Type R thermocouple U281)4)5)
(Pt100, 3-wire)
For TC: Reference junction compensation: Y50
ting in plain text
3) Text on front plate is not saved in the device.
here.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/171

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters
(0.89)
22.5
2
1 2 3 4
SIEMENS
4..20mA
8
4
SITRANS
TEST 4..20mA
TR200
7
3
SIEMENS
6
2
TEST
5
1
SITRANS
TR200
99
(3.9)
5 6 7 8
Made in Croatia
3W RTD CJC 2W RTD CJC U sensor

with external with external int./fixed CJC
TC sensor TC sensor TC sens. with
+
+ + +
8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5
4W sensor 3W sensor 2W sensor

(4.49)
RTD or R RTD or R RTD or R

114
8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5
CJC 2W sensor & test

with int./fixed 2x RTD or R 4..20mA loop
2x TC sensor
Connections
S1
4 3 2 1
S2 S1
+ + S2
A
1 (+) and 2 (-) Test terminals (test) for measurement of the output
+ -
8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 TEST +UB -
current with a multimeter

Connection Plan
s
3 (+) and 4 (-) Power supply Uaux, output current Iout
5, 6, 7 and 8 Sensor connection, see schematics
SITRANS TR200, connector assignment

SITRANS TR200, dimensions in mm (inch)
2/172 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters
2
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
R TC
- +
RTD
2-wire system 1) 2-wire system 1) Cold junction compensation
internal/fixed value
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
TC
- +
RTD R RTD
3-wire system 3-wire system Cold junction compensation with

external Pt100 in 2-wire system 1)
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
TC
- +
RTD R
RTD
external Pt100 in 3-wire system
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
R2 5 6 7 8
RTD2
TC1 TC2
- + - +
RTD1 R1
value/difference 1) value/difference 1) with internal cold junction compensation
1)
Voltage measurement Power supply/

Current measurement Test terminals
4 ... 20 mA (Uaux)
Uaux
+ A -
+ -
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
- + R
U - +
I
SITRANS TR200, sensor connection assignment
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/173

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters
SITRANS TR300 (4 to 20 mA, HART, universal)
SITRANS TR300 transmitters can be used in all industrial sec-
tors. Their compact design enables simple mounting on stan-
dard DIN rails on-site in protective boxes or in control cabinets.
The following sensors/signal sources can be connected over
2 their universal input module:
• Resistance thermometer (2, 3, 4-wire connection)
• Thermocouples
dance with the sensor characteristic, superimposed by the dig-
ital HART signal.
meet the directive 2014/34/EU (ATEX).
■ Function
The SITRANS TR300 is configured over HART. This can be done
using a handheld communicator or even more conveniently with
a HART modem and the SIMATIC PDM parameterization soft-
Robust and durable HART - the universal SITRANS TR300 ware. The configuration data are then permanently stored in the
transmitter non-volatile memory (EEPROM).
• 2-wire device for 4 to 20 mA, HART Once the sensors and power supply have been correctly con-
• Device for rail mounting nected, the transmitter outputs a temperature-linear output sig-
• Universal input for virtually any type of temperature sensor nal and the diagnostics LED displays a green light. In the case
of a sensor break, the LED flashes red, an internal device fault is
• Configurable over HART indicated by a steady red light.
■ Benefits The test socket can be used to connect an ammeter at any time
for monitoring purposes and plausibility checks. The output cur-
• Compact design rent can be read without any interruption, or even without open-
• Galvanic isolation ing the current loop.
• Test sockets for multimeters
• Self-monitoring
SITRANS TR200/TR300
7
1
Test
Sensor
TC/RTD 2 3
A D
µC1 µC2 4 ... 20 mA Uaux, Iout
D A
4
5 6
1 Sensor such as resistance thermometer, 4 Electrical isolation Uaux Auxiliary power supply
thermocouple, resistance-based, 5 Microcontroller, primary circuit Iout Output current
sensor, mV sensor 6 Digital-analog converter Test Test terminals for temporary
2 Analog-digital converter 7 LED connection of an amperemeter
3 Microcontroller, secondary circuit
SITRANS TR300 function diagram
2/174 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters
Input Thermocouples
Sensor type • Type B Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh acc. to IEC 584 2
Units °C or °F
average temperature
TC2 – TC1)
Connection
monitoring
Response time T63  250 ms for 1 sensor with break or 3-wire connection)
monitoring
ON) error" table)
teristic
teristic mV sensor
Units  Units mV
Connection Response time T63  250 ms for 1 sensor with break
connection for averaging Measuring range Assignable max. -100 … 1100 mV
• Differentiation 2 resistance thermometers in 2-wire
connection
(R1 – R2 or R2 – R1) Overload capability of the input -1.5 ... +3.5 V DC
Connection Input resistance  1 M
tic
monitoring
OFF)
error" table)
teristic
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/175

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters
Output Factory setting:
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA, 2-wire with communica- • Pt100 (IEC 751); 3-wire connection
tion acc. to HART Rev. 5.9 • Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
Auxiliary power 11 ... 35 V DC (to 30 V with Ex i/ic; to • Fault current: 22.8 mA
32 V with Ex nA)
2 Max. load (Uaux – 11 V)/0.023 A
• Damping 0.0 s
(default range: 3.84 mA ... 20.5 mA)
Error signal (e.g. following sensor 3.6 ... 23 mA, infinitely adjustable
fault) (conforming to NE43) (default value: 22.8 mA)
Sample cycle 0.25 s nominal
Damping Software filter 1st order 0 ... 30 s
(parameterizable)
(1.5 kVrms AC)
Measuring accuracy
Digital measuring error See "Digital measuring error" table
• Auxiliary power 24 V ± 1 %
• Load 500 
• Ambient temperature 23 °C
log converter)
Error due to internal reference junction < 0.5 °C (0.9 °F)
• Analog measuring error of measur- < 0.02% of max. meas. span/10 °C
ing span (18 °F)
• Digital measuring error 0.06 °C (0.11 °F)/10 °C (18 °F)
- With resistance thermometers 0.6 °C (1.1 °F)/10°C (18 °F)
- With thermocouples
Long-term drift
Rated conditions
Ambient conditions
Design
Material Plastic, electronic module potted
Weight 122 g
IEC 60529
• Enclosure IP20
EC type-examination certificate PTB 07 ATEX 2032X
• "Intrinsic safety" type of protection II 2(1) G Ex ia/ib IIC T6/T4
II 3(1) G Ex ia/ic IIC T6/T4
II 3 G Ex ic IIC T6/T4
II 2(1) D Ex iaD/ibD 20/21 T115 °C
• "Non-sparking equipment" type of II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6/T4
protection
Other certificates EAC Ex(GOST) and NEPSI
2/176 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters
According to IEC
°C (°F) °C (°F) °C (°F)
Type B
°C (°F)
100 ... 1820
°C
100
(°F)
(180)
°C
21)
(°F)
(3.6)1)
2
60751 (212 ... 3308)
Pt25 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.3 (0.54) Type C (W5) 0 ... 2300 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +1562) (32 ... 4172)
Pt50 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type D (W3) 0 ... 2300 100 (180) 12) (1.8)2)
(-328 ... +1562) (32 ... 4172)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) Type E -200 ... +1000 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1562) (-328 ... +1832)
Pt500 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type J -200 ... +1200 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1562) (-328 ... +2192)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type K -200 ... +1370 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +662) (-328 ... +2498)
According to JIS Type L -200 ... +900 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
C1604-81 (-328 ... +1652)
Pt25 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.3 (0.54) Type N -200 ... +1300 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1200) (-328 ... +2372)
Pt50 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type R -50 ... +1760 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +1200) (-58 ... +3200)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) Type S -50 ... +1760 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +1200) (-58 ... +3200)
Pt500 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type T -200 ... +400 40 (72) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1200) (-328 ... +752)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type U -200 ... +600 50 (90) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +662) (-328 ... +1112)
Ni 25 ... Ni1000 -60 ... +250 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) 1)
(-76 ... +482) (5.4 °F).
2)
(3.6 °F).
Resistance 0 ... 390 5 0.05
mV mV V
Resistance 0 ... 2200 25 0.25
mV sensor -10 ... +70 2 40
mV sensor -100 ... +1100 20 400

value.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/177

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters

SITRANS TR300 rail transmitter Article No.
Installation on mounting rail Additional accessories for assembly, connec-
2-wire system, 4 … 20 mA, HART, with galvanic
2 isolation
• Without explosion protection 7NG3033-0JN00
2/251.
Modem
• With explosion protection according to ATEX 7NG3033-1JN00
Options Order code
SIMATIC PDM operating software See section 8
and plain text, if applicable. For supply units, see Catalog FI01 section "Supplementary com-
With test report (5 measuring points) C11
ponents"
Functional safety SIL2 C20 Ordering example 1:
Functional safety SIL2/3 C23 7NG3033-0JN00-Z Y01+Y17+Y29+U03
Customer-specific programming Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Measuring range to be set Y011) Y17: TICA123
Specify in plain text (max. 5 digits): Y29: TICA123
Y01:... to ... °C, °F
Ordering example 2:
Measuring point number (TAG) max. 8 charac- Y172)
ters 7NG3033-0JN00-Z Y01+Y17+Y23+Y29+U25
Measuring point description, max. 16 characters Y232) Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Measuring point message, max. 32 characters Y242) Y17: TICA123
Text on front plate, max. 16 characters Y292)3) Y23: TICA123HEAT
Pt100 (IEC) 3-wire U034) Factory setting:
Pt100 (IEC) 4-wire U044) • Pt100 (IEC 751); 3-wire connection
Type B thermocouple U204)5) • Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
Type C thermocouple (W5) U214)5) • Fault current in the event of sensor breakage: 22.8 mA
Type D thermocouple (W3) U224)5) • Sensor offset: 0 °C (0 °F)
Type E thermocouple U234)5) • Damping 0.0 s
(Pt100, 3-wire)
ting in plain text
3) Text on front plate is not saved in the device.
here.
2/178 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters
(0.89)
22.5
2
1 2 3 4
SIEMENS
4..20mA
8
4
SITRANS
TR300
TEST 4..20mA
7
3
SIEMENS
6
2
TEST
5
1
SITRANS
TR300
99
(3.9)
5 6 7 8
Made in Croatia
3W RTD CJC 2W RTD CJC U sensor

with external with external int./fixed CJC
TC sensor TC sensor TC sens. with
+
+ + +
8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5
4W sensor 3W sensor 2W sensor

(4.49)
RTD or R RTD or R RTD or R

114
8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5
CJC 2W sensor & test

with int./fixed 2x RTD or R 4..20mA loop
2x TC sensor
Connections
S1
4 3 2 1
S2 S1
+ + S2
A
+ -
8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5 TEST +UB -
Connection Plan 1 (+) and 2 (-) Test terminals (Test) for measurement of the output
s current with a multimeter
3 (+) and 4 (-) Power supply Uaux, Output current Iout
5, 6, 7 and 8 Sensor connection, see schematics

Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/179

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters
2
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
R TC
- +
RTD
2-wire system 1) 2-wire system 1) Cold junction compensation
internal/fixed value
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
TC
- +
RTD R RTD

external Pt100 in 2-wire system 1)
5 6 7 8
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
TC
- +
RTD R
RTD
external Pt100 in 3-wire system
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
R2 5 6 7 8
RTD2
TC1 TC2
- + - +
RTD1 R1
value/difference 1) value/difference 1) with internal cold junction compensation
1)
Voltage measurement Power supply/

Current measurement Test terminals
4 ... 20 mA (Uaux)
Uaux
+ A -
+ -
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
- + R
U - +
I
SITRANS TR300, sensor connection assignment
2/180 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters
SITRANS TR320 (HART, universal)
SITRANS TR320 transmitters can be used in all sectors. Their
compact design enables simple mounting on standard DIN rails
on-site in protective boxes or in control cabinets. The following
sensors/signal sources can be connected over their universal in-
put module: 2
• Resistance thermometer (2-wire, 3-wire, 4-wire connection)
• Thermocouples
• Linear resistance, potentiometer and DC voltage sources
With HART communication interface:
• The output signal is a load-independent direct current from 4
to 20 mA in accordance with the input characteristic, superim-
provals.
• 2-wire rail transmitter with and without HART communications
interface
• Enclosure for rail mounting
■ Benefits
• Compact design
• Self-monitoring
and NE21
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/181

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters
■ Function
Without HART communications interface
For the SITRANS TR320 without HART functionality, parameters
are assigned with the PC. Available for this purpose are a spe-
2 cial modem and the software tool SIPROM T.
With HART communications interface
• The SITRANS TR320 is configured via HART. The configura- nostics LED is green. In case of external errors, e.g. sensor short
tion can be carried out using a handheld communicator or, circuit or interruption, the LED flashes red; an internal error is in-
more conveniently, with a HART modem and the SIMATIC dicated by a permanent red light.
PDM configuration software. The configuration data are then
permanently stored in the non-volatile memory (EEPROM). An ammeter can be connected at any time for checking and
After correct connection of input and supply voltage, the trans- without any interruption, or even without opening the current
mitter outputs a temperature-linear output signal and the diag- loop.
SITRANS TR320
Test
Input
+1
A D
D A
1 -2
Input Output
U Supply Voltage
Iout Output current
SITRANS TR320 function block diagram
2/182 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters
Ex)
•E
•J
IEC 60584-1
IEC 60584-1
2
•N IEC 60584-1
•R IEC 60584-1
voltage > 37 V
•S IEC 60584-1
Ex)
• W3 ASTM E988-96
• W5 ASTM E988-96
Pt100 or Ni100 RTD
Starting time < 2.75 s • Connection external CJC 2-wire or 3-wire
Response time 4 ... 20 mA:  55 ms • Temperature range external CJC -50 ... +135 °C (-58 ... +275 °F)
HART:  75 ms (typically 70 ms)
Programmable damping 0 ... 60 s • Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective,
Signal dynamic short-circuited or defective
• Input 24 bit Note
• Output 18 bit The short-circuited fault detection
Input • Fault detection time, external CJC  2 000 ms
Resistance thermometer (RTD) (for 3-wire and 4-wire)
Input type Linear resistance

• Pt10 ... 10000 • IEC 60751 Input range 0 ... 100 k
• JIS C 1604-8
• GOST 6651_2009 Minimum measuring span 25 
• Callendar-Van Dusen Type of connection 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire
• Ni10 ... 10000 • DIN 43760-1987
• GOST 6651-2009/OIML R84:2003 Line resistance per wire Max. 50 
• Cu5 ... 1000 • Edison Copper Winding No. 15 Input current < 0.15 mA
• GOST 6651-2009/OIML R84:2003
Type of connection 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire wire and 4-wire connections)
Line resistance per wire Max. 50  Cable, wire-wire capacity
Input current < 0.15 mA • R > 400  Max. 30 nF
• R  400  Max. 50 nF
wire and 4-wire connections) Fault detection, programmable None, defective
Cable, wire-wire capacity Potentiometers
• Pt1000, Pt10000 (IEC 60751 and Max. 30 nF Input range 10 ... 100 k
JIS C 1604-8)
• All other input types Max. 50 nF Minimum measuring span 25 
Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective, Type of connection 3-wire or 4-wire
short-circuited or defective Line resistance per wire Max. 50 
Note
input type is below the constant Effect of the line resistance (with 4- < 0.002 /
detection limit for short-circuited wire and 5-wire connections)
inputs, the detection of short circuits Cable, wire-wire capacity
ration of the fault detection. • R > 400  Max. 30 nF
• R  400  Max. 50 nF
wire)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/183

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters
Note
Maximum core cross-section 2.5 mm² (AWG 13)
size is below the constant detection Tightening torque for clamping 0.5 ... 0.6 Nm
2 detection of short circuits is disabled
regardless of the configuration of the Vibrations IEC 60068-2-6
• 25 ... 100 Hz ±4g
others
tion
• Unipolar -100 ... 1700 mV
Ex ia IIIC Da
Update time 10 ms
range) FM18US0046
of protection
Measuring accuracy
1)
Rated conditions Note that the minimum supply voltage must correspond to the value
measured at the terminals of the SITRANS TR320.
Ambient temperature for devices with -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) 2)Protect the device from overvoltage with the help of a suitable power
functional safety supply or suitable overvoltage protection equipment.
Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F) 3) Additional available certificates are listed on the Internet at
Reference temperature for sensor cal- 24 °C ±1.0 °C (75.2 °F ±1.8 °F) http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/certificates
ibration
• Terminals IP20
2/184 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters
RTD
(°F)
Pt10 ... 10000 IEC 60751
JIS C 1604-8
-200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1 562)
-200 ... +649 (-328 ... +1 200)
0.003851 (0.002139)
0.003916 (0.002176)
10 (50)
10 (50)
2
GOST 6651_2009 -200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1 562) 0.003910 (0.002172) 10 (50)
Ni10 ... 10000 DIN 43760-1987 -60 ... +250 (-76 ... +482) 0.006180 (0.003433) 10 (50)
GOST 6651- -60 ... +180 (-76 ... +356) 0.006170 (0.003428) 10 (50)
2009/OIML R84:2003
No. 15
GOST 6651-2009/OIML -180 ... +200 (-292 ... +392) 0.004280 (0.002378) 100 (212)
R84:2003
GOST 6651-94 -50 ... +200 (-58 ... +392) 0.004260 (0.002367) 100 (212)
TC
B IEC 60584-1 0 (85) ... 1 820 (32 (185) ... 3 308) 100 (212)
E IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +1 000 (-392 ... +1 832) 50 (122)
J IEC 60584-1 -100 ... +1 200 (-212 ... +2 192) 50 (122)
K IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1 372 (-356 ... +2 502) 50 (122)
L DIN 43710 -200 ... +900 (-392 ... +1 652) 50 (122)
Lr GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1 472) 50 (122)
N IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1 300 (-356 ... +2 372) 50 (122)
R IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1 760 (-122 ... +3 200) 100 (212)
S IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1 760 (-122 ... +3 200) 100 (212)
T IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +400 (-392 ... +752) 50 (122)
U DIN 43710 -200 ... +600 (-392 ... +1 112) 50 (122)
W3 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2 300 (32 ... 4 172) 100 (212)
W5 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2 300 (32 ... 4 172) 100 (212)
LR GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1472) 50 (122)
Input accuracy
Basic values
RTD
Pt10  ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)  ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt20  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt50  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt100  ±0.04 °C (0.072 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt200  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt500 Tmax. < 180 °C (356 °F) =  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. > 180 °C (356 °F) =  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)
Pt1000  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt2000 Tmax. < 300 °C (572 °F) =  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. > 300 °C (572 °F) =  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Pt10000  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni10  ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F)  ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni20  ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)  ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni50  ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F)  ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni100  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni120  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni200  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni500  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni1000  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/185

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters
Ni2000  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni10000  ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
2 Cu5
Cu10
 ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F)
 ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)
 ±0.040 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu20  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu50  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu100  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu200  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu500  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu1000  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Linear resistance
0 ... 400   ±40 m  ±2 m/°C (1.11 m/°F)
0 ... 100 k  ±4   ±0.2 /°C (0.11 /°F)
Potentiometers
0 ... 100% < 0.05% < ± 0.005%
Voltage input
mV: -20 ... 100 mV  ±5 V  ±0.2 V/°C (0.11 V/°F)
mV: -100 ... 1700 mV  ±0.1 mV  ±36 V/°C (20 V/°F)
mV: ± 800 mV  ±0.1 mV  ±32 V/°C (17.8 V/°F)
TC
E  ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
J  ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
K  ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
L  ±0.35 °C (0.63 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
N  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
T  ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
U < 0 °C (32 °F)  ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 0 °C (32 °F)  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Lr  ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
R < 200 °C (392 °F)  ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 200 °C (392 °F)  ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
S < 200 °C (392 °F)  ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 200 °C (392 °F)  ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
W3  ±0.6 °C (1.08 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
W5  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B2)  ±1 °C (1.8 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B3)  ±3 °C (5.4 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B4)  ±8 °C (14.4 °F)  ±0.8 °C/°C (°F/°F)
2/186 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters

Article No Options Order code
SITRANS TR320 7NG032 Append "-Z" to Article No., add order code and, if appli-
rail transmitter with 1 input cable, free text.
7 - 77777 - 0 777
Manufacturer declarations
Quality inspection certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11
2
(IEC 60770-2)
Communication
With HART 0
2-wire, 4 ... 20 mA 7
Device options
Primary value output
PDF file with device settings D10
Input 1 0
Without labeling of the measuring range on the TAG plate D41
Input 1, type
Jumper plug set on device for write protection D81
RTD
• Pt100 (IEC), 3-wire B Jumper plug set on device for fault current > 21 mA D82
• Pt100 (IEC), 4-wire C (instead of < 3.6 mA) (only non-SIL)
• Pt1000 (IEC), 3-wire D Input 1: TC
• Pt1000 (IEC), 4-wire E Type C W5 V01
TC Type D W3 V02
• Type B F
• Type E G Type U V03
• Type J H Type Lr V04
• Type K J Input 1: RTD
• Type L K
• Type N L
• Type R N Pt x (IEC), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V62
• Type S P Pt x (JIS C1604-81), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in option V64
• Type T Q Y21
Potentiometer, 4-wire R Pt x (JIS C1604-81), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in option V65
Y21
Define customer-specific input configurations with Y
option Y21
V options
Input 2, type
option Y21
Without input 2 A
CJC configuration for TC option Y21
Without CJC 0 Ni x (DIN 43760-87), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V71
option Y21
Internal CJC 1
External CJC Pt100 (IEC), 2-wire, define line resis- 2 option Y21
tance value in option Y53
External CJC Pt100 (IEC), 3-wire 3 option Y21
External CJC Ni100 (DIN), 3-wire 6 Cu x (ECW-15), 2-wire, define line resistance value in V75
Materials not in contact with media option Y51 and RTD factor x in option Y21
Without 0 Cu x (ECW-15), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V76
Type of protection Cu x (ECW-15), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V77
General safety (non-Ex); A Cu x (GOST 6651-94), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V79
CE, RCM, FM, KCC, EAC option Y21
Intrinsic safety (Ex i) / Non-incendive field wiring N Cu x (GOST 6651-94), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V80
(NIFW) / Increased safety zone 2 (Ex ec) / Non option Y21
incendive (NI) (ATEX, IECEx, EACEx, CSA, FM, Cu x (GOST 6651-2009), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V82
NEPSI, Inmetro) option Y21
Electrical connection/cable entry Cu x (GOST 6651-2009), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V83
Without A option Y21
Local HMI Device settings
Without display 0 Measuring range setting temperature input: Start of Y01

scale value (max. 5 characters), full scale value
sive label
Measuring point description (device parameter, max. Y16
32 characters), adhesive label
label
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/187

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters
Accessories
Article No.
bly, connection and transmitter con-
(0.89)
22.5
2 Modems
Modem with USB interface and 7NG3092-8KN
SIPROM T software
SIMATIC PDM parameterization See Catalog FI 01 section 8 99
software (3.9)
Ordering example
7NG0320-0BA00-0AA0-Z Y01
Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Factory setting
(4.49)
114
• Fault current
• Damping 0.0 s
2/188 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters
Connections Output and test connection
U -
+ A - +
2
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
Test terminals Output terminals
SITRANS TR320, output connection assignment

Input connection
1 (+) and 2 (-) Test terminals for measurement of

the output current with an amperemeter
3 (+) and 4 (-) Output terminals
5, 6, 7 and 8 Input terminals
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
3
3 4
I1 CJC
+ +
2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire RTD TC (internal CJC or Voltage input

or linear resistance external 2-wire or 3-wire CJC) (unipolar or bipolar)
SITRANS TR320, input connection assignment
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/189

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters
SITRANS TR420 transmitters with two inputs can be used in all
sectors. Their compact design enables simple mounting on
standard DIN rails on-site in protective boxes or in control cabi-
nets. The following sensors/signal sources can be connected
2 over their universal input module:
• 2 resistance thermometers (2-wire, 3-wire, 4-wire connection)
• 2 thermocouples
• 2 linear resistors, potentiometer and DC voltage sources
The output signal is a load-independent direct current from 4 to
20 mA in accordance with the input characteristic, superim-
The dual input mode also supports drift detection of the inputs,
whereby maintenance intervals can be more easily planned.
• 2-wire rail transmitter with HART communications interface provals.
• Device for rail mounting
• Configurable via HART 7
■ Benefits
• Compact design
• Self-monitoring
and NE21
2/190 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters
■ Function
The SITRANS TR420 is configured via HART. The configuration After correct connection of input and supply voltage, the trans-
can be carried out using a handheld communicator or, more mitter outputs a temperature-linear output signal and the diag-
conveniently, with a HART modem and the SIMATIC PDM config- nostics LED is green. In case of external errors, e.g. sensor short
uration software. The configuration data are then permanently circuit or interruption, the LED flashes red; an internal error is in-
stored in the non-volatile memory (EEPROM). dicated by a permanent red light. 2
An ammeter can be connected at any time for checking and
without any interruption, or even without opening the current
loop.
SITRANS TR420
Input
2
Test
+1
A D
D A
1 -2
Input Output
U Supply Voltage
Iout Output current
SITRANS TR420, function block diagram
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/191

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters
2 Ex)
•E
•J
IEC 60584-1
IEC 60584-1
•N IEC 60584-1
•R IEC 60584-1
voltage > 37 V
•S IEC 60584-1
Ex)
• W3 ASTM E988-96
• W5 ASTM E988-96
Pt100 or Ni100 RTD
Starting time < 2.75 s • Connection external CJC 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire
Programming SIPROM T and HART • External CJC, line resistance per 50 
Response time  75 ms (typically 70 ms) • Temperature range external CJC -50 ... +135 °C (-58 ... +275 °F)
Programmable damping 0 ... 60 s
Signal dynamic • Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective,
• Input 24 bit short-circuited or defective
• Output 18 bit Note
Influence of change in supply voltage < 0.005% of measuring span/V DC The short-circuited fault detection
Input • Fault detection time (TC)  75 ms (typically 70 ms)
Resistance thermometer (RTD) • Fault detection time, external CJC  2 000 ms
(for 3-wire and 4-wire)
Input type
• Pt10 ... 10000 • IEC 60751 Linear resistance
• JIS C 1604-8 Input range 0 ... 100 k
• GOST 6651_2009
• Callendar-Van Dusen Minimum measuring span 25 
• Ni10 ... 10000 • DIN 43760-1987
• GOST 6651-2009/OIML R84:2003
• Cu5 ... 1000 • Edison Copper Winding No. 15 Line resistance per wire Max. 50 
• GOST 6651-2009/OIML R84:2003
Line resistance per wire Max. 50  wire and 4-wire connections)
Input current < 0.15 mA Cable, wire-wire capacity
• R > 400  Max. 30 nF
Effect of the line resistance < 0.002 /
(with 3-wire and 4-wire connections) • R  400  Max. 50 nF
Cable, wire-wire capacity Fault detection, programmable None, defective

• Pt1000, Pt10000 (IEC 60751 and Max. 30 nF Potentiometers
JIS C 1604-8)
Input range 10 ... 100 k
• All other input types Max. 50 nF
Minimum measuring span 25 
short-circuited or defective Type of connection 3-wire, 4-wire or 5-wire
Note Line resistance per wire Max. 50 
input type is below the constant Input current < 0.15 mA
detection limit for short-circuited Effect of the line resistance (with 4- < 0.002 /
inputs, the detection of short circuits wire and 5-wire connections)
ration of the fault detection. Cable, wire-wire capacity
• R > 400  Max. 30 nF
• R  400  Max. 50 nF
wire)
2/192 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters
Note
Maximum core cross-section 2.5 mm² (AWG 13)
size is below the constant detection Tightening torque for clamping 0.5 ... 0.6 Nm
detection of short circuits is disabled
regardless of the configuration of the Vibrations IEC 60068-2-6 2
• 25 ... 100 Hz ±4g
others
tion
• Unipolar -100 ... 1700 mV
Ex ia IIIC Da
Update time 10 ms
range) FM18US0046
of protection
Measuring accuracy
1)
Rated conditions Note that the minimum supply voltage must correspond to the value mea-
sured at the terminals of the SITRANS TR420.
2)
Ambient temperature for devices with -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F) Protect the device from overvoltage with the help of a suitable power sup-
functional safety ply or suitable overvoltage protection equipment.
3)
Storage temperature -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F) Additional available certificates are listed on the Internet at
ibration
• Terminals IP20
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/193

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters
RTD
(°F)
2 Pt10 ... 10000 IEC 60751

JIS C 1604-8
-200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1 562)
-200 ... +649 (-328 ... +1 200)
0.003851 (0.002139)
0.003916 (0.002176)
10 (50)
10 (50)
GOST 6651_2009 -200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1 562) 0.003910 (0.002172) 10 (50)
Ni10 ... 10000 DIN 43760-1987 -60 ... +250 (-76 ... +482) 0.006180 (0.003433) 10 (50)
GOST 6651- -60 ... +180 (-76 ... +356) 0.006170 (0.003428) 10 (50)
2009/OIML R84:2003
No. 15
GOST 6651-2009/OIML -180 ... +200 (-292 ... +392) 0.004280 (0.002378) 100 (212)
R84:2003
GOST 6651-94 -50 ... +200 (-58 ... +392) 0.004260 (0.002367) 100 (212)
TC
B IEC 60584-1 0 (85) ... 1 820 (32 (185) ... 3 308) 100 (212)
E IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +1 000 (-392 ... +1 832) 50 (122)
J IEC 60584-1 -100 ... +1 200 (-212 ... +2 192) 50 (122)
K IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1 372 (-356 ... +2 502) 50 (122)
L DIN 43710 -200 ... +900 (-392 ... +1 652) 50 (122)
Lr GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1 472) 50 (122)
N IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1 300 (-356 ... +2 372) 50 (122)
R IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1 760 (-122 ... +3 200) 100 (212)
S IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1 760 (-122 ... +3 200) 100 (212)
T IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +400 (-392 ... +752) 50 (122)
U DIN 43710 -200 ... +600 (-392 ... +1 112) 50 (122)
W3 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2 300 (32 ... 4 172) 100 (212)
W5 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2 300 (32 ... 4 172) 100 (212)
LR GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1472) 50 (122)
Input accuracy
Basic values
RTD
Pt10  ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)  ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt20  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt50  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt100  ±0.04 °C (0.072 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt200  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt500 Tmax. < 180 °C (356 °F) =  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. > 180 °C (356 °F) =  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)
Pt1000  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt2000 Tmax. < 300 °C (572 °F) =  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. > 300 °C (572 °F) =  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Pt10000  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni10  ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F)  ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni20  ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)  ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni50  ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F)  ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni100  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni120  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni200  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni500  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni1000  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
2/194 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters
Ni2000  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni10000  ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu5
Cu10
 ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F)
 ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)
 ±0.040 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
2
Cu20  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu50  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu100  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu200  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu500  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu1000  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Linear resistance
0 ... 400   ±40 m  ±2 m/°C (1.11 m/°F)
0 ... 100 k  ±4   ±0.2 /°C (0.11 /°F)
Potentiometers
0 ... 100% < 0.05% < ± 0.005%
Voltage input
mV: -20 ... 100 mV  ±5 V  ±0.2 V/°C (0.11 V/°F)
mV: -100 ... 1700 mV  ±0.1 mV  ±36 V/°C (20 V/°F)
mV: ± 800 mV  ±0.1 mV  ±32 V/°C (17.8 V/°F)
TC
E  ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
J  ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
K  ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
L  ±0.35 °C (0.63 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
N  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
T  ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
U < 0 °C (32 °F)  ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 0 °C (32 °F)  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Lr  ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
R < 200 °C (392 °F)  ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 200 °C (392 °F)  ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
S < 200 °C (392 °F)  ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 200 °C (392 °F)  ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
W3  ±0.6 °C (1.08 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
W5  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B2)  ±1 °C (1.8 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B3)  ±3 °C (5.4 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B4)  ±8 °C (14.4 °F)  ±0.8 °C/°C (°F/°F)
3) Accuracy of the specification range > 160 °C (320 °F) < 400 °C (752 °F) Average value Average of accuracy of Average of temperature
4) Accuracy of the specification range > 85 °C (185 °F) < 160 °C (320 °F) measurement input 1 and input 2 coefficient of input 1 and
5) input 2
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/195

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters

SITRANS TR420 7NG042 SITRANS TR420 7NG042
rail transmitter with 2 inputs rail transmitter with 2 inputs
7 - 77777 - 0777 777 7 - 77777 - 0777 777
Input 2, type
Without input 2 A
Communication
RTD
With HART 0 • Pt100 (IEC), 3-wire B
Primary value output • Pt100 (IEC), 4-wire C
Input 1 0
Input 1, input 2 as redundancy 1
TC
Input 2, input 1 as redundancy 2 • Type B F
Average input 1 and input 2, 3 • Type E G
both as redundancy • Type J H
Minimum input 1 and input 2, 4 • Type K J
both as redundancy • Type L K
• Type N L
Maximum input 1 and input 2, 5
both as redundancy • Type R N
• Type S P
• Type T Q
Primary value output, customer-specific
Minimum input 1 and input 2, 9 H1A tions in W options
without redundancy
Maximum input 1 and input 2, 9 H1B
Input 1: no CJC; input 2: No CJC 0
without redundancy
Input 1: internal CJC; input 2: internal CJC 1
Average input 1 and input 2, 9 H1C
without redundancy Input 1: external CJC; input 2: 2
external CJC; define type in option Jxx
Input 2 9 H1D
Input 1: external CJC; define type in option 3
Input 1, type
Jxx; input 2: internal CJC
RTD
Input 1: internal CJC; input 2: external CJC; 4
• Pt100 (IEC), 3-wire B define type in option Jxx
• Pt100 (IEC), 4-wire C
Input 1: Internal CJC; 5
Input 2: No CJC
Input 1: External CJC (define type in option 6
TC Jxx); input 2: No CJC
• Type B F
Materials not in contact with media
• Type E G
• Type J H Without 0
• Type K J Type of protection
• Type L K
• Type N L CE, RCM, FM, KCC, EAC
• Type R N
• Type S P Intrinsic safety (Ex i) / Non-incendive field N
wiring (NIFW) / Increased safety zone 2
• Type T Q (Ex ec) / Non incendive (NI) (ATEX, IECEx,
Potentiometer, 4-wire R EACEx, CSA, FM, NEPSI, Inmetro)
Input 1, type customer-specific Electrical connection/

cable entry
tions in V options Without A
Local HMI
Without display 0
2/196 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters
Append "-Z" to Article No., add order code and, if appli- Append "-Z" to Article No., add order code and, if appli-
cable, free text. cable, free text.
Manufacturer declarations Device settings
Quality inspection certificate, 5-point factory calibration C11 Measuring range setting temperature input: Start of Y01
(IEC 60770-2) scale value (max. 5 characters), full scale value
2
Device options sive label
PDF file with device settings D10 Measuring point description (device parameter, max. Y16
Without labeling of the measuring range on the TAG plate D41 32 characters), adhesive label
Jumper plug set on device for write protection D81 Input 1: RTD factor; e.g. factor "200" = Pt200, adhesive Y21
label
Jumper plug set on device for fault current > 21 mA D82
(instead of < 3.6 mA) (only non-SIL) Accessories
External CJC types
Article No.
Pt100, IEC 60751, 3-wire J02
Pt100, IEC 60751, 4-wire J03 bly, connection and transmitter con-
Ni100, DIN 43760-87, 3-wire J05 figuration, see page 2/251.
Ni100, DIN 43760-87, 4-wire J06 Modem
Input 1: TC Modem with USB interface 7MF4997-1DB
Type C W5 V01 SIMATIC PDM parameterization See Catalog FI 01 section 8

software
Type D W3 V02
Type U V03
Ordering example
Type Lr V04 7NG0420-0BA00-0AA0-Z Y01
Input 1: Potentiometers Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Potentiometer, 5-wire V31 Factory setting
Input 1: RTD • Input 1: Pt100 (IEC 751); 3-wire connection
Pt x (IEC), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V61 • Input 2: not configured (inactive)
Pt x (IEC), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in option Y21 V62 • Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
Pt x (JIS C1604-81), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in option V64 • Fault current
Y21 - Device error: < 3.6 mA
Pt x (JIS C1604-81), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in option V65 - Input circuit wire break: 22.8 mA
Y21 - Input circuit short circuit: 22.4 mA
Pt x (GOST 6651-2009), 3-wire, define RTD factor x in V67 - Input circuit drift: 22 mA (active when input 2 is active)
option Y21 - Input monitoring wire break and short-circuit
Pt x (GOST 6651-2009), 4-wire, define RTD factor x in V68 • No trimming of input and output (offset)
option Y21 • Damping 0.0 s
option Y21
option Y21
option Y21
option Y21
option Y21
option Y21
option Y21
option Y21
Input 2: TC
Type C W5 W01
Type D W3 W02
Type U W03
Type Lr W04
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/197

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters
■ Dimension drawings
(0.89)
22.5
2
99
(3.9)
(4.49)
114
Connections Output and test connection
+ U -
+ A -
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
Test terminals Output terminals
SITRANS TR420, output connection assignment
1 (+) and 2 (-) Test terminals for measurement of

the output current with an amperemeter
3 (+) and 4 (-) Output terminals
5, 6, 7 and 8 Input 1 terminals
9, 10, 11 and 12 Input 2 terminals
2/198 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Rail transmitters
Input connection
2
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
3
3 4 4
I1 CJC mV
+ +
9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12
3 4
I2 mV
+ +
Input 1 and/or input 2: Input 1 and/or input 2: Voltage input

2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire TC (int. CJC or (unipolar or bipolar)
RTD or linear resistance external 2-wire or 3-wire CJC)
5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
4 CJC
3 4
I1 I1
+
I1
9 10 11 12
9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12
I2
3 4 3 4 3
I2 I2
Input 1: Input 1 (I1) and/or input 2 (I2): Input 1 (I1):

TC (int. CJC or 3-wire or 4-wire potentiometer 5-wire potentiometer
external 2-wire or 3-wire CJC) Input 2 (I2):
Input 2: 3-wire potentiometer
2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire RTD
SITRANS TR420, input connection assignment
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/199

© Siemens 2020
Field transmitters/field indicator
SITRANS TF - Transmitter, 2-wire system and SITRANS TF - Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA
Configuration
The communication capability over the HART protocol V 5.9 of
the SITRANS TF with an integrated SITRANS TH300 permits pa-
2 rameterization using a PC or HART communicator (hand-held
communicator). The SIMATIC PDM makes it easy.
For the SITRANS TF with integrated programmable
SITRANS TH200, parameters are assigned with the PC. Avail-
able for this purpose are a special modem and the software tool
SIPROM T.
Mode of operation
Mode of operation of SITRANS TF as temperature transmitter
The sensor signal, whether resistance thermometer, thermocou-
ple element or  or mV signal, is amplified and linearized. Sen-
sor and output side are electrically isolated. An internal cold
junction is integrated for measurements with thermocouples.
The device outputs a temperature-linear direct current of 4 to 20
Our field devices for heavy industrial use mA. As well as the analog transmission of measured values from
• HART, Universal 4 to 20 mA, the HART version also supports digital communica-
tion for online diagnostics, measured value transmission and
• 4 to 20 mA, universal configuration.
• Field indicator for 4 to 20 mA signals
SITRANS TF automatically detects when a sensor should be in-
The temperature transmitter SITRANS TF works where others terrupted or is indicating a short-circuit. The practical test termi-
feel uncomfortable. nals allow direct measurement of 4 to 20 mA signals over an am-
meter without interrupting the output current loop.
■ Benefits Mode of operation of SITRANS TF as field indicator
• Universal use Any 4 to 20 mA signal can be applied to the generous terminal
- as transmitter for resistance thermometer, thermocouple ele- block. As well as a range of predefined measurement units, the
ment,  or mV signal adjustable indicator also supports the input of customized units.
- as field indicator for any 4 to 20 mA signals This means that any 4 to 20 mA signal can be represented in any
• Local sensing of measured values over digital display unit, e.g. pressure, flow rate, level or temperature.
• Rugged two-chamber enclosure in die-cast aluminum or
stainless steel
• IP66/67/68 degree of protection Power supply
SITRANS TF
• Test terminals for direct read-out of the output signal without Sensor SITRANS TH300 0000 8
breaking the current loop TC RTD 1 3 4
00°C
5
2 9
• Can be mounted elsewhere if the measuring point A D
μP Load
- is difficult to access D A
- has high temperatures
- experiences vibrations due to the process cell
- is to avoid long neck pipes and thermowells 7
6
• Can be mounted directly on American-design sensors 1 Analog-to-digital converter
• Wide range of approvals for use in potentially explosive atmo- 2 Electrical isolation
spheres. Types of protection "Intrinsically safe, non-sparking 3 Microprocessor
and flameproof", for Europe and the USA.
4 Digital-to-analog converter
5 Power supply
■ Application 6 PC/laptop
7 HART modem
SITRANS TF can be used everywhere where temperatures need
8 Digital display (option)
to be measured under particularly adverse conditions, or where
a convenient local display is ideal. Which is why users from all 9 Test connector
industries have opted for this field device. The rugged enclosure
protects the electronics. The stainless steel model is almost
completely resistant to sea water and other aggressive sub-
stances. The inner workings offer high measuring accuracy, uni- Mode of operation of SITRANS TF with integrated SITRANS TH300 and
versal input and a wide range of diagnostic options. digital display
2/200 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Input Thermocouples
Input type • Type B Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh acc. to IEC 584 2
• Type J Fe-CuNi acc. to IEC 584
Units °C and °F • Type K NiCr-Ni acc. to IEC 584
Connection • Type L Fe-CuNi acc. to DIN 43710
• Standard connection 1 resistance thermometer (RTD) in 2- • Type N NiCrSi-NiSi acc. to IEC 584
wire, 3-wire or 4-wire connection • Type R Pt13Rh-Pt acc. to IEC 584
• Averaging Series or parallel connection of sev- • Type S Pt10Rh-Pt acc. to IEC 584
eral resistance thermometers in the 2-
wire connection for the generation of
average temperatures or for adapta- • Type U Cu-CuNi acc. to DIN 43710
tion to other device types Units °C or °F
• Differentiation 2 resistance thermometers (RTD) in
2-wire connection (RTD 1 – RTD 2 or Connection
RTD 2 – RTD 1) • Standard connection 1 thermocouple (TC)
Connection
• Differentiation 2 thermocouples (TC)
(TC 1 – TC 2 or TC 2 – TC 1)
• 3-wire connection No trim necessary Response time  250 ms for 1 sensor with break
• 4-wire connection No trim necessary monitoring
Sensor current  0.45 mA Break monitoring Can be switched off
Response time  250 ms for 1 sensor with break Reference junction compensation
monitoring • Internal With integrated Pt100 resistance ther-
mometer
Break monitoring Always active (cannot be switched
off)
or 3-wire connection)
Short-circuit monitoring Can be switched on/off (default value: • External fixed Reference junction temperature can
ON) be set as fixed value
Measuring range Assignable (see "Digital measuring Measuring range Assignable (see "Digital measuring
error" table) error" table)
Min. measuring span 10 °C (18 °F) Min. measuring span Min. 40 ... 100 °C (72 ... 180 °F) (see
teristic Characteristic curve Temperature-linear or special charac-
teristic
Resistance-based sensor
mV sensor
Measured variable Actual resistance
Measured variable DC voltage
Sensor type Resistance-based, potentiometers
Sensor type DC voltage source (DC voltage
Units 
Connection connected resistor)
• Standard connection 1 resistance-based sensor (R) in 2- Units mV
• Averaging 2 resistance-based sensors in 2-wire Response time  250 ms for 1 sensor with break
connection for averaging monitoring
• Differentiation 2 resistance-based sensors in 2-wire Break monitoring Can be switched off
connection (R 1 – R 2 or R 2 – R 1)
Measuring range -10 ... +70 mV
Connection -100 ... +1100 mV
• 3-wire connection No trim necessary Overload capability of the input -1.5 ... +3.5 V DC
• 4-wire connection No trim necessary Input resistance  1 M
Sensor current  0.45 mA Characteristic curve Voltage-linear or special characteris-
Response time  250 ms for 1 sensor with break tic
monitoring
Short-circuit monitoring Can be switched off (value is adjust-
able)
error" table)
teristic
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/201

© Siemens 2020
Communication with SITRANS TH300 According to HART Rev. 5.9 • "Intrinsic safety" type of protection With digital display:
II 2 (1) G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gb
Digital display II 2 G Ex ib IIC T4 Gb
II 1D Ex ia IIIC T100 °C Da
2 Digital display (optional)
Display
In current loop
Max. 5 digits
Without digital display:
II 2 (1) G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6 Gb
II 2 G Ex ib IIC T6 Gb
Digit height 9 mm (0.35")
Display range -99 999 ... +99 999 • EC type-examination certificate ZELM 11 ATEX 0471 X
Units Any (max. 5 char.) • "Non-sparking and energy-limited II 3 G Ex ic IIC T6/T4 Gc
equipment for Zone 2" type of pro- II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6/T4 Gc
Setting: Using 3 buttons tection II 3 G Ex nA [ic] IIC T6/T4 Gc
Zero point, full-scale value and unit • EC type-examination certificate ZELM 11 ATEX 0471 X
Load voltage 2.1 V • "Flameproof enclosure" type of pro- II 2 G Ex d IIC T6/T5 Gb
tection II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T100 °C Db
Measuring accuracy
• EC type-examination certificate ZELM 11 ATEX 0472 X
Digital measuring error See "Digital measuring error" table
Explosion protection acc. to FM Certificate of Compliance 3017742
Reference conditions • Identification (XP, DIP, NI, S) • XP/I/1/BCD/T5 Ta = 85 °C (185 °F),
• Auxiliary power 24 V ± 1 % T6 Ta = 60 °C (140 °F), Type 4X
• Load 500  • DIP/II, III/1/EFG/T5 Ta = 85 °C
• Ambient temperature 23 °C (73.4 °F) (185 °F), T6 Ta = 60 °C (140 °F),
• Warming-up time > 5 min Type 4X
Error in the analog output (digital/ana- < 0.025 % of measuring span • NI/I/2/ABCD/T5 Ta = 85 °C (185 °F),
log converter) T6 Ta = 60 °C (140 °F), Type 4X
Error due to internal reference junction < 0.5 °C (0.9 °F) • S/II, III/2/FG/T5 Ta = 85 °C (185 °F),
T6 Ta = 60 °C (140 °F), Type 4X
• Analog measuring error 0.02 % of meas. span/10 °C (18 °F) Other certificates IECEx, EAC Ex(GOST), INMETRO,
NEPSI, KOSHA
Hardware and software require-
• with resistance thermometers 0.06 °C (0.11 °F)/10°C (18 °F) ments
• with thermocouples 0.6 °C (1.1 °F)/10°C (18 °F) • For the SIPROM T parameterization
Auxiliary power effect < 0.001 % of meas. span/V software for SITRANS TF with TH200
• Personal computer PC with CD-ROM drive and USB
Effect of load impedance < 0.002 % of meas. span/100  interface
Long-term drift • PC operating system Windows 98, NT, 2000, XP, 7 and Win
• In the first month < 0.02 % of measuring span 8
• After one year < 0.2 % of measuring span • For the SIMATIC PDM parameteriza- See section 8 "Digitalization and com-
• After 5 years < 0.3 % of measuring span tion software for SITRANS TH300 munication", "SIMATIC PDM"
Ambient conditions Load for HART connection 230 ... 1100 

• Two-core shielded  3.0 km (1.86 mi)
Ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) • Multi-core shielded  1.5 km (0.93 mi)
Condensation Permissible Protocol HART protocol, version 5.9
NE21 Factory setting of the transmitter:
Degree of protection acc. to IP66/67/68 • Pt100 (IEC 751); 3-wire connection
EN 60529 • Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
Design • Fault current: 22.8 mA
Weight Approx. 1.5 kg (3.3 lb) without • Sensor offset: 0 °C (0 °F)
options
• Damping 0.0 s
Enclosure material Die-cast aluminum, low in copper,
GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel, polyes-
ter-based lacquer, stainless steel rat-
ing plate
Electrical connection, sensor connec- Screw terminals, cable inlet via M20 x
tion 1.5 or ½-14 NPT screwed gland
Mounting bracket (optional) Steel, galvanized and chrome-plated
or stainless steel
Auxiliary power
Without digital display 11 ... 35 V DC (30 V with Ex ib; 32 V
with Ex ic and Ex nA)
With digital display 13.1 ... 35 V DC (30 V with Ex ib; 32 V
with Ex ic and Ex nA)
Galvanic isolation Between input and output
• Test voltage Ueff = 1 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min
2/202 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
According to
°C (°F) °C (°F) °C (°F)
Type B
°C (°F)
100 ... 1820
°C
100
(°F)
(180)
°C
2 1)
(°F)
(3.6) 1)
2
IEC 60751 (212 ... 3308)
Pt25 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.3 (0.54) Type C (W5) 0 ... 2300 100 (180) 2 3.6
(-328 ... +1562) (32 ... 4172)
Pt50 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type D (W3) 0 ... 2300 100 (180) 12) (1.8)2)
(-328 ... +1562) (32 ... 4172)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) Type E -200 ... +1000 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1562) (-328 ... +1832)
Pt500 -200 ... +850 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type J -200 ... +1200 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1562) (-328 ... +2192)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type K -200 ... +1370 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +662) (-328 ... +2498)
JIS C1604-81 (-328 ... +1652)
Pt25 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.3 (0.54) Type N -200 ... +1300 50 (90) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1200) (-328 ... +2372)
Pt50 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type R -50 ... +1760 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +1200) (-58 ... +3200)
Pt100 ... Pt200 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) Type S -50 ... +1760 100 (180) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +1200) (-58 ... +3200)
Pt500 -200 ... +649 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type T -20 ... +400 40 (72) 1 (1.8)
(-328 ... +1200) (-328 ... +752)
Pt1000 -200 ... +350 10 (18) 0.15 (0.27) Type U -200 ... +600 50 (90) 2 (3.6)
(-328 ... +662) (-328 ... +1112)
Ni 25 ... Ni1000 -60 ... +250 10 (18) 0.1 (0.18) 1)
(-76 ... +482) (5.4 °F).
2)
(3.6 °F).
Resistance 0 ... 390 5 0.05
mV mV V
Resistance 0 ... 2200 25 0.25
mV sensor -10 ... +70 2 40
mV sensor -100 ... +1100 20 400

value.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/203

© Siemens 2020

Temperature transmitter in field enclosure 7NG313 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 Append suffix "-Z" to article no., add order code
2-wire system 4 ... 20 mA, and plain text, if applicable.
with electrical isolation
Test report (5 measuring points)
Functional safety SIL2
C11
C20
Built-in transmitter Functional safety SIL2/3 C23
SITRANS TH200, programmable Explosion protection

• Without Ex protection 5 0 • Explosion protection Ex ia according to E251)
INMETRO (Brazil) (only for 7NG313.-1...)
• With Ex ia (ATEX + IECEx) 5 1
• Explosion protection Ex d according to E261)
• With Ex nAL for Zone 2 (ATEX + IECEx) 5 2 INMETRO (Brazil) (only for 7NG313.-4...)
• Total device SITRANS TF Ex d (ATEX + IECEx)1) 5 4 • Explosion protection Ex nA according to E271)
• Total device SITRANS TF according to FM 5 5 INMETRO (Brazil) (only for 7NG313.-2...)
(XP, DIP, NI, S)1) • Explosion protection Ex i according to NEPSI E551)
SITRANS TH300, communication-capable (China) (only for 7NG313.-1...)
according to HART V 5.9 • Explosion protection Ex d according to NEPSI E561)
• Without Ex protection 6 0 (China) (only for 7NG313.-4...)
• With Ex ia (ATEX + IECEx) 6 1 • Explosion protection Ex nA according to E571)
• With Ex nAL for Zone 2 (ATEX + IECEx) 6 2 NEPSI (China) (only for 7NG313.-2...)
• Total device SITRANS TF Ex d (ATEX + IECEx)1) 6 4 • Explosion protection Ex d according to E701)
• Total device SITRANS TF according to FM 6 5 KOSHA (Korea) (only for 7NG313.-4...)
(XP, DIP, NI, S)1) • Explosion protection Ex i according to EAC E811)
(Russia/Belarus/Kazahstan) (only for
Enclosure 7NG313.-1...)
Die-cast aluminum A • Explosion protection Ex d according to EAC E821)
Stainless steel precision casting E 7NG313.-4...)
Connections/cable inlet • Explosion protection Ex nA according to EAC E831)
(Russia/Belarus/Kazakhstan) (only for
Screwed glands M20x1.5 B 7NG313.-2...)
½-14 NPT glands C Marine approvals
Digital indicator • Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd D01
(DNV GL)
Without 0
• Bureau Veritas (BV) D02
With 1 • Lloyd’s Register of Shipping (LR) D04
Mounting bracket and fastening parts • American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) D05
Without 0 Two-layer coating of enclosure and cover (PU G10

on epoxy)
Made of steel 1
Transient protection J01
Made of stainless steel 2
Cable gland CAPRI ½ NPT ADE 4F, nickel- D57
1) Without cable gland. plated brass (CAPRI 848694 and 810634)
included
Cable gland ½ NPT ADE 1F, cable diameter D58
6 ... 12 (CAPRI 818694 and 810534) included
Cable gland ½ NPT ADE 4F, Stainless steel D59
(CAPRI 848699 and 810634) included
4 ... 8.5 (CAPRI 818674 and 810534) included
2/204 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Options Order code Accessories
Append suffix "-Z" to article no., add order code Article No.
and plain text, if applicable. Additional accessories for assembly, connec-
Customer-specific programming tion and transmitter configuration, see page
2/251.
Y01:... to ... °C, °F
Modems
2
3) Modem with USB interface and SIPROM T soft- 7NG3092-8KN
Measuring point number (TAG) max. 8 characters Y17
ware
Measuring point description, max. 16 characters Y234)
SIMATIC PDM parameterization software See section 8
Measuring point description, max. 32 characters Y244) Also for SITRANS TH300
Labeling of measuring point plate only, specify Y224) Mounting bracket and fastening parts
in plain text: Measuring range
Made of steel for 7NG313.-..B.. 7MF4997-1AC
Pt100 (IEC) 2-wire, RL = 0  U02 5)
Made of steel for 7NG313.-..C.. 7MF4997-1AB
Made of stainless steel for 7NG313.-..B.. 7MF4997-1AJ
Made of stainless steel for 7NG313.-..C.. 7MF4997-1AH
Made of stainless steel 316L for 7NG313.-..B.. 7MF4997-1AQ
Made of stainless steel 316L for 7NG313.-..C.. 7MF4997-1AP
Type D thermocouple (W3) 5)6) U225)6)
Digital display1) 7MF4997-1BS
Connection board A5E02226423
For supply units, see Catalog FI 01 section "Supplementary components".
1)
Type L thermocouple U265)6) Retrofitting not possible with Ex devices.
Type N thermocouple U27 5)6) Ordering example 1

Type R thermocouple U285)6) 7NG3135-0AB11-Z Y01+Y23+U03
Type S thermocouple U295)6) Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Y23: TICA1234HEAT
Ordering example 2
For TC: Cold junction compensation: U41
external (Pt100, 3-wire) 7NG3136-0AC11-Z Y01+Y23+Y24+U25
For TC: Reference junction compensation: Y50 Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Y23: TICA 1234 ABC
ting in plain text Y24: HEATING BOILER 56789
Factory setting of the transmitter
1) 1)
Option does not include ATEX/IECEx approval, only country-specific
approval. • Pt100 (IEC 751); 3-wire connection
2)
For customer-specific programming for RTD and TC, the start value and • Measuring range: 0 ... 100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
the end value of the required measuring span must be specified here. For
specification on TAG plate, please select Y22. • Fault current 22.8 mA
3)
For this selection, Y01 or Y09 must also be selected. For specification on • Sensor offset: 0 °C (0 °F)
TAG plate, please select Y23.
4)
If only Y22, Y23 or Y24 is ordered and if the labeling is only noted on the • Damping 0.0 s
measuring point plate, do not specify Y01.
5)
6)
Internal reference junction compensation is selected as the default for TC.
7)
For customer-specific programming, for example mV and ohm, the start
value and the end value of the required measuring span and the unit must
be entered here.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/205

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS TF field indicator 7NG3130 - 7 7 7 7 7 Append suffix "-Z" to article no., add order code
For 4 ... 20 mA signals and plain text, if applicable.
Click on the Article No. for the online Cable gland ½ NPT ADE 4F, Stainless steel D59
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. (CAPRI 848699 and 810634) included
2 Without Ex protection 0 1 Cable gland ½ NPT ADE 1F, cable diameter

D60
With Ex ia (ATEX + IECEx) 1 1
With Ex nAL for Zone 2 (ATEX + IECEx) 2 1
Total device SITRANS TF Ex d (ATEX + IECEx)1) 4 1
Total device SITRANS TF according to FM 5 1 Y01:... to ... °C, °F
(XP, DIP, NI, S)1)
Labeling of measuring point plate only, specify Y223)
Enclosure in plain text: Measuring range
Die-cast aluminum A Measuring point description, max. 16 charac- Y233)
Stainless steel precision casting E ters
Connections/cable inlet Measuring point description, max. 32 charac- Y243)

ters
Screwed glands M20x1.5 B
½-14 NPT glands C ting in plain text
Digital indicator 1)
Option does not include ATEX/IECEx approval, only country-specific
With 1 approval.
2)
Mounting bracket and fastening parts the end value of the required measuring span must be specified here.
Without 0 3)
If only Y22, Y23 or Y24 is ordered and if the labeling is only noted on the
measuring point plate, do not specify Y01.
Made of steel 1
4)
Made of stainless steel 2 value and the end value of the required measuring span and the unit must
1) be entered here.
Without cable gland 5)
Retrofitting not possible with Ex devices.
Options Order code
Accessories
and plain text, if applicable. Article No.
Test report (5 measuring points) C11 Additional accessories for assembly, connec-
Explosion protection 2/251.
• Explosion protection Ex ia according to E251) Mounting bracket and fastening parts
INMETRO (Brazil) (only for 7NG313.-1...)
1) Made of steel for 7NG313.-..B.. 7MF4997-1AC
• Explosion protection Ex d according to E26
INMETRO (Brazil) (only for 7NG313.-4...) Made of steel for 7NG313.-..C.. 7MF4997-1AB
• Explosion protection Ex nA according to E271)
INMETRO (Brazil) (only for 7NG313.-2...) Made of stainless steel for 7NG313.-..B.. 7MF4997-1AJ
• Explosion protection Ex i according to NEPSI E551) Made of stainless steel for 7NG313.-..C.. 7MF4997-1AH
(China) (only for 7NG313.-1...)
• Explosion protection Ex d according to NEPSI E561) Made of stainless steel 316L for 7NG313.-..B.. 7MF4997-1AQ
(China) (only for 7NG313.-4...) Made of stainless steel 316L for 7NG313.-..C.. 7MF4997-1AP
• Explosion protection Ex nA according to E571)
NEPSI (China) (only for 7NG313.-2...) Digital display1) 7MF4997-1BS
• Explosion protection Ex d according to E701) Connection board A5E02226423
KOSHA (Korea) (only for 7NG313.-4...) For supply units, see Catalog FI 01 section "Sup-
1)
• Explosion protection Ex i according to EAC E81 plementary components".
7NG313.-1...) Ordering example 1
• Explosion protection Ex d according to EAC E821)
(Russia/Belarus/Kazahstan) (only for 7NG3130-0AB10-Z Y01+Y23
7NG313.-4...) Y01: -5 ... 100 °C
• Explosion protection Ex nA according to EAC E831)
(Russia/Belarus/Kazakhstan) (only for Y23: TICA1234HEAT
7NG313.-2...)
Ordering example 2
Marine approvals
• Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd (DNV D01 7NG3130-0AC11-Z Y01+Y23+Y24
GL) Y01: 0 ... 20 BAR
Y23: PICA 1234 ABC
• Lloyd’s Register of Shipping (LR) D04
• American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) D05 Y24: HEATING BOILER 67890
Two-layer coating of enclosure and cover G10 Factory setting of the display
(PU on epoxy)
4 ... 20 m
plated brass (CAPRI 848694 and 810634)
included
2/206 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
13 (0.51) 144 (5.67) 55 80 (3.15)

15* (0.59) (2.17) b 100* (3.94) 2
(0.79)
138* (5.43) 28
52 (2.05)
20
6 2
50* (1.97) (1.10)
(1.97)
50
80 (3.15)
117 (4.61)
3
a
237 (9.33)
8 5 4
68 (2.68)
120 (4.72)
36.5 (1.44)
1
72 (2.83)
a: max. 164 (6.46) (M20x1.5)

max. 189 (7.44) (½-14 NPT)
b: max. 25 (0.98) (M20x1.5)
max. 50 (1.97) (½-14 NPT)
*) Dimensions for stainless 123 (4.84)
Ø 50 ... 60 7
steel enclosure (1.97 ... 2.36)
105 (4.13)
1 Sensor connection (screwed gland M20x1.5 or ½-14 NPT)
6 Protective cover (without function)
2 Blanking plug
7 Mounting bracket (option) with clamp for securing to a
3 Electrical connection (screwed gland M20x1.5 or ½-14 NPT) vertical or horizontal pipe
4 Terminal side, output signal 8 Cover with window for digital display
5 Terminal side, sensor
SITRANS TF, dimensions in mm (inches)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/207

© Siemens 2020
2
3 6 3 6 3 6
3 + - 6 3 + - 6 3 + - 6
3-W
3-W
3-W
4 5 4 5 4 5
4 5 4 5 4 5
+ TC -
RTD R

3 6 3 6 3 6
3 + - 6 3 + - 6 + -
3 6
3-W
3-W
3-W
4 5 4 5 4 5
4 5 4 5 4 5
+ TC -
RTD R
RTD

3 6
3 6 3 + - 6
3-W
+ - 3 6 4 5
3 6 + -
3-W
3 6
3-W
4 5 4 5
4 5
4 5 4 5
+ TC -
RTD RTD
R

3 6 3 6
3 + - 6 + - 3 6
3-W
3 6 + -
3-W
4 5 4 5 3 4 3-W 5
6
4 5 4 5 4 5
RTD2 + TC2 - + TC1 -

R2
R1
RTD1

1)
Voltage measurement Current measurement
3 6 3 6
+ - 3 + - 6
3 6
3-W
3-W
4 5 4 5
4 5 4 5
+ - R
U
+ -
I
SITRANS TF, sensor connection assignment
2/208 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS TF - fieldbus transmitter
• Can be mounted directly on American-design sensors
■ Overview • Wide range of approvals for use in potentially explosive atmo-
spheres. "Intrinsically safe, non-sparking and flameproof" type
of protection, for Europe and USA
■ Application 2
The SITRANS TF can be used everywhere where temperatures
need to be measured under particularly harsh conditions. Which
is why users from all industries have opted for this field device.
The rugged enclosure protects the electronics. The stainless
steel model is almost completely resistant to sea water and other
aggressive substances. The inner workings offer high measur-
ing accuracy, universal input and a wide range of diagnostic op-
tions.
■ Function
Features
General
• Polarity-neutral bus connection
• 24-bit analog-digital converter for high resolution
Our field devices for heavy industrial use
• Version for use in hazardous areas
• PROFIBUS PA
The SITRANS TF temperature transmitter works where others
can't cope. • Sensor redundance
Transmitter with PROFIBUS PA communication
■ Benefits • Function blocks: 2 x analog
• For universal use as a transmitter for resistance thermometers,
thermocouple elements,  or mV signals Transmitter with FOUNDATION fieldbus communication
• Rugged two-chamber enclosure in die-cast aluminum or • Function blocks: 2 x analog and 1 x PID
stainless steel • Functionality: Basic or LAS
• IP66/67/68 degree of protection
Mode of operation
• Can be mounted elsewhere if the measuring point
- is difficult to access The following function diagram explains the mode of operation
- has high temperatures of the transmitter.
- experiences vibrations due to the process cell The only difference between the two versions of the SITRANS TF
- is to avoid long neck pipes and thermowells (7NG3137-... and 7NG3138-...) is the type of field bus protocol
used (PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION fieldbus).
Transformer
Input 1
Input 2
Differential
Optional inputs: Mean value
Redundancy
- Resistance thermometer Terminal temperature
Engineering units
- Thermocouple Diagnostic functions
- mV sensor Table linearization
Polynomial linearization
- Resistance-based sensors Process calibration
Electrically
isolated
6
Ex power circuit
Input 1 1
5
A/D
converter CPU Communication Bus connection
4
2
Input 2
3
EEPROM - PROFIBUS PA protocol (7NG3137)

Internal
Complex configuration or
Pt100
Correction coefficient - FOUNDATION Fieldbus protocol
Factory settings (7NG3138)
SITRANS TF with TH400, function diagram
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/209

© Siemens 2020
System communication Thermocouple
According to IEC 584 Measuring range
Bus terminator PROFIBUS PA • Type B 400 ... 1820 °C (752 ... 3308 °F)
• Type E -100 ... +1000 °C (-148 ... +1832 °F)
Segment • Type J -100 ... +1000 °C (-148 ... +1832 °F)
2 coupler • Type K
• Type N
-100 ... +1200 °C (-148 ... +2192 °F)
-180 ... +1300 °C (-292 ... +2372 °F)
• Type R -50 ... +1760 °C (-58 ... +3200 °F)
SITRANS TF
• Type S -50 ... +1760 °C (-58 ... +3200 °F)
with TH400 PA
• Type T -200 ... +400 °C (-328 ... +752 °F)
According to DIN 43710
• Type L -200 ... +900 °C (-328 ... +1652 °F)
• Type U -200 ... +600 °C (-328 ... +1112 °F)
Bus terminator FOUNDATION Fieldbus According to ASTM E988-90
• Type W3 0 ... 2300 °C (32 ... 4172 °F)
Segment • Type W5 0 ... 2300 °C (32 ... 4172 °F)
coupler
External reference junction compen- -40 ... +135 °C (-40 ... +275 °F)
sation
SITRANS TF Sensor fault detection
with TH400 FF • Sensor break detection Yes
• Sensor short-circuit detection Yes, < 3 mV
• Sensor current in the event of open- 4 A
circuit monitoring
SITRANS TF with TH400, communication interface
mV sensor - voltage input
■ Technical specifications Measuring range -800 ... +800 mV
Input resistance 10 M
Input
Output
Analog/digital conversion
Filter time (programmable) 0 ... 60 s
• Measurement rate < 50 ms
• Resolution 24-bit Update time < 400 ms
Resistance thermometer Measuring accuracy
Accuracy is defined as the higher
Pt25 ... Pt1000 acc. to IEC 60751/JIS value of general values and basic val-
C 1604 ues.
• Measuring range -200 ... +850 °C (-328 ... +1562 °F)
General values
Ni25 ... Ni1000 acc. to DIN 43760
Type of input Absolute Temperature
• Measuring range -60 ... +250 °C (-76 ... +482 °F)
accuracy coefficient
Cu10 ... Cu1000,  = 0.00427
All  ± 0.05 % of the  ± 0.002 % of the
• Measuring range -50 ... +200 °C (-58 ... +392 °F) measured value measured
Line resistance per sensor cable Max. 50  value/°C
Sensor current Nominal 0.2 mA Basic values
Sensor fault detection Type of input Basic accuracy Temperature

coefficient
• Sensor break detection Yes
• Sensor short-circuit detection Yes, < 15  Pt100 and Pt1000  ± 0.1 °C  ± 0.002 °C/°C
Resistance-based sensor Ni100  ± 0.15 °C  ± 0.002 °C/°C
Measuring range 0 ... 10 k Cu10  ± 1.3 °C  ± 0.02 °C/°C
Line resistance per sensor cable Max. 50  Resistance-based sensor  ± 0.05   ± 0.002 /°C
Sensor current Nominal 0.2 mA Voltage source  ± 10 V  ± 0.2 V/°C
Sensor fault detection Thermocouple, type:  ± 0.5 °C  ± 0.01 °C/°C
• Sensor break detection Yes E, J, K, L, N, T, U
• Sensor short-circuit detection Yes, < 15  Thermocouple, type:  ± 1 °C  ± 0.025 °C/°C
B, R, S, W3, W5
Reference junction compensation  ± 0.5 °C
Warming-up time 30 s
Signal-to-noise ratio Min. 60 dB
2/210 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Ambient conditions Parameterization interface
Ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) • PROFIBUS PA connection
- Protocol A&D profile, Version 3.0
Storage temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) - Protocol standard EN 50170 Volume 2
Relative humidity
Insulation strength
 98 %, with condensation - Address (for delivery)
- Function blocks
126
2 x analog
2
• Test voltage 500 V AC for 60 s • FOUNDATION Fieldbus connection
• Continuous operation 50 V AC/75 V DC - Protocol FF protocol
- Protocol standard FF design specifications
Electromagnetic compatibility - Functionality Basic or LAS
NAMUR NE21 - Version ITK 4.6
EMC 2014/30/EU Emission and Noise EN 61326-1, EN 61326-2-5 - Function blocks 2 x analog and 1 x PID
Immunity Factory setting
Design For SITRANS TH400 PA
Weight Approx. 1.5 kg (3.3 lb) without Sensor Pt100 (IEC)
options
Type of connection 3-wire connection
Unit °C
Enclosure materials • Die-cast aluminum, low in copper,
GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel Failure mode Last valid value
• Polyester-based lacquer for GD AlSi
Filter time 0s
12 enclosure
• Stainless steel rating plate PA address 126
Electrical connection, • Screw terminals PROFIBUS Ident No. Manufacturer-
sensor connection • Cable inlet via M20 x 1.5 or ½-14 specific
NPT screwed gland
• Bus connection with M12 device For SITRANS TH400 FF
plug (optional) Sensor Pt100 (IEC)
Mounting bracket (optional) Steel, galvanized and chrome-plated Type of connection 3-wire connection
or stainless steel
Unit °C
Degree of protection IP66/67/68 according to EN 60529
Failure mode Last valid value
Auxiliary power
Filter time 0s
Supply voltage
• Standard, Ex "d", Ex "nA", Ex "nL", XP, 10.0 ... 32 V DC Node address 22
NI
• Ex "ia", Ex "ib" 10.0 ... 30 V DC
• In FISCO/FNICO installations 10.0 ... 17.5 V DC
Power consumption < 11 mA
Max. increase in power consumption < 7 mA
in the event of a fault
EC type-examination certificate ZELM 11 ATEX 0471 X
• "Intrinsic safety" type of protection II 2 (1) G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6 Gb
(version: 7NG313x-1xxxx) II 2 G Ex ib IIC T6 Gb
Conformity statement ZELM 11 ATEX 0471 X
• "Non-sparking and energy-limited II 3 G Ex ic IIC T6/T4 Gc
equipment" type of protection II 3 G Ex nA IIC T6/T4 Gc
(version: 7NG313x-2xxxx) II 3 G Ex nA [ic] IIC T6/T4 Gc
EC type-examination certificate ZELM 11 ATEX 0472 X
• "Flame-proof enclosure" type of pro- II 2 G Ex d IIC T6/T5 Gb
tection (version: 7NG313x-4xxxx) II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T100 °C Db
• Type of protection XP, DIP, NI and S • XP / I / 1 / BCD / T5,T6; Type 4X
(version 7NG313x-5xxxx) • DIP / II, III / 1 / EFG / T5,T6; Type 4X
• NI / I / 2 / ABCD / T5,T6; Type 4X
• S / II, III / 2 / FG T5,T6; Type 4X
Other certificates EAC Ex(GOST), INMETRO, NEPSI,
KOSHA
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/211

© Siemens 2020
■ Selection and ordering data Options Order code

Article No. and plain text, if applicable.
Temperature transmitter in field enclosure 7NG313 7 - 7 7 7 0 7 Test report (5 measuring points) C11
With fieldbus communication and electrical isola-
tion Bus connection
2 Click on the Article No. for the online • M12 device plug (metal) without mating con-
nector
M001)
• M12 device plug (metal) with mating connector M011)
Built-in transmitter
SITRANS TH400 with PROFIBUS PA • Explosion protection Ex ia according to E252)
• Without Ex protection 7 0 INMETRO (Brazil) (only for 7NG313.-1...)
• With Ex ia (ATEX) 7 1 • Explosion protection Ex d according to E262)
• With Ex nAL for Zone 2 (ATEX) 7 2 INMETRO (Brazil) (only for 7NG313.-4...)
• Total device SITRANS TF Ex d (ATEX + IECEx)1) 7 4 • Explosion protection Ex nA according to E272)
• Total device SITRANS TF according to FM 7 5 INMETRO (Brazil) (only for 7NG313.-2...)
(XP, DIP, NI, S)1) • Explosion protection Ex i according to NEPSI E552)
(China) (only for 7NG313.-1...)
SITRANS TH400, with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• Explosion protection Ex d according to NEPSI E562)
• Without Ex protection 8 0 (China) (only for 7NG313.-4...)
• With Ex ia (ATEX) 8 1 • Explosion protection Ex nA according to E572)
• With Ex nAL for Zone 2 (ATEX) 8 2 NEPSI (China) (only for 7NG313.-2...)
• Total device SITRANS TF Ex d (ATEX + IECEx)1) 8 4 • Explosion protection Ex d according to E702)
• Total device SITRANS TF according to FM 8 5 KOSHA (Korea) (only for 7NG313.-4...)
(XP, DIP, NI, S)1) • Explosion protection Ex i according to EAC E812)
Enclosure (Russia/Belarus/Kazahstan) (only for
7NG313.-1...)
Die-cast aluminum A • Explosion protection Ex d according to EAC E822)
Stainless steel precision casting E
7NG313.-4...)
Connections/cable inlet • Explosion protection Ex nA according to EAC E832)
(Russia/Belarus/Kazakhstan) (only for
Screwed glands M20x1.5 B
7NG313.-2...)
½-14 NPT glands C
Marine approvals
Mounting bracket and fastening parts • Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd D01
(DNV GL)
Without 0
Made of steel 1 • Lloyd’s Register of Shipping (LR) D04
Made of stainless steel 2 • American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) D05
1)
Without cable gland Two-layer coating of enclosure and cover (PU G10
on epoxy)
plated brass (CAPRI 848694 and 810634)
included
Cable gland ½ NPT ADE 4F, Stainless steel D59
(CAPRI 848699 and 810634) included
2/212 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Options Order code Accessories
Append suffix "-Z" to article no., add order code Article No.
and plain text, if applicable. Additional accessories for assembly, connec-
Customer-specific programming tion and transmitter configuration, see page
2/251.
Y01:... to ... °C, °F
SIMATIC PDM parameterization software
Also for SITRANS TH300
See section 8
2
Measuring point number (TAG) max. 8 charac- Y15 4) Mounting bracket and fastening parts
ters Made of steel for 7NG313.-..B.. 7MF4997-1AC
Measuring point description, max. 16 characters Y234) Made of steel for 7NG313.-..C.. 7MF4997-1AB
Measuring point description, max. 32 characters Y245) Made of stainless steel for 7NG313.-..B.. 7MF4997-1AJ
Specify bus address in plain text Y254) Made of stainless steel for 7NG313.-..C.. 7MF4997-1AH
Pt100 (IEC) 2-wire, RL = 0  U026) Made of stainless steel 316L for 7NG313.-..B.. 7MF4997-1AQ
Pt100 (IEC) 3-wire U036) Made of stainless steel 316L for 7NG313.-..C.. 7MF4997-1AP
Pt100 (IEC) 4-wire U046) Connection board A5E02226423
Type B thermocouple U206)7) For supply units, see Catalog FI 01 section "Supplementary components".
Ordering example 1
7NG3137-0AB01-Z Y01+Y15+Y25+U03
Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Y15: TICA1234HEAT
Y25: 33
Type N thermocouple U276)7) Ordering example 2
Type R thermocouple U28 6)7) 7NG3137-0AC01-Z Y01+Y15+Y25+U25
Type S thermocouple U29 6)7) Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Type T thermocouple U306)7) Y15: TICA 1234 ABC 5678
Type U thermocouple U316)7) Y25: 35
For TC: Cold junction compensation: U41 Factory setting
external (Pt100, 3-wire)
For SITRANS TH400 PA:
For TC: Reference junction compensation: Y50
external with fixed value: specify in plain text • Pt100 (IEC); 3-wire connection
Enter special deviating customer-specific set- Y098) • Unit: °C
ting in plain text • Failure mode: Last valid value
1)
Not possible with explosion protection Ex d or XP. • Filter time: 0 s - PA address: 126
2)
Option does not include ATEX/IECEx approval, only country-specific • PROFIBUS Ident No.: Manufacturer-specific
approval. For specification on TAG plate, please select Y22.
3)
For customer-specific programming for RTD and TC, the start value and For SITRANS TH400 FF:
the end value of the required measuring span must be specified here. For • Pt100 (IEC); 3-wire connection
specification on TAG plate, please select Y23.
4)
If only Y15, Y23 or Y25 is ordered and if the labeling is only noted on the • Unit: °C
measuring point plate, do not specify Y01. • Failure mode: Last valid value
5)
For this selection, Y01 or Y09 must also be selected. • Filter time: 0 s
6)
7)
• Node address: 22
Internal reference junction compensation is selected as the default for TC.
8)
value and the end value of the required measuring span and the unit must
be entered here.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/213

© Siemens 2020
20 (0.79)
144 (5.67) 55 (2.17) 80 (3.15)
138* (5.43) b 100* (3.94)
52 (2.05) 28 6 2
2 50* (1.97) (1.10)
50 (1.97)
Ø 80 (3.15)
117 (4.61)
3
a
237 (9.33)
5 4
68 (2.68)
120 (4.72)
36.5 (1.44)
72 (2.83)
a: max. 164 (6.46) (M20x1.5)

max. 189 (7.44) (½-14 NPT)
b: max. 25 (0.98) (M20x1.5)
max. 50 (1.97) (½-14 NPT)
123 (4.84)
*) Dimensions for stainless Ø 50 ... 60 7
steel enclosure (1.97 ... 2.36)
105 (4.13)
1 Sensor connection (screwed gland M20x1.5 or ½-14 NPT) 5 Terminal side, sensor
2 Blanking plug 6 Protective cover (without function)
3 Electrical connection (screwed plug M20x1.5 orr ½-14 NPT), 7 Mounting bracket (optional) with clamp securing to
optional M12 device plug a vertical or horizontal pipe
4 Terminal side, bus connection
SITRANS TF with TH400, dimensions in mm (inches)
2/214 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Resistance thermometer Thermocouple Resistance
+ -
2-wire connection 1) Internal 2-wire connection 1)
cold junction compensation
+ -

with external Pt100 in 2-wire connection 1)
+ -

with external Pt100 in 3-wire connection
2 2
+ - 2
1 1 1
+ -
Mean-value/differential or Mean value, differential or Mean value, differential or redundancy generation

redundancy generation redundancy generation with internal 1 resistor in 2-wire connection 1)
2 x 2-wire connection 1) cold junction compensation 1 resistor in 3-wire connection
Voltage measurement
2
2 + -
1 +1 -
Mean-value/differential or Mean value, differential or

redundancy generation redundancy generation and
1 sensor in 2-wire connection 1) cold junction compensation + -
1 sensor in 3-wire connection with internal Pt100
in 2-wire connection 1) One voltage source
2
1 + -
1) + -
Measurement of mean value, differential and
redundancy with 2 voltage sources
SITRANS TF with TH400, sensor connection assignment
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/215

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS TF320 (HART, universal)
• Universally applicable as a temperature transmitter with gal-
vanic isolation for:
- Resistance thermometer (2-wire, 3-wire, 4-wire connection)
- Thermocouples
2 - Linear resistances, potentiometer and DC voltage sources
• Local operation of the temperature transmitter via display (sin-
gle chamber enclosure) or control keys accessible from out-
side (dual chamber enclosure)
• Rugged single or dual chamber enclosure made of die-cast
aluminum or stainless steel 316L
• Electronic compartment isolated (watertight) from terminal
compartment in dual chamber enclosure
• Degree of protection IP66/67/68 (1.5 m/2 h)
and NE21
• Test terminals for direct read-out of the output signal without
breaking the current loop
SITRANS TF320 in dual chamber enclosure • Remote installation option:
- Measuring point is difficult to access
- Measuring point is subjected to high temperatures
- Measuring point is subjected to vibration through plant
- Long neck pipes and thermowells must be avoided
• Mounted directly on sensors
• Temperature transmitters of the "intrinsically safe protection
type, increased safety for zone 2, flameproof and dust-pro-
tected" type of protection can be installed in hazardous areas.
The transmitter meets the requirements of the EU Directive
2014/34/EU (ATEX), the FM and CSA regulations as well as
other national approvals, e.g. EACEx, NEPSI, KCs, Inmetro.
■ Application
SITRANS TF320 can be used everywhere where temperatures
need to be measured under particularly adverse conditions and
where a user-friendly local display is ideal. Which is why users
from all industries have opted for this field device. The rugged
SITRANS TF320 in single chamber enclosure enclosure protects the electronics. The stainless steel model is
• 2-wire temperature transmitter with and without HART commu- almost completely resistant to sea water and other aggressive
nication interface substances. The inner workings offer high measuring accuracy,
universal input and a wide range of diagnostic options.
2/216 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
■ Function
Configuration Principle of operation
The communication capability over the HART protocol V 7 per- SITRANS TF320 as temperature transmitter
mits parameterization using a PC or HART communicator (hand-
held communicator). The SIMATIC PDM makes it easy. The input signal, whether resistance thermometer (RTD), ther-
mocouple (TC),  or mV signal, is amplified and linearized. Input 2
For the SITRANS TF320 without HART functionality, parameters and output side are galvanically isolated. An internal cold junc-
are assigned with the PC. A special modem and the software tion is integrated for measurements with thermocouples.
tool SIPROM T are available for this purpose.
The device outputs a temperature-linear direct current from
The optional local operation on the device gives you the possi- 4 to 20 mA. As well as the analog transmission of measured val-
bility to configure the device's most important functions very ues from 4 to 20 mA, the HART version also supports digital
quickly. communication for online diagnostics, measured value trans-
mission, and configuration.
SITRANS TF320 automatically detects when a sensor should be
interrupted or is indicating a short-circuit. The practical test ter-
minals allow direct measurement of 4 to 20 mA signals over an
ammeter without interrupting the output current loop.
1 2 3
SITRANS TF320
4 5
± 00000 °C
SITRANS TH320
A D
μC1 μC2
D A
9 8
1 LED 6 HART modem

2 Display 7 Computer
3 Test terminals 8 Galvanic isolation
4 Isolating power supply, e.g. SITRANS I100 9 Input 7
5 A/D: Analog-to-digital converter
Load
μC1: Microcontroller, on the secondary side
Function block diagram SITRANS TF320 with integrated SITRANS TH320
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/217

© Siemens 2020
General Detection limit for short-circuited input 15 
Supply voltage1) 2) Fault detection time (RTD)  75 ms (typically 70 ms)
• Without explosion protection (non- 10.5 ... 48 V DC Fault detection time (for 3-wire and 4-  2 000 ms
2 Ex)
wire)
Thermocouples (TC)
Additional minimum supply voltage 0.8 V
when using test terminals Input type
•B IEC 60584-1
Maximum power loss  850 mW
•E IEC 60584-1
Minimum load resistance at supply (Vsupply - 37 V)/23 mA •J IEC 60584-1
voltage > 37 V •K IEC 60584-1
Insulation voltage, test/operation •L DIN 43710
• Without explosion protection (non- 2.5 kV AC/55 V AC • Lr GOST 3044-84
Ex) •N IEC 60584-1
• with explosion protection (Ex i) 2.5 kV AC/42 V AC •R IEC 60584-1
Polarity protection All inputs and outputs •S IEC 60584-1
•T IEC 60584-1
Write protection Wire jumper (transmitter), switch (on
display) or software •U DIN 43710
• W3 ASTM E988-96
Warm-up time < 5 min
• W5 ASTM E988-96
Starting time < 2.75 s • LR GOST 3044-84
Programming SIPROM T and HART Cold junction compensation (CJC) Constant, internal or external over
Pt100 or Ni100 RTD
Signal-to-noise ratio > 60 dB
Long-term stability Better than: • Connection external CJC 2-wire or 3-wire
• ± 0.05% of measuring span/year
• External CJC, line resistance per 50 
• ± 0.18% of measuring span/5 years
Response time 4 ... 20 mA:  55 ms tions)
HART:  75 ms (typically 70 ms) • Effect of the line resistance (with 3- < 0.002 /
wire and 4-wire connections)
Programmable damping 0 ... 60 s • Input current external CJC < 0.15 mA
Signal dynamic • Temperature range external CJC -50 ... +135 °C (-58 ... +275 °F)
• Input 24 bit • Cable, wire-wire capacity Max. 50 nF
• Output 18 bit • Total line resistance Max. 10 k
• Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective,
Input Note
Resistance thermometer (RTD) The short-circuited fault detection
Input type
• Pt10 ... 10000 • IEC 60751
• JIS C 1604-8 • Fault detection time, external CJC  2 000 ms
• GOST 6651_2009 (for 3-wire and 4-wire)
• Callendar-Van Dusen Linear resistance
• Ni10 ... 10000 • DIN 43760-1987
• GOST 6651-2009/OIML R84:2003 Input range 0 ... 100 k
• Cu5 ... 1000 • Edison Copper Winding No. 15 Minimum measuring span 25 
• GOST 6651-2009/OIML R84:2003
Line resistance per wire Max. 50 
Effect of the line resistance (with 3- < 0.002 / wire and 4-wire connections)
Cable, wire-wire capacity
Cable, wire-wire capacity • R > 400  Max. 30 nF
• Pt1000, Pt10000 (IEC 60751 and Max. 30 nF • R  400  Max. 50 nF
JIS C 1604-8)
• All other input types Max. 50 nF Fault detection, programmable None, defective

Note
input type is below the constant
detection limit for short-circuited
inputs, the detection of short circuits
ration of the fault detection.
2/218 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Potentiometers Rated conditions
Input range 10  ... 100 k Ambient temperature
Minimum measuring span 25  • Without local operation in -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
single chamber enclosure
Type of connection 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire • With local operation -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
Line resistance per wire
Input current
Max. 50 
< 0.15 mA
• For transmitters with
functional safety
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
2
wire and 5-wire connections) Reference temperature for 24 °C ±1.0 °C (75.2 °F ±1.8 °F)
sensor calibration
• R > 400  Max. 30 nF Relative humidity < 99% (no condensation)
• R  400  Max. 50 nF Degree of protection
Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective, • Temperature transmitter enclosure IP66/IP67/IP68
short-circuited or defective • Terminals IP00
Note Mechanical construction
When the configured potentiometer Weight
size is below the constant detection • Single chamber enclosure 0.85 kg (1.87 lb)
limit for short-circuited inputs, the
detection of short circuits is disabled • Dual chamber enclosure • Aluminum: 1.3 kg (2.87 lb)
regardless of the configuration of the • Stainless steel: 3.3 kg (7.28 lb)
fault detection. Maximum core cross-section
Detection limit for short-circuited input 15  • Single chamber enclosure 1.5 mm² (AWG 16)
• Dual chamber enclosure 2.5 mm² (AWG 14)
(no short-circuit detection) Tightening torque for 0.5 ... 0.6 Nm
clamping screws
Vibrations IEC 60068-2-6
wire) • 2 ... 25 Hz ± 1.6 mm (0.07 inch)
• 25 ... 100 Hz ±4g
Supply voltage
Measuring range
• Unipolar -100 ... 1700 mV Explosion protection ATEX/IECEx and
others
• Bipolar -800 ... +800 mV
Certificates3) IECEx DEK 19.0069X
Minimum measuring span 2.5 mV
DEKRA 19ATEX0106 X (Category 1)
Input resistance 10 M DEKRA 19ATEX0107 X (Category 3)
Cable, wire-wire capacity "Intrinsic safety ia/ib" type of protec- For use in Zone 0, 1, 2
• Input range: -100 ... 1700 mV Max. 30 nF tion
• Input range: -20 ... 100 mV Max. 50 nF • ATEX II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6 ... T4 Ga
II 2(1) G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC
Fault detection, programmable None, defective T6 ... T4 Gb
Fault detection time  75 ms (typically 70 ms) • IECEx and others Ex ia IIC T6 ... T4 Ga
Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6 ... T4 Gb
Output and HART communication • EACEx Ex ia IIC T6 ... T4 Ga
Normal range, programmable 3.8 ... 20.5 mA/20.5 ... 3.8 mA Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6 ... T4 Gb
Extended range (output limits), pro- 3.5 ... 23 mA/23 ... 3.5 mA "Intrinsic safety ic" type of protection For use in Zones 2
grammable • ATEX II 2 G Ex ic IIC T6…T4 Gc
Programmable input/output limits
• EACEx 2Ex ic IIC T6…T4 Gc X
• Fault current setting 3.5 ... 23 mA "Non-sparking/increased safety For use in Zones 2
nA/ec" type of protection
Update time 10 ms • ATEX II 2 G Ex nA IIC T6…T4 Gc
Load (with current output)  (VSupply - 10.5)/0.023  II 2 G Ex ec IIC T6…T4 Gc
Load stability < 0.01% of measuring span/100  Ex ec IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
(measuring span = currently selected
range) • EACEx 2Ex nA IIC T6…T4 Gc
• "Flameproof enclosure db" type of For use in Zone 1
Input fault detection, programmable 3.5 ... 23 mA protection
(detection of input short circuits is • ATEX II 2 G Ex db IIC T6…T4 Gb
• IECEx and others Ex db IIC T6 ... T4 Gb
NAMUR NE43 Upscale > 21 mA • EACEx 1Ex d IIC T6…T4 Gb X
NAMUR NE43 Downscale < 3.6 mA • "Protection by enclosure tb" type of For use in Zone 21
protection
HART protocol versions HART 7
• ATEX II 2 D Ex tb IIC T100°C Db
Measuring accuracy • IECEx and others Ex tb IIC T100°C Db
Input accuracy See "Input accuracy" table • EACEx Ex tb IIC T100°C Db X
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/219

© Siemens 2020
Explosion protection CSA/FM for
Canada and USA
Certificates FMxxCAxxxx
FMxxUSxxxx
2 Ex ia IIC T6 … T4 Ga
AEx ib [ia Ga] IIC T6…T4 Gb
"Non incendive field wiring NIFW" type NIFW, CL I, Div 2, GP ABCD T6 ... T4
of protection
"Explosion-proof XP" type of protec- XP/ CL I / DIV1 / GP ABCD / T6....T4
tion CL I / Zn1 / AEx/Ex d IIC T6...T4 Gb
"Dust-protected DIP" type of protec- DIP/ CL II, III / DIV 1 / GP EFG /
tion T6...T4
Zn21 / AEx/Ex tb IIIC T100°C Gb
1) Note that the minimum supply voltage must correspond to the value mea-
sured at the terminals of the SITRANS TF320.
2) Protect the device from overvoltage with the help of a suitable power sup-
ply or suitable overvoltage protection equipment.
3) Additional available certificates are listed on the Internet at

RTD
(°F)
Pt10 ... 10000 IEC 60751 -200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1 562) 0.003851 (0.002139) 10 (50)
JIS C 1604-8 -200 ... +649 (-328 ... +1 200) 0.003916 (0.002176) 10 (50)
GOST 6651_2009 -200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1 562) 0.003910 (0.002172) 10 (50)
Ni10 ... 10000 DIN 43760-1987 -60 ... +250 (-76 ... +482) 0.006180 (0.003433) 10 (50)
GOST 6651- -60 ... +180 (-76 ... +356) 0.006170 (0.003428) 10 (50)
2009/OIML R84:2003
No. 15
GOST 6651-2009/OIML -180 ... +200 (-292 ... +392) 0.004280 (0.002378) 100 (212)
R84:2003
GOST 6651-94 -50 ... +200 (-58 ... +392) 0.004260 (0.002367) 100 (212)
TC
B IEC 60584-1 0 (85) ... 1 820 (32 (185) ... 3 308) 100 (212)
E IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +1 000 (-392 ... +1 832) 50 (122)
J IEC 60584-1 -100 ... +1 200 (-212 ... +2 192) 50 (122)
K IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1 372 (-356 ... +2 502) 50 (122)
L DIN 43710 -200 ... +900 (-392 ... +1 652) 50 (122)
Lr GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1 472) 50 (122)
N IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1 300 (-356 ... +2 372) 50 (122)
R IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1 760 (-122 ... +3 200) 100 (212)
S IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1 760 (-122 ... +3 200) 100 (212)
T IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +400 (-392 ... +752) 50 (122)
U DIN 43710 -200 ... +600 (-392 ... +1 112) 50 (122)
W3 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2 300 (32 ... 4 172) 100 (212)
W5 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2 300 (32 ... 4 172) 100 (212)
LR GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1472) 50 (122)
2/220 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Input accuracy
Basic values
RTD
Pt10
Pt20
 ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)
 ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
 ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
2
Pt50  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt100  ±0.04 °C (0.072 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt200  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt500 Tmax. < 180 °C (356 °F) =  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. > 180 °C (356 °F) =  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)
Pt1000  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt2000 Tmax. < 300 °C (572 °F) =  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. > 300 °C (572 °F) =  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Pt10000  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni10  ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F)  ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni20  ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)  ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni50  ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F)  ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni100  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni120  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni200  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni500  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni1000  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni2000  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni10000  ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu5  ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F)  ±0.040 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu10  ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)  ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu20  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu50  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu100  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu200  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu500  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu1000  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Linear resistance
0 ... 400   ±40 m  ±2 m/°C (1.11 m/°F)
0 ... 100 k  ±4   ±0.2 /°C (0.11 /°F)
Potentiometers
0 ... 100% < 0.05% < ± 0.005%
Supply voltage
mV: -20 ... 100 mV  ±5 V  ±0.2 V/°C (0.11 V/°F)
mV: -100 ... 1700 mV  ±0.1 mV  ±36 V/°C (20 V/°F)
mV: ± 800 mV  ±0.1 mV  ±32 V/°C (17.8 V/°F)
TC
E  ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
J  ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
K  ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
L  ±0.35 °C (0.63 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
N  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
T  ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
U < 0 °C (32 °F)  ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 0 °C (32 °F)  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Lr  ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
R < 200 °C (392 °F)  ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 200 °C (392 °F)  ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
S < 200 °C (392 °F)  ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 200 °C (392 °F)  ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/221

© Siemens 2020
W3  ±0.6 °C (1.08 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
W5  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B2)  ±1 °C (1.8 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B3)  ±3 °C (5.4 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
2 B4)  ±8 °C (14.4 °F)  ±0.8 °C/°C (°F/°F)
2/222 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020

Single chamber enclosure
Article No. Options Order Code
SITRANS TF320 Temperature transmitter 7NG034 Append "-Z" to Article No., add order code and,
with single chamber enclosure for wall or pipe
mounting, one configurable input and a galvani- 7 - 77777 - 0 777
if applicable, free text. 2
cally isolated 2-wire output. Cable gland included
Click on the Article No. for the online Plastic A00

configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Metal A01
Communication Stainless steel A02
With HART (4 ... 20 mA) 0 Stainless steel 316L/1.4404 A03
Without HART (4 ... 20 mA) 7 CMP, for XP devices A10
Primary value output CAPRI ADE 4F, CuZn, cable inner diameter 7 ... 12 mm, A11
Input 1 0 cable outer diameter 10 ... 16 mm
Input 1, type CAPRI ADE 4F, stainless steel, cable inner diameter A12
RTD
Mounting cable glands/plugs
• Pt100 (IEC 60751), 3-wire B
• Pt100 (IEC 60751), 4-wire C Cable gland mounted A97
• Pt1000 (IEC 60751), 3-wire D Device plug for output, mounted right A98
• Pt1000 (IEC 60751), 4-wire E
Device options
TC
Degree of protection IP66 / IP68 (not for device plugs D30
• Type B F M12 and Han)
• Type E G
• Type J H General approval without Ex approval
• Type K J Worldwide (CE, RCM) except EAC, FM, KCC E00
• Type L K Explosion protection certificates
• Type N L
• Type R N ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (world) E47
• Type S P Mounting system (only single chamber enclosures)
• Type T Q Pipe mounting kit for single chamber enclosure, stain- H06
Potentiometer, 4-wire R less steel 316L
Input 2, type Wall mounting kit for single chamber enclosure, stain- H07
less steel 316L
Without input 2 A
None CJC 0
Internal CJC 1
External CJC RTD Pt100 (IEC 60751), 3-wire 3
External CJC RTD Ni100 (DIN 43760-87), 3-wire 6
Material of non-wetted parts
Die-cast aluminum enclosure 1
Type of protection (Ex)
General purpose A
Intrinsic safety (Ex i) / Non-incendive field wiring B
(NIFW)
Flameproof enclosure (Ex d) / Explosion proof (XP) C
Dust ignition protection by enclosure zone 21/22 L
(Ex t) / Dust ignition proof (DIP) / Increased safety
zone 2 (Ex ec) / Non-incendive (NI)
Flameproof enclosure (Ex d) / Intrinsic safety (Ex i) / S
Dust ignition protection by enclosure zone 21/22
(Ex t) / Increased safety zone 2 (Ex ec)
Electrical connection/cable entries
2x M20 x 1.5 F
2x ½'' NPT M
Local operation
Without local operation 0
Local operation (closed lid) 1
Local operation (lid with glass window) 2
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/223

© Siemens 2020

Dual chamber enclosure
Article No. Options Order Code
SITRANS TF320 Temperature transmitter 7NG035 Append "-Z" to Article No., add order code and,
2 with dual chamber enclosure for wall or pipe
mounting, one configurable input and a galvani- 7- 77777- 0 777
if applicable, free text.
cally isolated 2-wire output. Cable gland included
Click on the Article No. for the online Plastic A00

configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Metal A01
Communication Stainless steel A02
With HART (4 ... 20 mA) 0 Stainless steel 316L/1.4404 A03
Without HART (4 ... 20 mA) 7 CMP, for XP devices A10
Primary value output CAPRI ADE 4F, CuZn, cable inner diameter 7 ... 12 mm, A11
Input 1 0 cable outer diameter 10 ... 16 mm
Input 1, type CAPRI ADE 4F, stainless steel, cable inner diameter A12
RTD
• Pt100 (IEC 60751), 3-wire B
• Pt100 (IEC 60751), 4-wire C Cable gland mounted A97
• Pt1000 (IEC 60751), 3-wire D Device plug for output, mounted right A98
• Pt1000 (IEC 60751), 4-wire E
Device options
TC
Double layer coating (epoxy resin and polyurethane) D20
• Type B F 120 m of enclosure and lid
• Type E G
• Type J H Degree of protection IP66 / IP68 (not for device plugs D30
M12 and Han)
• Type K J
• Type L K Stainless steel Ex plate 1.4404/316L D42
• Type N L General approval without Ex approval
• Type R N
Worldwide (CE, RCM) except EAC, FM, KCC E00
• Type S P
• Type T Q Explosion protection certificates
Potentiometer, 4-wire R ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (world) E47
Input 2, type Mounting brackets (only dual chamber enclosure)
Without input 2 A Wall/pipe mounting bracket for dual chamber enclosure, H01
steel
Wall/pipe mounting bracket for dual chamber enclosure, H02
Without CJC 0 stainless steel 304
Internal CJC 1 Wall/pipe mounting bracket for dual chamber enclosure, H03
stainless steel 316L
External CJC RTD Pt100 (IEC 60751), 3-wire 3
External CJC RTD Ni100 (DIN 43760-87), 3-wire 6
Material of non-wetted parts
Enclosure made of stainless steel precision casting 2
CF3M/1.4409 (similar to 316L)
General purpose A
(NIFW)
Dust ignition protection by enclosure zone 21/22 L
zone 2 (Ex ec) / Non-incendive (NI)
Dust ignition protection by enclosure zone 21/22
(Ex t) / Increased safety zone 2 (Ex ec)
2x M20 x 1.5 F
2x ½'' NPT M
Local operation
2/224 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Accessories
Additional accessories for assembly, connection Plug and cable socket
and transmitter configuration, see page 2/251.
Plug Han 7D, plastic, straight 7MF7906-2AB
Modems
Modem with USB interface and SIPROM T soft-
ware
7NG3092-8KN
Plug Han 7D, plastic, angled
Plug Han 7D, metal, straight, blue
7MF7906-2AC
7MF7906-2AQ
2
HART modem with USB interface 7MF4997-1DB Plug Han 7D, metal, straight, grey 7MF7906-2AN
Thread adapter Plug Han 7D, metal, angled, blue 7MF7906-2AR
Thread adapter M20x1.5 (male thread) to ½- 7MP1990-0BA00 Plug Han 7D, metal, angled, grey 7MF7906-2AP
14 NPT (female thread) Plug Han 8D, plastic, straight 7MF7906-2EB
Thread adapter M20x1.5 (male thread) to G½ 7MP1990-0BB00 Plug Han 8D, plastic, angled 7MF7906-2EC
(female thread)
Plug Han 8D, metal, straight, blue 7MF7906-2EQ
Local operation
Plug Han 8D, metal, straight, grey 7MF7906-2EN
Local operation for temperature transmitter in 7MF7902-1AD
dual chamber enclosure Plug Han 8D, metal, angled, blue 7MF7906-2ER
Mounting system for local operation 7MF7902-1AS Plug Han 8D, metal, angled, grey 7MF7906-2EP
7MF7902-1AD in single chamber enclosure
Cable socket, plastic, for plug Han 7D 7MF7906-2BB
Mounting brackets (only dual chamber enclo-
Cable socket, plastic, for plug Han 8D 7MF7906-2FB
sure)
Cable socket, metal, for Han 7D blue 7MF7906-2BQ
Wall/pipe mounting bracket for dual chamber 7MF7900-1AB
enclosure, steel, 5/16-24UNF Cable socket, metal, for Han 8D blue 7MF7906-2FQ
Wall/pipe mounting bracket for dual chamber 7MF7900-1AC Cable socket, metal, for Han 7D grey 7MF7906-2BN
enclosure, steel, M8
Cable socket, metal, for Han 8D grey 7MF7906-2FN
Wall/pipe mounting bracket for dual chamber 7MF7900-1AH
enclosure, stainless steel 316L, 5/16-24UNF Plug M12 with cable socket, stainless steel 7MF7906-3AB
Wall/pipe mounting bracket for dual chamber 7MF7900-1AJ Overvoltage protection

enclosure, stainless steel 316L, M8 Overvoltage protection up to 20 kV, M20 7MF7906-3AC
Mounting system (only single chamber enclo- Overvoltage protection up to 20 kV, NPT 7MF7906-3AD
sures)
Lid
Pipe mounting kit for single chamber enclosure, 7MF7900-1AK
stainless steel 316L Closed lid aluminum, painted 2x, without glass 7MF7901-1BB
window, with seal NBR
Wall mounting kit for single chamber enclosure, 7MF7900-1AL
stainless steel 316L Closed lid aluminum, painted 2x, without glass 7MF7901-1BC
window, with seal FVMQ
Cable gland
Lid aluminum 2x coated, with glass window, with 7MF7901-1BG
Cable gland, gray, non-Ex, M20 7MF7906-1AB seal NBR
Cable gland, gray, non-Ex, NPT 7MF7906-1BB Lid aluminum 2x coated, with glass window, with 7MF7901-1BH
Cable gland, metal, non-Ex, NPT 7MF7906-1BD seal FVMQ
Cable gland, metal, non-Ex, M20 7MF7906-1AD Closed lid stainless steel precision casting, with- 7MF7901-2AB
out glass window, with seal NBR
Cable gland, metal, Ex-d, NPT 7MF7906-1BE
Closed lid stainless steel precision casting, with- 7MF7901-2AC
Cable gland, metal, Ex-d, M20 7MF7906-1AE out glass window, with seal FVMQ
Cable gland, 316L, non-Ex, NPT 7MF7906-1BH Lid stainless steel precision casting, with glass 7MF7901-2AG
window, with seal NBR
Cable gland, 316L, non-Ex, M20 7MF7906-1AH
Lid stainless steel precision casting, with glass 7MF7901-2AH
Cable gland, 316L, Ex-d, NPT 7MF7906-1BJ
window, with seal FVMQ
Cable gland, 316L, Ex-d, M20 7MF7906-1AJ
Ordering example
Cable gland, E1FX Tri-Star ½-14 NPT, CMP 7MF7906-1NE
Cable gland, ½ NPT Capri ADE 4F cpl., CuZn 7MF7906-1PE SITRANS TF320 (single chamber enclosure)
Cable gland, ½ NPT Capri ADE 4F cpl., stainless 7MF7906-1PJ 7NG0340-0BA01-0AF2-Z Y01+Y17+P10
steel
Y01: -10 ... +100 °C
Y17: TICA123
Factory setting
• Pt100 (IEC 60751) in 3-wire connection
• Fault current
• Damping 0.0 s
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/225

© Siemens 2020
90 (
3.54
)
2
129 (5.08)
64 (2.52)
71,2 (2.8) 39 (1.54)
166 (4.17)
4 (0.16)
25 (0.98)
SITRANS TF320, single chamber enclosure, dimensions in mm (inch)
148.5 (5.85) 84 (3.31)

61 (2.4)
49.3 (1.94)
25.3 (1)
81.9 (3.22)
132 (5.2)
237 (9.33)
38 (1.5)
22.5 (0.89) 60 (2.36)
120 (4.72)
134 (5.28) 105 (4.13)
SITRANS TF320, dual chamber enclosure, dimensions in mm (inch)
2/226 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Connections
Input connection
3 3
2
9 9
4 4
8 5 8 5
7 6 7 6
4 3 CJC 3
I1 +

linear resistance external 2-wire or 3-wire CJC)
9 3 9 3
4 4
8 5 8 5
7 6 7 6
+
I1
4
SITRANS TF320 in single chamber enclosure (7NG034*), input connection assignment
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/227

© Siemens 2020
CJC
3 4 3
I1
+
I1
linear resistance I1: Input 1 external 2-wire or 3-wire CJC)
+
I1 S1
4
SITRANS TF320 in dual chamber enclosure (7NG035*), input connection assignment

Output connection
mA
-
ST
TE
1
TEST +
2
-
T
EX
SITRANS TF320 in single chamber enclosure (7NG034*), output connec-

tion assignment
2/228 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
• Universally applicable as a temperature transmitter with gal-
vanic isolation for:
- Resistance thermometer (2-wire, 3-wire, 4-wire connection)
- Thermocouples
- Linear resistances, potentiometer and DC voltage sources 2
• Local operation of the temperature transmitter via display (sin-
gle chamber enclosure) or control keys accessible from out-
side (dual chamber enclosure)
• Rugged single or dual chamber enclosure made of die-cast
aluminum or stainless steel 316/316L
• Electronic compartment isolated (watertight) from terminal
compartment in dual chamber enclosure
• Degree of protection IP66/67/68 (1.5 m/2 h)
and NE21
• Test terminals for direct read-out of the output signal without
breaking the current loop
SITRANS TF420 in dual chamber enclosure • Remote installation option:
- Measuring point is difficult to access
- Measuring point is subjected to high temperatures
- Measuring point is subjected to vibration through plant
- Long neck pipes and thermowells must be avoided
• Mounted directly on sensors
• Temperature transmitters of the "intrinsically safe protection
type, increased safety for zone 2, flameproof and dust-pro-
tected" type of protection can be installed in hazardous areas.
The transmitter meets the requirements of the EU Directive
2014/34/EU (ATEX), the FM and CSA regulations as well as
other national approvals, e.g. EACEx, NEPSI, KCs, Inmetro.
■ Application
SITRANS TF420 with its two sensor inputs can be used every-
where where temperatures need to be measured without inter-
ruption under particularly adverse conditions and where a con-
venient local display is ideal. Which is why users from all
SITRANS TF420 in single chamber enclosure industries have opted for this field device. The rugged enclosure
• 2-wire temperature transmitter with HART communication protects the electronics. The stainless steel model is almost
interface completely resistant to sea water and other aggressive sub-
stances. The inner workings offer high measuring accuracy, uni-
• Universal input for virtually any type of temperature sensor versal input and a wide range of diagnostic options.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/229

© Siemens 2020
■ Function
Configuration Principle of operation
The communication capability over the HART protocol V 7 per- SITRANS TF420 as temperature transmitter
mits parameterization using a PC or HART communicator (hand-
2 held communicator). The SIMATIC PDM makes it easy. Two sensor signals, whether resistance thermometers (RTD),
thermocouples (TC),  or mV signals, are amplified and linear-
The optional local operation on the device gives you the possi- ized. Input and output side are galvanically isolated. An internal
bility to configure the device's most important functions very cold junction is integrated for measurements with thermocou-
quickly. ples.
The device outputs a temperature-linear direct current from
4 to 20 mA. As well as the analog transmission of measured val-
ues from 4 to 20 mA, the HART version also supports digital
communication for online diagnostics, measured value trans-
mission, and configuration.
SITRANS TF420 automatically detects when a sensor should be
interrupted or is indicating a short-circuit. If the back-up func-
tionality has been selected in the primary value display, the
SITRANS TF420 automatically switches to the 2nd input without
interrupting the measured value; e.g. primary value input 1 with
input 2 as backup. The practical test terminals allow direct mea-
surement of 4 to 20 mA signals over an ammeter without inter-
rupting the output current loop.
1 2 3
SITRANS TF420
4 5
± 00000 °C
SITRANS TH420
A D
μC1 μC2
D A
9 6
1 LED 6 HART modem

2 Display 7 Computer
3 Test terminals 8 Galvanic isolation
4 Isolating power supply, e.g. SITRANS I100 9 Input 7
5 A/D: Analog-to-digital converter
Load
μC1: Microcontroller, on the secondary side
Function block diagram SITRANS TF420 with integrated SITRANS TH420
2/230 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
General Detection limit for short-circuited input 15 
Supply voltage1) 2) Fault detection time (RTD)  75 ms (typically 70 ms)
• Without explosion protection 10.5 ... 48 V DC Fault detection time (for 3-wire and 4-  2 000 ms
(non-Ex)
wire) 2
Thermocouples (TC)
Additional minimum supply voltage 0.8 V
when using test terminals Input type
•B IEC 60584-1
Maximum power loss  850 mW
•E IEC 60584-1
Minimum load resistance at supply (Vsupply - 37 V)/23 mA •J IEC 60584-1
voltage > 37 V •K IEC 60584-1
Insulation voltage, test/operation •L DIN 43710
• Without explosion protection (non- 2.5 kV AC/55 V AC • Lr GOST 3044-84
Ex) •N IEC 60584-1
• with explosion protection (Ex i) 2.5 kV AC/42 V AC •R IEC 60584-1
Polarity protection All inputs and outputs •S IEC 60584-1
•T IEC 60584-1
Write protection Wire jumper (transmitter), switch (on
display) or software •U DIN 43710
• W3 ASTM E988-96
Warm-up time < 5 min
• W5 ASTM E988-96
Starting time < 2.75 s • LR GOST 3044-84
Programming HART Cold junction compensation (CJC) Constant, internal or external over
Pt100 or Ni100 RTD
Signal-to-noise ratio > 60 dB
Long-term stability Better than: • Connection external CJC 2-wire or 3-wire
• ± 0.05% of measuring span/year
• External CJC, line resistance per 50 
• ± 0.18% of measuring span/5 years
Response time 4 ... 20 mA:  55 ms tions)
HART:  75 ms (typically 70 ms) • Effect of the line resistance (with 3- < 0.002 /
Programmable damping 0 ... 60 s • Input current external CJC < 0.15 mA
Signal dynamic • Temperature range external CJC -50 ... +135 °C (-58 ... +275 °F)
• Input 24 bit • Cable, wire-wire capacity Max. 50 nF
• Output 18 bit • Total line resistance Max. 10 k
• Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective,
Input Note
Resistance thermometer (RTD) The short-circuited fault detection
Input type
• Pt10 ... 10000 • IEC 60751
• JIS C 1604-8 • Fault detection time, external CJC  2 000 ms
• GOST 6651_2009 (for 3-wire and 4-wire)
• Callendar-Van Dusen Linear resistance
• Ni10 ... 10000 • DIN 43760-1987
• GOST 6651-2009/OIML R84:2003 Input range 10  ... 100 k
• Cu5 ... 1000 • Edison Copper Winding No. 15 Minimum measuring span 25 
• GOST 6651-2009/OIML R84:2003
Effect of the line resistance (with 3- < 0.002 / wire and 4-wire connections)
Cable, wire-wire capacity • R > 400  Max. 30 nF
• Pt1000, Pt10000 (IEC 60751 and Max. 30 nF • R  400  Max. 50 nF
JIS C 1604-8)
• All other input types Max. 50 nF Fault detection, programmable None, defective

Note
input type is below the constant
detection limit for short-circuited
inputs, the detection of short circuits
ration of the fault detection.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/231

© Siemens 2020
Potentiometers Rated conditions
Input range 0 ... 100 k Ambient temperature
Minimum measuring span 25  • Without local operation in -50 ... +85 °C (-58 ... +185 °F)
single chamber enclosure
Type of connection 2-wire, 3-wire or 4-wire • With local operation -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
2 Line resistance per wire

Input current
Max. 50 
< 0.15 mA
• For transmitters with
functional safety
-40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)

wire and 5-wire connections) Reference temperature for 24 °C ±1.0 °C (75.2 °F ±1.8 °F)
sensor calibration
• R > 400  Max. 30 nF Relative humidity < 99% (no condensation)
• R  400  Max. 50 nF Degree of protection
Fault detection, programmable None, short-circuited, defective, • Temperature transmitter enclosure IP66/IP67/IP68
short-circuited or defective • Terminals IP00
Note Mechanical construction
When the configured potentiometer Weight
size is below the constant detection • Single chamber enclosure 0.85 kg (1.87 lb)
limit for short-circuited inputs, the
detection of short circuits is disabled • Dual chamber enclosure • Aluminum: 1.3 kg (2.87 lb)
regardless of the configuration of the • Stainless steel: 3.3 kg (7.28 lb)
fault detection. Maximum core cross-section
Detection limit for short-circuited input 15  • Single chamber enclosure 1.5 mm² (AWG 16)
• Dual chamber enclosure 2.5 mm² (AWG 14)
(no short-circuit detection) Tightening torque for 0.5 ... 0.6 Nm
clamping screws
Vibrations IEC 60068-2-6
wire) • 2 ... 25 Hz ± 1.6 mm (0.07 inch)
• 25 ... 100 Hz ±4g
Supply voltage
Measuring range
• Unipolar -100 ... 1700 mV Explosion protection ATEX/IECEx and
others
• Bipolar -800 ... +800 mV
Certificates3) IECEx DEK 19.0069X
Minimum measuring span 2.5 mV
DEKRA 19ATEX0106 X (Category 1)
Input resistance 10 M DEKRA 19ATEX0107 X (Category 3)
Cable, wire-wire capacity "Intrinsic safety ia/ib" type of protec- For use in Zone 0, 1, 2
• Input range: -100 ... 1700 mV Max. 30 nF tion
• Input range: -20 ... 100 mV Max. 50 nF • ATEX II 1 G Ex ia IIC T6 ... T4 Ga
II 2(1) G Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC
Fault detection, programmable None, defective T6 ... T4 Gb
Fault detection time  75 ms (typically 70 ms) • IECEx and others Ex ia IIC T6 ... T4 Ga
Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6 ... T4 Gb
Output and HART communication • EACEx Ex ia IIC T6 ... T4 Ga
Normal range, programmable 3.8 ... 20.5 mA/20.5 ... 3.8 mA Ex ib [ia Ga] IIC T6 ... T4 Gb
Extended range (output limits), pro- 3.5 ... 23 mA/23 ... 3.5 mA "Intrinsic safety ic" type of protection For use in Zones 2
grammable • ATEX II 2 G Ex ic IIC T6…T4 Gc
Programmable input/output limits
• EACEx 2Ex ic IIC T6…T4 Gc X
• Fault current setting 3.5 ... 23 mA "Non-sparking/increased safety For use in Zones 2
nA/ec" type of protection
Update time 10 ms • ATEX II 2 G Ex nA IIC T6…T4 Gc
Load (with current output)  (VSupply - 10.5)/0.023  II 2 G Ex ec IIC T6…T4 Gc
Load stability < 0.01% of measuring span/100  Ex ec IIC T6 ... T4 Gc
(measuring span = currently
selected range) • EACEx 2Ex nA IIC T6…T4 Gc
• "Flameproof enclosure db" type of For use in Zone 1
Input fault detection, programmable 3.5 ... 23 mA protection
(detection of input short circuits is • ATEX II 2 G Ex db IIC T6…T4 Gb
• IECEx and others Ex db IIC T6 ... T4 Gb
NAMUR NE43 Upscale > 21 mA • EACEx 1Ex d IIC T6…T4 Gb X
NAMUR NE43 Downscale < 3.6 mA • "Protection by enclosure tb" type of For use in Zone 21
protection
HART protocol versions HART 7
• ATEX II 2 D Ex tb IIC T100°C Db
Measuring accuracy • IECEx and others Ex tb IIC T100°C Db
Input accuracy See "Input accuracy" table • EACEx Ex tb IIC T100°C Db X
2/232 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Explosion protection CSA/FM for
Canada and USA
Certificates FMxxCAxxxx
FMxxUSxxxx
AEx ia IIC T6 … T4 Ga or: 2
AEx ib [ia Ga] IIC T6…T4 Gb
"Non incendive field wiring NIFW" type NIFW, CL I, Div 2, GP ABCD T6 ... T4
of protection
"Explosion-proof XP" type of protec- XP/ CL I / DIV1 / GP ABCD / T6....T4
tion CL I / Zn1 / AEx/Ex d IIC T6...T4 Gb
"Dust-protected DIP" type of protec- DIP/ CL II, III / DIV 1 / GP EFG /
tion T6...T4
Zn21 / AEx/Ex tb IIIC T100°C Gb
1) Note that the minimum supply voltage must correspond to the value mea-
sured at the terminals of the SITRANS TF420.
2) Protect the device from overvoltage with the help of a suitable power sup-
ply or suitable overvoltage protection equipment.
3) Additional available certificates are listed on the Internet at

RTD
(°F)
Pt10 ... 10000 IEC 60751 -200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1 562) 0.003851 (0.002139) 10 (50)
JIS C 1604-8 -200 ... +649 (-328 ... +1 200) 0.003916 (0.002176) 10 (50)
GOST 6651_2009 -200 ... +850 (-328 ... +1 562) 0.003910 (0.002172) 10 (50)
Ni10 ... 10000 DIN 43760-1987 -60 ... +250 (-76 ... +482) 0.006180 (0.003433) 10 (50)
GOST 6651- -60 ... +180 (-76 ... +356) 0.006170 (0.003428) 10 (50)
2009/OIML R84:2003
No. 15
GOST 6651-2009/OIML -180 ... +200 (-292 ... +392) 0.004280 (0.002378) 100 (212)
R84:2003
GOST 6651-94 -50 ... +200 (-58 ... +392) 0.004260 (0.002367) 100 (212)
TC
B IEC 60584-1 0 (85) ... 1 820 (32 (185) ... 3 308) 100 (212)
E IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +1 000 (-392 ... +1 832) 50 (122)
J IEC 60584-1 -100 ... +1 200 (-212 ... +2 192) 50 (122)
K IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1 372 (-356 ... +2 502) 50 (122)
L DIN 43710 -200 ... +900 (-392 ... +1 652) 50 (122)
Lr GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1 472) 50 (122)
N IEC 60584-1 -180 ... +1 300 (-356 ... +2 372) 50 (122)
R IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1 760 (-122 ... +3 200) 100 (212)
S IEC 60584-1 -50 ... +1 760 (-122 ... +3 200) 100 (212)
T IEC 60584-1 -200 ... +400 (-392 ... +752) 50 (122)
U DIN 43710 -200 ... +600 (-392 ... +1 112) 50 (122)
W3 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2 300 (32 ... 4 172) 100 (212)
W5 ASTM E988-96 0 ... 2 300 (32 ... 4 172) 100 (212)
LR GOST 3044-84 -200 ... +800 (-392 ... +1472) 50 (122)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/233

© Siemens 2020
Input accuracy
Basic values
RTD
2 Pt10
Pt20
 ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)
 ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
 ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt50  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt100  ±0.04 °C (0.072 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt200  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt500 Tmax. < 180 °C (356 °F) =  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. > 180 °C (356 °F) =  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)
Pt1000  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Pt2000 Tmax. < 300 °C (572 °F) =  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Tmax. > 300 °C (572 °F) =  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Pt10000  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni10  ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F)  ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni20  ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)  ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni50  ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F)  ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni100  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni120  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni200  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni500  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni1000  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni2000  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Ni10000  ±0.32 °C (0.576 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu5  ±1.6 °C (2.88 °F)  ±0.040 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu10  ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)  ±0.020 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu20  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.010 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu50  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.004 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu100  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu200  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu500  ±0.16 °C (0.288 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Cu1000  ±0.08 °C (0.144 °F)  ±0.002 °C/°C (°F/°F)
Linear resistance
0 ... 400   ±40 m  ±2 m/°C (1.11 m/°F)
0 ... 100 k  ±4   ±0.2 /°C (0.11 /°F)
Potentiometers
0 ... 100% < 0.05% < ± 0.005%
Supply voltage
mV: -20 ... 100 mV  ±5 V  ±0.2 V/°C (0.11 V/°F)
mV: -100 ... 1700 mV  ±0.1 mV  ±36 V/°C (20 V/°F)
mV: ± 800 mV  ±0.1 mV  ±32 V/°C (17.8 V/°F)
TC
E  ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
J  ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
K  ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
L  ±0.35 °C (0.63 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
N  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
T  ±0.25 °C (0.45 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
U < 0 °C (32 °F)  ±0.8 °C (1.44 °F)  ±0.025 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 0 °C (32 °F)  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)
Lr  ±0.2 °C (0.36 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
R < 200 °C (392 °F)  ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 200 °C (392 °F)  ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
S < 200 °C (392 °F)  ±0.5 °C (0.9 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
 200 °C (392 °F)  ±1 °C (1.8 °F)
2/234 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
W3  ±0.6 °C (1.08 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
W5  ±0.4 °C (0.72 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B2)  ±1 °C (1.8 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B3)  ±3 °C (5.4 °F)  ±0.1 °C/°C (°F/°F)
B4)  ±8 °C (14.4 °F)  ±0.8 °C/°C (°F/°F)
2
5)
B Not specified Not specified
1)
Temperature coefficients correspond to the specified values or 0.002% of Output accuracy
2) Output type Basic accuracy Temperature coefficient
Accuracy of the specification range > 400 °C (752 °F)
3)
Accuracy of the specification range > 160 °C (320 °F) < 400 °C (752 °F) Average value Average of accuracy of Average of temperature
4)
Accuracy of the specification range > 85 °C (185 °F) < 160 °C (320 °F) measurement input 1 and input 2 coefficient of input 1 and
5) input 2
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/235

© Siemens 2020

Single chamber enclosure
SITRANS TF420 Temperature transmitter with 7NG044 SITRANS TF420 Temperature transmitter with 7NG044
2 single chamber enclosure for wall or pipe
mounting, two separately configurable inputs 7 - 77777 - 0 777
single chamber enclosure for wall or pipe
mounting, two separately configurable inputs 7 - 77777 - 0 777
and a galvanically isolated 2-wire output. and a galvanically isolated 2-wire output.
Click on the Article No. for the online CJC configuration for TC
Input 1: None CJC; Input 2: No CJC 0
Communication
Input 1: Internal CJC; Input 2: Internal CJC 1
With HART (4 ... 20 mA) 0
Input 1: External CJC; input 2: External CJC; define 2
Primary value output type in option Jxx
Input 1 0 Input 1: External CJC; define type in option Jxx; 3
input 2: Internal CJC
Input 1, input 2 as redundancy (hot backup) 1
Input 1: Internal CJC; Input 2: External CJC; define 4
Input 2, input 1 as redundancy (hot backup) 2 type in option Jxx
Average input 1 and input 2, 3 Input 1: Internal CJC; 5
both as redundancy (hot backup) Input 2: No CJC
Minimum input 1 and input 2, 4 Input 1: External CJC (define type in option Jxx); 6
both as redundancy (hot backup) input 2: No CJC
Maximum input 1 and input 2, 5 Material of non-wetted parts
both as redundancy (hot backup)
General purpose A
Input 1, type (NIFW)
RTD Flameproof enclosure (Ex d) / Explosion proof (XP) C
• Pt100 (IEC 60751), 3-wire B
• Pt100 (IEC 60751), 4-wire C Dust ignition protection by enclosure zone 21/22 L
• Pt1000 (IEC 60751), 3-wire D zone 2 (Ex ec) / Non-incendive (NI)
• Pt1000 (IEC 60751), 4-wire E
TC Dust ignition protection by enclosure zone 21/22
• Type B F (Ex t) / Increased safety zone 2 (Ex ec)
• Type E G Electrical connection/cable entries
• Type J H
2x M20 x 1.5 F
• Type K J
• Type L K 2x ½'' NPT M
• Type N L Local operation
• Type R N
• Type S P
• Type T Q Local operation (closed lid) 1
Potentiometer, 4-wire R Local operation (lid with glass window) 2
RTD
• Pt100 (IEC 60751), 3-wire B
• Pt100 (IEC 60751), 4-wire C
• Pt1000 (IEC 60751), 3-wire D
• Pt1000 (IEC 60751), 4-wire E
TC
• Type B F
• Type E G
• Type J H
• Type K J
• Type L K
• Type N L
• Type R N
• Type S P
• Type T Q
2/236 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Options Order Code
Append "-Z" to Article No., add order code and,
if applicable, free text.
Cable gland included
Plastic A00
Metal A01 2
Stainless steel A02
CMP, for XP devices A10
CAPRI ADE 4F, CuZn, cable inner diameter 7 ... 12 mm, A11
CAPRI ADE 4F, stainless steel, cable inner diameter A12
Cable gland mounted A97
Device plug for output, mounted right A98
Device options
M12 and Han)
General approval without Ex approval
Worldwide (CE, RCM) except EAC, FM, KCC E00
Explosion protection certificates
ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (world) E47
Mounting system (only single chamber enclosures)
Pipe mounting kit for single chamber enclosure, stain- H06
less steel 316L
Wall mounting kit for single chamber enclosure, stain- H07
less steel 316L
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/237

© Siemens 2020

Dual chamber enclosure
SITRANS TF420 Temperature transmitter with 7NG045 SITRANS TF420 Temperature transmitter with 7NG045
2 dual chamber enclosure for wall or pipe mount-
ing, two separately configurable inputs and a 7 - 77777 - 0 777
dual chamber enclosure for wall or pipe mount-
ing, two separately configurable inputs and a 7 - 77777 - 0 777
galvanically isolated 2-wire output. galvanically isolated 2-wire output.
Click on the Article No. for the online CJC configuration for TC
Input 1: None CJC; Input 2: No CJC 0
Communication
Input 1: Internal CJC; Input 2: Internal CJC 1
With HART (4 ... 20 mA) 0
Input 1: External CJC; input 2: External CJC; define 2
Primary value output type in option Jxx
Input 1 0 Input 1: External CJC; define type in option Jxx; 3
input 2: Internal CJC
Input 1, input 2 as redundancy (hot backup) 1
Input 1: Internal CJC; Input 2: External CJC; define 4
Input 2, input 1 as redundancy (hot backup) 2 type in option Jxx
Average input 1 and input 2, 3 Input 1: Internal CJC; 5
both as redundancy (hot backup) Input 2: No CJC
Minimum input 1 and input 2, 4 Input 1: External CJC (define type in option Jxx); 6
both as redundancy (hot backup) input 2: No CJC
Maximum input 1 and input 2, 5 Material of non-wetted parts
both as redundancy (hot backup)
Enclosure made of stainless steel precision casting 2
Difference input 2 - input 1 7 CF3M/1.4409 (similar to 316L)
Absolute difference 8 Type of protection (Ex)
Input 1, type General purpose (non-Ex) A
RTD Intrinsic safety (Ex i) / Non-incendive field wiring B
• Pt100 (IEC 60751), 3-wire B (NIFW)
• Pt100 (IEC 60751), 4-wire C
• Pt1000 (IEC 60751), 3-wire D
• Pt1000 (IEC 60751), 4-wire E Dust ignition protection by enclosure zone 21/22 L
TC zone 2 (Ex ec) / Non-incendive (NI)
• Type B F
• Type E G Dust ignition protection by enclosure zone 21/22
• Type J H (Ex t) / Increased safety zone 2 (Ex ec)
• Type K J
• Type L K
• Type N L 2x M20 x 1.5 F
• Type R N 2x ½'' NPT M
• Type S P
Local operation
• Type T Q
Input 2, type
Without input 2 A
RTD
• Pt100 (IEC 60751), 3-wire B
• Pt100 (IEC 60751), 4-wire C
• Pt1000 (IEC 60751), 3-wire D
• Pt1000 (IEC 60751), 4-wire E
TC
• Type B F
• Type E G
• Type J H
• Type K J
• Type L K
• Type N L
• Type R N
• Type S P
• Type T Q
2/238 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Options Order Code Accessories
Append "-Z" to Article No., add order code and, Article No.
if applicable, free text. Additional accessories for assembly, connection
Cable gland included and transmitter configuration, see page 2/251.
Plastic A00 Modems
Metal A01 Modem with USB interface and SIPROM T software 7NG3092-8KN 2
Stainless steel A02 HART modem with USB interface 7MF4997-1DB
Stainless steel 316L/1.4404 A03 Thread adapter
CMP, for XP devices A10 Thread adapter M20x1.5 (male thread) to ½- 7MP1990-0BA00
14 NPT (female thread)
CAPRI ADE 4F, CuZn, cable inner diameter 7 ... 12 mm, A11
cable outer diameter 10 ... 16 mm Thread adapter M20x1.5 (male thread) to G½ 7MP1990-0BB00
(female thread)
CAPRI ADE 4F, stainless steel, cable inner diameter A12
7 ... 12 mm, cable outer diameter 10 ... 16 mm Local operation
Cable gland accessories Local operation for temperature transmitter in dual 7MF7902-1AD
chamber enclosure
Dual hole insert included A20
Mounting system for local operation 7MF7902-1AD 7MF7902-1AS
Mounting cable glands/plugs in single chamber enclosure
Cable gland mounted A97 Mounting brackets (only dual chamber enclo-
sure)
Device plug for output, mounted right A98
Wall/pipe mounting bracket for dual chamber 7MF7900-1AB
Device options
enclosure, steel, 5/16-24UNF
Double layer coating (epoxy resin and polyurethane) D20
Wall/pipe mounting bracket for dual chamber 7MF7900-1AC
120 m of enclosure and lid
enclosure, steel, M8
Wall/pipe mounting bracket for dual chamber 7MF7900-1AH
M12 and Han)
enclosure, stainless steel 316L, 5/16-24UNF
Wall/pipe mounting bracket for dual chamber 7MF7900-1AJ
General approval without Ex approval enclosure, stainless steel 316L, M8
Worldwide (CE, RCM) except EAC, FM, KCC E00 Mounting system (only single chamber enclo-
sures)
Explosion protection certificates
Pipe mounting kit for single chamber enclosure, 7MF7900-1AK
ATEX (Europe) and IECEx (world) E47 stainless steel 316L
Mounting brackets (only dual chamber enclosure) Wall mounting kit for single chamber enclosure, 7MF7900-1AL
Wall/pipe mounting bracket for dual chamber enclosure, H01 stainless steel 316L
steel Cable gland
Wall/pipe mounting bracket for dual chamber enclosure, H02 Cable gland, gray, non-Ex, M20 7MF7906-1AB
stainless steel 304
Cable gland, gray, non-Ex, NPT 7MF7906-1BB
Wall/pipe mounting bracket for dual chamber enclosure, H03
stainless steel 316L Cable gland, metal, non-Ex, NPT 7MF7906-1BD
Cable gland, metal, non-Ex, M20 7MF7906-1AD
Cable gland, metal, Ex-d, NPT 7MF7906-1BE
Cable gland, metal, Ex-d, M20 7MF7906-1AE
Cable gland, 316L, non-Ex, NPT 7MF7906-1BH
Cable gland, 316L, non-Ex, M20 7MF7906-1AH
Cable gland, 316L, Ex-d, NPT 7MF7906-1BJ
Cable gland, 316L, Ex-d, M20 7MF7906-1AJ
Cable gland, E1FX Tri-Star 1/2-14NPT, CMP 7MF7906-1NE
Cable gland, ½ NPT Capri ADE 4F cpl., CuZn 7MF7906-1PE
Cable gland, ½ NPT Capri ADE 4F cpl., stainless 7MF7906-1PJ
steel
Dual hole gasket for 2 cables in cable gland 7MF7906-1WN
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/239

© Siemens 2020
Article No. Ordering example
Plug and cable socket SITRANS TF420 (single chamber enclosure)
Plug Han 7D, plastic, straight 7MF7906-2AB 7NG0450-0BA02-0AF2-Z Y01+Y17+P10
Plug Han 7D, plastic, angled 7MF7906-2AC Y01: -10 ... +100 °C (32 ... 212 °F)
2 Plug Han 7D, metal, straight, blue
Plug Han 7D, metal, straight, grey
7MF7906-2AQ
7MF7906-2AN
Y17: TICA123
Factory setting
Plug Han 7D, metal, angled, blue 7MF7906-2AR
• Input 1: Pt100 (IEC 751); 3-wire connection
Plug Han 7D, metal, angled, grey 7MF7906-2AP
• Input 2: not configured (inactive)
Plug Han 8D, plastic, straight 7MF7906-2EB
Plug Han 8D, plastic, angled 7MF7906-2EC
• Fault current
Plug Han 8D, metal, straight, blue 7MF7906-2EQ - Input circuit wire break: 22.8 mA
Plug Han 8D, metal, straight, grey 7MF7906-2EN - Input circuit short circuit: 22.4 mA
- Input circuit drift: 22 mA (active when input 2 is active)
Plug Han 8D, metal, angled, blue 7MF7906-2ER - Input monitoring wire break and short-circuit
Plug Han 8D, metal, angled, grey 7MF7906-2EP • No trimming of input and output (offset)
Cable socket, plastic, for plug Han 7D 7MF7906-2BB • Damping 0.0 s
Cable socket, plastic, for plug Han 8D 7MF7906-2FB
Cable socket, metal, for Han 7D blue 7MF7906-2BQ
Cable socket, metal, for Han 8D blue 7MF7906-2FQ
Cable socket, metal, for Han 7D grey 7MF7906-2BN
Cable socket, metal, for Han 8D grey 7MF7906-2FN
Plug M12 with cable socket, stainless steel 7MF7906-3AB
Overvoltage protection
Overvoltage protection up to 20 kV, M20 7MF7906-3AC
Overvoltage protection up to 20 kV, NPT 7MF7906-3AD
Lid
Closed lid aluminum, painted 2x, without glass win- 7MF7901-1BB
dow, with seal NBR
Closed lid aluminum, painted 2x, without glass win- 7MF7901-1BC
dow, with seal FVMQ
Lid aluminum 2x coated, with glass window, with 7MF7901-1BG
seal NBR
Lid aluminum 2x coated, with glass window, with 7MF7901-1BH
seal FVMQ
Closed lid stainless steel precision casting, without 7MF7901-2AB
glass window, with seal NBR
Closed lid stainless steel precision casting, without 7MF7901-2AC
glass window, with seal FVMQ
Lid stainless steel precision casting, with glass win- 7MF7901-2AG
dow, with seal NBR
Lid stainless steel precision casting, with glass win- 7MF7901-2AH
dow, with seal FVMQ
2/240 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
90 (
3.54
)
2
129 (5.08)
64 (2.52)
71,2 (2.8) 39 (1.54)
166 (4.17)
4 (0.16)
25 (0.98)
SITRANS TF420, single chamber enclosure, dimensions in mm (inch)
148.5 (5.85) 84 (3.31)

61 (2.4)
49.3 (1.94)
25.3 (1)
81.9 (3.22)
132 (5.2)
237 (9.33)
38 (1.5)
22.5 (0.89) 60 (2.36)
120 (4.72)
134 (5.28) 105 (4.13)
SITRANS TF420, dual chamber enclosure, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/241

© Siemens 2020
Connections
Input connection
2 9 3 9 3 3
9
4 4 4
8 5 8 5 5
7 6 7 6 8 6
7
CJC
4
4 3 + I1 3 +I1
4 3 I1
+ I2 + I2
I2
Input 1 and/or input 2: Input 1 and/or input 2: Input 1 and/or input 2:

4-wire CJC)
9 3 9 3 9 3
4 4 4
5 8 5 5
8 7 6 8
7 6 7 6
CJC
3
+ I1 4
I1 I1
4 3 5 4 5 4
I2 I2
4
4
Input 1: TC (internal CJC or Input 1 and/or Input 2: Input 1: 5-wire potentiometer

external 2-wire or 3-wire CJC) 3-wire or 4-wire potentiometer Input 2: 3-wire potentiometer
SITRANS TF420 in single chamber enclosure (7NG044*), input connection assignment
2/242 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
I1
3 4 CJC 4 +
I2
I1 3 4 3 +
I2 I1 +
I2 +
Input 1 (I1) and/or input 2 (I2): Input 1 (I1) and/or input 2 (I2): Input 1 (I1) and/or input 2 (I2):
4-wire CJC)
CJC I1
3 I1
I1
4 4 5
I1 +
3 4 I2
I2
4 I2
3
Input 1: TC (internal CJC or Input 1 (I1) and/or input 2 (I2): Input 1 (I1): 5-wire potentiometer
external 2-wire or 3-wire CJC) 3-wire or 4-wire potentiometer Input 2 (I2): 3-wire potentiometer
SITRANS TF420 in dual chamber enclosure (7NG045*), input connection assignment

Output connection
mA
-
ST
TE
1
TEST +
2
-
T
EX
SITRANS TF420 in single chamber enclosure (7NG044*), output connec-

tion assignment
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/243

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS TO500, multipoint temperature transmitter
The SITRANS TO500 multipoint temperature transmitter is lo-
cated in the control cabinet in a compact aluminum enclosure for
mounting onto DIN rails.
2 The connectors are easy to access on the front:

• 4 x connector for multipoint measuring lances
• 1 x connector for power supply
• 1 x connector PROFIBUS DP
• 1 x connector Ethernet
The status displays are also located on the front.
SITRANS TO500 is a multipoint temperature transmitter for mea- ■ Mode of operation

suring temperatures and temperature profiles with fiber-optic In the SITRANS TO500 multipoint temperature transmitter, light
multipoint measuring lances. with a wavelength from 1 500 to 1 600 nm is generated with a
continuously adjustable laser and decoupled to the multipoint
■ Benefits measuring lance. Fiber Bragg Gratings (FBG) are mounted at
freely defined points on the multipoint measuring lances. Each
• Evaluation of a large number of sensors (Fiber Bragg Grating FBG reflects light of a defined wavelength. The wavelength re-
(FBG)) in one temperature transmitter flected by the FBG varies depending on the temperature. The re-
• Low space requirements of the multipoint measuring lance flection at the FBGs is thus a measurement of the temperature at
• 4 multipoint measuring lance channels per temperature trans- the corresponding measuring point. A maximum of 48 FBGs per
mitter channel can be evaluated, depending on the temperature
range.
• Easy to install
• PROFIBUS DP - Simple integration into control system A gas cell with fixed absorption line serves as a reference in the
SITRANS TO500 and the wavelength determination is continu-
• Fast response to temperature changes ously adjusted by it.
• Exact, no recalibration required due to internal reference
• Also suitable for high process temperatures ■ Function
The SITRANS TO500 has 4 channels which are evaluated simul-
■ Application taneously. The wavelength reflected at each sensor in the multi-
SITRANS TO500 is used for evaluating a high number of sensors point measuring lance depends on the temperature, and this
that are arranged on a fiber-optic multipoint measuring lance. wavelength is output in the multipoint temperature transmitter. All
4 channels are read at the same time and updated once per
Up to 4 multipoint measuring lances, each with as many as second. The temperature can be determined and displayed ac-
48 sensors (Fiber Bragg Grating (FBG)), can be simultaneously curately at up to 48 sensors per channel. The positions of the
processed by one SITRANS TO500. sensors can be specified by the customer. This leads to a flexi-
Accurate and fast determination of temperature profiles enables ble and application-specific solution for the customer.
process optimization in terms of service life, quality and output. The measured temperatures are transferred to the control sys-
Locations of excessive temperature rise are quickly and accu- tem by PROFIBUS DP. The parameters of the SITRANS TO500
rately detected, thereby preventing damage to the process, are set via the integrated Ethernet interface.
equipment and environment.
Wherever temperature profiles must be determined and installa-
tion space is limited, the SITRANS TO500 with fiber-optic tem-
perature measurement is the right choice.
2/244 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
■ Technical specifications ■ Selection and Ordering data

Input Article No.
Channels 4 SITRANS TO500 7NG9551-4AA00-0AA0
multipoint temperature transmitter
Measured variable Temperature
Input type max. 48 sensors (FBGs) per channel
Communication: PROFIBUS DP
Channels: 4 2
Characteristics Temperature-linear Power supply: 24 V DC
Optical connection: FC/APC plug
Resolution 0.1 K
Enclosure: Aluminum, IP20
Measuring accuracy < 0.5 K
Repeatability < 0.5 K
Measuring cycle 1s
Measuring range -180 ... +800 °C (-292 ... +1472 °F)
depending on the
Unit °C
Power supply 24 V DC + 20%
Power consumption Max. 15 W
Measuring velocity
• Measurement rate 1 Hz independent of the number of
APCBs
Output
Output signal PROFIBUS DP
Optical power  1 mW per channel
Laser protection class Class 1
Rated conditions
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature 0 ... 50 °C (32 ... 122 °F)
• Relative humidity < 80%, non condensing at 50 °C
(122 °F)
• Electromagnetic compatibility According to EN 61326 and NAMUR
NE21
Degree of protection to EN 60529
• Enclosure IP20
Design
Weight 2.4 kg (5.3 lb)
DIN rail adapter Rear-mounted
Material Aluminum
Displays and control elements
LEDs • "Power-on" (continuous light)
• "Status" (flashing during startup;
otherwise continuous light)
Pushbutton "Reset" (system restart or address
reset)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/245

© Siemens 2020
250 (9.84) 130 (5.11)
2 SITRANS TO500
POWER
CH1
STATUS
140 (5.51)
RESET
CH2
+ CH3
-
GND
CH4
POWER ETHERNET PROFIBUS DP
110 (4.33)
SITRANS TO500, front, rear and side view; dimensions in mm (inch)
SITRANS TO500
Connector
multipoint measuring lances
POWER
"Power" and "Status" LEDs STATUS
CH1
Channel 1
"Reset" pushbutton RESET
CH2 Channel 2
+ CH3 Channel 3
Connector power supply -
GND
24 V DC CH4 Channel 4
POWER ETHERNET PROFIBUS DP
Connector PROFIBUS DP
Connector Ethernet RJ45 for LAN (TCP/IP)
SITRANS TO500, connector assignment
2/246 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
SITRANS TO, multipoint measuring lance
■ Overview ■ Mode of operation

From the supplied light with a wavelength range of
1500 to 1600 nm, each grid in the fiber reflects a value that is
specific for the position and the temperature. This specific value
is evaluated in the SITRANS TO500 multi-point temperature
transmitter. 2
■ Function
Accurate and fast determination of temperature profiles enables
process optimization in terms of service life, quality and output.
Local overheating is detected quickly and precisely located,
thereby preventing damage to the process, equipment and en-
vironment.
The SITRANS TO multipoint measuring lance for measuring tem- Wherever temperature profiles must be determined and installa-
peratures and temperature profiles using fiber-optic Fiber Bragg tion space is limited, the SITRANS TO500 and fiber-optic tem-
Grating (FBG). perature measurement are the right choice.
■ Benefits ■ Integration
• Fast response to temperature changes Connection to SITRANS TO500 is made via single-mode patch
• Easy to install cable.
• Low space requirements
• Freely selectable sensor arrangement ( 20 sensors per mul-
tipoint measuring lance)
• Freely selectable measuring lance length ( 20 m/787 inch)
• Also suitable for high process temperatures ( 450 °C/842 °F)
■ Application
The SITRANS TO multipoint measuring lance is used for mea-
suring temperatures determined using fiber-optic Fiber Bragg
Gratings.
Up to 20 temperature sensors can be arranged on a multipoint
measuring lance simultaneously. Depending on the process, the
position of the sensor points can be freely selected; minimum
distance is 50 mm (2 inch).
■ Design
The SITRANS TO multipoint measuring lance consists of an op-
tical fiber to which the Fiber Bragg Grating has been applied
with a laser.
The fiber is surrounded by a stainless steel capillary.
The multipoint measuring lance is inserted into the measurement
environment in a thermowell on the process side, e.g. reactor,
vessel.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/247

© Siemens 2020
Input Displays and control elements
Measured variable Temperature Displays and buttons
Measuring system FBG sensors • Without
2 Working area 1 500 ... 1 600 nm Installation instructions
Resolution 0.1 K Mechanical shock Avoid mechanical shocks to the multi-

point measuring lance, such as: Falls
Measuring accuracy < 1 K or 1% of measuring span; from heights > 0.5 m (19.7 inch) or
the larger value applies whipping and/or snapping of the cap-
illaries.
Repeatability < 0.5 K
Concentrated pressure Avoid concentrated pressure on the
Measuring range -40 ... +450 °C (-40 ... +842 °F), capillaries. For example, do not hold
other ranges on request with pliers or other similar tools. After
Number of sensors 1 ... 20; maximum number depending several hours at an ambient tempera-
on the measuring range, ture > 250 °C (482 °F), the steel loses
numbers > 20 on request its elasticity.
Response time (T0.9) Removal and reinstallation Extreme caution must be exercised
during transport, storage and installa-
• Multipoint measuring lance without < 2 s
tion if removing or reinstalling. The
thermowell
multipoint measuring lance is irrevers-
• Multipoint measuring lance with ibly damaged at temperatures
thermowell, stainless steel, wall > 550 °C (1 022 °F).
thickness 1 mm; example:
- Outer diameter 3 mm 18 s
- Outer diameter 6 mm 43 s
Rated conditions
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature -20 ... +80 °C (-4 ... +176 °F)
• Operation Vertically extended or horizontally
(+1 K measuring error)
• Relative humidity 5 ... 95 %
• Condensing moisture Not permitted
Bending radius of the multipoint mea- > 500 mm (19.7 inch); briefly 250 mm
suring lance during transportation (9.8 inch)
and installation
Other conditions Avoid direct contact of the sensor with
aggressive and corroding chemicals
such as halogens, NOX and SOX
IP degree of protection (handpiece IP67
and multipoint measuring lance with-
out connectors)
Pigtail
• Bending radius > 60 mm (2.4 inch)
• Tensile force <5N
Design
Weight 60 g (0.13 lb) + 2 g/m + 0.0044 lb/m)
Connectors FC/APC
Clean with a suitable cleaning agent
before connecting. Close with cap if
not in use.
Capillary material AISI 316L
• Length 0.1 … 20 m (3.9 … 787 inch)
• Diameter 0.8 mm (0.031 inch)
Thermowell inside diameter (recom-
mended)
• Measuring lance < 2 m (79 inch)  2 mm (0.0787 inch)
• Measuring lance > 10 m (394 inch)  6 mm (0.236 inch)
Distance from last sensor to tip of 10 mm (0.39 inch)
Length of sensor point 6 mm (0.236 inch)
Positioning accuracy of sensor ±3 mm (0.118 inch)
Distance between 2 sensors > 50 mm (2 inch); smaller on request
Length FOC connection to the trans- 10 000 m (39 3701 inch)
mitter
2/248 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020

SITRANS TO multipoint measuring lance 7MC7700- SITRANS TO multipoint measuring lance 7MC7700-
(coating: stainless steel) (coating: stainless steel)
77777 - 7777 777 77777 - 7777 777
Click on the Article no. for the online

Optical connector 2
FC/APC connector 0
Number of sensors Mechanically reinforced connector 1
1 0A Connecting cable length LC
2 0B LC = 200 mm for standard connection B
3 0C 0.2 m < LC  2 m (define precise length in C
4 0D option Y45)
5 0E Customer-specific design (LC > 2 m): Z P1Y
Add order code and specify required length in
6 0F plain text.
7 0G Temperature measurement range
8 0H 100 K A
9 0J 150 K B
10 0K 200 K C
11 0L 250 K D
12 0M 300 K E
13 0N 350 K F
14 0P 400 K G
15 0Q 500 K H
16 0R Customer-specific design: Add order code and Z Q1 Y
17 0S specify required temperature measuring range
in plain text.
18 0T
Wavelength bandwidth distribution
19 0U
Without (no color code; 1 multipoint measuring 0
20 0V lance per channel)
Customer-specific design: Add order code; 9X H1Y Dual split
enter number of sensors and high temperature (2 multipoint measuring lances per channel)
limit in plain text. • 1 500 ... 1 550 nm (white color code; 1
Installation length U; customer-specific multipoint measuring lance 1 of 2)
• 1 551 ... 1 600 nm (black color code; 2
0.1 m < U  2 m (4 inch < U  79 inch) A multipoint measuring lance 2 of 2)
2 m < U  4 m (79 inch < U  157.5 inch) B Quad split
(4 multipoint measuring lances per channel)
4 m < U  6 m (157.5 inch < U  236 inch) C
• 1 500 ... 1 525 nm (blue color code; 3
6 m < U  8 m (236 inch < U  315 inch) D multipoint measuring lance 1 of 4)
8 m < U  10 m (315 inch < U  394 inch) E • 1 526 ... 1 550 nm (red color code; 4
multipoint measuring lance 2 of 4)
10 m < U  12 m (394 inch < U  472 inch) F • 1 551 ... 1 575 nm (green color code; 5
12 m < U  14 m (472 inch < U  551 inch) G multipoint measuring lance 3 of 4)
• 1 576 ... 1 600 nm (yellow color code; 6
14 m < U  16 m (551 inch < U  630 inch) H multipoint measuring lance 4 of 4)
16 m < U  18 m (630 inch < U  709 inch) J Customer-specific design: Add order code and 9 R1Y
18 m < U  20 m (709 inch < U  787 inch) K specify required number of multipoint measur-
ing lances per channel in plain text.
Customer-specific design: Add order code and X Y44
specify required length in plain text.
High temperature limit
100 °C (212 °F) 10
150 °C (302 °F) 11
200 °C (392 °F) 12
250 °C (482 °F) 13
300 °C (572 °F) 14
350 °C (662 °F) 15
400 °C (752 °F) 16
450 °C (842 °F) 17
Customer-specific design 88
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/249

© Siemens 2020
Options Order code

Append suffix "-Z" to article no., add order code and
plain text, if applicable.
Sensors
2 Working temperature of high temperature limit

< 100 °C (212 °F)
Y02
Tag plate
Tag plate Y15
Lengths
Customer-specific installation length (in m) Y44
Customer-specific length of the connecting cable (in m) Y45
Special versions
Description of the special version Y98
Reference/offer no. - application data sheet with sensor Y99
positioning
Cable length
± 30 (1.18) 100 (3.94) Length of multipoint measuring lance
(0.394)
Ø 10
(0.031)
Ø 0.8
Pigtail with Handpiece Glass fiber in stainless steel capillary
FC/APC
connector (outer
diameter 10 mm)
SITRANS TO multipoint measuring lance with FC/APC connector, pigtail and handpiece; dimensions in mm (inch)
2/250 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Accessories
Further accessories for assembly, connection and transmitter configuration
■ Overview ■ Selection and ordering data

Additional accessories for assembly, connection and Plug for SITRANS TF and SITRANS TS
transmitter configuration
Article No.
• Transmitter configuration for SITRANS TH / TR / TF and
SITRANS TS
• Cable glands and adapters for SITRANS TF and SITRANS TS
Han 7D plug made of plastic
Han 7D plug made of metal
7MF4997-2FB
7MF4997-2FC 2
M12 socket angled for 4 ... 6 mm cable diameter 3RK1902-4CA00-
• Lightning protection for SITRANS TF (SITRANS TS on request) -25 ... +85 °C (-13 ... 185 °F) 4AA0
• Connectors for SITRANS TF and SITRANS TS
Indicator for SITRANS TS500
• Indicator for SITRANS TS500
• Connection and mounting accessories for SITRANS TH Article No.
• Connection and mounting accessories for field transmitter Digital indicator loop-powered HW05 for A5E33119275
SITRANS TF SITRANS TS500
• Measurement inserts for SITRANS TS500 Measurement in- Connection and mounting accessories for SITRANS TH
serts: see SITRANS TSinsert.
• Connection heads type B for SITRANS TS500 (accessory re- Article No.
sistance thermometer) Mounting rail adapter for head transmitter 7NG3092-8KA
(order quantity: 5 units)
• Enclosure gaskets for SITRANS TS500
• Connection heads type A and accessories for straight thermo- 4-wire, 200 mm (7.87 inch), for input connections
couples when using head transmitters in the high hinged
• Installation accessories for connection heads for straight ther- cover (set with 5 units)
mocouples
Connection and mounting accessories for
field transmitter SITRANS TF
Article No.
Transmitter configuration for SITRANS TH / TR / TF and Mounting bracket and fastening parts
SITRANS TS Made of steel for 7NG313. -..B.. and 7MP1110 7MF4997-1AC
Article No. Made of steel for 7NG313 . -..C.. 7MF4997-1AB
Made of stainless steel 304 for 7NG313. -..B.. and 7MF4997-1AJ
Modems 7MP1110
Modem with USB interface and SIPROM T software 7NG3092-8KN Made of stainless steel 304 for 7NG313. -..C.. 7MF4997-1AH
for; 4 ... 20 mA: Made of stainless steel 316L for 7NG313. -..B.. 7MF4997-1AQ
• With USB connection Made of stainless steel 316L for 7NG313. -..C.. 7MF4997-1AP
• For SITRANS TH100, TH200, TH320, TR200,
TR320, TF320, TF420 and TF, with TH200 Digital indicator for SITRANS TF1) 7MF4997-1BS
Modem with USB interface for all HART devices: 7MF4997-1DB Connection board for SITRANS TF A5E02391790
• With USB connection Lid, die-cast aluminum, without inspection window 7MF4997-1BB
• For SITRANS TH300, TH320, TH420, TR300,
TR320, TR420, TF320, TF420,TF in HART Lid, die-cast aluminum, with inspection window 7MF4997-1BE
1)
SIMATIC PDM parameter assignment software for: siehe Kap. 8 Retrofitting not possible with Ex devices.
SITRANS TH300, TR300, TH400, TF320, TF420, TF
in HART / PROFIBUS PA / FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Cable glands and adapters for SITRANS TF and SITRANS TS

Article No.
M20 x 1.5 nickel-plated brass; with Ex-d approval 7MF4997-2FR
½-NPT nickel-plated brass; with Ex-d approval 7MF4997-2FU
CAPRI screw connection M20 x 1.5 nickel-plated 7MF4997-2LA
brass; with Ex-d approval
CAPRI screw connection, M20 x 1.5 stainless steel; 7MF4997-2LB
with Ex-d approval
CAPRI screw connection ½-14 NPT nickel-plated 7MF4997-2LC
brass; with Ex-d approval
CAPRI screw connection ½-14 NPT stainless steel; 7MF4997-2LD
with Ex-d approval
Threaded adapter M20 x 1.5 (male thread) to ½-14 7MP1990-0BA00
NPT (female thread)
Threaded adapter M20 x 1.5 (male thread) to G½ 7MP1990-0BB00
(female thread)
Lightning protection for SITRANS TF

(SITRANS TS on request)
Article No.
Transient protector M20 x 1.5 (lightning protection) 7MF4997-2DU
Transient protector ½-14 NPT (lightning protection) 7MF4997-2DV
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 2/251

© Siemens 2020
Accessories
Further accessories for assembly, connection and transmitter configuration

Measuring inserts for SITRANS TS500 Thermocouple elements for straight thermocouples according to
EN 50446
For measurement inserts, see SITRANS TSinsert page 2/100.
Article No.
2 Connection heads type B for SITRANS TS500
(accessory resistance thermometer) Base thermocouple with isolating pipe
Wire diameter 3 mm (0.12 inch)
Article No. Ni Cr/Ni, up to 1 000 °C (max. 1 300 °C), (up to
Degree of protection IP54 1 832 °F (max. 2 372 °F))
0.55 ... 2.10 kg (1.21 ... 4.63 lb)
Connection head type: similar to BA0; aluminum; 7MC1907-1BA
flange cover Nominal length L1/Thermowell length L2 in mm
(inch):
Connection head type: similar to BM0; plastic; 7MC1907-1BK
screw cover • 500 (19.7)/540 (21.3) 7MC2903-1CA
• 710 (28.0)/750 (29.5) 7MC2903-2CA
• 1 000 (39.4)/1 040 (40.9) 7MC2903-3CA
Connection head type: similar to BB0; aluminum; 7MC1907-1BF
small spring flap Connection heads for straight thermocouples
Connection head type: similar to BC0; aluminum; 7MC1907-1BL
high spring flap Article No.
Connection head type: B-VA, stainless steel 7MC1907-1BV
Connection head, type A (without terminal base
Quick-release lock for connection heads BB0, BC0, 7MC1907-1BS and terminals), 1 cable entry, degree of
degree of protection of connection head reduced to protection IP53, 0.35 kg (0.77 lb)
IP20, weight: 0.02 kg (0.04 lb)
Light metal casting, screw-on cover, for thermowell
diameter in mm (inch) (hole = thermowell diameter
Spare parts/enclosure gaskets for SITRANS TF320/TF420 +0.5 mm) (0.02 inch)
and SITRANS TS500 • 22 (0.87) 7MC2905-1AA
Article No. • 26 (1.02) 7MC2905-1BA
Lid gasket SITRANS TF320/TF420 single chamber 7MF7901-3AB Light metal, high spring flap, for thermowell diame-
enclosure as well as for SITRANS TS500 housing ter in mm (inch) (hole = thermowell diameter
AG0, AV0, AU0, AV0 +0.5 mm) (0.02 inch)
• 22 (0.87) 7MC2905-4AA
Connection heads type A and accessories for • 26 (1.02) 7MC2905-4BA
straight thermocouples
Installation accessories for connection heads for
Metal thermowells for straight thermocouples according to straight thermocouples
EN 50446 • Terminal base
Article No. • Terminal
X 10 CrAl 24, material no. 1.4762 • Sealing rings
 22 x 2 mm ( 0.87 x 0.08 inch), • Washer
0.55 ... 1.10 kg (1.21 ... 2.42 lb), dished
• Stop flange
• 500 (19.7)/520 (20.5) 7MC2900-1DA • Threaded sleeve
• 710 (28.0)/730 (28.7) 7MC2900-2DA
Article No.
• 1 000 (39.4)/1 020 (40.2) 7MC2900-3DA
Terminal base without terminals for base thermo- 7MC2998-1AA
X 18 CrN28, material no. 1.4749 couples; 0.06 kg (0.13 lb)
 26 x 4 mm ( 1.02 x 0.16 inch),
1.25 ... 2.20 kg (2.76 ... 4.85 lb), dished Terminal for base thermocouples; 0.01 kg (0.02 lb) 7MC2998-1BA
Nominal length/thermowell length in mm (inch): Set of sealing rings (100 units) for the lid of the con- 7MC2998-1CA
• 500 (19.7)/520 (20.5) 7MC2900-1EC nection head; 0.01 kg (0.02 lb)
• 710 (28.0)/730 (28.7) 7MC2900-2EC Set of washers (100 units) for the terminal base; 7MC2998-1CB
• 1 000 (39.4)/1 020 (40.2) 7MC2900-3EC 0.01 kg (0.02 lb)
X 15 CrNiSi 25 20, material no. 1.4841 Stop flange, adjustable, from GTW
 22 x 2 mm ( 0.87 x 0.08 inch), For thermowell outer diameter 22 mm (0.87 inch); 7MC2998-2CB
1.05 kg (2.31 lb), dished 0.35 kg (0.77 lb)
Nominal length/thermowell length in mm (inch): For thermowell outer diameter 26 mm (1.02 inch); 7MC2998-2CC
• 1 000 (39.4)/1 020 (40.2) 7MC2900-3FA 0.32 kg (0.71 lb)
CrAl 205 (Kantal AF), material no. 1.4767 Threaded sleeve, gas-tight up to 1 bar (14.5 psi),
adjustable, material no. 1.0718, with seal;
 22 x 2 mm ( 0.87 x 0.05 inch), 0.40 kg (0.88 lb)
0.55 ... 1.10 kg (1.21 ... 2.42 lb)
For thermowell outer diameter 22 mm (0.87 inch), G1 7MC2998-2DB
For thermowell outer diameter 26 mm (1.02 inch), G1 7MC2998-2DC
• 500 (19.7)/520 (20.5) 7MC2900-1HA
• 710 (28.0)/730 (28.7) 7MC2900-2HA
• 1 000 (39.4)/1 020 (40.2) 7MC2900-3HA
2/252 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

3
© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
3/2 Product overview 3/244 SITRANS FS (ultrasonic)

3/2 Overview 3/244 Inline ultrasonic flowmeters
3/245 - System information
3/9 Introduction 3/252 - SITRANS FUS060 transmitter
3/9 Criteria for selection of flowmeter 3/259 - SITRANS FUS080/FUE080 transmitter
3/11 SITRANS FM (electromagnetic) 3/268 - SONO 3300/FUS060 flowmeter
3/11 System information 3/273 - SONO 3100/FUS060 flowmeter
3/29 SITRANS FM Verificator 3/282 - SONOKIT flowmeter
(with FUS060 or FUS080)
3/31 Transmitters
3/292 - SITRANS FUS380 standard flowmeter
3/31 - MAG 5000/6000
3/301 - SITRANS FUE380 flowmeter
3/43 - MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex
with CT approval
3/48 Flow sensors 3/308 - SITRANS FUS380/FUE380 dimensional
3/48 - MAG 1100 and MAG 1100 HT drawings and circuit diagrams
3/56 - MAG 1100 F 3/311 - SITRANS FUE950 energy calculator
3/66 - MAG 3100 and MAG 3100 HT 3/320 - Pt500 temperature sensor pairs
3/82 - MAG 3100 P
3/322 Clamp-on ultrasonic flowmeters
3/91 - MAG 5100 W
3/322 - SITRANS FS230 ultrasonic flowmeter
3/104 - SITRANS FM100
3/324 - SITRANS FSS200 ultrasonic flow sensor
3/109 - Transmitter TRANSMAG 2
3/329 - SITRANS FST030 transmitter,
with sensor MAG 911/E
wall mount housing
3/119 Battery-operated water meter MAG 8000
3/333 - Selection and ordering data for
3/128 - MAG 8000 for abstraction and distribu-
SITRANS FS230
tion network application (7ME6810)
3/344 - SITRANS FS220 ultrasonic flowmeter
3/133 - MAG 8000 CT for revenue and bulk
3/353 - SITRANS FST020 transmitter,
metering (7ME6820)
wall mount housing
3/140 - MAG 8000 3G/UMTS
3/357 - Thickness gauge
Wireless Communication Module
3/358 - Accessories and spare parts
3/141 - Accessories and spare parts for
MAG 8000 3/361 SITRANS FX (Vortex)
3/361 SITRANS FX300
3/144 SITRANS FC (Coriolis)
3/379 SITRANS FX330
3/144 System information
3/155 Transmitters 3/395 SITRANS FVA
3/155 - SITRANS FCT030 3/395 SITRANS FVA250
3/161 - SITRANS FCT010
3/405 SITRANS FP
3/164 - SITRANS FCT070
(differential pressure flow measurement)
3/167 Sensors and Flowmeter systems 3/405 Introduction
3/167 - SITRANS FCS300 flow sensor
3/410 SITRANS FP230/FPS200 primary elements
3/176 - SITRANS FC330 flowmeter system
according to ISO 5167
3/180 - SITRANS FC310 flowmeter system
3/413 - Orifice plate with pressure tappings
3/183 - SITRANS FCS300 with FCT070
3/421 - Orifice plate with annular chamber
transmitter
3/428 - Orifice meter run
3/187 - SITRANS FCS400 flow sensor
3/434 - Orifice plate
3/193 - SITRANS FC430 flowmeter for OEM
3/437 - Orifice plate with orifice flange according
customers
to ASME B16.36
3/197 - SITRANS FC410 flowmeter for OEM
customers 3/441 SITRANS FP330/FPS300 averaging pitot tube
3/200 - SITRANS FCS400 with FCT070 3/443 - Averaging pitot tube for gas and liquids
transmitter 3/450 - Averaging pitot tube for steam
3/203 - SITRANS FC MASS 2100 and 3/455 - Averaging pitot tube with FASTLOK
FC300 DN 4 sensors
3/218 - MASS 2100 / FC300 DN 4 with FCT030
transmitter
transmitter
transmitter
3/231 Spare parts You can download all instructions,
3/231 - Digital - Spare parts catalogs and certificates for
SITRANS F free of charge at:
3/236 - MASS 6000 Generation - Spare parts www.siemens.com/flow-measurement
3/240 - SIFLOW FC070
© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
Product overview
■ Overview
Application Description Catalog Software for
page parameterization
SITRANS FM electromagnetic flowmeters – Pulsed DC magnetic flowmeter
Designed in robust IP67 polyamide enclo- Transmitter MAG 5000/6000 3/31 SIMATIC PDM
sures for compact or remote mounting. • Superior signal resolution for optimum turn
19", back of panel and front of panel enclo- down ratio
sure program. • Comprehensively self-diagnostic,
for error indication and logging
• Multi-lingual display and keypad interface
3 • Communication modules: HART, Modbus,

PROFIBUS, FOUNDATION Fieldbus,
DeviceNet
• Custody transfer approval: MI-001,
PTB K7.2
Designed in robust die-cast aluminum Transmitter MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex 3/43 SIMATIC PDM
enclosure for demanding applications and • Remote and compact mounting with all
where explosion proof protection is neces- sensors
sary.
• Communication modules: HART, Modbus,
PROFIBUS, FOUNDATION Fieldbus,
DeviceNet
• Ex Approval: ATEX, IECEx, FM, UL, CSA
• Multi-lingual display and touchpad keypad
• Comprehensively self-diagnostic
Designed for the general industry environ- Flow sensors MAG 1100 and 3/48
ment. MAG 1100 HT
The obstructionless performance of the • Metering tube DN 2 ... 100 (1/12 ... 4“)
MAG 1100 is unaffected by the suspended flangeless design.
solids, viscosity and temperature chal- • Corrosion-resistant AISI 316 stainless steel
lenges. housing.
• Highly resistant liner (ceramic or PFA) and
electrodes fitting most extreme process
media.
• Temperature rating up to 200 °C (390 °F)
• Ex Approval: ATEX, FM
Specially designed for the food & beverage Flow sensor MAG 1100 F 3/56
and pharmaceutical industry. • AISI 316 stainless steel enclosure
• Hygienic seal, 3A and EHEDG
• Easy to clean
• Supplied with connections according to
your specification
• Ex Approval: ATEX, FM
The MAG 3100 series with its flexibility in the Flow sensors MAG 3100 and 3/78
choice of liner, electrode and flange material MAG 3100 HT
allows the measurement of even the most • For a wide range of pipe dimensions:
extreme process media. DN 15 ... 2000 (½ ... 78”)
• Wide range of liner and electrode materials
• High-temperature version for application
with temperatures up to 180 °C (355 °F)
• High-pressure solutions
3/2 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
Product overview
■ Overview (continued)
The SITRANS FM MAG 3100 P sensor is Flow sensor MAG 3100 P 3/82
designed to meet the most common • For pipe dimensions DN 15 ... 300
specifications within the chemical and (½ ... 12")
process industries.
• Fully welded construction that is extremely
rugged and can withstand special process
conditions using extreme measurement
electrodes
• Approvals for hazardous areas: ATEX, FM,
CSA, IEcEx
• Comprehensive self-diagnostic
3
for error indication and error logging
• Temperature resistant up to 150 °C (302 °F)
Designed for all water and waste water Flow sensor MAG 5100 W 3/91
applications in water plants and industrial • Metering tube DN 15 ... 1200 (DN 2000)
applications. (½"¨ ... 48" (78“))
• Hard Rubber or EPDM lining
• Integral grounding electrodes as standard
• Increased low flow accuracy for water leak
detection
• Drinking water approvals and custody
transfer approvals , OIML R 49, MI-001 and
PTB K7.2
The SITRANS FM100 is an electromagnetic Flow meter SITRANS FM100 3/104
flow meter for measuring and monitoring • Connection ½”, ¾”, 1”, 2”
small and medium flows.
• Flow- and temperature measurement
• IO-Link communication
• Dosing function with external control output
• Flexible usage in different applications due
to two individual configurable outputs
• Bidirectional measuring
• Robust stainless-steel design
SITRANS FM electromagnetic flowmeters – High-power AC magnetic flowmeter
Designed for heavy-duty applications like Transmitter Transmag 2 3/109 SIMATIC PDM
pulp & paper stock over 3%; heavy mining • Magnetic flowmeter with a very strong
slurries and mining slurries with magnetic pulsed AC magnetic field
particles.
• PROFIBUS PA or HART communication
• Comprehensive self-test function
Designed for heavy-duty applications like Flow sensor MAG 911/E 3/109
pulp & paper stock over 3%; heavy mining • Metering tube: DN 15 ... DN 1000
slurries and mining slurries with magnetic (½" ... 40")
particles.
• Metering tube liner: Hard Rubber, Linatex,
Soft rubber, PTFE and Novolak
• Integral smartPLUG for storing of calibra-
tion values
• Multi-lingual display and touchpad keypad
• Only remote version
SITRANS FM electromagnetic flowmeters – Battery-operated magnetic water meter

Battery-operated electromagnetic water Water meter MAG 8000 3/119 SIMATIC PDM and
meter for water applications within • Battery- and/or mains power operated wa- Flow Tool
abstraction, distribution network and ter meter
revenue metering.
• Metering tube DN 25 ... 1200 (1 ... 48")
• Remote and compact installation
IP68/NEMA 6P enclosure
• Custody transfer approval: PTB K7.2,
OIML R 49 and MI-001
• Drinking water approvals
• Communication modules: GSM/GPRS,
Modbus, Encoder
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 3/3

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
Product overview
SITRANS FC mass flowmeters
Designed for a variety of liquid and gas Flowmeters FC330 3/176
applications in the process Industry. (Dual tube design)
Measurement of mass flow, density, • DN 15, DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100 and
temperature and fraction. DN 150
• Flow from 70 ... 860 000 kg/h - water
• Pipe material: AISI 316L or Nickel-Alloy C4
3 • Accuracy, typically: Flow: ≤ 0.1 % or 0.2 %

version, Density: down to ≤ 0.002 g/cm³
• Liquid temperature/pressure:
-50 ... +205 °C (-58 ... +400 °F)/
up to 100 bar (1450 psi)
• Approvals: ATEX, IECEx, cCSAus, CRN,
PED (depending on configuration)
applications (Dual tube design)
Measurement of mass flow, density, • DN 15, DN 25, DN 50, DN 80, DN 100 and
temperature DN 150
Modbus RS 485-RTU communication for • Flow from 70 ... 860 000 kg/h
direct integration into skids, OEM and • Pipe material: AISI 316L or Nickel-Alloy C4
pre-assembled plant packages
• Accuracy, typically:
Flow: ≤ 0.1 % or 0.2 % version,
Density: down to ≤ 0.002 g/cm³
-50 ... +205 °C (-58 ... +400 °F)/
• Approvals: ATEX, IECEx, cCSAus,
Germanischer Lloyd/det Norske Veritas,
Bureau Veritas, Lloyds of London,
American Bureau of Shipping (depending
on configuration)
Measurement of mass flow, density, • DN 15, DN 25, DN 50
temperature and fraction • Flow from 20 ... 70 700 kg/h - water
• Pipe material: AISI 316L
• Accuracy, typically: Flow: ≤ 0.1 %,
Density: down to 0.005 g/cm³
-50 ... +200 °C (-58 ... + 392 °F)/
• Approvals: ATEX, IECEx, EAC Ex, cCSAus,
NEPSI, CRN, PED, Germanischer
Lloyd/det Norske Veritas, Bureau Veritas,
Lloyds of London, American Bureau of
Shipping
Measurement of mass flow, density, • DN 15, DN 25, DN 50
temperature • Flow from 20 ... 70 700 kg/h
Modbus RS-485 RTU communication for • Pipe material: AISI 316L
direct integration into skids, OEM and pre-
assembled plant packages • Accuracy, typically: Flow: ± 0.1 %,
Density: down to ± 0.005 g/cm3
-50 ... +200 °C (-58 ... +392 °F)/
• Approvals: ATEX, IECEx, EAC Ex, cCSAus,
NEPSI, Germanischer Lloyd/det Norske
Veritas, Bureau Veritas, Lloyds of London,
American Bureau of Shipping
3/4 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
Product overview
Designed for low flow applications Flowmeter MASS 2100 and FC300 3/203
with transmitter FCT010 or FCT030
(single tube design)
• MASS 2100: DI 1.5, DI 3, DI 6, DI 15
• FC300: DN 4
• Flow from 0.1 ... 5600 kg/h
• Pipe material: Stainless steel AISI 316L/
1.4435; Hastelloy C22/2.4602
• Accuracy, typically:
- Flow: down to 0.1 %
3
- Density: down to 0.0005 g/cm3
• Liquid temp./pressure: -50 ... +180°C
(-58 ... +356 °F) / Up to 410 bar (5946 psi)
• Approvals: ed according to ATEX, IECEx,
c-UL-us, CRN, PED
SITRANS FCT070 can be connected to all Transmitter SITRANS FCT070 3/164
Coriolis type Sensors FCS300; FCS400; • Easy integration into automation process
MASS 2100 and FC300 DN4 control as TIA portal and PCS7
FCT070 can be used for machine builders • Cost effective integration of Coriolis flow
and in the process industry plants. The meters for PLC controlled machines
meters are suitable for measuring on liquid
and gas. With ET 200SP ST & HF the • SITRANS FCT070 is a ET 200SP technolo-
SITRANS FCT070 can be installed decen- gy module and can combined with all other
tralized in small stations, with fast communi- SIMATIC ET 200S SP ST & HF modules
cation to the control room. • Fast and trouble-free communication be-
The faceplates for TIA-Portal and PCS 7 tween the flow meter and the PLC through
offer the direct full remote access to the flow digital data communication with up to 10
meter. ms update rate
• ATEX Zone 2 FM Class 1 Div 2 approvals.
• Included advanced batch functionality
without additional modules.
SITRANS FS Inline ultrasonic flowmeters
SITRANS FST030 Inline is designed for all SITRANS FST030 transmitter 3/329 SIMATIC PDM
ultrasonic flow metering. FST030 is released • For SONOKIT up to DN 3000 and more
for water application on SONOKIT up to all
pipe sizes in dual path • 1 or 2 path option
• Analog output and relay
• FDK085X6329 - HART
• FDK085X6366 - Modbus
SITRANS FUS060 is a time-based SITRANS FUS060 transmitter 3/252 SIMATIC PDM

transmitter designed for ultrasonic • Die cast aluminum enclosure
flowmetering in pipes for the F US inline
industry series up to DN 3000 • Ex approved according to ATEX
• HART communication + 1 analog output,
1 digital output for frequency or pulse and
1 relay output for alarms and flow direction
• PROFIBUS PA communication with 1 digital
output for frequency or pulse
SITRANS FUS080 is a time-based SITRANS FUS080/FUE080 transmitter 3/259 SIMATIC PDM

transmitter designed for ultrasonic • Battery or mains-powered
flowmetering in pipes for the SONOKIT,
FUS380 and FUE380 series up to DN 1200 • Easy one-button operation
• Bidirectional measuring
• IrDA optical eye communication
• Robust poyamide enclosure
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 3/5

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
Product overview
The main application for SONO 3300 SONO 3300/FUS060 3/268 SIMATIC PDM
ultrasonic flowmeters is to measure the • ATEX-approved
volume flow of:
• Water and treated waste water • DN 50 … DN 500 (2” … 12”) steel pipes
• Hot water/cooling systems • PN 10 ... PN 40 or class 150 ... class 300
pressure rates
• Flow 0.3 … 3 200 m³/h
(1.3 ... 14 089 GPM)
3 • No pressure drop
• FUS060 transmitter for separate mounting
• Signal cables from sensor to transducer
are highly protected from aggressive envi-
ronment by stainless steel pipes
The main application for SONO 3100 SONO 3100/FUS060 3/273 SIMATIC PDM
ultrasonic flowmeters is to measure the • DN 100 ... DN 600 (4" ... 24")
volume flow of:
• Water and treated waste water • Pipe in carbon steel
• District heating systems • Transducers can be replaced under
pressure
• FUS060 transmitter for separate mounting
• ATEX-approved
• Measure of all liquids less than 350 Cst,
conductive or non-conductive
• No pressure drop
• 1-track, 2-path; 4-path on request
• Special material on request
Installation of one, two or four transducer SONOKIT 3/282 SIMATIC PDM
sets in existing concrete or steel pipes. • FUS060 or FUS080 transmitter for separate
Typically installed in pipes with large mounting
diameters or in hot/cold water applications
• DN 100 ... 3000 (4 ... 120")
• Control and display unit
• Temperature of medium: -20 ... +200 °C
(-4 ... +395 °F)
• Installation on empty pipes or pipes under
pressure (hot-tap installation)
• Standard 1-path or 2-path
(4-path on request)
Battery or mains-powered ultrasonic FUS380/FUE380 3/292 SIMATIC PDM
flowmeter for use within water-based district • FUS380/FUE380: DN 50 ... 1200 (2 ... 48")
heating, cooling systems and utility.
• FUE380: Approved for custody transfer
The FUS380 can also be used for water according to MID MI004 (according to
irrigation systems. EN 1434 Class 2, OIML R 75)
SITRANS FUS380/FUE380 are designed to • FUS380/FUE380: Red brass or painted
work with the SITRANS FUE950 energy carbon steel flanges and metering tube.
calculator. AISI transducers
• Water temperatures 2 … 200 °C
(35.6 ... 392 °F)
• Battery or mains-powered
Universal thermal energy calculator for SITRANS FUE950 3/311
district heating and cooling applications. • Battery or mains-powered
• 24 periods memory
• 2 ports for plug-in modules as data output,
extra input, M-Bus, RS 232/RS 485, current
output
• Complete set with temperature sensors
and pockets
• MID heating approval, PTB K7.2 cooling
approval, MI004 type approval
3/6 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
Product overview
SITRANS FS clamp-on ultrasonic flowmeters
SITRANS FS clamp-on ultrasonic flowmeters SITRANS FS230 3/322
provide highly accurate measurement while • Suitable for virtually any liquid, even those
minimizing installation time and with high aeration or suspended solids
maintenance expense. These dedicated
flowmeters are suitable for a wide variety of • Hydrocarbon functions are ideal for appli-
liquid applications, including those in the: cations carrying crude oil, refined petro-
• Water Industry leum or liquefied gas
• Wastewater Industry • Choice of single and dual path versions to
• HVAC Industry
• Power Industry
suit your operating conditions and require-
ments.
3
• Processing Industry
• Hydrocarbon Industry • Easy installation; no need to cut pipe or
stop flow
• Minimal maintenance; external sensors do
not require periodic cleaning
• Easy to read display with intuitive menu
system
• Hazardous area approvals for ATEX Zone
2, IECEx Zone 2 FMc Class I Div. 2
SITRANS FS220 basic is a fast-to-install SITRANS FS220 3/344
clamp-on ultrasonic flowmeter for accurate • Easy installation during process condition,
measurements with minimal maintenance. no need to cut pipe or stop flow
Based on latest technology, this flow meter
is ideal suitable for applications like: • Minimal maintenance; external sensors do
• Water Industry not require periodic cleaning
• Wastewater Industry • No media-contacting parts, no wear, no
• HVAC Industry pressure drop, no energy loss
• Power Industry
• Process controls • Wide turn-down ratio, very sensitive in low
flow condition
• Optional WideBeam technology ensures
high performance
• Compatible with all previously fielded tran-
sit time sensors
The thickness gauge can be used in any Thickness gauge 3/357
field application where there is a need for The hand-held micro-processor controlled
flow measurement. Including but not limited gauge is designed to measure the thickness
to: of various metallic or non-metallic pipes.
• Water and waste water
• Energy measurement • Materials include steel, aluminum, titanium,
• Oil and gas industries plastics and ceramics
• Measurements shown in millimeter or
inches
• Simple-to-read 4-digit LCD display
• Weights 150 g (5.3 oz)
• Battery operation for 250 h
SITRANS FX Vortex flowmeter
Measurement of steam, gases and liquids SITRANS FX300 3/361
in: • Flange DN 15 … DN 300 (½" … 12")
• Chemical
• HVAC / Power plants • Sandwich DN 15 … DN 100 (½" … 4")
• Oil & Gas • 2-wire device 4 ... 20 mA, with integrated
• Food & Beverage temperature and pressure sensors for
• Pharma compensation
• HART communication
• Medium temp.: -40 ... +240 °C
(-40 ... +464 °F)
• Medium pressure: up to 100 bar (1450 psi)
• Hazardous area approvals: FM, CSA, ATEX
• Compact or remote mounted transmitter
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 3/7

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
Product overview
Very versatile and flexible for use in many SITRANS FX330 3/379
process applications. Flow sensors • Integrated pressure and temperature com-
combines flow, pressure and temperature pensation
measurement into one user-friendly, two-wire
device. • Temperature compensation for saturated
steam included as standard
• Measurement of saturated steam and su-
perheated steam • SIL2 certified according to IEC 61508
Edition 2
• Heat metering of steam and hot water
• Use in hazardous areas
3 • Measurement of consumption in com-
pressed air systems • Integrated reduction of nominal diameter
for space-saving and economic installation
• Evaluation of Free Air Delivery (FAD)
• Exchange of electronics without loss of cal-
• SIP and CIP processes in the food, bever- ibration and configuration data
age and pharmaceutical industries
• Gross and net heat calculation to support
• Measurement of conductive and non-con- energy management
ductive liquids
• Remote version with cable length up to
• Safety-related measurement in SIL applica- 50 m (164 ft)
tions (SIL2).
SITRANS FVA variable area meters
Measurement of flow of liquids and gases, FVA250 3/395
also highly suitable for corrosive media, high • All-metal variable area meter with various
temperatures and high pressures. float materials
• Connections: DN 15 ... DN 100 (½" ... 4")
• Temperature of medium: -20 °C ... +300 °C
(-4 ... +572 °F)
• Optionally available with analog output or
contacts
SITRANS FP differential pressure flow measurement

SITRANS FP product line is suitable for all • Suitable for a vast range of different appli- 3/405
kinds of applications – liquids, dry or wet cations
gases and steam. Due to the robust though • Available as pre-mounted compact system
variable design it has been and still is one of as well as remote parts
the main technologies for flow measurement
in various industries. • Advanced intelligent sizing procedure
A new digital sizing process ensures • Web-based sizing and data storage en-
minimum effort during presales and full ables full traceability and easy communi-
traceability in aftersales. The differential cation
pressure portfolio consists of • All benefits of SITRANS P320 available
• pitot tube measuring system
SITRANS FPS300
• differential pressure sensors acc. to
ISO 5167 (orifices) SITRANS FPS200
3/8 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
Introduction
Criteria for selection of flowmeter
■ Overview
Criteria for selection of flowmeter This section of the field device catalog includes the following in-
struments for measuring flow:
Each method for measuring flow has specific properties, and
each flow measuring point is characterized by specific require- • Electromagnetic
ments. The table shown below compares the properties of the • Coriolis mass flow
various measuring instruments and thus provides assistance in • Ultrasonic
selection of the optimum device.
• Vortex volumetric- and mass flow
• Variable area meter
• Orifice plate
3
Measurement principle Electromagnetic Coriolis Ultrasonic Ultrasonic Vortex Variable area Orifice plate
(inline) (clamp-on) meter
Medium Liquid Liquid or gas Liquid Liquid or gas Steam/vapor, Liquid or gas Liquid, vapor,
(conductive) gases, liquid gas
Nominal size DN 2 … 2000 1.5 … 150 mm DN 50 ... 3000 6.4 mm ... DN 15 … 300 DN 10 … 100 DN 10 … 1000
(0.08” … 78”) (0.06” … 6”) (2" ... 120") 9.14 m (½" … 12") (0.4” … 4”) (0.4” … 40”)
(0.25" ... 360") G½” … G3”
Temperature range °C (°F) -40 … +200 -50 … +180 -20 ... +200 -40 ... +120 -40 ... +240 -20 … +300 -200 … +500
(-40 … +392) (-58 … +356) (-4 ... +392) (-40 ... +248) (-40 ... +464) (-4 … +572) (-328 … +932)
Max. pressure bar (psi) 160 (2 320), Up to 410 40 (580) Unlimited 100 (1 450) 100 (1 450) 315 (4 569)
optional higher (Up to 5 950)
Accuracy % ± 0,25 or ± 0,4 ± 0,1 or ± 0,15 ± 0,5 … ± 2 0,5 ... 1,0 % of ± 0,75 … ± 1 ± 1.6 ... ± 2.0 ± 0,5 … ± 2
flow, for veloci-
ties greater than
0,3 m/s (1 ft/s)
Repeatability % 0,1/0,2 0,05 0,25 0,15% of flow, for 0,1 0,5 0,5
velocities greater
than 0,3 m/s
(1 ft/s)
Dynamic response 1:100 1:100 1:100 1:100 1:25 1:10 1:6
range
Start-of-scale value m/s (ft/s) 0 (0) 0 (0) 0,1 (0.33) 0 (0) 0,4 (1.31) 0,2 (0.66) Re > 500
2,0 (6.56)
Full-scale value ± 36/120 Re < 108
• For liquids m/s (ft/s) 0,25 … 10 10 (32.8) 10 (32.8) ± 12/40 10 (32.8) 3,5 (11.4) 3 (9.8)
(0.825 … 32.8)
• For steam/vapor, m/s (ft/s) Approx. 300 ± 12/40 80 (262.5) 60 (197) 50/25
gases (1000) (164/82)
Measured values
Volume flow • • • • • • •
Sound velocity • •
Sound amplitude • •
Density • •
Mass flow • • • •
Bidirectional measurement • • • • •
Use
• For custody transfer • • • •
• As batching system • • •
• In viscosity range mPa·s 0,1 … 100 000 0 ... 100 000 0 ... 350 0,5 ... 2800 0 … 10 0,5 … 100 0 … 10
(cp) (0.1 … 100 000) (0 ... 100 000) (0 ... 350) (0.5 ... 2800) (0 … 10) (0.5 … 100) (0 … 10)
Power supply Mains or battery Mains Mains or battery 90... 240 V AC, 2-wire non 2-wire
50...60 Hz, 15 VA
or 9 ... 36 V DC,
10 W
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 3/9

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
Introduction
Criteria for selection of flowmeter
Communication solutions
Product HART PROFIBUS PA PROFIBUS DP FOUNDATION DeviceNet Modbus RTU GSM/GPRS
Fieldbus H1
SITRANS FM MAG 5000 • 1) 2) 4)
SITRANS FM MAG 6000 • 1) 2) 4) 5) • 1) 5) 6) 7) • 1) 5) 6) 7) • 2) 4) 5) • 5) • 1) 5) 10)
8)
SITRANS FM MAG 5000/6000 CT
SITRANS FM MAG 6000 I • 1) 2) 4) 5) • 1) 5) 6) 7) • 1) 5) 6) 7) • 2) 4) 5) • 5) • 1) 5) 10)
1) 2) 4) 5) 1) 5) 6) 7) 2) 4) 5)
SITRANS FM MAG 6000 I Ex • • •
3 SITRANS FM TRANSMAG 2 • 1) 4) • 1) 6)
SITRANS FM MAG 8000 • 1) 3) 10) 11) 12) • 14)
SITRANS F C FCT010 • 1) 10)

SITRANS F C FCT030 • 1) 2) 4) 8) • 1) 2) 4) 8) • 1) 2) 4) 8) • 1) 2) 4) 8)
SITRANS F C MASS 6000 • 1) 2) 4) 5) • 1) 5) 6) 7) • 1) 5) 6) 7) • 2) 4) 5) • 5) • 1) 10)
SITRANS F C MASS 6000 Ex d • 1) 2) 4) 5) • 1) 5) 6) 7) • 2) 4) 5) • 5)
SIFLOW FC070 • 13) • 1) 10) 11)
SITRANS FUS060 • 1) • 1) 6)
SITRANS FUS080 • 1) 8) 12)
SITRANS FUS10109) • 9) 10) 11)
SITRANS FX300 • 1)
SITRANS FX330 • 1)
SITRANS P DS III • 1) 2) • 1) 2) 7) • 2)
Differential pressure and flow
1) 8)
Supports SIMATIC PDM CT versions are not approved with communication modules.
2) 9)
Supports AMS All wall mount models
3) 10)
Supports Siemens Flow Tool RS 485
4) 11)
Supports HH275/375 RS 232
5) 12)
Pluggable add-on module IrDA (Infrared)
6) 13)
Profile 2 Connected to ET200M PROFIBUS interface
7) 14)
Profile 3 Only with 7ME6810
3/10 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM (electromagnetic)
System information
■ Overview
SITRANS FM electromagnetic flowmeters are designed for mea- High-powered flowmeters are used for difficult applications
suring the flow of electrically conductive mediums. where other flowmeters cannot stand up to the task. This flowme-
ter can handle liquids and heavy slurries in industries such as
The full SITRANS FM program consists of three different types of mining, cement and pulp and paper.
flowmeters making Siemens unique in that it covers all possible
applications where electromagnetic flowmeters are a suitable
match:
Modular pulsed DC flowmeters cover all ordinary applications
within all industries. The wide variety of combinations and ver-
sions from the modular system means that ideal adaptation is
possible to each measuring task and application.
3
TRANSMAG 2
SITRANS FM products
Battery-operated water meters (fully electronic) are the perfect
match for drinking water applications like network distribution,
revenue metering and irrigation where mains power is not avail-
able. In addition, it complies with the MID (EU) and OIML R 49
water meter standards and has the MCERTS certificate.
SITRANS FM MAG 911/E
SITRANS FM MAG 8000
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 3/11

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
System information
■ Benefits ■ Application
Electromagnetic flowmeters are suitable for measuring the flow
of almost all electrically conductive liquids, pastes and slurries.
A prerequisite is that the medium must have a minimum conduc-
tivity. The temperature, pressure, density and viscosity have no
influence on the result.
The main applications of the electromagnetic flowmeters can be
found in the following sectors:
• Chemical industries
3 • Pharmaceutical industries
• Food and beverage industry
• Mining, aggregates and cements industries
• Pulp and paper industry
• Steel industry
• Power; utility and chilled water industry
Greater flexibility The wide variety of combinations and versions from the modular
• Wide product program system means that ideal adaptation is possible to each measur-
ing task.
• Compact or remote installation using the same transmitter and
sensor
• USM II communication platform for easy integration with all
systems
Easier commissioning of MAG 5000, 6000, 6000 I
All SITRANS FM pulsed DC electromagnetic flowmeters feature
a unique SENSORPROM memory unit which stores sensor cali-
bration data and transmitter settings for the lifetime of the prod-
uct.
At commissioning the flowmeter commences measurement
without any initial programming.
The factory settings matching the sensor size are stored in the
SENSORPROM unit. Also customer specified settings are down-
loaded to the unit. Should the transmitter be replaced, the new
transmitter will upload all previous settings and resume mea-
surement without any need for reprogramming.
Further, the "fingerprint" used in connection with the
SITRANS FM Verificator is stored during the initial sensor cali-
bration.
Easier service
Transmitter replacement requires no programming. SENSOR-
PROM automatically updates all settings after initialization.
Room for growth
USM II the Universal Signal Module with "plug & play" simplicity,
makes it easy to access and integrate the flow measurement
with almost any system and bus-protocol and it ensures the flow-
meter will be easy to upgrade to future communication/bus plat-
forms.
3/12 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
System information
■ Application (continued)
Please see Product selector
on the Internet, because some
constrains might be related to
some of the features:
http://www.pia-selector.
automation.siemens.com FM100 MAG MAG MAG MAG MAG MAG MAG MAG MAG MAG 8000/
1100 1100 HT 1100 F 3100 3100 HT 3100 P 5100 W 5100 W 911/E MAG 8000
CT
7ME6010 7ME6110 7ME6120 7ME6140 7ME6310 7ME6320 7ME6340 7ME6520 7ME6580 7ME5610 7ME6810
7ME6820
Industry
Water/waste water
Chemical •
XX
XXX XXX XX
XX
XXX XXX
X
XXX
XXX
X
XXX X XXX1)
X
3
Pharmaceutical • XX XX XXX XX XX XX X X X
Food and beverage XX XXX X X X X X X
Mining, aggregates and cement XX XXX X X XXX X
HPI XX X XX X XX X X X
Other • XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XXX X
Design
Compact • • • • • • • • •
Remote • • • • • • • • • • •
Constant field (DC) • • • • • • • • •
Alternating field (AC) •
Battery-operated constant field •
(DC)
Size
DN 2 (1/12") •
DN 3 (1/8") •
DN 6 (¼") •
DN 10 (3/8") • •
DN 15 (½") • • • • • • • • •
DN 25 (1") • • • • • • • • • • •
DN 32 (1¼”) • 2)
DN 40 (1½") • • • • • • • • • •
DN 50 (2”) • • • • • • • • • • •
DN 65 (2½") • • • • • • • • • •
DN 80 (3") • • • • • • • • • •
DN 100 (4") • • • • • • • • • •
DN 125 (5") • • • • • • •
DN 150 (6") • • • • • • •
DN 200 (8") • • • • • • •
DN 250 (10") • • • • • • •
DN 300 (12") • • • • • • •
DN 350 (14") • • • • •
DN 400 (16") • • • • •
DN 450 (18") • • • • •
DN 500 (20") • • • • •
DN 600 (24") • • • • •
DN 700 (28") • • • • •
DN 750 (30") • • • • •
DN 800 (32") • • • • •
DN 900 (36") • • • • •
DN 1000 (40") • • • • •
DN 1050 (42") • • • •
DN 1100 (44") • • • •
DN 1200 (48”) • • • •
• = available, X = can be used, XX = often used, XXX = most often used
1)
Not suitable for wastewater applications
2)
Only in combination with DN 32 adapter A5E02054637, A5E02218297, FDK:083G2120 and FDK:083G2160
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 3/13

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
System information
1100 1100 HT 1100 F 3100 3100 HT 3100 P 5100 W 5100 W 911/E MAG 8000
CT
7ME6820
Size (continued)
3 DN 1400 (56")
DN 1500 (60")
•
•
•
•
DN 1600 (66") • •
DN 1800 (72") • •
DN 2000 (78") • •
Process connection
Wafer design • •
Sanitary process connections •
Flanges • • • • • • •
Pressure ratings1)
EN 1092-1 PN 6 • •
EN 1092-1 PN 10 • • • • • • •
EN 1092-1 PN 16 • • • • • • • • •
EN 1092-1 PN 25 • • •
EN 1092-1 PN 40 • • • • • • • • • •
EN 1092-1 PN 63 •
EN 1092-1 PN 100 •
ANSI B 16.5 class 150 • • • • • • •
ANSI B 16.5 class 300 • • •
ANSI B 16.5 class 600 •
ASME B 16.47 class 150 •
AWWA class D • • • • •
AS 2129 table E • •
AS 4087, PN 16 • • • • •
AS 4087, PN 21 • •
AS 4087, PN 35 • •
JIS B 2220:2004 K10 • • • •
JIS B 2220:2004 K20 •
Accuracy
Flow error ± 0.2 % of rate • • • • • • • • •
Flow error ± 0.4 % of rate • • • • • • • • •
Flow error ± 0.5 % of rate •
Repeatability2)
0.1 % • • • • • • • •
0.2 % • •
Grounding electrodes
Grounding electrodes, incl. • • • • (•) •
• = available
1)
Pressure may be limited by the liner material chosen.
2)
Of actual flow for v ≥ 0.5 m/s (15 ft/s) and conductivity > 10 μS/cm
3/14 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
System information
1100 1100 HT 1100 F 3100 3100 HT 3100 P 5100 W 5100 W 911/E MAG 8000
CT
7ME6820
Materials/temperature:
Liner material/max. temperatures
NBR: 70 °C (158 °F) •
3
EPDM: 70 °C (158 °F) • • •
Soft rubber: 70 °C (158 °F) • •
PTFE: 100 °C (212 °F) •
PTFE: 150 °C (302°F) • • •
PTFE: 180 °C (356 °F) • •
Ebonite: 95 °C (203 °F) • •3) •
Linatex: 70 °C (158 °F) • •
Ceramic: 150 °C (302 °F) • •
Ceramic: 200 °C (392 °F) •2)
PFA: 100 °C (212 °F) •
PFA: 150 °C (302 °F) • • • •
Novolak: 130 °C (266 °F) •
Electrodes
Stainless steel • • • •
Hastelloy C • • • • • • • • •
Platinum • • • • • (•)1) •
Titanium • • •
Tantalum • • (•)1) •
Ceramic coated stainless steel •
Ceramic coated Hastelloy C •
Flange/housing material
Carbon steel • • • • • • •
Stainless steel/carbon steel • • • •
Polished stainless steel • • • • •
Approvals
Custody transfer
Cold Water – MI-001 (EU) • •
Cold water approval - •4)
OIML R 49/OIML R 49 MAA
NMI 10 (Australia) •4) •4)
Chilled water pattern approval - •4)
PTB K 7.2
OE 12/C 040 (Austria) •
Chilled water pattern approval
KIWA water approval • •
Marine
ABS •
Bureau Veritas •
DNV-GL •
Lloyd's Register •
• = available
1)
Only for PTFE
2)
Ex sensor: 180 °C (356 °F)
3)
70 °C (158 °F)
4)
For verification submit Product Variation Request (PVR)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 3/15

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
System information
1100 1100 HT 1100 F 3100 3100 HT 3100 P 5100 W 5100 W 911/E MAG 8000
CT
7ME6820
Approvals (continued)
3 Hazardous areas
ATEX – 2 GD (Zone 1/21) • • • • • •
IECEx Zone 1/21 • • •
FM Class I/II/III, Div 1 •7) •7) •7)
FM Class I, Zone 1/21 • • •
FM - Class I, Div 2 • • • • • • • •
FM - Class I, Zone 2 • • • • • • • •
CSA Class I, Zone 1/21 • • •
CSA - Class I, Div 2 • • • • •
NEPSI Zone 1 • •
EAC Ex • • • • • •
Hygienic
EHEDG •
3A •
EC 1935:2004 •
European food contact material
Drinking water
WRAS (WRc) • •2) • •
ANSI/NSF 61 (US) 7) •3) • • •
ACS (FR) • • •
Belgaqua (B) • • •
DVGW-W270 (D) • • •
KIWA (NL) • • •
AS/NZS 4020 (AU) • • •
Other
CRN (Canada) •8) • • • • • •
FM Fire Service •6) •6)
(class number 1044)
MCERTS (GB) •4) •2) •
EAC (Russia, Belarus, and • • • • • • • • • •
Kasakhstan)
CPA (China) • • • • • • • • • •
VdS •5)
Verificator
Verificator compatible •1) •1) •1) •1) •1) •1) •1) •1)
• = available
1) Only in combination with MAG 5000 and MAG 6000 transmitters
2)
EPDM liner
3)
Only EPDM with Hastelloy electrodes
4)
EPDM or PTFE liner with AISI 316 or Hastelloy electrodes
5)
Only valid for DN 50 to DN 300 (2" to 12")
6)
Sizes: DN 50, DN 80, DN 100, DN 150, DN 200, DN 250, and DN 300
(2", 3", 4", 6", 8", 10", and 12") with ANSI B16.5 Class 150 flanges
7)
Only DN 15 to DN 300 (½" to 12") with MAG 6000 I Ex, compact mounted
8)
Only PFA liner
3/16 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
System information
Please see Product selector on
the Internet, because some
automation.siemens.com MAG 5000 MAG 6000 MAG 6000 I MAG 6000 I Ex MAG 6000 + TRANSMAG 2 MAG 8000/
Safety barrier MAG 8000 CT
7ME6910 7ME6920 7ME6930 7ME6930 7ME6920 7ME5034 7ME6810
7ME6820
Industry
Water/waste water XXX XXX XX X X XXX
Chemical X XX XX XXX X X 3
Pharmaceutical X XXX XX XXX X X
Food and beverage XX XXX XX X
Mining, aggregates and cement XX X XX X XXX X
HPI X X X XX X
Other XX XX XX XX XX X
Design
Compact • • • • •
Remote • • • • • • •
Constant field (DC) • • • • • •
Alternating field (AC) •
Battery-operated constant field •
(DC)
Enclosure transmitter
Polyamide, IP67 • •
Die-cast aluminum • • •
Stainless steel • •1)
19” rack • • •
Front panel mounting • • •
Panel mounting • • •
IP66 wall mounting • • • • •
Accuracy
Flow error ± 0.2 % of rate • • • • •
Flow error ± 0.4 % of rate • •
Flow error ± 0.5 % of rate •
Repeatability3)
0.1 % • • • • •
0.2 % •
Communication
HART • • • • • •
PROFIBUS PA • • • • •
PROFIBUS DP • • •
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 • • • •
DeviceNet • • •
Modbus RTU/RS 485 • • • •2)
Encoder interface module •
(Sensus protocol) for
Itron 200WP radio
GSM/GPRS module •
Batching
Batching • • • •
• = available, X = can be used, XX = often used, XXX = most often used
1)
IP68 enclosure
2)
Modbus RTU also as serial RS 232
3)
Of actual flow for v ≥ 0.5 m/s (1.5 ft/s) and conductivity > 10 μS/cm
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 3/17

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
System information
Please see Product selector on
the Internet, because some
automation.siemens.com MAG 5000 MAG 6000 MAG 6000 I MAG 6000 I Ex MAG 6000 + TRANSMAG 2 MAG 8000/
Safety barrier MAG 8000 CT
7ME6910 7ME6920 7ME6930 7ME6930 7ME6920 7ME5034 7ME6810
7ME6820
Power supply
24 V • 1) • 1) • • •1)2)
3 115 V - 230 V • • • • • • •2)
Battery •
Approvals
Custody transfer
Cold water - MI-001 (EU) • • •
Cold water approval - •
OIML R 49/OIML R 49 MAA
NMI 10 (Australia) •5) •5)
Chilled water pattern approval •5) •5) •5)
PTB K 7.2
OE12/C 040 (Austria) • •
Chilled water pattern approval
KIWA water approval • •
Marine
ABS • •
Bureau Veritas • •
DNV-GL • •
Lloyd's Register • •
Hazardous areas
ATEX - 2G GD (Zone 1/21) • (•)3)
IECEx Gb Zone 1/21 •
FM Class I/II/III, Div 1 •4)
FM Class I, Zone 1/21 •
FM Class I, Div 2 • • •
FM Class I, Zone 2 • • •
CSA Class I, Zone 1/21 •
CSA Class I, Div 2 • • •
UL/C-UL-general safety • • •
NEPSI Zone 1 •
EAC Ex • •
Other
FM Fire Service (1044) • • •
KCs (South Korea) • • • • •
EAC (Russia, Belarus, • • • • • • •
Kazakhstan)
CPA (China) • • • • • • •
VdS • •
Other national approvals, see • • • • • • •
internet
Verificator
Verificator compatible • •
• = available
1)
12/24 V AC/DC
2)
Main power with battery backup
3)
Only sensor in hazardous area
4)
Only with sensors sizes DN 15 to DN 300 (½" to 12") compact
5)
For verification submit Product Variation Request (PVR)
For more national approvals please check our internet page
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/10806954/134200
3/18 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
System information
Practical examples of ordering
SITRANS FM compact installation SITRANS FM remote installation
+ = + =
MAG 6000 MAG 3100 MAG 6000 compact Wall bracket MAG 6000
transmitter sensor mounted on a
MAG 3100 sensor 3
Example
+ =
Sensor 7ME6310-3TC11-1JA1
Pipe size DN 100
Liner Soft rubber MAG 3100 2 × cable MAG 3100 remote
installation
Electrodes SS 316
Example
Flanges EN 1092-1, PN 16
Sensor 7ME6310-3TC11-1AA1
Transmitter MAG 6000, Polyamide, 115 … 230 V AC
Pipe size DN 100
Accuracy ± 0.2 % ± 1 mm/s
Liner Soft rubber
Supply 230 V AC
Electrodes SS 316
Note:
Flanges EN 1092-1, PN 16
MAG 5000/6000 transmitters, sensors and communication
modules are packed in separate boxes, the final assembly takes Transmitter 7ME6920-1AA10-0AA0
place during installation at the customer's place. Accuracy ± 0.2 % ± 1 mm/s
Supply 230 V AC
Wall mounting kit FDK:085U1018
Cable kit with sensor A5E01181647
cable and electrode
cable
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 3/19

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
System information
Flowmeter Calibration and traceability
To ensure continuous accurate measurement, flowmeters must The calibration follows the ISO 4185 performing calibrations
be calibrated. The calibration is conducted at Siemens facilities under two methods: Static Weighing and Reference meter.
with traceable instruments referring directly to the physical unit Providing a measurement uncertainty of ±0.1 %.
of measurement according to the International System of Units
(SI). Siemens accredited laboratories are recognized by ILAC MRA
(International Laboratory Accreditation Corporation - Mutual
Therefore, the calibration certificate ensures recognition of the Recognition Arrangement) ensuring international traceability
test results worldwide, including the US (NIST traceability). and recognition of the test results worldwide.
Siemens offers accredited calibrations assured to ISO 17025 in A calibration certificate is shipped with every sensor and cali-
3 the flow range from 0.0001 m³/h to 10 000 m³/h. bration data are stored in the SENSORPROM memory unit.
Flowmeter uncertainty
MAG 5000 with MAG 1100, MAG 1100 F, MAG 5100 W, MAG 3100, MAG 3100 P
and MAG 6000 with MAG 1100 (PFA), MAG 1100 F (PFA)
[±% E]
Flowmeter uncertainty
3,0
2,8
V: Flow velocity
2,6 E: Meter uncertainty as a percentage of measured value
2,4 v ≥ 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± 0.4 ± 1 mm/s *
v < 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± (0.25/v) % of measured value
2,2
2,0 * MAG 5100 W DN 350 ... 1200

v ≥ 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± 0.4 ± 2 mm/s
1,8 v < 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± (0.25/v) % of measured value
1,6 * MAG 1100 with PFA liner DN 10 and DN 40

v ≥ 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± 0.4 ± 2 mm/s
1,4 v < 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± (0.25/v) % of measured value
1,2
1,0
0,8
0,6
0,4
0,2
0,0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 [m/s]
0 3.3 6.6 9.9 13 16 20 23 26 30 33 36 39 [ft/s]
MAG 6000 and MAG 6000 I with MAG 1100 (not PFA), MAG 1100 F (not PFA), MAG 5100 W, MAG 3100 and MAG 3100 P
[±% E] Flowmeter uncertainty
1.4
V: flow velocity
E: meter uncertainty as a percentage of measured value
v ≥ 0,1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± 0,2 ± 1 mm/s *
1.2 v < 0,1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± (0,125/v) % of measured value *
* MAG 5100 W DN 350 ... 1200

1.0 v ≥ 0,1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± 0,2 ± 2,5 mm/s
v < 0,1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± (0,25/v) % of measured value
* MAG 1100 and MAG 1100F with ceramic liner DN 10 and DN 40

0.8 v ≥ 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± 0.2 ± 2 mm/s
v < 0.1 m/s (0.3 ft/s) --> E: ± (0.125/v) % of measured value
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 [m/s]
0 3.3 6.6 9.9 13 16 20 23 26 30 33 36 39 [ft/s]
3/20 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
System information
■ Technical specifications (continued)

Calibration reference conditions Calibration test point
Reference conditions (ISO 9104 and DIN EN 29104) Test points for default calibration at 25% and 90% of factory
Qmax.
Temperature medium 20 °C ± 10 K (68 °F ± 18 °F)
Temperature ambient 25 °C ± 10 K (77 °F ± 18 °F) Size Qmax 90% 25%
Supply voltage Un ± 1 % mm m3/h m3/h m3/h
Warming-up time 30 minutes 2 0.055 0.0495 0.01375
Incorporation in conductive pipe 3 0.127 0.1143 0.03175
section 6 0.5 0.45 0.125
• Inlet section 10 x DN (DN ≤ 1200/48") 10 1.4 1.26 0.35 3
5 x DN (DN > 1200/48") 15 3 2.7 0.75
• Outlet section 5 x DN (DN ≤ 1200/48") 25 9 8.1 2.25
3 x DN (DN > 1200/48") 40 23 20.7 5.75
Flow conditions Developed flow profile 50 35 31.5 8.75
Additions in the event of deviations from reference conditions 65 60 54 15
Current output As pulse output (± 0,1 % of actual 80 90 81 22.5
flow +0,05 % FSO)
100 140 126 35
125 220 198 55
• Display frequency/pulse output < ± 0,003 %/K act.
150 320 288 80
• Current output < ± 0,005 %/K act.
200 550 495 137.5
Effect of supply voltage < 0,005 % of measuring value on 1 %
change 250 900 810 225
Repeatability ± 0,1 % of actual flow for v ≥ 0,5 m/s 300 1300 1170 325
(1.5 ft/s) and conductivity > 10 μS/cm
350 1700 1530 425
Certificates
400 2250 2025 562.5
• EN 10204-2.1 Certificate of conformity, stating that
the delivered parts are made of the 450 2800 2520 700
material quality that was ordered. 500 2800 2520 700
Available as Z option C15.
600 2800 2520 700
• EN 10204-2.2 Test report certificate, a non batch
specific material analysis of the 700 6000 5400 1500
ordered material. Available as Z
option C14. 750 6000 5400 1500
• EN 10204-3.1 Material analysis certificate, a batch 800 6000 5400 1500

specific analysis of the material 900 6000 5400 1500
issued by an independent inspector.
Certification covers all pressure con- 1000 6000 5400 1500
taining and wetted parts. Available as 1050 6000 5400 1500
Z option C12.
1100 6000 5400 1500
1200 6000 5400 1500
1400 7000 6300 1750
1500 7000 6300 1750
1600 7000 6300 1750
1800 7000 6300 1750
2000 7000 6300 1750
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 3/21

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
System information

Technical specifications PROFIBUS PA/DP IS (Intrinsic Safety) data
General specifications Required sensor electronics Compact or remote mounted

SITRANS FM MAG 6000 I Ex
PROFIBUS device profile 3.00 Class B
FISCO YES
Certified No
Max. UI 17,5 V
MS0 connections 1
Max. II 380 mA
MS1 connections 1
Max. PI 5,32 V
MS2 connections 2
Max. LI 0 μH
3 Electrical specification DP Max. CI 0 nF
Physical layer specifications FISCO cable requirements
Applicable standard IEC 61158/EN 50170 Loop resistance RC 15 … 150 Ω/km
Physical Layer RS 485 Loop inductance LC 0,4 … 1 mH/km

(Transmission technology) Capacitance CC 80 … 200 nF/km
Transmission speed ≤ 1.5 Mbits/s Max. Spur length in IIC and IIB 30 m
Number of stations Up to 32 per line segment, Max. Trunk length in IIC 1 km
(maximum total of 126)
Max. Trunk length in IIB 5 km
Cable specification ( Type A)
Cable design Two-wire twisted pair PROFIBUS parameter support
Shielding CU shielding braid or shielding braid The following parameters are accessible using a MS0 relation-
and shielding foil ship from a Class 1 Master.
Impedance 35 up to 165 Ω at frequencies from MS0 specifies cyclic Data Exchange between a Master and a
3 … 20 MHz Slave.
Cable capacity < 30 pF per meter
Cyclic services
Core diameter > 0,34 mm2, corresponds to AWG 22
Input (Master view) Parameter MAG 6000/MAG 6000 I
Resistance < 110 Ω per km
Mass flow
Signal attenuation Max. 9 dB over total length of line
section Volume flow 
Max. bus length 200 m at 1500 kbit/s, up to 1.2 km at Temperature

93.75 kbit/s. Extendable by repeaters Density
Electrical specification PA Fraction A

Fraction B
Physical layer specifications
Pct Fraction A
Applicable standard IEC 61158/EN 50170
Totalizer 1 
Physical Layer IEC-61158-2
(Transmission technology) Totalizer 21) 
Transmission speed 31.25 Kbits/second Batch progress1) 
Number of stations Up to 32 per line segment, Batch setpoint 
(maximum total of 126) Batch compensation 
Max. basic current [IB] 14 mA Batch status 
Fault current [IFDE] 0 mA (running …)
Bus voltage 9 … 32 V (non Ex) Output (Master view) Set Totalizer 1+2 
Preferred cable specification ( Type A) Set Mode Totalizer 1+2 
Cable design Two wire twisted pair Batch control 
(start, stop …)
Conductor area (nominal) 0,8 mm2 (AWG 18)
Batch setpoint 
Loop resistance 44 Ω/km
Batch compensation 
Impedance 100 Ω ± 20 %
1)
Value returned is dependent on the BATCH function.
Wave attenuation at 39 kHz 3 dB/km
When ON, Batch progress is returned.
Capacitive asymmetry 2 nF/km
When OFF, TOTALIZER 2 is returned.
Bus termination Passive line termination at both
Max. bus length Up to 1,9 km. Extendable by
repeaters
3/22 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
System information

Flow and speed chart
Metric
m3/h I/min. I/s

100 000 2 · 10 6
10 6 2 · 10 4
50 000
0 5 · 10 5 10 4
20 0
20 000 DN 0
16 0 5 000
10 000
180
DN 0 0
14
0 DN
DN 0
120
0
0 2 · 10 5
2 000
3
DN 10 10 5
5 000 0 DN 0
N110 80
D
0 0 DN 5 · 10 4 1 000
9
DN 600
2 000
70 0 DN 500
DN 450 2 · 10 4
DN 0
1 000 50 0 35
DN D N 200
500 4 00 10 4
DN 25 0
300 DN 100
DN 5000
200 150
D N 25 50
20 0
100 DN DN
1 2000
1000 20
50
10 0 10
DN N80 500
20 D 50
65 DN 5
DN
200
10
40 2
5 DN 100
1
25 50
2 DN
15 0,5
DN
1 20
10 0,2
0,5
10
DN 0,1
5
0,2 0,05
6
DN 2
0,1
1 0,02
0,05
D N3 0,01
0,5
0,02 2 0,005
DN
0,01 0,2
0,002
0,005 0,1
0,05 0,001
0,002 0,0005
0,001 0,02
0,0002
0,0005 0,01
0,005 0,0001
0,0002 0,00005
0,05 0,1 0,15 0,2 0,3 0,5 1 1,5 2 5 10 m/s
)ORZYHORFLW\
Sizing table (DN 2 … DN 2000)

The table shows the relationship between flow velocity v, flow Flow velocity calculation formula Units
quantity Q and sensor dimension DN.
v = 1273.24 · Q/DN2 or v: [m/s], Q: [l/s], DN: [mm]
Guidelines for selection of sensor v = 353.68 · Q/DN2 v: [m/s], Q: [m³/h], DN: [mm]
Min. measuring range: 0 … 0.25 m/s
Max. measuring range: 0 … 10 m/s
For more information visit:
Normally the sensor size is selected so that nominal flow https://new.siemens.com/global/en/products/automation/pro-
velocity v lies within the measuring range 1 to 3 m/s. cess-instrumentation/flow-measurement/electromagnetic.html
Example:
Flow quantity of 50 m3/h and a sensor dimension of DN 80 gives
a flow velocity of 2.7 m/s, which is within the recommended mea-
suring range of 1 to 3 m/s.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 3/23

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
System information

Imperial
MGD GPM I/min.

1 000
500 000 2 000 000
500
1 000 000
200 000
200 500 000
100 000
100
78 " 50 000 200 000
3 50
72 "
0 "
66"
5 4" 100 000
6 20 000
20 8 " 4 4" 50 000
4
" "
/42 36 10 000
10 40 " 30"
32 " 4" 5 000 20 000
5 28 " 2
" 1 8" 10 000
20 2 000
4"
2 16 " 1 5 000
1 000
1 12 " 10 "
500 2 000
0.5 8"
1 000
6" 200
0.2 5"
500
4" 100
0.1 3"
" 50 200
2 ½
0.05 2"
100
1½" 20
0.02 50
10
0.01 1"
5 20
0.005
" 10
1/2 2
0.002 5
"
3 /8 1
0.001
0.5 2
0.0005 1/4"
1
0.2
0.0002 0,5
" 0.1
0.0001 1/8
" 0.05 0,2
0.00005 1/12
0,1
0.02
0.00002 0,05
0.01
0.00001
0.005 0,002
0.000005
0,001
0.002
0.000002 0,0005
0.001
0.000001
0.1 0.15 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.8 1 1.5 2 3 5 10 15 20 30 33 ft/s
Flow velocity
Sizing table (1/12" … 78")

The table shows the relationship between flow velocity v, flow Flow velocity calculation formula Units
quantity Q and sensor dimension size.
v = 0.408 · Q/(Pipe I.D.)2 or v: [ft/s], Q: [GPM], Pipe I.D.: [inch]
Guidelines for selection of sensor v = 283.67 · Q/(Pipe I.D.)2 v: [ft/s], Q: [MGD], Pipe I.D.: [inch]
Min. measuring range: 0 … 0.8 ft/s
Max. measuring range: 0 … 33 ft/s
For more information visit:
Normally the sensor size is selected so that nominal flow https://new.siemens.com/global/en/products/automation/pro-
velocity v lies within the measuring range 3 to 10 ft/s. cess-instrumentation/flow-measurement/electromagnetic.html
Example:
Flow quantity of 500 GPM and a sensor dimension of 6" gives a
flow velocity of 5.6 ft/s, which is within the recommended mea-
suring range of 3 to 10 ft/s.
3/24 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
System information

Vibrations For partially filled pipes or pipes with downward flow and free
outlet the flowmeter should be located in a U-Tube.
Strong vibrations should be avoided.
In applications with strong vibrations, remote mounting of the
transmitter is recommended.
Install in U-tubes when pipe is partially filled

Installation in vertical pipes
Recommended flow direction: upwards. This minimizes the ef-
fect on the measurement of any gas/air bubbles in the liquid.
The sensor must always be completely filled with liquid.
Install in vertical pipes with upward flow direction
Install in pipelines which are always full Installation in horizontal pipes

The sensor must always be completely filled with liquid. The sensor must be mounted as shown in the below figure. Do
Therefore avoid: not mount the sensor as shown in the lower figure. This will posi-
tion the electrodes at the top where there is possibility for air
• Installation at the highest point in the pipe system bubbles and at the bottom where there is possibility for mud,
• Installation in vertical pipes with free outlet sludge, sand etc.
[\
[\
[\
[\
Do not install in pipelines which can run empty
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 3/25

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
System information

Measuring abrasive liquids and liquids containing particles Potential equalization
Recommended installation is in a vertical/inclined pipe to mini-
mize the wear and deposits in the sensor.
3
Potential equalization
The electrical potential of the liquid must always be equal to the
electrical potential of the sensor. This can be achieved in differ-
ent ways depending on the application:
• Wire jumper between sensor and adjacent flange (MAG 1100,
MAG 3100)
Install in vertical pipelines with upward flow direction if measuring • Direct metallic contact between sensor and fittings
abrasive liquids
(MAG 1100 F)
Inlet and outlet conditions • Built-in grounding electrodes (MAG 3100, MAG 5100 W)
• Optional grounding/protection flanges/rings (MAG 1100,
min. 5 x Di min. 3 x Di MAG 3100, MAG 8000)
• Optional graphite gaskets on MAG 1100 (standard for
MAG 1100 High Temperature)
• MAG 8000 installed in plastic or coated pipes: two grounding
rings to be used.
Grounding
Recommended straight pipe lengths up and downstream for installations

between elbows, pumps and valves
MAG 3100 and MAG 5100 W: with grounding electrodes in conductive
To achieve maximum accurate flow measurement it is essential and non-conductive pipes (no further action necessary)
to have straight pipe lengths up and downstream. Practical ex-
perience has proved that the MAG 5100 W and MAG 8000 are
capable to operate in non-optimal piping arrangements and still M6 x 16
provide acceptable accuracy even with zero diameters
upstream and downstream of straight run pipe.
It is also important to center the flowmeter in relation to pipe
flange and gaskets.
Ambient temperature-Installation
Temperature changes can cause expansion or contraction in the
pipe system. To avoid damage on the sensor use of proper gas-
ket and torque should be ensured. For more information see sen-
sor instruction.
MAG 1100 and MAG 3100; without grounding electrodes in conductive

pipes (MAG 1100 use graphite gasket)
3/26 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
System information

ȟ [psi] ȟ [mbar]
0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1
1.50 100
0.75 50
0.60 40
0.45 30
0.30 20
3
0.15 10
Without grounding electrodes in non-conductive pipes use grounding V = 8 m/s
ring(MAG 1100 use graphite gasket) [25 ft/s]
0.075 5 V = 7 m/s
MAG 1100 F grounding via process connections. MAG 8000 0.060 4
[23 ft/s]
grounding see the section about MAG 8000. V = 6 m/s
0.045 3 [20 ft/s]
Vacuum V = 5 m/s
[16 ft/s]
0.030 2
V = 4 m/s
0.015 1 [13 ft/s]
V = 3 m/s
[10 ft/s]
0.0075 0.5
0.0060 0.4 V = 2 m/s
[6 ft/s]
0.0045 0.3
V=1.5m/s
0.0030 0.2 [5 ft/s]
V = 1 m/s
In order to prevent damages of liner when operating meters under [3 ft/s]
0.0015 0.1
vacuum please take note of the information "Operating pressure" given in 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1
section "Technical specification". d1 /d2
Installation in large pipes

Pressure drop as function of diameter reduction between reducers
Example:
α ≤ 8°
Flow velocity (v) of 3 m/s (10 ft/s) in a sensor with a diameter re-
α
duction DN 100 (4") to DN 80 (3") (d1/d2 = 0.8) gives a pressure

drop of 2.9 mbar (0.04 psi).
d1
d2
Ambient temperature
Ambient temp.
C° (F°)
Reduction in nominal pipe diameter MAG 6000 I/MAG 6000 I Ex
60 (140)
The flowmeter can be installed between two reducers (e.g.
DIN 28545). Assuming that at 8° the following pressure drop 50 (122)
MAG 5000/6000
curve applies. The curves are applicable to water. 40 (104)
30 (86)
20 (68)
10 (50) Temperature
of medium
0 (32)
50 75 100 125 150 C°
(122 167 212 257 302 F°)
Max. ambient temperature as a function of temperature of medium

The transmitter can be installed either compact or remote.
With compact installation the temperature of medium must be
according to the graph.
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 3/27

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
System information

Sensor cables and conductivity of medium Empty pipe detection
Compact installation: The installation has to fulfill the following limitations for usage of
the empty pipe detection function:
Liquids with an electrical conductivity ≥ 5 μS/cm.
• Media conductivity ≥ 20 μS/cm
Note for MAG 1100 sizes DN 2 and DN 3: • Length of cable at remote installation ≤ 50 m (150 ft)
• The media conductivity must be ≥ 30 uS/cm • Special shield cable must be used
Note for MAG 8000: Note for MAG 1100 sizes DN 2 and DN 3:
• The media conductivity must be ≥ 20 uS/cm • Empty pipe detection is not available
3
Note for MAG 5000/6000 CT:
• Empty pipe detection is not available
Remote installation
Standard cable
[μS/cm]
300
200
Conductivity
of medium
100
5
5 100 200 300 [m]
150 300 600 900 [ft]

Cabel length
Minimum conductivity of medium (using standard electrode cable)
Special cable
[μS/cm]
50
40
Conductivity
30
of medium
20
10
5
50 100 200 300 400 500 [m]
150 300 600 900 1200 1500 [ft]

Cable length
Minimum conductivity of medium (using special electrode cable)
3/28 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
SITRANS FM Verificator
■ Function
All electromagnetic flowmeters are based on Faraday's law of in- SITRANS FM diagnostics
duction:
The diagnostic functions are all internal tools in the meter:
UM = B · v · d · k • Identification in clear text and error log
UM = Measured voltage induced in the medium perpendicular • Error categories: function; warning; permanent and fatal er-
to the magnetic field and the flow direction. The voltage is rors
tapped at two point electrodes. • Transmitter self-check including all outputs and the accuracy
B = Magnetic flux density which permeates the flowing medium • Sensor check: coil and electrode circuit test
perpendicular to the flow direction.
• Overflow
v = flow velocity of medium
d = internal diameter of metering tube
• Empty pipe: partial filling; low conductivity; electrode fouling 3
SITRANS FM Verificator (MAG 5000 and 6000)
k = proportionality factor or sensor constant The SITRANS FM Verificator is an external tool designed for
MAG 5000 and MAG 6000 with MAG 1100, MAG 1100 F,
Sensor MAG 3100, MAG 3100 P or MAG 5100 W sensors to verify the
entire product, the installation and the application.
The goal is to improve operation, reduce downtime and maintain
measurement accuracy as long as possible.
The SITRANS FM Verificator is highly advanced and carries out
the complex verification and performance check of the entire
flowmeter system, according to unique SIEMENS patented prin-
ciples. The whole verification test is automated and easy to op-
erate so there is no opportunity for human error or influence. The
V UM system is traceable to international standards and tested by
B WRc (Water Research Council).
d
Function and measuring principle of electromagnetic measurement

An electromagnetic flowmeter generally consists of a magneti-
cally non-conducting metering tube with an internal electrically
non-conducting surface, magnet coils connected in series and
mounted diametrically on the tube, and at least two electrodes
which are inserted through the pipe wall and are in contact with
the measured medium. The magnet field coils through which the
current passes generate a pulsed electromagnetic field with the
magnetic flux density B perpendicular to the pipe axis.
This magnetic field penetrates the magnetically non-conducting
metering tube and the medium flowing through it, which must SITRANS FM Verificator
have a minimum electrical conductivity. • Stand alone Verificator to measure a number of selected pa-
According to Faraday's law of induction, a voltage UM is gener- rameters in the flow sensor and a transmitter which affects the
ated in an electrically conducting medium, and is proportional to integrity of the flow measurement.
the flow velocity v of the medium, the magnetic flux density B, • Up to 20 measurements can be stored in the Verificator.
and the distance between the electrodes d (internal diameter of • The Verificator can be connected via a serial cable to a PC en-
pipe). abling download of the data. A Windows program enables
The signal voltage UM is tapped by the electrodes which are in printing and management of verificator reports.
contact with the medium, and passed through the insulating
Verification - Steps
pipe wall. The signal voltage UM which is proportional to the flow
velocity is converted by an associated transmitter into appropri- Verification of a SITRANS FM flowmeter consists of the following
ate standard signals such as 4 to 20 mA. test routines:
1. Transmitter test
2. Flowmeter and cable insulation test
3. Sensor magnetism test
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 3/29

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
■ Function (continued)
1. Transmitter test The verification of the sensor magnetism is a “boost” test of the
magnetic field coil. The test ensures that the magnetism be-
The transmitter test is the traditional way of on-site testing on the haviour is like the first time, by comparing the current sensor
market and checks the complete electronic system from signal magnetism with the “fingerprint” which was determined during
input to output. initial calibration and stored in the SENSORPROM memory unit.
In the “boost” test the verificator changes the magnetic field in
certain pattern and with high voltage to get quick stable mag-
netic condition. This unique test is fulfilled without any interfer-
ence or compensation of surrounding temperature or intercon-
necting cabling.
3 • Changes in dynamic magnetic behaviour
• Magnetic influence inside and outside the sensor
• Missing or poor coil wire and cable connection
Certificate
Transmitter test
The test certificate generated by a PC contains:
Using the excitation power output, which is generated to drive • Test result with passed or failed
the magnetic field of the sensor, the verificator simulates flow
signal to the transmitter input. By measuring the transmitter out- • Installation specification
puts the verificator calculates its accuracy against defined val- • Flowmeter specification and configuration
ues. Test includes: • Verificator specification with date of calibration ensuring
traceability to international standards.
• Excitation power to drive the magnetic field
• Signal function from signal input to output
MAGFLO® Verification Certificate
• Signal processing – gain, offset and linearity
Customer: MAGFLO® Identification:
• Test of analogue and frequency output Name TAG No./Name 0
Address Sensor Code No. 7ME634
2. Insulation test Sensor Serial No. 057701H142
Transmitter Code No. 7ME692
Phone Transmitter Serial No. 109418N080
Email Location
Results: Verification file name or No. FT-103FT2801

Transmitter Passed
Sensor Insulation Passed
Magnetic Circuit Passed
Velocity Current Output Frequency Output
Theoretical Theoretical Actual Deviation Theoretical Actual Deviation

0.5m/s 4.800mA 4.802mA 0.25% 0.500kHz 0.501kHz 0.11%
1.0m/s 5.600mA 5.601mA 0.08% 1.000kHz 1.001kHz 0.07%
3.0m/s 8.800mA 8.804mA 0.08% 3.000kHz 3.004kHz 0.14%
Current Output 4-20mA Frequency Output 0-10kHz
Flowmeter insulation test

Transmitter Settings: Sensor Details:
The verification test of the flowmeter insulation is a “cross-talk” Basic Qmax. 2.00000 m³ /h Size DN 15 1/2 IN
Flow Direction Positive
test of the entire flowmeter which ensures that the flow signal Low flow Cut-off 1.50%
Cal. Factor 0.16531426
generated in the sensor is not affected by any external influ- Empty Pipe ON
ences. Output Current Output ON (4-20mA) Correction Factor 1.0

Time Constant
5.0 Sec.
In the “cross-talk” test the verificator generates a high voltage Relay Output Error Level Excitation Freq. 12.5Hz
disturbance within the coil circuit and then looks for any “cross- Digital Output
Frequency Range
Pulse
N/A
Verificator Details (083F5060)
talk” induced in the flow signal circuit. By generating dynamic Time Constant N/A
107920N490
Volume/pulse 1.0 l/p Serial No.
disturbances close-coupled to the flow signal, the flowmeter is Pulse width 0.51999998 sec. 94683
Device No.
tested for noise immunity to a maximum level: Pulse polarity Positiv
1.40
Software Version
Totalizer 1 value before test 819442.93213 l
• EMC influence on the flow signal Totalizer 1 value after test 819458.92334 l PC-Software Version 5.01
Totalizer 2 value before test 693.87579 l
• Moisture in sensor, connection and terminal box Totalizer 2 value after test 693.88145 l
Cal. date 2015.10.26
Operating time in days 1068 ReCal. date 2016.10.26

• Non-conductive deposit coating the electrodes within the sen-
sor Comments
• Missing or poor grounding, shielding and cable connection

3. Sensor magnetism test These tests verify that the flowmeter is functioning within 2% deviation of the original test parameters.
Verification is traceable to National and International Standards.
Date and signature

2016.10.26
Description Article No.

11 … 30 V DC, 11 … 24 V AC, 115 … 230 V, 50 Hz FDK:083F5060
11 … 30 V DC, 11 … 24 V AC, 115 … 230 V, 60 Hz FDK:083F5061
Note:
It is mandatory to have the Verificator returned to the factory
Sensor magnetism test once a year for check and re-verification.
3/30 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 5000/6000
The SITRANS FM flowmeters are suitable for measuring the flow
of almost all electrically conductive liquids, pastes and slurries.
The main applications can be found in:
• Chemical and pharmaceutical industries
• Food and beverage industries
• Power generation and utility
■ Design
The transmitter is designed as either IP67 NEMA 4X/6 enclosure
3
for compact or wall mounting or 19" version as a 19" insert as a
base to be used in:
• 19" rack systems
• Front panel mounting IP65/NEMA 2
Transmitter MAG 5000/6000 compact version (left) and 19“ insert version • Panel mounting IP20/NEMA 1
(right)
• Wall mounting IP66/NEMA 4X
The MAG 5000 and 6000 are transmitters engineered for high
performance, easy installation, commissioning and mainte- Several options on 19" versions are available such as:
nance. The transmitters evaluate the signals from the • Transmitters mounted in safe area for Ex ATEX approved flow
SITRANS FM sensors type MAG 1100, MAG 1100 F, MAG 3100, sensors (incl. barriers)
MAG 3100 P and MAG 5100 W.
• Transmitters with electrode cleaning unit on request
Transmitter types:
• MAG 5000: Max. measuring error ± 0.4 % ± 1 mm/s (incl.
sensor)
• MAG 6000: Max. measuring error ± 0.2 % ± 1 mm/s (incl. sen-
sor, see also sensor specifications) and with additional fea-
tures such as: “plug & play” add-on bus modules; integrated
batch functions.
■ Benefits
• Superior signal resolution for optimum turn down ratio
• Digital signal processing with many possibilities
• Automatic reading of SENSORPROM data for easy commis-
sioning
• User configurable operation menu with password protection
• 3 lines, 20 characters display in 11 languages
• Flow rate in various units
• Totalizer for forward, reverse and net flow as well as additional
information available
• Multiple functional outputs for process control, minimum con-
figuration with analogue, pulse/frequency and relay output
(status, flow direction, limits)
• Comprehensive self-diagnostic for error indication and error
logging (see SITRANS FM diagnostics)
• Batch control (MAG 6000 only)
• Custody transfer approval: MI-001 for cold water, PTB K 7.2
and OE12/C 040 for chilled water
• MAG 6000 with add-on bus modules for HART,
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1, DeviceNet, Modbus RTU/RS485,
PROFIBUS PA and DP
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 3/31

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 5000/6000
■ Function
The MAG 5000/6000 are transmitters with a built-in alphanu-
meric display in several languages. The transmitters evaluate Transmitter
the signals from the associated electromagnetic sensors and
also fulfil the task of a power supply unit which provides the mag- min. 230 Ω
net coils with a constant current.
Further information on connection, mode of operation and instal-
lation can be found in the data sheets for the sensors. PC/
laptop
Operating and
Operation of the transmitter can be carried out using: display panel
3 • Control and display unit
• HART communicator
HART- Coupling
• PC/laptop and SIMATIC PDM software via HART communica- Communicator module RS 232
tion
• PC/laptop and SIMATIC PDM software using PROFIBUS or
HART communication
Modbus communication
PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS PA
T
Bus
Master + term.
Coupler with .......

power supply
Transmitter with
PROFIBUS PA interface
PROFIBUS PA communication
3/32 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 5000/6000
Mode of operation and design Display Background illumination with alpha-
numeric text, 3 x 20 characters to
Measuring principle Electromagnetic with pulsed constant indicate flow rate, totalized values,
field settings and faults; Reverse flow indi-
Empty pipe Detection of empty pipe (special cated by negative sign
cable required in remote mounted Time constant Time constant as current output time
installation) constant
Excitation frequency Depend on sensor size Design
Electrode input impedance > 1 x 1014 Ω Enclosure material
Input • Compact version Fiber glass reinforced polyamide;
Digital input 11 ... 30 V DC, Ri = 4. 4 KΩ
• 19“-insert
stainless steel AISI 316/1.4436 (IP65)
Standard 19“ insert of aluminium/
3
• Activation time 50 ms steel (DIN 41494), width: 21 TE,
• Current I11 V DC = 2.5 mA, I30 V DC = 7 mA height: 3 HE
Output • Back of panel IP20/NEMA 1; Aluminium
• Panel mounting IP20/NEMA 1 (prepared for
Current output IP65/NEMA 2 display side); ABS
• Signal range 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA plastic
• Load < 800 Ω • Wall mounting IP66/NEMA 4X; ABS plastic
• Time constant 0.1 … 30 s, adjustable
Dimensions
Digital output • Compact version See dimensional drawings
• Frequency 0 ... 10 kHz, 50 % duty cycle • 19“ insert See dimensional drawings
(uni/bidirectional)
Weight
• Pulse (active) 24 V DC, 30 mA, 1 kΩ ≤ Ri ≤ 10 kΩ,
short-circuit-protected • Compact version 0.75 kg (2 lbs)
(power supplied from flowmeter) • 19“ insert See dimensional drawings
• Pulse (passive) 3 … 30 V DC, max. 110 mA, Power supply • 115 ... 230 V AC +10 % -15 %,
200 Ω ≤ Ri ≤ 10 kΩ powered from 50 ... 60 Hz
connected equipment) • 11 ... 30 V DC or 11 ... 24 V AC
Power consumption • 230 V AC: 17 VA
Relay output • 24 V AC: 9 VA, IN = 380 mA,
• Time constant Changeover relay, same as current IST = 8 A (30 ms)
output • 12 V DC: 11 W, IN = 920 mA,
• Load 42 V AC/2 A, 24 V DC/1 A IST = 4 A (250 ms)
• 24 V DC: 8.4 VA, IN = 350 mA,
Low flow cut off 0 ... 9.9 % of maximum flow IST = 4 A (10 ms)
Galvanic isolation All inputs and outputs are galvani- IST= 4 A (250 ms):
cally isolated For solar panel please securestable
current supply
Max. measuring error
(incl. sensor and zero point) Certificates and approvals
(for detailed accuracy specifica-
General purpose • CE (LVD, EMC, PED, RoHS)
tions see "System information")
• UL (c-UL-us)
• MAG 5000 ± 0.4 % ± 1 mm/s
• MAG 6000 ± 0.2 % ± 1 mm/s Hazardous area • FM, CSA
- NI Class I Div. 2 Groups A, B, C, D
Rated operation conditions
Custody transfer • Cold water: MI-001
Ambient temperature • Chilled water
• Operation • Display version: - PTB K 7.2 (Germany)
-20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F) - OE 12/C 040 (Austria)
• Blind version: Marine • ABS
-20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F) (only for remote version with • Bureau Veritas
• Custody transfer (CT) version MAG 5100 W, DN 50 ... DN 300) • DNV-GL
-20 ... +50 ºC (-4 ... +122 ºF) • Lloyd's Register
• Storage -40 ... +70 C (-40 ... +158 F°)
Others • CPA (China)
Mechanical load (vibration) • EAC (Russia, Belarus, Kazakhstan)
Compact version 18 ... 1000 Hz, 3.17 g RMS, sinusoi- • KCs (South Korea)
dal in all directions to IEC 68-2-36 Communication
19“ insert 1 ... 800 Hz, 1 G, sinusoidal in all Standard
directions to • MAG 5000 HART 5.2 optional
IEC 68-2-36 • MAG 6000 Optional as add-on modules:
Degree of protection • HART 5.2
• Modbus RTU/RS 485,
Compact version IP67/NEMA 4X/6 to IEC 529 and • FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1
DIN 40050 (1 mH2O 30 min.) • DeviceNet,
19“ insert IP20/NEMA 1 to IEC 529 and • PROFIBUS PA
DIN 40050 • PROFIBUS DP
EMC performance IEC/EN 61326-1 (all environments)
IEC/EN 61326-2-5
Display and keypad
Totalizer Two eight-digit counters for forward,
net or reverse flow
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 3/33

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 5000/6000

Safety barrier (e/ia)
Application For use with MAG 5000/6000 19” and MAG 1100 Ex/MAG 3100 Ex
Ex approval MAG 1100 Ex [EEx e ia] IIB ATEX, EAC Ex
MAG 3100 Ex [EEx e ia] IIC ATEX, EAC Ex
Cable parameter Group Capacity in μF Inductance in mH
Electrode IIC ≤ 4.1 ≤ 80
IIB ≤ 45 ≤ 87
IIA ≤ 45 ≤ 87
3 Ambient temperature
• During operation -20 ... +50 °C (-4 ... +122 °F)
• During storage -20 ... +70 °C (-4 ... +158 °F)
Enclosure
• Material Standard 19” insert in aluminum/steel (DIN 41494)
• Width 21 TE (4.75”)
• Height 3 HE (5.25”)
• Rating IP20/NEMA 1 to EN 60529
• Mechanical load 1 g, 1 … 800 Hz sinusoidal in all directions to EN 60068-2-36

Transmitter MAG 5000 Transmitter MAG 6000
Description Article No. Description Article No.
Transmitter MAG 5000 Blind for Transmitter MAG 6000 Blind for
compact and wall mounting; compact and wall mounting;
IP67/NEMA 4X/6, fibre glass IP67/NEMA 4X/6, fibre glass
reinforced polyamide reinforced polyamide
• 11 … 30 V DC/11 … 24 V AC 7ME6910-1AA30- • 11 … 30 V DC/11 … 24 V AC 7ME6920-1AA30-
0AA0 0AA0
• 115 … 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6910-1AA10- • 115 … 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920-1AA10-
0AA0 0AA0
Transmitter MAG 5000 Display Transmitter MAG 6000 Display

for compact and wall mount- for compact and wall mount-
ing; IP67/NEMA 4X, fibre glass ing; IP67/NEMA 4X, fibre glass
reinforced polyamide reinforced polyamide
• 11 … 30 V DC/11 … 24 V AC 7ME6910-1AA30- • 11 … 30 V DC/11 … 24 V AC 7ME6920-1AA30-
1AA0 1AA0
• 115 … 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6910-1AA10- • 115 … 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920-1AA10-
1AA0 1AA0
• 115 … 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz, 7ME6910-1AA10-
with HART 1BA0
Transmitter MAG 6000 for
Transmitter MAG 5000 CT for compact and wall mounting;
compact and wall mounting, IP65/NEMA 4, stainless steel
approved for custody transfer, AISI 316/1.4436 (only for sen-
without verification (no sor with stainless steel termi-
approval marks - only a com- nal box) (for remote version
plete flowmeter can be verified, order stainless steel terminal
i.e. sensor together with the box separately)
transmitter); IP67/NEMA 4X/6,
fibre glass reinforced polyam- • 11 … 30 V DC/11 … 24 V AC 7ME6920-1QA30-
ide 1AA0
• 11 … 30 V DC/11 … 24 V AC 7ME6910-1AA30- • 115 … 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920-1QA10-

1AD0 1AA0
• 115 … 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6910-1AA10-

1AD0
Transmitter MAG 5000 for 19"
rack and wall mounting
• 11 … 30 V DC/11 … 24 V AC 7ME6910-2CA30-
1AA0
• 115 … 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6910-2CA10-
1AA0
3/34 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 5000/6000
■ Selection and ordering data (continued)

Description Article No. Operating instructions for SITRANS FM MAG 5000/6000
Transmitter MAG 6000 CT for Description Article No.
compact and wall mounting,
approved for custody transfer, For SITRANS FM
without verification (no MAG 5000/6000 IP67
approval marks - only a com- • English A5E02338368
plete flowmeter can be verified, • German A5E02944982
i.e. sensor together with the
transmitter); IP67/NEMA 4X/6, For SITRANS FM MAG
fibre glass reinforced polyam- 5000/6000 19"
ide • English A5E02082880
• 11 … 30 V DC/11 … 24 V AC 7ME6920-1AA30-
1AD0 All literature is available to download for free, in a range of lan- 3
guages, at
• 115 … 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920-1AA10- http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/documentation
1AD0
Transmitter MAG 6000 SV for Communication modules for MAG 6000
compact and wall mounting;
special excitation frequency Description Article No.
44 Hz for Batch application HART (not for MAG 6000 I) FDK:085U0226
DN ≤ 25/1" IP67/NEMA 4X/6,
fibre glass reinforced polyam- Modbus RTU/RS485 FDK:085U0234
ide
PROFIBUS PA Profile 3 FDK:085U0236
• 11 … 30 V DC/11 … 24 V AC 7ME6920-1AB30-
1AA0 PROFIBUS DP Profile 3 FDK:085U0237
• 115 … 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920-1AB10- DeviceNet FDK:085U0229

1AA0 FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 A5E02054250
Transmitter MAG 6000 for
19" rack and wall mounting Operating instructions for SITRANS F add-on modules
• 11 … 30 V DC/11 … 24 V AC 7ME6920-2CA30- Description Article No.
1AA0
HART
• 115 … 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920-2CA10-
1AA0 • English A5E03089708
PROFIBUS PA/DP
• English A5E00726137
• German A5E01026429
Modbus
Transmitter MAG 6000 SV for
19" rack and wall mounting;
special excitation frequency • German A5E03089262
44 Hz for Batch application FOUNDATION Fieldbus
DN ≤ 25/1"
• 11 … 30 V DC/11 … 24 V AC 7ME6920-2CB30- • German A5E02488856
1AA0
DeviceNet
• 115 … 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920-2CB10- • English A5E03089720
1AA0
This device is shipped with Safety Notes and a DVD containing further
MAG 6000 19" insert, complete 7ME6920-2EA10- SITRANS FM literature.
mounted with IP66/NEMA 4X 1AA0
wall mounting enclosure in All literature is available to download for free, in a range of lan-
ABS plastic;115 ... 230 V AC, guages, at
50/60 Hz; cable gland PG13.5 http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/documentation
MAG 6000 19" insert with

safety barrier for Ex-approved
sensors, complete mounted
with IP66/NEMA 4X wall mount-
ing enclosure in ABS plastic,
115 ... 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz;
cable gland PG13.5
• For ATEX 2G D sensors 7ME6920-2MA11-
1AA0
MAG 6000 SV 19" insert, com-
plete mounted with IP66/NEMA
4X wall mounting enclosure in
ABS plastic, special excitation
frequency 44 Hz for Batch
application DN ≤ 25/1"; cable
gland PG13.5
• 11 … 30 V DC/11 … 24 V AC 7ME6920-1EB30-
1AA0
• 115 … 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 7ME6920-1EB10-
1AA0
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 3/35

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 5000/6000

Accessories for MAG 5000 and MAG 6000
Accessory kit for remote use of A5E34827189 Low-noise electrode coaxial
sensor with two 5-pin terminal cable for low conductivity and
blocks high vibration levels,
3 × 0.13 mm², Temperature
range -25 °C … +85 °C
(-13 °F … +185 °F)
• 2 m (6.6 ft) A5E02272692
• 5 m (16.5 ft) A5E02272723
3 • 10 m (33 ft)
Cable kit including standard
A5E02272730
Wall mounting unit for coil cable (3 × 1.5 mm²/18

MAG 5000/6000 with gage, single shielded with PVC
IP67/NEMA 4X/6, terminal box jacket) and special electrode
in polyamide2) cable1) (3 × 0.25 mm², double
shielded with PVC jacket).
• 4 × M20 cable glands FDK:085U1018
Temperature range
• 4 × ½" NPT cable glands FDK:085U1053 -30 °C … +70 °C
(-22 °F … +158 °F)
• 5 m (16.5 ft) A5E02296329
• 10 m (33 ft) A5E01181647
• 15 m (49 ft) A5E02296464
Special wall mounting unit for • 20 m (65 ft) A5E01181656
MAG 5000/6000 • 25 m (82 ft) A5E02296490
IP67/NEMA 4X/6, mounting
• 30 m (98 ft) A5E02296494
bracket in stainless steel
AISI 316 (1.4401), terminal box • 40 m (131 ft) A5E01181686
in polyamide • 50 m (164 ft) A5E02296498
• 4 × M20 cable glands A5E36699702 • 60 m (197 ft) A5E01181689
• 4 × ½" NPT cable glands A5E36699938 • 100 m (328 ft) A5E01181691
• 150 m (492 ft) A5E01181699
• 200 m (656 ft) A5E01181703
• 500 m (1640 ft) A5E01181705
Potting kit for IP68/NEMA 6P FDK:085U0220
Sun lid for MAG 5000/6000 A5E02328485 sealing of sensor junction box
transmitter (Frame and lid)
Standard coil or electrode

cable, 3 × 1.5 mm²/18 gage,
single shielded with PVC
jacket; Temperature range
-30 °C … +70 °C
(-22 °F … +158 °F) 19" safety barrier (21 TE)1) FDK:083F5034
• 5 m (16.5 ft) A5E02296523 [EEx e ia] IIC for MAG 1100 Ex
• 10 m (33 ft) FDK:083F0121 sensors 12 ... 24 V,
• 20 m (65 ft) FDK:083F0210 115 ... 230 V and MAG 3100 Ex
sensors, incl. back plate
• 30 m (98 ft) A5E02297309
(A5E02559810)
• 40 m (131 ft) FDK:083F0211
• 50 m (164 ft) A5E02297317
• 60 m (197 ft) FDK:083F0212
• 100 m (328 ft) FDK:083F0213
• 150 m (492 ft) FDK:083F3052
Front panel mounting FDK:083F5030
• 200 m (656 ft) FDK:083F3053 enclosure IP65/NEMA 2 in ABS
• 500 m (1640 ft) FDK:083F3054 plastic for 19" insert (21 TE)
Special electrode cable1)
(empty pipe detection or low
conductivity), 3 × 0.25 mm²
double shielded with PVC
jacket, Temperature range
-30 °C … +70 °C Front panel mounting enclo- FDK:083F5031
(-22 °F … +158 °F) sure IP65/NEMA 2 in ABS plas-
• 10 m (33 ft) FDK:083F3020 tic for 19“ insert (42 TE)
• 20 m (65 ft) FDK:083F3095
• 40 m (131 ft) FDK:083F3094
• 60 m (197 ft) FDK:083F3093
• 100 m (328 ft) FDK:083F3092 1)
Safety cables cannot be used with 19" safety barrier
• 150 m (492 ft) FDK:083F3056 2)
For stainless steel wall mounting kit, order:
• 200 m (656 ft) FDK:083F3057 - M20: FDK:085U1018 and A5E00836867
• 500 m (1640 ft) FDK:083F3058 - ½ NPT: FDK:085U1053 and A5E00836868
3/36 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 5000/6000

Description Article No. Spare parts
Panel mounting enclosure FDK:083F5032 Description Article No.
IP20/NEMA 1 in aluminum for
19“ insert (21 TE) Connection board (for polyam-
ide terminalbox)
• 12 … 24 V A5E02559817
• 115 … 230 V A5E02559816
Connection board (for stainless
steel terminalbox)
• 12 … 24 V A5E02604280
Panel mounting enclosure FDK:083F5033
IP20/NEMA 1 in aluminum for
19“ insert (42 TE)
• 115 … 230 V
Connection board
A5E02604272
A5E02559809
3
MAG 5000/6000 19" insert for
panel mounting enclosure,
12 ... 24 V/115 ... 230 V
Wall mounting enclosure

IP66/NEMA 4X in ABS plastic
for 19" insert (cable glands and
connection board not
included).
• 21 TE FDK:083F5037 Connection board A5E02559810
MAG 5000/6000 19" insert with
safety barrier for panel mount-
ing enclosure,
12 ... 24 V/115 ... 230 V
safety barrier for panel mount-
ing enclosure,
• 42 TE FDK:083F5038 12 ... 24 V/115 ... 230 V (only
for sensors produced before
October 2007)
Connection board FDK:083F4123
cleaning unit for panel mount-
ing enclosure,
Front cover (7TE) for panel FDK:083F4525 12 ... 24 V/115 ... 230 V
mounting enclosure
SENSORPROM memory unit
(Sensor code and serial num-
bers must be specified on
order)
• 2 kB
(for MAG 5000/6000/6000 I)
- 1 pc. FDK:085U1005
- 10 pcs. FDK:083F5052
• 250 B FDK:085U1008
Sun shield for MAG 5000/6000 A5E01209496 (for MAG 2500/3000)
transmitter in remote design
Display unit for
MAG 5000/6000
• Black neutral front FDK:085U1038
Sun Shield for MAG 5000/6000 A5E01209500

transmitter in compact design
on MAG 3100 (DN 15 ... 2000
(½" ... 78") or MAG 5100 W (DN
150 ... 1200 (6" ... 48") • SIEMENS front FDK:085U1039
HW key On request
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 3/37

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 5000/6000

Cable glands (polyamide), Connection board A5E02559814
4 pcs. MAG 5000/6000 19" insert with
• M20 A5E00822490 safety barrier for wall mounting
• ½" NPT A5E00822501 enclosure, 12 ... 24
V/115 ... 230 V
• PG 13.5, 2 pcs. FDK:083G0228
½" NPT M20 MAG 5000/6000 19" insert with
safety barrier for wall mounting
Sealing screws for FDK:085U0221 enclosure, 12 ... 24
sensor/transmitter, 2 pcs. V/115 ... 230 V (only for sen-
3 sors produced before October
2007)
cleaning unit for wall mounting
Terminal box, in polyamide, enclosure, 12 ... 24
inclusive lid, terminal blocks, V/115 ... 230 V
gasket and screws
SENSORPROM programmer FDK:083H4246
• M20 FDK:085U1050 with RS 232 interface
• ½" NPT FDK:085U1052
Terminal box lid, in polyamide FDK:085U1003
Terminal box, in stainless steel,

inclusive lid, terminal blocks,
gasket and screws, for
MAG 6000 in stainless steel
and for all Ex sensors
• M20 A5E00836867
• ½" NPT A5E00836868
Terminal box (3A) for
MAG 1100 F in polyamide,
inclusive lid, terminal blocks,
gasket and screws
• M20 A5E00822478
• ½" NPT A5E00822479
Gasket for terminal box lid in A5E37086797

polyamide or for
MAG 5000/ 6000 IP67/
NEMA 4X/6 enclosure in poly-
amide (5 pcs.)
Spare part kit for remote use of A5E34346873

sensor with twenty 5-pin termi-
nal blocks
Display frame in polyamide for A5E43491675

MAG 5000/6000 IP67/
NEMA 4X/6 (5 pcs.)
MAG 5000/6000 19" insert for
wall mounting enclosure,
12 ... 24 V/115 ... 230 V
3/38 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 5000/6000
Transmitter IP67/NEMA 4X/6 compact polyamide
6 (0.24) 71 (2.80)
155 (6.10) 133 (5.24)
13 (0.51)
Ø8 (0.31)
240 (9.45)
178 (7.01)
71 (2.80)
Ø12 (0.47)
155 (6.10)
Ø8 (0.31) 3
102 (4.02)
13 (0.51)
30 (1.18)
155 (6.10) 50 (2.0)
170 (6.70)
Transmitter compact mounted, dimensions in mm (inch) Transmitter wall mounted, dimensions in mm (inch)
Transmitter, 19" IP20/NEMA 1 standard unit
14 (0.6)
193 (7.60)
106 (4.17) 175 (6.89)
91 (3.58) 168 (6.61)

128 (5.04)
122 (4.80)
2.8 (0.11)
Weight incl. back print 0.8 kg (1.8 lbs)
Dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 3/39

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 5000/6000
■ Dimensional drawings (continued)

Transmitter, wall mounting IP66/NEMA 4X, 21 TE
210 (8.27) 235 (9.25)

13 (0.51)
3
120 (4.72)
146 (5.75)
90 (3.54)
90 (3.54)
13 (0.51)
22 (0.86)
192 (7.56) Weight excl. transmitter: 2.3 kg (5.0 lbs)
Transmitter, wall mounting IP66/NEMA 4X, 42 TE
13 (0.51)
357 (14.05) 235 (9.25)

120 (4.72)
146 (5.75)
90 (3.54)
90 (3.54)
22 (0.87)
13 (0.51)
339 (13.35)
Weight excl. transmitter: 2.9 kg (7.0 lbs)
3/40 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 5000/6000

Transmitter, front panel mounting IP65/NEMA 2, 21 TE
197 (7.75)
144 (5.67)
184 (7.24) 198 (7.80) 50 (1.97)
140 (5.51)

185 (7.28)
Transmitter, front panel mounting IP65/NEMA 2, 42 TE
294 (1.57)
144 (5.67)
281 (1.06) 198 (7.80) 50 (1.97)

140 (5.51)

282 (1.10)
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 3/41

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 5000/6000

Transmitter, panel mounting IP20/NEMA 1, 21 TE
163 (6.42)
144 (5.67)
117 (4.61) 218 (8.58)
3
132 (5.20)
57 (2.24)
Weight: 0.7 kg (1.6 lbs)
Transmitter, panel mounting IP20/NEMA 1, 42 TE
269 (10.59)
253 (9.96)
223 (8.87) 218 (8.58)
132 (5.20)
57 (2.24)
Weight: 0.9 kg (2.0 lbs)
3/42 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex
The transmitter is designed for either compact or remote instal-
lation in non-hazardous or hazardous areas (compact mounted
transmitter to be ordered together with the sensor).
■ Function
The following functions are available:
• Flow rate
• 2 measuring ranges
• 2 totalizers
• Low flow cut-off
3
• Flow direction
• Error system
• Operating time
• Uni-/bidirectional flow
• Limit switches and pulse output
The SITRANS FM MAG 6000 I/MAG 6000 I Ex de transmitter is • Batch control
designed for the demands in the process industry. The robust
The MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex de is a microprocessor-based trans-
die cast aluminum housing provides superb protection, even in
mitter with a built-in alphanumeric display in several languages.
the most harsh industrial environments. Full input and output
The transmitters evaluate the signals from the associated elec-
functionality is given even in the Ex version.
tromagnetic sensors and also fulfil the task of a power supply
unit which provides the magnet coils with a constant current.
■ Benefits Further information on connection, mode of operation and instal-
• Full range of Ex-rated flowmeters with intrinsically safe rated lation can be found in the data sheets for the sensors.
input and outputs
• For compact or remote installation Displays and keypads
• HART, FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS PA Operation of the transmitter can be carried out using:
and DP, Modbus RTU/RS485 add-on communication modules • Keypad and display unit
available • HART communicator
• Superior signal resolution for optimum turn down ratio • PC/laptop and SIMATIC PDM software via HART communica-
• Digital signal processing with many possibilities tion
• Automatic reading of SENSORPROM data for easy commis- • PC/laptop and SIMATIC PDM software using PROFIBUS or
sioning Modbus communication
• User configurable operation menu with password protection
- 3 lines, 20 characters display in 11 languages
- Flow rate in various units
- Totalizer for forward, reverse and net flow as well as much
more information available
• Multiple functional outputs for process control, minimum con-
figuration with analogue, pulse/frequency and relay output
(status, flow direction, limits)
• Comprehensive self-diagnostic for error indication and error
logging
• Batch control
• MAG 6000 I NAMUR: compliant with NAMUR NE 21, NE 32,
NE 43, NE 53 and NE 70
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 3/43

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex
Mode of operation and design Design
Measuring principle Electromagnetic with pulsed constant Enclosure material Die cast aluminum, with corrosion
field resistant Basic Polyester powder
coating (min. 60 µm)
Empty pipe Detection of empty pipe (special
cable required in remote mounted • Wall mounting Wall mounting bracket enclosed for
installation) remote version
Excitation frequency Depend on sensor size Dimensions See dimensional drawings
Electrode input impedance > 1 x 1014 Ω Weight See dimensional drawings
Input Power supply • Standard transmitter:
3 Digital input 11 … 30 V DC, Ri = 4.4 kΩ

18 … 90 V DC; 115 … 230 V AC;
50 … 60 Hz
• Activation time 50 ms • Ex transmitter: 18 … 30 V DC
• Current I11 V DC = 2.5 mA, I30 V DC = 7 mA
• Ex transmitter: 115 … 230 V AC;
Output 50 … 60 Hz
Current output • Ex transmitter NAMUR:
• Signal range 4 … 20 mA (active/passive) 18 … 30 V DC; 115 … 230 V AC;
• Load < 560 Ω 50 … 60 Hz
• Time constant 0.1 … 30 s, adjustable Power consumption • 230 V AC: 20 VA
Digital output • 24 V DC: 9.6 W, IN = 0.4 A,
• Frequency 0 … 10 kHz, 50 % duty cycle IST = 1 A (3 ms)
(uni-/bidirectional)
• Pulse (passive) 3 … 30 V DC, max. 110 mA (30 mA General purpose • CE (LVD, EMC, PED, RoHS)
Ex version), 200 Ω ≤ Ri ≤ 10 kΩ Hazardous areas • ATEX, IECEx, FM, CSA, EAC Ex,
(powered from connected equip- NEPSI
ment) - Zone 1 Ex d e [ia] ia IIC T6 Gb
• Time constant 0.1 … 30 s, adjustable • ATEX, IECEx, CSA
- Zone 21 Ex tD A21 IP67 T85 °C
Relay output
• FM
• Time constant Changeover relay, same as current - XP IS Class I Div. 1 Groups A, B, C,
output D
• Load 42 V AC/2 A, 24 V DC/1 A - DIP Class II+III Div. 1 Groups E, F,
G
Low flow cut off 0 … 9.9 % of maximum flow
Others • CPA (China)
Galvanic isolation All inputs and outputs are galvanic • EAC (Russia, Belarus, Kazakhstan)
isolated. • KCs (South Korea)
Max. measuring error Cable entries
MAG 6000 I/MAG 6000 I Ex ± 0.2 % ± 1 mm/s MAG 6000 I
(incl. sensor)
• Power supply and outputs 2 x M20 (HART)/M25 (PROFIBUS) or
Rated operation conditions 2 x ½" NPT (HART)
Ambient temperature • Sensor connection 2 x M16 or
• Operation 2 x ½" NPT
- MAG 6000 I -25 … +60 °C (-13 … +140 °F) MAG 6000 I Ex ATEX 2GD
- MAG 6000 I Ex -25 … +60 °C (-13 … 140 °F)
• Power supply and outputs 2 x M20
• Storage -40 … +70 °C (-40 … +158 °F)
• Sensor connection 2 x M16
Mechanical load 18 … 1000 Hz random in x, y, z,
directions for 2 hours according to Communication
EN 60068-2-36
Standard versions HART, Modbus RTU/RS 485,
Transmitter: 1.14 g RMS FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1,
DeviceNet, PROFIBUS PA,
Degree of protection IP67/NEMA 4X to IEC 529 and PROFIBUS DP add-on modules
DIN 40050 (1 mH2O 30 min.)
Ex versions HART, PROFIBUS PA
EMC performance IEC/EN 61326-1 (all environments) (not for Ex version)
IEC/EN 61326-2-5
NAMUR NE 21 1)
Applicable for: Compact mounted MAG 6000 I Ex on MAG 3100
Display and keypad (sizes DN 15 ... DN 300 (½" ... 12")).
Totalizer Two eight-digit counters for forward,

net or reverse flow
Display Background illumination with alpha-
numeric text, 3 x 20 characters to
indicate flow rate, totalized values,
settings and faults; Reverse flow indi-
cated by negative sign
Keypad Capacitive touch keypad with LED
light for feedback indication
Time constant Time constant as current output time
constant
3/44 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex
■ Selection and ordering data Article No.
SITRANS FM Transmitter MAG 6000 I 7ME6930- Operating instructions for SITRANS FM MAG 6000 I
Remote with standard wall mounting bracket, local 2 BA77- 1 7A7 Description Article No.
display, die cast aluminum
Click on the Article No. for the online • German A5E02210835
Supply voltage All literature is available to download for free, in a range of lan-
guages, at
Standard transmitter: 18 ... 90 V DC; 2 http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/documentation
115 ... 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz
Standard transmitter (NAMUR): 18 ... 30 V DC; 3 Communication modules for MAG 6000 I
115 ... 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz (All standard outputs can still be used) 3
Ex transmitter: 18 ... 30 V DC 4
Ex transmitter: 115 ... 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz 5
HART (only for MAG 6000 I/Ex) FDK:085U0321
Ex transmitter (NAMUR): 18 ... 30 V DC; 6
115 ... 230 V AC, 50 ... 60 Hz Modbus RTU/RS 4851) FDK:085U0234
Ex approval PROFIBUS PA Profile 3 FDK:085U0236
Standard sensor: FM Class I, Div 2, CSA Class I, 0 PROFIBUS DP Profile 31) FDK:085U0237
Div 2 DeviceNet1) FDK:085U0229
Ex sensor: Hazardous area (ATEX 2 GD; 2 FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 A5E02054250
FM Class I, Zone 1; CSA Class I, Zone 1)
1) Not for Ex versions
Communication
None A Operating instructions for SITRANS F add-on modules
HART B Description Article No.
PROFIBUS PA Profile 3 F HART
PROFIBUS DP Profile 3 (not for Ex version) G • English A5E03089708
Modbus RTU/RS 485 (not for Ex version) E PROFIBUS PA/DP
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1 J • English A5E00726137
Cable gland entries • German A5E01026429
Metric 0 Modbus
½" NPT 2 • English A5E00753974
• German A5E03089262
Further design Order code
Please add “-Z“ to Article No. and specify Order FOUNDATION Fieldbus
code(s) and plain text • English A5E02318728
Tag name plate, stainless steel (specify in plain text) Y17 • German A5E02488856
Tag name plate, plastic (self adhesive) Y18 DeviceNet, Englisch A5E03089720
Special version (specify in plain text) Y99
All literature is available to download for free, in a range of lan-
guages, at
http://www.siemens.com/processinstrumentation/documentation
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 3/45

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex

Accessories for MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex Spare parts
Standard coil or electrode Display unit FDK:085U3122
cable, 3 × 1.5 mm²/ 18 gage,
single shielded with PVC jacke
Temperature range:
-30 ... +70 °C (-22 ... +158 °F)
• 5 m (16.5 ft) A5E02296523
• 10 m (33 ft) FDK:083F0121
• 20 m (65 ft) FDK:083F0210
3 • 30 m (98 ft) A5E02297309
• 40 m (131 ft) FDK:083F0211 Accessory bag including cable FDK:085U3144
• 50 m (164 ft) A5E02297317 gland inserts and connectors
for sensor cables
• 60 m (197 ft) FDK:083F0212
• 100 m (328 ft) FDK:083F0213 Display lid (Ex) in die-cast alu- 7ME5933-0AC01
• 150 m (492 ft) FDK:083F3052 minum, with corrosions resitant
coating (min. 60 μm)
• 200 m (656 ft) FDK:083F3053
• 500 m (1640 ft) FDK:083F3054
Special electrode cable (empty
pipe detection or low conduc-
tivity), 3 × 0.25 mm², double
shielded with PVC jacket
Temperature range:
-30 ... +70 °C (-22 ... +158 °F) Blind lid for sensor cables con- 7ME5933-0AC02
• 10 m (33 ft) FDK:083F3020 nection compartment (only
remote version) in die-cast alu-
• 20 m (65 ft) FDK:083F3095 minum, with corrosion resistant
• 40 m (131 ft) FDK:083F3094 coating (min. 60 μm) incl. O-
• 60 m (197 ft) FDK:083F3093 ring seal
• 100 m (328 ft) FDK:083F3092
• 150 m (492 ft) FDK:083F3056
• 200 m (656 ft) FDK:083F3057
• 500 m (1640 ft) FDK:083F3058
Cable kit including standard Blind lid (mains supply, 7ME5933-0AC03
coil cable (3 × 1.5 mm²/ 18 input/outputs) in die-cast alu-
gage, single shielded with PVC minum, with corrosion resistant
jacket) and special electrode coating (min. 60 μm)
cable (3 × 0.25 mm², double
shielded with PVC jacket)
Temperature range:
-30 ... +70 °C (-22 ... +158 °F)
• 5 m (16.5 ft) A5E02296329
• 10 m (33 ft) A5E01181647
• 15 m (49 ft) A5E02296464 Safety clamp 7ME5933-0AC06
• 20 m (65 ft) A5E01181656
• 25 m (82 ft) A5E02296490
• 30 m (98 ft) A5E02296494
• 40 m (131 ft) A5E01181686
• 50 m (164 ft) A5E02296498
• 60 m (197 ft) A5E01181689
• 100 m (328 ft) A5E01181691
Standard wall-mounting 7ME5933-0AC04
• 150 m (492 ft) A5E01181699 bracket, stainless steel
• 200 m (656 ft) A5E01181703 AISI 316L/1.4404
• 500 m (1640 ft) A5E01181705
Low noise electrode coax
cable for low conductivity and
high vibration levels,
3 × 0.13 mm²
Temperature range
-25 °C … +85 °C Special wall-mounting bracket, 7ME5933-0AC05
(-13 °F … +185 °F) BI 2.5 DIN 59382 X6Cr17
• 2 m (6.6 ft) A5E02272692
• 5 m (16.5 ft) A5E02272723
• 10 m (33 ft) A5E02272730
3/46 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
Transmitters
MAG 6000 I/6000 I Ex
■ Selection and ordering data (continued) ■ Dimensional drawings

Complete spare part PCB unit
205 (8.07) 98.5 (3.88) 153 (6.08)
100 (3.94) 33.5 (1.32)
MAG 6000 I std. (not for Ex), FDK:085U3123
18 ... 30 V DC; 115 ... 230 V AC
Spare PCBA
MAG 6000 I std. (NAMUR), A5E31426892
250 (9.84)
220 (8.66)
18 ... 30 V DC; 115 ... 230 V AC
248 (9.76)
Spare PCBA
MAG 6000 I Ex (NAMUR), A5E31426877
18 ... 30 V DC; 115 ... 230 V AC
Spare PCBA for use with Ex
sensors with increased safety e
3
(for Ex sensors: 7ME6110,
7ME6120, 7ME6140,
7ME6310, 7ME6320,
7ME6340) Ø 80 (3.15)
(for 7ME6330 > DN300)1)
MAG 6000 I Ex d A5E01013127 1) SITRANS FM transmitter MAG 6000 I with wall-mounting bracket,
115 ... 230 V AC dimensions in mm (inch)
Spare PCBA for use with ATEX
MAG 6000 I Ex d A5E01013340 1)
18 ... 30 V DC
Spare PCBA for use with ATEX
1)
Spare pcba for MAG 6000 I Ex produced after 12/2012.
Please use online Product selector to get latest updates.
Product selector link:
http://www.pia-selector.automation.siemens.com
Siemens FI 01 · 2021 3/47

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 1100 and MAG 1100 HT
■ Overview ■ Mode of operation

The flow measuring principle is based on Faraday’s law of elec-
tromagnetic induction according to which the sensor converts
the flow into an electrical voltage proportional to the velocity of
the flow.
■ Integration
The complete flowmeter consists of a flow sensor and an asso-
ciated transmitter SITRANS FM MAG 5000, 6000 or 6000 I. The
flexible communication concept USM II simplifies integration
3 and update to a variety of fieldbus systems such as HART,
FOUNDATION Fieldbus H1, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP and PA,
Modbus RTU/RS 485.
The SITRANS FM MAG 1100 is an electromagnetic flow sensor

in a compact wafer design designed for flow applications in the
process industry.
■ Benefits
• Sensor sizes: DN 2 … 100 (1/12" … 4")
• Compact wafer design meets EN 1092, DIN and ANSI flange
standards
• Corrosion resistant AISI 316 stainless steel sensor housing
• Highly resistant liner and electrodes fitting most extreme pro-
cess media
• Temperature rating up to 200 °C (392 °F)
• Hose proof IP67/NEMA 4X enclosure rating
• Designed that patented in-situ verification can be conducted.
Using SENSORPROM fingerprints.
■ Application
The main applications of the SITRANS FM electromagnetic flow
sensors can be found in the following fields:
• Process industry
• Pharmaceutical industry
• Water treatment like e.g. chemical dosing
■ Design
• Compact or remote mounting possible
• Easy “plug & play” field changeability of transmitter
• Simple on site upgrade to IP68/NEMA 6P terminal box
• ATEX 2G D version
• FM Class I Div 2
3/48 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

© Siemens 2020
Flow Measurement
Flow sensors
MAG 1100 and MAG 1100 HT
Version MAG 1100 MAG 1100 HT (High temperature)
Measuring principle Electromagnetic induction Electromagnetic induction
Excitation frequency (Mains supply: 50 Hz/60 Hz) DN 2 … 65 (1/12“ … 2½”): 12.5 Hz/15 Hz DN 15 … 50 (½" … 2"): 12.5 Hz/15 Hz
DN 80, 100 (3", 4"): 6.25 Hz/7.5 Hz DN 80, 100 (3", 4"): 6.25 Hz/7.5 Hz
Process connection
Nominal size
• MAG 1100 (Ceramic) DN 2 … DN 100 (1/12" … 4") DN 15 … DN 100 (½" … 4")
• MAG 1100 (PFA) DN 10 … DN 100 (3/8" … 4")
Mating flanges EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501), ANSI B 16.5 class 150 and
300 or equivalent
EN 1092-1 (DIN 2501), ANSI B 16.5 class 150 and
300 or equivalent

Siemens FI01 en

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Siemens FI01 en

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Siemens FI01 en

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

© Siemens 2020

www.siemens.com/pa-catalogs PDF (E86060-K4678-A141-A5-7600)

Process Automation MP 20 SIMATIC ST 70

PDF (E86060-K6020-E101-A5-7600) PDF (E86060-K4670-A101-B7-7600)

Process Automation MP 31 SIMATIC ST 70 N

PDF (E86060-K6031-A100-B7-7600) PDF (E86060-K4670-A151-B1-7600)

Process Automation WT 10 Industrial Communication IK PI

PDF (E86060-K6410-A101-A7-7600) E86060-K6710-A101-B8-7600

Process Automation AP 01 SITOP KT 10.1

PDF (E86060-K3501-A101-B4-7600) E86060-D4001-A510-D8

Process Automation AP 11 SIMATIC Ident ID 10

PDF (E86060-K3511-A100-B4-7600) E86060-K8310-A101-B1-7600

SIMATIC ST PCS 7 SITRAIN

SIMATIC ST PCS 7 AO Industry Mall

PDF (E86060-K4678-A121-B5-7600) www.siemens.com/industrymall

Products for Process Instrumentation

Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates of

For comfortable, fast and error free product selection you

Digitalization and Communication

Services for Process Instrumentation

The products and systems described in

3URFHVV :HLJKLQJ 3URFHVV 'LJLWDOL]DWLRQ 6HUYLFHV

6LHPHQV 3URFHVVDQG3ODQW'HVLJQ (QJLQHHULQJDQG&RPPLVVLRQLQJ 2SHUDWLRQ 6HUYLFH

3,$/LIHF\FOH3RUWDO &2026 6,75$16/LEUDU\

$QGODVWEXWQRWOHDVWWKH5HPRWH :LWKFRFUHDWLQJFXVWRPHUV6LHPHQV 'LJLWDO6HUYLFHV

,QYHQWRU\ /LIHF\FOH 0DQDJHG

&RPPLVVLRQLQJDQGPDLQWHQDQFH 6XSSRUWDQGFRQVXOWLQJ 6SDUHSDUWVDQGUHSDLUV

0DLQWHQDQFH &RPPLVLRQLQJ <RXUEHQHILW

6HUYLFHSDUWQHUDUUDQJHPHQW HQW 3DUWQHUUHTXLUHPHQWV

0DUNHWDZDUHQHVV SURPRWLRQ &RQWLQXRXVEXVLQHVVGHYHORSPHQW

5ROHRISDUWQHUV 6LHPHQVGHOLYHUVTXDOLW\ <RXUEHQHILWV

1/3 Product overview Pressure transmitters for applications

Pressure transmitters for applications

Remote seals Fittings

You can download all instructions,

SITRANS P · Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology

Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on 1/66 –

SITRANS P · Transmitters for gauge pressure for the paper industry

Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/3

1 Application Description Software for

Two-wire transmitters for mea- SITRANS P410 1/257 SIMATIC PDM

Factory-mounting of manifolds on differential 1/321 –

1/4 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

Application Description Software for

As accessory for fittings are available:

■ Supplied product documentation on DVD and safety instructions

Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/5

• High measuring accuracy

1/6 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

Output Wetted parts materials

Current signal 4 ... 20 mA • Measuring cell AI2O3 - 96 %

Long-term stability Germanischer Lloyd (GL)1) GL19740 11 HH00

Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/7

1/8 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

■ Selection and ordering data Article No. Order code

Siemens FI 01 · 2021 1/9

1/2-14 NPT 1/4-18 NPT

SITRANS P200, process connections, dimensions in mm (inch)

1/10 Siemens FI 01 · 2021

$QGODVWEXWQRWOHDVWWKH5HPRWH :LWKFRFUHDWLQJFXVWRPHUV6LHPHQV 'LJLWDO6HUYLFHV